S650 Service - 6987168 enUS SM

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 1311

Service Manual

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

Skid-Steer Loader

S/N A3NV11001 & Above


S/N A3NW11001 & Above
S/N 1MLS11001 & Above

6987168enUS (09-20) (T) Printed in U.S.A. ©2020 Bobcat Company. All rights reserved.
NA iT4 EU S3A
1 of 1311
2 of 1311
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
MAINTENANCE SAFETY
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
WARNING signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after
adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807

Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is
involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.

CORRECT CORRECT CORRECT

P-90216 NA1694 NA1693


Never service the Bobcat Skid- Use the correct procedure to lift or Cleaning and maintenance are
Steer Loader without instructions. lower operator cab. required daily.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NA1674 NA1695 NA1680
Have good ventilation when Disconnecting or loosening any Never work on loader with lift
welding or grinding painted hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, arms up unless lift arms are held
parts. component or a part failure can by an approved lift arm support.
Wear dust mask when grinding cause lift arms to drop. Do not go Replace if damaged.
painted parts. Toxic dust and gas under lift arms when raised Never modify equipment or add
can be produced. unless supported by an attachments not approved by
Avoid exhaust fume leaks which approved lift arm support. Bobcat Company.
can kill without warning. Exhaust Replace it if damaged.
system must be tightly sealed.
WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA1682 NA1683 B-6589


Stop, cool and clean engine of Keep body, jewelry and clothing Lead-acid batteries produce
flammable materials before away from moving parts, flammable and explosive gases.
checking fluids. electrical contact, hot parts and Keep arcs, sparks, flames and
Never service or adjust loader exhaust. lighted tobacco away from
with the engine running unless Wear eye protection to guard batteries.
instructed to do so in the from battery acid, compressed Batteries contain acid which
manual. springs, fluids under pressure burns eyes or skin on contact.
Avoid contact with leaking and flying debris when engines Wear protective clothing. If acid
hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel are running or tools are used. contacts body, flush well with
under pressure. It can penetrate Use eye protection approved for water. For eye contact flush well
the skin or eyes. type of welding. and get immediate medical
Never fill fuel tank with engine Keep rear door closed except for attention.
running, while smoking or when service. Close and latch door
near open flame. before operating the loader.
Maintenance procedures which are given in the Operation & Maintenance Manual can be performed by the owner/
operator without any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures which are not in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual must be performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine Bobcat
replacement parts. The Service Safety Training Course is available from your Bobcat dealer.
MSW39-0820

3 of 1311
4 of 1311
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
CONTENTS

SAFETY & MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-01

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-01

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-01

DRIVE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-01

MAINFRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-01

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-01

ENGINE SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-01

HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-01

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPEC-01

ALPHABETICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .INDEX-01

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

5 of 1311 1-3 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

6 of 1311 1-4 S650 Service Manual


FOREWORD

FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11


Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Spark Arrester Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Welding And Grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13


Loader Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14

LOADER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

7 of 1311 1-5 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

8 of 1311 1-6 S650 Service Manual


SAFETY &
FOREWORD
This manual is for the Bobcat loader mechanic. It provides necessary servicing and adjustment
procedures for the Bobcat loader and its component parts and systems. Refer to the Operation &
Maintenance Manual for operating instructions, starting procedure, daily checks, etc.
SYSTEM
A general inspection of the following items must be made after the loader has had service or repair:
1. Check that the ROPS/FOPS 9. The parking brake must
(Including side screens) is in function correctly.
good condition and is not
modified.

2. Check that ROPS mounting 10. Enclosure door latches must DRIVE
hardware is tightened and is open and close freely.
Bobcat approved.

3. The seat belt must be 11. Bob-Tach® attachment


correctly installed, functional mounting system wedges and
and in good condition. linkages must function

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


correctly and be in good
condition.
4. The seat bar must be 12. Safety treads must be in good
correctly adjusted, clean and condition.
lubricated.

5. Check lift arm support, 13. Check for correct function of


replace if damaged. indicator lamps.
HVAC

6. Machine signs (decals) must 14. Check all machine fluid


be legible and in the correct levels.
location.

7. Steering levers, hand controls 15. Inspect for fuel, oil or


and foot pedals must return to hydraulic fluid leaks.
neutral (as applicable).

8. Check for correct function of 16. Lubricate the loader.


the work lights.

FW SSL-0820 SM

9 of 1311 1-7 S650 Service Manual


17. Check the condition of the 23. Operate the machine and
battery and cables. check all functions.

18. Inspect the air cleaner for 24. Check for correct function of
damage or leaks. Check the the Bobcat Interlock Control
condition of the element. System (BICS™) before the
machine is returned to the
customer.
19. Check the electrical charging 25. Check for proper function of
system. front horn and back-up alarm
(if equipped).

20. Check tires for wear and 26. Check function or condition of
pressure. Check tracks for all equipped options and
wear and tension. Use only accessories (examples: fire

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


approved tires or tracks. extinguisher, rotating beacon,
lift kits, etc.).
21. Inspect for loose or broken 27. Recommend to the owner
parts or connections. that all necessary corrections
be made before the machine
is returned to service.

22. Check for any field


modification not completed.

FW SSL-0820 SM

10 of 1311 1-8 S650 Service Manual


SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS The following publications provide information on the safe
use and maintenance of the Bobcat machine and
attachments:
Safety Alert Symbol
• The Delivery Report is used to assure that complete
This symbol with a warning statement means: instructions have been given to the new owner and
“Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!” that the machine is in safe operating condition.
Carefully read the message that follows.
• The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with
the machine or attachment contains operating
information as well as routine maintenance and
service procedures. It is a part of the machine and can
WARNING be stored in a container provided on the machine.
Replacement Operation & Maintenance Manuals can
be ordered from your Bobcat dealer.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Instructions are necessary before operating or • Machine signs (decals) instruct on the safe operation
servicing machine. Read and understand the and care of your Bobcat machine or attachment. The
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s signs and their locations are shown in the Operation
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow & Maintenance Manual. Replacement signs are
warnings and instructions in the manuals when available from your Bobcat dealer.
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or • An Operator’s Handbook fastened to the operator
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow cab. It’s brief instructions are convenient to the
instructions can cause injury or death.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


operator. The handbook is available from your dealer
W-2003-0807
in an English edition or one of many other languages.
See your Bobcat dealer for more information on
translated versions.

IMPORTANT • The AEM Safety Manual delivered with the machine


gives general safety information.

This notice identifies procedures which must be • The Service Manual and Parts Manual are available
followed to avoid damage to the machine. from your dealer for use by mechanics to do shop-
I-2019-0284 type service and repair work.

• The Skid-Steer Loader Operator Training Course is


available through your local dealer or at Bobcat.com/
training or Bobcat.com. This course is intended to
DANGER provide rules and practices of correct operation of the
skid-steer loader. The course is available in English
and Spanish versions.
The signal word DANGER on the machine and in the
manuals indicates a hazardous situation which, if not • Service Safety Training Courses are available from
avoided, will result in death or serious injury. your Bobcat dealer or at Bobcat.com/training or
D-1002-1107 Bobcat.com. They provide information for safe and
correct service procedures.

• The Skid-Steer Loader Safety Video is available from


WARNING your Bobcat dealer or at Bobcat.com/training or
Bobcat.com.

The signal word WARNING on the machine and in the


manuals indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
W-2044-1107

SI SSL-1016 SM

11 of 1311 1-9 S650 Service Manual


SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D)

The dealer and owner / operator review the


recommended uses of the product when delivered. If the
owner / operator will be using the machine for a different
application(s) he or she must ask the dealer for
recommendations on the new use.

Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock


containing quartz may result in exposure to silica dust.
Do not exceed Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL) to
silica dust as determined by OSHA or other job site Rules
and Regulations. Use a respirator, water spray or other
means to control dust. Silica dust can cause lung disease
and is known to the state of California to cause cancer.

Call Before You Dig


Dial 811 (USA Only)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1-888-258-0808 (USA & Canada)
When you call, you will be directed to a location in your
state / province, or city for information about buried lines
(telephone, cable TV, water, sewer, gas, etc.).

SI SSL-1016SM

12 of 1311 1-10 S650 Service Manual


FIRE PREVENTION Hydraulic System

Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage


and leakage. Never use open flame or bare skin to check
for leaks. Hydraulic tubes and hoses must be properly
routed and have adequate support and secure clamps.
Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage.

Maintenance Always clean fluid spills. Do not use gasoline or diesel


fuel for cleaning parts. Use commercial nonflammable
The machine and some attachments have components
solvents.
that are at high temperatures under normal operating
conditions. The primary source of high temperatures is
Fueling
the engine and exhaust system. The electrical system, if
damaged or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of
arcs or sparks.

Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed


regularly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate, it
can cause a fire hazard. Clean often to avoid this
accumulation. Flammable debris in the engine
compartment is a potential fire hazard. Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No
smoking! Do not refuel a machine near open flames or
The operator’s area, engine compartment and engine sparks. Fill the fuel tank outdoors.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned
if necessary to prevent fire hazards and overheating. Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) poses a greater static
ignition hazard than earlier diesel formulations with
All fuels, most lubricants and some coolants mixtures are higher Sulfur content. Avoid death or serious injury from
flammable. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled fire or explosion. Consult with your fuel or fuel system
onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can supplier to ensure the delivery system is in compliance
cause a fire. with fueling standards for proper grounding and bonding
practices.
Operation
Starting
Do not use the machine where exhaust, arcs, sparks or
hot components can contact flammable material, Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has
explosive dust or gases. glow plugs or air intake heater. These starting aids can
cause explosion and injure you or bystanders.
Electrical
Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting.

Spark Arrester Exhaust System

The spark arrester exhaust system is designed to control


the emission of hot particles from the engine and exhaust
Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage. system, but the muffler and the exhaust gases are still
Keep the battery terminals clean and tight. Repair or hot.
replace any damaged part or wires that are loose or
frayed. Check the spark arrester exhaust system regularly to
make sure it is maintained and working properly. Use the
Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for
the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual cleaning the spark arrester muffler (if equipped).
for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Do not
jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Keep
any open flames or sparks away from batteries. Do not
smoke in battery charging area.

SI SSL-1016 SM

13 of 1311 1-11 S650 Service Manual


FIRE PREVENTION (CONT’D)

Welding And Grinding

Always clean the machine and attachment, disconnect


the battery, and disconnect the wiring from the Bobcat
controllers before welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery
and all other flammable parts. Keep a fire extinguisher
near the machine when welding.

Have good ventilation when grinding or welding painted


parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts.
Toxic dust or gas can be produced.

Dust generated from repairing nonmetallic parts such as


hoods, fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive.
Repair such components in a well ventilated area away
from open flames or sparks.

Fire Extinguishers

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are
located and how to use them. Inspect the fire
extinguisher and service the fire extinguisher regularly.
Obey the recommendations on the instructions plate.

SI SSL-1016 SM

14 of 1311 1-12 S650 Service Manual


SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS Engine Serial Number

Always use the serial number of the loader when Figure 3


requesting service information or when ordering parts.
Earlier or later models (identification made by serial
number) may use different parts, or it may be necessary
to use a different procedure in doing a specific service
operation.

Loader Serial Number

Figure 1

P-90466
1

The engine serial number is located on the side of the


engine (Item 1) [Figure 3] behind the alternator.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P109923C

The loader serial number plate (Item 1) [Figure 1] is


located on the outside of the loader frame.

Figure 2

Module 2 - Production
Sequence (Series)

Module 1 - Model / Engine


Combination P-90175

Explanation of loader Serial Number [Figure 2]:

1. The four digit Model / Engine Combination Module


number identifies the model number and engine
combination.

2. The five digit Production Sequence Number identifies


the order which the loader is produced.

15 of 1311 1-13 S650 Service Manual


DELIVERY REPORT

Figure 4

B-16315

The delivery report [Figure 4] contains a list of items that


must be explained or shown to the owner or operator by
the dealer when the Bobcat loader is delivered.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


The delivery report must be reviewed and signed by the
owner or operator and the dealer.

16 of 1311 1-14 S650 Service Manual


LOADER IDENTIFICATION

FRONT OPERATION &


LIGHTS MAINTENANCE
MANUAL AND
OPERATOR’S
GRAB HANDBOOK
HANDLES
OPERATOR SEAT
with SEAT BELT
AND SEAT BAR

TILT
CYLINDERS

FRONT AUXILIARY
QUICK COUPLERS

[1] BUCKET

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


STEP
BUCKET
STEPS

[2] OPERATOR CAB


LIFT (ROPS AND FOPS)
CYLINDER LIFT ARM
SUPPORT DEVICE

REAR
GRILLE

LIFT ARM

BACK-UP
ALARM

REAR
LIGHT
REAR
NA1667
DOOR TAILLIGHT [3] TIRES NA1668

[1] BUCKETS - Several different buckets and other attachments are available for the Bobcat loader.
[2] ROPS - Roll-Over Protective Structure per ISO 3471 and FOPS - Falling-Object Protective Structure per ISO
3449, Level I. Level II is available.
[3] TIRES - Standard tires are shown. Several different tire styles and sizes are available for the Bobcat loader.

17 of 1311 1-15 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

18 of 1311 1-16 S650 Service Manual


SAFETY & MAINTENANCE

LIFTING AND BLOCKING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10-1


Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10-1

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20-1


Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20-1
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20-2

OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30-1
Raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30-2
Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30-3
Cab Door Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30-4
Special Application Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30-5
Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30-5
Forestry Door And Window Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30-6
Forestry Door And Window Kit Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30-6

TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40-1


Loading And Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40-1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40-1

TOWING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50-1


Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50-1

REMOTE START TOOL KIT - MEL1563 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60-1


Remote Start Tool - MEL1563 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60-1
Service Tool Harness Communicator - MEL1566 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60-3
Remote Start Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60-3

REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT - 7217666 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61-1
Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) - 7022042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61-2
Loader Service Tool Harness - 6689747 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61-3
Computer Service Tool Harness - 6689746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61-4
Remote Start Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61-5

SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70-1


Maintenance Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70-1

AIR CLEANER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80-1


Replacing Filter Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80-1

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90-1


Maintenance Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90-1
Cooling System Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90-1
Cleaning (Earlier Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90-2
Cleaning (Later Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90-4
Checking Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90-6
Removing And Replacing Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90-6

19 of 1311 10-01 S650 Service Manual


FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100-1
Fuel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100-1
Biodiesel Blend Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100-1
Filling The Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100-2
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100-3
Removing Air From The Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100-3

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-110-1


Checking And Adding Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-110-1
Engine Oil Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-110-1
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-110-2

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-120-1


Checking And Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-120-1
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-120-1
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-120-2
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-120-4
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter (Hex Head Filter Cap) . . . 10-120-5
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter
(Square Head Filter Cap) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-120-6
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter (Bolt-on Filter Cap) . . . . . 10-120-7

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-120-8
Breather Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-120-10

FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-130-1


Checking And Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-130-1
Removing And Replacing Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-130-2

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-140-1


Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-140-1

BOB-TACH (POWER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-141-1


Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-141-1

LUBRICATING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-150-1


Lubrication Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-150-1

TIRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-160-1


Wheel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-160-1
Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-160-1
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-160-2

SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-170-1


Cleaning Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-170-1

PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-180-1


Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-180-1

20 of 1311 10-02 S650 Service Manual


LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-190-1
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-190-1
Return To Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-190-1

STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-200-1


Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-200-1

EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-210-1


Rear Window Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-210-1
Rear Window Removal (Latches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-210-1
Rear Window Removal (Rubber Cord) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-210-1
External Access (Rear Window With Latches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-210-2
External Access (Rear Window With Rubber Cord) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-210-2
Front Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-210-2

SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-220-1


Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-220-1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

21 of 1311 10-03 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

22 of 1311 10-04 S650 Service Manual


LIFTING AND BLOCKING THE LOADER Figure 10-10-2

Procedure

Figure 10-10-1

P-85985

Lift the front of the loader and put jack stands under the
B-7023A axle tubes [Figure 10-10-2].

NOTE: Make sure the jack stands do not touch the


tires. Make sure tires clear floor or any
obstacles.
WARNING

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 10-10-3
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807

Always park the loader on a level surface.


P-90556
P-85425

WARNING Lift the rear of the loader and install jack stands [Figure
10-10-3].
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286

23 of 1311 10-10-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

24 of 1311 10-10-2 S650 Service Manual


LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE Figure 10-20-1

Installing

WARNING 1

Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless


the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.

Service lift arm support device if damaged or if parts


are missing. Using a damaged lift arm support or P-85463A P100009

with missing parts can cause lift arms to drop


causing injury or death. Put jack stands under the rear corners of the loader
W-2572-0407
frame (Inset) [Figure 10-20-1].

Remove the lift arm support device (Item 1) [Figure 10-


20-1] from the storage position.
DANGER

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


The operator must stay in the operator seat with the seat
belt fastened and the seat bar lowered until the lift arm
support device is installed.

Start the engine and raise the lift arms all the way up.

Figure 10-20-2

P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

Remove attachment from the loader.


P-90567

Have a second person install the lift arm support device


over the rod of one of the lift cylinders [Figure 10-20-2].

The lift arm support device must be tight against the


cylinder rod.

25 of 1311 10-20-1 S650 Service Manual


LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE (CONT’D) Removing

Installing (Cont’d) The operator must be in the operator’s seat, with the seat
belt fastened and seat bar lowered, until the lift arm
Figure 10-20-3 support device is removed and the lift arms are lowered
all the way.

NOTE: The lift arm support device should remain


resting on the cylinder barrel when the lift
arms are raised. Service or replace the lift arm
support device if the lift arm support raises
with the cylinder rod.

P100005A Start the engine and raise the lift arms all the way up.

Have a second person remove the lift arm support device


after the lift arms are all the way up.

Lower the lift arms all the way and stop the engine.
P100005
Return the lift arm support device to the storage position
and secure with clamping knobs.
Lower the lift arms slowly until the lift arm support device
is held between the lift arms and the lift cylinder [Figure Remove the jackstands.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


10-20-3]. The tabs of the lift arm support device must go
past the end of the cylinder (Inset) [Figure 10-20-3].

26 of 1311 10-20-2 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR CAB

Description

The Bobcat loader has an operator cab (ROPS and


FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator
from rollover and falling objects. The seat belt must be
worn for rollover protection.

Inspect the cab, mounting and hardware for damage.


Never modify the cab. Replace the cab and hardware if
damaged.

ROPS - Roll Over Protective Structure per ISO 3471, and


FOPS - Falling Object Protective Structure per ISO 3449,
Level I. Level II is available.

Level I

Protection from falling bricks, small concrete blocks,


and hand tools encountered in operations such as
highway maintenance, landscaping, and other
construction sites.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Level II

Protection from falling trees, rocks: for machines


involved in site clearing, overhead demolition or
forestry.

WARNING
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding,
drilling holes or adding attachments unless
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to
the cab can cause loss of operator protection from
rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or
death.
W-2069-0200

27 of 1311 10-30-1 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)

Raising WARNING
Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the
operator cab. UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT
MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACT WITH
Stop the loader on a level surface. Lower the lift arms. If CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
the lift arms must be up while raising the operator cab, INJURY OR DEATH
install the lift arm support device. (See LIFT ARM • STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab.
SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 10-20-1.) W-2758-0908

Figure 10-30-1 NOTE: On some machines, the operator cab frame


could contact the steering levers while raising
or lowering the operator cab. The engine
MUST be stopped before raising or lowering
the operator cab.

Figure 10-30-3

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-85463A

Install jack stands under the rear of the loader frame


[Figure 10-30-1].

Figure 10-30-2
P-90564A
Hardware Installed Hardware Removed

Lift on the grab handles and bottom of the operator cab


[Figure 10-30-3] slowly until the operator cab is all the
way up and the latching mechanism engages.

P-90512A P-90511A

Remove the nuts and washers [Figure 10-30-2] (both


sides) at the front corners of the operator cab.

28 of 1311 10-30-2 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Support the operator cab and release the latching
mechanism (Inset) [Figure 10-30-4]. Remove your hand
Lowering from the latch mechanism when the operator cab is past
the latch stop. Use both hands to lower the operator cab
Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the all the way down.
operator cab.

NOTE: Always use the grab handles to lower the


operator cab. WARNING
Figure 10-30-4
PINCH POINT CAN CAUSE INJURY
Remove your hand from the latching mechanism
when the cab is past the latch stop.
W-2469-0803

Figure 10-30-5

Hardware Removed Hardware Installed

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


N-20120 P-90565A

Pull down on the bottom of the operator cab until it stops


at the latching mechanism [Figure 10-30-4].

NOTE: The weight of the operator cab increases


when equipped with options and accessories P-90511A P-90512A

such as cab door, heater, air conditioning,


etc. In these cases, the operator cab may need Install the washers and nuts (both sides) [Figure 10-30-
to be raised slightly from the latch to be able 5].
to release the latch.
Tighten the nuts to 54 - 61 N•m (40 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

WARNING Remove the jackstands.

UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT


MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB CONTACT WITH
CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS
INJURY OR DEATH
• STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab.
W-2758-0908

NOTE: On some machines, the operator cab frame


could contact the steering levers while raising
or lowering the operator cab. The engine
MUST be stopped before raising or lowering
the operator cab.

29 of 1311 10-30-3 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Figure 10-30-8

Cab Door Sensor

This machine may be equipped with a Cab Door Sensor.

Figure 10-30-6

P-76461Q

The LIFT AND TILT VALVE light (Item 1) [Figure 10-30-


7] will be ON when the door is open, the key switch is
turned to RUN or the RUN button is pressed, the seat bar
is lowered and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
1 button is pressed.

[DOOR] will appear in the data display [Figure 10-30-8].


P-68116B

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


The cab door has a sensor (Item 1) [Figure 10-30-6]
installed which deactivates the lift and tilt valves when the
door is open.

Figure 10-30-7

P-90726L

The LIFT AND TILT VALVE light (Item 1) [Figure 10-30-


7] will be OFF when the door is closed, the key switch is
turned to RUN or the RUN button is pressed, the seat bar
is lowered and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button is pressed.

30 of 1311 10-30-4 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR CAB (CONT'D) Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance

Special Application Kit • Inspect for cracks or damage. Replace if required.


• Prerinse with water to remove gritty materials.
• Wash with a mild household detergent and warm
water.
WARNING • Use a sponge or soft cloth. Rinse well with water and
dry with a clean soft cloth or rubber squeegee.
• Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Do not clean with metal blades or scrapers.
Some attachment applications can cause flying
debris or objects to enter front, top or rear cab
openings. Install the Special Applications Kit and
Top Guard (if applicable) to provide added operator
protection in these applications.
W-2737-0917

Figure 10-30-9

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NA1026

Available for special applications to restrict material from


entering cab openings. Kit includes 12,7 mm (0.50 in)
thick polycarbonate front door and polycarbonate rear
window [Figure 10-30-9].

Polycarbonate top window (standard item) must be


installed for special applications to restrict material from
entering cab openings.

31 of 1311 10-30-5 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Forestry Door And Window Kit Inspection And
Maintenance
Forestry Door And Window Kit
• Inspect for cracks or damage. Replace if required.
Figure 10-30-10 • Order part number 7171104 if door frame is damaged
and needs to be replaced.
• Order kit part number 7193293 if door polycarbonate
is damaged and needs to be replaced.
• Prerinse with water to remove gritty materials.
• Wash with a mild household detergent and warm
water.
• Use a sponge or soft cloth. Rinse well with water and
dry with a clean soft cloth or rubber squeegee.
• Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners.
• Do not clean with metal blades or scrapers.

Forestry Door Emergency Exit

Figure 10-30-11
NA1819

Must be used as part of the Forestry Applications Kit to


prevent flying debris and objects from entering the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


loader. Kit includes 19,1 mm (0.75 in) thick laminated
polycarbonate front door, polycarbonate side windows 1
and polycarbonate rear window [Figure 10-30-10].

Polycarbonate top window (standard item) must be


installed as part of the Forestry Applications Kit to restrict
material from entering cab openings.

P-100984

• Inspect both emergency exit levers (Item 1) [Figure


10-30-11], linkages and hardware for loose or
damaged parts.
• Repair or replace if necessary.

32 of 1311 10-30-6 S650 Service Manual


TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER Fastening

Loading And Unloading Figure 10-40-2


Rear Tie-Down Front Tie-Down

WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are
needed to support the weight of the machine when
loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can
break and cause personal injury. P-85615A P107253
W-2058-0807

Be sure the transport and towing vehicles are of


adequate size and capacity for weight of loader. (See
Performance on Page SPEC-10-2.)

Figure 10-40-1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-90561A

Alternate Rear Tie-Down Alternate Front Tie-Down

P-90560A

P-85466
P-85717A P-85599A
A loader with an empty bucket or no attachment must be
loaded backward onto the transport vehicle [Figure 10-
40-1]. Use the following procedure to fasten the Bobcat loader
to the transport vehicle to prevent the loader from moving
The rear of the trailer must be blocked or supported (Item during sudden stops or when going up or down slopes
1) [Figure 10-40-1] when loading or unloading the loader [Figure 10-40-2].
to prevent the front end of the trailer from raising up.
1. Lower the bucket or attachment to the floor.

2. Stop the engine.

3. Engage the parking brake.

4. Install chains at the front and rear loader tie-down


positions [Figure 10-40-2]. (Lift arms shown raised
for clarity.) (Some models have two front tie-down
locations on the transmission.)

5. Fasten each end of the chain to the transport vehicle.

6. Use chain binders to tighten the chains.

33 of 1311 10-40-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

34 of 1311 10-40-2 S650 Service Manual


TOWING THE LOADER

Procedure

Because of the design of the loader, there is not a


recommended towing procedure.

• The loader can be lifted onto a transport vehicle.

• The loader can be skidded a short distance to move


for service (EXAMPLE: Move onto a transport
vehicle.) without damage to the hydrostatic system.
(The tires will not turn.) There might be slight wear to
the tires when the loader is skidded.

The towing chain (or cable) must be rated at 1.5 times the
weight of the loader. (See Performance on Page SPEC-
10-2.)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

35 of 1311 10-50-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

36 of 1311 10-50-2 S650 Service Manual


REMOTE START TOOL KIT - MEL1563 Figure 10-60-2

Remote Start Tool - MEL1563

Tools that will be needed to complete the following steps


are:
2
MEL1563 - Remote Start Tool Kit 3
MEL1566 - Service Tool Harness Communicator 1
(Computer Interface)

Figure 10-60-1

1
P16117

The traction lock switch (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-2] is used


to turn traction lock ON or OFF. Push the switch to the
override position. The switch will illuminate to indicate
traction lock OVERRIDE, in this position the wheels are
able to turn.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


The maximum flow / variable flow switch (Item 2) [Figure
10-60-2] is used to activate the auxiliary hydraulics.
P16114 Pressing the switch will activate variable flow. The switch
will illuminate to indicate the flow rate is active. Pressing
the switch again will turn the flow OFF. The switch is used
The Remote Start Tool (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-1] is when testing pressures and flow rate.
required when the service technician is testing the
hydraulic / hydrostatic system, adjusting the steering NOTE: With the engine running; pushing and holding
linkage, and electrical diagnostics. the pressure release switch (Item 3) [Figure
10-60-2] will cause the engine to stop.

37 of 1311 10-60-1 S650 Service Manual


REMOTE START TOOL - MEL1563 (CONT'D) Figure 10-60-5

Remote Start Tool - MEL1563 (Cont’d)

Figure 10-60-3
2
2

1
1

P-85728

Loaders equipped with an attachment harness (Item 1)


P16114 must disconnect the attachment harness from the loader
harness (Item 2) [Figure 10-60-5].

Remove the service tool harness (Item 1) from the cover Connect the service tool harness to the ACD connector
(Item 2) [Figure 10-60-3]. and the loader harness connector.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 10-60-4 NOTE: To monitor, diagnose or load new software
the Service PC must be connected to the
Remote Start Tool.

P-85729

Remove the cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-4] from the


loader harness connector.

Connect the service tool harness control to the loader


harness connector.

38 of 1311 10-60-2 S650 Service Manual


REMOTE START TOOL - MEL1563 (CONT'D) Remote Start Procedure

Service Tool Harness Communicator - MEL1566 The tool listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:
Figure 10-60-6
MEL1563: Remote Start Tool Kit
2
Figure 10-60-7

1
1

P16119

The Service Tool Harness Communicator (Item 1) is P16115


required to connect Remote Start Tool to the Service PC

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


(Item 2) [Figure 10-60-6].
The Remote Start Tool (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-7] is
required when the operator cab is in the raised position
for service and the service technician needs to turn the
key switch on or start the engine. Example: adjusting the
steering linkage.

Lift and block the loader.

Raise the lift arms (if required by the procedure) and


install an approved lift arm support device.

Raise the operator cab (if required by the procedure).

Open the rear door of the loader.

39 of 1311 10-60-3 S650 Service Manual


REMOTE START TOOL - MEL1563 (CONT'D) Figure 10-60-10

Remote Start Procedure (Cont'd)

Figure 10-60-8

1
1

P-85728

Figure 10-60-11
P-85729

Figure 10-60-9
1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


2

P-85726

Connect the Remote Start Tool to the engine harness


P-85728
connector (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-10].

OR
Remove the cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-8].
Connect the Remote Start Tool to the engine harness
OR connector (Item 1) and to the attachment control harness
(Item 2) [Figure 10-60-11] (If equipped).
Disconnect the attachment control harness (Item 1)
[Figure 10-60-9] (if equipped). NOTE: The key switch on the right-hand side
operator panel must be in the off position or
the Remote Start Tool Kit will not operate.

40 of 1311 10-60-4 S650 Service Manual


REMOTE START TOOL KIT - MEL1563 (CONT'D) Figure 10-60-13

Remote Start Procedure (Cont'd)

WARNING
2
3 1
UNAUTHORIZED AND UNEXPECTED ENGINE
START-UP CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
With the 7-pin connector plugged into the machine
and Remote Start Tool Key Switch in the OFF
position, the engine can be started from the operator
panel inside the cab.
• Place the key switch of the Remote Start Tool in P16118
the RUN position to disconnect the operator
panel from the start circuit.
• Remove the operator panel key (key switch), lock The traction lock switch (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-13] is
the keypad with a unique password (keyless) or used to turn traction lock ON or OFF. Push the switch to
otherwise disable the starter before working in the override position. The switch will illuminate to indicate
the engine area. traction lock OVERRIDE, in this position the wheels are
W-2457-1110 able to turn.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 10-60-12 The maximum flow / variable flow switch (Item 2) [Figure
10-60-13] is used to activate the auxiliary hydraulics.
Pressing the switch will activate variable flow. The switch
will illuminate to indicate the flow rate is active. Pressing
the switch again will turn the flow OFF. The switch is used
when testing pressures and flow rate.

NOTE: With the engine running; pushing and holding


1 the pressure release switch (Item 3) [Figure
10-60-13] will cause the engine to stop.

WARNING
P16116
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Use traction lock override switch for service work
with seat bar raised.
The Remote Start Tool (Item 1) [Figure 10-60-12] has
• Traction lock is engaged when light is OFF.
three rocker switches.
• Lift and block the loader. Check that wheels are
clear.
• Traction lock is disengaged when light is ON.
• See Service Manual for more instruction.
W-2785-0209

41 of 1311 10-60-5 S650 Service Manual


REMOTE START TOOL KIT - MEL1563 (CONT'D)

Remote Start Procedure (Cont'd)

Figure 10-60-14

P-85311

Push the couplers on the front auxiliary block toward the


block and hold for five seconds to release the front

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


auxiliary pressure [Figure 10-60-14].

42 of 1311 10-60-6 S650 Service Manual


REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT -
7217666

Description

The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) Kit is a


replacement tool for MEL1563 Remote Start Tool and
MEL1400B - BOSS® Diagnostic Tool.

The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) Kit, P/N 7217666,


can be used to service newer loaders using the supplied
harness P/N 6689747.

A computer can be connected to the Remote Start Tool


(Service Tool) for diagnostics and software updates using
the computer harness P/N 6689746 in conjunction with
the loader harness.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

43 of 1311 10-61-1 S650 Service Manual


REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT - Figure 10-61-2
7217666 (CONT'D)
2
Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) - 7022042

Tools that will be needed to complete the following steps


5 3
are:

Order from Bobcat Parts P/N: 7217666 - Remote Start 6 4


Tool (Service Tool) Kit

Kit Includes:
1
7022042 - Remote Start Tool (Service Tool)
6689747 - Loader Service Tool Harness
6689746 - Computer Service Tool Harness
P-76439
6689745 - BOSS® Service Tool Harness

Figure 10-61-1 The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) (Item 1) [Figure
10-61-2] has five buttons.

The STOP button (Item 2) [Figure 10-61-2] is used to


stop the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) from
communicating and stop the loader engine.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


The RUN button (Item 3) [Figure 10-61-2] is used to turn
the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) on and activates the
loader electrical system. The button will illuminate to
indicate the service tool is active.
1
The START button (Item 4) [Figure 10-61-2] is used to
start the loader engine.

P-76678 The traction lock button (Item 5) [Figure 10-61-2] is used


to turn traction lock ON or OFF. Push the button and the
button will illuminate indicating the traction lock is
The Remote Start Tool (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-1] is disabled in which the wheels or tracks are able to turn.
required when the service technician is testing the
hydraulic / hydrostatic system, adjusting the steering The auxiliary button (Item 6) [Figure 10-61-2] is used to
linkage, and electrical diagnostics. activate the auxiliary hydraulics. The button will illuminate
to indicate the auxiliary hydraulics are active. Pressing
the button a second time will turn the flow OFF. The
button is used when testing pressures and flow rate.

44 of 1311 10-61-2 S650 Service Manual


REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT - Figure 10-61-5
7217666 (CONT'D)
2
Loader Service Tool Harness - 6689747

Figure 10-61-3

1
1

P-85725
2

Loaders with an attachment control harness (7 pin or 14


pin), the attachment harness (Item 1) must be
P-76678 disconnected from the loader harness (Item 2) [Figure
10-61-5].

The Loader Service Tool Harness (Item 1) [Figure 10- When the remote start procedure is completed, replace

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


61-3] is used to connect the Remote Start Tool (Service the loader connector cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-4] or
Tool) (Item 2) [Figure 10-61-3] to the electrical system on reconnect the attachment control harness to the loader
the loader. harness [Figure 10-61-5].

Figure 10-61-4

P-85729

Loaders without an attachment control harness, remove


the loader harness cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-4] and
connect the Loader Service Tool Harness from the
Remote Start Tool (Service Tool).

45 of 1311 10-61-3 S650 Service Manual


REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT - Computer Service Tool Harness - 6689746
7217666 (CONT'D)
Figure 10-61-7
Loader Service Tool Harness - 6689747 (Cont’d)

Figure 10-61-6

2 1
1

2
P-76450

P-85726 The Computer Service Tool Harness (Item 1) [Figure 10-


61-7] is required to connect Remote Start Tool (Service
Tool) to the Service PC (Item 2) [Figure 10-61-7].
NOTE: The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


connection harness has two connectors (Item
1) and (Item 3). The main connector (Item 1)
[Figure 10-61-6] is always used for connection
to the loader harness.

The second connector (Item 3) [Figure 10-61-


6] is used for attachment ACD upgrades or
attachment operational diagnostics only. This
connector has a cap attached to it to prevent
damage or corrosion when not in use.

Connect the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) connector


(Item 1) to the loader harness connector (Item 2) and the
other Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) connector to the
ACD harness connector (Item 3) [Figure 10-61-6].

NOTE: The key switch must be in the off position or


the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) will not
operate.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Lift and block the machine.
• Check that wheels or tracks are clear.
• Cab ignition must be in the “STOP” position to
start the engine with the Service Tool (if
applicable).
• See machine Service Manual for more
instructions.
W-2792-0409

46 of 1311 10-61-4 S650 Service Manual


REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT - Raise the operator cab (if required by the procedure).
7217666 (CONT'D)
Open the rear door of the loader.
Remote Start Procedure
Figure 10-61-9

WARNING
1
UNAUTHORIZED AND UNEXPECTED ENGINE
START-UP CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
With the 7-pin connector plugged into the machine
and Remote Start Tool Key Switch in the OFF
position, the engine can be started from the operator
panel inside the cab.
• Place the key switch of the Remote Start Tool in
the RUN position to disconnect the operator
panel from the start circuit.
• Remove the operator panel key (key switch), lock P-85729
the keypad with a unique password (keyless) or
otherwise disable the starter before working in
the engine area. Loaders without an attachment control harness, remove
W-2457-1110 the loader harness cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-9] and
connect the Loader Service Tool Harness from the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remote Start Tool (Service Tool).
The tool listed will be needed to do the following
procedure: NOTE: When using a Remote Start Tool (Service
Tool) harness on loaders not equipped with
7217666: Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) Kit an attachment control device, the Remote
Start Tool (Service Tool) harness attachment
Figure 10-61-8 control device connector must be capped.

Figure 10-61-10

2
1

P-76450

P-85725
The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) (Item 1) [Figure
10-61-8] is required when the operator cab is in the
raised position for service and the service technician Loaders with an attachment control harness (7 pin or 14
needs to turn on the loader or start the engine. Example: pin), the attachment harness (Item 1) must be
adjusting the steering linkage. disconnected from the loader harness (Item 2) [Figure
10-61-10].
Lift and block the loader.
When the remote start procedure is completed, replace
Raise the lift arms (if required by the procedure) and the loader connector cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-61-10] or
install an approved lift arm support device. reconnect the attachment control harness to the loader
harness.

47 of 1311 10-61-5 S650 Service Manual


REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT - Figure 10-61-12
7217666 (CONT'D)
2
Remote Start Procedure (Cont'd)

Figure 10-61-11
5 3
2
1 6 4

P-76439

The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) (Item 1) [Figure


10-61-12] has five buttons.
P-85726
The STOP button (Item 2) [Figure 10-61-12] is used to
stop the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) from
NOTE: The Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) communicating and stop the loader engine.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


connection harness has two connectors (Item
1) and (Item 3). The main connector (Item 1) The RUN button (Item 3) [Figure 10-61-12] is used to
[Figure 10-61-11] is always used for turn the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) on and
connection to the loader harness. activates the loader electrical system. The button will
illuminate to indicate the service tool is active.
The second connector (Item 3) [Figure 10-61-
11] is used for attachment ACD upgrades or The START button (Item 4) [Figure 10-61-12] is used to
attachment operational diagnostics only. This start the loader engine.
connector has a cap attached to it to prevent
damage or corrosion when not in use. The traction lock button (Item 5) [Figure 10-61-12] is
used to turn traction lock ON or OFF. Push the button and
Connect the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) connector the button will illuminate indicating the traction lock is
(Item 1) to the loader harness connector (Item 2) and the disabled in which the wheels or tracks are able to turn.
other Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) connector to the
ACD harness connector (Item 3) [Figure 10-61-11]. The auxiliary button (Item 6) [Figure 10-61-12] is used to
activate the auxiliary hydraulics. The button will illuminate
NOTE: The key switch must be in the off position or to indicate the auxiliary hydraulics are active. Pressing
the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) will not the button a second time will turn the flow OFF. The
operate. button is used when testing pressures and flow rate.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Lift and block the machine.
• Check that wheels or tracks are clear.
• Cab ignition must be in the “STOP” position to
start the engine with the Service Tool (if
applicable).
• See machine Service Manual for more
instructions.
W-2792-0409

48 of 1311 10-61-6 S650 Service Manual


REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT - Figure 10-61-14
7217666 (CONT'D)

Remote Start Procedure (Cont'd)

Figure 10-61-13

1 2

P-85311

Push the couplers on the front auxiliary block toward the


block and hold for five seconds to release the front
P-76441 auxiliary pressure [Figure 10-61-14].

The gear icon with the left facing arrows (Item 1) [Figure

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


10-61-13] will illuminate and blink when the RUN key is
pressed and the loader is communicating with the service
tool.

The computer icon with the right facing arrows (Item 2)


[Figure 10-61-13] will illuminate and blink when the
Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) is transmitting data to
and from the computer.

NOTE: To relieve the pressure at the rear or


secondary front auxiliary, (if equipped) press
the RUN button on the Remote Start Tool.
Then press the auxiliary (AUX) hydraulics
button on the Remote Start Tool and move the
AUXILIARY Hydraulic Switch to the right and
left several times.

49 of 1311 10-61-7 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

50 of 1311 10-61-8 S650 Service Manual


SERVICE SCHEDULE

Maintenance Intervals

Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals.


Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early
failures. WARNING
The service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance
of the Bobcat loader. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807

Every 10 Hours (Before Starting The Loader)

• Engine Oil - Check level and add as needed.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


• Engine Air Filters and Air System - Check display panel. Service only when required. Check for leaks and damaged
components.
• Engine Cooling System - Clean debris from radiator, hydraulic fluid cooler, air conditioning condenser (if equipped),
and rear grille. Check coolant level COLD and add premixed coolant as needed.
• Fuel Filter - Remove the trapped water.
• Lift Arms, Lift Links, Cylinders, Bob-Tach, Pivot Pins, Wedges - Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease.
• Seat Belt, Seat Belt Retractors, Seat Bar, Control Interlocks - Check the condition of seat belt. Clean or replace
seat belt retractors as needed. Check the seat bar and control interlocks for correct operation. Clean dirt and debris
from moving parts.
• Bobcat Interlock Control Systems (BICS™) - Check for correct function. Lift and Tilt functions MUST NOT operate
with seat bar raised.
• Front Horn / Back-up Alarm - Check for proper function.
• Tires - Check for damaged tires and correct air pressure. Inflate to MAXIMUM pressure shown on the sidewall of the
tire.
• Operator Cab - Check the fastening bolts, washers, and nuts. Check the condition of the cab.
• Indicators and Lights - Check for correct operation of all indicators and lights.
• Wheel Nuts - Perform every 10 hours or daily for the first 30 hours, then as scheduled. Check for loose wheel nuts
and tighten to correct torque.
• Safety Signs and Safety Treads - Check for damaged signs (decals) and safety treads. Replace any signs or safety
treads that are damaged or worn.
• Hydraulic Fluid - Check fluid level and add as needed.
• Heater and Air Conditioning Filters (if equipped) - Clean or replace filters as needed.

SS SSL LF EXLF T3 MF EXMF iT4-0118

51 of 1311 10-70-1 S650 Service Manual


SERVICE SCHEDULE (CONT’D)

Maintenance Intervals (Cont’d)

Every 50 Hours

• Hydraulic Hoses and Tubelines - Check for damage and leaks. Repair or replace as needed.
• Final Drive Transmission (Chaincase) - Check fluid level and add as needed.
• Parking Brake, Foot Pedals, Hand Controls and Steering Levers, or Joysticks - Check for correct operation.
Repair or adjust as needed.
• Wheel Nuts - Check for loose wheel nuts and tighten to correct torque.
• Engine / Hydrostatic Drive Belt - Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled. Check for wear or damage. Adjust or
replace as needed.
• Engine Oil and Filter - Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled. Replace oil and filter.

Every 100 Hours

• Spark Arrester - Empty spark chamber.


• Battery - Check cables and connections.
• Engine Oil and Filter - Perform every 100 hours when operating under severe conditions. Replace oil and filter.

Every 250 Hours or Every 12 Months

• Fuel Filter - Replace filter.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


• Engine / Hydrostatic Drive Belt - Check for wear or damage. Adjust or replace as needed.
• Drive Belts (Alternator, air conditioning, water pump) - Check condition. Replace as needed.
• Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) - Check the function of the lift arm bypass control.
• Engine Oil and Filter - Replace oil and filter.

Every 500 Hours or Every 12 Months

• Hydraulic Charge Filter, Hydraulic Reservoir Breather Cap - Replace the charge filter and the reservoir breather
cap.
• Heater Coil and Air Conditioning Evaporator (if equipped) - Clean the heater coil and air conditioning evaporator.
Clean the plenum drains.

Every 1000 Hours or Every 12 Months

• Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter - Replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter.


• Hydraulic Reservoir - Replace the fluid.
• Final Drive Transmission (Chaincase) - Replace the fluid.
• Engine Valves - Adjust the engine valve clearance.

Every 24 Months

• Coolant - Replace the coolant.

SS SSL LF EXLF T3 MF EXMF iT4-0118

52 of 1311 10-70-2 S650 Service Manual


AIR CLEANER SERVICE Outer Filter

Replacing Filter Elements Figure 10-80-2

Figure 10-80-1

3 1 2

NA3271

P100072

It is important to change the air filter element only when


necessary. The service indicator (Item 1) will FLASH. Open the latches (Item 1) and remove the dust cover
Press the information button (Item 3) until the display (Item 2) [Figure 10-80-2].
screen (Item 2) shows the service codes. Service code
[M0117] (Air Filter Plugged) will show in the display Figure 10-80-3

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


screen (Item 2) [Figure 10-80-1] when air filter change is
necessary.

Replace the inner filter every third time the outer filter is
replaced or as indicated.

P-90523A

Pull the outer filter element (Item 1) [Figure 10-80-3] out


and discard.

NOTE: Make sure all sealing surfaces are free of dirt


and debris. Do not use compressed air.

Install the new outer filter element. Push all the way in
until it contacts the base of the housing.

Install the dust cover and secure the latches [Figure 10-
80-2].

53 of 1311 10-80-1 S650 Service Manual


AIR CLEANER SERVICE (CONT’D) Figure 10-80-5

Replacing Filter Elements (Cont’d)

Inner Filter

Only replace the inner filter element under the following


conditions:

• Replace the inner filter element every third time the 1 2


outer filter is replaced.

• After the outer element has been replaced, start the


engine and run at full rpm. If service code [M0117]
(Air Filter Plugged) is still displayed in the data
display, replace the inner filter element. P100072

Remove the dust cover [Figure 10-80-2] and the outer


filter element [Figure 10-80-3]. Install the dust cover (Item 2) and secure the latches
(Item 1) [Figure 10-80-5].
Figure 10-80-4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1

P-90524A

Remove the inner filter element (Item 1) [Figure 10-80-


4].

NOTE: Make sure all sealing surfaces are free of dirt


and debris. Do not use compressed air.

Install new inner filter element. Push all the way in until it
contacts the base of the housing.

Install the outer filter element [Figure 10-80-3].

54 of 1311 10-80-2 S650 Service Manual


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM Cooling System Identification

Check the cooling system every day to prevent over- NOTE: Identification of the cooling system used on
heating, loss of performance or engine damage. your machine is necessary to perform the
correct cleaning procedure.
Maintenance Platform
Figure 10-90-2
Figure 10-90-1
Earlier Model Later Model

P109009B P109569A

Earlier models have a square coolant tank. Later models


P100040A have a rectangular coolant tank [Figure 10-90-2].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


A maintenance platform (Item 1) [Figure 10-90-1] is
available to facilitate access when cleaning the engine
cooling system.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
W-2019-0907

55 of 1311 10-90-1 S650 Service Manual


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 10-90-4

Cleaning (Earlier Models)

Open the rear door. (See REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) on 1


Page 50-70-1.)

Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 50-


60-1.)

Loaders With Air Conditioning 2

Figure 10-90-3

1 P107097A

NOTE: Be careful when raising and lowering the air


2 2 conditioning condenser so that the air
conditioning condenser does not fall on the
3 oil cooler and damage the fins.

Raise the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) and use

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the
oil cooler (Item 2) [Figure 10-90-4].

P107097
Lower the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) [Figure 10-
90-4]. Install the brackets (Item 3) [Figure 10-90-3] and
the bolts (Item 2) [Figure 10-90-3].
Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of
the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) [Figure 10-90-3].

The area between the air conditioning condenser and the


oil cooler will require occasional cleaning. Remove the
bolts (Item 2) and the brackets (Item 3) [Figure 10-90-3].

56 of 1311 10-90-2 S650 Service Manual


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D) All Loaders

Cleaning (Earlier Models) (Cont’d) Unhook the two rubber straps (Item 2) [Figure 10-90-5].

Loaders Without Air Conditioning Figure 10-90-6

Figure 10-90-5

1 1

2
3

2
P100179

P100181
Raise the oil cooler (Item 1) until the bar (Item 2) drops
into position to support the oil cooler. Use low air

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the radiator
the oil cooler (Item 1) [Figure 10-90-5]. (Item 3) [Figure 10-90-6].

Raise the bar (Item 2) [Figure 10-90-6] slightly and lower


the oil cooler. Fasten the two rubber straps.

Check the cooling system for leaks.

Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

57 of 1311 10-90-3 S650 Service Manual


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 10-90-8

Cleaning (Later Models)

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service


interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.)
1
Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 50-60-1.)
2
3

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any P109572
of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure. Pivot the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) up and
• Flying debris or loose material is present. rotate the support bar (Item 2) into position. Use low air
• Engine is running. pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the
• Tools are being used. hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator assembly (Item 3)
W-2019-0907
[Figure 10-90-8].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Loaders With Air Conditioning Return the support bar to storage position and lower the
air conditioning condenser.
Figure 10-90-7
Figure 10-90-9

1
1 2

2
P121162

Ensure the air conditioning condenser is installed into the


P109573
two slotted brackets [Figure 10-90-9]. (Left side shown.)

Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of Ensure the clips (Item 1) are properly installed over the
the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) [Figure 10-90-7]. two slotted brackets (Item 2) [Figure 10-90-9]. (Left side
shown.)
Unhook the two rubber straps (Item 2) [Figure 10-90-7].
Fasten the two rubber straps (Item 2) [Figure 10-90-7].
NOTE: The air conditioning condenser fits into two
slotted brackets mounted on the hydraulic NOTE: The air conditioning condenser can be lifted
fluid cooler and radiator assembly. Ensure the out of the two slotted brackets by removing
air conditioning condenser remains the clips. This allows greater access to clean
connected to the brackets when raising and the hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator
lowering. assembly.

58 of 1311 10-90-4 S650 Service Manual


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D) All Loaders

Cleaning (Later Models) (Cont’d) Check the cooling system for leaks.

Loaders Without Air Conditioning Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

Figure 10-90-10

P109717

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of
the hydraulic fluid cooler and radiator assembly (Item 1)
[Figure 10-90-10].

59 of 1311 10-90-5 S650 Service Manual


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D) Removing And Replacing Coolant

Checking Level For the service interval for replacing the engine
coolant (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.)
Open the rear door and raise the rear grille.
Open the rear door and remove the rear grille.
Figure 10-90-11
Remove the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-90-11].
Earlier Model Later Model
Figure 10-90-12

1
1

1
2
2

P109009B P109570A

Check coolant level using the level markers (Item 2)


[Figure 10-90-11] on the tank. Coolant must be between
top and bottom level markers when the engine is cold.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-85606

NOTE: The loader is factory filled with propylene


glycol coolant (purple color). DO NOT mix Disconnect the coolant hose (Item 1) [Figure 10-90-12]
propylene glycol with ethylene glycol. from the oil filter assembly. Drain the coolant into a
container. Connect the coolant hose to the oil filter
Use a refractometer to test the condition of propylene assembly. Recycle or dispose of coolant in an
glycol in your cooling system. environmentally safe manner.

Lower the rear grille and close the rear door. Mix new coolant in a separate container. (See Capacities
on Page SPEC-10-5.)

The correct mixture of coolant to provide a -37°C (-34°F)


freeze protection is 5 L propylene glycol mixed with 4,4 L

IMPORTANT of water OR 1 U.S. gal propylene glycol mixed with 3.5 qt


of water.

AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE Add premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene
Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze. glycol to the coolant tank until the coolant level reaches
the lower marker on the tank [Figure 10-90-11].
Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system
efficiency and may cause serious premature engine Install the coolant fill cap.
damage.
NOTE: When installing the coolant fill cap, the cap
Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which must be tightened until it clicks.
protect the internal engine components; reduces the
Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop
boiling point and freeze protection of the system.
the engine. Check the coolant level when cool. Add
coolant as needed.
Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength
concentrated coolant can cause serious premature Install the rear grille and close the rear door.
engine damage.
I-2124-0497

60 of 1311 10-90-6 S650 Service Manual


FUEL SYSTEM Biodiesel Blend Fuel

Fuel Specifications Biodiesel blend fuel has unique qualities that should be
considered before using in this machine:
NOTE: Contact your local fuel supplier to receive
recommendations for your region. • Cold weather conditions can lead to plugged fuel
system components and hard starting.
At a minimum, low sulfur diesel fuel must be used in this
machine. Low sulfur is defined as 500 mg/kg (500 ppm) • Biodiesel blend fuel is an excellent medium for
sulfur maximum. microbial growth and contamination which can cause
corrosion and plugging of fuel system components.
U.S. Standard (ASTM D975)
• Use of biodiesel blend fuel may result in premature
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade Number
failure of fuel system components, such as plugged
2-D or Grade Number 1-D.
fuel filters and deteriorated fuel lines.
Ultra low sulfur diesel fuel may also be used in this
• Shorter maintenance intervals may be required, such
machine. Ultra low sulfur is defined as 15 mg/kg (15 ppm)
as cleaning the fuel system and replacing fuel filters
sulfur maximum.
and fuel lines.
The following is one suggested blending guideline that
should prevent fuel gelling during cold temperatures: • Using biodiesel blended fuels containing more than
five percent biodiesel can affect engine life and cause
deterioration of hoses, tubelines, injectors, injector
TEMPERATURE GRADE 2-D GRADE 1-D pump and seals.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Above -9°C (+15°F) 100% 0%
Apply the following guidelines if biodiesel blend fuel is
Down to -21°C (-5°F) 50% 50%
used:
Below -21°C (-5°F) 0% 100%
• Ensure the fuel tank is as full as possible at all times
NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel may also be used in this to prevent moisture from collecting in the fuel tank.
machine. Biodiesel blend fuel must contain
no more than five percent biodiesel mixed • Ensure that the fuel tank cap is securely tightened.
with ultra low sulfur petroleum based diesel.
This biodiesel blend fuel is commonly • Biodiesel blend fuel can damage painted surfaces,
marketed as B5 blended diesel fuel. B5 remove all spilled fuel from painted surfaces
blended diesel fuel must meet ASTM immediately.
specifications.
• Drain all water from the fuel filter daily before
E.U. Standard (EN590) operating the machine.

Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel that meets the • Do not exceed engine oil change interval. Extended
specifications listed below: oil change intervals can cause engine damage.

• Low sulfur diesel fuel defined as 500 mg/kg (500 ppm) • Before vehicle storage; drain the fuel tank, refill with
sulfur maximum 100% petroleum diesel fuel, add fuel stabilizer and
run the engine for at least 30 minutes.
• Diesel fuel with cetane number of 51.0 and above.
NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel does not have long term
Clean, high quality diesel fuel that meets the EN590 stability and should not be stored for more
specification may also be used. than three months.
NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel may also be used in this
machine. Biodiesel blend fuel must contain
no more than seven percent biodiesel mixed
with ultra low sulfur petroleum based diesel.
This biodiesel blend fuel is commonly
marketed as B7 blended diesel fuel. B7
blended diesel fuel must meet EN590
specifications.

61 of 1311 10-100-1 S650 Service Manual


FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 10-100-2

Filling The Fuel Tank WRONG

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO
SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an
explosion or fire.
W-2063-0807

Open the rear door. NA1684

Figure 10-100-1
Use a clean, approved safety container to add fuel of the
correct specification. Add fuel only in an area that has
1 free movement of air and no open flames or sparks NO
SMOKING [Figure 10-100-2].

Install and tighten the fuel cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-100-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1].

Close the rear door.

WARNING
P100006
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-100-1]. sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

62 of 1311 10-100-2 S650 Service Manual


FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Removing Air From The Fuel System

Fuel Filter After replacing the filter element or when the fuel tank
has run out of fuel, the air must be removed from the fuel
For the service interval for removing water from, or system before starting the engine.
replacing the fuel filter (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 10-70-1.)

Removing Water WARNING


Figure 10-100-3
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807
2

Figure 10-100-4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1
P-85508

Loosen the drain (Item 1) [Figure 10-100-3] at the 1 2


bottom of the filter element to remove water from the
filter.

Replacing Element

Remove the filter element (Item 2) [Figure 10-100-3].

Clean the area around the filter housing. Put clean oil on P-85507
the seal of the new filter element. Install the fuel filter, and
hand tighten.
Open the vent (Item 2) [Figure 10-100-4] on the fuel filter
Remove air from the fuel system. (See on Page 10-100- housing.
3.)
Squeeze the hand pump (priming bulb) (Item 1) [Figure
10-100-4] until fuel flows from the vent with no air
bubbles.
WARNING Close the vent (Item 2) [Figure 10-100-4].
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

63 of 1311 10-100-3 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

64 of 1311 10-100-4 S650 Service Manual


ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Engine Oil Chart

Checking And Adding Engine Oil Figure 10-110-2

Check the engine oil level every day before starting the ENGINE CRANKCASE OIL
engine for the work shift. Recommended SAE Viscosity Number

Figure 10-110-1

P-85506 Refer to temperature range anticipated before next


oil change

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Must use API Category CI-4 or better, or ACEA E7 or
Park the machine on level ground. Open the rear door
better
and remove the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 10-110-1].
Do not use API Category FA-4 engine oil
Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick. Do [1] Bobcat Synthetic Oil – SAE 5W-40
not overfill.
Bobcat engine oils are recommended for use in this
machine. If Bobcat engine oil is not available, use a good
quality engine oil that meets API Service Category of CI-
4 or better, or ACEA E7 or better [Figure 10-110-2].

IMPORTANT
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE
Use of API Service Category FA-4 engine oil is not
approved and may cause irreversible damage to the
engine.
I-2384-0916

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

65 of 1311 10-110-1 S650 Service Manual


ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’D) Later Models

Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter Figure 10-110-4

Follow the service interval for replacing the engine oil and
filter (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.)

Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop


the engine.

Open the rear door.

Earlier Models
1
Figure 10-110-3 2

P109086B

The oil drain hose is located behind a cover under the


right rear corner of the loader (Inset) [Figure 10-110-4].

1 Remove the cover mounting bolts (Item 1) and remove

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


the cover (Item 2) [Figure 10-110-4].

2 Figure 10-110-5

3 P-90497A
P-90499A

The oil drain hose is located behind a cover under the


right rear corner of the loader (Inset) [Figure 10-110-3].

Remove two cover mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 10-


110-3].

Loosen one cover mounting bolt (Item 2) and slide the


cover (Item 3) [Figure 10-110-3] to the rear of the loader. 2
1

P-109087

Remove the oil drain hose (Item 1) from the storage


location and route through the opening (Item 2) [Figure
10-110-5].

66 of 1311 10-110-2 S650 Service Manual


ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 10-110-7

Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter (Cont’d)

Figure 10-110-6
2

P-85506

1
Open the rear door, remove the oil filter (Item 3) [Figure
P-90498A
10-110-7] and clean the filter housing surface.

Use genuine Bobcat filter only.


Remove the oil drain cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-110-6] from
the oil drain hose and drain the oil into a container. Put oil on the new filter gasket, install the filter and hand

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Recycle or dispose of used oil in an environmentally safe tighten.
manner.
Remove the oil fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-110-7].
Install and tighten the oil drain cap [Figure 10-110-6].
Put oil in the engine. For the correct quantity (See
(Earlier Models) - Install the cover and the cover Capacities on Page SPEC-10-5.) Do not overfill.
mounting bolts [Figure 10-110-3]. Tighten all bolts.
Start the engine and let it run for several minutes. Stop
OR the engine and check for leaks at the filter.

(Later Models) - Remove the oil drain hose from the Remove the dipstick (Item 2) [Figure 10-110-7] and
opening and return to storage location [Figure 10-110- check the oil level.
5]. Install the cover and the cover mounting bolts [Figure
10-110-4]. Tighten all bolts. Add oil as needed if it is not at the top mark on the
dipstick. Install the dipstick and close the rear door.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

67 of 1311 10-110-3 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

68 of 1311 10-110-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart

Checking And Adding Fluid HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID


RECOMMENDED ISO VISCOSITY GRADE (VG)
Check the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid level every day AND VISCOSITY INDEX (VI)
before starting the work shift. Figure 10-120-3

Park the loader on a level surface, lower the lift arms and
place the attachment flat on the ground or tilt the Bob-
Tach® fully back if no attachment is installed.

Stop the engine.

Figure 10-120-1

TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED


DURING MACHINE USE
[1] VG 100; Minimum VI 130
1 [2] VG 46; Minimum VI 150
[3] BOBCAT All-Season Fluid
[4] BOBCAT Synthetic Fluid
[5] BOBCAT Biodegradable Hydraulic / Hydrostatic

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Fluid (Unlike biodegradable fluids that are vegetable
based, Bobcat biodegradable fluid is formulated to
P100010
prevent oxidation and thermal breakdown at operating
temperatures.)
Check the fluid level in the sight gauge (Item 1) [Figure
10-120-1]. Keep the fluid level within the operating range. Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic system
[Figure 10-120-3]. (See Hydraulic System on Page
Stop the engine, open the rear door and remove the rear SPEC-10-4.)
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 50-60-1.)

Figure 10-120-2
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1 Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

P100055

Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-2].

Add fluid as needed to bring the level within the operating


range in the sight gauge [Figure 10-120-1].

Install the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-2], the rear


grille and close the rear door.

69 of 1311 10-120-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 10-120-5

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid

For the correct service interval (See SERVICE


SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.)

Replace the fluid if it becomes contaminated or after 1


major repair.
2
Always replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter and the
hydraulic charge filter whenever the hydraulic fluid is
replaced. (See Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter Identification
on Page 10-120-4.)

Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 50- P100179
60-1.)

Figure 10-120-4 (Earlier Models with Square Coolant Tank) - Raise the
oil cooler (Item 1) until the bar (Item 2) [Figure 10-120-5]
drops into the last position to support the oil cooler. This
will aid in draining the hydraulic fluid.

Figure 10-120-6

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1
1

P100055

P100007

Remove the right side access cover bolts (Item 1)


[Figure 10-120-6] and remove the cover. (Lift arms
shown raised for visual clarity.)

P100181

Remove the hydraulic fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-4].

(Earlier Models with Square Coolant Tank) - unhook


the two rubber straps (Item 2) [Figure 10-120-4].

70 of 1311 10-120-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 10-120-8

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid (Cont’d)

NOTE: The hose used to drain the hydraulic reservoir


is located under the fan motor on earlier
models and behind the fan motor on later
models.
1
Figure 10-120-7

Earlier Model Later Model

1
P-90506

Remove and clean the hydraulic fill screen (Item 1)


1 [Figure 10-120-8]. Use low air pressure to dry the
2 screen.
2
P109760A P115442A Install hydraulic fill screen and add the correct fluid to the
reservoir until the fluid level is within the operating range

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


of the sight gauge. (See Capacities on Page SPEC-10-
Remove the clamp (Item 1). Pinch off the hose (Item 2)
5.) and (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-
[Figure 10-120-7] near the fitting and disconnect hose
120-1.)
from the fitting. Route the hose out the side of the loader
and drain the fluid into a container.
Install the hydraulic fill cap.
Connect the hose to the fitting when the fluid stops
Install the rear grille.
draining.
Close the rear door.
Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally
safe manner.
Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic
controls.

WARNING Stop the engine and check for leaks.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.


AVOID INJURY OR DEATH (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

Install the side access cover.

(Earlier Models with Square Coolant Tank) - Raise the


bar supporting the oil cooler and lower the oil cooler.
Fasten the two rubber straps.

71 of 1311 10-120-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 10-120-10

Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter Identification Square Head Filter Cap

The filter housing is located behind the hydraulic fluid


reservoir.

NOTE: Identification of the hydraulic / hydrostatic


filter used on your machine is necessary to
perform the correct filter replacement
procedure.

Figure 10-120-9

Hex Head Filter Cap

P109922

This model has a square head on the filter cap [Figure


10-120-10]. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic /
Hydrostatic Filter (Square Head Filter Cap) on Page 10-
120-6.)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 10-120-11

Bolt-on Filter Cap

P-90500

This model has a hex head on the filter cap [Figure 10-
120-9]. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic /
Hydrostatic Filter (Hex Head Filter Cap) on Page 10-120-
5.)

P121075

This model has a filter cap held in place by two bolts


[Figure 10-120-11]. (See Removing And Replacing
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter (Bolt-on Filter Cap) on Page
10-120-7.)

72 of 1311 10-120-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic


Filter (Hex Head Filter Cap)
WARNING
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.) Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 50-60-1.) explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
Clean the top of the filter housing.
Install the rear grille and close the rear door.
Figure 10-120-12
Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic
controls.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
1
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
P-90500 enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807
Remove the filter (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-12] using a
socket wrench.
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.
Figure 10-120-13
Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.
(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)

P-85478

Discard the entire filter (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-13].

Clean the surface of the filter housing where the filter seal
contacts the housing.

Install new filter and tighten to 61 N•m (45 ft-lb) torque.

73 of 1311 10-120-5 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Install new filter element ensuring that element is fully
seated in the housing.
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic
Filter (Square Head Filter Cap) Install the filter cap and tighten to 25 N•m (18 ft-lb)
torque.
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.)

Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 50-60-1.)
WARNING
Clean the top of the filter housing. AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
Figure 10-120-14 sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic


controls.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


WARNING
P100047 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
Remove the filter cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-14].
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
Figure 10-120-15
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807
1

Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.


(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)

2 P100044 P100046

Remove the filter element (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-15]


and discard.

Remove the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 10-120-15] and


discard.

Install new O-ring and lubricate with clean oil.

74 of 1311 10-120-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Install new filter element ensuring that element is fully
seated in the housing.
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic
Filter (Bolt-on Filter Cap) Remove the filter cap O-rings (Item 3) [Figure 10-120-
17] and discard.
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct service
interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.) Install new filter cap O-rings and lubricate with clean oil.

Stop the engine, open the rear door, and remove the rear NOTE: The filter cap O-rings are not the same size.
grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 50-60-1.) Take care to install each O-ring in the correct
location.
Clean the top of the filter housing.
Install the filter cap and the bolts [Figure 10-120-16].
Figure 10-120-16 Alternate tightening the bolts to draw the cap down
evenly. Tighten the bolts to 27 - 41 N•m (20 - 30 ft-lb)
torque.

1
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
2

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

P121075
Install the rear grille and close the rear door.

Remove the bolts (Item 1) and slowly pry the filter cap Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic
(Item 2) [Figure 10-120-16] off the housing by hand. controls.

Figure 10-120-17

1
WARNING
2
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
3 from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807

P121072A P115686B
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.

Remove the filter element (Item 2) [Figure 10-120-17] Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.
and discard. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)

Lubricate the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-17] on new


filter element with clean oil.

75 of 1311 10-120-7 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Earlier Models

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter Figure 10-120-20

The hydraulic charge filter is located under the operator


cab. For the correct service interval (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)


1
Figure 10-120-18

P-85489B
1

Place a suitable container below the filter housing and


remove the filter housing (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-20]
2 using a socket wrench.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 10-120-21
P115884

Unhook the three rubber straps (Item 1) and remove the


lower fan duct (Item 2) [Figure 10-120-18].

NOTE: Identification of the hydraulic charge filter 1


used on your machine is necessary to
perform the correct replacement procedure.

Figure 10-120-19

Earlier Model Later Model

P-85489A

Remove and discard the filter element (Item 1) [Figure


10-120-21].

Clean the surface of the filter housing and the filter base
where they contact the filter element seal.

P109622B P115441A Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter element. Install
the element on the filter base.
Earlier models use a separate filter housing and filter
Install and tighten the filter housing to 65 - 70 N•m (48 -
element. Later models use a spin-on filter [Figure 10-
52 ft-lb) torque.
120-19].

76 of 1311 10-120-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) All Models

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally
(Cont’d) safe manner.

Later Models

Figure 10-120-22 WARNING


AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
1

Install the lower fan duct [Figure 10-120-18].

NOTE: Failure to install the lower fan duct correctly


may result in decreased cooling.

P115441 Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 10-30-


3.)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Put a suitable container below the filter, remove the filter Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic
(Item 1) [Figure 10-120-22], and clean the filter base. controls.

Put clean oil on the new filter gasket, install the new filter,
and tighten the filter to 37 – 45 N•m (27 – 33 ft-lb) torque.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807

Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.


(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 10-120-1.)

77 of 1311 10-120-9 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Breather Cap

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct


replacement interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 10-70-1.)

Stop the engine and open the rear door.

Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 50-


60-1.)

Figure 10-120-23

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P100055

Remove the breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 10-120-23]


and discard.

Install new breather cap.

Install the rear grille.

Close the rear door.

78 of 1311 10-120-10 S650 Service Manual


FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE)

Checking And Adding Fluid

The chaincase contains the final drive sprockets and


chains and uses the same type of fluid as the hydraulic /
hydrostatic system. (See Hydraulic System on Page
SPEC-10-4.)

Stop the loader on a level surface and stop the engine.

Figure 10-130-1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P107956

Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 10-130-1] from


the front of the chaincase housing. (Lift arms shown
raised for clarity.)

If fluid can be reached with the tip of your finger through


the hole, the fluid level is correct.

If the level is low, add fluid through the check plug hole
until the fluid flows from the hole.

Install and tighten the plug.

79 of 1311 10-130-1 S650 Service Manual


FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE)
(CONT’D)

Removing And Replacing Fluid WARNING


Figure 10-130-2
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
1 W-2103-0508

P-85745

Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 10-130-2] from


the front of the chaincase housing.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 10-130-3

P107281

Pump the fluid out of the chaincase [Figure 10-130-3].

Recycle or dispose of the used fluid in an


environmentally safe manner.

Add fluid through the check plug hole until the fluid flows
from the hole.

80 of 1311 10-130-2 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) Figure 10-140-2

Inspection And Maintenance


1
Figure 10-140-1

Wedge must contact


lower edge of hole in the
attachment mounting
frame.

P-31233A P-31233

The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 10-140-2] must extend


P-85513A through the holes in the attachment mounting frame.

The spring loaded wedge (Item 1) must contact the lower


Move the Bob-Tach levers down to engage the wedges edge of the holes in the attachment mounting frame (Item
[Figure 10-140-1]. 2) [Figure 10-140-2].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


The levers and wedges must move freely. If the wedges do not contact the lower edge of the holes
[Figure 10-140-2], the attachment will be loose and can
come off the Bob-Tach.
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208

81 of 1311 10-140-1 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) (CONT’D)

Inspection And Maintenance (Cont’d)

Figure 10-140-3

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NA13065S

Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and Bob-


Tach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or
damage [Figure 10-140-3]. Replace any parts that are
damaged, bent or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.

Inspect for cracked welds.

Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on


Page 10-70-1.) (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on
Page 10-150-1.)

82 of 1311 10-140-2 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) Figure 10-141-2

This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach.


1
Inspection And Maintenance

Figure 10-141-1 2

1 Wedge must contact


lower edge of hole in the
attachment mounting
frame.

P-31233A P-31233

2 The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 10-141-2] must extend


through the holes in the attachment mounting frame.

P-85320A The spring loaded wedges (Item 1) must contact the


lower edge of the holes in the attachment mounting
frame (Item 2) [Figure 10-141-2].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Push and hold the BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch
(Item 1) until wedges are fully raised. Push and hold the If the wedges do not contact the lower edge of the holes
BOB-TACH “WEDGES DOWN” switch (Item 2) [Figure [Figure 10-141-2], the attachment will be loose and can
10-141-1] until the wedges are fully down. come off the Bob-Tach.

The levers and wedges must move freely.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208

83 of 1311 10-141-1 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) (CONT’D)

Inspection And Maintenance (Cont’d)

Figure 10-141-3

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NA13065S

Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and Bob-


Tach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or
damage [Figure 10-141-3]. Replace any parts that are
damaged, bent or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.

Inspect for cracked welds.

Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on


Page 10-70-1.) and (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER
on Page 10-150-1.)

84 of 1311 10-141-2 S650 Service Manual


LUBRICATING THE LOADER Figure 10-150-2

Lubrication Locations

Lubricate the loader as specified for the best


performance of the loader. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE
on Page 10-70-1.)

Record the operating hours each time you lubricate the


Bobcat loader.
2
Always use a good quality lithium based multipurpose
grease when you lubricate the loader. Apply the lubricant
until extra grease shows.

Remove attachment from the loader.


P-90572A

Tilt the Bob-Tach forward until it contacts the ground. (Not


required on later models with Bob-Tach wedge grease 2. Base End Lift Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 10-
fittings that are accessible from the side.) 150-2].

Stop the engine. Figure 10-150-3

Lubricate the following:

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 10-150-1

P-90543A

3. Lift Arm Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 10-150-3].


P100011

1. Rod End Lift Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 10-


150-1].

85 of 1311 10-150-1 S650 Service Manual


LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’D) Figure 10-150-6

Lubrication Locations (Cont’d)

Figure 10-150-4

P-85720

6. Rod End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 10-


P-90542A 150-6].

Figure 10-150-7
4. Lift Arm Link Pivot (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 10-150-4].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 10-150-5

5
7

P-85719

P-85484 7. Bob-Tach Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 10-150-


7].

5. Base End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 10-


150-5].

86 of 1311 10-150-2 S650 Service Manual


LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’D) Figure 10-150-10

Lubrication Locations (Cont’d)

Earlier Models
9
Figure 10-150-8

8
P100012

9. Rear Control Link (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 10-150-


10].

P-85487 Figure 10-150-11

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Later Models

Figure 10-150-9

10

8 P-90544A

10. Front Control Link (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 10-150-


11].
P-31308A

8. Bob-Tach Wedge (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 10-150-8]


or [Figure 10-150-9].

87 of 1311 10-150-3 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

88 of 1311 10-150-4 S650 Service Manual


TIRE MAINTENANCE Rotating

Wheel Nuts Check the tires regularly for wear, damage and pressure.

Figure 10-160-1 Figure 10-160-2

P-85479 NA1023A

See your SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct interval to Rear tires usually wear faster than front tires. To keep tire
check the wheel nuts [Figure 10-160-1]. (See SERVICE wear even, move the front tires to the rear and rear tires

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.) to the front [Figure 10-160-2].

When installing wheel nuts, tighten to 217 N•m (160 ft-lb) It is important to keep the same size tires on each side of
torque. the loader. If different sizes are used, each tire will be
turning at a different rate and cause excessive wear. The
When checking wheel nut torque, set the torque wrench tread bars of all the tires must face the same direction.
to 190 N•m (140 ft-lb) to prevent over-tightening.
Recommended tire pressure must be maintained to avoid
excessive tire wear and loss of stability and handling
capability. Check for correct pressure before operating
the loader.

89 of 1311 10-160-1 S650 Service Manual


TIRE MAINTENANCE (CONT’D)

Mounting

Tires are to be repaired only by an authorized person


using the proper procedures and safe equipment.

Tires and rims must always be checked for correct size


before mounting. Check rim and tire bead for damage.

The rim flange must be cleaned and free of rust.

The tire bead and rim flange must be lubricated with a


rubber lubricant before mounting the tire.

Avoid excessive pressure which can rupture the tire and


cause serious injury or death.

During inflation of the tire, check the tire pressure


frequently to avoid over inflation.

WARNING

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Do not inflate tires above specified pressure. Failure
to use correct tire mounting procedure can cause an
explosion which can result in injury or death.
W-2078-1007

IMPORTANT
Inflate tires to the MAXIMUM pressure shown on the
sidewall of the tire. DO NOT mix brands of tires used
on the same machine.
I-2057-1010

90 of 1311 10-160-2 S650 Service Manual


SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER Figure 10-170-1

Cleaning Procedure

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for service interval for


cleaning the spark arrester muffler. (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 10-70-1.)

Do not operate the loader with a defective exhaust 1


system.

P-85509

IMPORTANT
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 10-170-1] from the
This machine is factory equipped with a U.S.D.A. bottom of the muffler.
Forestry Service Approved spark arrester exhaust
system that must be maintained for proper function.

• WITH MUFFLER
The muffler spark chamber must be emptied
WARNING
every 100 hours of operation to keep it in working
condition. When the engine is running during service, the
driving and steering controls must be in neutral and

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


• WITH SELECTIVE CATALYST REDUCTION (SCR) the parking brake engaged. Failure to do so can
AND / OR DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST (DOC) cause injury or death.
W-2006-1209
Do not remove or modify the DOC or SCR.

The SCR must be maintained according to the Start the engine and run for about 10 seconds while a
instructions in the Operation & Maintenance second person, wearing safety glasses, holds a piece of
Manual for proper function. wood over the outlet of the muffler. This will force
contaminants out through the cleanout hole.
• WITH DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)
The DPF must be maintained according to the Stop the engine. Install and tighten the plug. Close the
instructions in the Operation & Maintenance rear door.
Manual for proper function.

(If this machine is operated on flammable forest,


brush or grass cover land, the engine must be
equipped with a spark arrester and maintained in
WARNING
working order. Failure to do so will be in violation of
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
California state law section 4442 PRC. Refer to local
When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
laws and regulations for spark arrester
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
requirements.)
I-2350-1114 fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning.
Stop the engine and open the rear door. W-2050-0807

WARNING
WARNING
Never use machine in atmosphere with explosive
dust or gases or where exhaust can contact Stop engine and allow the muffler to cool before
flammable material. Failure to obey warnings can cleaning the spark chamber. Wear safety goggles.
cause injury or death. Failure to obey can cause serious injury.
W-2068-1285 W-2011-1285

91 of 1311 10-170-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

92 of 1311 10-170-2 S650 Service Manual


PIVOT PINS

Inspection And Maintenance

Figure 10-180-1

P100004

All lift arm and cylinder pivots have a large pin held in
position with a retainer bolt and locknut (Item 1) [Figure

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


10-180-1].

Check that the locknuts are tightened to 48 - 54 N•m (35 -


40 ft-lb) torque.

93 of 1311 10-180-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

94 of 1311 10-180-2 S650 Service Manual


LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE Return To Service

Storage After the Bobcat loader has been in storage, it is


necessary to follow a list of items to return the loader to
Sometimes it may be necessary to store your Bobcat service.
loader for an extended period of time. Below is a list of
items to perform before storage. • Check the engine and hydraulic oil levels; check
coolant level.
• Thoroughly clean the loader including the engine
compartment. • Install a fully charged battery.

• Lubricate the loader. • Remove grease from exposed cylinder rods.

• Replace worn or damaged parts. • Check all belt tensions.

• Park the loader in a dry protected shelter. • Be sure all shields and guards are in place.

• Lower the lift arms all the way and put the bucket flat • Lubricate the loader.
on the ground.
• Check tire inflation and remove blocks from under
• Put blocks under the frame to remove weight from the frame.
tires.
• Remove cover from exhaust pipe opening.
• Put grease on any exposed cylinder rods.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


• Start the engine and let run for a few minutes while
• Put fuel stabilizer in the fuel tank and run the engine observing the instrument panels and systems for
a few minutes to circulate the stabilizer to the pump correct operation.
and fuel injectors.
• Operate machine, check for correct function.
If biodiesel blend fuel has been used, perform the
following: • Stop the engine and check for leaks. Repair as
needed.
• Drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel
fuel, add fuel stabilizer and run the engine for at least
30 minutes.

• Drain and flush the cooling system. Refill with


premixed coolant.

• Replace all fluids and filters (engine, hydraulic /


hydrostatic).

• Replace air cleaner, heater and air conditioning filters.

• Put all controls in NEUTRAL position.

• Remove the battery. Be sure the electrolyte level is


correct then charge the battery. Store it in a cool dry
place above freezing temperatures and charge it
periodically during storage.

• Cover the exhaust pipe opening.

• Tag the machine to indicate that it is in storage


condition.

95 of 1311 10-190-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

96 of 1311 10-190-2 S650 Service Manual


STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER NOTE: Activating the Password Lockout Feature on
machines with the Keyless Start Panel or the
Procedure Deluxe Instrumentation Panel allows
operation of the loader without using a
Stop the loader on level ground. password. (See Password Lockout Feature on
Page 60-200-2.) or (See Password Lockout
Fully lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the Feature on Page 60-201-1.)
ground.
Figure 10-200-3
Figure 10-200-1

P-85737A P-85735A

Exit the loader using grab handles, safety tread and steps

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-90525B (maintaining a 3-point contact) [Figure 10-200-3].

Push the engine speed control fully down to decrease the


engine speed [Figure 10-200-1].
WARNING
Engage the parking brake.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Figure 10-200-2 Before you leave the operator’s seat:
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
1 1
the ground.
• Stop the engine.
2 • Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
P-90688A P-90214C P-90214A
drive functions are deactivated.

Turn the key switch to the STOP position (Item 1) or The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
press the STOP button (Item 2) [Figure 10-200-2]. when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
service if controls do not deactivate.
NOTE: If the loader lights are ON, they will remain ON W-2463-1110
for approximately 90 seconds after turning
the loader OFF.

Raise the seat bar and make sure the lift and tilt functions
are deactivated.

Unbuckle the seat belt.

Remove the key from the switch (Standard Key Panel) to


prevent operation of the loader by unauthorized
personnel.

97 of 1311 10-200-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

98 of 1311 10-200-2 S650 Service Manual


EMERGENCY EXIT

The front opening on the operator cab and rear window provide exits.

Rear Window Identification

Figure 10-210-1 There are two different procedures for removing the rear
window from your machine:
Latches Rubber Cord
1. This window is equipped with latches (Item 1) [Figure
10-210-1].
2
2. This window is equipped with a rubber cord and tag
(Item 2) [Figure 10-210-1].
1
NOTE: Use these procedures to remove the rear
P-85309B P-64994G
window only under emergency conditions.
Damage to machine may occur.

—————————————————————————————————————————————————————

Rear Window Removal (Latches) Rear Window Removal (Rubber Cord)

Figure 10-210-2 Figure 10-210-4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1

P-85309A P-64994F

Turn both latches (Item 1) [Figure 10-210-2] in until they Pull on the tag on the top of the rear window to remove
disengage from the window frame. the rubber cord [Figure 10-210-4].

Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab. Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab.

Figure 10-210-3 Figure 10-210-5

P-90676 P-90676

Exit through rear of the operator cab [Figure 10-210-3]. Exit through rear of the operator cab [Figure 10-210-5].

99 of 1311 10-210-1 S650 Service Manual


EMERGENCY EXIT (CONT’D) External Access (Rear Window With Rubber Cord)

External Access (Rear Window With Latches) A kit is available to allow removal of the rubber cord
equipped rear window from outside the machine.
Figure 10-210-6
Figure 10-210-8
1

P-90669A

P13982

The rear window can be removed from outside the loader


using a T40 TORX® Drive tool. Turn both screws (Item 1) Pull both handles (Item 1) [Figure 10-210-8] up and out

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


[Figure 10-210-6] counterclockwise until the latches to remove the rear window.
disengage from the window frame. Pull the top of the
window away from the cab and lift up to remove. Front Door

OR This machine may be equipped with a front door.

Figure 10-210-7 NOTE: Use this procedure to remove the front door
only under emergency conditions. Damage to
machine may occur.
1
Figure 10-210-9

P-90669C

A kit is available to allow removal of the latch equipped


rear window from outside the machine without tools.
P-90725

Turn both knobs (Item 1) [Figure 10-210-7]


counterclockwise until the latches disengage from the Turn both latches (Item 1) [Figure 10-210-9] down until
window frame. Pull the top of the window away from the they disengage from the door frame.
cab and lift up to remove.
Push the door out of the operator cab door frame and exit
through the opening.

100 of 1311 10-210-2 S650 Service Manual


EMERGENCY EXIT (CONT’D) Figure 10-210-12

Front Door (Cont’d)

Front Door Reassembly


2
Reassemble the front door using the following
instructions if the door was opened using the emergency
exit procedure.

Figure 10-210-10
1
1

P-90685

Orient the latches as shown (Item 1) and install the door


hinges (Item 2) [Figure 10-210-12] on the door. (Bottom
hinge shown.)
2
Figure 10-210-13

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-85781A 1

NOTE: Later models route the washer fluid hose


differently and will not require this step. 2

Disconnect electrical connector (Item 2) and washer fluid


hose (Item 1) (if equipped) [Figure 10-210-10].

Figure 10-210-11

P-90686A
2
3
Install cast washers (Item 2) on door hinges taking care
to match rectangular surfaces. Hold cast washer firmly
against door and rotate latch (Item 1) [Figure 10-210-13]
up to lock cast washer into position. (Bottom hinge
shown.) (Plastic cap shown removed for visual clarity.)
1
Install door on loader.

Install the gas spring socket on the ball stud fitting. Install
P-85588A P-85589A
the clip into the hole in the gas spring socket. Rotate the
clip (Item 1) to lock into position [Figure 10-210-11].

Rotate and pull the clip (Item 1) out of the gas spring Connect electrical connector (Item 2) and washer fluid
socket. Pull the gas spring socket (Item 3) straight off the hose (Item 1) (if equipped) [Figure 10-210-10].
ball stud fitting (Item 2) [Figure 10-210-11].

Remove the door hinges from the loader.

101 of 1311 10-210-3 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

102 of 1311 10-210-4 S650 Service Manual


SEAT BELT Figure 10-220-1

Inspection And Maintenance 1

WARNING 3

Failure to properly inspect and maintain the seat belt


can cause lack of operator restraint resulting in
serious injury or death.
W-2466-0703

Check the seat belt daily for correct function. 2 4

Inspect the seat belt system thoroughly at least once


each year or more often if the machine is exposed to
severe environmental conditions or applications.

Any seat belt system that shows cuts, fraying, extreme or


unusual wear, significant discoloration due to ultraviolet
UV exposure, dusty / dirty conditions, abrasion to the
seat belt webbing, or damage to the buckle, latch plate,

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


retractor (if equipped), hardware or any other obvious
problem should be replaced immediately.
B-22283

The items below are referenced in [Figure 10-220-1].

1. Check the webbing. If the system is equipped with a


retractor, pull the webbing completely out and inspect
the full length of the webbing. Look for cuts, wear,
fraying, dirt and stiffness.

2. Check the buckle and latch for correct operation.


Make sure latch plate is not excessively worn,
deformed or buckle is not damaged or casing broken.

3. Check the retractor web storage device (if equipped)


by extending webbing to determine if it looks correct
and that it spools out and retracts webbing correctly.

4. Check webbing in areas exposed to ultraviolet (UV)


rays from the sun or extreme dust or dirt. If the original
color of the webbing in these areas is extremely faded
and / or the webbing is packed with dirt, the webbing
strength may have deteriorated.

See your dealer for seat belt system replacement parts


for your machine.

103 of 1311 10-220-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

104 of 1311 10-220-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-10-1


Glossary Of Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-10-1
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-10-5

CYLINDER (LIFT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20-1


Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20-2
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20-6
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20-7
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-20-9

CYLINDER (TILT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21-1


Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21-2
Base End Pivot Pin Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21-4
Parts Identification (Earlier Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21-5
Parts Identification (Later Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21-6
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21-7
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-21-9

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-22-1
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-22-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-22-2
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-22-3
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-22-4
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-22-5

MAIN RELIEF VALVE (EARLIER MODELS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-30-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-30-1
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-30-2
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-30-4
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-30-5

MAIN RELIEF VALVE (LATER MODELS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-31-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-31-1
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-31-2
Main Relief Valve Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-31-4
Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-31-4
Auxiliary Relief Valve Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-31-5
Auxiliary Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-31-6

105 of 1311 20-01 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (EARLIER MODELS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-2
Mount Bracket Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-5
Identification Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-6
Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-7
Load Check Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt And Auxiliary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-8
Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Rod End) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-9
Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Base End) . . . . . . 20-40-9
Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Base End) . . . . . 20-40-10
Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Rod End) . . . . . 20-40-10
Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-11
Plug Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-12
Rubber Boot Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-13
End Cap Block Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-14
Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-15
Tilt Spool Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-25
Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-27
Auxiliary Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-29
Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-30
Lock Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-31

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Lift Arm Bypass Orifice Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-33
Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-33
Check Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-40-34

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER MODELS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-2
Mount Bracket Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-6
Identification Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-7
Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-8
Load Check Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt And Auxiliary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-9
Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Rod End) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-10
Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Base End) . . . . . 20-41-10
Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Base End) . . . . . 20-41-11
Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Rod End) . . . . . 20-41-11
Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-12
Plug Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-14
Rubber Boot Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-15
End Cap Block Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-15
Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-16
Tilt Spool Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-24
Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-26
Auxiliary Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-27
Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-28
Lock Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-29
Lift Arm Bypass Orifice Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-31
Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-31
Auxiliary Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-32
Check Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-41-32

106 of 1311 20-02 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (EARLIER MODELS) . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-1
Actuator Removal And Installation (In Loader) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-5
Actuator Removal And Installation (Out Of Loader) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-7
Identification Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-10
Mount Bracket Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-11
Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-11
Load Check Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt And Auxiliary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-12
Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Rod End) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-13
Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Base End) . . . . . 20-42-13
Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Base End) . . . . . 20-42-14
Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Rod End) . . . . . 20-42-14
Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-15
Plug Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-16
End Cap Block Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-17
Lift Spool Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-17
Tilt Spool Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-22
Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-24
Auxiliary Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-26
Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-27

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Lock Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-28
Lift Arm Bypass Orifice Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-29
Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-29
Check Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-42-30

107 of 1311 20-03 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (LATER MODELS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-1
Actuator Removal And Installation (In Loader) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-5
Actuator Removal And Installation (Out Of Loader) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-6
Identification Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-9
Mount Bracket Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-10
Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-10
Load Check Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt And Auxiliary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-11
Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Rod End) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-12
Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Base End) . . . . . 20-43-12
Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Base End) . . . . . 20-43-13
Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt, Rod End) . . . . . 20-43-13
Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-14
Plug Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-16
End Cap Block Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-17
Lift Spool Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-17
Lift Spool Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-19
Tilt Spool Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-20
Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-22
Auxiliary Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-23

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-24
Lock Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-25
Lift Arm Bypass Orifice Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-27
Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-27
Auxiliary Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-28
Check Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-43-28

LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-50-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-50-1
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-50-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-50-2
Bracket Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-50-3
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-50-3

HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-1
Pump Test At Quick Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-1
Direct Pump Test (Standard Section) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-2
Direct Pump Test (Charge Section) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-4
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-6
Hydraulic Pump Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-8
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-9
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-60-10

108 of 1311 20-04 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-61-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-61-1
Pump Test At Quick Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-61-1
Direct Pump Test (Standard Section) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-61-2
Direct Pump Test (Charge Section) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-61-3
Direct Pump Test (High Flow Section) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-61-5
High Flow Relief Valve Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-61-7
High Flow Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-61-8
Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-61-9
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-61-10
Hydraulic Pump Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-61-12
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-61-13
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-61-14

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FILTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-70-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-70-1
Housing Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-70-1

HYDRAULIC FLUID RESERVOIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-80-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-80-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-80-1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Hydraulic Fluid Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-80-2

OIL COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-90-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-90-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-90-1

BUCKET POSITION VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-100-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-100-1
Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-100-1
Solenoid Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-100-2
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-100-2
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-100-4

REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-110-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-110-1
Solenoid Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-110-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-110-2
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-110-3

BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-120-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-120-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-120-1
Disassembly And Assembly (Earlier Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-120-3
Disassembly And Assembly (Later Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-120-7

109 of 1311 20-05 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (S/N A3NV25242 AND A3NW13834 & ABOVE) . . . . . 20-121-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-121-1
Testing Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-121-2
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-121-4
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-121-6

FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC COUPLER BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-130-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-130-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-130-2
Disassembly And Assembly (FFI/FI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-130-2
Disassembly And Assembly (FFH/FH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-130-4

AUTOMATIC RIDE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-140-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-140-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-140-2
Checking The Pressure In The Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-140-5
Adding Nitrogen To The Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-140-7

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

110 of 1311 20-06 S650 Service Manual


Printable Version Click Here

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH NO OPTIONS
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3NW11001 AND ABOVE)
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
V-1348legend
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE
(SCREEN) 33 CHARGE PUMP -
Capacity at sight gauge . . 10,2 L (2.7 U.S. gal)
51,1 L/min (13.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
System Capacity . . . . . . 41,6 L (11.0 U.S. gal) 17 CHECK VALVE With 100 kPa 1,0 bar
(14.5 psi) Spring 34 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type
2 SIGHT GUAGE
18 RESTRICTION . . . . . . 2,0 mm (0.079 in) 87,1 L/min (23.0 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
3 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH:
19 35 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
103 kPa (1,03 bar) (15 psi) PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP
Normally Closed
ARM BY-PASS
4 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 36 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH
20 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO PRESSURE: 36500 kPa (365 bar) (5294 psi)
5 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM
DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP 37 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET:
VALVE: 172 kPa (1,7 bar) (25 psi)
21 ANTICAVITATION VALVE 3206 kPa (32,0 bar) (465 PSI) at High
6 DIAGNOSTIC COUPLER Engine Idle With 60 ° C (140 ° F) Fluid
22 PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE – Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
7 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: (Fan Speed Regulator): 10797-12300 kPa
24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi) (108 - 123 bar) (1566 - 1784 psi) 38 CHECK VALVE – COLD WEATHER BY-PASS
at Front Quick Couplers 23 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE: With 345 kPa (3,45 bar) (50 psi) Spring
8 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 517 – 572 kPa (5,2 - 5,7 bar) (75 - 83 psi)
PORT: 27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) 24 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
9 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - HYDRAULIC MOTOR
PORT (OPTIONAL): 25 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER)
27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi)
26 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE –
10 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
Fan Filter
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY
27 ANTICAVITATION VALVE
11 LOAD CHECK VALVE
28 SENSOR – HYD. TEMPERATURE
12 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE
BLEED-OFF VALVE 29 RESTRICTION - 1,5 mm (0.06 in)

13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 30 CHECK VALVE - With 1379 kPa (13,8 bar)
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL
(200 psi) Spring
14 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
31 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL

15 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 32 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT


BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL
MOTOR

NOTE: Unless otherwise specified


springs have NO significant
pressure value.
Printed in U.S.A. V-1348legend (12-2-10)
111 of 1311
INTEGRATED COUPLER BLOCK
12
Male

DRIVE MOTOR
OUT
Male
L HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE
31 29
30 12
Female
9
10
10
Auxiliary Spool

32
TILT
CYLINDERS
A B
8
11

BICS CONTROL VALVE


HYDROSTATIC PUMP

Tilt Spool

35
38 8 13
27
11

M4 M
3
14
D C

Lift Spool
36 36
Charge
Inlet
Dealer
8
Copy -- Not for Resale
LIFT
CYLINDERS
37 36 20 18
11 16 16
B A 17 15 ?

IN 2
M M1 7
2 6

36
1

T 19
35
VARIABLE SPEED HYDRAULIC
Oil Cooler 3 RESERVOIR (VENTED)
FAN MOTOR W/ INTEGRATED FILTER 2
34 5
1

33 25 23
4
26
PUMP
SUPPLY
WORKING
B A CIRCUIT
HYDRAULIC FILTER
PILOT
PRESSURE
24 21 DRAIN /
32 RETURN

P DR 22

Printable Version Click Here

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
28
30 WITH NO OPTIONS
29 31
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 & ABOVE)
L
(S/N A3NW11001 & ABOVE)
DRIVE MOTOR
DRAIN / RETURN MANIFOLD
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)

112 of 1311 7170812


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Printable Version Click Here

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH ALL OPTIONS
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 – A3NV12444)
(S/N A3NW11001 – A3NW11129)
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
V-1349legend
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 19 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED RELIEF VALVE: 8274 kPa (83 bar) (1200 psi) 57 HIGH PRESSURE SHUTTLE
36
Capacity at sight gauge . . 10,2 L (2.7 U.S. gal) DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT
System Capacity . . . . . . 41,6 L (11.0 U.S. gal) ARM BY-PASS 37 CHECK VALVE - With 552 kPa (5,5 bar) 58 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
(80 psi) Spring BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
2 SIGHT GUAGE 20 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO
38 RELIEF VALVE: 13790 kPa (137 bar) (2000 psi) MOTOR – 2 SPEED
RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM
3 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: 59 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP 39 CHECK VALVE - With 2068 kPa (20,7 bar) (300
103 kPa (1,03 bar) (15 psi) 21 ANTICAVITATION VALVE BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
psi) Spring And With 0,33 mm (0.013 in) Orifice
Normally Closed MOTOR
4 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 22 PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE – 40 RESTRICTION - 0,6 mm (0.025 in) 60 HYDRAULIC BRAKE – SPRING APPLIED –
(Fan Speed Regulator): 10797-12300 kPa 41 SENSOR – HYD. TEMPERATURE PRESSURE RELEASE (SAPR)
5 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS (108 - 123 bar) (1566 - 1784 psi)
VALVE: 172 kPa (1,7 bar) (25 psi) 61 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL
23 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE: 42 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type 87,1
L/min (23.0 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle CONTROL VALVE – 2 SPEED
6 DIAGNOSTIC COUPLER 517 – 572 kPa (5,2 - 5,7 bar) (75 - 83 psi)
43 CHARGE PUMP - 62 CHECK VALVE
24 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 51,1 L/min (13.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
7 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
HYDRAULIC MOTOR 63 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL
24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi) 44 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
25 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) CONTROL VALVE – MAKE-UP
at Front Quick Couplers CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY
8 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 45 RELIEF VALVE: 22753 kPa (228 bar) (3300 psi) 64 FILTER - BRAKE
26 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE –
PORT: 27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) Fan Filter 46 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 65 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL
9 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 27 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL CONTROL VALVE – BRAKE
PORT (OPTIONAL): CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION
27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) 47 RESTRICTOR - 0,8 mm (0.031 in) 66
VALVE (ON/OFF) HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP Gear Type
10 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE 48 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF 28,4 L/min (7.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
28
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY 67 RELIEF VALVE: 24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
29 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
11 LOAD CHECK VALVE CONTROL VALVE - BASE 68
CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL DUMP VALVE – ON / OFF
12 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE SPOOL 50 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CHECK VALVE - With 34 kPa (0,34 bar) (5.0 psi)
69
BLEED-OFF VALVE 30 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION CONTROL VALVE - ROD Spring
13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL VALVE 51 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 70 ANTICAVITATION VALVE
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL 31 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP
14 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING 52 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH 71 RIDE CONTROL VALVE
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL SPOOL PRESSURE: 36500 kPa (365 bar) (5294 psi)
72 HIGH PRESSURE CHAMBER
15 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 32 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 53 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET:
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC 3206 kPa (32,0 bar) (465 PSI) at High 73 LOW PRESSURE CHAMBER
16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE POWERED BOB-TACH Engine Idle With 60 ° C (140 ° F) Fluid
74 FILTER – BOB-TACH VALVE
(SCREEN) 33 FILTER - BOB-TACH VALVE
17 CHECK VALVE - With 100 kPa 1,0 bar 54 RESTRICTION - 1,5 mm (0.06 in) 75 CHECK VALVE – COLD WEATHER BY-PASS
(14.5 psi) Spring 34 RESTRICTION - 2,26 mm (0.089 in) With 345 kPa (3,45 bar) (50 psi) Spring
55 CHECK VALVE - With 1379 kPa (13,8 bar)
18 RESTRICTION . . . . . . . 2,0 mm (0.079 in) 35 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL (200 psi) Spring NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL) springs have NO significant
56 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE
pressure value.
Printed in U.S.A. V-1349legend (12-1-10)
113 of 1311
INTEGRATED COUPLER BLOCK
12
Male
TWO SPEED DRIVE MOTOR (OPTIONAL)

56 54 Male
12
55

Female
HIGH FLOW VALVE (OPTIONAL)
BUCKET POSITIONING VALVE (OPTIONAL)
68 OUT D
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE 29 30
69
X 31
67 28
?
57
W
REAR AUXILIARY COUPLERS (OPTIONAL)
9
C
A
58 59 10
FEMALE MALE 27
60 10 ?

Auxiliary Spool
Z
Base
? Rod ?
6
A B
48
B TILT
50 CYLINDERS
8
49 11
HYDROSTATIC PUMP
46
? ? BICS CONTROL VALVE

51 Tilt Spool
75
47
8 13
70
M4
45 11
M
3
LIFT
D C CYLINDERS
44 14
P - in P - out T
REAR AUXILIARY
52
52
VALVE (OPTIONAL)
Dealer Copy --Lift Spool
Not for Resale
Charge
Inlet BOB-TACH CYLINDER 8
(OPTIONAL) RIDE CONTROL
53 18 (OPTIONAL)
20
BOBTACH VALVE 11 16 16
B A 74 17 15
(OPTIONAL) ?

37 IN
M M1 74 38 7
2

2 36 6
71
DUAL STAGE
ACCUMULATOR

52 52 1
39
19
51 35
? ?

73 72
34 40 PP
DR Oil Cooler RESERVOIR (VENTED)
T 3 2
5
P1 P2 1

42 33 32 4

43 VARIABLE SPEED HYDRAULIC


FAN MOTOR W/ INTEGRATED FILTER
2-SPEED & SAPR BRAKE HYDRAULIC FILTER
64 VALVE (OPTIONAL)
B1 66
65 25 23
B PUMP
64 60 26 SUPPLY
WORKING
B A CIRCUIT
63 PILOT
Z PRESSURE

62 C DRAIN /
P 24 21 RETURN
D 58 59
W
P DR 22
62 61
?
57
A X

A1 HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
T WITH ALL OPTIONS
41
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV12444)
55 (S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11129)
54 56

L DRAIN / RETURN MANIFOLD (PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)


TWO SPEED DRIVE MOTOR (OPTIONAL)

7170812
114 of 1311 Printable Version Click Here
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Printable Version Click Here

(PRINTED MAY 2014)


V-1419legend
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 19 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 36 RELIEF VALVE - 8274 kPa (83 bar) (1200 psi) 57 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE
Capacity at sight gauge . . 10,2 L (2.7 U.S. gal) DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT
System Capacity . . . . . . . 41,6 L (11.0 U.S. gal) ARM BY-PASS 37 CHECK VALVE - With 552 kPa) (5,5 bar) 58 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
(80 psi) Spring BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR
2 SIGHT GUAGE 20 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO 38 RELIEF VALVE - 13790 kPa (137 bar) (2000 psi) 59 HYDRAULIC BRAKE – SPRING APPLIED –
RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM
3 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: PRESSURE RELEASE (SAPR)
DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP 39 CHECK VALVE - With 2068 kPa (20,7 bar) (300
103 kPa (1,03 bar) (15 psi) 21 ANTICAVITATION VALVE 60 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
psi) Spring And With 0,40 mm (0.016 in) Orifice
Normally Closed CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed
4 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 22 PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE – 40 RESTRICTION - 0,51 mm (0.020 in)
61 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
(Fan Speed Regulator): 10797 – 12300 kPa 41 SHUTTLE VALVE BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR
5 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS (108 - 123 bar) (1566 - 1784 psi)
VALVE: 172 kPa (1,7 bar) (25 psi) 42 RESTRICTION - 0,51 mm (0.020 in) 62 CHARGE PUMP -
23 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE:
6 DIAGNOSTIC COUPLER 51,1 L/min (13.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
517 – 572 kPa (5,2 - 5,7 bar) (75 - 83 psi)
43 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type
7 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 24 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 63 HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP Gear Type
87,1 L/min (23.0 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi) HYDRAULIC MOTOR Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 28,4 L/min (7.5 U.S. gal) at High Engine Idle
44 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
at Front Quick Couplers 25 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 64 RELIEF VALVE - 24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY
8 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 45 65 DUMP VALVE – ON / OFF
26 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE – RELIEF VALVE: 22753 kPa (228 bar) (3300 psi)
PORT: 27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi)
Fan Filter 46 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 66 CHECK VALVE - With 34,5 kPa (0,34 bar)
9 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 27 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL (5.0 psi) Spring
PORT (OPTIONAL): 27579 kPa CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 47 RESTRICTOR - 0,8 mm (0.031 in) 67 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE
(276 bar) (4000 psi) VALVE (ON/OFF) BLEED-OFF VALVE
10 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 28 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE 48 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF 68 SENSOR – HYD. TEMPERATURE
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY
29 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 69
11 LOAD CHECK VALVE RIDE CONTROL VALVE
CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL CONTROL VALVE - Female
12 ANTICAVITATION VALVE SPOOL 50 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 70 HIGH PRESSURE CHAMBER
30 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION CONTROL VALVE - Male
13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 71 LOW PRESSURE CHAMBER
VALVE 51 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL
31 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP 72 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL
14 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING 52 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH CONTROL VALVE – BRAKE
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL
SPOOL PRESSURE: 36500 kPa (365 bar) (5294 psi) 73 FILTER – BRAKE VALVE
15 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
32 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL 53 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET:
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL 74 CHECK VALVE
VALVE – HYDRAULIC POWERED BOB-TACH 3206 kPa (32, bar) (465 psi)
16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE at High Engine Idle
With Build-up Valve 207 kPa (2,07 bar) (30 psi) 75 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
(SCREEN) With 60 ° C (140 ° F) Fluid
33 FILTER - BOB-TACH VALVE CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Shift
17 CHECK VALVE - With 100 kPa (1,0 bar) 54 CHECK VALVE – COLD WEATHER BY-PASS
(14.5 psi) Spring 76 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
34 RESTRICTION - 2,08 mm (0.08 in) With 345 kPa (3,45 bar) (50 psi) Spring
CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Make-up
18 RESTRICTION . . . . . . . 2,0 mm (0.079 in) 55 RESTRICTION - 1,5 mm (0.06 in)
35 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL) 56 CHECK VALVE - With 1379 kPa 13,8 bar springs have NO significant
(200 psi) Spring pressure value.
Printed in U.S.A. V-1419legend (5-21-14)
115 of 1311
INTEGRATED COUPLER BLOCK

TWO SPEED DRIVE MOTOR (OPTIONAL) Male

56 L
67
57
Male
55
66

Female

RIDE CONTROL
OUT (OPTIONAL)

X
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (SPOOL VALVE)
71
70 LIFT CYLINDERS

60
W

REAR QUICK COUPLERS


61 58 69
FEMALE MALE
59 10
10
Z Auxiliary Spool
9
A B 48

50
49 8
6 11
46
HYDROSTATIC PUMP BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM
(BICS) BUCKET POSITIONING
VALVE (OPTIONAL)
E1 E2 A1 A2

47 E3

51 Tilt Spool

8 B 28
45 13 29
12
M4
M3
11
27
30
44
2-SPEED & SAPR D C 14 D2
BRAKE VALVE P in P out T
(OPTIONAL) 76 REAR AUXILIARY VALVE
B A D (OPTIONAL)
30
72 52
T
53 52
Dealer Copy -- Not for ResaleLift Spool

8 31 C2
POWER BOBTACH CYLINDER (OPTIONAL)

POWER BOBTACH C1 D1

P
VALVE (OPTIONAL)
B R
20 16
11 16
B1 A1 C 17
B A 37 41 15
73 74
75 36 39 IN 18
2
M2 M1 7
74 6
38

TILT CYLINDERS
1
52 52 Oil Cooler
54 35 42 19
51
D 34 40 FILTER
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR
T
(VENTED)
43 2 1
33 4

32

62 5

VARIABLE SPEED HYDRAULIC 3


FAN MOTOR W/ INTEGRATED FILTER

64
65

25 23
63 26 WORKING CIRCUIT

CHARGE
PRESSURE
59 DRAIN / RETURN
B A

Z 24 21

58 P DR 22
61
W

DRAIN/RETURN MANIFOLD
60
X
Printable Version Click Here
68
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
WITH ALL OPTIONS
S650 (S/N A3NV12445 - A3NV18826)
(S/N A3NW11130 - A3NW12750)
55 57
56
L (PRINTED MAY 2014)
TWO SPEEDDRIVE MOTOR (OPTIONAL)

116 of 1311 7170812 (C)


PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Printable Version Click Here

(S/N A3NV18227 - A3NV25735)


(S/N A3NW12751 - A3NW13963)
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
(PRINTED JULY 2017)
V-1470legend
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: CHARGE PUMP -
19 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 39 57 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
Capacity at sight gauge . . 10,2 L (2.7 U.S. gal) 51,1 L/min (13.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT
System Capacity . . . . . . . 41,6 L (11.0 U.S. gal) ARM BY-PASS 40 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type VALVE (ON/OFF)
87,1 L/min (23.0 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle 58 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE
2 SIGHT GUAGE 20 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO
41 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM 59 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL
3 BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP
103 kPa (1,03 bar) (15 psi) DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP VALVE - FLOW CONTROL SPOOL
42 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH 60 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION VALVE
Normally Closed 21 RELIEF VALVE - 24132 kPa (241 bar) PRESSURE: 36500 kPa (365 bar) (5294 psi)
4 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) (3500 psi) (If Equipped)
43 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET: 61 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS 22 ANTICAVITATION VALVE 3034 +/- 344 kPa (30,3 +/- 3 bar) CONTROL VALVE – UNLOADING SPOOL
5
VALVE: 172 kPa (1,7 bar) (25 psi) PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE – (440 +/- 50 psi) at High Engine Idle 62 HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP Gear Type
23
6 DIAGNOSTIC COUPLER (Fan Speed Regulator): 10797 – 12300 kPa With 60 ° C (140 ° F) Fluid 28,4 L/min (7.5 U.S. gal) at High Engine Idle

7 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN:


(108 - 123 bar) (1566 - 1784 psi) 44 CHECK VALVE – COLD WEATHER 63 RELIEF VALVE - 24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE: BY-PASS With 345 kPa (3,45 bar)
24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi) 24 (50 psi) Spring 64 DUMP VALVE – ON / OFF
at Front Quick Couplers Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
517 – 572 kPa (5,2 - 5,7 bar) (75 - 83 psi)
FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 45 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE
NOTE - If Equipped With Ref. 21: 25 65 CHECK VALVE - With 34,5 kPa (0,34 bar)
HYDRAULIC MOTOR BLEED-OFF VALVE
25855 kPa (258 bar) (3750 psi) (5.0 psi) Spring
26 46 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
8 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 66 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE – HYDRAULIC
PORT: 27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) 27 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE – CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY
POWERED BOB-TACH With Build-up
9 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - Fan Filter Valve: 276 kPa (2,76 bar) (40 psi) 67 RELIEF VALVE: 22753 kPa (228 bar) (3300 psi)
PORT (OPTIONAL): 27579 kPa 28 SENSOR – HYD. TEMPERATURE 47 FILTER - BOB-TACH VALVE
68 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
(276 bar) (4000 psi) 29 RESTRICTION - 1,5 mm (0.06 in) 48 RESTRICTION - 1,17 mm (0.46 in) CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL
10 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 69 RESTRICTOR - 0,8 mm (0.031 in)
30 CHECK VALVE - With 1379 kPa 13,8 bar 49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY
(200 psi) Spring CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL)
11 LOAD CHECK VALVE 70 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF
31 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE 50 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
12 ANTICAVITATION VALVE 32 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE – Ride Control Option 71 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Shift 51 ACCUMULATOR – Ride Control Option CONTROL VALVE - BASE
13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
33 72 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR 52 ORIFICE WITH CHECK VALVE: CONTROL VALVE - ROD
14 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 2,54 mm (0.10 in)
34 73 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR 53 RELIEF VALVE - 24132 kPa CONTROL VALVE – Fan Reversing Option
15 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 35 HYDRAULIC BRAKE – SPRING APPLIED – (241 bar) (3500 psi)
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL PRESSURE RELEASE (SAPR)
16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE 36 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL 54 RESTRICTION - 0,254 mm (0.010 in)
(SCREEN) CONTROL VALVE – BRAKE
55 CHECK VALVE
17 CHECK VALVE - With 100 kPa (1,0 bar) 37 FILTER – BRAKE VALVE
(14.5 psi) Spring SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 56 ORIFICE: 1,60 mm (0.063 in)
38
18 RESTRICTION . . . . . . . 2,0 mm (0.079 in) CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Shift
NOTE: Unless otherwise specified springs have
NO significant pressure value.
Printed in U.S.A. V-1470legend (7-25-17)
117 of 1311
INTEGRATED COUPLER BLOCK

DRIVE MOTOR Male

L
45
30 29
31 Male
OUT
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE 65
45
Female

9
RIDE CONTROL
75 (FIELD INSTALLED OPTION) 74
32

33 9
34 NOTE: CUSHIONED
REAR QUICK LIFT CYLINDERS ON
FEMALE COUPLERS MALE 10 LATER MODELS ONLY
35 10 LIFT CYLINDERS
Z
Auxiliary Spool
A B 70
73
72
21
71
68 6
HYDROSTATIC PUMP BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM
8 11 (BICS)
R
41 TILT BASE

T
E1 E2 A1 A2

TILT ROD E3
69
X Tilt Spool

8 B 58
42 13
2-SPEED & X
SAPR BRAKE 67
VALVE 11
(OPTIONAL) LIFT ROD 57 60

66 14 D2
38
B A M REAR AUXILIARY P in P out T 12
36 M 59
D C VALVE (OPTION)
T LIFT BASE

M
Lift Spool
43 42
POWER BOBTACH CYLINDER
(OPTIONAL) 8 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 61 C2

C1 D1
P B A POWER BOBTACH
VALVE (OPTIONAL)
M 20 16
B1
M 55 53 11 15 BUCKET POSITIONING
37 VALVE (OPTIONAL)
IN
2 18
7 16
42 6
42 49
54 17

TILT CYLINDERS
1
D Oil Cooler
19
41 44 48
47 RESERVOIR
T 2 (VENTED)
5 1
R
40 46

39

VARIABLE SPEED HYDRAULIC 3 4


FAN MOTOR W/ INTEGRATED FILTER
HYDRAULIC FILTER
62
63 64

26 24
WORKING CIRCUIT
27
CHARGE
PRESSURE
22
35 DRAIN / RETURN
B A

25

Z P DR
23
34
33 Printable Version Click Here
32
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
X
MANUAL WITH ALL OPTION
28
S650 (S/N A3NV18827 - A3NV25735)
(S/N A3NW12751 - A3NW13963)
30 29
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
31
L DRAIN / RETURN MANIFOLD
(PRINTED MAY 2018)
DRIVE MOTOR

7170813 (G)
118 of 1311
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Printable Version Click Here

(PRINTED JULY 2017)


V-1642legend
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: CHARGE PUMP -
19 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 39 57 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
Capacity at sight gauge . . 10,2 L (2.7 U.S. gal) 51,1 L/min (13.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT
System Capacity . . . . . . . 41,6 L (11.0 U.S. gal) ARM BY-PASS 40 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type VALVE (ON/OFF)
87,1 L/min (23.0 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle 58 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE
2 SIGHT GUAGE 20 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO
41 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM 59 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL
3 BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP
103 kPa (1,03 bar) (15 psi) DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP VALVE - FLOW CONTROL SPOOL
42 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH 60 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION VALVE
Normally Closed 21 RELIEF VALVE - 24132 kPa (241 bar) PRESSURE: 36500 kPa (365 bar) (5294 psi)
4 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) (3500 psi) (If Equipped)
43 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET: 61 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS 22 ANTICAVITATION VALVE 3034 +/- 344 kPa (30,3 +/- 3 bar) CONTROL VALVE – UNLOADING SPOOL
5
VALVE: 172 kPa (1,7 bar) (25 psi) PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE – (440 +/- 50 psi) at High Engine Idle 62 HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP Gear Type
23
6 DIAGNOSTIC COUPLER (Fan Speed Regulator): 10797 – 12300 kPa With 60 ° C (140 ° F) Fluid 28,4 L/min (7.5 U.S. gal) at High Engine Idle

7 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN:


(108 - 123 bar) (1566 - 1784 psi) 44 CHECK VALVE – COLD WEATHER 63 RELIEF VALVE - 24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE: BY-PASS With 345 kPa (3,45 bar)
24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi) 24 (50 psi) Spring 64 DUMP VALVE – ON / OFF
at Front Quick Couplers Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
517 – 572 kPa (5,2 - 5,7 bar) (75 - 83 psi)
FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 45 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE
NOTE - If Equipped With Ref. 21: 25 65 CHECK VALVE - With 34,5 kPa (0,34 bar)
HYDRAULIC MOTOR BLEED-OFF VALVE
25855 kPa (258 bar) (3750 psi) (5.0 psi) Spring
26 46 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
8 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 66 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE – HYDRAULIC
PORT: 27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) 27 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE – CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY
POWERED BOB-TACH With Build-up
9 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - Fan Filter Valve: 276 kPa (2,76 bar) (40 psi) 67 RELIEF VALVE: 22753 kPa (228 bar) (3300 psi)
PORT (OPTIONAL): 27579 kPa 28 SENSOR – HYD. TEMPERATURE 47 FILTER - BOB-TACH VALVE
68 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
(276 bar) (4000 psi) 29 RESTRICTION - 1,5 mm (0.06 in) 48 RESTRICTION - 1,17 mm (0.46 in) CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL
10 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 69 RESTRICTOR - 0,8 mm (0.031 in)
30 CHECK VALVE - With 1379 kPa 13,8 bar 49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY
(200 psi) Spring CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL)
11 LOAD CHECK VALVE 70 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF
31 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE 50 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
12 ANTICAVITATION VALVE 32 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE – Ride Control Option 71 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Shift 51 ACCUMULATOR – Ride Control Option CONTROL VALVE - BASE
13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
33 72 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR 52 ORIFICE WITH CHECK VALVE: CONTROL VALVE - ROD
14 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 2,54 mm (0.10 in)
34 73 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR 53 RELIEF VALVE - 24132 kPa CONTROL VALVE – Fan Reversing Option
15 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 35 HYDRAULIC BRAKE – SPRING APPLIED – (241 bar) (3500 psi)
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL PRESSURE RELEASE (SAPR)
16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE 36 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL 54 RESTRICTION - 0,254 mm (0.010 in)
(SCREEN) CONTROL VALVE – BRAKE
55 CHECK VALVE
17 CHECK VALVE - With 100 kPa (1,0 bar) 37 FILTER – BRAKE VALVE
(14.5 psi) Spring SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 56 ORIFICE: 1,60 mm (0.063 in)
38
18 RESTRICTION . . . . . . . 2,0 mm (0.079 in) CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Shift
NOTE: Unless otherwise specified springs have
NO significant pressure value.
Printed in U.S.A. V-1642legend (7-24-17)
119 of 1311
INTEGRATED COUPLER BLOCK

DRIVE MOTOR Male

L
45
30 29
31 OUT
Male

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE 65


45
Female

X
51
RIDE CONTROL
9 (OPTION)
T2 ACC

T 52
32
56
33 9
34 REAR QUICK P NOTE: CUSHIONED
COUPLERS MALE 10 LIFT CYLINDERS ON
FEMALE
50 LATER MODELS ONLY
35 10 LIFT CYLINDERS
Z
Auxiliary Spool CR2 CR CB CB2

A B 70

72
21
71
68 6
HYDROSTATIC PUMP BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM
8 11 (BICS)
41 R TI LT BASE

T
E1 E2 A1 A2

TI LT ROD E3
69
X Tilt Spool

8
B 58
42 13
2-SPEED & X
SAPR BRAKE 67
VALVE 11
(OPTIONAL) LI FT ROD 57 60

66 14 D2
38
B A M REAR AUXILIARY P in P out T 12
36 M 59
D C VALVE (OPTION)
T LI FT BASE

M
Lift Spool
43 42
POWER BOBTACH CYLINDER 61
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
C2
(OPTIONAL) 8
C1 D1
P B A POWER BOBTACH
VALVE (OPTIONAL)
M 20 16
B1
M 55 53 11 15 BUCKET POSITIONING
37 VALVE (OPTIONAL)
IN
2 18
7 16
42 6
42 49
54 17

TILT CYLINDERS
1
D Oil Cooler
19
41 44 48
47 RESERVOIR
T 2 (VENTED)
5 1
R
40 46

39

VARIABLE SPEED HYDRAULIC 3 4


FAN MOTOR W/ INTEGRATED FILTER
HYDRAULIC FILTER
62
63 64 26 24
27

WORKING CIRCUIT

CHARGE
PRESSURE
1 4 22
35 DRAIN / RETURN
B A
3 2

25
73
Z
34 DR 23 P
33

32

X
Printable Version Click Here
28
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
MANUAL WITH ALL OPTION
S650 (S/N A3NV23736 AND ABOVE)
30 29
(S/N A3NW13964 AND ABOVE)
31
L DRAIN / RETURN MANIFOLD
(PRINTED MAY 2018)
DRIVE MOTOR

7170812 (K)
120 IN
PRINTED of 1311
U.S.A.
Printable Version Click Here

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
SJC WITH NO OPTIONS
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 AND ABOVE)
(S/N A3NW11001 AND ABOVE)
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
V-1350legend
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 14 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO 28 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE –
Capacity at sight gauge . . 10,2 L (2.7 U.S. gal) RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM Fan Filter
System Capacity . . . . . . 41,6 L (11.0 U.S. gal) DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP
29 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type 87,1 L/min
2 SIGHT GUAGE 15 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL (23.0 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL
30 CHARGE PUMP -
3 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: 51,1 L/min (13.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
16 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
103 kPa (1,03 bar) (15 psi)
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL 31 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
Normally Closed
17 BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP
4 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL 32 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH
5 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS 18 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE PRESSURE: 36500 kPa (365 bar) (5294 psi)
VALVE: 172 kPa (1,7 bar) (25 psi) (SCREEN) 33 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET:
19 CHECK VALVE - With 100 kPa 1,0 bar 2654
Dealer Copy -- Not for kPa (26,5 bar) (385 psi) at High
Resale
6 DIAGNOSTIC COUPLER
(14.5 psi) Spring Engine Idle With 60 ° C (140 ° F) Fluid
7 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 20 RESTRICTION . . . . . . . 2,0 mm (0.079 in) 34 SERVO PISTON – Swash Plate
24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
at Front Quick Couplers 21 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 35 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL VALVE – FORWARD/REVERSE
8 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE -
ARM BY-PASS 36 FILTER
PORT: 27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi)
22 SENSOR – HYD. TEMPERATURE
9 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 37 CHECK VALVE – COLD WEATHER BY-PASS
PORT (OPTIONAL): 27579 kPa 23 ANTICAVITATION VALVE With 345 kPa (3,45 bar) (50 psi) Spring
(276 bar) (4000 psi)
38 RESTRICTION – 1,5 mm (0.06 in)
10 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 24 PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE –
(Fan Speed Regulator): 10797-12300 kPa
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY 39 CHECK VALVE - With 1379 kPa (13,8 bar)
(108 - 123 bar) (1566 - 1784 psi)
(200 psi) Spring
11 LOAD CHECK VALVE
25 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE: 40 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE
517 – 572 kPa (5,2 - 5,7 bar) (75 - 83 psi)
12 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE
BLEED-OFF VALVE 26 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 41 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
HYDRAULIC MOTOR BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
13 ANTICAVITATION VALVE MOTOR
27 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER)

NOTE: Unless otherwise specified


springs have NO significant
pressure value.

Printed in U.S.A. V-1350legend (12-1-10)


121 of 1311
INTEGRATED COUPLER BLOCK

Male
TWO SPEED DRIVE MOTOR (OPTIONAL) 12

39 L OUT Male

40 38 HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (SPOOL


VALVE)
12
Female

10
41 10

A
6
B

8 TILT CYLINDERS
31 37 11

R BICS CONTROL VALVE


TANDEM
T
HYDROSTATIC
DRIVE PUMP
36 35
X

34 15
8
X
11

16 LIFT CYLINDERS
13
M 36
M
A B
M

32 32
Charge
Dealer Copy
8 -- Not for Resale
33 G Inlet
20
A B
M 14 19
M 36 11 18 18 17 ?

IN 2
32 7 6
?
32
X
VARIABLE SPEED HYDRAULIC
34 FAN MOTOR W/ INTEGRATED FILTER
1
X ?

36
35 27
25 RESERVOIR (VENTED) 21
T OIL COOLER 3 2
31 28
R

5 1
29
4
23
30 26 PUMP
SUPPLY
P WORKING
DR 24 HYDRAULIC FILTER CIRCUIT
PILOT
PRESSURE
B A DRAIN /
RETURN
41
Printable Version Click Here

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
SJC WITH NO OPTION
22
40 S650 (S/N A3NV11001 AND ABOVE)
38
39 (S/N A3NW11001 AND ABOVE)
L DRAIN/RETURN
MANIFOLD
DRIVE MOTOR (PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
122 of 1311
7170813
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Printable Version Click Here

HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
SJC WITH ALL OPTIONS
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 – A3NV12444)
(S/N A3NW11001 – A3NW11129)
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
V-1351legend
LEGEND
60 CHECK VALVE – COLD WEATHER BY-PASS
1 RESERVOIR: 20 RESTRICTION . . . . . . . 2,0 mm (0.079 in) 39 CHECK VALVE - With 552 kPa (5,5 bar)
With 345 kPa (3,45 bar) (50 psi) Spring
Capacity at sight gauge . . 10,2 L (2.7 U.S. gal) (80 psi) Spring
System Capacity . . . . . . 41,6 L (11.0 U.S. gal) 21 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 40 FILTER – BOB-TACH VALVE
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT 61 RESTRICTION - 1,5 mm (0.06 in)
2 SIGHT GUAGE 41 RELIEF VALVE : 13790 kPa (137 bar) (2000 psi)
ARM BY-PASS 62 CHECK VALVE - With 1379 kPa (13,8 bar)
3 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: 22 RIDE CONTROL VALVE 42 CHECK VALVE - - With 2068 kPa (20,7 bar) (300 (200 psi) Spring
103 kPa (1,03 bar) (15 psi) psi) Spring And With 0,33 mm (0.013 in) Orifice 63 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE
23 ANTICAVITATION VALVE
Normally Closed
43 RESTRICTION - 0,6 mm (0.025 in) 64 HIGH PRESSURE SHUTTLE
4 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 24 PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE –
(Fan Speed Regulator): 10797-12300 kPa 44 SENSOR – HYD. TEMPERATURE 65 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
5 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS (108 - 123 bar) (1566 - 1784 psi) BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
VALVE: 172 kPa (1,7 bar) (25 psi) 45 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type
MOTOR – 2 SPEED
6 DIAGNOSTIC COUPLER 25 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE: 87,1 L/min (23.0 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
66 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
517 – 572 kPa (5,2 - 5,7 bar) (75 - 83 psi)
7 46 CHARGE PUMP - BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 26 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 51,1 L/min (13.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle MOTOR
24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
HYDRAULIC MOTOR Dealer Copy --47NotPILOT
for Resale
at Front Quick Couplers ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 67 HYDRAULIC BRAKE – SPRING APPLIED –
27 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY PRESSURE RELEASE (SAPR)
8 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE -
PORT: 27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) 28 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE – 48 RELIEF VALVE: 22753 kPa (228 bar) (3300 68 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL
9 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - Fan Filter psi) CONTROL VALVE – 2 SPEED
SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
PORT (OPTIONAL): 27579 kPa 29 69 CHECK VALVE
CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL
(276 bar) (4000 psi) SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL
VALVE (ON/OFF) 50 RESTRICTOR - 0,8 mm (0.031 inch) 70
10 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE – MAKE-UP
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY 30 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE 71
51 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF FILTER - BRAKE
11 LOAD CHECK VALVE 31 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
52 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 72 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL
FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL
12 CONTROL VALVE - BASE CONTROL VALVE – BRAKE
BLEED-OFF VALVE SPOOL
SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 73 HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP Gear Type
32 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 53
13 ANTICAVITATION VALVE CONTROL VALVE - ROD 28,4 L/min (7.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
VALVE
LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 74 RELIEF VALVE: 24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
14 33 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 54
RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP 75 DUMP VALVE – ON / OFF
CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING
DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH
SPOOL 55
PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL PRESSURE: 36500 kPa (365 bar) (5294 psi) 76 CHECK VALVE - With 34 kPa (0,34 bar) (5.0
15 34 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL psi) Spring
CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC 56 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET:
16 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 2654 kPa (26,5 bar) (385 psi) at High 77 HIGH PRESSURE CHAMBER
POWERED BOB-TACH
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL Engine Idle With 60 ° C (140 ° F) Fluid LOW PRESSURE CHAMBER
35 FILTER - BOB-TACH VALVE 78
17 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 57 SERVO PISTON – Swash Plate
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL 36 RESTRICTION - 2,26 mm (0.089 in)
58 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
18 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE 37 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE – FORWARD/REVERSE NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
(SCREEN)
CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL) 59 FILTER springs have NO significant
19 CHECK VALVE With 100 kPa 1,0 bar
38 RELIEF VALVE : 8274 kPa (83 bar) (1200 psi) pressure value.
(14.5 psi) Spring
Printed in U.S.A. V-1351legend (12-1-10)
123 of 1311
INTEGRATED COUPLER BLOCK

Male
TWO SPEED DRIVE MOTOR (OPTIONAL)
12
62 L
Male
63 61

12
Female
HIGH FLOW VALVE (OPTIONAL)
74
BUCKET POSITIONING VALVE
75 OUT (OPTIONAL) D
31 32
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (SPOOL
X VALVE) 33
30
?
65 64
W
76 9
C
A
66 REAR QUICK COUPLERS
10
67 10 ?
FEMALE MALE
Z

A B
?
51
?
6
29
B
8 TILT CYLINDERS
53
54 60 11
52
R
49
TANDEM
? ?
BICS CONTROL VALVE
T
HYDROSTATIC

59 58
X
50
57 15
8
X

48 11

16 LIFT CYLINDERS
47 13
M 59 P in P out T
M REAR AUXILIARY
A B VALVE (OPTIONAL)
M Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
55 55
Charge 8
56 G Inlet
BOBTACH CYLINDER (OPTIONAL)
20
A B 22
M 14 19
40 POWER BOBTACH
M 59 11 18
VALVE (OPTIONAL) 18 17 ?

39 IN 2
55 38 40 41 7
? 6
55
X

57
1
X ?
42
59 37 ? ?
58
36 43 PP
DR
OIL COOLER RESERVOIR (VENTED) 21
T 2
54 78 77
R P1 P2
1
45 35 34 5 3
4

46 VARIABLE SPEED HYDRAULIC


FAN MOTOR W/ INTEGRATED FILTER
2-SPEED & SAPR HYDRAULIC FILTER
71 BRAKE VALVE
B1
73
72 27
B
25 PUMP
67 SUPPLY
71 28 WORKING
CIRCUIT
B A PILOT
69 70 PRESSURE
Z DRAIN /
RETURN
C
P 23
D 66 26
W
68 P DR 24
69 ?
64 65
A X
DRAIN/RETURN MANIFOLD

A1 HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
T
SJC WITH ALL OPTION
44 S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV12444)
63
62
61 (S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11129)
L
TWO SPEED DRIVE MOTOR (OPTIONAL) (PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)

7170813 Printable Version Click Here


124 of 1311
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Printable Version Click Here

(PRINTED MAY 2014)


V-1420legend
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 20 RESTRICTION . . . . . . . 2,0 mm (0.079 in) 39 CHECK VALVE - With 552 kPa (5,5 bar) 62 CHECK VALVE - With 1379 kPa (13,8 bar)
Capacity at sight gauge . 10,2 L (2.7 U.S. gal) (80 psi) Spring (200 psi) Spring
21 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 40 SHUTTLE VALVE
System Capacity . . . . . . 41,6 L (11.0 U.S. gal) 63 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT
2 SIGHT GUAGE 41 RELIEF VALVE: 13790 kPa (137 bar) (2000 psi) FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
ARM BY-PASS 64
3 22 RIDE CONTROL VALVE 42 BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: CHECK VALVE - With 2068 kPa (20,7 bar) (300
103 kPa (1,03 bar) (15 psi) psi) Spring And With 0,33 mm (0.013 in) Orifice 65 HYDRAULIC BRAKE – SPRING APPLIED –
Normally Closed 23 ANTICAVITATION VALVE PRESSURE RELEASE (SAPR)
43 RESTRICTION - 0,51 mm (0.020 in)
4 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 24 PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE – 66 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
(Fan Speed Regulator): 10797-12300 kPa 44 RESTRICTION - 0,51 mm (0.020 in) CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed
5 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS (108 - 123 bar) (1566 - 1784 psi)
45 SENSOR – HYD. TEMPERATURE 67 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
VALVE: 172 kPa (1,7 bar) (25 psi)
25 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE: BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
6 DIAGNOSTIC COUPLER 517 – 572 kPa (5,2 - 5,7 bar) (75 - 83 psi) 46 NOT USED FOR THIS MODEL MOTOR – 2 Speed
7 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 26 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 68 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type
47
24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi) HYDRAULIC MOTOR CONTROL
Dealer Copy -- Not for ResaleVALVE - REAR AUXILIARY 87,1 L/min (23.0 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
at Front Quick Couplers 27 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 48 RELIEF VALVE: 22753 kPa (228 bar) (3300 psi) CHARGE PUMP -
8 69
RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 51,1 L/min (13.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
PORT: 27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) 28 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE – 49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
Fan Filter CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL 70 HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP Gear Type
9 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE -
SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 28,4 L/min (7.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
PORT (OPTIONAL): 29 50 RESTRICTOR - 0,8 mm (0.031 in)
CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 71 FILTER - BRAKE
27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi)
VALVE (ON/OFF) 51 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF
10 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 72 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY 30 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE 52 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE – BRAKE
11 LOAD CHECK VALVE PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - Female 73 CHECK VALVE
31
CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL 53 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 74 RELIEF VALVE: 24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
12 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE
SPOOL CONTROL VALVE - Male
BLEED-OFF VALVE
CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 75 DUMP VALVE – ON / OFF
13 ANTICAVITATION VALVE 32 54 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
VALVE BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP CHECK VALVE - With 34 kPa (0,34 bar) (5.0 psi)
76
14 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO 33 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH Spring
RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM 55
CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING PRESSURE: 36500 kPa (365 bar) (5294 psi) 77 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP
SPOOL CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Shift
15 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 56 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET:
34 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 2654 kPa (26,5 bar) (385 psi) at High 78 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL
16 CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC Engine Idle With 60 ° C (140 ° F) Fluid CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Make-up
PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL POWERED BOB-TACH
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL 57 SERVO PISTON – Swash Plate 79 HIGH PRESSURE CHAMBER
17 35 FILTER - BOB-TACH VALVE
SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 58 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
80 LOW PRESSURE CHAMBER
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL 36 RESTRICTION - 2,08 mm (0.08 in) CONTROL VALVE – FORWARD/REVERSE
18 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE 59 FILTER
37 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL NOTE: Unless otherwise specified
(SCREEN) CHECK VALVE – COLD WEATHER BY-PASS
CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL) 60 springs have NO significant
19 CHECK VALVE - With 100 kPa 1,0 bar With 345 kPa (3,45 bar) (50 psi) Spring
38 RELIEF VALVE: 8274 kPa (83 bar) (1200 psi) pressure value.
(14.5 psi) Spring 61 RESTRICTION – 1,5 mm (0.06 in)
Printed in U.S.A. V-1420legend (5-21-14)
125 of 1311
INTEGRATED COUPLER BLOCK

Male
TWO SPEED DRIVE MOTOR (OPTIONAL)
12
62 L
Male
63 61

12
Female
HIGH FLOW VALVE (OPTIONAL)
74
BUCKET POSITIONING VALVE
75 OUT (OPTIONAL) D
31 32
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (SPOOL
X
33
30
67 66
W
76 9
C
A
64 REAR QUICK COUPLERS 10
65 10
FEMALE MALE
Z

A 51 6
B
29
B
8 TILT CYLINDERS
53
54 60 11
52
R
49
TANDEM BICS CONTROL VALVE
T
HYDROSTATIC

59 58
X
50
57 15
8
X

48 11

16 LIFT CYLINDERS
47 13
M 59 T
M REAR AUXILIARY P in P out

M
A B VALVE (OPTIONAL)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
55 55
Charge
8
POWER BOBTACH CYLINDER
56 G Inlet
(OPTIONAL) 20
A B 22
BOBTACH VALVE
M
(OPTIONAL) 14 19
M 59 11 18 18 17
39 IN
40 2
55 7 6
55 38 42
X

41
57 37
1
X
59
58 44
OIL COOLER 3 2 RESERVOIR (VENTED) 21
T D 36 43
54 80 79
R
5 1
35 34
68
4

69 VARIABLE SPEED HYDRAULIC


FAN MOTOR W/ INTEGRATED FILTER
2-SPEED & SAPR HYDRAULIC FILTER
71 BRAKE VALVE
B1 70
72 27
B
25 PUMP
65 SUPPLY
71 28 WORKING
CIRCUIT
B A PILOT
73 78 PRESSURE
Z DRAIN /
RETURN
C 23
P
D 64 26
W
77 P DR 24
73 66 67
A X
DRAIN/RETURN MANIFOLD

A1 HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
T
SJC WITH ALL OPTION
45 S650 (S/N A3NV12445 - A3NV18826)
63
62
61 (S/N A3NW11130 - A3NW12750)
L
TWO SPEED DRIVE MOTOR (OPTIONAL) (PRINTED MAY 2015)
Printable Version Click Here
126 of 1311 7170813 (C)
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Printable Version Click Here

- A3NV25735)
- A3NW13963)

(PRINTED JULY 2017)


V-1471legend
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 20 RESTRICTION . . . . . . . 2,0 mm (0.079 in) 39 CHECK VALVE - With 552 kPa (5,5 bar) 62 CHECK VALVE - With 1379 kPa (13,8 bar)
Capacity at sight gauge . 10,2 L (2.7 U.S. gal) (80 psi) Spring (200 psi) Spring
21 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED 40 SHUTTLE VALVE
System Capacity . . . . . . 41,6 L (11.0 U.S. gal) 63 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT
2 SIGHT GUAGE 41 RELIEF VALVE: 13790 kPa (137 bar) (2000 psi) FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
ARM BY-PASS 64
3 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: 22 RIDE CONTROL VALVE 42 CHECK VALVE - With 2068 kPa (20,7 bar) (300 BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR
103 kPa (1,03 bar) (15 psi) psi) Spring And With 0,33 mm (0.013 in) Orifice 65 HYDRAULIC BRAKE – SPRING APPLIED –
Normally Closed 23 ANTICAVITATION VALVE 43 RESTRICTION - 0,51 mm (0.020 in) PRESSURE RELEASE (SAPR)
4 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER)
24 PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE – 44 RESTRICTION - 0,51 mm (0.020 in) 66 HIGH PRESSURE SHUTTLE With INNER
5 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS (Fan Speed Regulator): 10797-12300 kPa MAKE-UP SPOOL
VALVE: 172 kPa 1,7 bar (25 psi) (108 - 123 bar) (1566 - 1784 psi) 45 SENSOR – HYD. TEMPERATURE 67 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
6 DIAGNOSTIC COUPLER 25 SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE: 46 NOT USED FOR THIS MODEL BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC
RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: 517 – 572 kPa (5,2 - 5,7 bar) (75 - 83 psi) MOTOR – 2 Speed
7 47 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi) 26 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 68 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type
at Front Quick Couplers CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY 87,1 L/min (23.0 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
HYDRAULIC MOTOR Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
NOTE - If Equipped With Ref. 81: 48 RELIEF VALVE: 22753 kPa (228 bar) (3300 psi) CHARGE PUMP -
27 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) 69
25855 kPa (258 bar) (3750 psi) 51,1 L/min (13.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
49 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
8 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 28 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE – CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL
Fan Filter 70 HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP Gear Type
PORT: 27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi)
SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 50 RESTRICTOR - 0,8 mm (0.031 in) 28,4 L/min (7.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
9 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 29
CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION 71 FILTER - BRAKE
PORT (OPTIONAL): 51 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF
27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) VALVE (ON/OFF)
72 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL
52 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
10 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 30 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE CONTROL VALVE – BRAKE
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY CONTROL VALVE - Female
PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 73 NOT USED ON THIS MODEL
11 LOAD CHECK VALVE 31 53 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE - FLOW CONTROL 74 RELIEF VALVE: 24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
CONTROL VALVE - Male
12 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE SPOOL
BLEED-OFF VALVE 54 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 75 DUMP VALVE – ON / OFF
32 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION
BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP
13 ANTICAVITATION VALVE VALVE
76 CHECK VALVE - With 34 kPa (0,34 bar) (5.0 psi)
55 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH
14 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO 33 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL Spring
PRESSURE: 36500 kPa(365 bar) (5294 psi)
RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM CONTROL VALVE - UNLOADING RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET: 77 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP SPOOL 56 CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Shift
(S/N A3NV11001 – A3NV23845) and
15 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 34 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL (S/N A3NW11001 – A3NW13328) 78 NOT USED ON THIS MODEL
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL CONTROL VALVE - HYDRAULIC 2654 kPa (26,5 bar) (385 psi)
16 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL POWERED BOB-TACH (S/N A3NV23846 & ABOVE), (S/N A3NW13329 79 HIGH PRESSURE CHAMBER
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL FILTER - BOB-TACH VALVE & ABOVE) and (S/N 1MLS11001 & ABOVE)
35 80 LOW PRESSURE CHAMBER
17 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 3413 kPa (34,1 bar) (495 psi)
36 RESTRICTION - 2,08 mm (0.08 in) 57 SERVO PISTON – Swash Plate RELIEF VALVE - 24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL 81
18 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE 37 58 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL (If Equipped)
SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL) CONTROL VALVE – FORWARD/REVERSE
(SCREEN) 59 FILTER NOTE: Unless otherwise specified springs have
19 CHECK VALVE - With 100 kPa 1,0 bar 38 RELIEF VALVE: 8274 kPa (83 bar) (1200 psi) NO significant pressure value.
60 CHECK VALVE – COLD WEATHER BY-PASS
(14.5 psi) Spring
Printed in U.S.A. With 345 kPa (3,45 bar) (50 psi) Spring V-1471legend (5-21-14)
61 RESTRICTION – 1,5 mm (0.06 in)
127 of 1311
INTEGRATED COUPLER BLOCK

Male
12
TWO SPEED DRIVE MOTOR (OPTIONAL)
62
Male
L
63 61
OUT
12
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (SPOOL Female

HIGH FLOW VALVE (OPTIONAL)


74
BUCKET POSITIONING VALVE
75 (OPTIONAL) D
31 32
9 33
X
30

60 9
76 C
A
67 REAR QUICK COUPLERS 10
10
65 FEMALE MALE
Z
64 6
A B 51
29
53 B

52 TILT CYLINDERS
54 60 81
49 8 11
R BICS CONTROL VALVE
TANDEM
T
HYDROSTATIC
50
59 58 8
X

57 15
X

48 11

16 LIFT CYLINDERS
47 13
M 59 T
M REAR AUXILIARY P in P out
A B VALVE (OPTIONAL)
M Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
55 55
Charge Inlet
8
POWER BOBTACH CYLINDER
56 G
(OPTIONAL) 20
A B 22
BOBTACH VALVE
M
(OPTIONAL) 14
M 59 11 18 17
39 IN
40 2
55 7 18
6
55 38 42 19
X

41
57 37
1
X
59
58 44
OIL COOLER 3 2 RESERVOIR (VENTED) 37
T D 36 43
54 80 79
R
1
5
35 34
68
4

69 VARIABLE SPEED HYDRAULIC


FAN MOTOR W/ INTEGRATED FILTER
HYDRAULIC FILTER

70
27
25 PUMP
65 SUPPLY
2-SPEED & SAPR 28 WORKING
BRAKE VALVE CIRCUIT
71 B1 B A PILOT
PRESSURE
72 Z DRAIN /
RETURN
B
71 23
64 26
P
77 P DR 24 Printable Version Click Here
60 67
A X
DRAIN/RETURN MANIFOLD HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
A1 SJC WITH ALL OPTION
S650 (S/N A3NV18827 - A3NV25735)
T

45 (S/N A3NW12751 - A3NW13963)


61
62 63 (S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
L (PRINTED MAY 2018)
TWO SPEED DRIVE MOTOR (OPTIONAL)
7170813 (G)
128 of 1311
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
Printable Version Click Here

(PRINTED JULY 2017)


V-1643legend
LEGEND
1 RESERVOIR: 39CHARGE PUMP - 58 CHECK VALVE
19 PULL BUTTON ACTIVATED
Capacity at sight gauge . . 10,2 L (2.7 U.S. gal) 51,1 L/min (13.5 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - LIFT 59 ORIFICE: 1,6 mm (0.063 in)
System Capacity . . . . . . . 41,6 L (11.0 U.S. gal) ARM BY-PASS 40 HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . Gear Type
87,1 L/min (23.0 U.S. gpm) at High Engine Idle 60 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
2 SIGHT GUAGE 20 LIFT CYLINDER SPOOL - MADE TO
41 VARIABLE CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT CONTROL VALVE - BUCKET POSITION
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH: RESTRICT FLOW DURING BOOM
3 BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC PUMP VALVE (ON/OFF)
103 kPa (1,03 bar) (15 psi) DOWN BUT NOT DURING BOOM UP
42 RELIEF/REPLENISHING VALVE - HIGH 61 FLOW DIVIDER ADJUSTMENT VALVE
Normally Closed 21 RELIEF VALVE - 24132 kPa (241 bar) PRESSURE: 36500 kPa (365 bar) (5294 psi)
4 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) (3500 psi) (If Equipped) 62 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL
22 43 RELIEF VALVE - CHARGE INLET: VALVE - FLOW CONTROL SPOOL
SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS ANTICAVITATION VALVE 3413 +/- 172 kPa (34,1 +/- 1,7 bar)
5 63 CHECK VALVE - BUCKET POSITION VALVE
VALVE: 172 kPa (1,7 bar) (25 psi) PROPORTIONAL RELIEF VALVE – (495 +/- 25 psi) at High Engine Idle
23
6 DIAGNOSTIC COUPLER (Fan Speed Regulator): 10797 – 12300 kPa With 60 ° C (140 ° F) Fluid 64 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
(108 - 123 bar) (1566 - 1784 psi) 44 CHECK VALVE – COLD WEATHER CONTROL VALVE – UNLOADING SPOOL
7 RELIEF VALVE - MAIN: BY-PASS With 345 kPa (3,45 bar)
SPRING LOADED FILTER BY-PASS VALVE: 65 HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP Gear Type
24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi) 24 (50 psi) Spring
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
517 – 572 kPa (5,2 - 5,7 bar) (75 - 83 psi) 28,4 L/min (7.5 U.S. gal) at High Engine Idle
at Front Quick Couplers
NOTE - If Equipped With Ref. 21: 25 FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 45 SERVO PISTON SWASH PLATE 66 RELIEF VALVE - 24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
25855 kPa (258 bar) (3750 psi) HYDRAULIC MOTOR SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
46 67 DUMP VALVE – ON / OFF
RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 26 FILTER - HYDRAULIC (CANISTER) CONTROL VALVE – Forward / Reverse
8
PORT: 27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) 47 FILTER 68 CHECK VALVE - With 34,5 kPa (0,34 bar)
27 SENSOR – CHARGE PRESSURE –
Fan Filter (5.0 psi) Spring
9 RELIEF/ANTICAVITATION VALVE - 48 FRONT AUXILIARY MANUAL PRESSURE
PORT (OPTIONAL): 27579 kPa 28 SENSOR – HYD. TEMPERATURE BLEED-OFF VALVE 69 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
(276 bar) (4000 psi) 49 CONTROL VALVE - REAR AUXILIARY
29 RESTRICTION - 1,7 mm (0.067 in) PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
CONTROL VALVE – HYDRAULIC 70 RELIEF VALVE: 22753 kPa (228 bar) (3300 psi)
10 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
30 CHECK VALVE - With 1379 kPa 13,8 bar POWERED BOB-TACH With Build-up
CONTROL VALVE - AUXILIARY 71 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
(200 psi) Spring Valve: 276 kPa (2,76 bar) (40 psi)
11 LOAD CHECK VALVE 31 DRIVE MOTOR SHUTTLE VALVE CONTROL VALVE - TWO COIL
50 FILTER - BOB-TACH VALVE
12 72 RESTRICTOR - 0,8 mm (0.031 in)
ANTICAVITATION VALVE 32 PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
51 RESTRICTION - 1,17 mm (0.46 in)
CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Shift 73 LOAD SHUTTLE VALVE - BLEED OFF
13 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
33 52
CONTROL VALVE - TILT CONTROL BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CONTROL VALVE (TWO COIL) 74 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
14 PILOTED ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 53 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE - BASE
34
CONTROL VALVE - LIFT CONTROL BIDIRECTIONAL HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CONTROL VALVE – Ride Control Option 75 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
15 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL 35 HYDRAULIC BRAKE – SPRING APPLIED – 54 ACCUMULATOR – Ride Control Option CONTROL VALVE - ROD
CONTROL VALVE - BICS CONTROL PRESSURE RELEASE (SAPR)
55 ORIFICE With Check Valve: 76 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
16 FILTER - BICS CONTROL VALVE 36 SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECECTIONAL
2,54 mm (0.10 in) CONTROL VALVE – Reversing Fan Option
(SCREEN) CONTROL VALVE – BRAKE
17 CHECK VALVE - With 100 kPa (1,0 bar) 37 FILTER – BRAKE VALVE 56 RELIEF VALVE - 24132 kPa
(14.5 psi) Spring SOLENOID ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL (241 bar) (3500 psi)
38 NOTE: Unless otherwise specified springs have
18 RESTRICTION . . . . . . . 2,0 mm (0.079 in) CONTROL VALVE – 2 Speed Shift 57 RESTRICTION - 0,254 mm (0.010 in) NO significant pressure value.

Printed in U.S.A. V-1643legend (7-25-17)


129 of 1311
INTEGRATED COUPLER BLOCK

DRIVE MOTOR Male

L
48
30 29
31 Male
OUT
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE 68
48
Female

X
RIDE CONTROL (OPTION)
54
9
T2 ACC

32
T 55

9 59
33 NOTE: CUSHIONED
34 REAR QUICK LIFT CYLINDERS ON
FEMALE COUPLERS MALE 10 P
LATER MODELS ONLY
35 10 LIFT CYLINDERS
Z
53
Auxiliary Spool
A B 73 CR2 CR CB CB2

75
21
74
71 6
HYDROSTATIC PUMP BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM
8 11 (BICS)
R
41 TILT BASE

T
E1 E2 A1 A2

46 72
TILT ROD E3

X 47 Tilt Spool
8
B 61
45
42 13
2-SPEED & X
SAPR BRAKE 70
VALVE 11
(OPTIONAL) LIFT ROD 60 63

69 14 D2
38
B A M 47 REAR AUXILIARY P in P out T 12
36 M 62
A B
VALVE (OPTION)
T LIFT BASE

M
Lift Spool
43 42
POWER BOBTACH CYLINDER
(OPTIONAL) 8
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 64 C2

G
C1 D1
P POWER BOBTACH
A B
VALVE (OPTIONAL)
M 20 16
B1
M
47 56
58 11 15 BUCKET POSITIONING
37 VALVE (OPTIONAL)
IN
2 18
7 16
42 6
42 52
X 57 17

45 TILT CYLINDERS
1
X 46 D Oil Cooler
47 19
41 44 51
50 RESERVOIR
T 2 (VENTED)
5 1
R
40 49

39
VARIABLE SPEED
HYDRAULIC FAN MOTOR 3 4
W/ INTEGRATED FILTER
HYDRAULIC FILTER
65
66 27
67
26
24
WORKING CIRCUIT

CHARGE
PRESSURE
1 4 22
35 DRAIN / RETURN
B A
3 2

25
76
Z DR 23 P
33 34

32
Printable Version Click Here
X
HYDRAULIC/HYDROSTATIC SCHEMATIC
28
SJC WITH ALL OPTION
S650 (S/N A3NV25736 AND ABOVE)
30 29
(S/N A3NW13964 AND ABOVE)
31
L DRAIN / RETURN MANIFOLD
(PRINTED MAY 2018)
DRIVE MOTOR
7170813 K)

130 of 1311
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION

Glossary Of Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Symbols


SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

FLOW LINES and CONNECTIONS BASIC and MISCELLANEOUS SYMBOLS

WORKING CIRCUITS - Continuous, RESTRICTION - Line with Fixed


Solid Line - Working (Main) Line, Restriction - Affected by Viscosity
Return Line (line conducting fluid (property of resistance to flowing
from working devices to the reservoir) fluid).
and Feed line (main line conductor).
VARIABLE ADJUSTMENT
RESTRICTION - Regulated or
Variable Restriction.
PILOT PRESSURE - Dashed Line -
Pilot Line (Line which conducts TEMPERATURE CONTROL -
control fluid). (Indication of temperature).

DRAIN CIRCUITS - Dotted Line -


TEMPERATURE INDICATOR -
Drain Line (drain or bleed line - line
(temperature measurement -
conducting fluid from a component
thermometer).
housing to the reservoir.)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


FILTER (strainer or screen) - For fluid
conditioning.
COMPONENTS - Long Chain Line -
Enclosure outline for several
components assembled in one unit. VENTED AND FILTERED
RESERVOIR (reservoir open to
atmosphere).
MECHANICAL CONNECTIONS -
Double Line (Shaft, Lever, Piston
Rod). PRESSURIZED, VENTED AND
FiLTERED RESERVOIR (Reservoir
uses a pressured cap).
CONNECTED JUNCTION OF OIL
LINES (Flow Line Connection). OIL COOLER (heat exchanger) - The
arrows in the diamond indicate the
extraction of heat (heat dissipation).

OIL LINES CROSSING (NOT PRESSURE SENSOR - Varies


Connected). electric signal with pressure.

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
COUPLER - Quick - Acting Coupling SWITCH - Switch activates when
(uncoupled, closed by non-return pressure difference reaches specified
valve). level.

PRESSURE SWITCH - Switch


activates when pressure reaches
specified level.

MUFFLER (silencer) - Reduces


noise.

131 of 1311 20-10-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D)

Glossary Of Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Symbols (Cont’d)


SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

CYLINDER: Equipment to convert hydraulic energy into CONTROL MECHANISMS


linear energy and in which the fluid pressure operates
alternately in both directions (forward and backward CONTROL VALVE WITH DETENT
strokes). (Holds Valve in Position) - device for
maintaining a given position
DOUBLE ACTING HYDRAULIC (mechanical).
CYLINDER, UNEQUAL
DISPLACEMENT - With single piston CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY A
rod. PULL BUTTON (manual).

DOUBLE ACTING HYDRAULIC


CYLINDER, UNEQUAL CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY A
DISPLACEMENT and CUSHION ON PUSH-PULL BUTTON (manual).
ONE END - With single piston rod.

CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY A


LEVER (manual).
PUMP: To convert mechanical energy into hydraulic

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


energy.
CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY A
PEDAL (manual).
FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
HYDRAULIC PUMP - With one
direction of flow.
CONTROL VALVE WITH SPRING
RETURN (mechanical).
VARIABLE CAPACITY
DISPLACEMENT BIDIRECTIONAL
HYDRAULIC PUMP - With two CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY
directions of flow (bidirectional). AN ELECTRIC SOLENOID
(electrical).

MOTOR: To convert hydraulic energy into rotary CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY A


mechanical energy. PROPORTIONAL ELECTRICAL
SOLENOID (electrical).

FIXED CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY


BIDIRECTIONAL HYDRAULIC DUAL ELECTRICAL SOLENOID
MOTOR - With two directions of flow (electrical).
(bidirectional.
CONTROL VALVE ACTIVATED BY
PILOT PRESSURE (indirect control,
pilot actuated by application of
pressure).

132 of 1311 20-10-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D)

Glossary Of Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Symbols (Cont’d)


SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

NON-RETURN VALVE, SHUTTLE VALVE: Valve which DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE: Valve providing for the
allows free flow in one direction only. opening (fully or restricted) or the closing of one or more
flow paths (represented by several squares).

NON-RETURN VALVE (Check Valve) TWO PORTS and CLOSED FLOW


OUT IN - Used as Replenishing Valve, Lock PATHS
Check Valve or Anticavitation Valve -
Opens if the Inlet pressure is higher
than the Outlet pressure. Often SOLENOID ACTIVATED
contains internal spring which has NO DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVE
significant pressure value. (Two Position) - controlled by an
electric solenoid (with return spring).
SPRING LOADED VALVE (bypass
OUT IN Valve) - Opens if the Inlet pressure is PILOT ACTIVATED DIRECTIONAL
greater than the Outlet pressure plus CONTROL VALVE (Two Position) -
the spring pressure. controlled by pressure (with return
spring).
PILOT CONTROLLED NON-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


RETURN VALVE- It is possible to MANUALLY ACTIVATED DIRECTION
open the valve by pilot pressure. CONTROL VALVE (Variable Position)
T
OUT IN
Joystick Controlled, variable pressure
P
to shift the pilot activated directional
control valve spool.
SHUTTLE VALVE - The Inlet port
IN IN connected to the higher pressure is
OUT
automatically connected to the Outlet MANUALLY ACTIVATED FLOW
port while the other Inlet port is CONTROL VALVE (Two Position)
closed. allows for changing pilot flow to
ST

O
IS
D

FRONT

BACK
control switching joystick functions for
STD / ISO Control (Excavators Only).

STEERING CONTROL VALVE


(Variable Position) - Used for
controlling the hydraulic flow for the
steering cylinders in relationship to
the amount the steering wheel is
rotated.

133 of 1311 20-10-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D)

Glossary Of Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Symbols (Cont’d)


SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE: Valve ensuring the MISCELLANEOUS


control of pressure.
ACCUMULATOR - Supplies
RELIEF VALVE - When the Inlet temporary reserve pressure to the
pressure overcomes the opposing hydraulic system when the engine
IN OUT
force of the spring, the valve opens has been stopped.
permitting flow from the Outlet port.

RELIEF / REPLENISHING VALVE or


RELIEF / ANTICAVITATION VALVE -
When the Inlet pressure overcomes
IN OUT
the opposing force of the spring, the
valve opens permitting flow from the
Outlet port - Allows free flow in the
opposite direction.

DUAL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE -

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


When the Inlet pressure overcomes
IN OUT
the opposing force of the spring, the
valve opens permitting flow from the
Outlet port. Pilot pressure provides a
second pressure value.

LOCK VALVE - hydraulic pressure is


applied to open the valve to allow the
hydraulic cylinder to move.

FLOW CONTROL VALVE: Valve controlling the flow in


one or both directions.

ONE WAY RESTRICTOR VALVE


(Non-Return Valve with Restriction) -
Unit allowing free flow in one direction
but restricted flow in the other
direction.

TOW VALVE - Normally in closed


position.

LOAD SENSE BLEED VALVE -


Regulates small amount of fluid flow
(leakage).

134 of 1311 20-10-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D)

Troubleshooting WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting problems which are Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
most common. Many of the recommended procedures or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
must be done by authorized Bobcat service personnel adjustments can cause injury or death.
only. W-2004-1285

If a service code appears in the left instrument panel.


(See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 60-90-1.)

PROBLEM CAUSE
The hydraulic system will not operate. 1, 2, 3, 5, 8
Slow hydraulic system action. 1, 3, 4, 6, 8
Hydraulic action is not smooth. 1, 4, 5, 6, 7
Lift arms go up slowly at full engine rpm. 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9
The lift arms or Bob-Tach will move when the pedal is in NEUTRAL position. 4
The lift arms come down with the pedal in the NEUTRAL position. 4, 9, 10, 11
Lift Arm Bypass Control valve stuck. 12

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Lift Arm Bypass Control valve stem bent or broke. 13

KEY TO CORRECT THE CAUSE


1. The fluid level is not correct.
2. The pedal linkage is disconnected.
3. The hydraulic pump has damage.
4. The pedal linkage is not adjusted correctly.
5. Relief valve is not at the correct pressure.
6. Suction leak on the inlet side of the hydraulic pump.
7. Fluid is cold. Wrong viscosity fluid. (See HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID SPECIFICATIONS on Page SPEC-
40-1.)
8. Exceeding the loader’s rated operating capacity.
9. Internal leak in the lift cylinder(s).
10. External leak from the lift cylinder(s).
11. Damaged lift spool.
12. Rotate shaft.
13. Replace Lift Arm Bypass Control valve assembly.

135 of 1311 20-10-5 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

136 of 1311 20-10-6 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (LIFT) Figure 20-20-2

Testing

Lower the lift arms. Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar.

WARNING
Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have
sufficient force to enter a person’s body by 2
penetrating the skin. This can cause serious injury
and possible death if proper medical treatment by a
physician familiar with this injury is not received
P-90617
immediately.
W-2145-0290

Install a cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-2] on the hose and


Figure 20-20-1 tighten.

Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar. Start the
engine and press the PTOL button.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Operate the controls that lower the lift arms.

If there is any leakage from the fitting on the cylinder


(Item 2) [Figure 20-20-2], remove the cylinder for repair.
Repeat the procedure to test the other cylinder.

P-90616

Test only one cylinder at a time. Disconnect the hose


(Item 1) [Figure 20-20-1] which goes to the base end of
the cylinder.

137 of 1311 20-20-1 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT'D)

Removal And Installation


WARNING
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
NOTE: Remove only one cylinder at a time.
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.

WARNING W-2103-0508

Figure 20-20-4
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
2
1

IMPORTANT

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
2
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
P-90824
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888 Cap and plug both fittings on the cylinder (Item 1)
[Figure 20-20-4].
Figure 20-20-3
NOTE: Do not cap or plug the two hydraulic hoses
(Item 2) [Figure 20-20-4].

Place the hoses (Item 2) [Figure 20-20-4] in a suitable


container to collect the hydraulic fluid as the lift arms are
raised.

Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally


safe manner.
1

WARNING
P-90616 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
Mark and disconnect the two hydraulic hoses (Item 1) death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
[Figure 20-20-3]. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807

138 of 1311 20-20-2 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT'D)

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-20-5

P-90602A

Remove the retaining bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-


20-5] from the pin (Item 2) on the rod end of the cylinder.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the retainer bolt and nut to 48 - 54
N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 20-20-6

P-90611

With a slide hammer, remove the pin (Item 1) [Figure 20-


20-6] from the rod end of the cylinder.

139 of 1311 20-20-3 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT'D) Figure 20-20-7

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

DANGER
1

P-90605
P-90328

AVOID DEATH Install a sling in the middle of the Bob-Tach as shown in


• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-7].
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop. Using a chain hoist raise the lift arms and install an
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised approved lift arm support device on the cylinder that is
unless supported by an approved lift arm connected to the lift arm.
support. Replace if damaged.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


D-1009-0409
Figure 20-20-8

2
WARNING 1

Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless


the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

P-90823

Install a bolt (Item 1) through the eyelet of the cylinder


and install a strap (Item 2) [Figure 20-20-8] to secure the
cylinder.

140 of 1311 20-20-4 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT'D) Figure 20-20-11

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Open the rear door.


1
NOTE: When removing the left side lift cylinder the
battery will need to be removed to gain access
to the lower retaining bolt and nut.

Remove the battery (if required). (See Removal And


Installation on Page 60-20-1.)

Figure 20-20-9

P-90827

1
With a slide hammer, remove the pin (Item 1) [Figure 20-
20-11] from the base end of the lift cylinder.

Figure 20-20-12

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1

P-90834

Remove the retaining bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-


20-9] from the pin on the base end of the lift cylinder.

Installation: Tighten the retainer bolt and nut to 48 - 54 1


N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 20-20-10 P-90823

Using a chain hoist remove the lift cylinder (Item 1)


[Figure 20-20-12] from the loader.

P-90825

Remove the grease fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-10]


from the base end of the lift cylinder.

Installation: Tighten the grease fitting to 20 N•m (15 ft-


lb) torque.

141 of 1311 20-20-5 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT'D)

Parts Identification

1. Seal
2. Hydraulic Tubeline
3. Cylinder Case Tube
4. Plug
5. Clamp
6. Nut
7. Back-up Ring
8. O-ring 4
9. Piston Assembly
10. Spacer
11. O-ring
3
12. Head
13. Rod Seal
14. Wiper Seal 4
15. Rod 5
16. Grease Fitting

6
7

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


8
2 9
10

1
8
12
13
14

8
7

15

16

NA1413S

142 of 1311 20-20-6 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT'D) Figure 20-20-15

Disassembly
2
Use the following tools to disassemble the cylinder:

MEL1074 - O-ring Seal Hook 1


Spanner Wrench

Hold the hydraulic cylinder over a drain pan and move the
rod in and out slowly to remove the fluid from the cylinder.

Put the base end of the cylinder in a vise.


3
Figure 20-20-13
P-48038

1
Remove the back-up ring (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2)
[Figure 20-20-15] from the piston.

NOTE: If the fiber surface (Item 3) [Figure 20-20-15]


on the piston, becomes damaged, the
complete piston must be replaced.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-20-16

P-48033

Use a spanner wrench to loosen the head (Item 1)


[Figure 20-20-13] from the cylinder case.
2
Figure 20-20-14 3

4
3
2
P-48039

1
Remove the O-ring (Item 1). Remove the O-ring (Item 2)
and the back-up ring (Item 3) [Figure 20-20-16] from the
cylinder head.

NOTE: The O-ring (Item 2) and back-up ring (Item 3)


[Figure 20-20-16] are no longer available
parts. The seal kit will contain a one piece seal
P-48036 that is used in place of the O-ring and back-up
ring.

Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2), spacer (Item 3)
and head (Item 4) [Figure 20-20-14].

143 of 1311 20-20-7 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT'D)

Disassembly (Cont'd)

Figure 20-20-17

P-48040

Remove the wiper seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-17] from


the cylinder head.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-20-18

P-48042

Remove the rod seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-18] from the


cylinder head.

144 of 1311 20-20-8 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT'D) Figure 20-20-20

Assembly

Use the following tools to assemble the cylinder: 1

MEL1396 - Seal Installation Tool 2


MEL1033 - Rod Seal Installation Tool
Piston Ring Compressor
Spanner Wrench

Wash the cylinder parts in solvent and air dry them.

Inspect the cylinder parts for nicks, scratches or other


damage. Replace any damaged parts.
P-48038
Always install new O-rings and seals during assembly.

Lubricate all O-rings and seals with hydraulic fluid during Install the O-ring (Item 1) and seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-
installation. 20-20] on the cylinder piston.

Figure 20-20-19 Figure 20-20-21

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1

P7424 P-48043 P7427

Install the new seal on the tool and slowly stretch it until it Install the rod seal on the rod seal tool [Figure 20-20-21].
fits the piston [Figure 20-20-19].
NOTE: During installation the spring side of the seal
Allow the seal to stretch for 30 seconds before installing it (Item 1) [Figure 20-20-21] must be installed
on the piston. toward the inside of the cylinder.

Rotate the handles to collapse the rod seal [Figure 20-


20-21].

145 of 1311 20-20-9 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT'D) Figure 20-20-24

Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 20-20-22
1

P101716

Install the O-ring (Item 1) and the seal (Item 2) [Figure


P7425 20-20-24] on the cylinder head.

Figure 20-20-25
Install the rod seal in the head [Figure 20-20-22].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-20-23
1
2
3

2 4

P-48036

P-48041 P-48042 NOTE: Clean and dry the rod threads. Install a NEW
NUT with preapplied Loctite® included in the
seal kit or if a new nut is no available use
Install the wiper seal, with the wiper side of the seal (Item Loctite® #242 on threads.
1) toward the outside of the head (Item 2) [Figure 20-20-
23]. Install the head (Item 1), spacer (Item 2) piston (Item 3),
and nut (Item 4) [Figure 20-20-25].

Tighten the nut (Item 4) [Figure 20-20-25] to 1491 N•m


(1100 ft-lb) torque.

146 of 1311 20-20-10 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (LIFT) (CONT'D)

Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 20-20-26

P-48035

Put the base end of the hydraulic cylinder in a vise.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Using a spanner wrench, tighten the head (Item 1)
[Figure 20-20-26] to 373 N•m (275 ft-lb) torque.

147 of 1311 20-20-11 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

148 of 1311 20-20-12 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (TILT) Figure 20-21-2

Testing

Remove the attachment. Roll the Bob-Tach fully back.


Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar. 2 1

Figure 20-21-1

P85852

Install a cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-2] in the hydraulic


hose and tighten.

Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar. Start the
P-85553 engine and press the PTOL button.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Operate the controls that rolls the Bob-Tach back.

If there is any leakage from the fitting on the cylinder


WARNING (Item 2) [Figure 20-21-2]. Remove the cylinder for repair.

Repeat procedure to test the other cylinder.


Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have
sufficient force to enter a person’s body by
penetrating the skin. This can cause serious injury
and possible death if proper medical treatment by a
physician familiar with this injury is not received
immediately.
W-2145-0290

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-1] which


goes to the base end of the cylinder.

149 of 1311 20-21-1 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D) Figure 20-21-5

Removal And Installation

Figure 20-21-3

2
1

1
P-85562

Disconnect the two hydraulic hoses (Items 1 and 2)


P-85554 [Figure 20-21-5] from the cylinder.

Cap the hoses and plug the fittings on the cylinder.


Remove the attachment from the Bob-Tach. Roll the Bob-
Tach forward Figure 20-21-6

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar.

Remove the retainer bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-


3] from the rod end pivot pin.
1
Installation: Tighten the retainer nut to 48 - 54 N•m (35 -
40 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 20-21-4

P-85648

Remove the base end pivot bolt and washer (Item 3)


[Figure 20-21-5].

Remove the retainer nut and washer (Item 1) [Figure 20-


21-6] from the base end pivot pin.

Installation: Tighten the retainer nut to 257,6 N•m (190


P-85649 ft-lb) torque.

Remove the rod end pivot pin (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-4].

150 of 1311 20-21-2 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D)

Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-21-7

P-85564

Slide the cylinder from the base pin and remove the
cylinder from the loader [Figure 20-21-7].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

151 of 1311 20-21-3 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D) Figure 20-21-10

Base End Pivot Pin Removal And Installation

Figure 20-21-8

P-85567

1
Inspect pivot pin and replace as needed [Figure 20-21-
P-85565 10].

Figure 20-21-9

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1

P-85566

Remove the tilt cylinder from the cylinder base pin (Item
1) [Figure 20-21-8]. (See Removal And Installation on
Page 20-21-2.)

Use a 22,2 mm (7/8 in) shaft (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-9]


and a hammer to remove the cylinder base pin from the
lift arms.

152 of 1311 20-21-4 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D)

Parts Identification (Earlier Models)

1. Tubeline
2. Case
3. Plug
4. O-ring
5. Grease Fitting
6. Clamp
7. Nut
8. Seal
9. Piston
10. Head 5
6
11. Wiper
12. Rod
13. Bushing
2
4
3

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


8
1
4 9
3

8
4
10

8
11

12

13

NA2481S

153 of 1311 20-21-5 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D)

Parts Identification (Later Models)

1. Tubeline
2. Case
3. Plug
4. O-ring
5. Grease Fitting
6. Clamp
7. Nut
8. Seal
9. Piston 5
10. Collar 6
11. Head
12. Wiper
13. Rod
14. Bushing 4 2
3

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


8

1 9
4
3 10

8
4
11

12

13

14

NA8189S

154 of 1311 20-21-6 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D) Figure 20-21-13
EARLIER
Disassembly MODELS
3
Use the following tools to disassemble the cylinder: 2

MEL1074 - O-ring Seal Hook


1
MEL1075 - Adjustable Gland Nut Wrench

Hold the hydraulic cylinder over a drain pan and move the
rod in and out slowly to remove the fluid from the cylinder.

Put the base end of the cylinder in a vise.

Figure 20-21-11
P-48071

Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2) and head (Item
3) [Figure 20-21-13].
1
2 Figure 20-21-14
LATER
2 MODELS

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


4

P-85651B

1
Remove the bushing (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-11] with a 3
driver tool and hammer.

An identifying mark (Item 2) [Figure 20-21-11] on the rod


end indicates a later model cylinder. P109554

Figure 20-21-12
Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2), collar (Item 3)
and head (Item 4) [Figure 20-21-14].

P106021

Use an Adjustable Gland Nut Wrench to loosen the head


(Item 1) [Figure 20-21-12] from the cylinder case.

155 of 1311 20-21-7 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D) Figure 20-21-17

Disassembly (Cont'd)
1
Figure 20-21-15
Earlier
Models

2
1

P109556

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) and the seal (Item 2) [Figure


20-21-17] from the cylinder head.
P-48073B
Figure 20-21-18
Figure 20-21-16
Later

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Models
1
1

P-48040

P109555
Remove the wiper seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-18] from
the cylinder head.
Remove the seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-15] and [Figure
20-21-16] from the piston. Figure 20-21-19

P-48042

Remove the rod seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-19] from the


cylinder head.

156 of 1311 20-21-8 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D) Figure 20-21-21

Assembly Earlier
Models
Use the following tools to assemble the cylinder:
1
MEL1396-1 - Universal Seal Expander
MEL1033 - Rod Seal Installation Tool
MEL1396-2 - Piston Ring Compressor
MEL1075 - Adjustable Gland Nut Wrench

Wash the cylinder parts in solvent and air dry them.

Inspect the cylinder parts for nicks, scratches or other


damage. Replace any damaged parts.
P-48073B
Always install new O-rings and seals during assembly.
Figure 20-21-22
Lubricate all O-rings and seals with hydraulic fluid during
installation. Later
Models
Figure 20-21-20
1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P109555

Install the seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-21] and [Figure


P7424 20-21-22] on the cylinder piston.

Figure 20-21-23
Install the new seal on the tool and slowly stretch it until it
fits the piston [Figure 20-21-20].

Allow the seal to stretch for 30 seconds before installing it


on the piston.

N-22358

Use a ring compressor to compress the seal to the


correct size. Leave the piston in the compressor for
approximately three minutes [Figure 20-21-23].

157 of 1311 20-21-9 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D) Figure 20-21-26

Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 20-21-24 2

P-48041 P-48042

Install the wiper seal, with the wiper side of the seal (Item
P-48043 P7427 1) toward the outside of the head (Item 2) [Figure 20-21-
26].

Install the rod seal on the rod seal tool [Figure 20-21-24]. Figure 20-21-27

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NOTE: During installation the spring side of the seal
(Item 1) [Figure 20-21-24] must be installed 1
2
toward the inside of the cylinder.

Rotate the handles to collapse the rod seal [Figure 20-


21-24].

Figure 20-21-25

P109556

Install the O-ring (Item 1) and seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-


21-27] on the cylinder head.

P7425

Install the rod seal in the head [Figure 20-21-25].

158 of 1311 20-21-10 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (TILT) (CONT'D) NOTE: Clean and dry the rod threads. Install a NEW
NUT with preapplied Loctite® included in the
Assembly (Cont'd) seal kit or if a new nut is not available use
Loctite® #242 on threads.
Figure 20-21-28
Tighten the nut (Item 4) [Figure 20-21-29] to 1491 N•m
Earlier
Models (1100 ft-lb) torque.
1
2 Put the base end of the hydraulic cylinder in a vise.

Figure 20-21-30
3

P-48071

Install the head (Item 1), piston (Item 2) and nut (Item 3)
[Figure 20-21-28].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NOTE: Clean and dry the rod threads. Install a NEW P106021
NUT with preapplied Loctite® included in the
seal kit or if a new nut is not available use
Loctite® #242 on threads. Using an Adjustable Gland Nut Wrench, lightly lubricate
with grease and tighten the head (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-
Tighten the nut (Item 3) [Figure 20-21-28] to 1152 N•m 30] to 373 N•m (275 ft-lb) torque.
(850 ft-lb) torque.
Figure 20-21-31
Figure 20-21-29
Later
3 Models
1

4
2

P-85651B
P109554

Install the bushing (Item 1) [Figure 20-21-31] using a


NOTE: Lube chamfer on shaft with oil or grease driver tool and hammer.
before installing the collar.

Install the head (Item 1), collar (Item 2), piston (Item 3)
and nut (Item 4) [Figure 20-21-29].

159 of 1311 20-21-11 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

160 of 1311 20-21-12 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) Figure 20-22-2

Testing

WARNING
1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
P-85570
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-2] from the


Power Bob-Tach cylinder base end port.

WARNING Figure 20-22-3

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. 1
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

Figure 20-22-1

P-85568

Install a plug in the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-3] and


tighten.

Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar. Start the
engine.

Push and hold the BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” Switch


P-85570 (Front Accessory Panel).

If there is any leakage from the base end cylinder port


Tilt the Bob-Tach forward, so it is parallel to the floor (Item 2) [Figure 20-22-3], remove the cylinder for repair.
[Figure 20-22-1].

Push and hold BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch until


levers are in the unlocked position (Wedges fully raised).

161 of 1311 20-22-1 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) (CONT'D)

Removal And Installation

Figure 20-22-4

P-85570

Disconnect the hoses from the rod and base end cylinder
fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-4].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the hoses to 29,8 - 32,5 N•m (22 -
24 ft-lb) torque.

Install plugs in the hoses and cap on fittings.

Figure 20-22-5

1
1

P-85569

Remove the bolts and washers (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-5].

Installation: Tighten the bolts to 48 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-


lb) torque.

Remove the cylinder from the lever pivots.

162 of 1311 20-22-2 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) (CONT'D)

Parts Identification

1. Tube
2. Nut
3. Piston
4. O-ring
5. Seal
6. Spacer
7. Back-up Ring
8. Head
9. Wiper
10. Rod

2
3

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


4
5
6

5
4
8

5
9

4
7

10

PE3954S

163 of 1311 20-22-3 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) (CONT'D) Figure 20-22-8

Disassembly 3 2 1
Figure 20-22-6

P16295

Piston: Remove the O-ring (Item 1), and seal (Item 2)


P-85647 from the piston (Item 3) [Figure 20-22-8].

Figure 20-22-9
Use the following tools to disassemble the cylinder:

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


MEL1074 - O-ring Seal Hook
Spanner Wrench 4

Hold the hydraulic cylinder over a drain pan and move the
2
rod in and out slowly to remove the fluid from the cylinder.
1
Put the base end of the cylinder in a vise.

Use a spanner wrench to loosen the head [Figure 20-22-


5
6]. 3

Figure 20-22-7
N-20611
2
4 3 1
Remove the wiper seal (Item 1), and rod seal (Item 2),
the back-up ring (Item 3), the O-ring (Item 4), and the O-
ring (Item 5) [Figure 20-22-9] from the head.

NOTE: The O-ring (Item 5) and back-up ring (Item 3)


[Figure 20-22-9] are no longer available parts.
The seal kit will contain a one piece seal that
is used in place of the O-ring and back-up
ring.

P16294

Remove the head and rod assembly from the cylinder


[Figure 20-22-7]. Put the rod end in a vise.

Remove the nut (Item 1), piston (Item 2), spacer (Item 3),
and head (Item 4) [Figure 20-22-7] from the rod.

164 of 1311 20-22-4 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) (CONT'D) Figure 20-22-11

Assembly
3 1
2
Use the following tools to assembly the cylinder:

MEL1396 - Seal Installation Tool


MEL1033 - Rod Seal Installation Tool
Piston Ring Compressor
Spanner Wrench

Wash the cylinder parts in solvent and air dry them.


4
Inspect the cylinder parts for nicks, scratches or other
damage. Replace any damaged parts.
P16295
Always install new O-rings and seals during assembly.

Lubricate all O-rings and seals with hydraulic fluid during Piston: Install the O-ring (Item 1) and seal (Item 2) on the
installation. piston (Item 3) [Figure 20-22-11].

Figure 20-22-10 NOTE: The piston center hole (Item 4) [Figure 20-22-
11] has a bevel on one end. The bevel goes
toward the rod.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-22-12

P7424

Install the new seal on the tool and slowly stretch it until it
fits the piston [Figure 20-22-10]. N-20612

Allow the seal to stretch for 30 seconds before installing it


on the piston. Install the rod seal on the rod seal tool [Figure 20-22-12].

NOTE: During installation the spring side of the seal


must be toward the inside of the cylinder.

165 of 1311 20-22-5 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) (CONT'D) Figure 20-22-15

Assembly (Cont'd)
2
Figure 20-22-13 1

P106031

Install the back-up ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-22-15].


N-20613
Install the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-22-15] into the
groove on the head.
Rotate the handles to collapse the rod seal [Figure 20-
22-13]. NOTE: Clean and dry the rod threads. Install a NEW

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NUT with preapplied Loctite® included in the
Figure 20-22-14 seal kit or if a new nut is not available use
Loctite® #242 on threads.

Figure 20-22-16

3
2 4
1

P7425

Install the rod seal in the head [Figure 20-22-14].


P16294

Install the wiper seal with the wiper toward the outside of
the head. Install the head (Item 1), and spacer (Item 2) [Figure 20-
22-16].

Install the piston (Item 3) [Figure 20-22-16].

Grease the piston where the nut contacts the piston. do


not get grease on the threads. Install the new nut (Item 4)
[Figure 20-22-16].

Tighten the nut to 190 N•m (140 ft-lb) torque.

166 of 1311 20-22-6 S650 Service Manual


CYLINDER (BOB-TACH) (CONT'D)

Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 20-22-17

P-85647

Put the base end of the hydraulic cylinder in a vise.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Tighten the head using a spanner wrench [Figure 20-22-
17] to 183 N•m (135 ft-lb) torque.

167 of 1311 20-22-7 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

168 of 1311 20-22-8 S650 Service Manual


MAIN RELIEF VALVE (EARLIER MODELS)

Description

The main relief valve limits the hydraulic system pressure


by opening at a certain pressure and allowing the
hydraulic fluid to flow back to the hydraulic reservoir. (See
Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-4.)

The main relief valve is adjustable and is located on the


hydraulic control valve near the bottom, facing the front of
the loader.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

169 of 1311 20-30-1 S650 Service Manual


MAIN RELIEF VALVE (EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D) Figure 20-30-1

Testing
1
2

IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284

WARNING P-85571

When the engine is running during service, the Connect the IN port (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-1] of the
driving and steering controls must be in neutral and hydraulic tester to the bottom (female) quick coupler on
the parking brake engaged. Failure to do so can the loader.
cause injury or death.
W-2006-1209
Connect the OUT port (Item 2) [Figure 20-30-1] of the
hydraulic tester to the top (male) quick coupler on the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


loader.

WARNING Figure 20-30-2

Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners


of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286

The tools listed will be needed to do the following 2


procedure:
1
TWX-RFIK200-S-6 204 L/min (54 U.S. gpm) FLOW
METER
MEL10006 - Hydraulic Test Kit
NA3267
NOTE: This procedure is for standard loaders,
loaders equipped with ACS option and
loaders equipped with SJC option. The main Start the engine and run at low idle.
relief valve is located in the same place on all
of the loaders. • Press the AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS Button (Item 1)
[Figure 20-30-2] once to engage the auxiliary
Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING hydraulics.
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
NOTE: The light (Item 2) [Figure 20-30-2] will be on.

170 of 1311 20-30-2 S650 Service Manual


MAIN RELIEF VALVE (EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D) Watch the flow meter on the hydraulic tester to make sure
the flow is correct. Increase the engine speed to full rpm.
Testing (Cont’d)
Refer to (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-4.) for
Figure 20-30-3 both flow and pressure specifications of the hydraulic
system.
Right
Steering
Test the free flow specification.
Lever
Control
With the engine at high idle and hydraulic fluid at 60°C
(140°F) turn the restrictor control on the tester until the
flow through the tester drops to zero. Test the relief
pressure.

If the relief pressure is not correct, stop the engine and


1 adjust the main relief valve.

P-85572

Figure 20-30-4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Joystick Option Only

Right
Steering
1 Lever
Control

P-26697

• Push the front switch (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-3] and


[Figure 20-30-4] to give the front quick couplers a
constant flow of fluid.

• To release from continuous operation, press the front


switch (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-3] and [Figure 20-30-
4] a second time.

171 of 1311 20-30-3 S650 Service Manual


MAIN RELIEF VALVE (EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Adjusting

NOTE: This procedure is for standard loaders,


loaders equipped with ACS option and
loaders equipped with SJC option. The main
relief valve is located in the same place on all
of the loaders.

Figure 20-30-5

1
2

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-85573

If the pressure is not correct, adjust the main relief valve.


Loosen the locknut (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-5].

Turn the adjusting screw (Item 2) [Figure 20-30-5] in or


out until the pressure is correct. Turning screw in will
increase pressure.

NOTE: If the correct pressure can not be reached,


replace the main relief valve. Test the
pressure setting of the new relief valve.

172 of 1311 20-30-4 S650 Service Manual


MAIN RELIEF VALVE (EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D) Figure 20-30-7

Removal And Installation

IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly 1
damage the system.
I-2003-0888

P-37689
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Clean the area around the control valve. Remove the O-rings and back-up rings (Item 1) [Figure
20-30-7] from the main relief valve.
NOTE: This procedure is for standard loaders,
loaders equipped with ACS option and Clean the main relief valve in clean solvent. Use air
loaders equipped with SJC option. The main pressure to dry the valve.
relief valve is located in the same place on all

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


of the loaders. Install new O-rings and back-up rings. Install the main
relief valve and tighten [Figure 20-30-7].
Figure 20-30-6
Installation: Tighten the main relief valve to 48 - 54 N•m
(35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.

Test the pressure again. (See Testing on Page 20-30-2.)

P-85573

The main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-30-6] is located


at the lower front of the control valve below the lift and tilt
spool connections.

Loosen and remove the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure


20-30-6].

173 of 1311 20-30-5 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

174 of 1311 20-30-6 S650 Service Manual


MAIN RELIEF VALVE (LATER MODELS)

Description

The main relief valve and the optional auxiliary relief


valve (if equipped) limit the hydraulic system pressure by
opening at a certain pressure and allowing the hydraulic
fluid to flow back to the hydraulic reservoir. (See
Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-4.)

Figure 20-31-1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P107749A

The relief valves are adjustable and located on the


hydraulic control valve. The main relief valve (Item 1)
[Figure 20-31-1] is located below the spool linkages,
facing the front of the machine. The optional auxiliary
relief valve (Item 2) (if equipped) [Figure 20-31-2] is
located on the top of the control valve facing the left side
of the machine.

175 of 1311 20-31-1 S650 Service Manual


MAIN RELIEF VALVES (LATER MODELS) (CONT’D) Figure 20-31-2

Testing

1 3

WARNING
When the engine is running during service, the
driving and steering controls must be in neutral and
the parking brake engaged. Failure to do so can
2
cause injury or death.
W-2006-1209

The tools listed will be needed to do the following P107936


procedure:

MEL1355-3 - Pressure gauge 34474 KPa (345 bar) Install the gauge (Item 1) and coupler (Item 2) to the test
(5000 psi) hose (Item 3) [Figure 20-31-2].
MEL1723 - Coupler
Hydraulic hose, approximately 1,5 m (5.0 ft), purchased Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)
locally. Must be rated for pressures above 34474 kPa
(345 bar) (5000 psi). Figure 20-31-3

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NOTE: This procedure is for loaders equipped with
ACS or SJC controls. The main relief valve is
located in the same place on all of the loaders.

WARNING 1

Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have


sufficient force to enter a person’s body by
penetrating the skin. This can cause serious injury
and possible death if proper medical treatment by a
physician familiar with this injury is not received P107935
immediately.
W-2145-0290
Connect the test coupler (Item 1) to the control valve
coupler (Item 2) [Figure 20-31-3].

Route the test gauge so it can be used in the operator


cab when lowered. Make sure the hose will not interfere
with any moving parts.

Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 10-30-


3.)

NOTE: Do not have any attachment connected to the


loader auxiliary quick couplers while testing.

176 of 1311 20-31-2 S650 Service Manual


MAIN RELIEF VALVES (LATER MODELS) (CONT’D) Figure 20-31-4

Testing (Cont’d)

Enter the loader and engage the parking brake. Start the
engine.

Increase the engine speed to full rpm and make sure the
hydraulic fluid is at 60°C (140°F).
2
Testing Main Relief Pressure Without Auxiliary Relief 1
Valve

The main relief valve setting is 23,8 - 24,5 MPA (238 -


245 bar) (3450 - 3550 psi).
NA3172
Power loader lift arms down on the stops and monitor the
test gauge for the relief pressure setting.
Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 20-
If the relief pressure is not correct, stop the engine and 31-4] to activate the auxiliary hydraulics.
adjust the relief valve. (See Main Relief Valve Adjustment
on Page 20-31-4.). NOTE: The auxiliary indicator (Item 2) [Figure 20-31-
4] will illuminate when activated.
Testing Main Relief Pressure If Equipped With Auxiliary

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Relief Valve Figure 20-31-5
Right
If equipped with the optional auxiliary relief valve, the Steering
main relief setting is 25,5 - 26,2 MPA (255 - 262 bar) Lever
(3700 - 3800 psi). Control

Power loader lift arms down on the stops and monitor the
test gauge for the relief pressure setting.

If the relief pressure is not correct, stop the engine and 1


adjust the relief valve. (See Main Relief Valve Adjustment
on Page 20-31-4.).

Testing Auxiliary Relief Pressure

The auxiliary relief valve setting is 23787 - 24476 kPa P107006B


(238 - 245 bar) (3450 - 3550 psi).

Move the front auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 1) [Figure


20-31-5] to the left or right and monitor the test gauge for
the relief pressure setting.

If the relief pressure is not correct, stop the engine and


adjust the relief valve. (See Auxiliary Relief Valve
Adjustment on Page 20-31-5.).

Stop the machine and exit the loader.

177 of 1311 20-31-3 S650 Service Manual


MAIN RELIEF VALVES (LATER MODELS) (CONT’D) Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation

Main Relief Valve Adjustment

Figure 20-31-6
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
2
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Clean the area around the control valve.

1 NOTE: This procedure is for loaders equipped with


P107744 ACS or SJC controls. The main relief valve is
located in the same place on all of the loaders.
Loosen the locknut (Item 1) [Figure 20-31-6].
Figure 20-31-7

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Turn the adjustment screw (Item 2) [Figure 20-31-6] in or
out until the pressure is correct. Turning the screw in will
increase pressure.

NOTE: If the correct pressure can not be reached,


replace the main relief valve. Test the
pressure setting of the new relief valve. 1

P107743

Remove the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-31-7].

178 of 1311 20-31-4 S650 Service Manual


MAIN RELIEF VALVES (LATER MODELS) (CONT’D) Auxiliary Relief Valve Adjustment

Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation (Cont’d) NOTE: This procedure is for loaders equipped with
ACS or SJC controls. The auxiliary relief valve
Figure 20-31-8 is located in the same place on all of the
loaders.

Figure 20-31-9

2
1

P107745A 1

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)


P107747
[Figure 20-31-8] from the relief valve.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Clean the relief valve in clean solvent. Use air pressure to Loosen the locknut (Item 1) [Figure 20-31-9].
dry the valve.
Turn the adjustment screw (Item 2) [Figure 20-31-9] in or
Install a new O-ring (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2) out until the pressure is correct. Turning the screw in will
[Figure 20-31-8]. Install the main relief valve and tighten. increase pressure.

Installation: Tighten the relief valve to 51 - 62 N•m (38 - NOTE: If the correct pressure can not be reached,
45 ft-lb) torque. replace the auxiliary relief valve. Test the
pressure setting of the new relief valve.
Test the relief valve. (See Testing on Page 20-31-2.)

179 of 1311 20-31-5 S650 Service Manual


MAIN RELIEF VALVES (LATER MODELS) (CONT’D) Figure 20-31-11

Auxiliary Relief Valve Removal And Installation

IMPORTANT 2
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888 1
P107627
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Clean the area around the control valve. Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2)
[Figure 20-31-11] from the auxiliary relief valve.
NOTE: This procedure is for loaders equipped with
ACS or SJC controls. The auxiliary relief valve Clean the relief valve in clean solvent. Use air pressure to
is located in the same place on all of the dry the valve.
loaders.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Install new O-rings (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2)
Figure 20-31-10 [Figure 20-31-11]. Install the relief valve and tighten.

Installation: Tighten the relief valve to 51 - 62 N•m (38 -


45 ft-lb) torque.

Test the relief valve. (See Testing on Page 20-31-2.)

The main relief valve limits the hydraulic system pressure


by opening at a certain pressure and allowing the
hydraulic fluid to flow back to the hydraulic reservoir. (See
Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-4.)

P107746

Remove the auxiliary relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-31-


10].

180 of 1311 20-31-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD)
(EARLIER MODELS)

Description

Figure 20-40-1

P-90327

The hydraulic control valve is located inside the main


frame on the right hand side, below the operator’s cab.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


The hydraulic control valve is the hydraulic component
that uses spools to direct the flow of hydraulic fluid to the
lift, tilt and auxiliary functions.

The lift and tilt functions in the hydraulic control valve are
operated by linkage connected to the foot pedals.

The auxiliary function is operated by pilot pressure.


There is one solenoid located by each side of the spool.
Only one solenoid at a time is activated by the switch on
the right side control handle / lever. The activated
solenoid sends pilot pressure fluid to one side of the
spool and forces the spool to shift.

The hydraulic control valve also contains a main relief


valve which is adjustable.

181 of 1311 20-40-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D) Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

Removal And Installation Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation
on Page 50-100-2.)

Remove the control linkage. (See Linkage Removal And


DANGER Installation on Page 50-90-2.)

NOTE: Mark all tubelines, hoses, and electrical


connections for correct installation.

NOTE: Cap and plug all hydraulic connection points


when tubelines or hoses are removed.

Clean area around control valve.


P-90328
Open rear door.
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic Figure 20-40-2
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised 3
unless supported by an approved lift arm

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409 1

WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm 2
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm P-90187

support device can allow the lift arms or attachment


to fall and cause injury or death. Remove the two bolts (Item 1), move the hose clamp
W-2059-0598
(Item 2) to the middle of the hose, and the place the fuel
inlet assembly (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-2] off to the side.

IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE on
Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

182 of 1311 20-40-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-5
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-40-3
2
1

P-90270

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-5] that


routes from the control valve to the brake valve.
P-90267
Disconnect the hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-5] that
routes from the control valve to the fan motor.
The fixed end main valve hose assembly is connected to
a fixed end fitting on the control valve. The hose is routed

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-40-6
to the junction block at the rear of the loader where it
feeds the base end of both lift cylinders. The hose can
only be removed by first removing it from the fitting (Item
1) [Figure 20-40-3].

Figure 20-40-4 1

P-90271
2

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-6] that


1 routes from the top of the control valve to the hydraulic
filter.
P-90269

Disconnect the wire harness connectors (Item 1) [Figure


20-40-4] from the control valve.

Disconnect the hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-4] that


routes from the control valve to the drain manifold.

Disconnect the hose (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-4] that


routes from the control valve to the inlet fitting of the
hydraulic pump.

183 of 1311 20-40-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-9
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-40-7
1 1

2 2

1 1

P-90274

Disconnect the three tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-9]


that route from the control valve to the junction block at
P-90272 the rear of the loader.

Figure 20-40-10
Remove the tubeline clamp (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-7].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Disconnect the two tubelines (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-7]
that route from the control valve to the front auxiliary
1
hydraulics.

Figure 20-40-8

P-90275

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-10] that


1 routes from the control valve to the junction block at the
rear of the machine.

P-90273 Disconnect the lift arm bypass drain hose (Item 2)


[Figure 20-40-10] from the control valve.

Remove the tubeline clamp (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-8].

184 of 1311 20-40-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Mount Bracket Removal And Installation
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)
Figure 20-40-13
Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-40-11

1
P-90280

P-90276 Support the mounting bracket (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-13].

Figure 20-40-14
Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-11] that

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


routes from the bottom of the control valve to the outlet
2
fitting of the hydraulic pump.

Figure 20-40-12

P-90279

Remove the two control valve mount bolts (Item 1)


[Figure 20-40-14].
P-90278
Remove the two frame bolts (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-14].

Support the control valve and remove the two bolts (Item Installation: Torque the two frame bolts (Item 2) [Figure
1) [Figure 20-40-12]. 20-40-14] to 406 - 447 N•m (300 - 330 ft-lb).

Remove the control valve from the loader. Remove the control valve bracket from the loader.

185 of 1311 20-40-5 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Identification Chart

Figure 20-40-15

C2 C3
J4 J2
B3 E3
E3
F2
G1 G2
D5
A3 D3
B2
A2
D4 F4 E2
C4
D1

D2
A1
H3
F3 E1
H2 B1
F1 MR J3

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


H1 J1 C1
P-90307

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION


A1 Lift Cylinder Base End E1 Lift Spool Detent
A2 Tilt Cylinder Base End E2 Tilt Spool Centering Spring
A3 Auxiliary Hydraulics Female Coupler E3 Auxiliary Spool / Centering Springs
B1 Lift Cylinder Rod End F1 Lift Spool
B2 Tilt Cylinder Rod End F2 Tilt Spool
B3 Auxiliary Hydraulics Male Coupler F3 Lift Spool Lock Solenoid
C1 Load Check F4 Tilt Spool Lock Solenoid
C2 Load Check Valve Tilt Function G1 Auxiliary Solenoid Stem
C3 Load Check Valve Auxiliary Function G2 Auxiliary Solenoid Stem
C4 Check Valve H1 BICS™ Solenoid
D1 Anti-Cavitation Valve H2 BICS™ Lock Valve (Tilt)
Lift (Rod End)
D2 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve – 27579 kPa H3 BICS™ Lock Valve (Lift)
(275,8 bar) (4000 psi) J1 Inlet Fluid Flow (From Pump)
Lift (Base End) J2 Outlet Fluid Flow (Return to Tank)
D3 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve – 27579 kPa J3 Lift Arm Bypass Orifice
(275,8 bar) (4000 psi)
J4 Drain (Case)
Tilt (Base End)
MR Main Relief Valve – 24132 kPa (241,3 bar)
D4 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve – 27579 kPa
(3500 psi)
(275,8 bar) (4000 psi)
Tilt (Rod End)
D5 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve (Auxiliary)
27579 kPa (275,8 bar) (4000 psi) (Optional)

186 of 1311 20-40-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-18
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation


1
Figure 20-40-16

1 4 P-90309

Remove and install new O-rings (Item 1) and back-up


ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-18].
P-90308
Inspect the spring (Item 3) and the free movement in the
load check valve (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-18].
Remove the charge tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-16]

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


from the BICS™ valve fitting on the top of the lift load Inspect the orifice (Item 5) [Figure 20-40-18] to make
check valve. sure it is not plugged.

Figure 20-40-17

P-90310

Remove the lift load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-


17] and fitting from the top of the control valve.

Installation: Lubricate the O-ring and threads and


tighten to 75 - 88 N•m (55 - 65 ft-lb) torque.

187 of 1311 20-40-7 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-20
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Load Check Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt And


Auxiliary)
1
Figure 20-40-19
2

3
4
2

1
P-90312

Remove the spring (Item 1) and poppet (Item 2) [Figure


20-40-20].

P-90311 Inspect the orifice (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-20] in the


poppet to be sure it is not plugged.

At the front side of the control valve locate the tilt section

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Install a new O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-
load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-19]. 20] on the plug and lightly lubricate with oil before
installing. Tighten the plug to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb)
At the front side of the control valve locate the auxiliary torque.
section load check valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-19].

NOTE: The tilt and auxiliary load check valves are


interchangeable.
IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888

188 of 1311 20-40-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D) Installation (Lift, Base End)

Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Figure 20-40-23


Rod End)

Figure 20-40-21

P-90314

P-90314 Loosen the lift circuit port relief / anti-cavitation valve


(Item 1) [Figure 20-40-23].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


At the back side of the control valve, remove the lift Figure 20-40-24
section anti-cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-21].

Figure 20-40-22

3 1
4

P-90315

P-90312 Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-24] before


installation.

Remove the spring (Item 1) and poppet (Item 2) [Figure Installation: Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
20-40-22].

Inspect the orifice (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-22] in the


poppet to be sure it is not plugged.

Installation: Install a new O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-


22] on the plug and lightly lubricate with oil before
installing. Tighten the plug to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb)
torque.

189 of 1311 20-40-9 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D) Installation (Tilt, Rod End)

Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Figure 20-40-27


Installation (Tilt, Base End)

Figure 20-40-25

P-90314

P-90314 Remove the tilt port relief / anti-cavitation valve (Item 1)


[Figure 20-40-27] from the rod end of the tilt section.

Remove the tilt port relief / anti-cavitation valve (Item 1)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-40-28
[Figure 20-40-25] from the base end of the tilt section.

Figure 20-40-26

1
1

P-90319

P-90316 Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-28] before


installation.

Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-26] before Installation: Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
installation.

Installation: Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

190 of 1311 20-40-10 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-31
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation 1

Figure 20-40-29

P-90318A

The control valve may be equipped with an optional


auxiliary port relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-31].
P-90314
Remove the auxiliary port relief valve.

Remove the port relief plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-29] Figure 20-40-32

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


from the auxiliary circuit of the control valve.

Figure 20-40-30

P-51640

P-90318 Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure


20-40-32]. Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure


20-40-30]. Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

191 of 1311 20-40-11 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-35
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Plug Removal And Installation

Figure 20-40-33

1
P-51461

At the bottom side of the control valve remove the plug


(Item 1) [Figure 20-40-35].
P-68016
Figure 20-40-36

At the top side of the control valve, remove the plug (Item
1) [Figure 20-40-33].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-40-34

P-51462

Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure


1 20-40-36]. Tighten to 54 N•m (40 ft-lb) torque.
P-51460A

Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure


20-40-34]. Tighten to 54 N•m (40 ft-lb) torque.

192 of 1311 20-40-12 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD)
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Rubber Boot Removal And Installation

Figure 20-40-37

P-51506

Remove the three screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-37] on

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


the rubber boot retainer plate.

Installation: Tighten the screws to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 -


100 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-40-38

1
2

P-51701

Remove the rubber boots (Item 1) from the retainer plate


(Item 2) [Figure 20-40-38].

193 of 1311 20-40-13 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-41
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

End Cap Block Removal And Installation

Figure 20-40-39

1 1

1 1

P-51699A
1

Figure 20-40-42

P-51697

1
Remove the lift spool lock solenoid (Item 1) and the tilt
spool lock solenoid (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-39] from the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


end cap / spool lock block.
3
Figure 20-40-40

1
P-51701

Remove the four end cap / spool lock block mount screws
(Item 1) [Figure 20-40-41] and [Figure 20-40-42].
1
Installation: Tighten the screws to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 -
100 in-lb) torque.

P-90320 Remove the rubber boots and retainer plate (Item 2)


[Figure 20-40-42] from the lift and tilt spools.

Disconnect the tube line (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-40] from Remove the end cap / spool lock block (Item 3) [Figure
the end cap / spool lock block. 20-40-42] from the control valve.

194 of 1311 20-40-14 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-45
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation

The tool listed will be needed to do the following 1


procedure:

MEL1278 - Detent Tool


MEL1285 - Detent Spring Tool

Remove the end cap / spool lock block from the control
valve.

Figure 20-40-43
P-90321

Remove the end cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-45].

Figure 20-40-46

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-51511A
1
Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-43]. 2

Installation: Replace the O-ring, and lubricate the o-ring


lightly with grease or oil before installation of the end cap
P-51514
/ spool lock block.

Figure 20-40-44 Use a screwdriver to remove the snap ring (Item 1)


[Figure 20-40-46].

Remove the washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-46].

P-51512

Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure


20-40-44] from the lift spool.

195 of 1311 20-40-15 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-48
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation


(Cont'd)

Figure 20-40-47

1 P-51516

Put a rag around the detent assembly [Figure 20-40-48].


This will prevent the detent balls and spring from being
1 lost when the detent sleeve is removed.
2
P-51515
Figure 20-40-49

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-47] from the
detent bonnet.

Remove the detent bonnet (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-47].

Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 10,2 -


11,3 N•m (90 - 100 in-lb) torque.
2 1
3

IMPORTANT
The detent assembly has small springs and balls. Do 2 P-51517
not lose these parts during disassembly and
assembly.
I-2012-0284 Remove the detent sleeve (Item 1), detent balls (Item 2)
and spring (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-49].

196 of 1311 20-40-16 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-52
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation


(Cont'd)

Figure 20-40-50

P-8988

Clamp the linkage end of the spool in a vise [Figure 20-


1 40-52].

P-51518 NOTE: Protect spool before clamping in vise.

Figure 20-40-53

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the lift spool assembly and seal (Item 1) [Figure
20-40-50] from the control valve. 2

Figure 20-40-51

1
3

1
N-18915

Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-53] over the


P-51519 centering spring (Item 3).

NOTE: Be careful when removing the detent adapter


Remove the lift spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-51] (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-53] from the centering
from the linkage end of the valve. spring, as it is under spring pressure.

197 of 1311 20-40-17 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-56
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation 1


(Cont'd)

Figure 20-40-54

N-19009

Remove spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-56] from the


1 spring assembly.
2
N-18916 Figure 20-40-57

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Put a rag around the detent assembly [Figure 20-40-54]. 2
This will prevent the detent balls and spring from being
lost when the detent adapter is removed. 3

Remove the detent adapter with an Allen wrench.


4
Remove the back-up washer (Item 1) and spool seal
(Item 2) [Figure 20-40-54].

Figure 20-40-55

1
N-18919A

Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-57].

N-19004

Remove the detent adapter (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-55]


from the spring assembly.

198 of 1311 20-40-18 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-60
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation


(Cont'd)
2
Figure 20-40-58
1

N-18961

Install the O-ring (Item 1) over the nipple on the plastic


plug (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-60].

N-18918 NOTE: The lift spool will have an internal leak if there
is damage to this O-ring. Always replace the
O-ring and inspect the lift spool before the
Remove the stud from the end of the spool [Figure 20-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


control valve is replaced.
40-58].
Figure 20-40-61
Figure 20-40-59

N-18920
N-18963

Removal of the plastic plug:


Install the plastic plug and O-ring in the spool [Figure 20-
Make a center point in the plug using a 1,6 mm (1/16 in) 40-61].
drill.

Drill a hole all the way through the plug using a 2,8 mm
(7/64 in) tap drill.

Turn a 6-32 tap (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-59] into the plug.


Pull the tap and plug out of the spool. Be careful, do not
break the tap.

Clean all the debris from inside the spool bore.

NOTE: DO NOT USE Loctite® ON THE STUD


THREADS.

199 of 1311 20-40-19 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-64
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation


(Cont'd)
2
Figure 20-40-62

O-ring

1 3
2

N-18958
Plastic
Plug
15,2 mm Apply grease on all the detent component surfaces
(0.60 in)
before assembly [Figure 20-40-64].

B-14712 Install the spring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-64] and detent


balls (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-64] into the adapter (Item 3)
[Figure 20-40-64] and compress with the detent pliers

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Install the stud and tighten until the other end of the stud (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-65].
is out about 15,2 mm (0.600 in) from the spool [Figure
20-40-62]. Figure 20-40-65

Figure 20-40-63

N-18968

N-18967
Install the detent adapter (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-65] to
the collar.
Clamp the collar (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-63] in a vise.
NOTE: The collar and the detent adapter are held
together by spring pressure when assembled
to the lift spool not the detent balls. Hold the
detent adapter and collar together to prevent
the detent balls and spring from falling out.

200 of 1311 20-40-20 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-68
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation


(Cont'd)

Figure 20-40-66

N-19005

Install the spring assembly to the lift spool hand tight


[Figure 20-40-68].

N-19004 Remove the spring tool.

Inspect the alignment of the detent adapter and the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-66] over the washer.
washer, spring, collar and detent adapter.
Tighten the adapter to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 - 100 in-lb).
Figure 20-40-67
NOTE: The adapter must fit in the center of the
washer (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-68].

Figure 20-40-69
2

N-18917

Install the spool seal (Item 1) and back-up washer (Item


2) [Figure 20-40-67].
CD-15051

Install the detent balls and spring [Figure 20-40-69].

201 of 1311 20-40-21 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-72
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation


(Cont'd)

Figure 20-40-70

2
P-51515

Install the lift spool assembly in the spool bore [Figure


20-40-72].

N-19007 Install the detent bonnet (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-72].

Install the mounting screws (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-72].


Hold the detent balls in place with the detent pliers

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


[Figure 20-40-70]. Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 10 -
11,3 N•m (90 - 100 in-lb) torque.
Figure 20-40-71
Figure 20-40-73

1
N-19008

P-51514

Install the detent sleeve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-71] to the


detent adapter. Install the washer (Item 1) and snap ring (Item 2) [Figure
20-40-73].

202 of 1311 20-40-22 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-76
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation


(Cont'd)

Figure 20-40-74

1
1

P-51512

Install the O-ring (Item 1) and bushing (Item 2) [Figure


20-40-76] on the lift spool.

P-90321 Figure 20-40-77

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Install the end cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-74].

Figure 20-40-75

P-51511A

Install the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-77] on the


control valve.
P-51520

Install the spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-75] on the


linkage end of the valve.

203 of 1311 20-40-23 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-80
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation


(Cont'd)

Figure 20-40-78
2

1
P-51697

3
Use an ohmmeter to measure the lock solenoid coils
resistance.
4
P-51701 The correct resistance for the coil is 16.02 - 19.58 ohm.

Installation: Install the lift spool (Item 1) and tilt spool

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Install the end cap / spool lock block (Item 1) and the (Item 2) lock solenoids and tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 -
mount bolt (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-78]. 45 ft-lb) torque [Figure 20-40-80].

Install the lift and tilt spool rubber boots and mount plate
(Item 3) and install the three mounting screws (Item 4)
[Figure 20-40-78].

Installation: Tighten the screws to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 -


100 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-40-79

P-90320

Connect the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-79].

204 of 1311 20-40-24 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-83
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Tilt Spool Removal And Installation

Remove the lift and tilt end cap / spool lock block. (See
End Cap Block Removal And Installation on Page 20-40- 2
14.)

Figure 20-40-81

P-90323

Remove the spool centering block (Item 1) [Figure 20-


1 2
40-83] from the control valve.

Installation: Replace the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-


83] and lubricate the O-ring lightly with grease or oil
before installation of the end cap / spool lock block.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-51521
Figure 20-40-84

Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure


20-40-81] from the tilt spool.

Figure 20-40-82

P-51544

2 1 Remove the tilt spool, centering spring, back-up washer


and spool seal [Figure 20-40-84].
P-90321
Assembly: Always use a new spool seal.

Disconnect the two tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-82]


from the spool centering block.

Remove the three screws (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-82]


from the spool centering block.

Installation: Tighten the bolt to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 - 100


in-lb) torque.

205 of 1311 20-40-25 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-87
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Tilt Spool Removal And Installation (Cont'd)


2 1
Figure 20-40-85
3

4
1

N-18944A

Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-40-87].
N-18942
Figure 20-40-88

Put the linkage end of the spool in the vise [Figure 20-
2

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


40-85].
1
Install the spool tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-85] over the
centering spring.

Figure 20-40-86

1
1

P-51545 N-18943

Remove the spool seal(s) (Item 1) and the back-up


washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-88].

Assembly: Always use a new spool seal.

N-19014

Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-86] holding the


centering spring to the spool.

Installation: Tighten the bolt to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 - 100


in-lb) torque.

Remove spring tool from the spring assembly.

206 of 1311 20-40-26 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-91
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation

Figure 20-40-89

1
1
2 3 2

P-51547

2 1 Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure


20-40-91] from the auxiliary spool.
P-90321
Figure 20-40-92

Remove the two tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-89]

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


from the spool centering block.

Remove the three screws (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-89]


from the spool centering block.

Installation: Tighten the bolt to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 - 100


in-lb) torque. 2
1
Remove the spool centering block (Item 3) [Figure 20-
40-89] from the control valve.

Figure 20-40-90
P-51549A

Remove the spring (Item 1) and center spring retainer


(Item 2) [Figure 20-40-92] from the auxiliary spool.

NOTE: If the centering spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure


2 20-40-92] must be replaced, replace the
1 retainer on the opposite end also.

P-51546A

Remove the spring (Item 1) and center spring retainer


(Item 2) [Figure 20-40-90] from the auxiliary spool.

NOTE: If the centering spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure


20-40-90] must be replaced, replace the
retainer on the opposite end also.

207 of 1311 20-40-27 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD)
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-40-93

1
2

P-51550

Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


20-40-93] from the auxiliary spool.

Figure 20-40-94

P-51551

Remove the spool (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-94].

208 of 1311 20-40-28 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD)
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Auxiliary Solenoid Removal And Installation

Figure 20-40-95

1
2

P-85528

Remove the screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-95] from both

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


solenoids.

Remove the solenoids (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-95] from


the control valve.

Installation: Tighten the nut to 2,44 - 2,98 N•m (21.6 -


26.4 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-40-96

P-85556

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-96] from the


solenoid stem.

Use an ohmmeter to measure the solenoid coil


resistance.

The correct resistance for the coil is 4.1 - 6.1 ohm.

209 of 1311 20-40-29 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-99
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Solenoid Removal And Installation

Figure 20-40-97 1

1
2

P-85528

Remove the solenoid stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-99].

P-90310 Installation: Lubricate the O-rings and tighten the stem


to 27 - 33 N•m (20 - 24 ft-lb) torque.

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-97] from the Figure 20-40-100

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


solenoid stem.

Installation: Tighten the nut to 6 N•m (53 in-lb) torque.

Remove the solenoid coil (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-97]. 3


2
Figure 20-40-98

N-18694

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)


[Figure 20-40-100] from the stem.

Clean all parts in solvent and dry with compressed air.


N-18693A
Inspect all parts for wear and replace any showing
excessive wear.
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-98] from both
ends of the solenoid coil. NOTE: The screen (Item 3) [Figure 20-40-100] may be
cleaned with solvent. If it is torn or worn,
Use an ohmmeter to measure the solenoid coil replace the solenoid valve.
resistance.
Use only new O-rings and apply oil to all O-rings and
The correct resistance for the coil is 9.5 - 10.08 ohm. back-up rings before installation.

Install new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-98] and


[Figure 20-40-100] and new back-up rings (Item 2)
[Figure 20-40-100] on the solenoid stem.

210 of 1311 20-40-30 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-103
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lock Valve Removal And Installation

Figure 20-40-101 1
1
1

1
2
2
1
2
2 P-51564

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)


[Figure 20-40-103] from the lift lock valve, and replace
P-90310 with new.

Figure 20-40-104
Locate the two BICS™ lock valves, (Item 1) is for the tilt
circuit and (Item 2) [Figure 20-40-101] is for the lift

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


circuit.

Figure 20-40-102

P-51705

Locate the tilt circuit lock valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-


104].
P-90321

Remove the lift lock valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-102]


from the back of the control valve.

Installation: Lightly lubricate the lock valve O-rings and


tighten to 27 - 33 N•m (20 - 24 ft-lb) torque.

211 of 1311 20-40-31 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-107
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lock Valve Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-40-105 1
1
1

2
1
2
2
1 2
P-51564

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)


[Figure 20-40-107] from the tilt lock valve, and replace
P-90325 with new.

Remove the lift spool lock solenoid (Item 1) [Figure 20-


40-105].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the tilt spool lock solenoid (Item 2) [Figure 20-
40-105].

Installation: Lubricate the O-rings and tighten the spool


lock solenoids to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 20-40-106

P-90324

Remove the tilt lock valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-106]


from the front of the control valve.

Installation: Lightly lubricate the lock valve O-rings and


tighten to 27 - 33 N•m (20 - 24 ft-lb) torque.

212 of 1311 20-40-32 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)
Figure 20-40-110
Lift Arm Bypass Orifice Removal And Installation

Figure 20-40-108

1
P-51707

P-90308 Remove the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-


110].

Remove the fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-108] from the Figure 20-40-111

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


valve.

Figure 20-40-109

P-51463

P-51437 Remove the O-rings from the main relief valve (Item 1)
[Figure 20-40-111].

Inspect the lift arm bypass orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-40- Installation: Always use new O-rings. Tighten to 52 - 61
109]. N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

NOTE: This orifice is not removable from the valve


casting.

213 of 1311 20-40-33 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) Figure 20-40-114
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Check Valve Removal And Installation

Figure 20-40-112

1
P-68869

Installation: Lubricate the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-


114] and tighten the fitting to 27 - 33 N•m (20 - 24 ft-lb)
P-90308 torque.

Figure 20-40-115
Remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-112].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-40-113

P-90326

P-90310 Inspect the screen (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-115].

Remove the check valve fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-40-


113] from the hydraulic control valve.

214 of 1311 20-40-34 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER
MODELS)

Description

Figure 20-41-1

P107871

The hydraulic control valve is located inside the main


frame on the right hand side, below the operator’s cab.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


The hydraulic control valve is the hydraulic component
that uses spools to direct the flow of hydraulic fluid to the
lift, tilt, and auxiliary functions.

The lift and tilt functions in the hydraulic control valve are
operated by linkage connected to the foot pedals.

The auxiliary function is operated by pilot pressure.


There is one solenoid located by each side of the spool.
Only one solenoid at a time is activated by the switch on
the right side control handle / lever. The activated
solenoid sends pilot pressure fluid to one side of the
spool and forces the spool to shift.

The hydraulic control valve is designed with two relief


valve ports. The main relief valve is used on the 800, 700,
and 600 series loaders. The auxiliary relief valve is
standard on the 800 series and may be present on the
700 and 600 series.

The relief valves are adjustable and located on the


hydraulic control valve. The main relief valve port is
adjacent to the spool linkages. The auxiliary relief valve
port is located on top of the control valve between the
case drain and load check valves.

215 of 1311 20-41-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation
MODELS) (CONT’D) on Page 50-100-2.)

Removal And Installation Remove the control linkage. (See Linkage Removal And
Installation on Page 50-90-2.)

NOTE: Mark all tubelines, hoses, and electrical


DANGER connections for correct installation.

NOTE: Cap and plug all hydraulic connection points


when tubelines or hoses are removed.

Clean area around control valve.

Open rear door.

Figure 20-41-2
P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
3
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop. 1
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

2
WARNING
P-90187
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm Remove the two bolts (Item 1), move the hose clamp
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment (Item 2) to the middle of the hose, and place the fuel inlet
to fall and cause injury or death. assembly (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-2] of to the side.
W-2059-0598

IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And


Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

216 of 1311 20-41-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER
MODELS) (CONT’D)

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-41-3

P-90267

The fixed end main valve hose assembly is connected to


a fixed end fitting on the control valve. The hose is routed

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


to the junction block at the rear of the loader where it
feeds the base end of both lift cylinders. The hose can
only be removed by first removing it from the fitting (Item
1) [Figure 20-41-3].

Figure 20-41-4

P-90269

Disconnect the wire harness connectors (Item 1) [Figure


20-41-4] from the control valve.

Disconnect the hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-4] that


routes from the control valve to the drain manifold.

Disconnect the hose (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-4] that


routes from the control valve to the inlet fitting of the
hydraulic pump.

217 of 1311 20-41-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-7
MODELS) (CONT’D)

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-41-5
2 2

2
1

P-90272

Remove the tubeline clamp (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-7].

P-90270 Disconnect the two tubelines (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-7]


that route from the control valve to the front auxiliary
hydraulics.
Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-5] that

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


routes from the control valve to the brake valve. Figure 20-41-8

Disconnect the hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-5] that


routes from the control valve to the fan motor.

Figure 20-41-6

1
1

P-90273

Remove the tubeline clamp (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-8].

P-90271

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-6] that


routes from the top of the control valve to the hydraulic
filter.

218 of 1311 20-41-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-11
MODELS) (CONT’D)

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-41-9

1 1
1

P-90276

1 Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-11] that


routes from the bottom of the control valve to the outlet
P-90274 fitting of the hydraulic pump.

Figure 20-41-12
Disconnect the three tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-9]

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


that route from the control valve to the junction block at
the rear of the loader.

Figure 20-41-10

1
1

2
P-90278

Support the control valve and remove the two bolts (Item
1) [Figure 20-41-12].
P-90275
Remove the control valve from the loader.

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-10] that


routes from the control valve to the junction block at the
rear of the machine.

Disconnect the lift arm bypass drain hose (Item 2)


[Figure 20-41-10] from the control valve.

219 of 1311 20-41-5 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER
MODELS) (CONT’D)

Mount Bracket Removal And Installation

Figure 20-41-13

P-90280

Support the mount bracket (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-13].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-41-14

P-90279

Remove the two control valve mount bolts (Item 1)


[Figure 20-41-14].

Remove the two frame bolts (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-14].

Installation: Torque the two frame bolts (Item 2) [Figure


20-41-14] to 406 - 447 N•m (300 - 330 ft-lb).

Remove the control valve bracket from the loader.

220 of 1311 20-41-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER MODELS) (CONT'D)

Identification Chart

Figure 20-41-15

AR

C2 J2 C3
J4
B3 E3
F2 E3 G1
G2
D5 A3
D6
B2 A2 D3
E2
D4 F4 C4
D1 H2

D2
A1
H3 E1
B1
F3 MR

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


F1 H1 J1 J3
C1
NA5826

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION


A1 Lift Cylinder Base End E1 Lift Spool Detent
A2 Tilt Cylinder Base End E2 Tilt Spool Centering Spring
A3 Auxiliary Hydraulics Female Coupler E3 Auxiliary Spool / Centering Springs
B1 Lift Cylinder Rod End F1 Lift Spool
B2 Tilt Cylinder Rod End F2 Tilt Spool
B3 Auxiliary Hydraulics Male Coupler F3 Lift Spool Lock Solenoid
C1 Load Check F4 Tilt Spool Lock Solenoid
C2 Load Check Valve Tilt Function G1 Auxiliary Solenoid Stem
C3 Load Check Valve Auxiliary Function G2 Auxiliary Solenoid Stem
C4 Check Valve H1 BICS™ Solenoid
D1 Anti-Cavitation Valve
H2 BICS™ Lock Valve (Tilt)
Lift (Rod End)
D2 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve – 27579 kPa H3 BICS™ Lock Valve (Lift)
(276 bar) (4000 psi) J1 Inlet Fluid Flow (From Pump)
Lift (Base End)
J2 Outlet Fluid Flow (Return to Tank)
D3 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve – 27579 kPa
J3 Lift Arm Bypass Orifice
(276 bar) (4000 psi)
Tilt (Base End) J4 Drain (Case)
D4 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve – 27579 kPa MR Main Relief Valve – Without Auxiliary Relief Valve
(276 bar) (4000 psi) 24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
Tilt (Rod End) MR Main Relief Valve - With Auxiliary Relief Valve
25511-26200 kPa (255-262 bar) (3700-3800 psi)
D5 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve (Auxiliary)
AR Auxiliary Relief Valve - If Equipped 23787 - 24476
27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) (Optional)
kPa (238-245 bar) (3450-3550 psi)
D6 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve (Auxiliary)
27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) (Optional)

221 of 1311 20-41-7 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-17
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation

IMPORTANT 1
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
P107873

Figure 20-41-16
Remove the lift load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-
17] and fitting from the top of the control valve.

Installation: Lubricate the O-ring and threads and


tighten to 68 - 94 N•m (50 - 70 ft-lb) torque.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-41-18

1
1

P107872

2
Remove the charge tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-16]
from the BICS™ valve fitting on the top of the lift load
check valve. 3
4

P107716

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2)


[Figure 20-41-18].

Inspect the spring (Item 3) and the free movement in the


load check valve (Item 4) [Figure 20-41-18].

Inspect the orifice to make sure it is not plugged (Item 5)


[Figure 20-41-18].

222 of 1311 20-41-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-20
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Load Check Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt And


Auxiliary)

Figure 20-41-19 1
2

1 4

3
2 P107624

Remove the spring (Item 1) and poppet (Item 2) [Figure


20-41-20].

P107874 Inspect the orifice (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-20] in the


poppet to make sure it is not plugged.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


At the front side of the control valve locate and remove Installation: Install a new O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-41-
the tilt section load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41- 20] and lubricate with oil before installing. Tighten the
19]. plug to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

At the front side of the control valve locate and remove


the auxiliary section load check valve (Item 2) [Figure
20-41-19].

NOTE: The tilt and auxiliary load check valves are


interchangeable.

223 of 1311 20-41-9 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And
MODELS) (CONT’D) Installation (Lift, Base End)

Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Figure 20-41-23


Rod End)

Figure 20-41-21

P107628

P107628 Remove the lift circuit port relief / anti-cavitation valve


and the port relief / anti-cavitation seat (Item 1) [Figure
20-41-23].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


At the back side of the control valve, remove the lift
section anti-cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-21]. Figure 20-41-24

Figure 20-41-22

1
2

2
1
4

P107952
3
P107624
Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-24] from the
port relief / anti-cavitation relief valve.
Remove the spring (Item 1) and poppet (Item 2) [Figure
20-41-22]. Inspect the port relief / anti-cavitation seat (Item 2)
[Figure 20-41-24] for wear or damage and replace as
Inspect the orifice (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-22] in the needed.
poppet to make sure it is not plugged.
Installation: Tighten the port relief anti-cavitation relief
Installation: Install a new O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-41- valve to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
22] on the plug and lightly lubricate with oil before
installing. Tighten the plug to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) Installation: Tighten the port relief / anti-cavitation seat
torque. to 47 N•m (35 ft-lb) torque.

224 of 1311 20-41-10 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And
MODELS) (CONT'D) Installation (Tilt, Rod End)

Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Figure 20-41-27


Installation (Tilt, Base End)

Figure 20-41-25

P107628

P107628 Remove the tilt port relief / anti-cavitation valve and the
port relief / anti-cavitation seat (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-27]
from the rod end of the tilt section.
Remove the tilt port relief / anti-cavitation valve (Item 1)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


[Figure 20-41-25] from the base end of the tilt section. Figure 20-41-28

Figure 20-41-26

2
1 1

P107952

P107629
Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-28] from the
port relief / anti-cavitation relief valve.
Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-26] from the
port relief / anti-cavitation relief valve. Inspect the port relief / anti-cavitation seat (Item 2)
[Figure 20-41-28] for wear or damage and replace as
Installation: Tighten to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque. needed.

Installation: Tighten the port relief anti-cavitation relief


valve to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

Installation: Tighten the port relief / anti-cavitation seat


to 47 N•m (35 ft-lb) torque.

225 of 1311 20-41-11 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-31
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation

Figure 20-41-29

P107628

The control valve may be equipped with an optional


auxiliary port relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-31].
P107628
Remove the auxiliary port relief valve.

Remove the port relief plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-29] Figure 20-41-32

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


from the auxiliary circuit of the control valve.

Figure 20-41-30

1
1

P107629
2

P107630 Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-32] from the


optional auxiliary port relief valve.

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2) Installation: Tighten to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
[Figure 20-41-30] from the port relief plug.

Installation: Tighten to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

226 of 1311 20-41-12 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-35
MODELS) (CONT’D)

Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-41-33

P107628

The control valve may be equipped with an optional


auxiliary port relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-35].
P107628
Remove the auxiliary port relief valve.

Remove the port relief plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-33] Figure 20-41-36

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


from the auxiliary circuit of the control valve.

Figure 20-41-34

2
P107629

P107630 Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-36] from the


optional auxiliary port relief valve.

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2) Installation: Tighten to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
[Figure 20-41-34] from the port relief plug.

Installation: Tighten to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

227 of 1311 20-41-13 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-39
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Plug Removal And Installation

Figure 20-41-37

P107632

At the bottom side of the control valve remove the plug


(Item 1) [Figure 20-41-39].
P107631
Figure 20-41-40

At the top side of the control valve, remove the plug (Item
1) [Figure 20-41-37].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-41-38

1
P107633

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-40] from the


plug.
P107633
Installation: Tighten to 81,3 N•m (60 ft-lb) torque.

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-38] from the


plug.

Installation: Tighten to 81,3 N•m (60 ft-lb) torque.

228 of 1311 20-41-14 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER End Cap Block Removal And Installation
MODELS) (CONT'D)
Figure 20-41-43
Rubber Boot Removal And Installation

Figure 20-41-41

1
2
1

1 P107772

P-51506 Remove the lift spool lock solenoid (Item 1) and the tilt
spool lock solenoid (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-43] from the
end cap block.
Remove the three screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-41] on

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


the rubber boot retainer plate. Figure 20-41-44

Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 10,4 -


11,6 N•m (95 - 105 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-41-42

1
2
1 P107666

Disconnect the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-44] from


the end cap block.
P107664

Remove the rubber boots (Item 1) from the retainer plate


(Item 2) [Figure 20-41-42].

229 of 1311 20-41-15 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation
MODELS) (CONT'D)
The tools listed will be needed to do the following
End Cap Block Removal And Installation (Cont’d) procedure:

Figure 20-41-45 MEL1278 - Detent Tool


MEL1285 - Detent Spring Tool

Remove the end cap block from the control valve.

Figure 20-41-46

2
1
1
P107773

Remove the end cap block mount screw (Item 1) [Figure

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


20-41-45].

P107776
Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 10,4 -
11,6 N•m (95 - 105 in-lb) torque.
Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-46].
Remove the end cap block (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-45]
from the control valve. Installation: Replace the O-ring, and lubricate the O-ring
lightly with grease or oil before installation of the end cap
block.

Figure 20-41-47

P107775

Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure


20-41-47] from the lift spool.

230 of 1311 20-41-16 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-50
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation


(Cont’d)

Figure 20-41-48

P107846

NOTE: Do not remove the sleeve detent (Item 1) or


1 retaining ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-50] from
the spool centering block. If removed, the
P107779 sleeve detent must be inserted with the
original orientation.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the four screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-48] from Figure 20-41-51
the spool centering block.

Figure 20-41-49

2
2

P107845A
1

P107778 NOTE: If removed, use the following for correct


installation: for a radius lift pattern machine,
align the radius side (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-51]
Remove the spool centering block (Item 1) [Figure 20- so it faces the opening of the spool centering
41-49]. block when seated. For a vertical lift pattern
machine, align the vertical side (Item 2)
Remove the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-49]. [Figure 20-41-51] so it faces the opening when
seated. Install retaining ring over detent
sleeve.

231 of 1311 20-41-17 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-54
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation


(Cont’d)

Figure 20-41-52

P107739

2
Clamp the linkage end of the spool in a vise [Figure 20-
41-54].
1
P107790 NOTE: Protect spool before clamping in vise.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the lift spool assembly (Item 1) and O-ring (Item
2) [Figure 20-41-52] from the control valve.

Figure 20-41-53
IMPORTANT
The detent assembly has small springs and balls. Do
not lose these parts during disassembly and
assembly.
I-2012-0284

Figure 20-41-55

2
1

1
P107757A

Remove the lift spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-53]


from the linkage end of the valve.

P107674A

Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-55] over the


centering spring.

NOTE: Be careful when removing the detent adapter


(Item 2) [Figure 20-41-55] from the centering
spring, as it is under spring pressure.

232 of 1311 20-41-18 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-58
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation 1


(Cont'd)

Figure 20-41-56

4
2
1

P107676

Remove spring tool (Item 1) from the spring assembly


2 (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-58].

P107674 Figure 20-41-59

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the spring assembly / spring tool (Item 1) from
the spool (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-56]. 2
3 1
NOTE: The detent adapter has two detent balls (Item 4
3) held under pressure from a detent spring
(Item 4) [Figure 20-41-58]. Use care when
removing the detent adapter from the spring
assembly so the detent balls are retained.

Figure 20-41-57

P107677

1 Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-41-59].

P107675

Remove the detent adapter (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-57]


from the spring assembly.

233 of 1311 20-41-19 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-62
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation


(Cont'd)

Figure 20-41-60
1

N-18967

Clamp the collar (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-62] in a vise.

Figure 20-41-63
N-18918

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the stud from the end of the spool [Figure 20-
41-60]. 3

Figure 20-41-61 2

P107677

Apply grease on all the detent component surfaces


15,2 mm before assembly [Figure 20-41-63].
(0.60 inch)
Install the spring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-63] and detent
B-14712B balls (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-63] into the adapter (Item 3)
[Figure 20-41-63] and compress with the detent pliers
(Item 1) [Figure 20-41-64].
Install the stud and tighten until the other end of the stud
is out about 15,2 mm (0.600 in) from the spool [Figure
20-41-61].

234 of 1311 20-41-20 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-66
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation


(Cont'd)

Figure 20-41-64

P107674

1
Install the spring assembly to the lift spool hand tight
[Figure 20-41-66].

N-18968A Remove the spring tool.

Check the alignment of the detent adapter and the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Install the detent adapter (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-64] to washer.
the collar.
Tighten the adapter to 10,4 - 11,6 N•m (95 - 105 in-lb).
NOTE: The collar and the detent adapter are held
together by spring pressure when assembled NOTE: The adapter must fit in the center of the
to the lift spool not the detent balls. Hold the washer.
detent adapter and collar together to prevent
the detent balls and spring from falling out. Figure 20-41-67

Figure 20-41-65 2

P107790

P107675
Lubricate and install a new O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-
67].
Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-65] over the
washer, spring, collar, and detent adapter. Lubricate and install a new O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-
67].

Install the lift spool assembly (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-67]


in the spool bore.

235 of 1311 20-41-21 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-70
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation


(Cont'd)

Figure 20-41-68

2
1
P107775

Install a spacer (Item 2) and an O-ring (Item 1) [Figure


2 20-41-70] on the lift spool.

P107779 Figure 20-41-71

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Install the spool centering block (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-
68].

Install the four mounting screws (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-


68].
1
Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 10,4 -
11,6 N•m (95 - 105 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-41-69

P107776
1

Install an O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-71] on the control


valve.

P107679A

Install a new spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-69] on the


linkage end of the valve.

236 of 1311 20-41-22 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-74
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lift Spool And Detent Removal And Installation


(Cont'd)

Figure 20-41-72

2
2
1
1

3
P107772
4
Use an ohmmeter to measure the lock solenoid coils
resistance.

P107664A The correct resistance for the coil is 16.02 - 19.58 ohm.

Installation: Install the lift spool (Item 1) and tilt spool

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Install the end cap block (Item 1) and the mount bolt (Item 2) lock solenoids and tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 -
(Item 2) [Figure 20-41-72]. 45 ft-lb) torque [Figure 20-41-74].

Install the lift and tilt spool rubber boots and mount plate
(Item 3) and install the three mounting screws (Item 4)
[Figure 20-41-72].

Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 10,4 -


11,6 N•m (95 - 105 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-41-73

P107666

Connect the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-73].

237 of 1311 20-41-23 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-77
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Tilt Spool Removal And Installation

Remove the lift and tilt end cap block. (See End Cap
Block Removal And Installation on Page 20-41-15.) 2

Figure 20-41-75
1

P107778

Remove the spool centering block (Item 1) [Figure 20-


1 41-77] from the control valve.

Installation: Replace the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-


2
77] and lubricate the O-ring lightly with grease or oil
P107777 before installation of the spool centering block.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-41-78
Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure
20-41-75] from the tilt spool.

Installation: Install the spacer (Item 1) and an O-ring


2
(Item 2) [Figure 20-41-75].

Figure 20-41-76

P107780

Remove the tilt spool (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure


20-41-78].
1
Installation: Replace the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-
P107779 78] and lubricate the O-ring lightly with grease or oil
before installation of the spool centering block.

Remove the four screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-76] from


the spool centering block.

Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 10,4 -


11,6 N•m (95 - 105 in-lb) torque.

238 of 1311 20-41-24 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-81
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Tilt Spool Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-41-79
1

P107647

Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-81] holding the


centering spring to the spool.
P107781
Installation: Tighten the bolt to 10,4 - 11,6 N•m (95 - 105
in-lb) torque.
Remove the tilt spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-79].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the spring tool from the spring assembly.
Assembly: Always use a new spool seal.
Figure 20-41-82
Figure 20-41-80

2 1
3

1 4

N-18944B
P107646

Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
Put the linkage end of the spool in the vise [Figure 20- 3), and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-41-82].
41-80].

NOTE: Protect spool before clamping in vise.

Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-80] over the


centering spring.

239 of 1311 20-41-25 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-84
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation

Figure 20-41-83

1
3 2
4
1
2

4
P107783

Remove the spring (Item 1) and center spring retainer


3 (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-84] from the auxiliary spool.
P107782
Remove the spacer (Item 3) and O-ring (Item 4) [Figure
20-41-84] from the auxiliary spool.
Remove the spring (Item 1) and center spring retainer
(Item 2) [Figure 20-41-83] from the auxiliary spool.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NOTE: If the centering spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure
20-41-84] must be replaced, replace the
Remove the spacer (Item 3) and O-ring (Item 4) [Figure retainer on the opposite end also.
20-41-83] from the auxiliary spool.
Installation: Lubricate and install an O-ring (Item 4)
NOTE: If the centering spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure [Figure 20-41-84].
20-41-83] must be replaced, replace the
retainer on the opposite end also. Figure 20-41-85

Installation: Lubricate and install an O-ring (Item 4)


[Figure 20-41-83].

P107784

Remove the auxiliary spool (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-85].

240 of 1311 20-41-26 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-87
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Auxiliary Solenoid Removal And Installation

Figure 20-41-86 1

2
1
2

2
P107798
1

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)


[Figure 20-41-87] from the solenoid stem.
P107876
Use an ohmmeter to measure the solenoid coil
resistance.
Remove the screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-86] from both

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


solenoids. The correct resistance for the coil is 5.1 ohm.

Remove the solenoids (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-86] from Installation: Lubricate and install new O-rings (Item 1)
the control valves. and back-up rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-87].

Installation: Tighten the nut to 2,3 - 2,7 N•m (21.4 - 23.9


in-lb) torque.

241 of 1311 20-41-27 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-90
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Solenoid Removal And Installation

Figure 20-41-88
1

1
2

P107876

Remove the solenoid stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-90].

P107875 Installation: Lubricate the O-rings and tighten the stem


to 27 - 33 N•m (20 - 24 ft-lb) torque.

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-88] from the Figure 20-41-91

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


solenoid stem.

Installation: Tighten the nut to 6 N•m (53 in-lb) torque.

Remove the solenoid coil (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-88]. 3


2
Figure 20-41-89

N-18694

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)


[Figure 20-41-91] from the stem.

Clean all parts in solvent and dry with compressed air.


N-18693A
Inspect all parts for wear and replace any showing
excessive wear.
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-89] from both
ends of the solenoid coil. NOTE: The screen (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-91] may be
cleaned with solvent. If it is torn or worn,
Use an ohmmeter to measure the solenoid coil replace the solenoid valve.
resistance.

The correct resistance for the coil is 9.5 - 10.08 ohm.

242 of 1311 20-41-28 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-94
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lock Valve Removal And Installation

Figure 20-41-92

2
1

1
P107937

The inside diameter of the BICS™ valve (Item 1) [Figure


20-41-94] is threaded for easier removal and installation.
P107785
Figure 20-41-95

Locate the two BICS™ lock valves: tilt circuit lock valve
(Item 1) and lift circuit lock valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-41-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


92]. 1 3
2
Figure 20-41-93

P107767

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-95].

Remove and inspect the spring (Item 2) and BICS™


P107786 valve (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-95].

Remove the lift lock valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-93]


from the back of the control valve.

Installation: Lightly lubricate the lock valve retaining cap


O-ring and tighten to 75 - 81 N•m (55 - 60 ft-lb) torque.

243 of 1311 20-41-29 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Figure 20-41-98
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Lock Valve Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-41-96

2
1
P107937

The inside diameter of the BICS™ valve (Item 1) [Figure


20-41-98] is threaded for easier removal and installation.
P107788
Figure 20-41-99

Remove the lift spool lock solenoid (Item 1) [Figure 20-


41-96].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1 3
Remove the tilt spool lock solenoid (Item 2) [Figure 20-
2
41-96].

Installation: Lubricate the O-rings and tighten the spool


lock solenoids to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 20-41-97

P107767

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-99].

Remove and inspect the spring (Item 2) and BICS™


valve (Item 3) [Figure 20-41-99].
1

P107789

Remove the tilt lock valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-97]


from the front of the control valve.

Installation: Lightly lubricate the lock valve retaining cap


O-ring and tighten to 75 - 81 N•m (55 - 60 ft-lb) torque.

244 of 1311 20-41-30 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation
MODELS) (CONT'D)
Figure 20-41-102
Lift Arm Bypass Orifice Removal And Installation

Figure 20-41-100

P107787
1

P107693 Remove the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-


102].

Remove the fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-100] from the Figure 20-41-103

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


valve.

Figure 20-41-101

1
1

P-51463

P-51437 Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-103] from the


main relief valve.

Inspect the lift arm bypass orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-41- Installation: Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
101].

NOTE: This orifice is not removable from the valve


casting.

245 of 1311 20-41-31 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER Check Valve Removal And Installation
MODELS) (CONT'D)
Figure 20-41-106
Auxiliary Relief Valve Removal And Installation

NOTE: The auxiliary relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-


41-104] is an optional item and may not be
installed.

Figure 20-41-104

P107693

Remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-106].

Figure 20-41-107

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P107870

Remove the auxiliary relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-


104].

Figure 20-41-105 1

P107786

Remove the check valve fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-


107] from the hydraulic control valve.

P107627

Remove the O-rings (Item1) and back-up ring (Item 2)


[Figure 20-41-105] from the auxiliary relief valve.

Installation: Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

246 of 1311 20-41-32 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (STANDARD) (LATER
MODELS) (CONT'D)

Check Valve Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-41-108

P107625

Inspect the spring (Item 2) and poppet (Item 3) [Figure

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


20-41-108].

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-41-108].

Installation: Tighten the fitting to 27 - 33 N•m (20 - 24 ft-


lb) torque.

247 of 1311 20-41-33 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

248 of 1311 20-41-34 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Removal And Installation
(EARLIER MODELS)

Description

Figure 20-42-1 DANGER


1

P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
P-90337 • Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
NOTE: The 90° fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-1] has D-1009-0409

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


been replaced with a tee fitting on late model
machines.

The hydraulic control valve is located inside the main


frame on the right hand side, below the operator’s cab.
WARNING
The hydraulic control valve is the hydraulic component Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
that uses spools to direct the flow of hydraulic fluid to the the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
lift, tilt and auxiliary functions. support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
The lift and tilt functions in the hydraulic control valve are to fall and cause injury or death.
operated using electronic control handles / levers that W-2059-0598
send an electronic signal to the electronic actuators to
move the lift and tilt spools in the control valve.

The auxiliary function is operated by pilot pressure.


There is one solenoid located by each side of the spool.
Only one solenoid at a time is activated by the switch on
IMPORTANT
the right side control handles / levers. The activated
solenoid sends pilot pressure fluid to one side of the When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
spool and forces the spool to shift. clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
The hydraulic control valve also contains a main relief tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
valve which is adjustable. damage the system.
I-2003-0888

249 of 1311 20-42-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-3
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE on 1
Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And


Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation


on Page 50-100-2.)
P-90267

NOTE: Mark all tubelines, hoses, and electrical


connections for correct installation. The fixed end main valve hose assembly is connected to
a fixed end fitting on the control valve. The hose is routed
NOTE: Cap and plug all hydraulic connection points to the junction block at the rear of the loader where it
when tubelines or hoses are removed. feeds the base end of both lift cylinders. The hose can
only be removed by first removing it from the fitting (Item
Clean area around control valve. 1) [Figure 20-42-3].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Open rear door.

Figure 20-42-2

3
1

P-90187

Remove the two bolts (Item 1), move the hose clamp
(Item 2) to the middle of the hose, and place the fuel inlet
assembly (Item 3) [Figure 20-42-2] off to the side.

250 of 1311 20-42-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) NOTE: The hose (Item 1) has been relocated to the tee
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D) fitting on top of the load check valve (Item 3)
[Figure 20-42-5] on late model machines.
Removal And Installation (Cont'd)
Figure 20-42-6
Figure 20-42-4

2
1

1
1
P-107219
P-90269

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-6] that


Disconnect the wire harness connectors (Item 1) [Figure routes from the control valve to the brake valve.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


20-42-4] from the control valve.
Disconnect the hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-6] that
Disconnect the hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-4] that routes from the control valve to the fan motor.
routes from the control valve to the drain manifold.
Figure 20-42-7
Disconnect the hose (Item 3) [Figure 20-42-4] that
routes from the control valve to the inlet fitting of the
hydraulic pump.

Figure 20-42-5
1

P-90271

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-7] that


3 routes from the top of the control valve to the hydraulic
P-90270 filter.

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-5] that


routes from the control valve to the brake valve.

Disconnect the hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-5] that


routes from the control valve to the fan motor.

251 of 1311 20-42-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-10
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-42-8
1 1

2 2

1 1

P-90274

Disconnect the three tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-


10] that route from the control valve to the junction block
P-90272 at the rear of the loader.

Figure 20-42-11
Remove the tubeline clamp (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-8].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Disconnect the two tubelines (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-8]
that route from the control valve to the front auxiliary
1
hydraulics.

Figure 20-42-9

P-90275

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-11] that


1 routes from the control valve to the junction block at the
rear of the machine.

P-90273 Disconnect the lift arm bypass drain hose (Item 2)


[Figure 20-42-11] from the control valve.

Remove the tubeline clamp (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-9].

252 of 1311 20-42-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Actuator Removal And Installation (In Loader)
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-42-12
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
1
Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar.

Mark the actuator wiring harness connectors for proper


P-90276 installation.

Figure 20-42-14
Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-12] that

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


routes from the bottom of the control valve to the outlet
fitting of the hydraulic pump.

Figure 20-42-13

P-90330

Unplug the actuator connectors (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-


14] from the loader harness.
P-90278

Support the control valve and remove the two bolts and
nuts (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-13].

Remove the control valve from the loader.

253 of 1311 20-42-5 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-17
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Actuator Removal And Installation (In Loader)


(Cont’d)

Figure 20-42-15

1
2
1

P-54568

Inspect the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-17] on the face


of the actuator, and replace as needed.

P-54587 Inspect the linkage pin (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-17] and


replace as needed.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the two screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-15] from
the actuator retainer.

Installation: Tighten the bolts to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 -


100 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-42-16

P-54566

Pull the actuator (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-16] away from


the control valve.

Use a punch to remove the actuator pin (Item 2) [Figure


20-42-16] from the actuator and spool.

Remove the actuator from the hydraulic control valve.

NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed


when replacing a lift or tilt actuator. (See Lift
And Tilt Calibration (SJC) on Page 60-160-4.)

254 of 1311 20-42-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-20
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Actuator Removal And Installation (Out Of Loader)

Remove the control valve from the loader.

Figure 20-42-18

P-54339

Using a punch and a hammer, remove the actuator


1 linkage pin (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-20] from the actuator
and the tilt spool.

P-54337 Remove the actuator and linkage pin from the valve.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-42-21
Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-18]
from the tilt actuator.

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 10,2 - 11,3


N•m (90 - 100 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-42-19

P-54340

1 Inspect the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-21] on the face


of the actuator, and replace as needed.

Inspect the linkage pin (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-21] and


P-54338 replace as needed.

Slide the actuator mount bracket (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-


19] away from the control valve.

Pull the actuator away from the control valve [Figure 20-
42-19].

255 of 1311 20-42-7 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-24
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Actuator Removal And Installation (Out of Loader)


(Cont’d)

Figure 20-42-22

1 1

P-54343

Using a punch and a hammer, remove the actuator


linkage pin (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-24] from the actuator
1 and the tilt spool.
P-54341
Remove the actuator and linkage pin from the valve.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-22] Figure 20-42-25
from the lift actuator.

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 10,2 - 11,3


N•m (90 - 100 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-42-23

P-54340

Inspect the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-25] on the face


1 of the actuator, and replace as needed.

P-54342 Inspect the linkage pin (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-25] and


replace as needed.

Slide the actuator mount bracket (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-


23] away from the control valve.

Pull the actuator away from the control valve [Figure 20-
42-23].

256 of 1311 20-42-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC)
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Actuator Removal And Installation (Out Of Loader)


(Cont’d)

Figure 20-42-26

4 3

1
3

P-90329

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NOTE: The two longer bolts (Item 1) are used to
mount the lift actuator and end cap (Item 2)
[Figure 20-42-26] to the control valve. The two
shorter mount bolts (Item 3) are used to
mount the tilt actuator to the end cap (Item 4)
[Figure 20-42-26].

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 10,2 - 11,3


N•m (90 - 100 in-lb) torque (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-26]

257 of 1311 20-42-9 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Identification Chart

Figure 20-42-27

C2 C3
J4 J2
B3 E3
E3
F2
G1 G2
D5
A3 D3
B2
A2
D4 F4 E2
C4
D1

D2
A1
H3
F3 E1
H2 B1
F1 MR J3

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


H1 J1 C1

P-90307

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION


A1 Lift Cylinder Base End E1 Lift Spool Detent
A2 Tilt Cylinder Base End E2 Tilt Spool Centering Spring
A3 Auxiliary Hydraulics Female Coupler E3 Auxiliary Spool / Centering Springs
B1 Lift Cylinder Rod End F1 Lift Spool
B2 Tilt Cylinder Rod End F2 Tilt Spool
B3 Auxiliary Hydraulics Male Coupler F3 Lift Spool Lock Solenoid
C1 Load Check F4 Tilt Spool Lock Solenoid
C2 Load Check Valve Tilt Function G1 Auxiliary Solenoid Stem
C3 Load Check Valve Auxiliary Function G2 Auxiliary Solenoid Stem
C4 Check Valve H1 BICS™ Solenoid
D1 Anti-Cavitation Valve H2 BICS™ Lock Valve (Tilt)
Lift (Rod End)
D2 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve – 27579 kPa H3 BICS™ Lock Valve (Lift)
(275,8 bar) (4000 psi) J1 Inlet Fluid Flow (From Pump)
Lift (Base End) J2 Outlet Fluid Flow (Return to Tank)
D3 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve – 27579 kPa J3 Lift Arm Bypass Orifice
(275,8 bar) (4000 psi)
J4 Drain (Case)
Tilt (Base End)
MR Main Relief Valve – 24132 kPa (241,3 bar)
D4 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve – 27579 kPa
(3500 psi)
(275,8 bar) (4000 psi)
Tilt (Rod End)
D5 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve (Auxiliary)
27579 kPa (275,8 bar) (4000 psi) (Optional)

258 of 1311 20-42-10 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)
Figure 20-42-30
Mount Bracket Removal And Installation

Figure 20-42-28

P-90308

P-90280 Remove the charge tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-30]


from the BICS™ valve fitting on the top of the lift load
check valve.
Support the mounting bracket (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-28].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-42-31
Figure 20-42-29

2
1

P-90310
P-90279

Remove the lift load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-


Remove the two control valve mount bolts (Item 1) 31] and fitting from the top of the control valve.
[Figure 20-42-29].
Installation: Lubricate the O-ring and threads and
Remove the two frame bolts (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-29]. tighten to 75 - 88 N•m (55 - 65 ft-lb) torque.

Installation: Torque the two frame bolts (Item 2) [Figure


20-42-29] to 406 - 447 N•m (300 - 330 ft-lb).

Remove the control valve bracket from the loader.

259 of 1311 20-42-11 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Load Check Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt And
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D) Auxiliary)

Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation Figure 20-42-33


(Cont’d)

Figure 20-42-32
2

1
4
5
2

P-90311

3
P-90309 At the front side of the control valve locate the tilt section
load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-33].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove and install new O-rings (Item 1) and back-up At the front side of the control valve locate the auxiliary
ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-32]. section load check valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-33].

NOTE: The tilt and auxiliary load check valves are


interchangeable.
IMPORTANT Figure 20-42-34
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly 1
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
2

Inspect the spring (Item 3) and the free movement in the 3


4
load check valve (Item 4) [Figure 20-42-32].

Inspect the orifice to make sure it is not plugged (Item 5)


[Figure 20-42-32].

P-90312

Remove the spring (Item 1) and poppet (Item 2) [Figure


20-42-34].

Inspect the orifice (Item 3) [Figure 20-42-34] in the


poppet to be sure it is not plugged.

Installation: Install a new O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-42-


34] on the plug and lightly lubricate with oil before
installing. Tighten the plug to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb)
torque.

260 of 1311 20-42-12 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D) Installation (Lift, Base End)

Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Figure 20-42-37


Rod End)

Figure 20-42-35

P-90314

P-90314 Loosen the lift circuit port relief / anti-cavitation valve


(Item 1) [Figure 20-42-37].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


At the back side of the control valve, remove the lift Figure 20-42-38
section anti-cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-35].

Figure 20-42-36

3 1
4

P-90315

P-90312 Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-38] before


installation.

Remove the spring (Item 1) and poppet (Item 2) [Figure Installation: Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
20-42-36].

Inspect the orifice (Item 3) [Figure 20-42-36] in the


poppet to be sure it is not plugged.

Installation: Install a new O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-42-


36] on the plug and lightly lubricate with oil before
installing. Tighten the plug to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb)
torque.

261 of 1311 20-42-13 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D) Installation (Tilt, Rod End)

Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Figure 20-42-41


Installation (Tilt, Base End)

Figure 20-42-39

P-90314

P-90314 Remove the tilt port relief / anti-cavitation valve (Item 1)


[Figure 20-42-41] from the rod end of the tilt section.

Remove the tilt port relief / anti-cavitation valve (Item 1)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-42-42
[Figure 20-42-39] from the base end of the tilt section.

Figure 20-42-40

1
1

P-90319

P-90316 Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-42] before


installation.

Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-40] before Installation: Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
installation.

Installation: Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

262 of 1311 20-42-14 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-45
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation 1

Figure 20-42-43

P-90318A

The control valve may be equipped with an optional


auxiliary port relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-45].
P-90314
Remove the auxiliary port relief valve.

Remove the port relief plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-43] Figure 20-42-46

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


from the auxiliary circuit of the control valve.

Figure 20-42-44

P-51640

P-90318 Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure


20-42-46]. Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure


20-42-44]. Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

263 of 1311 20-42-15 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-49
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Plug Removal And Installation

Figure 20-42-47

1
P-51461

At the bottom side of the control valve remove the plug


(Item 1) [Figure 20-42-49].
P-68016
Figure 20-42-50

At the top side of the control valve, remove the plug (Item
1) [Figure 20-42-47].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-42-48

P-51462

Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure


1 20-42-50]. Tighten to 81,3 N•m (60 ft-lb) torque.
P-51460A

Installation: Always use new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure


20-42-48]. Tighten to 81,3 N•m (60 ft-lb) torque.

264 of 1311 20-42-16 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Lift Spool Removal And Installation
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)
The tool listed will be needed to do the following
End Cap Block Removal And Installation procedure:

Remove the lift and tilt actuators from the control valve. MEL1285 - Spring Tool
(See Actuator Removal And Installation (In Loader) on
Page 20-42-5.) Remove the end cap block from the control valve.

Figure 20-42-51 Figure 20-42-53

1 2

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-90338
P-68042

Disconnect the tube line (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-51] from Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-53].
the end cap block.
Installation: Replace the O-ring, and lubricate lightly
Remove the two end cap block mount screws (Item 2) with oil before installation of the end cap block.
[Figure 20-42-51].
Figure 20-42-54
Installation: Tighten the screws to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 -
100 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-42-52

P-68047
1
Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure
P-90339 20-42-54] from the lift spool.

Remove the end cap block (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-52]


from the control valve.

265 of 1311 20-42-17 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-57
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Lift Spool Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-42-55

1
1

P-68045
1

Remove the lift spool assembly and seal (Item 1) [Figure


20-42-57] from the control valve.
P-68043
Figure 20-42-58

Remove the two screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-55] from

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


the lift spool end cap.

Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 10,2 -


11,3 N•m (90 - 100 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-42-56

P-68046

1 Remove the lift spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-58]


from the linkage end of the valve.

P-68044

Remove the lift spool end cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-56]


from the control valve.

266 of 1311 20-42-18 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-61
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Lift Spool Removal And Installation (Cont’d)


1
Figure 20-42-59

N-190146

Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-61] holding the


centering spring to the spool.
P-51772
Installation: Tighten the bolt to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 - 100
in-lb) torque.
Clamp the linkage end of the spool in a vise [Figure 20-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


42-59]. Remove spring tool from the spring assembly.

NOTE: Protect spool before clamping in vise. Figure 20-42-62

Figure 20-42-60
3

4 1
1

P-51776

P-51773
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-42-62].
Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-60] over the
centering spring.

267 of 1311 20-42-19 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) NOTE: The lift spool will have an internal leak if there
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D) is damage to this O-ring. Always replace the
O-ring. Always replace the O-ring and inspect
Lift Spool Removal And Installation (Cont’d) the lift spool before the control valve is
replaced.
Figure 20-42-63
Figure 20-42-65

N-18920

P-74184
Removal of the plastic plug:

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Make a center point in the plug using a 1,6 mm (1/16 in) Install the plastic plug and O-ring in the spool [Figure 20-
drill. 42-65].

Drill a hole all the way through the plug using a 2,8 mm Figure 20-42-66
(7/64 in) tap drill.

Turn a 6-32 tap (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-63] into the plug.


Pull the tap and plug out of the spool. Be careful, do not 2
1
break the tap.

Clean all the debris from inside the spool bore.

NOTE: DO NOT USE Loctite® ON THE STUD


THREADS.
1
Figure 20-42-64

P-68046 P-51775
2

1 Remove the spool seal(s) (Item 1) and the back-up


washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-66].

Assembly: Always use a new spool seal.

P-74183

Install the O-ring (Item 1) over the nipple on the plastic


plug (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-64].

268 of 1311 20-42-20 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-69
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Lift Spool Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-42-67

1
2

1
2
3 P-68047

3
Install the O-ring (Item 1) and bushing (Item 2) [Figure
20-42-69] on the lift spool.
P-68044
Figure 20-42-70

Install the lift spool assembly (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-67]

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


in the spool bore.
1
Install the end cap (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-67].

Install the mounting screws (Item 3) [Figure 20-42-67].

Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 10,2 -


11,3 N•m (90 - 100 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-42-68

P-68042

Install the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-70] on the


control valve.
1
Installation: Replace the O-ring, lubricate lightly with oil
or grease before installation of the end cap block.

P-68048

Install the spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-68] on the


linkage end of the valve.

269 of 1311 20-42-21 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Tilt Spool Removal And Installation
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)
Remove the end cap block. (See End Cap Block
Lift Spool Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Removal And Installation on Page 20-42-17.)

Figure 20-42-71 Figure 20-42-72

2
2

P-68040
P-68049

Install the end cap block (Item 1) and the two mount bolts Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure
(Item 2) [Figure 20-42-71].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


20-42-72] from the lift spool.

Installation: Tighten the screws to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 - Figure 20-42-73
100 in-lb) torque.

Connect the tubeline (Item 3) [Figure 20-42-71] to the


end cap block.
1
Install the lift and tilt actuators to the control valve.

P-90321

Disconnect the two tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-73].

Remove the three screws (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-73]


from the spool centering block.

Installation: Tighten the bolt to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 - 100


in-lb) torque.

270 of 1311 20-42-22 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-76
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Tilt Spool Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-42-74 1

N-18942

1
Put the linkage end of the spool in the vise [Figure 20-
42-76].
P-90342
Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-76] over the
centering spring.
Remove the spool centering block (Item 1) [Figure 20-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


42-74] from the control valve. Figure 20-42-77

Installation: Replace the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-


74] and lubricate lightly with oil / grease before
installation of the end cap block.
1
Figure 20-42-75

1
N-19014

Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-77] holding the


centering spring to the spool.

P-68052 Installation: Tighten the bolt to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 - 100
in-lb) torque.

Remove the tilt spool, centering spring, back-up washer Remove spring tool from the spring assembly.
and spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-75].

Assembly: Always use a new spool seal.

271 of 1311 20-42-23 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)
Figure 20-42-80
Tilt Spool Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-42-78

2 1
3
2
4
1

P-90321

N-18944A Disconnect the two tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-80]


from the spool centering block.

Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item Remove the three screws (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-80]
3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-42-78].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


from the spool centering block.

Figure 20-42-79 Installation: Tighten the bolts to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 -
100 in-lb) torque.
2
1 Remove the spool centering block from the control valve.

Figure 20-42-81

2
P-51545 N-18943

Remove the spool seal(s) (Item 1) and the back-up 1


washer (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-79].

P-68053
Assembly: Always use a new spool seal.

Remove the spring (Item 1) and center spring retainer


(Item 2) [Figure 20-42-81] from the auxiliary spool.

NOTE: If the centering spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure


20-42-81] must be replaced, replace the
retainer on the opposite end also.

272 of 1311 20-42-24 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-84
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-42-82

2
2

P-68077

1
Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure
20-42-84] from the auxiliary spool.
P-68054
Figure 20-42-85

Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


20-42-82] from the auxiliary spool.

Figure 20-42-83

2
1 P-68078

Remove the auxiliary spool (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-85].

P-68076

Remove the spring (Item 1) and center spring retainer


(Item 2) [Figure 20-42-83] from the auxiliary spool.

NOTE: If the centering spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure


20-42-83] must be replaced, replace the
retainer on the opposite end also.

273 of 1311 20-42-25 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC)
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Auxiliary Solenoid Removal And Installation

Figure 20-42-86

1
2

P-90337

Remove the screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-86] from both

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


solenoids.

Remove the solenoids (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-86].

Installation: Tighten the screws to 2,44 - 2,98 N•m (21.6


- 26.4 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-42-87

P-85556

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-87] from the


solenoid stem.

Use an ohmmeter to measure the solenoid coil


resistance.

The correct resistance for the coil is 4.1 - 6.1 ohm.

274 of 1311 20-42-26 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-90
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Solenoid Removal And Installation

Figure 20-42-88 1

P-90346

Remove the solenoid stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-90].

P-90337 Installation: Lubricate the O-rings and tighten the stem


to 27 - 33 N•m (20 - 24 ft-lb) torque.

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-88] from the Figure 20-42-91

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


solenoid stem.

Installation: Tighten the nut to 6 N•m (53 in-lb) torque.

Remove the solenoid coil (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-88]. 3


2
Figure 20-42-89

N-18694

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)


[Figure 20-42-91] from the stem.

Clean all parts in solvent and dry with compressed air.


N-18693A
Inspect all parts for wear and replace any showing
excessive wear.
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-89] from both
ends of the solenoid coil. NOTE: The screen (Item 3) [Figure 20-42-91] may be
cleaned with solvent. If it is torn or worn the
Use an ohmmeter to measure the solenoid coil solenoid stem needs to be replaced.
resistance.
Use only new O-rings and apply oil to all O-rings and
The correct resistance for the coil is 9.5 - 10.08 ohm. back-up rings before installation.

Install new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-89] and


[Figure 20-42-91] and new back-up rings (Item 2)
[Figure 20-42-91] on the solenoid stem.

275 of 1311 20-42-27 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-94
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Lock Valve Removal And Installation

Figure 20-42-92

1
2 P-51792

Remove the tilt lock valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-94]


from the back of the control valve.
P-90310
Installation: Lightly lubricate the lock valve O-rings and
tighten to 27 - 33 N•m (20 - 24 ft-lb) torque.
Locate the two BICS™ lock valves, (Item 1) is for the tilt
circuit and (Item 2) [Figure 20-42-92] is for the lift circuit.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-42-95

Figure 20-42-93

1
1
1

1
1
2
2
2
P-51564

P-90321
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)
[Figure 20-42-95] from the valve, and replace with new.
Remove the lift lock valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-93]
from the back of the control valve.

Installation: Lightly lubricate the lock valve O-rings and


tighten to 27 - 33 N•m (20 - 24 ft-lb) torque.

276 of 1311 20-42-28 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)
Figure 20-42-98
Lift Arm Bypass Orifice Removal And Installation

Figure 20-42-96

1
P-51794

P-90308 Remove the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-98].

Figure 20-42-99
Remove the fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-96] from the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


valve.

Figure 20-42-97

1
1

P-90344

Remove the O-rings from the main relief valve (Item 1)


P-51437 [Figure 20-42-99].

Installation: Always use new O-rings. Tighten to 52 - 61


Inspect the lift arm bypass orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-42- N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
97].

NOTE: This orifice is not removable from the valve


casting.

277 of 1311 20-42-29 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-42-102
(EARLIER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Check Valve Removal And Installation

Figure 20-42-100

1
P-68869

Installation: Lubricate the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-


102] and tighten the fitting to 27 - 33 N•m (20 - 24 ft-lb)
P-90308 torque.

Figure 20-42-103
Remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-100].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-42-101

P-90326

P-90310 Inspect the screen (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-103].

Remove the check valve fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-42-


101] from the hydraulic control valve.

278 of 1311 20-42-30 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Removal And Installation
(LATER MODELS)

Description

Figure 20-43-1 DANGER

P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
P107847 • Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
The hydraulic control valve is located inside the main D-1009-0409
frame on the right hand side, below the operator’s cab.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


The hydraulic control valve is the hydraulic component
that uses spools to direct the flow of hydraulic fluid to the
lift, tilt, and auxiliary functions.
WARNING
The lift and tilt functions in the hydraulic control valve are Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
operated using electronic control handles / levers that the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
send an electronic signal to the electronic actuators to support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
move the lift and tilt spools in the control valve. support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
The auxiliary function is operated by pilot pressure. W-2059-0598
There is one solenoid located by each side of the spool.
Only one solenoid at a time is activated by the switch on
the right side control handles / levers. The activated
solenoid sends pilot pressure fluid to one side of the
spool and forces the spool to shift.
IMPORTANT
The hydraulic control valve is designed with two relief
valve ports. The main relief valve is used on the 800, 700, When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
and 600 series loaders. The auxiliary relief valve is clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
standard on the 800 series and may be present on the parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
700 and 600 series. tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
The relief valves are adjustable and located on the I-2003-0888

hydraulic control valve. The main relief valve port is


adjacent to the actuator side. The auxiliary relief valve
port is located on top of the control valve between the
case drain and load check valves.

279 of 1311 20-43-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-3
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE on 1
Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And


Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation


on Page 50-100-2.)
P-90267

NOTE: Mark all tubelines, hoses, and electrical


connections for correct installation. The fixed end main valve hose assembly is connected to
a fixed end fitting on the control valve. The hose is routed
NOTE: Cap and plug all hydraulic connection points to the junction block at the rear of the loader where it
when tubelines or hoses are removed. feeds the base end of both lift cylinders. The hose can
only be removed by first removing it from the fitting (Item
Clean area around control valve. 1) [Figure 20-43-3].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Open rear door. Figure 20-43-4

Figure 20-43-2
3

1
3

2 1

P-90269

P-90187
Disconnect the wire harness connectors (Item 1) [Figure
20-43-4] from the control valve.
Remove the two bolts (Item 1), move the hose clamp
(Item 2) to the middle of the hose, and the place the fuel Disconnect the hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-4] that
inlet assembly (Item 3) [Figure 20-43-2] off to the side. routes from the control valve to the drain manifold.

Disconnect the hose (Item 3) [Figure 20-43-4] that


routes from the control valve to the inlet fitting of the
hydraulic pump.

280 of 1311 20-43-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-7
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-43-5
2 2

1
2

P-90272

Remove the tubeline clamp (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-7].


1
P107219 Disconnect the two tubelines (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-7]
that route from the control valve to the front auxiliary
hydraulics.
Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-5] that

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


routes from the control valve to the brake valve. Figure 20-43-8

Disconnect the hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-5] that


routes from the control valve to the fan motor.

Figure 20-43-6

1
1

P-90273

Remove the tubeline clamp (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-8].

P-90271

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-6] that


routes from the top of the control valve to the hydraulic
filter.

281 of 1311 20-43-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-11
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-43-9

1 1
1

P-90276

1 Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-11] that


routes from the bottom of the control valve to the outlet
P-90274 fitting of the hydraulic pump.

Figure 20-43-12
Disconnect the three tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-9]

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


that route from the control valve to the junction block at
the rear of the loader.

Figure 20-43-10

1
1

2
P-90278

Support the control valve and remove the two bolts and
nuts (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-12].
P-90275
Remove the control valve from the loader.

Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-10] that


routes from the control valve to the junction block at the
rear of the machine.

Disconnect the lift arm bypass drain hose (Item 2)


[Figure 20-43-10] from the control valve.

282 of 1311 20-43-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-14
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Actuator Removal And Installation (In Loader)

WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
P-54587

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) Remove the two screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-14] from
the actuator retainer.
Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar.
Installation: Tighten the bolts to 10,2 - 11,3 N•m (90 -
Mark the actuator wiring harness connectors for proper 100 in-lb) torque.
installation.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-43-15
Figure 20-43-13

1 2

P-54566
P-90330

Pull the actuator (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-15] away from


Unplug the actuator connectors (Item 1) [Figure 20-43- the control valve.
13] from the loader harness.
Use a punch to remove the actuator pin (Item 2) [Figure
20-43-15] from the actuator and spool.

Remove the actuator from the hydraulic control valve.

NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed


when replacing a lift or tilt actuator. (See Lift
And Tilt Calibration (SJC) on Page 60-160-4.)

283 of 1311 20-43-5 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Actuator Removal And Installation (Out Of Loader)
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)
Remove the control valve from the loader.
Actuator Removal And Installation (In Loader)
(Cont’d) Figure 20-43-17

Figure 20-43-16 1

1
2
1

P107802

P-54568
Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-17]
from the tilt actuator.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-16] on the
face of the actuator. Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 10,2 - 11,3
N•m (90 - 100 in-lb) torque.
Inspect the linkage pin (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-16] and
replace as needed. Figure 20-43-18

NOTE: Repeat this procedure to remove the lift


actuator.

P107803

Slide the actuator mount bracket (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-


18] away from the control valve.

Pull the actuator away from the control valve [Figure 20-
43-18].

284 of 1311 20-43-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-21
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Actuator Removal And Installation (Out of Loader)


(Cont’d)
1
Figure 20-43-19

1
P107804

1
Remove the two mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-21]
from the lift actuator.

P107808 Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 10,2 - 11,3


N•m (90 - 100 in-lb) torque.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Using a punch and a hammer, remove the actuator Figure 20-43-22
linkage pin (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-19] from the actuator
and the tilt spool.

Remove the actuator and linkage pin from the valve.

Figure 20-43-20

1
1
P107805

2 Slide the actuator mount bracket (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-


22] away from the control valve.

P-54340 Pull the actuator away from the control valve [Figure 20-
43-22].

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-20] on the


face of the actuator.

Inspect the linkage pin (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-20] and


replace as needed.

285 of 1311 20-43-7 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-25
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)
4
Actuator Removal And Installation (Out Of Loader)
(Cont’d)

Figure 20-43-23
2

1 3
P107807A

1
NOTE: The two long bolts (Item 1) are used to mount
the lift actuator (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-25] to
the control valve. The two short bolts (Item 3)
P107806 are used to mount the tilt actuator (Item 4)
[Figure 20-43-25].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Using a punch and a hammer, remove the actuator Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 10,2 - 11,3
linkage pin (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-23] from the actuator N•m (90 - 100 in-lb) torque (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-25].
and the tilt spool.

Remove the actuator and linkage pin from the valve.

Figure 20-43-24

P-54340

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-24] on the


face of the actuator.

Inspect the linkage pin (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-24] and


replace as needed.

286 of 1311 20-43-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) (LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Identification Chart

Figure 20-43-26

AR
C2 J2 C3
J4
E3 B3 E3
F2 G2
G1
D5 A3 D6
B2 A2
D3
E2
D4 C4

D1
H2
H3 D2
A1
E1
B1
F1 MR C1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


H1
J3
J1
NA5825

ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION


A1 Lift Cylinder Base End D6 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve (Auxiliary)
A2 Tilt Cylinder Base End 27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) (Optional)
A3 Auxiliary Hydraulics Female Coupler E1 Lift Spool Detent
B1 Lift Cylinder Rod End E2 Tilt Spool Centering Spring
B2 Tilt Cylinder Rod End E3 Auxiliary Spool / Centering Springs
B3 Auxiliary Hydraulics Male Coupler F1 Lift Spool
C1 Load Check F2 Tilt Spool
C2 Load Check Valve Tilt Function G1 Auxiliary Solenoid Stem
C3 Load Check Valve Auxiliary Function G2 Auxiliary Solenoid Stem
C4 Check Valve H1 BICS™ Solenoid
D1 Anti-Cavitation Valve
H2 BICS™ Lock Valve (Tilt)
Lift (Rod End)
D2 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve – 27579 kPa H3 BICS™ Lock Valve (Lift)
(276 bar) (4000 psi) J1 Inlet Fluid Flow (From Pump)
Lift (Base End)
J2 Outlet Fluid Flow (Return to Tank)
D3 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve – 27579 kPa
J3 Lift Arm Bypass Orifice
(2756 bar) (4000 psi)
Tilt (Base End) J4 Drain (Case)
D4 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve – 27579 kPa MR Main Relief Valve – Without Auxiliary Relief
(276 bar) (4000 psi) Valve 24132 kPa (241 bar) (3500 psi)
Tilt (Rod End) MR Main Relief Valve – With Auxiliary Relief Valve
25511-26200 kPa (255-262 bar) (3700-3800 psi)
D5 Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve (Auxiliary)
27579 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi) (Optional) AR Auxiliary Relief Valve - If Equipped 23787-
24476 kPa (238-245 bar) (3450-3550 psi)

287 of 1311 20-43-9 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Mount Bracket Removal And Installation

Figure 20-43-27 IMPORTANT


When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888

1 Figure 20-43-29

P-90280

Support the mounting bracket (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-27].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-43-28 1

2 P107848

Remove the charge tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-29]


from the BICS™ valve fitting on the top of the lift load
check valve.

P100202

Remove the two control valve mount bolts (Item 1)


[Figure 20-43-28].

Remove the two frame bolts (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-28].

Installation: Torque the two frame bolts (Item 2) [Figure


20-43-28] to 300 - 330 ft lb (406 - 447 N•m).

Remove the control valve bracket from the loader.

288 of 1311 20-43-10 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Load Check Valve Removal And Installation (Tilt And
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D) Auxiliary)

Lift Load Check Valve Removal And Installation Figure 20-43-32


(Cont’d)

Figure 20-43-30

P107850

P107849 At the front side of the control valve locate and remove
the tilt section load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-
32].
Remove the lift load check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


30] and fitting from the top of the control valve. At the front side of the control valve locate and remove
the auxiliary section load check valve (Item 2) [Figure
Installation: Lubricate the O-ring and threads and 20-43-32].
tighten to 68 - 94 N•m (50 - 70 ft-lb) torque.
NOTE: The tilt and auxiliary load check valves are
Figure 20-43-31 interchangeable.

Figure 20-43-33

1
5

1
2
2

3 4 4

P107716

3
P107624
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2)
[Figure 20-43-31].
Remove the spring (Item 1) and poppet (Item 2) [Figure
Inspect the spring (Item 3) and the free movement in the 20-43-33].
load check valve (Item 4) [Figure 20-43-31].
Inspect the orifice (Item 3) [Figure 20-43-33] in the
Inspect the orifice to make sure it is not plugged (Item 5) poppet to make sure it is not plugged.
[Figure 20-43-31].
Installation: Install a new O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-43-
33] and lubricate with oil before installing. Tighten the
plug to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

289 of 1311 20-43-11 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D) Installation (Lift, Base End)

Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Installation (Lift, Figure 20-43-36


Rod End)

Figure 20-43-34

P107628

P107628 Remove the lift circuit port relief / anti-cavitation valve


and the port relief / anti-cavitation seat (Item 1) [Figure
20-43-36].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


At the back side of the control valve, remove the lift
section anti-cavitation valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-34]. Figure 20-43-37

Figure 20-43-35

1
2

2
1
4

P107952
3
P107624
Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-37] from the
port relief / anti-cavitation relief valve.
Remove the spring (Item 1) and poppet (Item 2) [Figure
20-43-35]. Inspect the port relief / anti-cavitation seat (Item 2)
[Figure 20-43-24] for wear or damage and replace as
Inspect the orifice (Item 3) [Figure 20-43-35] in the needed.
poppet to make sure it is not plugged.
Installation: Tighten the port relief anti-cavitation relief
Installation: Install a new O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-43- valve to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
35] on the plug and lightly lubricate with oil before
installing. Tighten the plug to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) Installation: Tighten the port relief / anti-cavitation seat
torque. to 47 N•m (35 ft-lb) torque.

290 of 1311 20-43-12 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D) Installation (Tilt, Rod End)

Port Relief / Anti-Cavitation Valve Removal And Figure 20-43-40


Installation (Tilt, Base End)

Figure 20-43-38

P107628

P107628 Remove the tilt port relief / anti-cavitation valve and the
port relief / anti-cavitation seat (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-40]
from the rod end of the tilt section.
Remove the tilt port relief / anti-cavitation valve (Item 1)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


[Figure 20-43-38] from the base end of the tilt section. Figure 20-43-41

Figure 20-43-39

2
1 1

P107952

P107629
Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-41] from the
port relief / anti-cavitation relief valve.
Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-39] from the
port relief / anti-cavitation relief valve. Inspect the port relief / anti-cavitation seat (Item 2)
[Figure 20-43-41] for wear or damage and replace as
Installation: Tighten to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque. needed.

Installation: Tighten the port relief anti-cavitation relief


valve to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

Installation: Tighten the port relief / anti-cavitation seat


to 47 N•m (35 ft-lb) torque.

291 of 1311 20-43-13 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-44
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation

Figure 20-43-42

P107628

The control valve may be equipped with an optional


auxiliary port relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-44].
P107628
Remove the auxiliary port relief valve.

Remove the port relief plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-42] Figure 20-43-45

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


from the auxiliary circuit of the control valve.

Figure 20-43-43

1
1

2
P107629

P107630 Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-45] from the


optional auxiliary port relief valve.

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2) Installation: Tighten to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
[Figure 20-43-43] from the port relief plug.

Installation: Tighten to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

292 of 1311 20-43-14 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-48
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Port Relief Valve Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-43-46

P107628

The control valve may be equipped with an optional


auxiliary port relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-48].
P107628
Remove the auxiliary port relief valve.

Remove the port relief plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-46] Figure 20-43-49

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


from the auxiliary circuit of the control valve.

Figure 20-43-47

1
1

2
P107629

P107630 Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-49] from the


optional auxiliary port relief valve.

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up ring (Item 2) Installation: Tighten to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
[Figure 20-43-47] from the port relief plug.

Installation: Tighten to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

293 of 1311 20-43-15 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-52
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Plug Removal And Installation

Figure 20-43-50

P107632

At the bottom side of the control valve remove the plug


(Item 1) [Figure 20-43-52].
P107631
Figure 20-43-53

At the top side of the control valve, remove the plug (Item
1) [Figure 20-43-50].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-43-51

1
P107633

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-53] from the


plug.
P107633
Installation: Tighten to 81,3 N•m (60 ft-lb) torque.

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-51] from the


plug.

Installation: Tighten to 81,3 N•m (60 ft-lb) torque.

294 of 1311 20-43-16 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Lift Spool Removal And Installation
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)
The tool listed will be needed to do the following
End Cap Block Removal And Installation procedure:

Remove the lift and tilt actuators from the control valve. MEL1285 - Spring Tool
(See Actuator Removal And Installation (In Loader) on
Page 20-43-5.) Remove the end cap block from the control valve.

Figure 20-43-54 Figure 20-43-56

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


2 P107851
P107853

Disconnect the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-54] from Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-56].
the end cap block.
Installation: Replace the O-ring, and lubricate lightly
Remove the two end cap block mount screws (Item 2) with oil before installation of the end cap block.
[Figure 20-43-54].
Figure 20-43-57
Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 10,4 -
11,6 N•m (95 - 105 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-43-55

1
P107753

1
Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure
P107852 20-43-57] from the lift spool.

Remove the end cap block (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-55]


from the control valve.

295 of 1311 20-43-17 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-60
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Lift Spool Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-43-58

1
P107756

Remove the lift spool assembly (Item 1) and O-ring (Item


1 2) [Figure 20-43-60] from the control valve.
P107854
Figure 20-43-61

Remove the four screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-58] from

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


the spool centering block.

Installation: Lubricate the screws and tighten to 10,4 -


11,6 N•m (95 - 105 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-43-59

P107757
2

Remove the lift spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-61]


from the actuator end of the valve.

P107855

Remove the spool centering block (Item 1) and O-ring


(Item 2) [Figure 20-43-59] from the control valve.

Installation: Replace the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-


59] and lubricate lightly with oil before installation of the
spool centering block.

296 of 1311 20-43-18 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-64
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Lift Spool Disassembly And Assembly

Figure 20-43-62
1

P107647

Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-64] holding the


centering spring to the spool.
P107740
Installation: Tighten the bolt to 10,4 - 11,6 N•m (95 - 105
in-lb) torque.
Clamp the actuator end of the spool in a vise [Figure 20-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


43-62]. Remove spring tool from the spring assembly.

NOTE: Protect spool before clamping in vise. Figure 20-43-65

Figure 20-43-63
3

4 1
1

P-51776B

P107646
Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3), and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-43-65].
Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-63] over the
centering spring.

297 of 1311 20-43-19 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-68
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Tilt Spool Removal And Installation

Remove the end cap block. (See End Cap Block


Removal And Installation on Page 20-43-17.)

Figure 20-43-66 2

P107769

Remove the tilt spool assembly (Item 1) and O-ring (Item


1 2) [Figure 20-43-68].

2 Figure 20-43-69

P107856

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure
20-43-66] from the tilt spool.

Figure 20-43-67

P107770

Remove the spool seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-69].

P107769

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-67].

Installation: Replace the O-ring, and lubricate lightly


with oil before installation of the spool centering block.

298 of 1311 20-43-20 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-72
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Tilt Spool Disassembly And Assembly


2 1
Figure 20-43-70
3

N-18944B

Inspect the adapter (Item 1), collar (Item 2), spring (Item
3), and washer (Item 4) [Figure 20-43-72].
P107646

Put the actuator end of the spool in the vise [Figure 20-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


43-70].

NOTE: Protect spool before clamping in vise.

Install the spring tool (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-70] over the


centering spring.

Figure 20-43-71

P107647

Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-71] holding the


centering spring to the spool.

Installation: Tighten the bolt to 10,4 - 11,6 N•m (95 - 105


in-lb) torque.

Remove the spring tool from the spring assembly.

299 of 1311 20-43-21 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-75
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation

Figure 20-43-73

2
1

2 P107760

Remove the spring (Item 1) and center spring retainer


1 (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-75] from the auxiliary spool.
P107758
NOTE: If the centering spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure
20-43-75] must be replaced, replace the
Remove the spring (Item 1) and center spring retainer retainer on the opposite end also.
(Item 2) [Figure 20-43-73] from the auxiliary spool.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-43-76
NOTE: If the centering spring retainer (Item 2) [Figure
20-43-73] must be replaced, replace the
retainer on the opposite end also.

Figure 20-43-74

1
2
P107761

1
Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure
20-43-76] from the auxiliary spool.
P107759

Remove the spacer (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2) [Figure


20-43-74] from the auxiliary spool.

300 of 1311 20-43-22 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Auxiliary Solenoid Removal And Installation
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)
Figure 20-43-78
Auxiliary Spool Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-43-77

1
2 2
1

1
P107847

P107762 Remove the screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-78] from both


solenoids.

Remove the auxiliary spool (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-77]. Remove the solenoids (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-78].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the screws to 2,3 - 2,7 N•m (21.4 -
23.9 in-lb) torque.

Figure 20-43-79

P107798

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)


[Figure 20-43-79] from the solenoid stem.

Use an ohmmeter to measure the solenoid coil


resistance.

The correct resistance for the coil is 5.1 ohm.

Installation: Lubricate and install new O-rings (Item 1)


and back-up rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-79].

301 of 1311 20-43-23 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-82
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Solenoid Removal And Installation

Figure 20-43-80 1

P107857

Remove the solenoid stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-82].

P107847 Installation: Lubricate the O-rings and tighten the stem


to 27 - 33 N•m (20 - 24 ft-lb) torque.

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-80] from the Figure 20-43-83

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


solenoid stem.

Installation: Tighten the nut to 6 N•m (53 in-lb) torque.

Remove the solenoid coil (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-80]. 3


2
Figure 20-43-81

N-18694

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)


[Figure 20-43-83] from the stem.

Clean all parts in solvent and dry with compressed air.


N-18693A
Inspect all parts for wear and replace any showing
excessive wear.
Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-81] from both
ends of the solenoid coil. NOTE: The screen (Item 3) [Figure 20-43-83] may be
cleaned with solvent. If it is torn or worn the
Use an ohmmeter to measure the solenoid coil solenoid stem needs to be replaced.
resistance.

The correct resistance for the coil is 9.5 - 10.08 ohm.

302 of 1311 20-43-24 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-86
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Lock Valve Removal And Installation

Figure 20-43-84

1 2 P107937

The inside diameter of the BICS™ valve (Item 1) [Figure


20-43-86] is threaded for easier removal and installation.
P107858
Figure 20-43-87

Locate the two BICS™ lock valves: tilt circuit lock valve
(Item 1) and lift circuit lock valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


84]. 1 3
Figure 20-43-85 2

1
P107767

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-87].

Remove and inspect the spring (Item 2) and BICS™


P107859 valve (Item 3) [Figure 20-43-87].

Remove the lift lock valve retaining cap (Item 1) [Figure


20-43-85] from the back of the control valve.

Installation: Lightly lubricate the lock valve retaining cap


O-ring and tighten to 75 - 81 N•m (55 - 60 ft-lb) torque.

303 of 1311 20-43-25 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Figure 20-43-89
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Lock Valve Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-43-88

1 P107937

The inside diameter of the BICS™ valve (Item 1) [Figure


20-43-89] is threaded for easier removal and installation.
P107860
Figure 20-43-90

Remove the tilt lock valve retaining cap (Item 1) [Figure

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


20-43-88] from the front of the control valve.
1 3
Installation: Lightly lubricate the lock valve retaining cap
O-ring and tighten to 75 - 81 N•m (55 - 60 ft-lb) torque. 2

P107767

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-90].

Remove and inspect the spring (Item 2) and BICS™


valve (Item 3) [Figure 20-43-90].

304 of 1311 20-43-26 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Main Relief Valve Removal And Installation
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)
Figure 20-43-93
Lift Arm Bypass Orifice Removal And Installation

Figure 20-43-91

1
1 P107862

P107861 Remove the main relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-93].

Figure 20-43-94
Remove the fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-91] from the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


valve.

Figure 20-43-92

1 1

P107659

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-94] from the


P-51437 main relief valve.

Installation: Tighten to 52 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.


Inspect the lift arm bypass orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-
92].

NOTE: This orifice is not removable from the valve


casting.

305 of 1311 20-43-27 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC) Check Valve Removal And Installation
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)
Figure 20-43-97
Auxiliary Relief Valve Removal And Installation

Figure 20-43-95

1 1

P107848

P107863 Remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-97].

Figure 20-43-98
Remove the auxiliary relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


95].

Figure 20-43-96

2 1

P107864

1
Remove the check valve fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-
P107627 98] from the hydraulic control valve.

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-96] and


back-up ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-43-96] from the auxiliary
relief valve.

Installation: Tighten to 51 - 61 N•m (38 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

306 of 1311 20-43-28 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVE (ACS) OR (SJC)
(LATER MODELS) (CONT’D)

Check Valve Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-43-99

P107625

Inspect the spring (Item 2) and poppet (Item 3) [Figure

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


20-43-99].

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-43-99].

Installation: Tighten the fitting to 27 - 33 N•m (20 - 24 ft-


lb) torque.

307 of 1311 20-43-29 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

308 of 1311 20-43-30 S650 Service Manual


LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL VALVE Testing

Description Figure 20-50-1

The lift arm bypass control valve is located on the right


side of the machine.

The lift arm bypass control valve is manually operated by 1


turning the lift arm bypass valve knob (Item 1) [Figure
20-50-1] 90 degrees clockwise, then pull up and hold the
lift arm bypass control knob until the lift arms slowly
lower. The valve releases the hydraulic fluid from the
base end of the lift cylinder(s) which allows the lift arm to
slowly come down to the transport position.

P-85290B P-85290A

Raise the lift arms 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Stop the
engine. Turn the Lift Arm Bypass Control Knob (Item 1)
[Figure 20-50-1] clockwise 1/4 turn. Then pull up and
hold the Lift Arm Bypass Control Knob until the lift arms

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


slowly lower.

The knob should return to its normal position.

309 of 1311 20-50-1 S650 Service Manual


LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL VALVE (CONT’D) Figure 20-50-2

Removal And Installation

1
3
DANGER
2

P-85670
P-90328

AVOID DEATH Hold the lift arm bypass control knob (Item 1) [Figure 20-
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic 50-2] and loosen the jam nut on the lift arm bypass valve
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure shaft.
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised Remove the lift arm bypass control knob (Item 1).
unless supported by an approved lift arm Remove the jam nut (Item 2) from the valve shaft [Figure
support. Replace if damaged.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


20-50-2].
D-1009-0409

Remove the rubber washer (Item 3) [Figure 20-50-2].

Figure 20-50-3
WARNING
2
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

Lower the lift arms.

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) 1

P-85671

Disconnect and cap the hydraulic tubeline and hose (Item


1) [Figure 20-50-3].

Remove the two mounting bolts and nuts (Item 2) [Figure


20-50-3].

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 21 - 23 N•m


(180 - 200 in-lb) torque.

Remove the lift arm bypass valve.

310 of 1311 20-50-2 S650 Service Manual


LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL VALVE (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly

Bracket Removal And Installation Figure 20-50-5

Figure 20-50-4

1 2

P-85673

P-85672
Remove the lift arm bypass valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-50-
5] from the valve block. Inspect the bypass valve for
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-50-4] to damage and replace if necessary.
replace the bypass valve mounting bracket if necessary.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the valve to 45 - 50 N•m (33 - 37 ft-
Reverse the removal procedure to install the lift arm lb) torque.
bypass valve in the loader.
Inspect the hydraulic fittings (Item 2) [Figure 20-50-5] on
the valve block for damage and replace if necessary.

311 of 1311 20-50-3 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

312 of 1311 20-50-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP Start the engine and run at low idle rpm. Press the
Auxiliary hydraulics button. Engage the front auxiliary
Description with the trigger on the right handle or joystick. Make sure
the tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on
The hydraulic pump is attached to the end of the the tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the
hydrostatic pumps and is located on the right side of the hoses connected correctly, increase the engine speed to
loader between the hydraulic control valve and the full rpm*.
engine.
Warm the fluid to 60°C (140°F) by turning the restrictor
The hydraulic pump is a combination of gear pumps that control clockwise on the tester so it reads about 6895
provide hydraulic flow to several hydraulic systems. kPa (68,9 bar) (1000 psi).

The hydraulic pump has a dedicated charge pump. This NOTE: DO NOT EXCEED 25511 kPa (255,1 bar) (3700
supplies flow to the hydraulic fan motor and charge psi).
pressure to the hydrostatic pump.
Turn the restrictor control (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-1] on
A seal kit is available to service the hydraulic pump. If any the tester counterclockwise to obtain free flow, the flow
of the main components of the pump are damaged, the should be approximately 87,1 - 90,8 L/min (23 - 24 U.S.
entire pump must be replaced. gpm). Start turning the restrictor clockwise, causing more
restriction on the flow. The L/min (U.S. gpm) should drop
Pump Test At Quick Couplers off slightly until the pressure reaches approximately
21374 kPa (213,7 bar) (3100 psi). At approximately
The tools listed will be needed to do the following 21374 kPa (213,7 bar) (3100 psi) the flow should start
procedure: decreasing rapidly until the pressure reaches 23787 -

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


24132 kPa (237,9 - 241,3 bar) (3450 - 3500 psi). At
TWX-RFIK200-S-6 204 L/min (54 U.S. gpm) Flow Meter 23787 - 24132 kPa (237,9 - 241,3 bar) (3450 - 3500 psi)
MEL10006 - Fitting Kit the flow should be at 0 L/min (0 U.S. gpm). Turn the
restrictor (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-1] counterclockwise to
Figure 20-60-1 free flow. Shut the auxiliary hydraulics off.

1 If flow and pressure specifications are not obtained, go to


Direct Pump Testing. (See Direct Pump Test (Standard
Section) on Page 20-60-2.)

*Refer to (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-4.)


for system relief pressure and full rpm.

2 P-90171

NOTE: When testing the hydraulic flow of a machine,


hoses must be at least 19,05 mm (3/4 in) in
diameter and connected directly to the
hydraulic tester without using any type of
“quick coupler” on the connection to the
tester. Also make sure your hydraulic tester is
capable of at least 189,3 L/min (50 U.S. gpm).

Install a hydraulic tester (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-1] onto


the front auxiliary quick couplers.

This procedure will require one operator in the cab and


one operator running the tester.

313 of 1311 20-60-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (CONT'D) Figure 20-60-2

Direct Pump Test (Standard Section)

The tools listed will be needed to do the following


procedure:

MEL1563 or 7217666 - Remote Start Tool Kit 2


TWX-RFIK200-S-6 204 L/min (54 U.S. gpm) Flow Meter
MEL10006 - Fitting Kit

1
1
WARNING 2
P-90178 P-90176
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to Disconnect the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-2]
fall or move and cause injury or death. that comes from the gear pump, and connects to the
W-2017-0286
control valve fitting (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-2] (Inset).

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING Figure 20-60-3
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

WARNING
1 2
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
P-90580
W-2059-0598

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-3] from
the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-2]
Connect the Remote Start Tool. (See REMOTE START of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure
TOOL KIT - MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) or (See 20-60-3] from the tester to the control valve fitting (Item
REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT - 2) [Figure 20-60-2] on the control valve.
7217666 on Page 10-61-1.)

NOTE: The control panel is shown removed for photo


clarity.

314 of 1311 20-60-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (CONT'D)

Direct Pump Test (Standard Section) (Cont'd)

IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284

Start the engine and run at low idle rpm. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
rpm*.

Warm the fluid to 60°C (140°F) by turning the restrictor


control on the tester to about 6895 kPa (68,9 bar) (1000
psi). DO NOT exceed system relief pressure. Open the
restrictor control and record the free flow (L/min [U.S.
gpm]) at full rpm*.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


On the Remote Start Tool engage the auxiliary
hydraulics, the light will come ON. Pull the trigger on the
right handle or joystick for fluid flow to the quick coupler
(fluid pressure will go over main relief). Record the
highest pressure (psi) and flow (L/min [U.S. gpm]). The
high pressure flow must be at least 80% of free flow.

HIGH PRESSURE FLOW (L/min [U.S. gpm]) X 100


%=
FREE FLOW (L/min [U.S. gpm])

A low percentage may indicate a failed pump.

*Refer to (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-4.)


for system relief pressure and full rpm.

315 of 1311 20-60-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (CONT'D) Figure 20-60-4
Earlier Models
Direct Pump Test (Charge Section)

The tools listed will be needed to do the following


procedure:
1
MEL1563 or 7217666 - Remote Start Tool Kit
TWX-RFIK200-S-6 204 L/min (54 U.S. gpm) Flow Meter
MEL10006 - Fitting Kit

WARNING
P114639
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to Figure 20-60-5
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286 Later Models

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING 1


THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
P115656
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment Disconnect the inlet hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-4] or
to fall and cause injury or death. [Figure 20-60-5].
W-2059-0598

NOTE: The fluid from the charge pump must be


filtered after it passes through the Hydraulic
Tester, to prevent any contamination to the
Hydrostatic Pumps.

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Open the rear door of the loader.

Connect the Remote Start Tool. (See REMOTE START


TOOL KIT - MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) or (See
REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT -
7217666 on Page 10-61-1.)

316 of 1311 20-60-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (CONT'D) Start the engine and run at low idle rpm. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
Direct Pump Test (Charge Section) (Cont’d) tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
Figure 20-60-6 rpm*.

Warm the fluid to 60°C (140°F) by turning the restrictor


control on the tester to about 4137 kPa (41,4 bar) (600
psi). DO NOT exceed 8274 kPa (82,7 bar) (1200 psi).
Open the restrictor control and record the free flow (L/min
[U.S. gpm]) at full rpm*.

Turn the restrictor down to system operating pressure


1 2 approximately 6895 kPa (68,9 bar) (1000 psi). DO NOT
EXCEED 8274 kPa (82,7 bar) (1200 psi). Refer to
Hydraulic Schematics for flow. The high pressure flow
must be at least 80% of free flow.
HIGH PRESSURE FLOW (L/min [U.S. gpm]) X 100
%=
FREE FLOW (L/min [U.S. gpm])
P-90580

A low percentage may indicate a failed pump.


Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-6] from
the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-4]
*Refer to the Hydraulic Schematics for pump flow and

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


or [Figure 20-60-5] of the pump. Connect the OUTLET
rpm.
hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-6] from the tester to the inlet
fitting on the fan (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-4] or [Figure 20-
60-5].

IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284

317 of 1311 20-60-5 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (CONT'D) Drain the hydraulic fluid from the reservoir. (See
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-
Removal And Installation 120-2.)

Open the rear door of the loader.

WARNING Figure 20-60-7

Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless


the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death. 1
W-2059-0598

1
1
1
DANGER
P-90180

Disconnect and cap the four hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


60-7] from the hydraulic pump.

Remove the Power Bob-Tach block (if equipped). (See


P-90328 Removal And Installation on Page 20-120-1.)

AVOID DEATH Figure 20-60-8


• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop. 2
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

IMPORTANT 1

When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,


clean the work area before disassembly and keep all P106593
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
Remove the bracket mounting bolt / nut (Item 1) [Figure
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
20-60-8].

Installation: Tighten the bolt / nut to 34 - 38 N•m (25 - 28


Lift and block the rear of the loader. (See LIFTING AND ft-lb) torque.
BLOCKING THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

318 of 1311 20-60-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (CONT'D) Figure 20-60-10

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-60-9

1
1
2

1
P-43940 P-43938A

3
Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-60-10] on the
P-90509 hydraulic pump.

Reverse the removal procedure to install the hydraulic


Disconnect and cap the outlet hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-
pump.
60-9] from the hydraulic pump.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-9]
and [Figure 20-60-9] from the hydraulic pump.

Installation: Clean the threads and apply Loctite® 242 to


the mounting bolts and tighten to 75 - 85 N•m (55 - 60 ft-
lb) torque.

Remove the hydraulic pump (Item 3) [Figure 20-60-9]


from the loader.

319 of 1311 20-60-7 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (CONT'D) Crank the engine for 15 seconds, then stop for at least 30
seconds. Again, crank the engine for 15 seconds.
Hydraulic Pump Startup Remove the starter bypass tool.

NOTE: This procedure is necessary to prevent a dry Start the loader from the operator’s cab and run the
startup of the hydraulic pump. engine at low idle for 1 - 2 minutes without operating the
hydraulics.
Fill the system with hydraulic fluid. (See Removing And
Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.) After operating the engine at low idle, remove the lift arm
support device and fully raise and lower the loader lift
Figure 20-60-11 arms several times or until air is purged from the system.
Avoid running over the relief valve setting at the end
of cylinder stroke.

With the loader parked on a level surface and lift arms


down, check and fill the hydraulic reservoir as required.
1 Check for hydraulic leaks.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P100685

Figure 20-60-12

P100352

Attach a push button starter switch (MEL1712) (Item1)


[Figure 20-60-11] to the starter terminal S (Item 1) and
the positive battery cable (Item 2) [Figure 20-60-12].

320 of 1311 20-60-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (CONT'D)

Parts Identification

Figure 20-60-13

1. Bolt
2. Charge Pump End Section
3. Section Seal
4. Wear Plate
5. Charge Pump Center Section
6. Idler Gear
7. Drive Gear
8. Dowel Pin
9. Spline Shaft
10. Load Seal
11. Preload Seal
12. Center Section
13. Auxiliary Pump Center Section
14. Auxiliary Pump End Section
15. Shaft Seal
7
8

9 4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


10 3

2
3
4

6 5
8
7
11 8

10
11
14 3

3 12
4

6 13
4 8
15

P-66540

321 of 1311 20-60-9 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (CONT'D)

Disassembly And Assembly

IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888

Mark the pump sections for correct assembly.

To disassemble and assemble the hydraulic pump, follow


the Parts Identification page (See Parts Identification on
Page 20-60-9.) for proper placement of components
along with the information below.

NOTE: A seal kit is available through Bobcat Service

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Parts.

Assembly: Tighten the eight pump housing bolts (Item 1)


[Figure 20-60-13] to 50 N•m (37 ft-lb) torque.

NOTE: Position the wear plate (Item 4) [Figure 20-60-


13] as shown with the bronze side toward the
gears.

NOTE: Inspect all gears, shafts and pump end


sections. If any of these components have
excessive wear or damage, the complete
pump must be replaced.

322 of 1311 20-60-10 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) This procedure will require one operator in the cab and
one operator running the tester.
Description
Start the engine and run at low idle rpm. Press the
The hydraulic gear pump is attached to the end of the Auxiliary hydraulics button. Engage the front auxiliary
hydrostatic pumps and is located on the right side of the with the trigger on the right handle or joystick. Make sure
loader between the hydraulic control valve and the the tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on
engine. the tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the
hoses connected correctly, increase the engine speed to
The hydraulic gear pump is a combination of gear pumps full rpm*.
that provide hydraulic flow to several hydraulic systems.
Warm the fluid to 60°C (140°F) by turning the restrictor
The hydraulic gear pump has a dedicated charge pump. control clockwise on the tester so it reads about 6895
This supplies flow to the hydraulic fan motor and charge kPa (68,9 bar) (1000 psi).
pressure to the hydrostatic pump.
NOTE: DO NOT EXCEED 25511 kPa (255,1 bar) (3700
The high flow hydraulic pump has an additional pump psi).
section that provides an additional amount of flow that is
controlled by an external valve. The valve is switched Turn the restrictor control (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-1] on
from a button on the panel in the cab. the tester counterclockwise to obtain free flow, the flow
should be approximately 87,1 - 90,8 L/min (23 - 24 U.S.
A seal kit is available to service the hydraulic pump. If any gpm). Start turning the restrictor clockwise, causing more
of the main components of the pump are damaged, the restriction on the flow. The L/min (U.S. gpm) should drop
entire pump must be replaced. off slightly until the pressure reaches approximately

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


21374 kPa (213,7 bar) (3100 psi). At approximately
Pump Test At Quick Couplers 21374 kPa (213,7 bar) (3100 psi) the flow should start
decreasing rapidly until the pressure reaches 23787 -
The tools listed will be needed to do the following 24132 kPa (237,9 - 241,3 bar) (3450 - 3500 psi). At
procedure: 23787 - 24132 kPa (237,9 - 241,3 bar) (3450 - 3500 psi)
the flow should be at 0 L/min (0 U.S. gpm). Turn the
TWX-RFIK200-S-6 204 L/min (54 U.S. gpm) Flow Meter restrictor (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-1] counterclockwise to
MEL10006 - Fitting Kit free flow. Shut the auxiliary hydraulics off.

Figure 20-61-1 If flow and pressure specifications are not obtained, go to


Direct Pump Testing. (See Direct Pump Test (Standard
1 Section) on Page 20-61-2.)

*Refer to (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-4.)


for system relief pressure and full rpm.

2 P-90171

NOTE: When testing the hydraulic flow of a machine,


hoses must be at least 19,05 mm (3/4 in) in
diameter and connected directly to the
hydraulic tester without using any type of
quick coupler on the connection to the tester.

Install a hydraulic tester (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-1] onto


the front auxiliary quick couplers.

323 of 1311 20-61-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) (CONT'D) NOTE: The control panel is shown removed for photo
clarity.
Direct Pump Test (Standard Section)
Figure 20-61-2
The tools listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:

MEL1563 or 7217666 - Remote Start Tool Kit


TWX-RFIK200-S-6 204 L/min (54 U.S. gpm) Flow Meter
MEL10006 - Fitting Kit
2

WARNING
1
1
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service. 2
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
P-90178 P-90176
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286

Disconnect the OUTLET hose (Item 1) that comes from


Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING the gear pump, and connects to the control valve fitting
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.) (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-2] (Inset).

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm Figure 20-61-3
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
1 2
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) P-90580

Connect the Remote Start Tool. (See REMOTE START


TOOL KIT - MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) or (See Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-3] from
REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT - the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-2]
7217666 on Page 10-61-1.) of the pump. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2) [Figure
20-61-3] from the tester to the control valve fitting (Item
2) [Figure 20-61-2] on the control valve.

324 of 1311 20-61-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) (CONT'D) Direct Pump Test (Charge Section)

Direct Pump Test (Standard Section) (Cont'd) The tools listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:
Start the engine and run at low idle rpm. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the MEL1563 or 7217666 - Remote Start Tool Kit
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses TWX-RFIK200-S-6 204 L/min (54 U.S. gpm) Flow Meter
connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full MEL10006 - Fitting Kit
rpm*.

Warm the fluid to 60°C (140°F) by turning the restrictor


control on the tester to about 6895 kPa (68,9 bar) (1000
psi). DO NOT exceed system relief pressure. Open the
WARNING
restrictor control and record the free flow (L/min [U.S.
gpm]) at full rpm*. Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
On the Remote Start Tool engage the auxiliary Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
hydraulics, the light will come ON. Pull the trigger on the fall or move and cause injury or death.
right handle or joystick for fluid flow to the quick coupler W-2017-0286
(fluid pressure will go over main relief). Record the
highest pressure (psi) and flow (L/min [U.S. gpm]). The Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
high pressure flow must be at least 80% of free flow. THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

%= HIGH PRESSURE FLOW (L/min [U.S. gpm]) X 100 Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


FREE FLOW (L/min [U.S. gpm]) support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

A low percentage may indicate a failed pump.

*Refer to (See Hydraulic System on Page SPEC-10-4.)


WARNING
for system relief pressure and full rpm.
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

NOTE: The fluid from the charge pump must be


filtered after it passes through the Hydraulic
Tester, to prevent any contamination to the
Hydrostatic Pumps.

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Open the rear door of the loader.

Connect the Remote Start Tool. (See REMOTE START


TOOL KIT - MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) or (See
REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT -
7217666 on Page 10-61-1.)

325 of 1311 20-61-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) (CONT'D) Figure 20-61-6

Direct Pump Test (Charge S ection) (Cont’d)

Figure 20-61-4
Earlier Models

1 1 2

P-90580

Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-6] from


P114639 the tester to the OUTLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-4]
or [Figure 20-61-5] of the pump. Connect the OUTLET
hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-6] from the tester to the inlet
Figure 20-61-5 fitting on the fan (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-4] or [Figure 20-
Later Models 61-5].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1

IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284

Start the engine and run at low idle rpm. Make sure the
tester is connected correctly. If no flow is indicated on the
tester, the hoses are connected wrong. With the hoses
P115656 connected correctly, increase the engine speed to full
rpm*.
Disconnect the inlet hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-4] or
Warm the fluid to 60°C (140°F) by turning the restrictor
[Figure 20-61-5].
control on the tester to about 4137 kPa (41,4 bar) (600
psi). DO NOT exceed 8274 kPa (82,7 bar) (1200 psi).
Open the restrictor control and record the free flow (L/min
[U.S. gpm]) at full rpm*.

Turn the restrictor down to system operating pressure


approximately 6895 kPa (68,9 bar) (1000 psi). DO NOT
EXCEED 8274 kPa (82,7 bar) (1200 psi). Refer to
Hydraulic Schematics for flow. The high pressure flow
must be at least 80% of free flow.

HIGH PRESSURE FLOW (L/min [U.S. gpm]) X 100


%=
FREE FLOW (L/min [U.S. gpm])

A low percentage may indicate a failed pump.

*Refer to the Hydraulic Schematics for pump flow and


rpm.

326 of 1311 20-61-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) (CONT'D) Figure 20-61-7

Direct Pump Test (High Flow Section)

1
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286

P-90186

WARNING Install a jumper hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-7] onto the


front auxiliary quick couplers.
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


W-2059-0598

IMPORTANT
The hydraulic tester must be in the fully open
position before you start the engine.
I-2024-0284

The tools listed will be needed to do the following


procedure:

MEL1563 or 7217666 - Remote Start Tool Kit


MEL10003 or MEL1744 - Hydraulic Tester
MEL10006 - Hydraulic Test Kit

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING


THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Open the rear door of the loader.

Connect the Remote Start Tool. (See REMOTE START


TOOL KIT - MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) or (See
REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT -
7217666 on Page 10-61-1.)

327 of 1311 20-61-5 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) (CONT'D) Start the engine and run at low idle rpm. Press the front
auxiliary button. Press the High Flow button. Push the
Direct Pump Test (High Flow Section) (Cont'd) button (on the right control lever) for fluid flow to the quick
coupler. Make sure the tester is connected correctly. If no
Figure 20-61-8 flow is indicated on the tester, the hoses are connected
wrong. With the hoses connected correctly, increase the
engine speed to full rpm*.

1 Warm the fluid to 60°C (140°F) by turning the restrictor


control on the tester to about 6895 kPa (68,9 bar) (1000
psi).

NOTE: DO NOT EXCEED 25511 kPa (255,1 bar) (3700


psi).

Open the restrictor control and record the free flow (L/min
2 [U.S. gpm]) at full rpm. Increase the restriction and the
flow should drop to 0 L/min (0 U.S. gpm) between 24132
kPa (241,3 bar) (3500 psi) and 25511 kPa (255,1 bar)
P-90183 (3700 psi).

If pressure readings are not obtained go to the High Flow


Disconnect the high flow pump OUTLET hose (Item 1) Valve, relief valve adjustment procedure.(See High Flow
from the high flow check valve INLET fitting (Item 2) Relief Valve Removal And Installation on Page 20-61-8.)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


[Figure 20-61-8].
Record the highest pressure (psi) and flow (L/min [U.S.
Figure 20-61-9 gpm]). The high pressure flow must be at least 80% of
free flow.

HIGH PRESSURE FLOW (L/min [U.S. gpm]) X 100


%=
FREE FLOW (L/min [U.S. gpm])

A low percentage may indicate a failed pump.

1 2 *Refer to Hydraulic Schematics Legend for system relief


pressure and full rpm.

P-90580

Connect the INLET hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-9] from


the tester, to the high flow pump OUTLET hose (Item 1)
[Figure 20-61-8]. Connect the OUTLET hose (Item 2)
[Figure 20-61-9] from the tester, to the high flow check
valve INLET fitting (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-8].

Lower the cab.

328 of 1311 20-61-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) (CONT'D) Figure 20-61-11

High Flow Relief Valve Adjustment

If the pump is unable to reach 24132 kPa (241,3 bar)


(3500 psi) stop the engine. The relief screw (Item 1)
[Figure 20-61-12] will need to be turned 90° clockwise
and retested with the procedure above. (90° turn equals
approximately 1379 kPa (13,8 bar) (200 psi).)

NOTE: If the relief screw has been turned in 1/4 turn


and the pressure remains the same, go to the
high flow relief valve removal and installation 1
section. (See High Flow Relief Valve Removal
And Installation on Page 20-61-8.) If relief
valve has been tested and is okay, go to the 2 P-45443
high flow pump disassembly and assembly
section. (See Disassembly And Assembly on
Page 20-61-14.) Locate the high flow relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-
11] along the right side of the engine.
Remove right rear wheel. (See Wheel Nuts on Page 10-
160-1.) Remove the plug (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-11] located on
the bottom of the high flow relief valve.
Figure 20-61-10

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-61-12

P-90577 1
P-45445

Remove the mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-10]


from the access cover and remove the cover from the NOTE: [Figure 20-61-12] shows adjusting the relief
loader. screw.

If the pump reaches 25511 kPa (255,1 bar) (3700 psi)


and there is flow stop the engine. The relief screw must
be turned 90° counterclockwise and retested with the
procedure above.

329 of 1311 20-61-7 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) (CONT'D) Figure 20-61-14

High Flow Relief Valve Removal And Installation

1
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286

Remove right rear wheel. (See Wheel Nuts on Page 10- P-45444
160-1.)

Figure 20-61-13 Locate the high flow relief valve through rear door along
the right side of the engine.

Remove the relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-14] from


the pump.
1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the relief valve to 41 - 47 N•m (30 -
35 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 20-61-15

1 1

P-90577

3
Remove the mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-13]
from the access cover and remove the cover from the 2
loader.

P-45459

Inspect the relief valve and replace the two O-rings (Item
1) and back-up ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-15].

If the relief valve is bad, it must be replaced as a


complete unit.

Remove the plug (Item 3) and replace the O-ring [Figure


20-61-15].

330 of 1311 20-61-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) (CONT'D) Figure 20-61-18

Solenoid Removal And Installation 2

Figure 20-61-16

P-45461

NOTE: Mark the pump housing (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-


P-43958 18] for proper installation of the solenoid
valve cartridge.

At the right side access hole, disconnect the electrical Remove the valve cartridge (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-18].
connector (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-16] from the high flow

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


pump solenoid. Installation: Tighten the solenoid valve to 47 - 54 N•m
(35 - 40 ft-lb).
Figure 20-61-17
Figure 20-61-19

P-45460

P-45462

Remove the solenoid nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-17].


Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-19].
Remove the solenoid (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-17].
Replace the O-ring and back-up ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-
Installation: Tighten the solenoid nut to 5 - 8 N•m (48 - 61-19].
72 in-lb).

331 of 1311 20-61-9 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) (CONT'D) Drain the hydraulic fluid from the reservoir. (See
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-
Removal And Installation 120-2.)

Open the rear door of the loader.

WARNING Figure 20-61-20

Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless 1


the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
1
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

DANGER 1
1
P-90184

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Disconnect and cap the inlet hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-
61-20] from the front of the hydraulic pump.

Figure 20-61-21
P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

IMPORTANT P-90185

When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,


clean the work area before disassembly and keep all Disconnect and cap the hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-21]
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses, from the back of the hydraulic pump.
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system. Remove the Power Bob-Tach block (if equipped). (See
I-2003-0888 Removal And Installation on Page 20-120-1.)

Lift and block the rear of the loader. (See LIFTING AND
BLOCKING THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

332 of 1311 20-61-10 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) (CONT'D) Figure 20-61-24

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-61-22

1
P-43940 P-43938A

3 Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-61-24] on the


P-90509A hydraulic pump.

Reverse the removal procedure to install the hydraulic


Remove the bracket mounting bolt / nut (Item 1) [Figure pump.
20-61-22].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the bolt / nut to 34 - 38 N•m (25 - 28
ft-lb) torque.

Figure 20-61-23

3
P-90509A

Disconnect and cap the outlet hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-


61-23] from the hydraulic pump.

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-


22] and [Figure 20-61-23]from the hydraulic pump.

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 75 - 85 N•m


(55 - 60 ft-lb) torque.

Remove the hydraulic pump (Item 3) [Figure 20-61-23]


from the loader.

333 of 1311 20-61-11 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) (CONT'D) Crank the engine for 15 seconds, then stop for at least 30
seconds. Again, crank the engine for 15 seconds.
Hydraulic Pump Startup Remove the starter bypass tool.

NOTE: This procedure is necessary to prevent a dry Start the loader from the operator’s cab and run the
startup of the hydraulic pump. engine at low idle for 1 - 2 minutes without operating the
hydraulics.
Fill the system with hydraulic fluid. (See Removing And
Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.) After operating the engine at low idle, remove the lift arm
support device and fully raise and lower the loader lift
Figure 20-61-25 arms several times or until air is purged from the system.
Avoid running over the relief valve setting at the end
of cylinder stroke.

With the loader parked on a level surface and lift arms


down, check and fill the hydraulic reservoir as required.
1 Check for hydraulic leaks.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P100685

Figure 20-61-26

P100352

Attach a push button starter switch (MEL1712) (Item 1)


[Figure 20-61-25] to the starter terminal S (Item 1) and
the positive battery cable (Item 2) [Figure 20-61-26].

334 of 1311 20-61-12 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) (CONT'D)

Parts Identification

Figure 20-61-27

21

1. Stem
22
2. Valve
5 3. Wear Plate
4 4. Seal Section
3
6 5. Rear Housing
6. Bolt
7. Preload Seal
8. Load Seal
22 9. Spline Connector
24 10. Pin
11. Gear Set
1 12. Gear Housing
10 13. Gear Housing
2

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


14. Gear Set
3
11 15. Gear Housing
8 9
7 16. Gear Set
23 4 17. Center Housing
10
17 12 18. Center Housing
19. Front Housing
4 20. Shaft Seal
3
21. High Flow Relief
22. Seal
10 23. Nut
3 24. Coil
9 14
8
7
4
10 13
18
4
3

10

4
8
7
4 15
16
19
20
10

MS1456S

335 of 1311 20-61-13 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC PUMP (HIGH FLOW) (CONT'D)

Disassembly And Assembly

IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888

Mark the pump sections for correct assembly.

To disassemble and assemble the hydraulic pump, follow


the Parts Identification page (See Parts Identification on
Page 20-61-13.) for proper placement of components
along with the information below.

NOTE: A seal kit is available through Bobcat Service

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Parts.

Assembly: Tighten the eight pump housing bolts (Item 6)


[Figure 20-61-27] to 50 N•m (37 ft-lb) torque.

NOTE: Position the wear plate (Item 3) [Figure 20-61-


27] inlets and traps as shown with the bronze
side toward the gears on all wear plates.

NOTE: Inspect all gears, shafts and pump end


sections. If any of these components have
excessive wear or damage is visible. The
complete pump must be replaced.

NOTE: The relief valve and the solenoid can be


replaced along with the O-rings and back-up
rings.

336 of 1311 20-61-14 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FILTERS Housing Removal And Installation

Description

The hydraulic / hydrostatic filters help to remove


contaminants from the fluid when the hydraulic /
DANGER
hydrostatic systems are operating.

The hydraulic / hydrostatic filter system consists of one


main filter and one charge flow filter.

The main filter removes contaminants before entering


gear pumps including fluid returning from the main valve.

The charge flow filter removes contaminants after the P-90328


charge pump.
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

337 of 1311 20-70-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FILTER (CONT’D) Remove and plug the two hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-
2] from the bottom of the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter
Housing Removal And Installation (Cont’d) housing.

Figure 20-70-1 Figure 20-70-3

1
2
1
P-90010 1 P-90537

NOTE: Hex head filter shown but the procedure is the Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-70-3].
same for all filters.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter housing from the
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm loader.
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Drain the fluid from the reservoir. (See Removing And


Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

Disconnect the electrical connector (Item 1) [Figure 20-


70-1] from the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter sender.

Disconnect and plug the three hoses (Item 2) [Figure 20-


70-1] from the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter housing.

Figure 20-70-2

P-90011

338 of 1311 20-70-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC FLUID RESERVOIR Figure 20-80-2

Description

The hydraulic fluid reservoir is a storage container for the


loader’s hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid. The reservoir
contains a vented fill cap with a fluid screen to prevent
contaminants from entering the reservoir while adding
fluid. 1

The hydraulic fluid reservoir is located behind the


operator’s cab under the rear grille on the right side of the
loader.

Removal And Installation


P-90579
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Remove the two bolts, (Item 1) [Figure 20-80-2] nuts,
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) and bracket

Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 50- Remove the hydraulic fluid reservoir from the loader.
60-1.)
Installation: Tighten the mount bolts and nuts to 21,7 -

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Drain the fluid from the reservoir. (See Removing And 24,4 N•m (16 - 18 ft-lb) torque.
Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

Remove the Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter Housing. (See


Housing Removal And Installation on Page 20-70-1.)

Figure 20-80-1

P-90013

Remove the clamp and the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-80-


1].

339 of 1311 20-80-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDRAULIC FLUID RESERVOIR (CONT'D)

Hydraulic Fluid Screen

Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 50-


60-1.)

Figure 20-80-3

P-90506

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the hydraulic fluid reservoir breather cap
[Figure 20-80-3] from the reservoir.

Remove the hydraulic fluid screen (Item 1) [Figure 20-


80-3] from the reservoir.

Wash the screen in clean solvent and air dry, before


replacing.

340 of 1311 20-80-2 S650 Service Manual


OIL COOLER Removal And Installation

Description Earlier Models

The oil cooler is used to cool the loaders hydraulic and


hydrostatic oil. Oil passages are coiled into a heat
exchanger. Air is forced, with the cooling fan, around the
passages cooling the oil. IMPORTANT
The oil cooler is located underneath the rear grille When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
between the A/C condenser (if so equipped) and the clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
radiator. parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888

Remove the rear grille from the loader. (See REAR


GRILLE on Page 50-60-1.)

Figure 20-90-1

1 2

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


3

P-85938

Slide the plastic sleeve (Item 1) away from the oil cooler
(Item 2). Remove the clip (Item 3) [Figure 20-90-1] and
pull hose out.

Cap or plug all hoses and fittings.

341 of 1311 20-90-1 S650 Service Manual


OIL COOLER (CONT’D) NOTE: When installing the cooler hoses, the fittings
should make a clicking sound when pushed
Removal And Installation (Cont’d) together.

Earlier Models (Cont’d) Lift up the oil cooler and remove the cooler from the
loader.
Figure 20-90-2
Later Models

2 The oil cooler and radiator are removed from the loader
1 as a unit. (See Radiator / Oil Cooler Removal And
Installation on Page 70-51-1.)

P-85936

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Slide the plastic sleeve (Item 1) away from the oil cooler
(Item 2). Remove the clip (Item 3) [Figure 20-90-2] and
pull hose out.

Cap or plug all hoses and fittings.

Figure 20-90-3

4 4
2

5
3

P-85905

Undo the rubber straps (Item 1) [Figure 20-90-3]

Remove the bolts (Item 2) and remove the condenser


guards (Item 3) [Figure 20-90-3].

Remove the clips and pins (Item 4) [Figure 20-90-3].

Remove the bolt (Item 5) [Figure 20-90-3] from the prop


rod.

342 of 1311 20-90-2 S650 Service Manual


BUCKET POSITION VALVE Cover the fuel tank inlet.

Description Figure 20-100-2


The Bucket Position Valve is an option that allows the
operator to hold the attachment at the same angle from
the ground to maximum lift height without using the tilt
function. 3
The bucket position valve is mounted to the inside lower
right rear side of the loader frame.
See Hydraulic Schematic for more circuit information. 2
Solenoid Removal And Installation

DANGER
1 P-90197

Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure


20-100-2] from the bucket position shut-off solenoid.

Disconnect the cap the two tubelines (Item 2) [Figure 20-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


100-2].
P-90328
Remove the solenoid nut, coil, and stem (Item 3) from the
AVOID DEATH
bucket positioning valve [Figure 20-100-2].
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
Installation: Put oil on O-rings and back-up rings and
can cause lift arms to drop.
tighten the solenoid stem to 40,7 - 50,2 N•m (30 - 40 ft-lb)
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
torque.
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
Installation: Tighten the solenoid nut to 8 N•m (6 ft-lb)
D-1009-0409
torque. Overtightening may cause valve failure.

Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And NOTE: The engine is shown removed for photo
Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.) clarity.

Figure 20-100-1 Figure 20-100-3

1
1 2

2
P-90187 N-18191

Remove the two bolts (Item 1), move the hose clamp
(Item 2) to the middle of the hose, and the place the fuel Inspect the solenoid stem and replace the O-rings (Item
inlet assembly (Item 3) [Figure 20-100-1] off to the side. 1) and the back-up ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-100-3].

343 of 1311 20-100-1 S650 Service Manual


BUCKET POSITION VALVE (CONT'D) Cover the fuel tank inlet.

Solenoid Testing Figure 20-100-5

Refer to Bobcat Advanced Troubleshooting System


(B.A.T.S.) for electrical testing and troubleshooting
information. It is recommended that these procedures be
performed by authorized Bobcat Service Personnel only.

Removal And Installation

DANGER
1 P-90197

NOTE: The engine is shown removed for photo


clarity.

P-90328 NOTE: Mark all hoses and tubelines for correct

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


installation.
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic Disconnect the electric solenoid connector (Item 1)
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure [Figure 20-100-5].
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised Figure 20-100-6
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And 1


Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

Figure 20-100-4

3 2

4 3
1
P-90188

Disconnect and cap the tilt base inlet hose (Item 1), the
tilt rod inlet hose (Item 2), the lift rod inlet hose (Item 3),
and the lift base inlet hose (Item 4) [Figure 20-100-6]
that route from the control valve.

2
P-90187

Remove the two bolts (Item 1), move the hose clamp
(Item 2) to the middle of the hose, and the place the fuel
inlet assembly (Item 3) [Figure 20-100-4] off to the side.

344 of 1311 20-100-2 S650 Service Manual


BUCKET POSITION VALVE (CONT'D) Figure 20-100-9

Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-100-7

P-90190A

2
1
Remove the mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure 20-100-9].
P-90189A
Remove the bucket position valve from the loader.

Disconnect and cap the tilt cylinder hose (Item 1) and the
tilt cylinder base end hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-100-7]

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


from the valve block.

Figure 20-100-8

2
2

1
P-90197A

Disconnect and cap the lift base outlet hose and tubeline
(Item 1) and the lift rod outlet hose and tubeline (Item 2)
[Figure 20-100-8] that route from the lift cylinders.

345 of 1311 20-100-3 S650 Service Manual


BUCKET POSITION VALVE (CONT'D) Figure 20-100-12

Disassembly And Assembly

Figure 20-100-10
3
1

2
1 3
2

P-90194

Remove the tilt cylinder check valve (Item 1), spring (Item
P-90192 2), and plug (Item 3) [Figure 20-100-12]. Inspect for
wear, replace the O-ring.

Remove the solenoid nut (Item 1), coil (Item 2), and the Assembly: Tighten the plug to 75,9 - 86,8 N•m (56 - 64
stem (Item 3) [Figure 20-100-10]. ft-lb) torque.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Assembly: Tighten the nut to a maximum of 8 N•m (6 ft- Figure 20-100-13
lb) torque. Overtightening may cause valve failure.

Assembly: Put oil on O-rings and back-up rings and


tighten the solenoid stem to 40,7 - 50,2 N•m (30 - 40 ft-lb)
1
torque. 2 3

Figure 20-100-11

P-90193

Remove the plug (Item 1), spring (Item 2) and unloading


spool (Item 3) [Figure 20-100-13].

Inspect all parts and replace as needed. Install a new O-


P-90195 ring on the plug before installing.

Assembly: Tighten the plug to 75,9 - 86,8 N•m (56 - 64


Remove the flow adjustment valve and O-ring (Item 1) ft-lb) torque.
[Figure 20-100-11].

Assembly: Tighten the flow adjustment valve to 36,6 -


48,8 N•m (27 - 36 ft-lb) torque.

NOTE: Always install new O-rings before any parts


are installed into the valve. Inspect the parts
for wear or damage and replace as needed.

346 of 1311 20-100-4 S650 Service Manual


REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE Figure 20-110-2

Description

The rear auxiliary diverter valve is an optional valve that


diverts fluid from the main valve inlet to two sets of rear
auxiliary couplers. The couplers are used for rear
mounted attachments.The right side auxiliaries are used
for older attachments.

The rear couplers are located, one set on each side of


the rear frame uprights.

See Hydraulic Schematic for more circuit information.

Solenoid Testing P100765

Figure 20-110-1
Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 20-
110-2]. Solenoid coil do not have polarity. Correct
resistance for the solenoid coil with a pigtail connector is
4.6 - 5.7 ohm.

Figure 20-110-3

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P9137

Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 20-


110-1]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct resistance
is 8.6 - 9.5 ohm.
P9137
Replace the test meter with 12 volt power. You can see
and hear the spool shift.
Use a test meter to measure coil resistance [Figure 20-
110-3]. Coil wires do not have polarity. Correct resistance
for the solenoid coil with a molded connector is 8.1 - 9.9
ohm.

347 of 1311 20-110-1 S650 Service Manual


REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D) Figure 20-110-5

Removal And Installation

1
DANGER 1

P-93303
P-90328

AVOID DEATH Disconnect and cap the tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic 110-5].
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop. Figure 20-110-6
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


D-1009-0409

1
Put jackstands under the rear corners of the loader.

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And


Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)
P100810

Figure 20-110-4
Disconnect the accessory wiring harness (Item 1)
[Figure 20-110-6] from the main harness.

P-90583

Disconnect and cap the tubelines (Item 1) [Figure 20-


110-4].

348 of 1311 20-110-2 S650 Service Manual


REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly

Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Clean the diverter valve to remove dirt before
disassembly. Valve ports are labeled for correct
Figure 20-110-7 assembly.
Inspect cartridges, check valves, solenoid valves and
2 sealing washers for contamination or damage. Wash all
parts in clean solvent. Use air pressure to dry them.
Install new O-rings and back-up rings.
Inspect diverter valve cavities for contamination. Wash
1 valve in clean solvent. Use air pressure to dry.
Figure 20-110-8

P-90581

Remove the two bolts (Item 1) and remove the valve


(Item 2) [Figure 20-110-7].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1
1

P-48751

Figure 20-110-9

P-48752

Clean the diverter valve to remove dirt before


disassembly. Valve ports are labeled for correct
assembly.

Several plugs (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-8] and [Figure 20-


110-9] are located all over the diverter valve and can be
removed for clean out purposes.

Assembly: Put oil on O-rings and back-up rings. Tighten


to 13,6 N•m (10 ft-lb) torque.

349 of 1311 20-110-3 S650 Service Manual


REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D) Figure 20-110-12

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly 1
damage the system.
I-2003-0888

P-48755
Figure 20-110-10

Figure 20-110-13

1
2
2

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1

P-48755

P-48757
Figure 20-110-11

Remove the differential sensing valve (Item 1) [Figure


20-110-12] and [Figure 20-110-13] from diverter valve
and inspect the O-rings and back-up rings (Item 2)
[Figure 20-110-13] for damage.
2
2 2
Assembly: Put oil on O-ring and back-up rings. Tighten
1 to 68 - 75 N•m (50 - 55 ft-lb) torque.

P-48756

Remove the shuttle valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-10]


and [Figure 20-110-11] from diverter valve and inspect
the O-rings and back-up rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-
11] for damage.

Assembly: Put oil on the O-rings and back-up rings.


Tighten to 14 - 16 N•m (10 - 12 ft-lb) torque.

350 of 1311 20-110-4 S650 Service Manual


REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D) Figure 20-110-16

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 20-110-14

P-48759
1

Figure 20-110-17
P-48753

Remove the relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-14].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-110-15

1
2
P-48760

1
NOTE: Before removing the solenoid coils mark the
coils for proper alignment.

P-48754 Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-16] and [Figure


20-110-17] from the solenoid valve stem.

Inspect the O-rings and back-up rings (Item 1) [Figure Assembly: Tighten the nut to 5 - 8 N•m (4 - 6 ft-lb)
20-110-15] for damage. torque.

Assembly: Put oil on O-ring and back-up rings. Tighten Remove the spacer (Item 2) and solenoid valve coils
to 27 - 34 N•m (20 - 25 ft-lb) torque. (Item 3) [Figure 20-110-17].

351 of 1311 20-110-5 S650 Service Manual


REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D) Figure 20-110-19

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 20-110-18

1
1

P-48762

Figure 20-110-20
P-48761

NOTE: Before removing the solenoid coils mark the


coils for proper alignment.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the nuts (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-18] from the
solenoid valve stems.

Assembly: Tighten the nut to 5 - 8 N•m (4 - 6 ft-lb)


2 2
torque. 1 1

P-48763

Remove the solenoid valve stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-


110-19] and [Figure 20-110-20] and inspect the O-rings
and back-up rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-20] for
damage.

Assembly: Put oil on O-rings and back-up rings. Tighten


to 27 - 34 N•m (20 - 25 ft-lb) torque.

352 of 1311 20-110-6 S650 Service Manual


REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D) Figure 20-110-23

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 20-110-21

P-48765

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-23].


P-48763A
Assembly: Tighten the plug to 51,5 N•m (38 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 20-110-22 Figure 20-110-24

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1 2

1
P-48764 P-48766

Remove the solenoid valve stem (Item 1) [Figure 20- Remove and inspect the orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-
110-21] and [Figure 20-110-22] and inspect the O-rings 24] for dirt and debris.
and back-up rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-110-22] for
damage. Assembly: Tighten the orifice to 29,8 N•m (22 ft-lb)
torque.
Assembly: Put oil on O-rings and back-up rings. Tighten
to 41 - 47 N•m (30 - 35 ft-lb) torque.

353 of 1311 20-110-7 S650 Service Manual


REAR AUXILIARY DIVERTER VALVE (CONT'D) Figure 20-110-27

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 20-110-25

1
1

P-48758

Remove the plugs (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-27].


P-48765
Assembly: Tighten the plug to 19 N•m (14 ft-lb) torque.

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-25]. Inspect cartridges, check valves, solenoid valves and
sealing washers for contamination or damage. Wash all

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Assembly: Tighten the plug to 13,6 N•m (10 ft-lb) torque. parts in clean solvent. Use air pressure for drying them.
Install new O-rings and back-up rings.
Figure 20-110-26
Inspect diverter valve cavities for contamination. Wash
valve in clean solvent. Use air pressure to dry.

P-48786

Remove the orifice (Item 1) [Figure 20-110-26].

Assembly: Tighten the orifice to 4,5 N•m (3.3 ft-lb)


torque.

354 of 1311 20-110-8 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK Removal And Installation

Description

The Power Bob-Tach is an option that allows the operator


to hydraulically control the Bob-Tach levers for mounting
WARNING
and dismounting the attachments.
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
The Power Bob-Tach is operated by a switch on the right the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
switch panel. support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
The Power Bob-Tach block is mounted on the right side to fall and cause injury or death.
of the machine in front of the engine on the back side of W-2059-0598
the hydraulic pump.

DANGER

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888

355 of 1311 20-120-1 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Figure 20-120-2

Removal And Installation (Cont'd) 1

NOTE: Earlier models shown. The photos may appear


different for later models but the procedure is
the same.
2 4
Figure 20-120-1

3
3
1
3
P-90969

Mark the hydraulic hoses for proper installation.

Disconnect and cap the outlet hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-


120-18] from block.

P-90968 Remove the hydraulic muffler (if equipped) (Item 2)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


[Figure 20-120-18] from block.

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING Disconnect and cap the hoses (Item 3) [Figure 20-120-
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.) 18] from block.

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 4) [Figure 20-120-
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) 18] from block.

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 48 - 54 N•m
(35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And
Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.) Remove the Power Bob-Tach block.

Disconnect and cap the two electrical solenoid


connectors (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-1] from the loader
electrical harness.

356 of 1311 20-120-2 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Figure 20-120-4

Disassembly And Assembly (Earlier Models)

Figure 20-120-3

1 3

2
2
1
P-48120

Remove the spring guide (Item 1), spring (Item 2) and the
P-48115 spool (Item 3) [Figure 20-120-4].

Replace the O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-120-4] on the


Clean the block (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-3] to remove dirt plug.
before disassembly. Block ports are labeled for correct

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


assembly. Figure 20-120-5

Remove the plug (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-3].

Installation: Tighten the plug to 34 - 40,6 N•m (25 - 30 ft-


lb) torque.

IMPORTANT 1

When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,


clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
P-48116
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
NOTE: This plug is a zero leak plug and should not be
removed. If removed damage may occur and
the plug and O-ring must be replaced.

Do not remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-5].

Installation: Tighten the plug to 16,3 - 19 N•m (12 - 14 ft-


lb) torque.

357 of 1311 20-120-3 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Figure 20-120-8

Disassembly And Assembly (Earlier Models) (Cont'd)

Figure 20-120-6

1
1
P-48122

Do not remove the plugs (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-8].


P-48382
NOTE: Do not remove plugs. If the plugs are removed
the internal pressure relieving spring setting
Remove the check valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-6]. will be altered.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Oil the check valve and O-rings and tighten Figure 20-120-9
the check valve to 27,1 - 34 N•m (20 - 25 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 20-120-7

1
2
1

P-48384
3

P-48119 Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-9], and replace


the O-ring.

Inspect the check valve (Item 1) and piston assembly Installation: Tighten the plug to 16,3 - 19 N•m (12 - 14 ft-
(Item 2) [Figure 20-120-7]. lb) torque.

Replace the O-rings and back-up rings (Item 3) [Figure


20-120-7] on the check valve and piston assembly.

358 of 1311 20-120-4 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Figure 20-120-12

Disassembly And Assembly (Earlier Models) (Cont'd)

Figure 20-120-10 2

2
1
P-48106A

Remove the first solenoid coil (Item 1) and the second


P-48664 solenoid coil (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-12].

NOTE: Remember the solenoid coil orientation for


Remove the orifice screw (Item 2) located behind the ease of installation.
plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-10].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-120-13
Installation: Tighten the orifice screw to 8,1 - 10,8 N•m
(6 - 8 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 20-120-11

1
1
2
P-48386

Remove the solenoid stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-13].


P-48127
Installation: Tighten the solenoid stem to 27,1 - 34 N•m
(20 - 25 ft-lb) torque.
NOTE: This plug is a zero leak plug and should not be
removed. If removed damage may occur and
the plug and O-ring must be replaced.

Do not remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-11].

Remove the solenoid nut (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-11].

Installation: Tighten the solenoid valve stem nut to 1,7 -


5,1 N•m (15 - 45 in-lb) torque.

359 of 1311 20-120-5 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Figure 20-120-16

Disassembly And Assembly (Earlier Models) (Cont'd)

Figure 20-120-14
1

P-48174
1

Remove the screened orifice plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-


P-48175 120-16].

Installation: Tighten the screened orifice plug to 14,9 -


Remove the armature assembly (Item 1) [Figure 20-120- 16,3 N•m (11 - 12 ft-lb) torque.
14].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-120-17
Figure 20-120-15

2 2

1 1

P-48138
P-48173

Inspect the screened orifice plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-


Inspect the solenoid stem (Item 1), armature assembly 120-17] for damage replace as needed. If the screened
(Item 2) and the spool (Item 3) for damage [Figure 20- orifice plug is blocked replace with a new plug.
120-15].
Replace the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-17].
NOTE: If the solenoid stem is damaged (Item 1)
inspect the armature assembly (Item 2) for
damage.

The armature assembly (Item 2) and spool


(Item 3) are non-serviceable parts. If they are
damaged, order a new Power Bob-Tach block
assembly from Bobcat parts [Figure 20-120-
15].

360 of 1311 20-120-6 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Figure 20-120-19

Disassembly And Assembly (Later Models)

IMPORTANT 2

When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, 1


clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888

P100769
Figure 20-120-18

Clean the block (Item 1) to remove dirt before


disassembly. Block ports are labeled for correct
assembly.[Figure 20-120-19].

Remove the plug (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-19].


1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the plug to 67,8 N•m (50 ft-lb)
torque.

Figure 20-120-20

3
P100820

Do not remove these plugs (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-18].


1
NOTE: Do not remove the two plugs located next to
the outlet port. A new Power Bob-Tach valve 2
will be required if tampered with. All other
plugs can be removed.
4
P100770

Remove plug (Item 1), spring (Item 2) and spool (Item 3)


[Figure 20-120-20] and inspect. Replace damaged parts
as needed.

Replace the O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-120-20] on the


plug.

361 of 1311 20-120-7 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Figure 20-120-23

Disassembly And Assembly (Later Models) (Cont'd)

Figure 20-120-21

P100826

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-23], and


P100823 replace the O-ring.

Installation: Tighten the plug to 17,6 N•m (13 ft-lb)


Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-21], and torque.
replace the O-ring.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-120-24
Installation: Tighten the plug to 17,6 N•m (13 ft-lb)
torque.

Figure 20-120-22

2 P100821
1
Remove the orifice screw (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-24].
P107069
Installation: Tighten the orifice screw to 8,1 - 10,8 N•m
(6 - 8 ft-lb) torque.
Remove the spool (Item 1), spring (Item 2) and the orifice
(Item 3) [Figure 20-120-22]. Inspect the spring, spool
and orifice replace as needed.

Installation: Clean threads on the orifice and apply


Loctite® 603. Tighten the orifice (Item 3) [Figure 20-120-
23].

362 of 1311 20-120-8 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Figure 20-120-27

Disassembly And Assembly (Later Models) (Cont'd)

Figure 20-120-25

P100827

Remove the solenoid coil stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-


P100774 27].

Installation: Tighten the solenoid coil stem to 27,1 N•m


NOTE: Mark the solenoid coil orientation for ease of (20 ft-lb) torque.
installation.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-120-28
Remove the solenoid coil nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-
25].

Installation: Tighten the solenoid coil valve stem nut to 2 2 2


6,8 N•m (5 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 20-120-26

1 1 1 1

1 P100776

Replace the O-rings (Item 1) and the back-up rings (Item


2) [Figure 20-120-28].

P100773

Remove the first solenoid coil (Item 1) and the second


solenoid coil (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-26].

363 of 1311 20-120-9 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Figure 20-120-31

Disassembly And Assembly (Later Models) (Cont'd)

Figure 20-120-29

P100840

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-31], and


P100828 replace the O-ring.

Installation: Tighten the plug to 17,6 N•m (13 ft-lb)


Remove the fitting (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-29]. torque.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-120-30 Figure 20-120-32

1
1

P100829 P100841

Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-30]. Remove the filter assembly (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-32],
inspect and replace as needed.

364 of 1311 20-120-10 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Figure 20-120-35

Disassembly And Assembly (Later Models) (Cont'd)

Figure 20-120-33

P100845

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-35], and


P100842 replace the O-ring.

Installation: Tighten the plug to 30 N•m (22 ft-lb) torque.


Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-33], and
replace the O-ring. Figure 20-120-36

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the plug to 17,6 N•m (13 ft-lb)
torque.

Figure 20-120-34

2
1

P100839

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-36], and


replace the O-ring.
P100843
Installation: Tighten the plug to 17,6 N•m (13 ft-lb)
torque.
Remove the shuttle seat (Item 1) and check ball (Item 2)
[Figure 20-120-34]. Inspect the shuttle seat and check
ball, replace as needed.

365 of 1311 20-120-11 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Figure 20-120-39

Disassembly And Assembly (Later Models) (Cont'd)

Figure 20-120-37

2
1
P100838

Remove the spring (Item 1) and the check ball (Item 2)


P100835 [Figure 20-120-39]. Inspect and replace as needed.

Figure 20-120-40
Remove the spring (Item 1) and the check ball (Item 2)
[Figure 20-120-37], inspect and replace as needed.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-120-38

P100853

Using a small diameter tool remove the pilot piston (Item


P100837 1) [Figure 20-120-40].

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-38], and


replace the O-ring.

Installation: Tighten the plug to 17,6 N•m (13 ft-lb)


torque.

366 of 1311 20-120-12 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Figure 20-120-43

Disassembly And Assembly (Later Models) (Cont'd)

Figure 20-120-41

P100852

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-43], and


P100847 replace the O-ring.

Installation: Tighten the plug to 17,6 N•m (13 ft-lb)


Remove pilot piston (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-41]. torque.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-120-42 Figure 20-120-44

2 2

1
2

P100834 P100849

Inspect the pilot piston (Item 1), the back-up rings (Item Remove the annular orifice shaft (Item 1) and the annular
2) and the O-ring (Item 3) [Figure 20-120-42] for damage orifice shaft guide (Item 2) [Figure 20-120-44], inspect
and replace as needed. and replace as needed.

367 of 1311 20-120-13 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (CONT'D) Figure 20-120-47

Disassembly And Assembly (Later Models) (Cont'd)

Figure 20-120-45 1

P100854

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-47] and


P100850 replace.

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-45], and


replace the O-ring.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the plug to 30 N•m (22 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 20-120-46

P100851

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-120-46], and


replace the O-ring.

Installation: Tighten the plug to 17,6 N•m (13 ft-lb)


torque.

368 of 1311 20-120-14 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (S/N A3NV25242 AND
A3NW13834 & ABOVE)

Description

The Power Bob-Tach is an option that allows the operator


to hydraulically control the Bob-Tach levers for mounting
and dismounting the attachments.

The Power Bob-Tach is operated by a switch on the right


switch panel.

The Power Bob-Tach block is mounted on the right side


of the machine in front of the engine on the back side of
the hydraulic pump.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

369 of 1311 20-121-1 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (S/N A3NV25242 AND Figure 20-121-2
A3NW13834 & ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Testing Relief Valve

1
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid P106674
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807 Disconnect the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-2] from the
cylinder base end port.

Figure 20-121-3

WARNING

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire. 1
W-2103-0508

The following tools are required for this procedure:


MEL1355 hydraulic test kit.

Figure 20-121-1 P122238

Install the gauge (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-3] between the


hose and cylinder base end port and tighten.

Engage the parking brake. Lower the seat bar. Start the
engine.

Push and hold the BOB-TACH “WEDGES DOWN” Switch


(Front Accessory Panel).

Record the pressure reading. The pressure relief valve


should be set at 241 bar (3500 psi).

P122237

Tilt the Bob-Tach forward, parallel to the floor [Figure 20-


121-1].

Push and hold BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch until


levers are in the unlocked position (Wedges fully raised).

370 of 1311 20-121-2 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (S/N A3NV25242 AND
A3NW13834 & ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Testing Relief Valve (Cont’d)

Figure 20-121-4

P122229

NOTE: Relief valve removed from block for photo

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


clarity.

If adjustment is required loosen the jam nut (Item 1) and


turn the adjusting screw (Item 2) [Figure 20-121-4]
clockwise to increase pressure or counterclockwise to
decrease pressure.

Test the relief valve setting after adjustment has been


made.

371 of 1311 20-121-3 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (S/N A3NV25242 AND NOTE: After repairing a machine that required the
A3NW13834 & ABOVE) (CONT'D) Power Bob-Tach valve electrical connectors
to be disconnected, inspect the loader to
Removal And Installation make sure the Bob-Tach wedges function
correctly. If the wedges do not function per
the information in the Operation &

WARNING Maintenance Manual, the electrical


connectors will have to be switched between
the two Bob-Tach valve coils. Do a final
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless inspection to verify the wedges function
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm correctly.
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
to fall and cause injury or death. THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
W-2059-0598
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)


DANGER
Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And
Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

Remove the fan duct. (See Fan Duct Removal And

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation on Page 70-50-4.) or (See Fan Duct Removal
And Installation on Page 70-51-4.)

Figure 20-121-5
P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop. 1
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

IMPORTANT P122161

When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, Disconnect the two wire connectors (Item 1) [Figure 20-
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all 121-5] from the solenoid coils.
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888

372 of 1311 20-121-4 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (S/N A3NV25242 AND
A3NW13834 & ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 20-121-6

2 2

P122162

Disconnect and cap the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-6]

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


from block.

Disconnect and cap the hoses (Item 2) [Figure 20-121-6]


from block.

Figure 20-121-7

1 1

1
1

P122157

Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-


7].

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 48 - 54 N•m


(35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.

Remove the Power Bob-Tach block.

373 of 1311 20-121-5 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (S/N A3NV25242 AND Figure 20-121-9
A3NW13834 & ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Disassembly And Assembly

IMPORTANT 3

When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,


1
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system. 2
I-2003-0888
4 P122197

Figure 20-121-8
Remove plug (Item 1), spring (Item 2) and spool (Item 3)
[Figure 20-121-9] and inspect. Replace damaged parts
as needed.

Installation: Tighten the plug to 67,8 N•m (50 ft-lb)


torque.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Replace the O-ring (Item 4) [Figure 20-121-9] on the
1
plug.

Figure 20-121-10
1

P122196

Do not remove these plugs (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-8].

NOTE: Do not remove the expander plugs in block


(total of 11). A new Power Bob-Tach valve will
be required if tampered with. All other plugs
can be removed.
1

P122198

NOTE: Mark the solenoid coil orientation for


installation.

Remove the coil nut (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-10].

Installation: Tighten the solenoid coil valve stem nut to


6,8 N•m (5 ft-lb) torque.

374 of 1311 20-121-6 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (S/N A3NV25242 AND Figure 20-121-13
A3NW13834 & ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)


2
Figure 20-121-11

P122201
3

Replace the O-rings (Item 1) and the back-up rings (Item


1 2) [Figure 20-121-13].
P122199
Figure 20-121-14

Remove the first solenoid coil (Item 1), the spacer (Item
2) and the second solenoid coil (Item 3) [Figure 20-121-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


11].

Figure 20-121-12

2
1
P122202

Remove the fitting (Item 2) [Figure 20-121-12] and


1 replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-14].

P122200

Remove the solenoid coil stem (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-


12].

Installation: Tighten the solenoid stem to 27,14 N•m


(20 ft-lb) torque.

375 of 1311 20-121-7 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (S/N A3NV25242 AND Figure 20-121-17
A3NW13834 & ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 20-121-15

P122206

1
Replace the O-ring (Item 1) and remove the screened
orifice (Item 2) [Figure 20-121-18]. Inspect and replace
P122203 as needed.

Figure 20-121-18
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-15] and

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


replace the O-ring.

Installation: Tighten the plug to 30,0 N•m (22 ft-lb)


torque. 1
Figure 20-121-16

P122205

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-18].


1
Installation: Tighten the plug to 17,6 N•m (13 ft-lb)
torque.
P122205

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-16].

Installation: Tighten the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-


16] to 17,6 N•m (13 ft-lb) torque.

376 of 1311 20-121-8 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (S/N A3NV25242 AND Figure 20-121-21
A3NW13834 & ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 20-121-19

2
3 1
P122209
2

Replace the O-ring (Item 1) and remove the orifice insert


1 (Item 2) [Figure 20-121-21]. Inspect and replace as
P122207 needed.

Figure 20-121-22
Remove the O-ring (Item 1), the spring (Item 2) and the
check ball (Item 3) [Figure 20-121-23]. Inspect and

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


replace as needed.

Figure 20-121-20

1
P122210

Remove the relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-22].

P122208 Installation: Tighten the relief valve to 20 N•m (15 ft-lb)


torque.

Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-20].

Installation: Tighten the plug to 17,6 N•m (13 ft-lb)


torque.

377 of 1311 20-121-9 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) BLOCK (S/N A3NV25242 AND
A3NW13834 & ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 20-121-23

P122212

Replace the O-rings (Item 1) and the back-up rings (Item


2) [Figure 20-121-23].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-121-24

P122213

Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 20-121-24].

NOTE: After repairing a machine that required the


Power Bob-Tach valve electrical connectors
to be disconnected, inspect the loader to
make sure the Bob-Tach wedges function
correctly. If the wedges do not function per
the information in the Operation &
Maintenance Manual, the electrical
connectors will have to be switched between
the two Bob-Tach valve coils. Do a final
inspection to verify the wedges function
correctly.

378 of 1311 20-121-10 S650 Service Manual


FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC COUPLER BLOCK For FFI/FI connector block. (See Disassembly And
Assembly (FFI/FI) on Page 20-130-2.)
Description
For FFH/FH connector block. (See Disassembly And
The front auxiliary hydraulic coupler block is the Assembly (FFH/FH) on Page 20-130-4.)
connection block that houses the two main auxiliary
couplers along with a case drain coupler. These couplers Figure 20-130-3
are for suppling hydraulic flow for various attachments.

The front auxiliary coupler block is located at the front of


the left side lift arm.

There are two different coupler blocks that can be used


on the machine. To determine which coupler block is
used, check the supplier part number on the male
coupler.
1
Figure 20-130-1

1
P115535

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


If unable to identify the supplier part number on the male
coupler of an internally mounted coupler block, remove
the internally mounted coupler block from the lift arm.
(See Removal And Installation on Page 20-130-2.) The
supplier part number (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-3] is
located on the back of the block.

NOTE: FFI/FI couplers will continue to be available


P115537 but will not install in FFH/FH coupler blocks.
FFH/FH couplers will not install in FFI/FI
coupler blocks.
Figure 20-130-2

P115534A

The supplier part number (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-1] and


[Figure 20-130-2] is located on the male coupler.

379 of 1311 20-130-1 S650 Service Manual


FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC COUPLER BLOCK Disassembly And Assembly (FFI/FI)
(CONT’D)
Figure 20-130-5
Removal And Installation

All Models
1

IMPORTANT 2

When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,


clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
3
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
P-90003

Figure 20-130-4
Remove the female coupler (Item 1), case drain coupler
(Item 2) and male coupler (Item 3) [Figure 20-130-5].

Installation: Tighten the female and male coupler to 80

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


N•m (59 ft-lb) torque. Tighten the case drain coupler to
50 N•m (37 ft-lb) torque.
1
Figure 20-130-6

1
1

1
P-85281

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-130- 1


4].

Pull the block away from the lift arms and disconnect the
auxiliary hoses from the coupler block [Figure 20-130-4].
P-90002

Remove the fittings (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-6].

380 of 1311 20-130-2 S650 Service Manual


FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC COUPLER BLOCK Figure 20-130-9
(CONT’D)

Disassembly And Assembly (FFI/FI) (Cont’d)


1
Figure 20-130-7

2
2 1
2

2 1
2

1 P-34665

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)


[Figure 20-130-9] from the male coupler.
P-90001
Figure 20-130-10
Remove the springs (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-7].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1
Remove the O-rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-130-7] from the
fittings and coupler body.

Figure 20-130-8

P-34664

Remove the O-rings (Item 1) and back-up rings (Item 2)


[Figure 20-130-10] from the female coupler.

Assembly: Install new O-rings and back-up rings and


P-34701 lightly lubricate with oil before installation.

Press center of male couplers down and inspect the seal


(Item 1) [Figure 20-130-14] for damage and replace as
needed.

381 of 1311 20-130-3 S650 Service Manual


FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC COUPLER BLOCK Figure 20-130-13
(CONT’D)

Disassembly And Assembly (FFH/FH) 1


2
Figure 20-130-11

2 1
1 2

2
1
2

1
P115529B

Remove the springs (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-13].

P-90002 Remove the O-rings (Item 2) [Figure 20-130-13] from the


fittings.

Remove the coupler fittings (Item 1) and the case drain Figure 20-130-14
coupler fitting (Item 2) [Figure 20-130-11].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the coupler fittings (Item 1) [Figure
20-130-11] to 110 N•m (81 ft-lb) torque.
1
Figure 20-130-12

P115533

3
Press center of the male coupler down and replace the
seal (Item 1) [Figure 20-130-14].

P-90003

Remove the female coupler (Item 1), case drain coupler


(Item 2) and male coupler (Item 3) [Figure 20-130-12].

Installation: Tighten the female and male coupler to 80


N•m (59 ft-lb) torque. Tighten the case drain coupler to
50 N•m (37 ft-lb) torque.

382 of 1311 20-130-4 S650 Service Manual


FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC COUPLER BLOCK Figure 20-130-17
(CONT’D)

Disassembly And Assembly (FFH/FH) (Cont’d)

Figure 20-130-15

2 3

2
1 1

P115532

Inspect the O-ring (Item 1) and seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-


130-17] and replace coupler if damaged.
P115536
Assembly: Lightly lubricate the O-ring and seal with oil
before installation.
Remove the pintle (Item 1) from the case drain coupler
(Item 2) [Figure 20-130-15].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Inspect the pintle (Item 1), the case drain coupler (Item 2)
and the seal (Item 3) [Figure 20-130-15].

Replace the case drain coupler (Item 2) [Figure 20-130-


15] as an assemble if any part is damaged.

Figure 20-130-16

2
1

P115531

Inspect the O-ring (Item 1) and seal (Item 2) [Figure 20-


130-16] and replace coupler if damaged.

383 of 1311 20-130-5 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

384 of 1311 20-130-6 S650 Service Manual


AUTOMATIC RIDE CONTROL

Description

The automatic ride control is an option that provides a


smoother ride, reduced load spillage, and improved
machine control when traveling over uneven ground with
heavy loads or in heavy digging applications.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

385 of 1311 20-140-1 S650 Service Manual


AUTOMATIC RIDE CONTROL (CONT'D)

Removal And Installation


WARNING
Open the rear door.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Remove the rear grille and engine cover. (See REAR
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
GRILLE on Page 50-60-1.)
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.

WARNING W-2103-0508

Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless


the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm WARNING
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death. RIDE CONTROL ACCUMULATOR INSTALLED
W-2059-0598
PRESSURIZED FLUID CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY
After fully lowering the lift arms or installing an
approved lift arm support device, use lift arm bypass
control for 5 seconds to release pressure from lift
DANGER circuit before servicing.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


See Operation & Maintenance Manual or Service
Manual for lift arm bypass control instructions.
W-3015-0816

Drain the hydraulic fluid reservoir. (See Removing And


Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

Figure 20-140-1
P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure 3
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409
2

IMPORTANT P121154

When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, Disconnect the harness (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-1] from
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all the bottom of the filter.
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly Remove the two bolts (Item 2) and reposition the fuel
damage the system. filter assembly (Item 3) [Figure 20-140-1].
I-2003-0888

386 of 1311 20-140-2 S650 Service Manual


AUTOMATIC RIDE CONTROL (CONT'D) Figure 20-140-4

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 20-140-2 2

P122354

Reposition the clamp (Item 1) and remove the fuel fill


P122353
hose (Item 2) [Figure 20-140-4] from the tank.

Cover the fuel tank inlet.


Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-2].
Figure 20-140-5
Figure 20-140-3

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1

P128342
P122355

Disconnect the three connectors (Item 1) [Figure 20-


Remove the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-3]. 140-5] from the manifold.

387 of 1311 20-140-3 S650 Service Manual


AUTOMATIC RIDE CONTROL (CONT'D) Figure 20-140-8

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)


2
Figure 20-140-6

1
1

P128335

Remove the two nuts (Item 1) and the accumulator /


P128096 manifold assembly (Item 2) [Figure 20-140-8].

Remove the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-6].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-140-7

P128339

Remove the two hoses (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-7] from


the manifold.

388 of 1311 20-140-4 S650 Service Manual


AUTOMATIC RIDE CONTROL (CONT'D)

Checking The Pressure In The Accumulator

The nitrogen charge in the accumulator will decrease


IMPORTANT
over time. This will result in decreased effectiveness of
the automatic ride control benefits. When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
NOTE: The signs of a low accumulator charge parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
include: excessive lift arm movement, tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
reduced ride control performance, or loss of damage the system.
I-2003-0888
ride control function.

Remove the automatic ride control assembly. (See


Removal And Installation on Page 20-140-2.)

The tools listed will be needed to do the following WARNING


procedure:
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Hydac Adapter Tool Kit Bobcat P/N 7311020. Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
WARNING W-2103-0508

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment WARNING
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598 RIDE CONTROL ACCUMULATOR INSTALLED
PRESSURIZED FLUID CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY
After fully lowering the lift arms or installing an
approved lift arm support device, use lift arm bypass
DANGER control for 5 seconds to release pressure from lift
circuit before servicing.
See Operation & Maintenance Manual or Service
Manual for lift arm bypass control instructions.
W-3015-0816

P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

389 of 1311 20-140-5 S650 Service Manual


AUTOMATIC RIDE CONTROL (CONT'D) Figure 20-140-11

Checking The Pressure In The Accumulator (Cont’d)

Figure 20-140-9

1
P128488

Make sure the manual bleed valve (Item 1) is closed.


P128321 Install the tool / gauge (Item 2) [Figure 20-140-11] onto
the accumulator.
Remove the cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-9] from the
Figure 20-140-12
accumulator.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-140-10
1

1
2

P128489

P128322 Turn the T-handle (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-12]


counterclockwise until the gauge begins to move (DO
NOT TURN THE T-HANDLE MORE THAN THREE
Loosen the Allen screw (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-10]
TIMES).
approximately 1/4 turn.
Pressure in the accumulator should be 915 psi [63 bar].

Close the valve by turning the T-handle (Item 1) [Figure


20-140-12] clockwise.

Release any pressure by opening the manual bleed valve


(Item 2) [Figure 20-140-12].

Remove the tool / gauge from the accumulator.

Tighten the Allen screw (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-10] to 20


N•m (15 ft-lb) torque.

390 of 1311 20-140-6 S650 Service Manual


AUTOMATIC RIDE CONTROL (CONT'D) Figure 20-140-14

Adding Nitrogen To The Accumulator

Remove the automatic ride control assembly. (See


Removal And Installation on Page 20-140-2.)

The tools listed will be needed to do the following


procedure:
1
Hydac Adapter Tool Kit Bobcat P/N 7311020.

WARNING
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any P128322
of the following conditions exist:
• Pressurized fluids and springs or other stored
energy components. Loosen the Allen screw (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-14]
• Flying debris or loose material is present. approximately 1/4 turn.
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being used. Figure 20-140-15
W-2505-0604

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1
WARNING
RIDE CONTROL ACCUMULATOR INSTALLED
PRESSURIZED FLUID CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY
After fully lowering the lift arms or installing an
approved lift arm support device, use lift arm bypass
control for 5 seconds to release pressure from lift
circuit before servicing.
See Operation & Maintenance Manual or Service 2 P128488
Manual for lift arm bypass control instructions.
W-3015-0816
Install the tool / gauge (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-15] onto
Figure 20-140-13 the accumulator.

Make sure the manual bleed valve (Item 2) [Figure 20-


140-15] is closed.

P128321

Remove the cap (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-13] from the


accumulator.

391 of 1311 20-140-7 S650 Service Manual


AUTOMATIC RIDE CONTROL (CONT'D) Figure 20-140-18

Adding Nitrogen To The Accumulator (Cont’d)


1
Figure 20-140-16

2
1

P128491

Turn the T-handle (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-18]


P128490 counterclockwise until the gauge begins to move (DO
NOT TURN THE T-HANDLE MORE THAN THREE
TIMES).
Install the hose (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-16] to the tool on
the accumulator. Pressure in the accumulator should be 915 psi [63 bar].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 20-140-17 Slowly open the valve on the nitrogen tank. Close the
valve by turning the T-handle (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-18]
until the accumulator pressure is correct. Close the valve
on the nitrogen tank.
1
Close the valve by turning the T-handle (Item 1) [Figure
20-140-18] clockwise.

Release any pressure by opening the manual bleed valve


(Item 2) [Figure 20-140-18].

Remove the hose from the tank and the accumulator.

Tighten the Allen screw (Item 1) [Figure 20-140-14] to 20


N•m (15 ft-lb) torque.
P128327

Install the other end of the hose / fitting (Item 1) [Figure


20-140-17] to the nitrogen tank.

392 of 1311 20-140-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-10-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-10-1
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-10-2

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-20-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-20-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-20-2
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-20-4
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-20-5

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N


A3NW11001 - A3NW12724) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-21-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-21-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-21-1
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-21-4
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-21-5
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-21-11

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


A3NW12725 & ABOVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-22-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-22-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-22-1
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-22-4
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-22-5
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-22-11

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-30-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-30-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-30-2
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-30-3
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-30-4
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-30-6

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31-2
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31-3
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31-4
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-31-7

CHARGE PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-40-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-40-1
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-40-1
Sender Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-40-3
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-40-4

393 of 1311 30-01 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-2
Hydrostatic Pump Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-3
Replenishing / High Pressure Relief Valve Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-4
Parts Identification (Left Half) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-5
Parts Identification (Right Half) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-6
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-7
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-50-14

HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-1
Hydraulic Controller Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-2
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-4
Hydrostatic Pump Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-6
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-7
High Pressure Relief And Bypass Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-8
Charge Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-9
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-10
Mechanical Neutral Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-23
Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-51-26

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-1
Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-1
Stop Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-1
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-1
Tensioner Pulley Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-4
Tensioner Pulley Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-60-5

TWO-SPEED / BRAKE VALVE (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 -


A3NW12724) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-70-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-70-1
Valve Block Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-70-2
Valve Block Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-70-4

TWO-SPEED / BRAKE VALVE (S/N A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND


A3NW12725 & ABOVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-71-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-71-1
Valve Block Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-71-2
Valve Block Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-71-4

DRAIN MANIFOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-80-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-80-1
Drain Manifold Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-80-1

394 of 1311 30-02 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM INFORMATION

Description

The hydrostatic system consists of tandem hydrostatic


pump and two hydrostatic motors. The hydrostatic
system allows forward and reverse motion in the loader.

The hydrostatic pump is connected to the engine by a


drive belt and provides fluid to the hydrostatic motors.
The charge pressure system assists in replenishing the
fluid that is lost do to internal leakage in the components
of the hydrostatic system.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

395 of 1311 30-10-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM INFORMATION (CONT’D)

Troubleshooting WARNING
The following troubleshooting chart is provided for
assistance in locating and correcting problems which are Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs
most common. Many of the recommended procedures or service. Failure to make correct repairs or
must be done by authorized Bobcat service personnel adjustments can cause injury or death.
only. W-2004-1285

If a service code appears in the left instrument panel.


(See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 60-90-1.)

PROBLEM CAUSE
No drive on one side, in one direction. 1, 2
No drive on one side in both directions. 2, 3, 4, 5
The loader does not move in a straight line. 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 10
The hydrostatic system is overheating. 8, 9

KEY TO CORRECT THE CAUSE

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1. The hydrostatic pump relief / replenishing valves not seating.
2. The steering linkage needs adjustment.
3. The hydrostatic pump has damage.
4. The final drive chains are broken.
5. The hydrostatic motor has damage.
6. The tires do not have the correct tire pressure.
7. The tires are not the same size.
8. The hydrostatic fluid is not at the correct level.
9. The oil cooler has a restriction.
10. The hydrostatic pump is not properly calibrated, and/or incorrect steering drift compensation setting.

396 of 1311 30-10-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR

Description

The hydrostatic motors are driven by high pressure from


the hydrostatic pumps.

The hydrostatic motors do not have an internal brake.

Inside the end cap of the hydrostatic motor, there is a


shuttle valve. The shuttle valve helps to keep the motor
cool by mixing case drain fluid with cooled low pressure
fluid from the charge circuit. The shuttle valve is shifted
by the high pressure fluid coming from the hydrostatic
pumps. If the shuttle valve sticks, a delay or lack of drive
may or may not be felt in the controls and/or an
overheated hydrostatic motor will result.

There are two hydrostatic motors mounted to motor


carriers. The motor carriers are mounted to the
transmission chaincase which houses the drive chains.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

397 of 1311 30-20-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (CONT’D) Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And
Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)
Removal And Installation
Remove the motor cover.

Mark the hoses for correct installation.


DANGER Figure 30-20-1

1
2

P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised P-90510
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Disconnect the case drain hose (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-
D-1009-0409
1].

Disconnect the high pressure hoses (Item 2) [Figure 30-


20-1].
WARNING Figure 30-20-2

Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless


the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm 1
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm 1
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment 2
to fall and cause injury or death. 1 1
W-2059-0598
1
1

IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all P-90495
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
Remove the ten mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-
damage the system.
I-2003-0888
2].

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 149 N•m (110


Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING ft-lb) torque.
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
NOTE: The two bolts (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-2] mount
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm the cam ring to the motor, and do not have to
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) be removed, to remove the motor from the
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) loader.
Remove the motor / cam ring section from the loader.

398 of 1311 30-20-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (CONT’D)

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 30-20-3

P5405

Remove the piston / roller section (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-


3] from the loader, if it was not removed with the motor /

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


cam ring.

Figure 30-20-4

12 1
11
13
10 2

9 3

8 4

7 5
6

N-22535

Remove and replace O-ring (Item 13) [Figure 30-20-4]


with new O-ring

Installation: Install the O-ring (Item 1) by pressing the O-


ring into the groove starting at the 12 o’clock position
then 6, 2, 10, 3 9, 4, 8, 5, 7, 1 and 11 [Figure 30-20-4]
until the O-ring is fully seated in the groove.

NOTE: Do not roll, kink or stretch O-ring in to groove


and verify the O-ring is completely flush with
no protrusions.

To remove the motor carrier. (See Removal And


Installation on Page 30-30-2.)

399 of 1311 30-20-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (CONT’D)

Parts Identification

1. Distributor
2. Spring
3. Seal
4. O-ring
5. Plug
6. Washer
7. Spool
8. Rear Housing
9. Stop Pin
10. Bolt
11. Shim
12. Poppet 3
13. Cam 3
14. Roller 2
1
15. Piston
16. Block

4
5
4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


4
6 2
7
2

5
4

3
3
9
14
15 4
10

4 10
4 12
11
2
4
4
5

13
16

B-17125

400 of 1311 30-20-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (CONT’D) Figure 30-20-6

Disassembly And Assembly

IMPORTANT 2 1

When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,


clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888

P5765
Figure 30-20-5

Apply low air pressure to each port in the cylinder block


1 to remove the roller (Item 1) and piston / ring assembly
(Item 2) [Figure 30-20-6].

Inspect the cylinder block surface and the roller / piston


assemblies for scratches or wear.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NOTE: Put all the roller / piston assembly back in
their original position.

Assembly: Install the roller (Item 1) in the piston (Item 2)


[Figure 30-20-6].

N-17861 Assembly: Dip the roller / piston assembly into oil and
install into the bore in the cylinder.

Remove the piston / roller section (Item 1) [Figure 30-20- Repeat for each roller / piston assembly.
5] from the motor.

Assembly: Install the motor on the loader and tighten the


mount bolts to 149 N•m (110 ft-lb) torque.

NOTE: Before operating the hydrostatic motor, make


sure it is full of fluid. There are several
methods to fill the motor with fluid; (1) with
the case drain hose disconnected, fill the
motor with fluid through the case drain port;
(2) with the case drain hose disconnected,
BICS™ brake locked, engine running, stroke
the steering lever until fluid comes out of the
case drain port.

401 of 1311 30-20-5 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (CONT’D) Figure 30-20-9

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) 1

Figure 30-20-7 2

N-17864

Remove the stop pin (Item 1) from the rear motor housing
N-17860 (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-9].

Assembly: Install the stop pin and tighten to 10 - 12 N•m


Remove the two cam ring mounting bolts (Item 1) (7 - 9 ft-lb) torque.
[Figure 30-20-7].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-20-10
Assembly: Install the two cam ring mounting bolts and
tighten to 67,8 N•m (50 ft-lb) torque.
3
Figure 30-20-8
1
1

4
2
N-17868

NOTE: The distributor removal, is best accomplished


N-17863 by lifting the housing (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-
10] 50,8 - 76,2 mm (2 - 3 in) above a wooden
surface, and dropping the housing.
Remove the cam ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-8] from the
motor housing. Assembly: Install the stop pin (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-9]
and tighten to 10 - 12 N•m (7 - 9 ft-lb) torque.
Inspect the cam ring for surface scratches or wear.
Assembly: Install the distributor (Item 2) [Figure 30-20-
Assembly: Install the cam ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-8] 10] into the housing.
and align the mounting bolt holes.
Assembly: Align the distributor hole (Item 3) [Figure 30-
20-10] with the stop pin. When aligned correctly, the
distributor can be depressed slightly.

Assembly: Install and lightly smear grease on the O-ring


(Item 4) [Figure 30-20-10].

402 of 1311 30-20-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (CONT’D) Figure 30-20-13

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-20-11 5

1 2 3 4
1

N-17872

Remove, inspect and install the plug (Item 1), spring


N-17869 (Item 2), shim (Item 3) and poppet (Item 4) [Figure 30-
20-13].

Remove and replace the two seals and back-up O-rings Assembly: Remove and replace the O-ring (Item 5)
(Item 1) [Figure 30-20-11] on the distributor. [Figure 30-20-13].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Inspect the distributor and springs (Item 2) [Figure 30- Assembly: Tighten the plug to 12 - 15 N•m (9 - 11 ft-lb)
20-11] for damage or surface scratches. torque.

Assembly: Put grease on the springs to hold them in Figure 30-20-14


place.

Assembly: Install the springs into the distributor.


5
Figure 30-20-12

2 3 4 2 1
1

N-17871

Remove, inspect and install the plug (Item 1), springs


(Item 2), spool (Item 3) and washer (Item 4) [Figure 30-
N-17866 20-14].

Assembly: Remove and replace the O-ring (Item 5)


Remove the two seals (Item 1) [Figure 30-20-12] from [Figure 30-20-14].
the housing and replace with new seals.
Assembly: Tighten the plug to 25 - 30 N•m (18 - 22 ft-lb)
Remove the two O-rings and replace with new O-rings. torque.
The O-rings are located under the seals.

Assembly: Lightly smear grease over the seals.

403 of 1311 30-20-7 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

404 of 1311 30-20-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N
A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 -
A3NW12724)
WARNING
Description
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
The hydrostatic motors are driven by high pressure from the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
the hydrostatic pumps. support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
This hydrostatic motor contains a spring applied pressure to fall and cause injury or death.
release braking system to stop the loader. This braking W-2059-0598
system is located on the end of the hydrostatic motor.

The hydrostatic motor contains a shuttle valve. The


shuttle valve helps to keep the motor cool by mixing case
drain fluid with cooled low pressure fluid from the charge
circuit. The shuttle valve is shifted by the high pressure
IMPORTANT
fluid coming from the hydrostatic pumps. If the shuttle
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
valve sticks, a delay or lack of drive may or may not be
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
felt in the controls and / or an overheated hydrostatic
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
motor will result.
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
There are two hydrostatic motors mounted to motor damage the system.
I-2003-0888
carriers. The motor carriers are mounted to the
transmission chaincase which houses the drive chains.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
Removal And Installation THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


DANGER support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removal And


Installation on Page 20-90-1.)

P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

405 of 1311 30-21-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Disconnect the hydraulic hose (Item 3) [Figure 30-21-2]
A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 - that goes to the make-up port on the two-speed / brake
A3NW12724) (CONT’D) block.
Removal And Installation (Cont'd)
Figure 30-21-3
Figure 30-21-1

P-90257

P-90256

Disconnect the hydraulic hose (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-3]


that goes to the drain manifold.
Remove the motor cover mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


21-1].
Figure 30-21-4
Remove the motor cover from the loader.

Mark the hoses for correct installation.


1
Figure 30-21-2

3 1

P-90257

2 Remove the eight flange bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-4]


from the high pressure hoses on the motor.

P-90258

Disconnect the hydraulic hose (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-2]


that goes to the two-speed port on the two-speed / brake
block.

Disconnect the hydraulic hose (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-2]


that goes to the brake port on the two-speed / brake
block.

406 of 1311 30-21-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-21-7
A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 -
A3NW12724) (CONT’D)
12 1
11
Removal And Installation (Cont'd)
13
10 2
Figure 30-21-5

9 3

2 3 8 4

7 5
6

N-22535

4 1 Remove and replace O-ring (Item 13) [Figure 30-21-7].

Installation: Install the O-ring (Item 1) by pressing the O-


P100901 ring into the groove starting at the 12 o’clock position
then 6, 2, 10, 3, 9, 4, 8, 5, 7, 1 and 11 [Figure 30-21-7]
until the O-ring is fully seated in the groove.
Installation: Install both flanges and tighten the bolts to

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


half of the required torque in the sequence shown in
NOTE: Do not roll, kink or stretch O-ring in to groove
[Figure 30-21-5]. Re-tighten all bolts to 48 - 54 N•m (35 -
and verify the O-ring is completely flush with
40 ft-lb) torque in the same sequence.
no protrusions.
Figure 30-21-6

P-90496

Remove the ten (12 mm) mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure


30-21-6] from the motor.

NOTE: The two smaller diameter bolts (8 mm), hold


the cam ring to the motor and do not have to
be remove for motor removal.

Remove the motor from the loader.

407 of 1311 30-21-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW12724)
(CONT’D)

Parts Identification

Ref. Description
10
1. Roller 10
2. Piston
3. Ring 10
4. Clamp 10
5. Block 10
6. Cam 10
7. Quad Ring
8. Distributor 9
8
9. Spring 7
10. Seal/O-ring
11. Poppet
12. Shim 1 6
13. O-ring
14. Plug 2
15. Pin
16. Housing
17. Washer 3
18. Quad Ring 6
19. Bushing 3
20. Shaft
21. Dowel 4 4 24

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


22. Bolt 22
3 23
23. Shim
24. Brake Disc 16
25. Snap Ring
26. Seal 21
27. Clamp 1314
28. Piston
29. Spring 9 20
17
30. Gasket 12 19
31. Cover 9 18
14
16
11
12 13
25
9 17
9 22
13 31
12
30
14
22
29
15 13
28

27
13
26

MS1467S

408 of 1311 30-21-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N NOTE: Remove and / or tighten the bolts one turn at
A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 - a time to maintain equal preload on the end
A3NW12724) (CONT’D) cap and the brake spring.
Disassembly
Figure 30-21-10
Figure 30-21-8

1
2

N-22492
1
N-22489

Remove the cover plate from the brake housing.


NOTE: Install a mark on the motor, brake, and motor

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the cover plate gasket (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-
carrier housings for correct assembly [Figure
10].
30-21-8].
Remove the brake spring (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-10] from
NOTE: Always protect any sealing surfaces. Any
the brake housing.
scratches or marks will cause premature
failure.
NOTE: Mark the top side of the brake spring for
proper installation.
Place the cam sealing surface (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-8]
on a protective material.
Figure 30-21-11
Drain the fluid from the motor casing.

Figure 30-21-9

1
2

N-22493

Remove the piston from the brake housing (Item 1)


N-22490
[Figure 30-21-11].

Remove the twelve mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30- NOTE: The use of air pressure through the brake line
21-9] from the brake cover plate. connection (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-11] will aid
in piston removal.

Inspect the brake piston for damage and replace the seal.

409 of 1311 30-21-5 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-21-14
A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 -
A3NW12724) (CONT’D)

Disassembly (Cont'd) 1

Figure 30-21-12

P-69985

Remove the brake discs (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-14] from


the brake shaft. Mark the position of the brake discs and
the shims.
P-69973

Figure 30-21-15
Remove the five mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


12] from the brake housing.
1
Remove the brake housing (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-12]
2
from the rear housing.

Figure 30-21-13

P-69978

Remove the two-speed spool (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-15]


from the housing assembly.

1 Remove and discard the O-rings (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-


15] on the housing.
P-73062

Protect the sealing surface. Remove the snap ring (Item


1) [Figure 30-21-13] to remove the seal from the brake
housing.

410 of 1311 30-21-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Installation: Tighten the plug to 30 N•m (22 ft-lb) torque.
A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 -
A3NW12724) (CONT’D) NOTE: Current motor housings are provided with
break off plugs (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-17] on
Disassembly (Cont'd)
the side of the flushing spool housing. Earlier
motors were equipped with threaded plugs.
Figure 30-21-16
Figure 30-21-18

2
4
3

N-22501

P-73057

Inspect the spool (Item 1), the spring (Item 2), washer

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


(Item 3) and the snap ring (Item 4) and replace as
Remove the flushing spool assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30-
needed [Figure 30-21-16].
21-18] from the housing.
NOTE: If the two speed spool (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-
Figure 30-21-19
16] is damaged the entire rear housing
assembly has to be replaced.

NOTE: S/N A3NT14900, A3NU12252 and above 1


loaders incorporate an inner make-up spool 2 4 3
inside the two speed spool (Item 1) [Figure 30-
21-16]. The make-up spool is disassembled,
both the make-up spool and the two speed
spool will be damaged.

Figure 30-21-17

N-22504

Remove the spring (Item 1), washer (Item 2) and rear


spring (Item 3) from the spool (Item 4) [Figure 30-21-19].
2
Inspect all parts and replace as needed.

P-69979

Remove the flushing spool plug (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-


17] from the housing.

411 of 1311 30-21-7 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-21-22
A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 -
A3NW12724) (CONT’D)

Disassembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-21-20

1
2
3
1
N-22507

Inspect the poppet (Item 1), shim (Item 2) and spring


(Item 3) for wear and replace as needed [Figure 30-21-
22].
P-69981

Figure 30-21-23
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-20] from the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


housing.

Installation: Tighten the plug to 22 N•m (18 ft-lb) torque. 1 1


Figure 30-21-21

P-73058

Remove the two (8 mm) cam ring mount bolts (Item 1)


[Figure 30-21-23].

Turn the housing, cam ring, and rotating group assembly


P-69982 over and place on a stand. Remove the cam ring from the
housing.
Remove the poppet assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-21]
from the housing.

412 of 1311 30-21-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-21-26
A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 -
A3NW12724) (CONT’D)

Disassembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-21-24

N-22511

Protect the sealing surfaces. Remove the roller / piston


assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-26] from the cylinder
block.
N-22510

Inspect all roller and piston assemblies for wear and


replace as needed.
Protect the sealing surfaces. Inspect the cam ring inside

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


surface for wear and scratches [Figure 30-21-24].
NOTE: Put all roller / piston assembles back in the
original bore.
Figure 30-21-25
Figure 30-21-27
1

1
N-22509

P-73059

Remove the cylinder block (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-25]


from the housing.
Remove the shaft from the distributor [Figure 30-21-27].
Remove the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-25] from the
NOTE: The end of the shaft with the snap ring (Item 1)
housing.
[Figure 30-21-27] must be toward the brake
housing during assembly.

Remove the distributor from the housing.

413 of 1311 30-21-9 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-21-30
A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 -
A3NW12724) (CONT’D)
1
Disassembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-21-28

N-22523

Remove the bushing (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-30] from the


distributor, if worn or scratched.

P-69984 Figure 30-21-31

NOTE: The distributor removal is best accomplished

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


by lifting the housing (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-
28] 2 - 3 inches above a wooden surface, and
dropping the housing [Figure 30-21-28].

Figure 30-21-29
2 1
1

N-22519
2

Remove the six seals (Item 1), and six back-up O-rings
(Item 2) from the distributor [Figure 30-21-31].

N-22521

Protect the sealing surfaces. Remove the locating pin


(Item 1) [Figure 30-21-29] from the distributor.

Remove the springs (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-29] from the


distributor.

Inspect the springs, distributor surface and bushing for


damage or wear and replace as needed.

414 of 1311 30-21-10 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-21-34
A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 -
A3NW12724) (CONT’D)
1
Assembly

NOTE: Always use new O-rings and seals during


motor and brake assembly.

Figure 30-21-32

N-22525

Install a new bushing (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-34] in the


distributor if the old bushing was removed.
1
Install new O-rings and seals on the distributor [Figure
30-21-35].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


N-22511 NOTE: When installing seals, apply a light coating of
oil to the seal and the mating surfaces of the
distributor. Install the O-rings and seals, allow
During installation of pistons in the bore, position the
30 minutes for the seals to set on the
piston ring gap 180° from one piston to the next. One
distributor before installing the distributor in
piston installed with the gap to the right, the next piston
the housing.
installed with the gap to the left.
Figure 30-21-35
Dip each of the roller / piston assemblies (Item 1) [Figure
30-21-32] in oil and replace back its original bore.

Figure 30-21-33

P-73060

Using a small amount of grease, install the springs into


N-22518 the distributor valve (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-35].

Apply a small amount of grease to the locating pin (Item


1) [Figure 30-21-33] and install the locating pin in the
housing

415 of 1311 30-21-11 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-21-38
A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 -
A3NW12724) (CONT’D)
1
Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-21-36

N-22509

Install the cylinder block assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30-


21-38].

N-22515 Install the cam ring to the rear housing. Apply liquid
adhesive (Loctite® 243) to the two cam ring mounting
bolts. Install the bolts finger tight.
Install the distributor (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-36] in the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


housing. Protect the sealing surface of the distributor.
Figure 30-21-39
Figure 30-21-37

1
1

P-69983

P-73061

Turn the motor so that it sets on the cam ring, and


cylinder block [Figure 30-21-39].
The pin in the distributor must align with the hole in the
housing (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-37]. Use a hand press to
NOTE: Be careful when turning or moving the motor
push the distributor in place.
so the cylinder block stays in the motor
housing and the sealing surfaces are
When installed correctly, the distributor will spring back
protected.
slightly when pushed by hand into the housing.
Tighten the two cam ring mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure
30-21-39] to 35 - 39 N•m (26 - 29 ft-lb) torque.

416 of 1311 30-21-12 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-21-42
A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 -
A3NW12724) (CONT’D) 1
Assembly (Cont'd)
2
Figure 30-21-40

P-69986

Install the brake housing (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-42] on


the motor housing.

P-69978 Apply liquid adhesive (Loctite® 243) to the five mounting


bolts. Install the bolts (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-42] and
tighten evenly to 117 - 122 N•m (86 - 90 ft-lb) torque.
Install new o-rings (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-40] on the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


housing assembly and apply grease to the o-rings.
Figure 30-21-43
Install the two speed spool (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-40].

Install the shaft into the distributor [Figure 30-21-40].

Figure 30-21-41 1

P-73064

If needed, install the shims first, then install the brake


disc pack starting with an outer disc (Item 1) [Figure 30-
21-43] and alternating with an inner disc, throughout the
N-18347 pack.

End the disc pack with an outer disc


Clamp the disc pack in a vise and measure the height
[Figure 30-21-41]. The height must be 31,1 mm (1.22
in).

The normal thickness of the individual brake disc is 1 mm


(0.039 in).

If any individual disc's thickness is 0,95 mm (0.037 in) or


less, replace the complete disc pack.

417 of 1311 30-21-13 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-21-46
A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 -
A3NW12724) (CONT’D)

Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-21-44 1

2
N-22493

Install the piston (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-46] in the brake


housing.

P-73055 Figure 30-21-47

Install the brake seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-44].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NOTE: Install the seal with the metal case end 2
towards the brake pack.
1
Install the snap ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-44] to secure
the seal in the brake housing.

Install a new O-ring (Item 3) [Figure 30-21-44] in the


seal.

Figure 30-21-45
N-22492

Install the brake spring (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-47].

1 Install the end plate gasket (Item 2) [Figure 30-21-47].

N-22498

Lightly coat the piston with oil and install a new piston
seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-45].

418 of 1311 30-21-14 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N
A3NV11001 - A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 -
A3NW12724) (CONT’D)

Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-21-48

N-22490

Install the brake end cover (Item 1) [Figure 30-21-48].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Install the twelve end cover mount bolts and tighten
evenly to 14 - 16 N•m (10 - 12 ft-lb) torque.

419 of 1311 30-21-15 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

420 of 1311 30-21-16 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Removal And Installation
A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 &
ABOVE)

Description DANGER
The hydrostatic motors are driven by high pressure from
the hydrostatic pumps.

This hydrostatic motor contains a spring applied pressure


release braking system. This braking system is located
on the end of the hydrostatic motor.

The hydrostatic motor contains a shuttle valve. The


P-90328
shuttle valve helps to keep the motor cool by mixing case
drain fluid with cooled low pressure fluid from the charge AVOID DEATH
circuit. The shuttle valve is shifted by the high pressure • Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
fluid coming from the hydrostatic pumps. If the shuttle tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
valve sticks, a delay or lack of drive may or may not be can cause lift arms to drop.
felt in the controls and / or an overheated hydrostatic • Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
motor will result. unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
There are two hydrostatic motors mounted to motor D-1009-0409
carriers. The motor carriers are mounted to the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


transmission chaincase which houses the drive chains.

WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
I-2003-0888

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING


THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And


Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

421 of 1311 30-22-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-22-3
A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 &
ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Removal And Installation (Cont'd)


2
Figure 30-22-1

1 P107950

Disconnect the hydraulic hose (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-3]


that goes to the drain manifold.

P106586 Remove the eight flange bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-3]


from the high pressure hoses on the motor.
Remove the four bolts (Item 1) and cover (Item 2) [Figure

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


30-22-1].

Mark the hoses for correct installation.

Figure 30-22-2

1
2

P107951

Disconnect the hydraulic hose (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-2]


that goes to the two-speed port on the two-speed / brake
block.

Disconnect the hydraulic hose (Item 2) [Figure 30-22-2]


that goes to the brake port on the two-speed / brake
block.

422 of 1311 30-22-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-22-6
A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 &
ABOVE) (CONT'D)
12 1
11
Removal And Installation (Cont'd)
13
10 2
Figure 30-22-4

9 3

2 3 8 4

7 5
6

N-22535

4 1
Remove and replace O-ring (Item 13) [Figure 30-22-6]
with new O-ring

P100901 Installation: Install the O-ring (Item 1) by pressing the O-


ring into the groove starting at the 12 o’clock position
then 6, 2, 10, 3, 9, 4, 8, 5, 7, 1 and 11 [Figure 30-22-6]
Installation: Install both flanges and tighten the bolts to

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


until the O-ring is fully seated in the groove.
half of the required torque in the sequence shown in
[Figure 30-22-4]. Re-tighten all bolts to 48 - 54 N•m (35 -
NOTE: Do not roll, kink or stretch O-ring in to groove
40 ft-lb) torque in the same sequence.
and verify the O-ring is completely flush with
no protrusions.
Figure 30-22-5

P-90496

Remove the 10 (12 mm) mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-


22-5] from the motor.

NOTE: The two smaller diameter bolts (8 mm), hold


the cam ring to the motor and do not have to
be remove for motor removal.

Remove the motor from the loader.

423 of 1311 30-22-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 & ABOVE)
(CONT'D)

Parts Identification

1. Roller
2. Piston 11
3. Ring 11
4. Clamp 11
5. Ring 11
6. Block 11
7. Cam 11
8. Quad Ring
9. Distributor 10
10. Spring 9
8
11. Seal/O-ring
12. Poppet
13. Spool 1 7
14. Spring
15. O-ring 2
16. Plug
17. Pin
18. Housing 3
19. Washer 6
20. Quad Ring
21. Bushing 5
22. Shaft 4 4 26

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


23. Dowel 24
24. Bolt 5 25
25. Shim
26. Brake Disc 18
27. Snap Ring
28. Seal 23
29. Clamp 1516
30. Piston 14 22
31 Spring 19
32. Gasket 13 21
14 20
33. Cover
16
18
12
13 15
27
14 19
14 24
15 33
13
32
16
24
31
17 15
30

29
15
28

MS1467S

424 of 1311 30-22-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N NOTE: Remove and / or tighten the bolts one turn at
A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 & a time to maintain equal preload on the end
ABOVE) (CONT'D) cap and the brake spring.
Disassembly
Figure 30-22-9
Figure 30-22-7

1
2

N-22492
1
N-22489

Remove the cover plate from the brake housing.


NOTE: Install a mark on the motor, brake, and motor

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the cover plate gasket (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-9].
carrier housings for correct assembly [Figure
30-22-7].
Remove the brake spring (Item 2) [Figure 30-22-9] from
NOTE: Always protect any sealing surfaces. Any the brake housing.
scratches or marks will cause premature
failure. NOTE: Mark the top side of the brake spring for
proper installation.
Place the cam sealing surface (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-7]
on a protective material. Figure 30-22-10

Drain the fluid from the motor casing.


Figure 30-22-8

1
2

N-22493

Remove the piston from the brake housing (Item 1)


N-22490 [Figure 30-22-10].

Remove the twelve mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30- NOTE: The use of air pressure through the brake line
22-8] from the brake cover plate. connection (Item 2) [Figure 30-22-10] will aid
in piston removal.

Inspect the brake piston for damage and replace the seal.

425 of 1311 30-22-5 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-22-13
A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 &
ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Disassembly (Cont'd) 1

Figure 30-22-11

P-69985

Remove the brake discs (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-13] from


the brake shaft. Mark the position of the brake discs and
the shims.
P-69973

Figure 30-22-14
Remove the five mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


11] from the brake housing.
1
Remove the brake housing (Item 2) [Figure 30-22-11]
2
from the rear housing.

Figure 30-22-12

P-69978

Remove the two-speed spool (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-14]


from the housing assembly.

1 Remove and discard the O-rings (Item 2) [Figure 30-22-


14] on the housing.
P-73062

Protect the sealing surface. Remove the snap ring (Item


1) [Figure 30-22-12] to remove the seal from the brake
housing.

426 of 1311 30-22-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Installation: Tighten the plug to 30 N•m (22 ft-lb) torque.
A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 &
ABOVE) (CONT'D) Figure 30-22-17
Disassembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-22-15

1
1

2
4 P-73057

3
Remove the flushing spool assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30-
N-22501 22-17] from the housing.

Figure 30-22-18
Inspect the spool (Item 1), the spring (Item 2), washer

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


(Item 3) and the snap ring (Item 4) and replace as
needed [Figure 30-22-15].
1
NOTE: If the two speed spool (Item 1) [Figure 30-22- 2 4 3
15] is damaged the entire housing assembly
has to be replaced.

NOTE: There is an inner make-up spool inside the


two speed spool (Item 4) [Figure 30-22-15].
The make-up spool is not serviceable. If the
two speed spool is disassembled, both the
make-up spool and the two speed spool will
be damaged.
N-22504
Figure 30-22-16

1 Remove the spring (Item 1), washer (Item 2) and rear


spring (Item 3) from the spool (Item 4) [Figure 30-22-18].

Inspect all parts and replace as needed.

P-69979

Remove the flushing spool plug (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-


16] from the housing.

427 of 1311 30-22-7 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-22-21
A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 &
ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Disassembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-22-19

1
2
3
1
N-22507

Inspect the poppet (Item 1), shim (Item 2) and spring


(Item 3) for wear and replace as needed [Figure 30-22-
21].
P-69981

Figure 30-22-22
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-19] from the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


housing.

Installation: Tighten the plug to 22 N•m (18 ft-lb) torque. 1 1


Figure 30-22-20

P-73058

Remove the two (8 mm) cam ring mount bolts (Item 1)


[Figure 30-22-22].

Turn the housing, cam ring, and rotating group assembly


P-69982 over and place on a stand. Remove the cam ring from the
housing.
Remove the poppet assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-20]
from the housing.

428 of 1311 30-22-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-22-25
A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 &
ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Disassembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-22-23

N-22511

Protect the sealing surfaces. Remove the roller / piston


assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-25] from the cylinder
block.
N-22510

Inspect all roller and piston assemblies for wear and


replace as needed.
Protect the sealing surfaces. Inspect the cam ring inside

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


surface for wear and scratches [Figure 30-22-23].
NOTE: Put all roller / piston assembles back in the
original bore.
Figure 30-22-24
Figure 30-22-26
1

1
N-22509

P-73059

Remove the cylinder block (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-24]


from the housing.
Remove the shaft from the distributor [Figure 30-22-26].
Remove the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-22-24] from the
NOTE: The end of the shaft with the snap ring (Item 1)
housing.
[Figure 30-22-26] must be toward the brake
housing during assembly.

Remove the distributor from the housing.

429 of 1311 30-22-9 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-22-29
A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 &
ABOVE) (CONT'D)
1
Disassembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-22-27

N-22523

Remove the bushing (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-29] from the


distributor, if worn or scratched.

P-69984 Figure 30-22-30

NOTE: The distributor removal is best accomplished

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


by lifting the housing (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-
27] 50,8 - 76,2 mm (2 - 3 in) above a wooden
surface, and dropping the housing [Figure 30-
22-27].

Figure 30-22-28 1

N-22519

2
Remove the six seals (Item 1), and six back-up O-rings
(Item 2) from the distributor [Figure 30-22-30].

N-22521

Protect the sealing surfaces. Remove the locating pin


(Item 1) [Figure 30-22-28] from the distributor.

Remove the springs (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-28] from the


distributor.

Inspect the springs, distributor surface and bushing for


damage or wear and replace as needed.

430 of 1311 30-22-10 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-22-33
A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 &
ABOVE) (CONT'D)
1
Assembly

NOTE: Always use new O-rings and seals during


motor and brake assembly.

Figure 30-22-31

N-22525

Install a new bushing (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-33] in the


distributor if the old bushing was removed.
1
Install new O-rings and seals on the distributor [Figure
30-22-34].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


N-22511 NOTE: When installing seals, apply a light coating of
oil to the seal and the mating surfaces of the
distributor. Install the O-rings and seals, allow
During installation of pistons in the bore, position the
30 minutes for the seals to set on the
piston ring gap 180° from one piston to the next. One
distributor before installing the distributor in
piston installed with the gap to the right, the next piston
the housing.
installed with the gap to the left.
Figure 30-22-34
Dip each of the roller / piston assemblies (Item 1) [Figure
30-22-31] in oil and replace back its original bore.

Figure 30-22-32

P-73060

Using a small amount of grease, install the springs into


N-22518 the distributor valve (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-34].

Apply a small amount of grease to the locating pin (Item


1) [Figure 30-22-32] and install the locating pin in the
housing.

431 of 1311 30-22-11 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-22-37
A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 &
ABOVE) (CONT'D)
1
Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-22-35

N-22509

Install the cylinder block assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30-


22-37].

N-22515 Install the cam ring to the rear housing. Apply liquid
adhesive (Loctite® 243) to the two cam ring mounting
bolts. Install the bolts finger tight.
Install the distributor (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-35] in the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


housing. Protect the sealing surface of the distributor.
Figure 30-22-38
Figure 30-22-36

1
1

P-69983

P-73061

Turn the motor so that it sets on the cam ring, and


cylinder block [Figure 30-22-38].
The pin in the distributor must align with the hole in the
housing (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-36]. Use a hand press to
NOTE: Be careful when turning or moving the motor
push the distributor in place.
so the cylinder block stays in the motor
housing and the sealing surfaces are
When installed correctly, the distributor will spring back
protected.
slightly when pushed by hand into the housing.
Tighten the two cam ring mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure
30-22-38] to 35 - 39 N•m (26 - 29 ft-lb) torque.

432 of 1311 30-22-12 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-22-41
A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 &
ABOVE) (CONT'D) 1
Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-22-39

1 2
2

P-69986

Install the brake housing (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-41] on


the motor housing.

P-69978 Apply liquid adhesive (Loctite® 243) to the five mounting


bolts. Install the bolts (Item 2) [Figure 30-22-41] and
tighten evenly to 117 - 122 N•m (86 - 90 ft-lb) torque.
Install new O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-39] on the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


housing assembly and apply grease to the O-rings.
Figure 30-22-42
Install the two speed spool (Item 2) [Figure 30-22-39].

Install the shaft into the distributor [Figure 30-22-39].

Figure 30-22-40 1

P-73064

If needed, install the shims first, then install the brake


disc pack starting with an outer disc (Item 1) [Figure 30-
22-42] and alternating with an inner disc, throughout the
N-18347 pack.

End the disc pack with an outer disc


Clamp the disc pack in a vise and measure the height
[Figure 30-22-40]. The height must be 31,1 mm (1.22
in).

The normal thickness of the individual brake disc is 1 mm


(0.039 in).

If any individual discs thickness is 0,95 mm (0.037 in) or


less, replace the complete disc pack.

433 of 1311 30-22-13 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N Figure 30-22-45
A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 &
ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-22-43 1

2
N-22493

Install the piston (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-45] in the brake


housing.

P-73055 Figure 30-22-46

Install the brake seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-43].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NOTE: Install the seal with the metal case end 2
towards the brake pack.
1
Install the snap ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-22-43] to secure
the seal in the brake housing.

Install a new O-ring (Item 3) [Figure 30-22-43] in the


seal.

Figure 30-22-44
N-22492

Install the brake spring (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-46].

1 Install the end plate gasket (Item 2) [Figure 30-22-46].

N-22498

Lightly coat the piston with oil and install a new piston
seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-44].

434 of 1311 30-22-14 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR (TWO-SPEED) (S/N
A3NV17775 & ABOVE AND S/N A3NW12725 &
ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-22-47

N-22490

Install the brake end cover (Item 1) [Figure 30-22-47].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Install the twelve end cover mount bolts and tighten
evenly to 14 - 16 N•m (10 - 12 ft-lb) torque.

435 of 1311 30-22-15 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

436 of 1311 30-22-16 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER

Description

The hydrostatic motor carrier is the mating connection


from the hydrostatic drive motor to the transmission chain
case.

The hydrostatic motor carrier contains a shaft that rotates


on two tapered roller bearings. The shaft has two
sprockets that turn the drive chains.

The hydrostatic motor carrier has a seal which isolates


the chain case fluid from the hydrostatic motor case drain
fluid.

The hydrostatic motor carriers are made to fit on both the


right and left hand side of the loader.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

437 of 1311 30-30-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT’D) Remove the control pedal linkages. (See Linkage
Removal And Installation on Page 50-90-2.)
Removal And Installation
Figure 30-30-1

DANGER
1

P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
P5467A
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised Remove the six mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-1]
unless supported by an approved lift arm from the carrier.
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409 Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 461 - 488

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


N•m (340 - 360 ft-lb) torque.

Slide the motor carrier toward the rear and remove the
rear drive chain.
WARNING Figure 30-30-2

Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless


the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm 2
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING


THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.) 1

Raise the lift arm and install an approved lift arm support
device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)


P5489A
Remove the fluid from the chain case. (See Removing
And Replacing Fluid on Page 10-130-2.)
NOTE: For removal and installation of the motor
Remove the center chain case cover. (See Center Cover carrier secure the front drive chain to the
Removal And Installation on Page 40-30-2.) chain case with wire (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-2].
Remove the front axle sprocket. (See Axle, Sprocket And
Slide the motor carrier out of the chain case far enough to
Bearings Removal And Installation on Page 40-20-4.)
install a chain and chain hoist to the carrier (Item 2)
If the motor carrier is removed from the right side, remove [Figure 30-30-2].
the lift arm bypass valve, (See Removal And Installation
on Page 20-50-2.) and remove the control panel. (See Pull the motor carrier away from the chain case and out
Removal And Installation on Page 50-100-2.) of the loader [Figure 30-30-2].

438 of 1311 30-30-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT'D)

Parts Identification

1. Shaft
2. Bearing
3. Race
4. Housing
5. Seal (2)
6. Race
7. Bearing
8. Snap Ring

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1

2
3

7
8

TS-1227B

439 of 1311 30-30-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT'D) Figure 30-30-5

Disassembly

Figure 30-30-3

P-76544

Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-5] from the


P5760 shaft.

Figure 30-30-6
Remove the large O-ring from the groove (Item 1)
[Figure 30-30-3] in the housing.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-30-4

P5766

Use a hydraulic press to remove the shaft from the


housing [Figure 30-30-6].
P5768

Put the motor carrier in a hydraulic press [Figure 30-30-


4].

Put a small amount of pressure on the shaft to release


the preload on the snap ring.

440 of 1311 30-30-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT'D)

Disassembly (Cont’d)

Figure 30-30-7

P5761

Install the bearing puller tool under the bearing flange,


use the hydraulic press to remove the bearing from the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


shaft [Figure 30-30-7].

Figure 30-30-8

2
1

P5763

Remove the two seals (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-8] from the


housing.

NOTE: Some machines use a one piece double lip


seal.

Inspect the bearing cup (Item 2) [Figure 30-30-8] (both


sides) and replace as needed.

441 of 1311 30-30-5 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT'D) Figure 30-30-11

Assembly

Clean all parts in solvent and dry with compressed air. 1


Replace any worn or damaged parts. Apply oil to and
install new O-rings.

The tool listed will be needed to the following procedure:

MEL1431 - Seal Driver Tool

Figure 30-30-9

2
P5767

1
Install the bearing on the shaft [Figure 30-30-11].

Use a pipe (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-11] with O.D. that


seats on the I.D. of the bearing.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-30-12

P5764
1

Install the first seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-9] into the


housing with the seal lip facing down.

Use the tool (Item 2) [Figure 30-30-9] to install the seal.

Figure 30-30-10

P135120

1 Install the seal protector tool (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-12]


over the splines on the shaft to protect the seal during
installation.

P5762

Install the second seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-30-10] into the


housing with the seal lip facing up.

Use the tool (Item 2) [Figure 30-30-10] to install the seal.

442 of 1311 30-30-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (CONT'D)

Assembly (Cont’d)

Figure 30-30-13

P5769

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


install the shaft/bearing assembly into the housing.

Install the bearing (Item 1) using the tool (MEL1431)(Item


2) [Figure 30-30-13].

After the bearing is seated. Install the snap ring on the


shaft and reposition the motor carrier to allow back press
operation.

NOTE: Slight press pressure may be used to preload


both bearings. After installation of the snap
ring a back press operation may be necessary
to reduce the preload and remove the
clearance from between the snap ring and the
main bearing.

Use the press and apply pressure to the end of the spline
shaft to reduce preload and clearance.

443 of 1311 30-30-7 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

444 of 1311 30-30-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC)

Description

The hydrostatic motor carrier is the mating connection


from the hydrostatic drive motor to the transmission
chaincase.

The hydrostatic motor carrier contains a shaft that rotates


on two tapered roller bearings. The shaft has two
sprockets that turn the drive chains.

The hydrostatic motor carrier has a seal which isolates


the chain case fluid from the hydrostatic motor case drain
fluid.

The hydrostatic motor carrier with (SJC) uses a speed


sensor installed in the motor carrier housing. The speed
sensor senses a disc that is fixed to the shaft in the motor
carrier.

NOTE: Speed sensors have been eliminated on late


model machines. Earlier models may or may
not have been upgraded to allow the removal

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


of the speed sensors. Disconnecting speed
sensors requires updating the software
version (79.7 or newer) and hydrostatic pump
calibration.

A brake disc is installed on each hydrostatic motor


carrier. The brake disc is mounted to the shaft in the
motor carrier (single speed loaders only).

The hydrostatic motor carriers are made to fit on both the


right and left hand side of the loader.

445 of 1311 30-31-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-31-1
Removal And Installation

DANGER 1
1

P-90328
P5467A
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic Remove the six mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-1]
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure from the carrier.
can cause lift arms to drop.
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts to 461 - 488
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
N•m (340 - 360 ft-lb) torque.
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged. Figure 30-31-2
D-1009-0409

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


2

WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm 1
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING


THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.) P5489A

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm Slide the motor carrier toward the rear and remove the
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) rear drive chain.
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) NOTE: For removal and installation of the motor
Remove the fluid from the chaincase. (See Removing carrier secure the front drive chain to the
And Replacing Fluid on Page 10-130-2.) chain case with wire (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-2].
Remove the center chaincase cover. (See Center Cover Slide the motor carrier out of the chaincase far enough to
Removal And Installation on Page 40-30-2.) install a chain and chain hoist to the carrier (Item 2)
[Figure 30-31-2].
Remove the brake disc. (Single speed loaders only) (See
Disc Removal And Installation on Page 40-10-1.) NOTE: When installing the motor carrier into the
Remove the front axle sprocket. (See Axle, Sprocket And loader, use caution to protect the wheel speed
Bearings Removal And Installation on Page 40-20-4.) washer from damage.

If the motor carrier is removed from the right side, remove


the lift arm bypass valve, (See Removal And Installation
on Page 20-50-2.) and remove the control panel. (See
Removal And Installation on Page 50-100-2.)

446 of 1311 30-31-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT'D)

Parts Identification

Ref. Description

1. Snap Ring
2. Bearing
3. Race
4. Seal
5. Housing
6. Speed Washer
7. Shaft
8. Cover

7
5

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


6 8
2 3

4 3
2
1

* Speed washer (Item 6) and cover (Item 8) have been removed on late model machines.
* Housing (Item 5) will no longer be machined to allow the installation of speed sensors.

PE3328SA

447 of 1311 30-31-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-31-5

Disassembly

Figure 30-31-3

P-28155

Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-5] from the


P5760 shaft.

Figure 30-31-6
Remove the large O-ring from the groove (Item 1)
[Figure 30-31-3] in the housing.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-31-4

P5766

Use a hydraulic press, remove the shaft from the housing


P-76540 [Figure 30-31-6].

Put the motor carrier in a hydraulic press [Figure 30-31-


4].

Put a small amount of pressure on the shaft to release


the preload on the snap ring.

448 of 1311 30-31-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-31-9

Disassembly (Cont’d)

Figure 30-31-7

P-28158

Use the hydraulic press to remove the bearing from the


P-76462 shaft [Figure 30-31-9].

Figure 30-31-10
NOTE: The bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-7] and the
wheel speed washer (Item 2) [Figure 30-31-7],

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


must both be replaced, due to damage to the
wheel speed washer from removing the
bearing.

NOTE: The wheel speed washer (Item 2) [Figure 30-


31-7] has been removed on late model
1
machines and can be eliminated on older
machines that have been upgraded to allow
the removal of the speed sensors.

Figure 30-31-8

P-76464

1
Remove the wheel speed washer (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-
10] from the shaft.

P-28157

Install the bearing puller tool (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-8]


under the bearing flange, between the bearing and the
speed washer.

449 of 1311 30-31-5 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT'D)

Disassembly (Cont’d)

Figure 30-31-11

P-28164

Remove the two seals (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-11] from


the housing.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NOTE: Some machines use a one piece double lip
seal.

Inspect the bearing cup (Item 2) [Figure 30-31-11] (both


sides) and replace as needed.

450 of 1311 30-31-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT'D) Models With One Piece Double Lip Seal

Assembly Clean all parts in solvent and dry with compressed air.
Replace any worn or damaged parts. Apply oil to and
Models With Two Seals install new O-rings.

Clean all parts in solvent and dry with compressed air. The tool listed will be needed to the following procedure:
Replace any worn or damaged parts. Apply oil to and
install new O-rings. 7304800 - Seal Driver Tool

The tool listed will be needed to the following procedure: Figure 30-31-14

MEL1431 - Seal Driver Tool

Figure 30-31-12
2

2 1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P127119

Apply grease to the seal driver tool (Item 1) and install


P5764 the seal (Item 2) [Figure 30-31-14] onto the tool.

Figure 30-31-15
Install the first seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-12] into the
housing with the seal lip facing down. 1

Use the tool (Item 2) [Figure 30-31-12] to install the seal.

Figure 30-31-13

P127120

Use the tool (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-15] to install the seal.

P5762

Install the second seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-13] into the


housing with the seal lip facing up.

Use the tool (Item 2) [Figure 30-31-13] to install the seal.

451 of 1311 30-31-7 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-31-18

Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-31-16

1
1

P-76539

Install the bearing on the shaft [Figure 30-31-18].


P-76541
Use a pipe (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-18] with O.D. that
The wheel speed washer, has one alignment pin (Item 1) seats on the I.D. of the bearing.
[Figure 30-31-16].
Seat the bearing on the shaft, down against the wheel

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Inspect the new wheel speed washer with a straight speed washer.
edge, to be sure it is square [Figure 30-31-16].
NOTE: The wheel speed washer should be tight on
If the washer is more than 2,03 mm (0.080 in) out of the shaft.
square, it must be replaced.

Figure 30-31-17 Figure 30-31-19

P135120
P-76542

Inspect the wheel speed washer for damage to the


Install the seal protector tool (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-19]
magnetic surface (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-17].
over the splines on the shaft to protect the seal during
installation.
NOTE: Do not contact the magnetic surface of the
wheel speed washer (Item 1) [Figure 30-31-
17], with a magnet. This may cause damage to
the magnetic surface.

Install the wheel speed washer on the shaft [Figure 30-


31-17].

Align the one pin (Item 2) [Figure 30-31-17] in the


sprocket.

452 of 1311 30-31-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC MOTOR CARRIER (SJC) (CONT'D)

Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-31-20

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-5769

Install the shaft / bearing assembly into the housing.

Install the bearing (Item 1) using the tool (MEL1431)


(Item 2) [Figure 30-31-20].

After the bearing is seated. Install the snap ring on the


shaft and reposition the motor carrier to allow back press
operation.

NOTE: Slight press pressure may be used to preload


both bearings. After installation of the snap
ring a back press operation may be necessary
to reduce the preload and remove the
clearance from between the snap ring and the
main bearing.

Use the press and apply pressure to the end of the spline
shaft to reduce preload and clearance.

453 of 1311 30-31-9 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

454 of 1311 30-31-10 S650 Service Manual


CHARGE PRESSURE Testing

Description Figure 30-40-1

Charge pressure is a supply of fluid to the hydrostatic


pumps. Charge pressure is regulated by a charge relief
valve located inside the hydrostatic pump. Charge
pressure is used to replenish hydrostatic fluid removed
from the drive circuit, pump and motor “internal leakage”
and from the hydrostatic motors shuttle (flushing) valve.

Charge pressure is also used to operate other hydraulic


functions, such as shifting the auxiliary spool, and to pilot
open the BICS™ system for the lift and tilt in the main
2 4
hydraulic control valve. 1 3

The charge pressure sender is located on the hydraulic


fan motor. Charge pressure alarm settings are pre- P-43196
programmed into the main controller and are based on
loader type and options installed.
The tools needed to test charge pressure, hydraulic hose
(Item 1), T fitting (P/N 13K-5) (Item 2), Hydraulic gauge
6895 kPa (68,9 bar) (1000 psi) (Item 3), adapter fitting (P/
N 93F-5) (Item 4) [Figure 30-40-1] and MEL1563 or

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


7217666 Remote Start Tool Kit.

WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Place the loader on jackstands. (See LIFTING AND


BLOCKING THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

455 of 1311 30-40-1 S650 Service Manual


CHARGE PRESSURE (CONT’D) Figure 30-40-4

Testing (Cont’d)

Figure 30-40-2

1
1

2
3 3
2
P-90301

Install the tee-fitting (P/N 13K-5) (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-


P-43197 4].

Install the hose (Item 2) [Figure 30-40-4], that was


Connect the gauge (Item 1), to the adapter fitting (P/N disconnected from the motor, to the tee-fitting.
93F5) (Item 2) [Figure 30-40-2].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Install the hose (Item 3) [Figure 30-40-4], that is
Connect the hydraulic hose (Item 3) [Figure 30-40-2] to attached to the pressure gauge, to the tee-fitting.
the adapter fitting. Tighten all connections.
Tighten the hydraulic fittings.
Figure 30-40-3
Connect the Remote Start Tool. (See REMOTE START
TOOL KIT - MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) or (See
REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT -
7217666 on Page 10-61-1.)

Start the loader and warm the hydraulic fluid to 140


degrees Farenheit.

On non-SJC equipped loaders the charge pressure at


high idle, with the fluid temperature of 140 degree
1
Farenheit is 2688 - 3378 kPa (27 - 33 bar) (390 - 490 psi)
with the pump in neutral.

NOTE: If the machine is equipped with SJC option


P-90302 the charge pressure should be set at 2930 -
3620 kPa (29,3 - 36,2 bar) (425 - 525 psi) at
60°C (140°F) fluid @ High idle.
Disconnect the hydraulic hose (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-3].

456 of 1311 30-40-2 S650 Service Manual


CHARGE PRESSURE (CONT’D)

Sender Removal And Installation

Figure 30-40-5

P-90302

Disconnect the wire (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-5] from the


sender.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the sender (Item 2) [Figure 30-40-5] from the
motor.

Installation: Tighten the charge pressure sender to 10 -


10,9 N•m (7.4 - 8.1 ft-lb) torque.

NOTE: Replace the O-ring on the sender.

457 of 1311 30-40-3 S650 Service Manual


CHARGE PRESSURE (CONT'D) Figure 30-40-7

Adjusting

Non SJC Machines

IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
N-17231
I-2003-0888

Figure 30-40-6 Remove the plug, spring and poppet [Figure 30-40-7].

Inspect the poppet, spring and poppet seat for wear or


1 damage.

Figure 30-40-8

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-43856

1
If the charge pressure is not correct loosen the charge
relief valve plug (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-6].
N-19568
Always use a new O-ring. Tighten the plug to 41 - 68 N•m
(30 - 50 ft-lb) torque.
There are several different thickness of the shims (Item 1)
[Figure 30-40-8] and are used to adjust the charge
pressure.

NOTE: 0,254 mm (0.010 in) is approximately 55,2 kPa


(0,55 bar) (8 psi) increase in pressure. Do not
add more than 5 shims without retesting. If
testing is still low more shims may be added.

On non-SJC equipped loaders the charge pressure at


high idle, with the fluid temperature of 60°C (140°F) is
2688 - 3378 kPa (27 - 33 bar) (390 - 490 psi) with the
pump in NEUTRAL.

458 of 1311 30-40-4 S650 Service Manual


CHARGE PRESSURE (CONT'D) Figure 30-40-10

Adjusting (Cont’d)

SJC Machines

IMPORTANT
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, 1
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
P-64435
I-2003-0888

Figure 30-40-9 Inspect the poppet and spring for wear or damage.

Inspect the seat inside the hydrostatic pump case for


wear or damage.

There are several different thickness of shims (Item 1)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


[Figure 30-40-10] used to adjust the charge pressure.

1 NOTE: 1,0 mm (0.039 in) shim (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-


10] = 390 kPa (3,9 bar) (56.6 psi) in pressure
change. Adding shims increases charge
pressure. Removing shims decreases charge
pressure.

The charge pressure should be set at 2930 - 3620 kPa


P-64431 (29,3 - 36,2 bar) (425 - 525 psi).

If the charge pressure is not correct remove the charge


relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 30-40-9].

NOTE: The pump has been removed for photo clarity.


The charge pressure relief valve is located on
the engine side of the hydrostatic pump when
installed in the loader.

Assembly: Always use a new O-ring. Tighten the plug to


41 - 68 N•m (30 - 50 ft-lb) torque.

459 of 1311 30-40-5 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

460 of 1311 30-40-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP

Description

The hydrostatic pump is composed of two hydrostatic


piston pumps connected together. The pumps provide bi-
directional flow to two separate drive motors. The pump
flow and direction are controlled by two hand levers, one
for each pump.

The hydrostatic pump contains replenishing valves. The


function of these valves is to give replacement fluid to the
low pressure side of the hydrostatic circuit. Replacement
fluid is needed because of normal internal leakage and
the controlled flow to the fluid cooler for cooling. Another
function of the replenishing valve is to keep high pressure
fluid out of the low pressure side of the hydrostatic circuit.

The hydrostatic pump is located in the center of the


mainframe mounted to the engine flywheel housing.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

461 of 1311 30-50-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Figure 30-50-2

Removal And Installation

Remove the hydrostatic pump / engine assembly from


the loader. (See Engine Removal And Installation on
Page 70-10-7.)

Remove the Hydraulic Pump. (See Removal And


Installation on Page 20-60-6.)

Remove the Drive Belt. (See DRIVE BELT on Page 30- 1


60-1.)

P-90222

IMPORTANT
Use a puller (Item 1)
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all [Figure 30-50-2] to loosen the pulley from the pump
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses, drive shaft.
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system. NOTE: DO NOT strike puller or pump shaft with a

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


I-2003-0888 hammer. Internal pump damage may result.

Figure 30-10-1 Remove the nut and washer from the pump drive shaft.

Remove the pump pulley and key from the pump drive
shaft.

Figure 30-50-3

P-90221
1
1
Loosen the nut (Item 1) [Figure 30-10-1] on the
hydrostatic pump drive shaft.
P-90223
Installation: Tighten the nut to 258 - 325 N•m (190 - 240
ft-lb) torque
Remove the two mounting bolts and nuts (Item 1) [Figure
30-50-3].

Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts and nuts to 88 -


95 N•m (65 - 70 ft-lb) torque.

462 of 1311 30-50-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Hydrostatic Pump Startup

Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Follow the hydraulic pump startup procedure. (See
Hydraulic Pump Startup on Page 20-60-8.)
Figure 30-50-4

P-90224

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-4]


at the hydraulic pump mounting bracket.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten mounting bolt to 125 - 135 N•m (90
- 100 ft-lb)

Remove the hydrostatic pump from the mounting bracket


and drive belt housing.

BEFORE STARTUP: Fill the hydrostatic pump with


hydraulic fluid. This will remove trapped air in the
hydrostatic pumps before startup. (See Hydraulic Pump
Startup on Page 20-60-8.)

463 of 1311 30-50-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) If the high pressure relief valve must be replaced, it must
be replaced as a complete unit.
Replenishing / High Pressure Relief Valve Removal
And Installation The pressure setting for a new high pressure relief valve
is 36197 kPa (365 bar) (5294 psi).
Figure 30-50-5

P-43857

There are four replenishing / high pressure relief valves

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


(Item 1) [Figure 30-50-5] in the hydrostatic pump
assembly. Two are located at the top of the pumps and
two at the bottom of the pumps for valve function.

NOTE: The two top valves are for the reverse drive
loop and the two bottom valves are for the
forward drive loop.

Figure 30-50-6

P-66670

Remove the high pressure relief valve (Item 1) [Figure


30-50-5] and [Figure 30-50-6] from the pump.

Assemble: Tighten the plug to 41 - 68 N•m (30 - 50 ft-lb)


torque.

Inspect for damage and replace as needed.

Replace the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-6].

464 of 1311 30-50-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D)

Parts Identification (Left Half)

Ref. Description
1
11
4 1. Snap Ring
10 1 2. Washer
5 2 3. Seal
8 3
4. Bearing
3 4 7 1
5. Key
9 1 6. Shaft
26
6 7. Housing
9 8. Plug
9. O-ring
9 10. Cover
10
11. Bolt
12. Pin
12 4 13. Swash Plate
9 14. Wear Plate
15. Piston Assembly
8 11 16. Piston Retainer
17. Retainer
14 18. Block

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


19. Spring
20. Valve Plate
16 21. Gasket
13 22. Poppet
2
23. Shim
17 15 24. Replenishing/High
Pressure Relief Valve
2 17 25. Coupler
12
2 26. Dust Seal
20
18
19
8
17
9
12
23
19

22 21
24

42

9 9
8

12 4
9

25 9
9 12
24
9
11 D-2428C

465 of 1311 30-50-5 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D)

Parts Identification (Right Half)

Ref. Description
1. Bolt
2. End Cap
3. Plug 3
4. O-ring 4
5
5. Replenishing/High 3
Pressure Relief Valve 4
6. Gasket 2
7. Bearing 1
1
8. Pin
4
9. Valve Plate
10. Washer 5
6
11. Spring
12. Block
13. Retainer
14. Piston Assembly 7 4 9
3
15. Wear Plate
16. Swash Plate
17. Housing 10

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


18. Seal
10 8
19. Cover
20. Shaft 13
21. Snap Ring 11
13
22. Dust Seal
23. Piston Retainer 10
23
12
8
15
13

14

22 1
16 3
4
4
7 17
8
19
18
7
4
19
21 4
21
4 20 3

1
7
21

D-2427B

466 of 1311 30-50-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT'D) Figure 30-50-9

Disassembly

Figure 30-50-7
3

1
1 3
2

N-19571

1 Remove the pump coupler (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-9].


P-43858
Remove the large O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-9].

Remove the four mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50- Remove the two small O-rings (Item 3) [Figure 30-50-9].
7].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-50-10
Figure 30-50-8

1 1

N-19550
N-19570

Remove the four bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-10] from


Separate the two hydrostatic pumps [Figure 30-50-8]. the pump housing end cap.

467 of 1311 30-50-7 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Figure 30-50-13

Disassembly (Cont’d)
2
1
Figure 30-50-11

N-17194
2
Inspect the valve plate locating pin (Item 1) [Figure 30-
N-19551 50-13] for wear and replace if needed.

Inspect the needle bearing (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-13] for


Remove the pump housing end cap (Item 1) [Figure 30- wear and replace if needed.
50-11].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-50-14
Remove the gasket (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-11].

Figure 30-50-12

1
1

N-17197

N-17193 Remove the rotating group (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-14]


from the pump.

Remove the valve plate (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-12].

Inspect the valve plate for wear. (Both Sides.)

468 of 1311 30-50-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Figure 30-50-17

Disassembly (Cont’d)
3 3
Figure 30-50-15

1 1
3 2
3

2
N-17200

Inspect the ball guide retainer (Item 1) and washer (Item


N-17198 2) [Figure 30-50-17] for wear and replace as needed.

Remove the four pins (Item 3) [Figure 30-50-17] from the


Remove the slipper guide and pistons (Item 1) [Figure cylinder block.
30-50-15] from the cylinder block.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Inpsect the cylinder block for wear and replace as
Inspect all the pistons (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-15] for needed.
wear and replace the rotating group as needed.
Inspect pins (Item 3) [Figure 30-50-17] to see if they are
Figure 30-50-16 all the same length.

Figure 30-50-18
1

N-17199

N-17201
Remove the ball guide retainer (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-
16] from the cylinder block.
Remove the thrust plate (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-18] from
the pump housing.

469 of 1311 30-50-9 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Figure 30-50-21

Disassembly (Cont’d)

Figure 30-50-19

1
1
2

N-17240

3
Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-21] from
N-17481 the pump housing and remove the drive shaft and
bearing from the housing.

Remove the drive shaft key (Item 1) the snap ring (Item Figure 30-50-22
2) and the support washer (Item 3) [Figure 30-50-19]

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


from the drive shaft end of the pump.

Figure 30-50-20

N-17241

Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-22] from


N-17239 the drive shaft and remove the bearing.

Inspect the bearing for wear and replace if worn.


Use a seal puller and remove the seal (Item 1) [Figure
30-50-20] from the pump housing.

470 of 1311 30-50-10 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Figure 30-50-25

Disassembly (Cont’d)

Figure 30-50-23

N-17244

Remove the O-ring (Item 1) and bearing race (Item 2)


N-17242 [Figure 30-50-25] from the pump housing.

Figure 30-50-26
Inspect the pump shaft (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-23] for
wear and replace if needed.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-50-24

N-17245
1 1
Inspect the bearing race (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2)
N-17243 [Figure 30-50-26] for wear and replace as needed.

Remove the four mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-24]


from the lower trunnion cover. Remove the cover.

471 of 1311 30-50-11 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Figure 30-50-29

Disassembly (Cont’d)

Figure 30-50-27

1
2

1 N-17250
1

Inspect the seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-29] in the upper


N-17246 trunnion cover and replace if needed.

Figure 30-50-30
Inspect the dust seal on the pintle shaft.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the four mount bolts (Item 1) from the pump
housing and remove the linkage bracket (Item 2) [Figure
30-50-27].

Figure 30-50-28

N-17248

1 Remove the O-ring (Item 1) and bearing race (Item 2)


[Figure 30-50-30] from the pump housing.

N-17247

Remove the upper trunnion cover (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-


28].

472 of 1311 30-50-12 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Figure 30-50-33

Disassembly (Cont’d)
1
Figure 30-50-31

N-17252
2

Tilt the swash plate (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-33] and


N-17249 remove the swash plate and lower bearing from the pump
housing.

Inspect the bearing race (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2)


[Figure 30-50-31] and replace as needed.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-50-32

N-17251

Slide the swash plate from side to side and remove the
tapered roller bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-32] from
the swash plate shaft.

473 of 1311 30-50-13 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Figure 30-50-36

Assembly

Figure 30-50-34

1
1
2

N-17249

Install the tapered bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-36] on


N-17253 the swash plate shaft.

Figure 30-50-37
Install the lower bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-34] on
the swash plate.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-50-35

N-17248

Install the bearing race (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-36] and O-


N-17252 ring (Item 3) [Figure 30-50-36] as shown in [Figure 30-
50-37].

Install the swash plate and bearing into the pump


housing [Figure 30-50-35].

474 of 1311 30-50-14 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Figure 30-50-40

Assembly (Cont’d)

Figure 30-50-38

1 N-17245

Figure 30-50-41
N-17247

Install the upper trunnion seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-38]


and cover.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-50-39

2
N-17244

1
1 Install the bearing race (Item 1) and O-ring (Item 2)
[Figure 30-50-40] at the lower trunnion as shown in
[Figure 30-50-41].

N-17246

Install the linkage bracket (Item 2) and the four mounting


bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-39] and tighten to 24 - 30
N•m (18 - 22 ft-lb) torque.

Install the dust seals onto the pintle shafts

475 of 1311 30-50-15 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Figure 30-50-44

Assembly (Cont’d)

Figure 30-50-42

1 1 N-17241

Install the bearing and snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-


N-17243 44] on the pump shaft.

Figure 30-50-45
Align the marks on the lower trunnion cover and pump
housing as shown in [Figure 30-50-42].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Install the four mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-42]
and tighten to 24 - 30 N•m (18 - 22 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 30-50-43

1
1

N-17240

Install the pump shaft into the pump housing [Figure 30-
50-45].

Install the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-45].


N-17242

Install the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-43] on the


pump shaft.

476 of 1311 30-50-16 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Figure 30-50-48

Assembly (Cont’d)
1
1
Figure 30-50-46

1
1 3
1 2

N-17200

Install the four slipper pins (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-48]


N-17239 into the cylinder block.

Apply a small amount of grease to the washer (Item 2)


Install the seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-46] into the pump and install into the ball guide retainer (Item 3) [Figure 30-
housing. 50-48].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-50-47 Figure 30-50-49

3
2

N-17481 N-17199

Install the washer (Item 1), snap ring (Item 2) and the Install the ball guide retainer and washer (Item 1) [Figure
drive shaft key (Item 3) [Figure 30-50-47]. 30-50-49] onto the slipper holddown pins.

477 of 1311 30-50-17 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Figure 30-50-52

Assembly (Cont’d)
1
2
Figure 30-50-50

N-17194

Replace the needle bearing (Item 1) and valve plate


N-17198 locating pin (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-52] in the charge
pump.

Assemble the piston assemblies into the slipper guide. Figure 30-50-53
Lubricate the pistons and cylinder block bores and insert

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


the piston assemblies into the cylinder bores [Figure 30-
50-50].

Lay the pump housing on its side and install the cylinder
block, piston assembly into the housing. 2
1
Figure 30-50-51

N-17196

The bearing cage (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-53] will


protrude from 2,0 - 2,5 mm (0.08 - 0.10 in) from the
surface of the charge pump.

The valve plate locating spring pin (Item 2) [Figure 30-


N-17197 50-53] will protrude from 4,19 - 4,70 mm (0.165 - 0.185
in) from the surface of the charge pump.

Place the pump on a work surface with the end cap


opening up [Figure 30-50-51].

478 of 1311 30-50-18 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D) Figure 30-50-56

Assembly (Cont’d)
1 1
Figure 30-50-54

N-19550

Install the valve plate and end cap on the pump housing.
N-17193 Tighten the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-56] to 47 - 61
N•m (35 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

Coat the backside of the valve plate with petroleum jelly Figure 30-50-57
to hold it in position and install the valve plate onto the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


charge pump, bronze face up [Figure 30-50-54].

The notch (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-54] on the valve plate


must engage the locating pin.

Figure 30-50-55 1

2
1

N-19571
1
Install the two small O-rings (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-57].

Install the large new O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-50-57].

N-19551 Install the pump coupler (Item 3) [Figure 30-50-57].

Coat a new end cap gasket (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-55]


with petroleum jelly and install onto the end cap.

479 of 1311 30-50-19 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (CONT’D)

Assembly (Cont’d)

Figure 30-50-58

N-19570

Install the two pumps together [Figure 30-50-58].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-50-59

1
P-43858

Tighten the four bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-50-59] to 47 -


61 N•m (35 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

480 of 1311 30-50-20 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) The servo piston strokes the swash plate in the rotating
group. The rotating group generates flow to the A or B
Description ports on the hydrostatic pump. The flow from the A and B
ports is sent to the hydrostatic drive motors where
The SJC hydrostatic pump is a fully proportional dual forward or reverse drive motor rotation is obtained.
piston pump in one pump casing. The end caps are
removable to gain access to the rotating assemblies. There are swash plate angle sensors on the bottom of
the pump that monitor swash plate movement.
The hydraulic controllers are fed charge pressure from an
external charge pump. 12 volt electrical solenoids shift a Ports are labeled on the hydrostatic pump casting.
spool in the hydraulic controller that directs flow to a
servo piston.

Figure 30-51-1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-90206

A,B Service Line Ports (High Pressure Outlet Ports to Drive Motors)
T Case Drain Port
MA Operating Pressure of “A” Port
MB Operating Pressure of “B” Port
R Air Bleed Port
X1,X2 Control Pressure Gauge Port
G Charge Pressure Inlet Port
MG Gauge Port For Charge Pressure

481 of 1311 30-51-1 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-3

Hydraulic Controller Removal And Installation

The loader’s right hand side hydraulic controller can be


removed with the hydrostatic pump still in the loader. The
loader’s left hand side hydraulic controller can only be 1
removed when the hydrostatic pump is separated from
the engine / hydrostatic pump cast mount.

Controller solenoids can be bled of trapped air in the


controller. This should be performed when hydraulic
controllers are replaced, removed or uncommanded
oscillations in the controls are present.
1
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm P-90239
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Place the loader on jack stands. (See LIFTING AND Disconnect the electrical harness connectors (Item 1)
BLOCKING THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.) [Figure 30-51-3] from both sides of the hydrostatic
pump.

Removal:
WARNING

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service. IMPORTANT
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death. When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
W-2017-0286 clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system.
Figure 30-51-2 I-2003-0888

Figure 30-51-4

1
1
1

P-90207

P-90208
Locate the two hydraulic controllers (Item 1) [Figure 30-
51-2] on the hydrostatic pumps.
Remove the four mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-4]
from the hydraulic controller.

Installation: Tighten to 10,4 N•m (7.7 ft-lb) torque.

482 of 1311 30-51-2 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-7

Hydraulic Controller Removal And Installation


(Cont'd)
1
Figure 30-51-5

1 2

3 P-90210

2
Alternately tighten bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-7] to 10,4
N•m (7.7 ft-lb) torque. Ensure bolts are tightened to
P-90210 specifications.

NOTE: When a hydraulic controller is replaced, the


Remove the controller (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-5] from the hydrostatic pumps must be calibrated. (See

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


pump. Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment on
Page 30-51-26.)
Remove the controller gaskets (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-5]
from the pump.

Installation:

Figure 30-51-6

2 2

P-90209

NOTE: Do NOT remove the three screens (Item 2)


[Figure 30-51-6] they will be damaged during
removal and must be replaced.

Be sure the feedback lever (Item 3) [Figure 30-51-5] is in


the center of the servo piston groove (Item 1) [Figure 30-
51-6].

Use a small amount of grease on a new gasket and


install the gasket on the hydraulic controller (Item 1)
[Figure 30-51-5].

483 of 1311 30-51-3 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-9

Removal And Installation

Remove the hydrostatic pump / engine assembly from


the loader. (See Engine Removal And Installation on
Page 70-10-7.)

Remove the Hydraulic Pump. (See Removal And


Installation on Page 20-60-6.)

Remove the Drive Belt. (See DRIVE BELT on Page 30- 1


60-1.)

P-90222

IMPORTANT
Use a puller (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-9] to loosen the
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems, pulley from the pump drive shaft.
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses, NOTE: DO NOT strike puller or pump shaft with a
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly hammer. Internal pump damage may result.
damage the system.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


I-2003-0888 Remove the nut and washer from the pump drive shaft.

Figure 30-51-8 Remove the pump pulley from the pump drive shaft.

Figure 30-51-10

1
1
P-90221

P-90223
Loosen the nut (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-8] on the
hydrostatic pump drive shaft.
Remove the two mounting bolts and nuts (Item 1) [Figure
Installation: Tighten the nut to 258 - 325 N•m (190 - 240 30-51-10].
ft-lb) torque.
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts and nuts to 88 -
95 N•m (65 - 70 ft-lb) torque.

484 of 1311 30-51-4 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D)

Removal And Installation (Cont’d) (Earlier Model)

Figure 30-51-11

P-90224

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-


11] at the hydraulic pump mounting bracket.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Clean threads and apply Loctite® 242 to the
mounting bolts and tighten to 125 - 135 N•m (90 - 100 ft-
lb)

Remove the hydrostatic pump from the mounting bracket


and drive belt housing.

BEFORE STARTUP: Fill the hydrostatic pump with


hydraulic fluid. This will remove trapped air in the
hydrostatic pumps before startup. (See Hydrostatic Pump
Startup on Page 30-51-6.)

485 of 1311 30-51-5 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D)

Hydrostatic Pump Startup

Before putting a hydrostatic pump back into operation,


the hydrostatic pump should be filled with hydrostatic
fluid. This should be performed when installing a new
hydrostatic pump or a pump that has been disassembled.

Starting a hydrostatic pump dry may cause premature


wear or permanent pump damage.

Under normal operation, the charge pump will keep the


hydrostatic pumps filled.

Filling the hydrostatic pump is best done by removing a


plug at the top of the hydrostatic pump. A clean funnel
should be used to avoid washing contaminants into the
hydrostatic pump. The goal is to fill the hydrostatic pump
as much as possible before startup.

Figure 30-51-12

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1

P-90226

Remove the air bleed plugs (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-12].

BEFORE STARTUP: Fill one of the air bleed ports with


new hydraulic fluid until the hydraulic fluid flows out of the
other air bleed port. This will remove trapped air in the
hydrostatic pumps before startup.

Assembly: Tighten plugs to 25 N•m (18 ft-lb) torque.

486 of 1311 30-51-6 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D)

Parts Identification

1. O-ring 3
2. Bolt 4 1
1
3. End Housing
4. Right Rotating Assembly
5. Timing Pin 6
5
6. Bearing 7
7. Spacer/Coupler
8. Pin
9. Positioning Pin
10. Position Sensor
11. Washer
12. Steel Cover 9
13. Hydraulic Controller 8 2
14. High Pressure Relief 1
15. Case Housing 1
10
16. Plug
17. Dowel Pin 11
18. Charge Pressure Relief 2
19. Left Servo 12
20. Right Servo
21. Left Rotating Assembly 16 2
22. End Housing 2 14
17

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


16
15 13

13

18 20
14
22 19

5
2 6

21
8 1
9 1
1
10
11

12 2
2 P-90240

487 of 1311 30-51-7 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-15

High Pressure Relief And Bypass Valve

Figure 30-51-13

1
1

P-64437

Inspect the valve seat surface (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-15]


P-64431 for scratches and replace as needed.

Inspect the spring (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-15] for


There are four system check relief valves (Item 1) breakage.
[Figure 30-51-13] in the back of the hydrostatic pump.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Inspect seats inside case housing.
Remove the relief valve cap (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-13].
Do not disassemble the relief valve assembly. If
Assembly: Tighten cap to 150 - 170 N•m (111 - 125 ft-lb) replacement is required, replace as an assembly.
torque.
Factory setting on the relief valve is 36197 kPa (365 bar)
Figure 30-51-14 (5294 psi).

4
3

2 1

P-64436

Inspect the valve cap O-ring (Item 1) and back-up ring


(Item 2) [Figure 30-51-14], replace as needed.

Remove relief valve assembly (Item 3) [Figure 30-51-14]


from the valve cap.

Inspect the conical spring (Item 4) [Figure 30-51-14] to


ensure it is not broken or flattened.

488 of 1311 30-51-8 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-17

Charge Relief Valve

Figure 30-51-16 1 4 5
3 6
2

1 P-64435

Inspect the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-17].


P-64431
Inspect the poppet (Item 2) and the mating seat (Item 3)
[Figure 30-51-17] for damage or foreign material. Ensure
The charge relief valve (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-16] is the poppet moves freely in it’s bore.
located on the back of the hydrostatic pump.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Inspect the sealing ring (Item 4) [Figure 30-51-17] and
Remove the charge relief valve. the mating seat in the pump housing for damage or
foreign material.
Assembly: Tighten charge relief valve to 70 N•m (52 ft-
lb) torque. Inspect the spring (Item 5) and the charge relief valve
shims (Item 6) [Figure 30-51-17].

NOTE: 1,0 mm shim (Item 6) [Figure 30-51-17] = 300


kPa (3,0 bar) (43.5 psi) in pressure change.
Adding shims increases charge pressure.
Removing shims decreases charge pressure.

489 of 1311 30-51-9 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Assembly: Tighten bolts to 51 N•m (38 ft-lb) torque.

Disassembly And Assembly Note the connectors facing each other.

Remove the hydrostatic pump / engine assembly from Figure 30-51-20


the loader. (See Engine Removal And Installation on
Page 70-10-7.)

Remove the hydrostatic pump. (See Removal And


Installation on Page 30-51-4.) 1

Figure 30-51-18

2
1 1 P-90228

Remove the mounting bolts (Item 1) for the swash plate


angle sensor (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-20].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Assembly: Tighten bolts to 3,1 N•m (27.4 in-lb) torque.
P-90226

Remove the hydraulic controllers (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-


18]. (See Hydraulic Controller Removal And Installation
on Page 30-51-2.)

Figure 30-51-19
3 3
2 2
1 1

3
3

P-90227

Swash plate angle sensors (Item 1) are mounted on the


bottom of the hydrostatic pump. They are protected by
steel covers (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-19].

Remove the two bolts (Item 3) and the steel cover (Item
2) [Figure 30-51-19] from both sides.

490 of 1311 30-51-10 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Right End Housing

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) Figure 30-51-23

Figure 30-51-21
3
1

1
1
P-64445

P-90217
Left End Housing

Assembly: Note the slotted portion (Item 1) of the Figure 30-51-24


positioning pin tightly fits the machined section on the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


swash plate angle sensor shaft (Item 2) [Figure 30-51- 3 1
21].

Figure 30-51-22

1
2

P-64447

Remove the four mount bolts (Item 1) securing the end


housing (Item 2) to the main case housing (Item 3)
P-90218 [Figure 30-51-23] and [Figure 30-51-24].

Assembly: Alternately, tighten mount bolts to 130 N•m


Inspect and replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-51- (96 ft-lb) torque.
22].

491 of 1311 30-51-11 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-27

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-51-25

P-64466

Ensure servo follower (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-26] is


P-64464 swung out for proper engagement with the notch in the
servo piston (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-27].

Pull the end housings from the case housing [Figure 30- Figure 30-51-28
51-25].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-51-26

1 1 2
2

P-64463

P-64465 Assembly: Ensure dowel pin (Item 1) is aligned with hole


in case housing (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-28] before
tightening screws.
Replace O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-26].

492 of 1311 30-51-12 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D)

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-51-29

RIGHT SIDE

P-64454

Figure 30-51-30

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


LEFT SIDE

P-64501

Remove valve plate (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-29] and


[Figure 30-51-30] from the case housing.

Inspect valve plate for scratches or scoring. Replace a


valve plate if the scratches are deep enough to catch with
a fingernail.

NOTE: Pay attention to the notches (Item 2) [Figure


30-51-29] and [Figure 30-51-30] in the valve
plate for assembly reasons. There are
different valve plates for the left and right
side. The valve plates are NOT
interchangeable.

493 of 1311 30-51-13 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-34

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) LEFT SIDE


Figure 30-51-31 1
2
RIGHT SIDE

1 P-64503

2
Assembly: Align the timing pin (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-
P-64455 31] and [Figure 30-51-32] in the case housing with the
notch (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-33] and [Figure 30-51-34]
that does not go through the valve plate.
Figure 30-51-32
Align the shoulder of the roller bearing (Item 2) [Figure

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


LEFT SIDE 30-51-31] and [Figure 30-51-32] with the beveled edge
on the valve plate (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-33] and [Figure
30-51-34].

NOTE: Valve plate should sit FLUSH with the case


housing when properly installed.

1
2

P-64502

Figure 30-51-33

RIGHT SIDE

1
2

P-64456

494 of 1311 30-51-14 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-37

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-51-35
1

P-64469

Remove the piston assembly (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-37].


B25012
Figure 30-51-38

Right Side Rotating Group [Figure 30-51-35].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-51-36
1

P-64475

Remove the pistons (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-38] from the


B25011 rotating block.

Left Side Rotating Group [Figure 30-51-36].

495 of 1311 30-51-15 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-41

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)


1
Figure 30-51-39

P-64471

Remove the spherical washer (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-


P-64476 41].

Figure 30-51-42
Inspect the pistons for scoring and scratches. Ensure the
holes (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-39] in the slippers, are not
1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


plugged.

Figure 30-51-40
1

P-64472

Inspect the pins (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-42]. They should


be all the same length. Do not remove.
P-64477

Inspect the mating surface of the spherical washer for


scoring or scratches (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-40].

496 of 1311 30-51-16 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-45

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)


3
Figure 30-51-43
1
1

P-64479

Inspect mating surface for the slippers on the swash plate


P-64474 (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-45].

Remove the swash plate from the end cap housing (Item
Inspect the spherical washer for scoring and wear (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-45].
1) [Figure 30-51-43].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the slide ring (Item 3) [Figure 30-51-45], ensure
Figure 30-51-44 it pivots freely.

Figure 30-51-46
1

3 1

P-64478

P-64480
Inspect the back surface of the rotating block (Item 1)
[Figure 30-51-44] where the valve plate seals. Ensure
there is no scratches or scoring. Assembly: Carefully align bearing pin eyelets (Item 1)
into holes in end cap housing (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-46].
Visually ensure spring (Item 2) and c-clip (Item 3)
[Figure 30-51-44] are not bent or damaged.

497 of 1311 30-51-17 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-49

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) 2


1 1
Figure 30-51-47

1 P-64483

Remove the shell bearing races (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-


P-64481 49].

Assembly: Note shell bearing races have an edge (Item


Assembly: Ensure bearing pins are in the holes of the 2) [Figure 30-51-49] on them. The edges face towards
swash plate (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-47]. the outside of the end cap housing

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-51-48 Inspect bearing surfaces for scratches or scoring.

Remove the positioning pin (Item 3) [Figure 30-51-49].


2
Figure 30-51-50

2 1

P-64482

Remove the shell bearing (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-48].


P-64485
Inspect individual roller bearings and machined surfaces
(Item 2) [Figure 30-51-48] on swash plate.
Replace O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-50].

Inspect wear surfaces (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-50] for


scratches or scoring. Ensure positioning pin can rotate
smoothly in the end housing without excessive play.

498 of 1311 30-51-18 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-53

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-51-51

LEFT SIDE

1
P-76742

The pump seal (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-53] is removed by


P-64486 inserting a screw into the seal and prying out.

Figure 30-51-54
Figure 30-51-52

RIGHT SIDE

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1

P-64488
P-76743

The drive shaft can be tapped out of the end housing with
Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-51] and a rubber mallet.
[Figure 30-51-52] from the end housing.
Inspect wear surfaces for scratches, and inspect splines
for excessive wear.

Inspect bearing (Item 1); if bearing needs replacement,


remove snap ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-54] and remove
bearing.

499 of 1311 30-51-19 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-57

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-51-55

1 1

P-90232

Remove servo piston mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-


51-57].

Installation: Tighten bolts to 10,4 N•m (7.7 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 30-51-58

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


B25013

Servo Piston Assembly [Figure 30-51-55].


1
The Servo Piston Assembly [Figure 30-51-55] cannot be
removed unless the hydraulic controller and rotating
group is removed first.

Figure 30-51-56

P-90231

Use a rubber mallet to rotate servo piston cover (Item 1)


[Figure 30-51-58].

P-64490

Measure and record servo piston depth at the adjustment


screw [Figure 30-51-56].

500 of 1311 30-51-20 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-61

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-51-59

P-64466

Assembly: Align the servo piston so the guide slot


P-90237 (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-61] is parallel to the drive shaft
centerline. Measure with a straight-edge [Figure 30-51-
60].
Slide the servo piston assembly out of the bore. [Figure
30-51-59]. Figure 30-51-62

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-51-60

2
1

P-64493

P-64467
Remove the bushings (Item 1), seals and O-rings (Item 2)
[Figure 30-51-62] from the pump housing.

501 of 1311 30-51-21 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-65

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-51-63 1

1
2
2
P-64496

3 Remove the servo cover (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-65] from


P-64494 the servo piston.

Remove the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-65] from the


Each servo has a pair of bushings (Item 1), O-rings (Item cover.
2) and square-cut seals (Item 3) [Figure 30-51-63].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-51-66
Figure 30-51-64

1
1

P-64497
P-64495

Remove snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-66] from the


Remove the locknut (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-64] from the servo piston.
servo piston.

Assembly: Tighten locknut to 30 N•m (22 ft-lb) torque.

502 of 1311 30-51-22 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Mechanical Neutral Adjustment

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd) The tools listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:
Figure 30-51-67
MEL1563 or 7217666 - Remote Start Tool Kit
1 The pump Mechanical Neutral Adjustment sets the
2 position of the servo piston and pump swash plate
relative to the hydraulic controller. This procedure should
be followed if the hydrostatic pump has been
disassembled for servicing the servo piston and the
setting has been disrupted.

Place the loader on jack stands. (See LIFTING AND


BLOCKING THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

WARNING
P-64498
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Remove the piston stop adjustment mechanism (Item 1) Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
[Figure 30-51-67] from the servo piston. fall or move and cause injury or death.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


W-2017-0286
Inspect mechanism for broken parts.
Raise the lift arms, and install an approved lift arm
Replace O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-67]. support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Figure 30-51-68 Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Connect the Remote Start Tool. (See REMOTE START


TOOL KIT - MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) or (See
REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT -
7217666 on Page 10-61-1.)

Disconnect the swash plate angle sensors in the


2 electrical harness. This prevents unwanted swash plate
movement error codes from occurring during
1 adjustments. Disconnecting the sensors does not have to
be done directly at the sensor, follow the harness back to
find an accessible connector to disconnect.

If equipped, disconnect the speed sensors located on the


top of the drive motors. This prevents uncommanded
P-64502 wheel movement error codes from occurring during
adjustments.
Bearings (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-68] in case housing are
replaced by using a press and bearing driver.

Inspect center coupler (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-68].


WARNING
Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have
sufficient force to enter a person’s body by
penetrating the skin. This can cause serious injury
and possible death if proper medical treatment by a
physician familiar with this injury is not received
immediately.
W-2145-0290

503 of 1311 30-51-23 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-71

Mechanical Neutral Adjustment (Cont’d)

Figure 30-51-69
1

P-64438

Remove the plugs (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-71] from the


P-64973 MA ports on the bottom of the pump, and install 51711
kPa (517 bar) (7500 psi) pressure gauges.

Connect a hydraulic hose (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-69] Figure 30-51-72


between port X1 and port X2 on each side of the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


hydrostatic pump, to equalize the pressures on both ends
of the servo pistons.

Figure 30-51-70
1 1
1
1

1 1

P-90243

Remove drive hoses from the A and B ports (Item 1)


[Figure 30-51-72]. Plug the ports with metal caps. The
P-90242 caps must be able to handle at least 51711 kPa (517 bar)
(7500 psi). Plugging the A and B ports eliminates
leakage at the drive motors from causing errors in the
Remove the plugs (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-70] from the Pump Mechanical Neutral setting.
MB ports on the front side of the pump, and install 51711
kPa (517 bar) (7500 psi) pressure gauges.

504 of 1311 30-51-24 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-75

Mechanical Neutral Adjustment (Cont’d)

Figure 30-51-73

1 1

P-90238

Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-75]


P-90226 counterclockwise, until the other gauge registers an
increase in system pressure. Mark the position of the
adjustment screw.
Loosen the Pump Neutral Adjustment locknut (Item 1)
[Figure 30-51-73]. Figure 30-51-76

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Start the loader using the Remote Start Tool and run at
idle.

WARNING
Stay clear of the loader wheels. They will turn
whenever the pump is not centered.
W-2276-1297
1
Figure 30-51-74
P-90238

Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-76]


clockwise, to a position halfway between the recorded
positions. The pressure gauges should read equal
pressures.

P-90238

Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-74]


clockwise, until one of the gauges registers an increase
in system pressure. Mark the position of the adjustment
screw.

505 of 1311 30-51-25 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment

Mechanical Neutral Adjustment (Cont’d) The tools listed will be needed to do the following
procedure:
Figure 30-51-77
MEL1563 or 7217666 - Remote Start Tool Kit

The Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment aligns the


pump swash plate and the control spool so that a zero
angle control setting provides a zero degree swash plate
setting. This adjustment should be performed whenever
any part of the control or swash plate mechanisms are
2 adjusted or removed or after the Pump Mechanical
Neutral setting is adjusted. Ensure the Pump Mechanical
Neutral setting is correct before performing Hydraulic
Controller Neutral Adjustments.
1
NOTE: Procedure is shown for the left side hydraulic
controller. Procedure is the same for the right
P-90238 side hydraulic controller, except you
disconnect the electrical connectors for the
right side hydraulic controller and connect
While holding the adjustment screw (Item 1) in position, pressure gauges in the X1 and X2 ports on the
tighten the locknut (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-77] to 30 N•m right side of the pump.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


(22 ft-lb) torque.
Place the loader on jack stands. (See LIFTING AND
Shut loader OFF. BLOCKING THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Remove the hydraulic hose from the X1 and X2 ports on


the pump. Install the plugs and tighten to 25 N•m (18 ft-
lb) torque.
WARNING
Remove the pressure gauges from the MA and MB ports Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
on the pump. Install the plugs and tighten to 25 N•m (18 of the frame before running the engine for service.
ft-lb) torque. Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
NOTE: The Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment
must be performed whenever the Mechanical
Neutral Adjustment is done. (See Hydraulic Raise the lift arms, and install an approved lift arm
Controller Neutral Adjustment on Page 30-51- support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
26.)
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Connect the Remote Start Tool. (See REMOTE START


TOOL KIT - MEL1563 on Page 10-60-1.) or (See
REMOTE START TOOL (SERVICE TOOL) KIT -
7217666 on Page 10-61-1.)

506 of 1311 30-51-26 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-80

Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment (Cont’d)

WARNING
Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have
sufficient force to enter a person’s body by
penetrating the skin. This can cause serious injury
and possible death if proper medical treatment by a
physician familiar with this injury is not received
immediately.
W-2145-0290
P-64975

Figure 30-51-78
Install 3447 kPa (34,5 bar) (500 psi) pressure gauges in
the X1 and X2 ports pertaining to the side of the
hydrostatic pump you are adjusting.
1
Figure 30-51-81

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1 1
P-90239

Disconnect the hydraulic controller connectors (Item 1)


[Figure 30-51-78] from the loader wiring harness for the
hydraulic controller you are adjusting.
P-90236
Figure 30-51-79

Loosen the locking screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-81].

Start the loader using the Remote Start Tool and run at
an idle.
1

2
WARNING
Stay clear of the loader wheels. They will turn
whenever the pump is not centered.
W-2276-1297

P-90226

Remove the X1 plug (Item 1) and X2 plug (Item 2)


[Figure 30-51-79] pertaining to the side of the
hydrostatic pump you are adjusting.

507 of 1311 30-51-27 S650 Service Manual


HYDROSTATIC PUMP (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 30-51-84

Hydraulic Controller Neutral Adjustment (Cont’d)

Figure 30-51-82

P-90236

Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-84]


P-90236 clockwise, to a position halfway between the recorded
positions. The pressure gauges should read equal
pressures.
Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-82]
clockwise, until one of the gauges registers an increase Figure 30-51-85

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


in system pressure. Mark the position of the adjustment
screw.

Figure 30-51-83

1
2

P-90236

While holding the adjustment screw (Item 1) in position,


P-90236 tighten the locking screw (Item 2) [Figure 30-51-85] to
6,1 N•m (4.5 ft-lb) torque.

Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 30-51-83] Shut loader OFF.
counterclockwise, until the other gauge registers an
increase in system pressure. Mark the position of the Remove the pressure gauges from the X1 and X2 ports
adjustment screw. on the pump. Install the plugs and tighten to 25 N•m (18
ft-lb) torque.

Connect the hydraulic controller wire connectors to the


loader wiring harness.

Perform a controller calibration procedure. (See


CALIBRATION on Page 60-160-1.)

508 of 1311 30-51-28 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE BELT Belt Replacement

Belt Adjustment Stop the engine and open the rear door.

The drive belt does not need adjustment. The belt has a Remove the battery. (See Removal And Installation on
spring loaded idler which constantly maintains the correct Page 60-20-1.)
belt tension.
Figure 30-60-3
Stop Adjustment

Stop the engine and open the rear door.

Figure 30-60-1
1

2
P-85518

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the drive belt shield bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-
3].
P-90470
Figure 30-60-4

Loosen the spring loaded idler adjustment bolt (Item 1)


and insert a 12,7 mm (1/2 in) breaker bar (Item 2)
[Figure 30-60-1] into the slot provided in the stop arm as
shown. 1

Figure 30-60-2

P-90467

Do NOT loosen the drive belt shield mounting bolts (top


bolt shown) (Item 1). Slide the drive belt shield (Item 2)
toward the back of the loader to unseat the shield from
the top and bottom drive belt shield mounting bolts.
P109784A Remove the drive belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 30-60-4].

Move the breaker bar to adjust the stop arm until a gap of
3,2 mm (0.125 in) (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-2] is achieved.

Tighten the spring loaded idler adjustment bolt (Item 1)


[Figure 30-60-1] to 105 - 115 N•m (78 - 85 ft-lb) torque.

509 of 1311 30-60-1 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE BELT (CONT’D) Maintain torque on the stop arm and tighten the spring
loaded idler adjustment bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-6] to
Belt Replacement (Cont’d) 105 - 115 N•m (78 - 85 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 30-60-5 NOTE: This procedure is required to preload a new


drive belt in order to achieve the correct stop
adjustment after the initial belt break-in
period.
1
Figure 30-60-7

Top Mounting Bolt

2
1

P-90470
P-90468A

Loosen the spring loaded idler adjustment bolts (Item 1).


Insert a 12,7 mm (1/2 in) breaker bar (Item 2) [Figure 30- Bottom Mounting Bolt

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


60-5] into the slot provided in the stop arm as shown and
push breaker bar down to release tension on drive belt.
2
Tighten the adjustment bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-5] to
hold the spring loaded idler off the drive belt.

Remove the drive belt from the hydrostatic pump pulley


and flywheel pulley. Inspect the pulleys for wear.
P-90469A
Install new drive belt.

Loosen the spring loaded idler adjustment bolts (Item 1) Position the drive belt shield over the drive belt shield
[Figure 30-60-5] and allow the idler to contact the drive mounting bolts and slide the drive belt shield toward the
belt. front of the loader to fully seat the shield onto the top and
bottom mounting bolts (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 30-60-7].
Figure 30-60-6

P115669

Adjust a torque wrench for 54,2 N•m (40 ft-lb). Insert the
torque wrench (Item 2) [Figure 30-60-6] into the slot
provided in the stop arm as shown and move the torque
wrench up until the correct torque is indicated.

510 of 1311 30-60-2 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE BELT (CONT’D)

Belt Replacement (Cont’d)

Figure 30-60-8

P-85518

Install the drive belt shield bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-8].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Install the battery. (See Removal And Installation on
Page 60-20-1.)

Close the rear door.

NOTE: The stop arm MUST be adjusted after 50 hours


operation with the new drive belt. (See Stop
Adjustment on Page 30-60-1.)

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct


service interval after the initial 50 hour
adjustment. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 10-70-1.)

511 of 1311 30-60-3 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE BELT (CONT’D) Figure 30-60-10

Tensioner Pulley Removal And Installation

Remove the engine air cleaner. (See Housing Removal


And Installation on Page 70-40-1.)
1
Remove the belt. (See Belt Replacement on Page 30-60-
1.) 2

Figure 30-60-9

P-85741

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-


2 10].

Remove the tensioner pulley (Item 2) [Figure 30-60-10].

Installation: Apply Loctite® 242 to the mounting bolts

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


(Item 1) [Figure 30-60-10].
P-85520

Loosen the spring loaded idler adjustment bolt (Item 1).


Insert a 12,7 mm (1/2 in) breaker bar (Item 2) [Figure 30-
60-9] into the slot provided in the stop arm as shown and
push breaker bar down to release tension on drive belt.

Tighten adjustment bolt (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-9] to hold


the spring loaded idler off the drive belt.

512 of 1311 30-60-4 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE BELT (CONT'D) Figure 30-60-13

Tensioner Pulley Disassembly And Assembly

Figure 30-60-11

1
1

1
P-90303

3 Disassembly the tensioner pulley as shown [Figure 30-


P-90306 60-13].

Inspect the parts for wear and replace as needed.


Loosen the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-11] but do
not remove. NOTE: The wheel and arm assembly (Item 1) [Figure

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


30-60-13] are not serviceable and must be
Release the spring tension by allowing the adjustment replaced as a complete assembly.
plate (Item 2) to slide past the tensioner pulley stop (Item
3) [Figure 30-60-11].

Remove the two bolts (Item 1) and the adjustment plate


(Item 2) [Figure 30-60-11].

Figure 30-60-12

P-90304

Remove the pivot sleeve (Item 1) [Figure 30-60-12].

513 of 1311 30-60-5 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

514 of 1311 30-60-6 S650 Service Manual


TWO-SPEED / BRAKE VALVE (S/N A3NV11001 -
A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW12724)

Description

Figure 30-70-1

P-90507

The two-speed / brake valve (Item 1) [Figure 30-70-1] is

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


located in front of the hydrostatic pump. The high range is
selected by a switch located on the right handle for
manual loaders and on the left joystick for SJC loaders.

When the high range is selected, the two-speed solenoid


is energized by the Bobcat Controller. The valve shifts
and directs charge pressure fluid to the shift spool in
each motor. The charge pressure hydraulic fluid shifts the
spools allowing the motors to move into high range.
When low range is selected, the solenoid is de-energized
and the shift spools are spring returned to low range.

515 of 1311 30-70-1 S650 Service Manual


TWO-SPEED / BRAKE VALVE (S/N A3NV11001 - Figure 30-70-2
A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW12724)
(CONT’D)
1
Valve Block Removal And Installation

DANGER
2
2

P-90437

P-90328 Remove the steering shock (Item 1) [Figure 30-70-2].


AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic Mark all hydraulic hoses for proper installation.
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop. Disconnect the five hydraulic hoses (Item 2) [Figure 30-
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised 70-2] from the two speed / brake valve block.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged. Figure 30-70-3
D-1009-0409

WARNING 1
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

P-90425

WARNING Disconnect the three hydraulic hoses (Item 1) [Figure


30-70-3] from the two speed/brake valve block.
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING


THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

516 of 1311 30-70-2 S650 Service Manual


TWO-SPEED / BRAKE VALVE (S/N A3NV11001 -
A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW12724)
(CONT’D)

Valve Block Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 30-70-4

P-90444

Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


30-70-4] from the two speed solenoid.

Disconnect the wire harness connectors (Item 2) [Figure


30-70-4] from the brake solenoid and make-up valve.

Figure 30-70-5

P-90446

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-70-5]


from the valve block.

517 of 1311 30-70-3 S650 Service Manual


TWO-SPEED / BRAKE VALVE (S/N A3NV11001 - Figure 30-70-8
A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW12724)
(CONT’D)

Valve Block Disassembly And Assembly 1

Figure 30-70-6

1
2

N-22580
1

Replace the back-up rings (Item 1) and O-rings (Item 2)


[Figure 30-70-8].

P-90548 Figure 30-70-9


1
Mark all hydraulic hoses and fittings for proper

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


installation.

Remove the hydraulic fittings (Item 1) [Figure 30-70-6]


from the valve block. 4

Figure 30-70-7 2

1
2
P-90550

Remove the two bolts (Item 1) from the brake valve


solenoid (Item 2) [Figure 30-70-9].

Remove the electrical solenoid nut (Item 3) from the


make-up solenoid (Item 4) [Figure 30-70-9].

P-90549 Assembly: Tighten the nut to 6,78 - 9,5 N•m (60 - 84 in-
lb) torque.
Remove the check valves (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 30-70-
7] from the two-speed valve.

NOTE: The check valves (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 30-


70-7] are interchangeable.

518 of 1311 30-70-4 S650 Service Manual


TWO-SPEED / BRAKE VALVE (S/N A3NV11001 - Figure 30-70-12
A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW12724)
(CONT’D)

Valve Block Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-70-10

P-90552

Remove the make-up solenoid (Item 1) [Figure 30-70-


12] from the valve block.

P-90435 Figure 30-70-13

Use a test meter and test the solenoid coils (Item 1)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


[Figure 30-70-10] for resistance.

The resistance value for the solenoid coil can be found on


the electrical schematic.

Figure 30-70-11

1 N-22584

Assembly: Always install new O-rings and back-up rings


[Figure 30-70-13]. Tighten the solenoid valve to 27,1
N•m (20 ft-lb) torque.

P-90551

Use a test meter and test the solenoid coils (Item 1)


[Figure 30-70-10] for resistance.

The resistance value for the solenoid coil can be found on


the electrical schematic.

519 of 1311 30-70-5 S650 Service Manual


TWO-SPEED / BRAKE VALVE (S/N A3NV11001 - Figure 30-70-16
A3NV17774 AND S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW12724)
(CONT’D)

Valve Block Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-70-14 1

P-90547

1
Use a test meter and test the solenoid (Item 1) [Figure
30-70-16] for resistance.

P-90553 The resistance value for the solenoid coil can be found on
the electrical schematic.
Remove the plugs (Item 1) [Figure 30-70-14] from the

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Assembly: Always install new O-rings and back-up
two speed/brake valve block.
rings.
Replace the O-ring [Figure 30-70-14] on the plugs.

Figure 30-70-15

P-90554

Remove the two speed solenoid bolts (Item 1) [Figure


30-70-15].

520 of 1311 30-70-6 S650 Service Manual


TWO-SPEED / BRAKE VALVE (S/N A3NV17775 &
ABOVE AND A3NW12725 & ABOVE)

Description

Figure 30-71-1

P-90507

The two-speed / brake valve (Item 1) [Figure 30-71-1] is

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


located in front of the hydrostatic pump. The high range is
selected by a switch located on the right handle for
manual loaders and on the left joystick for SJC loaders.

When the high range is selected, the two-speed solenoid


is energized by the Bobcat Controller. The valve shifts
and directs charge pressure fluid to the shift spool in
each motor. The charge pressure hydraulic fluid shifts the
spools allowing the motors to move into high range.
When low range is selected, the solenoid is de-energized
and the shift spools are spring returned to low range.

521 of 1311 30-71-1 S650 Service Manual


TWO-SPEED / BRAKE VALVE (S/N A3NV17775 & Figure 30-71-2
ABOVE AND A3NW12725 & ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Valve Block Removal And Installation 1

DANGER
2
2

P-90437

P-90328
Remove the steering shock (Item 1) [Figure 30-71-2].
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
Mark all hydraulic hoses for proper installation.
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
Disconnect the five hydraulic hoses (Item 2) [Figure 30-
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
71-2] from the two speed / brake valve block.
unless supported by an approved lift arm

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409 Figure 30-71-3

WARNING
1
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

P-90425

WARNING Disconnect the three hydraulic hoses (Item 1) [Figure


30-71-3] from the two speed/brake valve block.
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING


THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

522 of 1311 30-71-2 S650 Service Manual


TWO-SPEED / BRAKE VALVE (S/N A3NV17775 &
ABOVE AND A3NW12725 & ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Valve Block Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 30-71-4

P-90444

Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


30-71-4] from the two speed solenoid.

Disconnect the wire harness connectors (Item 2) [Figure


30-71-4] from the brake solenoid and make-up valve.

Figure 30-71-5

P-90446

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-71-5]


from the valve block.

523 of 1311 30-71-3 S650 Service Manual


TWO-SPEED / BRAKE VALVE (S/N A3NV17775 & Figure 30-71-8
ABOVE AND A3NW12725 & ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Valve Block Disassembly And Assembly

Mark all hydraulic hoses and fittings for proper


installation.

Figure 30-71-6 1

1
1 P107100

Use a test meter and test the solenoid coils (Item 1)


[Figure 30-71-8] for resistance.

The resistance value for the solenoid coil can be found on


the electrical schematic.
P107098

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 30-71-9

Remove the hydraulic fittings (Item 1) [Figure 30-71-6]


from the valve block.

Figure 30-71-7 1

4
P107101
2
3
Use a test meter and test the solenoid coils (Item 1)
[Figure 30-71-9] for resistance.
P107099
The resistance value for the solenoid coil can be found on
the electrical schematic.
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) from the brake valve
solenoid (Item 2) [Figure 30-71-7]. Assembly: Always install new O-rings [Figure 30-71-9]
and back-up rings.
Remove the electrical solenoid nut (Item 3) from the
make-up solenoid (Item 4) [Figure 30-71-7].

Assembly: Tighten the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 30-71-7] to


2,7 N•m (2 ft-lb) torque.

Assembly: Tighten the nut (Item 3) [Figure 30-71-7] to


6,78 - 9,49 N•m (60 - 84 in-lb) torque.

524 of 1311 30-71-4 S650 Service Manual


TWO-SPEED / BRAKE VALVE (S/N A3NV17775 &
ABOVE AND A3NW12725 & ABOVE) (CONT'D)

Valve Block Disassembly And Assembly (Cont'd)

Figure 30-71-10

P107104

Remove the make-up solenoid (Item 1) [Figure 30-71-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


10] from the valve block.

Assembly: Always install new O-rings and back-up rings


[Figure 30-71-10]. Tighten the solenoid valve to 27,1
N•m (20 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 30-71-11

1
1

2 2 2

P107103

Replace the back-up rings (Item 1) and O-rings (Item 2)


[Figure 30-71-11].

525 of 1311 30-71-5 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

526 of 1311 30-71-6 S650 Service Manual


DRAIN MANIFOLD Figure 30-80-2

Description

The drain manifold is an external assembly in the drain


circuit that returns the hydraulic fluid to the reservoir.
2
Drain Manifold Removal And Installation

IMPORTANT 2

2
When repairing hydrostatic and hydraulic systems,
clean the work area before disassembly and keep all
P100002
parts clean. Always use caps and plugs on hoses,
tubelines and ports to keep dirt out. Dirt can quickly
damage the system. Disconnect the wiring harness from the fluid temperature
I-2003-0888 switch (Item 1) [Figure 30-80-2].

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) Remove the three hoses (Item 2) [Figure 30-80-2].

Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And Mark and cap all hoses and tubelines.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)
Figure 30-80-3
Figure 30-80-1

1
1

1
2

P100003
P100001

Remove the two hoses (Item 1) [Figure 30-80-3].


Remove the tubeline (Item 1) [Figure 30-80-1] from the
drain manifold. Remove the two bolts and nuts (Item 2) [Figure 30-80-3].

Mark and cap all hoses and tubelines. Mark and cap all hoses and tubelines.

527 of 1311 30-80-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

528 of 1311 30-80-2 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE SYSTEM

BRAKE (SINGLE SPEED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-10-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-10-1
Disc Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-10-1

BRAKE (TWO-SPEED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-11-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-11-1

DRIVE COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-20-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-20-1
Axle Seal Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-20-2
Axle, Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-20-4
Chain Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-20-9

CHAINCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-30-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-30-1
Front Cover Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-30-1
Center Cover Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-30-2
Rear Cover Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-30-3

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

529 of 1311 40-01 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

530 of 1311 40-02 S650 Service Manual


BRAKE (SINGLE SPEED) Disc Removal And Installation

Description Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Figure 40-10-1

WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
1 to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-


30-2.)
P-85491
Remove the control panel from the loader. (See Removal
And Installation on Page 50-100-2.)
The brake is used to hold the machine in place. The
brake is operated by a switch (Item 1) [Figure 40-10-1] Remove the center chaincase cover. (See Center Cover

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


located on the front accessory panel. Removal And Installation on Page 40-30-2.)

The brake is applied by a spring-loaded wedge that drops Remove the traction lock assembly.
into two notched brake discs attached to the motor carrier
shafts. An electric solenoid is sent power from a relay to Figure 40-10-2
pull the wedge away from the discs. A signal from the
main Bobcat controller holds the wedge away from the
discs.

The hold signal will be interrupted and the wedge will 1


drop if the engine rpm drops below 700 rpm, the seat bar
sensor fails or if there is a break in the wires for the brake
solenoid.

For more information on the brake. (See Description on


Page 60-120-1.)

N-19081A

The parking brake discs (Item 1) [Figure 40-10-2] are


located beneath the center chaincase cover.

531 of 1311 40-10-1 S650 Service Manual


BRAKE (SINGLE SPEED) (CONT’D) Figure 40-10-4

Disc Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 40-10-3

N-19082A

1 Figure 40-10-5
N-19105

Inspect the traction lock guides (Item 1) [Figure 40-10-3]


and the brake disc for damage or wear and replace as

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


necessary. (See Inspecting on Page 60-120-3.)

N-19083A

A snap ring pliers with 90° tips are necessary for


removing the parking brake disc.

Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 40-10-4] from the


end of the sprocket on the hydrostatic motor carrier.

Slide the disc (Item 2) [Figure 40-10-4] off the sprocket


(Item 1) [Figure 40-10-5] and remove the disc through
the front chaincase cover.

Reverse the removal procedure to install the disc in the


loader.

532 of 1311 40-10-2 S650 Service Manual


BRAKE (TWO-SPEED)

Description

Figure 40-11-1

P-85413F

The brake is used to hold the machine in place. The


brake is operated by a switch (Item 1) [Figure 40-11-1]

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


located on the front accessory panel.

The brake is a spring applied pressure release system,


which is self contained on the end of each drive motor.

The brake block solenoid is sent power from a relay to


open the circuit which releases the charge pressure fluid
to the brakes. The charge pressure fluid pushes the
spring away from the brake discs allowing the drive motor
to move.

A signal from the main Bobcat controller holds the brake


solenoid open to allow constant flow of the charge
pressure fluid to hold the spring away from the brake
discs.

When the hold signal is interrupted the solenoid will close


the circuit and the charge fluid will be shut off an the
spring will apply the brakes. This will happen if the engine
rpm drops below a set rpm, the seat bar sensor fails or if
there is a break in the wires for the brake block solenoid.

533 of 1311 40-11-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

534 of 1311 40-11-2 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE COMPONENTS

Description

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NA1285

The drive components consist of the chaincase, drive chains, sprockets, axles shafts, hubs, drive motor carrier and a brake
(Single speed only).

The two-speed brake is part of the two-speed drive motor.

The chaincase is partially filled with hydraulic fluid to lubricate the chains and bearings.

On the bottom of the chaincase, these is a cover for access to the fuel tank drain plug.

535 of 1311 40-20-1 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D) Figure 40-20-2

Axle Seal Removal And Installation

The tools listed are needed for the following procedure:

Axle Hub Puller Tool


MEL1407 - Seal Driver Tool
MEL1242 - Power Ram (may be used if desired)

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING


THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
1
NOTE: If the axle and bearings are being replaced,
also loosen the sprocket mounting bolt inside
the chaincase before lifting and blocking the P4849
loader. (See Axle, Sprocket And Bearings
Removal And Installation on Page 40-20-4.)
Install puller (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-2] on the wheel hub.
Remove the tire / wheel assembly. (See Mounting on
Page 10-160-2.)

Remove the front chaincase cover. (See Front Cover


Removal And Installation on Page 40-30-1.)
WARNING

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NEVER STAND IN-LINE OF THE HUB WHEN
Remove the fluid from the chaincase. (See Removing
REMOVING A HUB FROM AN AXLE. The hub has a
And Replacing Fluid on Page 10-130-2.)
tapered fit on the axle end and can come off the axle
with great force and cause serious injury.
Figure 40-20-1
W-2186-0395

Remove the hub from the axle.

2 Figure 40-20-3

1
2
P4850

Remove the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-1] and plate.

Installation: Tighten the bolts to 240 - 260 N•m (175 - P4848


190 ft-lb) torque.

Remove the two wheel studs (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-1] Remove the key (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-3] from the axle.
across from each other.

536 of 1311 40-20-2 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D)

Axle Seal Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 40-20-4

P4817

Install a slide hammer (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-4] with a


screw tip end into the axle seal.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the axle seal.

Figure 40-20-5

P4814

Installation: Place the seal with the lip facing in [Figure


40-20-5].

Installation: Use a hammer, install the new axle seal


until the tool (MEL1407) is flush with the edge of the axle
tube [Figure 40-20-5].

537 of 1311 40-20-3 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D) Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation
on Page 50-100-2.)
Axle, Sprocket And Bearings Removal And
Installation Remove the front chaincase cover. (See Front Cover
Removal And Installation on Page 40-30-1.)
The tools listed will be needed to do the following
procedure: Remove the fluid from the chaincase. (See Removing
And Replacing Fluid on Page 10-130-2.)
MEL1242 - Port-a-Power
MEL1202 - Axle Bearing Service Set Figure 40-20-6

NOTE: The procedure shown for removal and


installation of the axle, sprocket and bearings
is for a front axle. This procedure will be the 2
same for the rear axle.

DANGER 1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-68196

Remove the axle sprocket bolt (Item 1) and backing


P-90328 washer (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-6].
AVOID DEATH Installation: Tighten the axle sprocket bolt to 699 - 726
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic N•m (515 - 535 ft-lb) torque.
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop. Remove the axle hub. (See Axle Seal Removal And
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised Installation on Page 40-20-2.)
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged. Figure 40-20-7
D-1009-0409

WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm P-4158A
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING Install a Port-a-Power ram between the two sprockets
THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.) [Figure 40-20-7].

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

538 of 1311 40-20-4 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D) NOTE: Hold the axle during removal because it will
slide freely after the bearing is removed from
Axle, Sprocket And Bearings Removal And the mounting surface.
Installation (Cont'd)
Figure 40-20-10
Figure 40-20-8

P-4171
P5406A

Press the splined end of the axle free from the bearing
Push the axle out until the ram is at the end of the stroke. [Figure 40-20-10].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Add a spacer and push the axle out again. Repeat this
procedure until the axle is out of the sprocket.

Remove the drive chain from the sprocket.

Remove the sprocket (Item 1) and inner bearing (Item 2)


[Figure 40-20-8].

Installation: Pack the inner and outer bearing with


grease before installing them.

Figure 40-20-9

P-4170

A bearing puller (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-9] is needed to


do the following procedure:

Be sure the bearing puller makes good contact with the


inner race and press the bearing off the mounting surface
of the axle [Figure 40-20-9].

539 of 1311 40-20-5 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D) Figure 40-20-12

Axle, Sprocket And Bearings Removal And


Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 40-20-11

P4812

Use the tools provided in the MEL1202 Axle Bearing


Service Set. A slide hammer is also needed.
P-4175
Use the long driver handle (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-12]
and the bearing cup removal tool to remove the inner
Installation: Put the spline end of the axle shaft into the bearing cup.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


bearing and press the bearing onto the axle.
Figure 40-20-13
NOTE: Hold the axle during installation because it
will slide freely after the bearing is pressed
over the splined end of the shaft.

Put a piece of tubing over the axle (Item 1) [Figure 40-


20-11] that contacts inner race of the bearing only.

Press the bearing onto the mounting surface until the


bearing is fully seated [Figure 40-20-11].

P5637

To remove the outer bearing, install a bearing cup


removal tool on the slide hammer.

Install the slide hammer / tool assembly behind the


bearing cup [Figure 40-20-13].

540 of 1311 40-20-6 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D) Figure 40-20-16

Axle, Sprocket And Bearings Removal And


Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 40-20-14
2

P4811

Install the installation tool (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-16] on


the threaded rod. Install the nut.
P4816
Hold the inside nut (Item 3) [Figure 40-20-15] with a
wrench and tighten the outside nut [Figure 40-20-16].
Use the slide hammer to remove the bearing cup from

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


the axle tube [Figure 40-20-14]. Tighten the nut until the bearing cup is seated.

Figure 40-20-15 Remove the installation tool and threaded rod.

2
1

P5468A

Use the bearing cup installation tool (Item 1) [Figure 40-


20-15] and (Item 1) [Figure 40-20-16].

Put the inner cup (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-15] in the axle


tube.

Install the long threaded rod (Item 2) [Figure 40-20-16]


into the axle tube and through the installation tool (Item
1) [Figure 40-20-15].

Install the nut (Item 3) [Figure 40-20-15].

541 of 1311 40-20-7 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D)

Axle, Sprocket And Bearings Removal And


Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 40-20-17

P4813

To install the outer bearing cup, install the bearing cup

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


installation tool on the driver handle.

Install the bearing cup into the axle tube, and put the tool
into the bearing cup.

Hit the driver handle with a hammer until the bearing cup
is seated inside the axle tube [Figure 40-20-17].

542 of 1311 40-20-8 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D) Remove the brake disc. (See Disc Removal And
Installation on Page 40-10-1.)
Chain Removal And Installation
Remove the front or rear axle and sprocket. (See Axle,
Sprocket And Bearings Removal And Installation on
Page 40-20-4.)
DANGER Figure 40-20-18

P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic Front Drive
Chain
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure Rear Drive
Chain
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm P-68194

support. Replace if damaged.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


D-1009-0409
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the rear axle and
drive chain if the front chain has to be
removed.

WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING


THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation


on Page 50-100-2.)

Remove the front or rear chaincase cover. (See Front


Cover Removal And Installation on Page 40-30-1.)

Remove the center chaincase cover. (See Center Cover


Removal And Installation on Page 40-30-2.)

Remove the fluid from the chaincase. (See Removing


And Replacing Fluid on Page 10-130-2.)

543 of 1311 40-20-9 S650 Service Manual


DRIVE COMPONENTS (CONT’D)

Chain Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

The tools listed are needed for the following procedure:

MEL1269 - Chain Breaker


MEL1246 - Chain Link Press Tool
MEL1364 - Chain Link Installation Tool

Figure 40-20-19

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


B-13504A

Use the chain breaker MEL1269 to separate the chain.

Installation: If a new chain is installed, a connector link


must be used to connect the chain together.

Use the chain link installation tool MEL1364 to hold both


ends of the chain.

Secure the tool MEL1246 and place the connector link in


the tool as shown [Figure 40-20-19].

Turn the threaded rod of the tool and press the connector
link together on the chain [Figure 40-20-19]. Tighten the
threaded rod of the chain link tool to 339 N•m (250 ft-lb)
torque.

WARNING
DO NOT exceed the recommended torque. The tool
may fail under too much torque. Put cloth around the
tool to protect yourself from flying debris.
W-2233-0307

544 of 1311 40-20-10 S650 Service Manual


CHAINCASE Figure 40-30-1

Description
3 3
The chaincase contains the drive components.

Front Cover Removal And Installation


1
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) 2

Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-


30-2.) 3
3

Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation


on Page 50-100-2.) P-34255

Remove the front chaincase cover mounting screws


DANGER (Item 1) [Figure 40-30-1].

Remove the front chaincase cover (Item 2) [Figure 40-


30-1] from the loader.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NOTE: There are tabs (Item 3) [Figure 40-30-1] on the
side of the cover to help pry the covers off.

Installation: Apply polyurethane sealer to mating


surfaces. Polyurethane sealant should be applied to the
P-90328 screw threads to stop fluid leakage. Tighten the mounting
screws to 34 - 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-lb) torque.
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

545 of 1311 40-30-1 S650 Service Manual


CHAINCASE (CONT’D) Disconnect the lift control cross bar (Item 2) [Figure 40-
30-2] from the lift spool on the main control valve.
Center Cover Removal And Installation
Disconnect the electrical connector (Item 3) [Figure 40-
Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm 30-2] from the traction lock solenoid.
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Remove the crossbar mounting bolt (Item 4) [Figure 40-
Raise the loader operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10- 30-2].
30-2.)
Remove the crossbar and wire harness from the center
chaincase cover.

DANGER
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
P-90328 W-2059-0598

AVOID DEATH

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 40-30-3
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
3
unless supported by an approved lift arm 1
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409
2

Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation


on Page 50-100-2.)

Figure 40-30-2 1

P-90048

Remove the chaincase cover mounting screws (Item 1)


[Figure 40-30-3].
2 1
Remove the center chaincase cover (Item 2) [Figure 40-
3 30-3] from the loader.

NOTE: There are tabs (Item 3) [Figure 40-30-3] on the


side of the cover to help pry the covers off.

P-90047 Installation: Apply polyurethane sealer to mating


surfaces. Polyurethane sealant should be applied to the
screw threads to stop fluid leakage. Tighten the mounting
If loader is equipped with SJC, skip to [Figure 40-30-3]. screws to 34 - 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-lb) torque.

Disconnect the lift control cross bar from the lift pedal
linkage (Item 1) [Figure 40-30-2].

546 of 1311 40-30-2 S650 Service Manual


CHAINCASE (CONT’D) Figure 40-30-4

Rear Cover Removal And Installation

Raise the loader lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
1 3
Raise the loader operator cab. (See Installing on Page
10-20-1.) 2

DANGER 1
3

P-90056

Remove the rear chaincase cover mounting screws (Item


1) [Figure 40-30-4].

P-90328 Remove chain case cover (Item 2) [Figure 40-30-4].


AVOID DEATH NOTE: There are tabs (Item 3) [Figure 40-30-4] on the
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


side of the cover to help pry the covers off.
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop. Installation: Apply polyurethane sealer to mating
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised surfaces. Polyurethane sealant should be applied to the
unless supported by an approved lift arm screw threads to stop fluid leakage. Tighten the mounting
support. Replace if damaged. screws to 34 - 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-lb) torque.
D-1009-0409

WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

If loader is equipped with two-speed, remove the two-


speed valve. (See Valve Block Removal And Installation
on Page 30-70-2.)

Remove the drain manifold. (See Drain Manifold Removal


And Installation on Page 30-80-1.)

Disconnect the front steering linkage bars from the rear


linkage bars. (See Linkage Removal And Installation on
Page 50-100-5.)

Move the linkage bars to allow adequate space to


remove the rear chaincase cover.

547 of 1311 40-30-3 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

548 of 1311 40-30-4 S650 Service Manual


MAINFRAME

SEAT BAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-10-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-10-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-10-1
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-10-2
Compression Spring Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-10-3

OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-20-1


Gas Spring Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-20-1
Gas Spring Bracket Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-20-2
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-20-2

OPERATOR SEAT (SUSPENSION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-30-1


Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-30-1
Slide Rail Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-30-1
Seat Belt Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-30-2
Lower Cushion Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-30-2
Lower Cushion Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-30-3
Back Cushion Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-30-3
Shock Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-30-4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


3-Point Seat Belt Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-30-4

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-40-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-40-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-40-1
Lever And Wedge Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-40-3
Pivot Pin Bushing And Seal Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-40-5

BOB-TACH (POWER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-41-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-41-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-41-1
Lever And Wedge Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-41-4
Pivot Pin Bushing And Seal Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-41-6

LIFT ARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-50-1


Stabilizer Bar Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-50-1
Link Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-50-2
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-50-3

REAR GRILLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-60-1


Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-60-1
Lockable Handle Rear Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-60-2
Clamping Knob Rear Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-60-3
Slide In Rear Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-60-4

549 of 1311 50-01 S650 Service Manual


REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-70-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-70-1
Striker Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-70-2
Striker Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-70-2
Striker (Adjusting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-70-2
Latch Removal And Installation (Earlier Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-70-3
Latch Removal And Installation (Later Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-70-4

FUEL TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-80-1


Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-80-1
Fuel Level Sender Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-80-3
Fuel Fill Screen Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-80-3

CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-90-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-90-1
Pedal Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-90-1
Linkage Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-90-2
Pedal (Adjusting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-90-3
Floor Pan Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-90-4

CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGES (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-91-1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-91-1
Pedal Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-91-1
Linkage Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-91-2
Pedal (Adjusting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-91-2
Floor Pan Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-91-3

CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-2
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-3
Linkage Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-5
Pintle Arm Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-9
Linkage Neutral (Adjusting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-10
Linkage Travel (Adjusting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-14
Shock Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-100-18

CONTROL PANEL (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-101-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-101-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-101-1

CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-110-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-110-1
Lever Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-110-1
Boot Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-110-2

550 of 1311 50-02 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-111-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-111-1
Handle Sensor Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-111-1
Handle Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-111-4
Handle Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-111-5
Lever Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-111-5
Boot Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-111-6

CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-112-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-112-1
Joystick Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-112-1
Joystick Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-112-2

ACCESS PANEL (INSIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-120-1


Removal And Installation (Left) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-120-1
Removal And Installation (Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-120-1

ACCESS PANEL (INSIDE) (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-121-1


Removal And Installation (Left) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-121-1
Removal And Installation (Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-121-1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


WINDOW (REAR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-130-1
Rear Window Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-130-1
Removal And Installation (Latches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-130-1
Disassembly And Assembly (Latches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-130-2
Removal (Rubber Cord) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-130-3
Installation (Rubber Cord) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-130-4

WINDOW (TOP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-131-1


Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-131-1

WINDOW (SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-132-1


Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-132-1

CAB DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-140-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-140-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-140-1
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-140-3
Aligning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-140-4
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-140-5
Checking Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-140-5

ARMREST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-150-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-150-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-150-2
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-150-3

LEFT SIDE LOWER PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-160-1


Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-160-1
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-160-3

551 of 1311 50-03 S650 Service Manual


RIGHT SIDE LOWER PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-170-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-170-1
Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-170-2

HEADLINER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-180-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-180-1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

552 of 1311 50-04 S650 Service Manual


SEAT BAR Figure 50-10-2

Description

The seat bar is the secondary restraint system that has a


sensor that automatically stops the loader functions until
the seat bar is lowered.

The seat bar is located in the operator cab.


1
Removal And Installation

Figure 50-10-1

P-85652

Remove the seat bar mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-


1 10-2] (both sides).

Installation: Tighten the nuts to 34 - 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-


lb) torque.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


2 Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 10-30-
3.)

P-85653 P-85654 Figure 50-10-3

Raise the seat bar (Item 1) [Figure 50-10-1].

Disconnect the seat bar sensor (Item 2) [Figure 50-10-1]


from the cab harness.
1
Lower the seat bar.

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

P-90021

Remove the seat bar (Item 1) [Figure 50-10-3] from the


operator cab.

Reverse the above procedure to install the seat bar into


the operator cab.

553 of 1311 50-10-1 S650 Service Manual


SEAT BAR (CONT’D) Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt (Item 2) [Figure
50-10-4] and [Figure 50-10-5] to 34 - 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-
Disassembly And Assembly lb) torque.

Figure 50-10-4 Figure 50-10-6

4 6
5 5
7 4 6

3 3

2 9 8 2 7
10
1

1
P-90022 P-90023

Figure 50-10-5 Figure 50-10-7

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


4 4
5 5
9 8
3 6
3 6 2
2 10 7
1
7
1

N-19219 N-19220

Assemble the parts as shown for the left side of the seat Assemble the parts as shown for the right side of the seat
bar pivot assembly [Figure 50-10-4] and [Figure 50-10- bar pivot assembly [Figure 50-10-6] and [Figure 50-10-
5]. 7].

Seat Bar Mount (Item 1) Seat Bar Mount (Item 1)


Mounting Bolt (Item 2) Mounting Nut (Item 2)
Keyed Plastic Bushing (Item 3) Pivot Bushing (Item 3)
Seat Bar (Item 4) Spacer Bushing (Item 4)
Magnetic Bushing Assembly (Item 5) Seat Bar (Item 5)
Pivot Bushing (Item 6) Keyed Plastic Bushing (Item 6)
Sensor Bracket (Item 7) Mounting Bolt (Item 7)
Sensor Mounting Nut (Item 8)
Sensor Mounting Bolt (Item 9) Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt (Item 7) [Figure
Mounting Nut (Item 10) 50-10-6] and [Figure 50-10-7] to 34 - 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-
lb) torque.
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolt (Item 9) [Figure
50-10-4] and [Figure 50-10-5] to 5,6 - 7,9 N•m (50 - 70
in-lb) torque.

554 of 1311 50-10-2 S650 Service Manual


SEAT BAR (CONT’D) Figure 50-10-9

Compression Spring Disassembly And Assembly


6 7
Figure 50-10-8

5
4 8

3
2
1
P-90028

Disassemble and assemble the seat bar compression


N-19222 spring and parts as shown in [Figure 50-10-9].

Bolt (Item 1)
Turn the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-10-8] and [Figure 50- Bushing (Item 2)
10-9] out of the clevis. Spring (Item 3)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Bushing (Item 4)
Assembly: Apply Loctite® 518 adhesive to the bolt Clevis (Item 5)
threads. Adjust the compression spring by turning the Pin (Item 6)
bolt in past the end of the clevis three turns. Bushing (Item 7)
Rue Ring (Item 8)
NOTE: For procedures requiring the use of Loctite®
518 adhesive, thoroughly clean and dry
affected parts before the application of
Loctite® 518.

555 of 1311 50-10-3 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

556 of 1311 50-10-4 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR CAB Figure 50-20-2

Gas Spring Removal And Installation

WARNING
Cylinder contains high pressure gas. Do not open.
Opening cylinder can release rod and cause injury or
death. 1
W-2113-0288

Raise the operator cab (See on Page 10-30-2.)

P-85657

WARNING Remove the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-2].


AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Figure 50-20-3
Attach a chain hoist to the grab handles of the
operator cab before removing the operator cab gas
spring(s). If the operator cab is tilted forward without

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


the gas spring(s) operational, the cab will fall and
could cause injury or death.
W-2760-0309

Figure 50-20-1
2
1

1 3

P-85652

Remove the retaining pin (Item 1), the pin (Item 2), and
the gas spring (Item 3) [Figure 50-20-3] from the loader.

NOTE: If the loader is equipped with a second gas


spring repeat the procedure for the other side.
P-85662

Install a strap and hoist (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-1] to the


cab handles.

Lift the cab with the hoist to release the pressure on the
gas spring(s).

557 of 1311 50-20-1 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Removal And Installation

Gas Spring Bracket Disassembly And Assembly Evacuate the A/C system. (See Reclamation And
Charging With Recovery / Charging Unit on Page 80-40-
Figure 50-20-4 2.)

Figure 50-20-5

3
2

1
1
1
2

P-85661

P100756
Remove the clevis (Item 1) from both ends, and the outer
housing (Item 2) from the gas spring (Item 3) [Figure 50-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


20-4]. Unhook the four fasteners (Item 1) and remove the cover
(Item 2) [Figure 50-20-5].
Installation: Apply a small amount of thread-locker on
the threads of the gas spring rod before installing the Installation: (See Installing on Page 80-150-1.)
clevis (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-4].
Figure 50-20-6

WARNING 1

AVOID INJURY 2
Cylinders for raising and lowering operator cab have
gas under pressure. Do not open cylinder. Only 1
qualified service personnel can remove the cylinder.
W-2112-0987

1
P100879

Disconnect the expansion / heater unit wiring connectors


(Item 1) [Figure 50-20-6].

Remove the two heater hoses (Item 2) [Figure 50-20-6].

NOTE: Cap the heater hoses and the heater valve


with plugs to prevent coolant loss from the
system.

558 of 1311 50-20-2 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Earlier Models

Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 50-20-8

Figure 50-20-7

1
1

P-85663

P103082
Disconnect the cab harness connector screw (Item 1)
[Figure 50-20-8].
Disconnect the two A/C hoses (Item 1) [Figure 50-20-7].
Installation: Tighten the connector screw to 3,39 - 3,96

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Cap and plug the hoses and expansion valve fittings with N•m (30 - 35 in-lb) torque.
proper A/C caps and plugs.
Later Models
Installation: Tighten the A/C hoses to 30 N•m (22 ft-lb)
torque. Figure 50-20-9

1
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Attach a chain hoist to the grab handles of the
operator cab before removing the operator cab gas
spring(s). If the operator cab is tilted forward without
the gas spring(s) operational, the cab will fall and
could cause injury or death.
W-2760-0309
1

Remove the engine speed control cable from the cab. P107406
(See Cable Removal And Installation on Page 70-20-2.)

Remove the operator cab gas spring(s). (See Gas Spring Disconnect the cab harness connectors (Item 1) [Figure
Removal And Installation on Page 50-20-1.) 50-20-9].

NOTE: Use the hoist connected to the operator cab


grab handles to lower or (raise) the operator
cab when the gas spring(s) are disconnected.

559 of 1311 50-20-3 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 50-20-10

P-85658

Remove the two cab mount bolts and nuts (Item 1)


[Figure 50-20-10] from both sides of the cab.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the cab mount bolts and nuts to
24,4 - 29,8 N•m (18 - 22 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 50-20-11

P-85662

Using a strap and a hoist remove the cab from the loader
[Figure 50-20-11].

560 of 1311 50-20-4 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR SEAT (SUSPENSION) Slide Rail Removal And Installation

Removal And Installation Figure 50-30-2

Figure 50-30-1

1 1

P-85769

P-85776
Remove the operator seat. (See Removal And
Installation on Page 50-30-1.)
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)
Remove the two slide rail mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the four seat mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50- 50-30-2].
30-1] and washers from the operator seat mounting
studs. Figure 50-30-3

Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 10-30-


3.)

Remove the seat. 2

NOTE: With the seat removed, the cab may raise.

P-85770

Remove the two slide rails mounting bolts (Item 1)


[Figure 50-30-3].

Remove the slide rail (Item 2) [Figure 50-30-3] from the


bottom of the seat frame.

561 of 1311 50-30-1 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR SEAT (SUSPENSION) (CONT’D) Lower Cushion Removal

Seat Belt Removal And Installation Figure 50-30-6

Figure 50-30-4

1 1

P-85773

P-85771
Lift up and push forward on the rear of the seat cushion
(Item 1) [Figure 50-30-6].
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-30-4] from the seat
belt mount.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-30-5

P-85772

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-30-5] from the seat


belt mount.

Remove the seat belt.

562 of 1311 50-30-2 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR SEAT (SUSPENSION) (CONT’D) Back Cushion Removal And Installation

Lower Cushion Installation Figure 50-30-9

Figure 50-30-7

2 1

1
2
P-85774

P-85773

P-85778
Tilt the seat all the way forward.

Insert the tab (Item 1) into the slot (Item 2) [Figure 50- Remove the two screws (Item 1) [Figure 50-30-9] and tilt
30-7]. the seat back to the upright position.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-30-8 Remove the back cushion from the seat

1 1

P-85775

Push down on the front of the seat (Item 1) and push


back (Item 2) [Figure 50-30-8] to lock the seat into
position.

563 of 1311 50-30-3 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR SEAT (SUSPENSION) (CONT’D) 3-Point Seat Belt Removal And Installation

Shock Removal And Installation Remove the operator seat. (See Removal And
Installation on Page 50-30-1.)
Figure 50-30-10
Figure 50-30-11

1
1
2
1

P-85777

P-85785

Remove the operator seat. (See Removal And


Installation on Page 50-30-1.) Remove the mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-30-11].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the seat shock clips (Item 1) [Figure 50-30-10]. Remove the end release buckle (Item 2) [Figure 50-30-
(Both ends.) 11].

Remove the seat shock (Item 2) [Figure 50-30-10]. Figure 50-30-12

P-85784

Remove the mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-30-12].

Remove the seat belt retractor (Item 2) [Figure 50-30-


12].

564 of 1311 50-30-4 S650 Service Manual


OPERATOR SEAT (SUSPENSION) (CONT’D) Figure 50-30-15

3-Point Seat Belt Removal And Installation (Cont’d)


2
Figure 50-30-13

1 3

1
P-85788

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-30-15].


P-85786
Remove the shoulder harness guide and bushing (Item
2) and hardened washer (Item 3) [Figure 50-30-15].
Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-30-
13].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-30-14

P-85787

Remove the shoulder harness retractor (Item 1) [Figure


50-30-14].

565 of 1311 50-30-5 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

566 of 1311 50-30-6 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) Removal And Installation

Description Figure 50-40-1

The Bob-Tach is the section of the loader lift arm that


attachments mount to. The Hand Lever Bob-Tach uses
two manually operated, spring assisted, locking wedge
and lever assemblies to secure the attachment the Bob-
Tach.
1
The Bob-Tach is located on the front of the loader
connected to the loader lift arms.

P-85554

Tilt the Bob-Tach forward, so it is parallel to the floor. Put


blocks (approximately 76,2 mm [3 in]) under each side of
the Bob-Tach [Figure 50-40-1].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Lower the Bob-Tach onto the blocks.

Remove the retainer bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-


1] from the rod end pivot pin.

Installation: Tighten the retainer nut to 48 - 54 N•m (35 -


40 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 50-40-2

P-85649

Remove the rod end pivot pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-2].

567 of 1311 50-40-1 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) (CONT'D) Figure 50-40-5

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 50-40-3

1 P-31405

Replace O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-5] on the grease


P-31402 plug.

Figure 50-40-6
Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-3] from the
Bob-Tach pivot pin grease plug (both sides).

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-40-4

P-31403

1
Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-6] from the Bob-
P-31404 Tach pivot pin retaining bolt (both sides).

Use a grease gun and pump grease into the pivot pin
forcing the grease plug out of the Bob-Tach (Item 1)
[Figure 50-40-4].

568 of 1311 50-40-2 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) (CONT'D) Lever And Wedge Disassembly And Assembly

Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 50-40-9

Figure 50-40-7

P-85664

P-31406
Remove the lever mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-
9].
Remove the retainer bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-7] from
the Bob-Tach pin. Installation: Tighten the nut to 48 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


torque.
Installation: Tighten the retainer nut and bolt (Item 1)
[Figure 50-40-6] and [Figure 50-40-7] to 446 N•m (330 Figure 50-40-10
ft-lb) torque.

Figure 50-40-8

2
P-85665
1

P-31407 Remove the washer and spring, (Item 1) and the lever
assembly (Item 2) [Figure 50-40-10].

With a 22,2 mm (7/8 in) punch (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-8]


and a hammer, drive the pivot pin out of the lift arm and
Bob-Tach.

NOTE: MEL1685 - Pivot Point Tapered Reamer is


available to ream out tapered bore if
necessary.

569 of 1311 50-40-3 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) (CONT'D) Earlier Design

Lever And Wedge Disassembly And Assembly Figure 50-40-13


(Cont'd)

Figure 50-40-11 4

1
1 2

2
P19287

P-85666 If the bolt (Item 1), handle pivot (Item 2), spring (Item 3),
or clevis (Item 4) are damaged, put the assembly in a
vise. Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-13] and
Use a punch and hammer to remove the roll pin (Item 1) replace the damaged parts as needed.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


[Figure 50-40-11] from the Bob-Tach wedge and spring
clevis. Assembly: Clean the threads and apply Loctite® 242 to
the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-13], tighten to 125 - 135
Remove the spring clevis assembly (Item 2) [Figure 50- N•m (90 - 100 ft-lb) torque.
40-11].
Later Design
Figure 50-40-12
Figure 50-40-14

3
P-85667 2
P121303

Remove the wedge (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-12] out the


bottom of the Bob-Tach. If the bolt (Item 1), handle pivot (Item 2), spring (Item 3),
or clevis (Item 4) are damaged, put the assembly in a
Always replace bent or broken wedges. vise. Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-14] and
replace the damaged parts as needed.

Assembly: Clean the threads and apply Loctite® 242 to


the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-14], tighten to 48 - 54
N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.

570 of 1311 50-40-4 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) (CONT'D)

Pivot Pin Bushing And Seal Removal And Installation

Figure 50-40-15

2 1

P-85669

Remove the Bob-Tach. (See Removal And Installation on


Page 50-40-1.)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Use a seal pick to remove seal (Item 1) [Figure 50-40-
15] from the Bob-Tach.

Remove and replace bushing (Item 2) [Figure 50-40-15]


with a driver tool and hammer.

Figure 50-40-16
3

NA5472

Installation: The seal (Item 1) needs to be seated in the


Bob-Tach (Item 2) to a depth of 12,7 mm (0.050 in) (Item
3) [Figure 50-40-16].

571 of 1311 50-40-5 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

572 of 1311 50-40-6 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) Removal And Installation

Description Figure 50-41-1

The Bob-Tach is the section of the loader lift arm that


attachments mount to. The Power Bob-Tach option uses
two hydraulically operated, spring assisted, locking
wedge and lever assemblies to secure the attachment to
the Bob-Tach.

The hydraulically operated Power Bob-Tach has a


hydraulic cylinder that opens and closes both wedge and
1
lever assemblies by pressing a switch on the right switch 2 2
panel. The switch activates the Power Bob-Tach block to
allow flow into or out of the hydraulic cylinder connected
to the levers on the Bob-Tach.

The Power Bob-Tach block is located on the rear of the P-85570


gear pump.

The Bob-Tach is located on the front of the loader Tilt the Bob-Tach forward, so it is parallel to the floor. Put
connected to the loader lift arms. 2x4 blocks under each side of the Bob-Tach [Figure 50-
41-1].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Lower the Bob-Tach onto the blocks.

Mark the hoses (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-1] for correct


installation.

Remove and cap the hoses from the cylinder.

Remove the washers and bolts (Item 2) [Figure 50-41-1]


from the cylinder (both ends).

Installation: Tighten the retainer nut to 48 - 54 N•m (35 -


40 ft-lb) torque.

Remove the cylinder from the Bob-Tach.

573 of 1311 50-41-1 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) (CONT'D) Figure 50-41-4

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 50-41-2

1 1

P-31402

Remove the snap ring (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-4] at the


P-85554 Bob-Tach pivot pin grease plug (both sides).

Figure 50-41-5
Remove the retainer bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-
2] from the rod end pivot pin.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the retainer nut to 48 - 54 N•m (35 -
40 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 50-41-3

P-31404

Use a grease gun and pump grease into the pivot pin
forcing the grease plug out of the Bob-Tach (Item 1)
[Figure 50-41-5] (both sides).

P-85649

Remove the rod end pivot pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-3].

574 of 1311 50-41-2 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) (CONT’D) Figure 50-41-8

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 50-41-6

P-31406

1
Remove the retainer bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-8] from
P-31405 the Bob-Tach pivot pin (both sides).

Installation: Tighten the retainer nut and bolt (Item 1)


Replace the O-ring (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-6] on the [Figure 50-41-7] and [Figure 50-41-8] to 446 N•m (330
grease plug. ft-lb) torque.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-41-7 Figure 50-41-9

1
P-31403 P-31407

Remove the nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-7] from the Bob- With a 22,2 mm (7/8 in) punch (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-9]
Tach pivot pin retaining bolt (both sides). and a hammer, drive the pivot pin out of the lift arm and
Bob-Tach (both sides).

NOTE: MEL1685 - Pivot Point Tapered Reamer is


available to ream out tapered bore if
necessary.

Remove the Bob-Tach from the loader.

575 of 1311 50-41-3 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) (CONT'D) Figure 50-41-12

Lever And Wedge Disassembly And Assembly

Figure 50-41-10

1 1 2
P-85665

Remove the washer and spring, (Item 1) and the lever


P-85570 assembly (Item 2) [Figure 50-41-12].

Figure 50-41-13
Remove the washers and bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-
10] from the cylinder (both ends).

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the bolts to 48 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-
lb) torque.

Remove the cylinder from the lever pivots.


1
Figure 50-41-11

P-85666

1 Use a punch and hammer to remove the roll pin (Item 1)


[Figure 50-41-13] from the Bob-Tach wedge and spring
clevis.

Remove the spring clevis assembly (Item 2) [Figure 50-


41-13].
P-85664

Remove the lever mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-


11].

Installation: Tighten the nut to 48 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb)


torque.

576 of 1311 50-41-4 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) (CONT'D) Earlier Design

Lever And Wedge Disassembly And Assembly Figure 50-41-15


(Cont'd)

Figure 50-41-14 4

2
1

P19287

P-85667 If the bolt (Item 1), handle pivot (Item 2), spring (Item 3),
or clevis (Item 4) are damaged, put the assembly in a
vise. Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-15] and
Remove the wedge (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-14] out the replace the damaged parts as needed.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


bottom of the Bob-Tach.
Assembly: Clean the threads and apply Loctite® 242 to
Always replace bent or broken wedges. the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-15], tighten to 125 - 135
N•m (90 - 100 ft-lb) torque.

Later Design

Figure 50-41-16

2
P121303

If the bolt (Item 1), handle pivot (Item 2), spring (Item 3),
or clevis (Item 4) are damaged, put the assembly in a
vise. Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-16] and
replace the damaged parts as needed.

Assembly: Clean the threads and apply Loctite® 242 to


the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-16], tighten to 48 - 54
N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.

577 of 1311 50-41-5 S650 Service Manual


BOB-TACH (POWER) (CONT'D)

Pivot Pin Bushing And Seal Removal And Installation

Figure 50-41-17

2 1

P-85669

Remove the Power Bob-Tach. (See Removal And


Installation on Page 50-41-1.)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Use a seal pick to remove seal (Item 1) [Figure 50-41-
17] from the Bob-Tach.

Remove and replace bushing (Item 2) [Figure 50-41-17]


with a driver tool and hammer.

Figure 50-41-18

1
NA5472

Installation: The seal (Item 1) needs to be seated in the


Bob-Tach (Item 2) to a depth of 1,27 mm (0.050 in) (Item
3 [Figure 50-41-18].

578 of 1311 50-41-6 S650 Service Manual


LIFT ARMS Figure 50-50-3

Stabilizer Bar Removal And Installation

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)


1
NOTE: Remove the lift arm stabilizer bar from one
side of the loader at a time.

Figure 50-50-1

P-90591

1
2 With a slide hammer, remove the rear lift arm stabilizer
pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-3].

Remove the stabilizer bar from the loader.

Figure 50-50-4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-90592A

Remove the retainer bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-1] and


nut from the front stabilizer bar pivot pin.

Remove the stabilizer bar pivot pin (Item 2) [Figure 50-


50-1].
1
Installation: Tighten the retainer bolt and nut to 48 - 54
N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 50-50-2

P-31595

Remove the bushings (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-4] from the


stabilizer bar (both ends).

Inspect the bushings and replace as needed.

P-90593

Remove the retainer bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-2] from


the stabilizer bar rear pivot pin at the lift arm.

Installation: Tighten the retainer bolt and nut to 48 - 54


N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.

579 of 1311 50-50-1 S650 Service Manual


LIFT ARMS (CONT'D) Figure 50-50-7

Link Removal And Installation


1
Figure 50-50-5

P-90594

Remove the retainer bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-


P-90595 7] from the lift arm link pivot pin (both sides).

Installation: Tighten the retainer bolt and nut to 48 - 54


Install a sling and chain hoist on the lift arm link [Figure N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
50-50-5].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-50-8
Figure 50-50-6

1
1

P-90598
P-90597

Remove the lift arm pivot pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-8]


Remove the retainer bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-50- (both sides).
6] from the lift arm pivot pin (both sides).

Installation: Tighten the retainer bolt and nut to 48 - 54


N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.

580 of 1311 50-50-2 S650 Service Manual


LIFT ARMS (CONT'D) Removal And Installation

Link Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Put jackstands under the rear corners of the loader.

Figure 50-50-9 Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

Drain the hydraulic reservoir. (See Removing And


Replacing Hydraulic Fluid on Page 10-120-2.)

1 Figure 50-50-10

P-90610

Remove the lift arm link pivot pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-
9] (both sides).

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-90600
Installation: Tighten the retainer bolt and nut to 48 - 54
N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
At the right side upright disconnect and cap the two tilt
Remove the lift arm link from the loader. cylinder hoses (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-10].

NOTE: Mark the hoses for proper installation.

Figure 50-50-11

P-90599

At the left side upright disconnect and cap the three


auxiliary hydraulic hoses (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-11].

NOTE: Mark the hoses for proper installation.

581 of 1311 50-50-3 S650 Service Manual


LIFT ARMS (CONT'D) Figure 50-50-14

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 50-50-12

1
P-90611

With a slide hammer, remove the pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-


P-85692 50-14] from the rod end of the lift cylinder (both sides).

Figure 50-50-15
Disconnect the electrical controls harness (Item 1)
[Figure 50-50-12]. (If equipped.)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-50-13

1
1

P-90606

Install slings (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-15] on the lift arms


P-90602 and connect to a chain hoist.

Remove the retaining bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-


50-13] from the pin on the rod end of the lift cylinder (both
sides).

Installation: Tighten the retainer bolt and nut to 48 - 54


N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.

582 of 1311 50-50-4 S650 Service Manual


LIFT ARMS (CONT'D) Figure 50-50-18

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 50-50-16

1
2

P-90609

2
Remove the retaining bolt and nut (Item 1) and the pin
P-90604 (Item 2) [Figure 50-50-18] (both sides).

Installation: Tighten the retainer bolt and nut to 48 - 54


NOTE: Be sure the slings on the lift arms are in a N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
position to balance the lift arms when being

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


removed. See (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-16]. Remove the lift arms from the loader.

Disconnect the stabilizer bar from both sides of the lift


arms (Item 2) [Figure 50-50-16].

Figure 50-50-17

P-90605

Position the front sling in the middle of the Bob-Tach as


shown in (Item 1) [Figure 50-50-17].

Support the lift arms with the chain hoist.

583 of 1311 50-50-5 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

584 of 1311 50-50-6 S650 Service Manual


REAR GRILLE Slide In

Identification Figure 50-60-3

Review the following photographs to identify the rear


grille installed in your machine. Follow the instructions
below the photograph to find the correct rear grille
removal and installation instructions for the rear grille.

Lockable Handle

Figure 50-60-1

P109720

This rear grille [Figure 50-60-3] is identified by the lack of


a handle or a knob. (See Slide In Rear Grille on Page 50-
60-4.)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P100808

This rear grille [Figure 50-60-1] is identified by a lockable


handle. (See Lockable Handle Rear Grille on Page 50-
60-2.)

Clamping Knob

Figure 50-60-2

P100808C

This rear grille [Figure 50-60-2] is identified by a


clamping knob. (See Clamping Knob Rear Grille on Page
50-60-3.)

585 of 1311 50-60-1 S650 Service Manual


REAR GRILLE (CONT’D) Installing

Lockable Handle Rear Grille Figure 50-60-6

Removing Front Tab And Slot

Figure 50-60-4

P100807

Rear Tab And Slot

P100808

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Flip the lockable handle (Item 1) [Figure 50-60-4] up and P109761
turn the handle 90° counterclockwise. Lift and pull the
rear grille backward to remove from the loader. Align the front tabs of the two side covers into the slots in
the loader frame [Figure 50-60-6].
Figure 50-60-5
Align the rear tabs of the two side covers into the slots in
the loader frame and lower [Figure 50-60-6].

Figure 50-60-7

P100809

Lift and remove the two side covers (Item 1) [Figure 50-
60-5].
P109170

Align the edge of the rear grille under the loader frame
and slide rear grille in while lowering [Figure 50-60-7].

Turn the lockable handle 90° clockwise and fold the


handle down [Figure 50-60-4].

586 of 1311 50-60-2 S650 Service Manual


REAR GRILLE (CONT’D) Installing

Clamping Knob Rear Grille Figure 50-60-10

Removing Front Tab And Slot

Figure 50-60-8

P100807
2
Rear Tab And Slot

P100808C

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the clamping knob (Item 1). Lift using the handle P109761
(Item 2) [Figure 50-60-8] and pull the rear grille
backward to remove from the loader. Align the front tabs of the two side covers into the slots in
the loader frame [Figure 50-60-10].
Figure 50-60-9
Align the rear tabs of the two side covers into the slots in
the loader frame and lower [Figure 50-60-10].

Figure 50-60-11

P100809

Lift and remove the two side covers (Item 1) [Figure 50-
60-9].
P109170

Align the edge of the rear grille under the loader frame
and slide rear grille in while lowering [Figure 50-60-11].

Install the clamping knob (Item 1) [Figure 50-60-8].

587 of 1311 50-60-3 S650 Service Manual


REAR GRILLE (CONT’D)

Slide In Rear Grille

Removing

Stop the engine and open the rear door.

Figure 50-60-12

P109720

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Lift and pull the rear grille backward to remove from the
loader [Figure 50-60-12].

Figure 50-60-13

P109719

Lift and remove the two side covers (Item 1) [Figure 50-
60-13].

588 of 1311 50-60-4 S650 Service Manual


REAR GRILLE (CONT’D) Figure 50-60-16

Slide In Rear Grille (Cont’d)

Installing

Figure 50-60-14

P109722

Align the edge of the rear grille under the loader frame
and slide rear grille in while lowering [Figure 50-60-16].

P100807
Figure 50-60-17

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Align the front tabs of the two side covers into the slots in
the loader frame and lower [Figure 50-60-14]. (Right
side shown.)

Figure 50-60-15

P109721

Align the tabs of the rear grille into the slots in the two
side covers [Figure 50-60-17]. (Left side shown.)

Close the rear door.


P109718

Align the rear tabs of the two side covers into the slots in
the loader frame and lower [Figure 50-60-15]. (Left side
shown.)

589 of 1311 50-60-5 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

590 of 1311 50-60-6 S650 Service Manual


REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) Figure 50-70-3

Removal And Installation

Figure 50-70-1 1

3
2

P-85695
1

Remove the top and bottom door hinge mounting bolts


P-85697 and nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-3].

NOTE: Install the door stop (Item 2) and the door stop
Disconnect the light harness connector (Item 1) [Figure
retainer (Item 3) in the top hinge as shown
50-70-1] from the main frame harness.
[Figure 50-70-3].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove both rear lights (Item 2) [Figure 50-70-1] from
Installation: Tighten the mounting bolts and nuts to 34 -
the door. (See Rear Removal And Installation on Page
38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-lb) torque.
60-60-2.)
Lift the door away from the loader frame and put the door
Figure 50-70-2
flat on the floor.

1 1

P-90585

Secure the chain hooks (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-2] to the


door as shown.

Connect a chain hoist (Item 2) [Figure 50-70-2] to the


lifting chain.

591 of 1311 50-70-1 S650 Service Manual


REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) (CONT’D) Striker (Adjusting)

Striker Removal And Installation

Figure 50-70-4 WARNING


1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Never service or adjust the machine when the engine
is running unless instructed to do so in the manual.
W-2012-0497

Figure 50-70-6
1
1

P-85698A

Remove the two striker mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50- 1


70-4].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the striker assembly from the loader.

Striker Disassembly And Assembly P-85698A

Figure 50-70-5
Loosen the striker assembly mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure
5 50-70-6].

Align the striker assembly in the center of the mounting


3 4 holes.
2 1
NOTE: Tighten the striker assembly, top mount bolt
only, until it will hold the striker assembly in
the center of the mounting slots.

Close the rear door. (This will align the striker assembly
to the correct position.)

Open the door.


P106584
Tighten both striker mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-
6] to 125 - 135 N•m (90 - 100 ft-lb) torque.
Remove the locknut (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-5].
Close the rear door.
Remove the bolt (Item 2), spacer (Item 3) and roller (Item
4) from the bracket (Item 5) [Figure 50-70-5].

Inspect the parts for wear and replace as needed.

Installation: Tighten the bolt (Item 4) and nut (Item 1) to


34 - 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-lb) torque.

592 of 1311 50-70-2 S650 Service Manual


REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) (CONT’D) Figure 50-70-9

Latch Removal And Installation (Earlier Models)

Figure 50-70-7
1

1
P-85701

Remove the door handle (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-9] from


P-85699 the rear door from the rear door.

Disconnect the spring (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-7] from the


rear door.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the bolt and nut (Item 2) [Figure 50-70-7] from
the latch.

Figure 50-70-8

P-85700

Remove the spring (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-8] from the


door handle.

Remove the spring (Item 2) [Figure 50-70-8] from the


door latch.

Remove the door latch (Item 3) [Figure 50-70-8] from the


door handle.

593 of 1311 50-70-3 S650 Service Manual


REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) (CONT’D) Figure 50-70-12

Latch Removal And Installation (Later Models)

Figure 50-70-10
1

2
1

P109094

Remove the door handle (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-12] from


P109092 the rear door.

Inspect the parts for wear and replace as needed.


Remove the bolt (Item 1) and nut (Item 2) [Figure 50-70-
10] from the latch.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the bolt (Item 1) and nut (Item 2) to
34 - 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 50-70-11

2
1

P109093

Remove the spacer (Item 1) [Figure 50-70-11] from the


latch.

Remove the spring (Item 2) [Figure 50-70-11] from the


latch.

594 of 1311 50-70-4 S650 Service Manual


FUEL TANK Figure 50-80-3

Removal And Installation

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING


THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Remove the engine / hydrostatic pump assembly from 1


2
the loader. (See Engine Removal And Installation on
Page 70-10-7.)

Figure 50-80-1

P-85707

Disconnect the fuel vent hose (Item 1) and remove the


two bolts (Item 2) [Figure 50-80-3].

1 Figure 50-80-4
1 4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-85714

2 3
Remove the three mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-1]
from the access cover at the rear of the loader frame.

Remove the access cover.

Figure 50-80-2
1
P-85708

Disconnect the two fuel lines (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-4].


1
Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 2) [Figure
50-80-4] from the fuel level sender.

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 3) and remove the


bracket (Item 4) [Figure 50-80-4].

P-85713

Remove the drain plug (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-2].

Drain the fuel into a container.

595 of 1311 50-80-1 S650 Service Manual


FUEL TANK (CONT'D) Figure 50-80-7

Removal And Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 50-80-5

1
1

1 1

P-85711

At the right side of the loader, remove the two main frame
P-85710 mount bolts and nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-7].

Installation: Tighten the main frame mount bolts to 542 -


Remove the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-5] from the 583 N•m (400 - 430 ft-lb) torque.
battery hold down plate.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-80-8
Remove the hold down plate from the loader.

Figure 50-80-6

1 1 1

P-85712

2
P-85709 At the left side of the loader, remove the two main frame
mount bolts and nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-7].

Remove the two mounting bolts (Item 1) and the bracket Installation: Tighten the main frame mount bolts to 542 -
(Item 2) [Figure 50-80-6]. 583 N•m (400 - 430 ft-lb) torque.

Lift the fuel tank and remove it from the loader frame.

NOTE: When installing the fuel tank, avoid striking


the tank with heavy objects to prevent
damage.

596 of 1311 50-80-2 S650 Service Manual


FUEL TANK (CONT'D) Fuel Fill Screen Removal And Installation

Fuel Level Sender Removal And Installation Figure 50-80-11

Figure 50-80-9

1
1

P-85707

P-85708
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) and disconnect the fuel fill
hose (Item 2) [Figure 50-80-11].
Disconnect the wire harness connector (Item 1) [Figure
50-80-9] from the fuel level sender. Figure 50-80-12

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the fuel level sender.

Figure 50-80-10

P-85715

Remove the fuel fill screen (Item 1) [Figure 50-80-12].


P-85716
Inspect and replace as needed.

Inspect the fuel level sender [Figure 50-80-9] and


replace if worn or damaged.

597 of 1311 50-80-3 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

598 of 1311 50-80-4 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGES Figure 50-90-1

Description
1
The control pedals and linkages are connected to the
control valve. The control pedals will mechanically move
the lift and tilt spools on the control valve.

The control pedals and linkages are located on the lower


mainframe at the operator’s feet.

Pedal Removal And Installation

WARNING P-85675

Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless Inspect the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-1] and nut from
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm the pedal linkage.
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment Inspect the bushing in the pedal for wear and replace as
to fall and cause injury or death. needed.
W-2059-0598

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-90-2
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

DANGER
1

P-85676

P-90328 Remove the two nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-2] from the
pedal mounting bracket.
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic Remove the pedal assembly from the loader.
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

599 of 1311 50-90-1 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGES (CONT’D) Figure 50-90-5

Linkage Removal And Installation

Figure 50-90-3

1
1
2

P-85679

Remove the crossbar pivot bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-


P-85678 5].

Remove the crossbar from the pivot (Item 2) [Figure 50-


Remove the bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-3] to 90-6].
disconnect the lift pedal linkage from the crossbar.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-90-6
Figure 50-90-4

2
1

P-85681
P-85680

Installation: Inspect the nylon bushing (Item 1) [Figure


Remove the hairpin clips (Item 1) and cross-pins (Item 2) 50-90-6] for wear and replace as needed.
[Figure 50-90-4] from the control valve lift spool.

Disconnect the crossbar from the control valve.

600 of 1311 50-90-2 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGES (CONT’D) Pedal (Adjusting)

Linkage Removal And Installation (Cont’d) After installing the pedal, adjust the pedal angle so that
there is clearance under the rear of the pedal. The valve
Figure 50-90-7 spool must travel full stroke without the pedal hitting the
floor panel.

1 The pedals should be positioned at a comfortable angle


so full movement of the pedal can be reached easily
while properly sitting in the loader seat.
2
Figure 50-90-9

P-85675

Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-7] and nut from


the pedal linkage.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the linkage (Item 2) [Figure 50-90-7].
P-85676
Figure 50-90-8
Loosen the two mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-9]
from the pedal mounting bracket.
1 Figure 50-90-10
2

2
P-85675A

Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-8] and nut from


P-85675
the pedal linkage.
Loosen the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-10] and nut on
Remove the linkage (Item 2) [Figure 50-90-8]. the pedal linkage.

Inspect the bushing in the pedal for wear and replace as


needed.

Tilt the pedal back and forth until an acceptable


“NEUTRAL” angle is achieved on the pedal.

Tighten the two nuts (Item 2) and pivot bolt (Item 1)


[Figure 50-90-10] on the pedal assembly to standard
torque.

601 of 1311 50-90-3 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGES (CONT’D)

Floor Pan Removal And Installation

Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation


on Page 50-100-2.)

Remove the pedals. (See Pedal Removal And Installation


on Page 50-90-1.)

Remove the access panels. (See ACCESS PANEL


(INSIDE) on Page 50-120-1.)

Figure 50-90-11

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1
1

P-85859 P-85860

Figure 50-90-12

1 1

P-85858

Remove the clips (Item 1) [Figure 50-90-11] and [Figure


50-90-12] from the sides of the floor pan.

Remove the floor pan (Item 2) [Figure 50-90-12].

602 of 1311 50-90-4 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGES (ACS) Figure 50-91-1

Description
1
The control pedals are connected to foot sensors located
behind the control panel. The foot sensors send an
electronic pulse to the actuators on the control valve. The
electronic pulse tells the actuators to move the lift or tilt
spools on the control valve.

The control pedals and linkages are located on the lower


mainframe at the operator’s feet.

Pedal Removal And Installation

P-85675

WARNING Remove the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-1] and nut from
the pedal linkage.
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm Inspect the bushing in the pedal for wear and replace as
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm needed.
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


to fall and cause injury or death. Figure 50-91-2
W-2059-0598

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

DANGER 1

P-85676

Remove the two nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-2] from the


pedal mounting bracket.
P-90328
Remove the pedal assembly from the loader.
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

603 of 1311 50-91-1 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGES (ACS) (CONT’D) Pedal (Adjusting)

Linkage Removal And Installation After installing the pedal, adjust the pedal angle so that
there is clearance under the rear of the pedal. The valve
Figure 50-91-3 spool must travel full stroke without the pedal hitting the
floor panel.

The pedals should be positioned at a comfortable angle


1 so full movement of the pedal can be reached easily
while properly sitting in the loader seat.

Figure 50-91-5

1
1

P-90979

Remove the hairpin clip and the pin (Item 1) [Figure 50-
91-3] from the foot sensor.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-91-4 P-85676

Loosen the two mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-5]


from the pedal mounting bracket.
Figure 50-91-6

1
1

2
P-90981

Remove the linkage (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-4] and the


rubber boot.
P-85675

Repeat for other side.


Loosen the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-6] and nut on the
pedal linkage.

Inspect the bushing in the pedal for wear and replace as


needed.

Tilt the pedal back and forth until an acceptable


“NEUTRAL” angle is achieved on the pedal.

Tighten the two nuts (Item 2) and pivot bolt (Item 1)


[Figure 50-91-6] on the pedal assembly to standard
torque.

604 of 1311 50-91-2 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PEDALS AND LINKAGES (ACS) (CONT’D)

Floor Pan Removal And Installation

Remove the control panel. (See Removal And Installation


on Page 50-100-2.)

Remove the pedals. (See Pedal Removal And Installation


on Page 50-91-1.)

Remove the access panels. (See ACCESS PANEL


(INSIDE) on Page 50-120-1.)

Figure 50-91-7

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1
1

P-85859 P-85860

Figure 50-91-8

1 1

P-85858

Remove the clips (Item 1) [Figure 50-91-7] and [Figure


50-91-8] from the sides of the floor pan.

Remove the floor pan (Item 2) [Figure 50-91-8].

605 of 1311 50-91-3 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

606 of 1311 50-91-4 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL

Description

Figure 50-100-1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NA1034

The steering system consists of independent steering Pintle arms are of a two-piece design that allow easy
levers the operator uses to provide steering input to the adjustment of the NEUTRAL or “creep”.
loader.
The steering system returns the levers to their starting
The steering levers are attached to pivoting bellcranks position by means of the centering spring and the
that pivot on a steering shaft and plastic bushings. returning force of the torsion bushings.

The forward travel is adjusted by drift adjustment bolts. NOTE: Torsion bushings need to be replaced if torn
or rotating in the housing. Loosen torsion
The bellcranks are attached to steering linkage bars with bushing bolts slightly before adjustments are
torsion bushings pressed into the bellcranks. Bellcranks made.
mount to the control handle assembly and mount to the
control panel. Sequence of steering adjustments:

Steering linkage bars are a two-piece design. Steering 1. Set neutral of pintle arms, “creep”
linkage bars are adjustable in length for “full travel 2. Set full travel at steering linkage bars
adjustment”. 3. Set drift at drift adjustment bolts

Steering linkage bars attach to the pintle arms where a


rubber torsion bushing is pressed into the pintle arms.

607 of 1311 50-100-1 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Figure 50-100-2

Removal And Installation

2
DANGER
1

P-85846
P-90328

AVOID DEATH Figure 50-100-3


• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised 2
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


D-1009-0409

1
WARNING
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
P-85847
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death. Disconnect the control harness connectors (Item 1) and
W-2059-0598
the back-up alarm wires (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-2] and
[Figure 50-100-3] from the control levers.

WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING


THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)

608 of 1311 50-100-2 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Disassembly And Assembly

Removal And Installation (Cont'd) Remove Control Panel. (See Removal And Installation on
Page 50-100-2.)
Figure 50-100-4
Figure 50-100-6

2
1

1 1

2
2 2

P-90612
1 1
P-85864

Scribe a mark across the top of the steering linkage bars


(Item 1) [Figure 50-100-4] which are connected to the Remove the nuts (Item 1) and the steering stabilizers

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


steering shaft on the control panel. (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-6].

Remove the four steering linkage mounting bolts, nuts


and rubber isolators (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-4].

Inspect and replace any damaged parts.

Installation: Align the marks on the steering linkage


bars. Tighten the steering linkage mounting bolts to 47,5
- 54,2 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.

Figure 50-100-5

3 2 3

3 3 P-85848

Remove the two bracket mounting bolts (Item 1) and the


knob (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-5] from the lift arm bypass
valve.

Remove the eight control panel bolts (Item 3) and the


control panel assembly (Item 4) [Figure 50-100-5].

609 of 1311 50-100-3 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Figure 50-100-9

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d)

Figure 50-100-7 2

2 2
1

3 1 3 3 P-85867
3

Remove the four bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-9] from


P-85865 the control panel.

Remove the control handle assembly (Item 2) [Figure


Figure 50-100-8 50-100-9].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-100-10

4
3

2
1

1
P-85861

P-85868
Remove the bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-7] and
[Figure 50-100-8], steering link (Item 2), and washers
(Item 3) [Figure 50-100-7]. Remove the tie straps (Item 1), the four nuts (Item 2), and
the plate (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-10].
Installation: Verify correct orientation of components
[Figure 50-100-7] and [Figure 50-100-8]. Remove the control handle (Item 4) [Figure 50-100-10].

610 of 1311 50-100-4 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Linkage Removal And Installation

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d)

Figure 50-100-11 WARNING


Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

1 2 1
WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
P-85872
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
Remove the two bolts (Item 1) from the bellcrank (Item 2) fall or move and cause injury or death.
[Figure 50-100-11]. W-2017-0286

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the bellcrank from the bracket [Figure 50-100- Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING
11]. THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)

Figure 50-100-12 Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)


2

3
1

P-85873

Inspect the shaft (Item 1), the bellcrank (Item 2), and the
bushings (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-11] for wear and
replace as need.

Repeat the procedure for the other control handle


assembly.

611 of 1311 50-100-5 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Figure 50-100-14

Linkage Removal And Installation (Cont’d)


1
Figure 50-100-13

2
1

2
P-48631
2

Remove the nut (Item 1) from the end of the centering


P-90612 spring shoulder bolt (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-14].

Remove the bolt / spring assembly.


Scribe a mark across the top of the steering linkage bars
(Item 1) [Figure 50-100-13] which are connected to the Installation: Tighten the centering spring bolt and a

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


steering shaft on the control panel. NEW locknut to 34 - 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-lb) torque.

Remove the four steering linkage mounting bolts, nuts Figure 50-100-15
and rubber isolators (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-13].

Inspect and replace any damaged parts.


1
Installation: Align the marks on the steering linkage
bars. Tighten the steering linkage mounting bolts to 47,5
- 54,2 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.

NOTE: After removal and installation of the linkage,


the Linkage Neutral Adjusting procedure
must be performed. (See Linkage Neutral
(Adjusting) on Page 50-100-10.)

P-48632

Slide the centering plate (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-15] to


the right to remove it from the hydrostatic pumps.

NOTE: Directions are shown and stated as if you


were sitting in the operator’s seat.

612 of 1311 50-100-6 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Figure 50-100-17

Linkage Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 50-100-16
2

7
6 8
3 1 4 1
1

P-48629
2
5
2 Inspect for wear on the centering blocks (Item 1) [Figure
P-48630 50-100-17].

If the centering blocks need replacement, remove the


The centering plate / centering spring assembly consists bolts (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-17]. Remove the centering
of the following parts: blocks.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


ITEM DESCRIPTION Installation: Tighten the centering block bolts to 47,5 -
54,2 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
1 Bolt
2 Bushings NOTE: The washers go between the bolts and the
3 Washer centering plate.

4 Bushing Spacer NOTE: If the centering blocks are worn, they can be
5 Spring removed and rotated 180 degrees and
6 Locknut reinstalled.

7 Centering Plate
8 Guide Bushings

613 of 1311 50-100-7 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Figure 50-100-20

Linkage Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 50-100-18
2

2
1
P-54615
3

Loosen the bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-20].


P-54617
Remove the pintle base (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-20].

Remove the bolts and washers (Item 1) [Figure 50-100- Figure 50-100-21
18] from the pintle.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the bolts to 47,5 - 54,2 N•m (35 - 40
ft-lb) torque.

Remove the pintle arm (Item 2) from the pintle base (Item
3) [Figure 50-100-18].

Figure 50-100-19 2

1 3
1

2 P-48659

4
3 NOTE: When installing the pintle base (Item 1) onto
the pump shaft, the cutouts on the pump shaft
will not line up with the bolt (Item 3) [Figure
2 50-100-21].

1 Installation: Install the pintle base (Item 1) onto the


P-48624 pump shaft (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-21]. The top of the
pintle base should be level with the top of the pump shaft.
Tighten the bolts to 47,5 - 54,2 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
Remove the bolt and nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-19].
NOTE: After installing the linkage onto the
Inspect the washers (Item 2), pintle arm (Item 3) and the hydrostatic pumps the Linkage Neutral
steering control lever (Item 4) for damage and replace as Adjusting procedure must be performed. (See
needed [Figure 50-100-19]. Linkage Neutral (Adjusting) on Page 50-100-
10.)
NOTE: The washers (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-19] are
hardened, and should only be replaced
through Bobcat Parts.

614 of 1311 50-100-8 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) NOTE: Anti-seize should be used on the adjusting
screw to prevent corrosion and allow free
Pintle Arm Disassembly And Assembly movement while adjusting.

Figure 50-100-22 Figure 50-100-24

2
4

3 1
2
3

1 P-48619
P-54624

Using a bushing driver (Item 1) remove the torsion


Remove the nut (Item 1) from the pintle roller cams (Item bushing (Item 2) by pressing the bushing through the
2) and inspect the pintle roller cams and washers (Item 3) pintle arm into an oversized socket (Item 3) [Figure 50-
100-24] to catch the torsion bushing.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


[Figure 50-100-22] for damage.

Inspect the torsion bushing (Item 4) [Figure 50-100-22] Installation: Install the torsion bushing (Item 2) [Figure
for damage and replace as needed. 50-100-24] into the pintle arm using the same procedure
as the removal.
Installation: Tighten the nuts to 47,5 - 54,2 N•m (35 - 40
ft-lb) torque. NOTE: When the torsion bushing is installed, the
amount of bushing on each side of the pintle
Figure 50-100-23 arm should be the same.

4
2

P-54626

Remove the base pintle (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-23] from


the pump shaft.

Remove the retaining bolt (Item 2), adjusting screw (Item


3) and neoprene dampener (Item 4) [Figure 50-100-23]
from the base pintle.

Inspect parts for wear and damage, replace as needed.

615 of 1311 50-100-9 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Figure 50-100-26

Linkage Neutral (Adjusting)

The following tool listed will be needed to do the following


procedure:

MEL1563 or 7217666 Remote Start Tool Kit. 1

Connect the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) to the


loader. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT - MEL1563 on
Page 10-60-1.) OR (See REMOTE START TOOL
(SERVICE TOOL) KIT - 7217666 on Page 10-61-1.)

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING


THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.) P-85845

Figure 50-100-25
Loosen the bolt / nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-26] only
until the tension is released from the torsion bushing.
3
Figure 50-100-27

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


2
1

P-48450A

Tool that may assist in the Neutral adjustment [Figure


50-100-25]. P-54613

To make this tool use a locking grip C-clamp and grind


one edge flat (Item 1) and grind the other edge (Item 2) Loosen the nut (Item 1) only until the tension is released
[Figure 50-100-25] to a small rounded edge. from the torsion bushing (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-27].

A steering centering block (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-25] is NOTE: The bolt must be loose enough to allow the
also needed. The centering block can be placed as torsion bushing (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-27] to
shown and welded to the C-clamp if desired. turn freely between the torsion bushing and
the steering linkage bar.

WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286

616 of 1311 50-100-10 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D)

Linkage Neutral (Adjusting) (Cont’d) WARNING


Figure 50-100-28
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
1
Connect the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) to the
loader. (See REMOTE START TOOL KIT - MEL1563 on
Page 10-60-1.) OR (See REMOTE START TOOL
(SERVICE TOOL) KIT - 7217666 on Page 10-61-1.)

Start the engine and run at low idle.

2 Move the traction lock override switch so the traction


P-54614 function is unlocked. On a standard loader the wedge
brake will unlock.

Loosen the two bolts (Item 1) holding the right centering NOTE: When the engine is started, the wheels /
block. Move the right hand centering block (Item 2) tracks may begin to move.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


[Figure 50-100-28] until both pintle cams contact the
centering block. NOTE: In loaders equipped with manual steering and
hydraulic brake, the steering levers may have
NOTE: The left centering block is not adjustable. By to be moved during engine start-up to reduce
adjusting the right centering block the left the amount of creep. This reduction in creep
centering block will also become aligned will allow time for the engine to run and build
properly. up hydraulic charge pressure, which will
release the hydraulic brake.
Figure 50-100-29
Tighten bolts (Item 3) [Figure 50-100-29] to 47,5 - 54,2
N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb).
3
NOTE: Inspect for slack between centering blocks
and pintle cams. If there is excessive slack
repeat above steps [Figure 50-100-28] and
[Figure 50-100-29].
1

P-48451

A modified locking grip C-clamp and steering block


shown in [Figure 50-100-25] may be used to help in
aligning the centering blocks.

Install the centering block (Item 1) on the inside of the


pintle cams and the C-clamp (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-29]
around both centering blocks.

Lock the C-clamp in place.

617 of 1311 50-100-11 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) NOTE: This procedure is shown for Neutral
Adjustment on the left side of the loader. The
Linkage Neutral (Adjusting) (Cont’d) procedure is the same for the right side
Neutral Adjustment.
Start the Neutral Adjustment procedure with the left
pump first and complete the Neutral Adjustment for Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-31]
the left pump before adjusting the right pump. counterclockwise until forward creep is seen.

Figure 50-100-30 Turn the adjustment screw (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-31] to


a point between forward and reverse where there is zero
creep.

Stroke the left steering lever to forward and allow the


2 1 lever to return to NEUTRAL. Stroke the left steering lever
to reverse and allow the lever to return to NEUTRAL.
Verify that there is zero creep when the lever returns from
either direction, on the left side. Turn the adjustment
screw (if necessary) until zero creep is obtained.

P-48632

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Loosen the left pump pintle adjustment lock bolts
(Item 1). (The right pump pintle adjustment lock bolts are
(Item 2) [Figure 50-100-30].) Loosen the bolts enough to
allow free movement between the pintle arm and the
pintle base.

NOTE: If the bolts are too loose or too tight, the


Neutral Adjustment may be affected.

Figure 50-100-31

P-54610

Move the engine speed control to high idle.

NOTE: The NEUTRAL range (dead-band) will vary


between the hydrostatic pumps.

618 of 1311 50-100-12 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D)

Linkage Neutral (Adjusting) (Cont’d)

Figure 50-100-32

2 1
2 1

P-48632

Torque the left pump pintle adjustment lock bolts (Item 1)


[Figure 50-100-32] to 47,5 - 54,2 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb).

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Repeat the adjustment procedure for the right pump.

Torque the right pump pintle adjustment lock bolts (Item


2) [Figure 50-100-32] to 47,5 - 54,2 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb).

Test both levers by moving them backward and forward


and letting them return to NEUTRAL by the return spring
force.

If the levers do not return to NEUTRAL and the wheels /


tracks do not come to a complete stop, repeat the
adjustment procedure again.

Stop the engine.

Remove one pintle adjustment bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-


100-32] at a time and apply Loctite® 242 or equivalent
thread locker to the bolt and reinstall the bolt. Torque the
bolt to 47,5 - 54,2 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb). Repeat for the three
remaining pintle adjustment lock bolts.

NOTE: To maintain proper adjustment setting,


remove and reinstall only one bolt at a time.
New bolts can be installed with preapplied
Loctite®.

Remove the Remote Start Tool (Service Tool).

NOTE: After the Neutral Adjustment is completed on


both pumps, the linkage travel adjustment
MUST be completed. (See Linkage Travel
(Adjusting) on Page 50-100-14.)

619 of 1311 50-100-13 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Figure 50-100-33

Linkage Travel (Adjusting)

NOTE: When the linkage travel adjusting procedure


is being done as part of the loader Neutral
Adjusting procedure, inspect the torsion
bushings at the pump and at the bell cranks to 1
be sure they are not binding or too loose,
which will affect the procedure.

WARNING
P-85845
Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm Loosen the bolt / nut (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-33] only
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment until the tension is released from the torsion bushing.
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598
Figure 50-100-34

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service. 2
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286

Lift and block the loader. (See LIFTING AND BLOCKING


THE LOADER on Page 10-10-1.)
P-54613
Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Loosen the nuts (Item 1) only until the tension is released
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.) from the torsion bushings (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-34].

Preload tension in the torsion bushings must be removed The bolts must be loose enough to allow the torsion
before adjusting the steering linkage. bushing (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-34] to turn freely
between the torsion bushing and the linkage bar.

620 of 1311 50-100-14 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Figure 50-100-37

Linkage Travel (Adjusting) (Cont’d)

Figure 50-100-35
2

1
1 3

P-51132

Move the right side steering lever forward and install a 24


P-85878 mm (15/16 in) thick spacer (Item 1) between the center
plate (Item 2) and the mounting plate (Item 3) [Figure 50-
100-37].
Locate the control lever drift adjustment access hole in
the front of the control panel. This will allow the pintle arms to move freely while

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


adjusting the steering linkage for full forward travel
Turn the control lever drift adjustment bolts (Item 1) speed.
[Figure 50-100-35] (one on each control lever) out until
they no longer contact the bellcrank. Remove the 10 mm (3/8 in) thick spacer.

Figure 50-100-36 Figure 50-100-38

3 2

2
4
1

1
P-51131 P-51133

Move the right side steering lever to the rear and install a Before adjusting the linkage, verify the base pintle arm
10 mm (3/8 in) thick spacer (Item 1) between the pintle mounting bolt (Item 1) and both of the upper pintle mount
arm cam (Item 2) and the centering block (Item 3) bolts (Item 2) are tightened to 48 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb)
[Figure 50-100-36]. torque. There should be no play between the pintle arm
and the square pump shaft [Figure 50-100-38].

Verify the cam mounting nuts (Item 4) [Figure 50-100-36]


are tightened to 48 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft lb) torque.

621 of 1311 50-100-15 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Figure 50-100-41

Linkage Travel (Adjusting) (Cont'd)

Figure 50-100-39

1
1
1

P-51132

Remove the spacer (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-41].


P-85844
Figure 50-100-42
Loosen the two bolts and nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-
39] on each steering linkage bar. 2

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-100-40

P-54613

Tighten the two bolts (Item 1) and nuts (Item 2) to 47,5 -


54,2 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) [Figure 50-100-42].
P-90615

Move the left control lever to the full forward position, then
pull forward on the left rear linkage bar until the pintle arm
is rotated to the front as far as possible [Figure 50-100-
40]. Use a locking plier, clamp the two linkage bars
together.

Installation: Tighten the nuts and bolts to 47,5 - 54,2


N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.

Inspect the lever movement to make sure that the pintle


arm and the control lever are both at full stroke at the
same time. This will allow for maximum forward speed.

Repeat the linkage travel adjustment procedure for the


right side linkage.

622 of 1311 50-100-16 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D) Figure 50-100-45

Linkage Travel (Adjusting) (Cont'd)

WARNING
1
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286

Figure 50-100-43 P-85878

Push the control lever to full stroke and turn drift


adjustment bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-44] and [Figure
50-100-45] in until it contacts the bellcrank.
1
Repeat steps on the other control lever.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Drive the loader forward and check for drift.

The traditional benchmark for drift is less than 3,0 m (10


ft) of “drift” in 30,5 m (100 ft) of travel distance.

If the drift is excessive to the left, turn the right


P-85845 adjustment bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-44] and [Figure
50-100-45] in.

Tighten the two bolts and nuts (Items 1) [Figure 50-100- If the drift is excessive to the right, turn the left
43] to 47,5 - 54,2 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque at the steering adjustment bolt in.
bell cranks.
NOTE: When using the drift adjustment bolts, only
Installation: After removal, installation, and adjusting of adjust one bolt for each test drive.
the linkage, the Back-up Alarm must be inspected. (See
Inspecting on Page 60-220-1.) In addition, only move each bolt a maximum
of one turn for each test drive. This will help
Figure 50-100-44 prevent over-correction and excessive
reduction in travel speed.

Drift adjustment is for forward travel only.

Adjust the drift to an acceptable level.

Reinstall the plug in the drift bolt access hole after


adjustment.

P-85877

623 of 1311 50-100-17 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (CONT'D)

Shock Removal And Installation

Figure 50-100-46

1 2

P-85845

Remove the mounting nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-100-46]


from the end of the shocks connected to the steering

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


linkages.

Remove the mounting nuts (Item 2) [Figure 50-100-46]


from the other end of the shocks connected to the
brackets on the control panel.

Installation: Tighten the nuts to torque.

624 of 1311 50-100-18 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL PANEL (SJC) Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm
support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
Description
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 10-30-2.)
The control panel is connected to the lower main frame
and wraps around the operator seat. There are no Figure 50-101-1
mechanical linkages connecting to the hydrostatic pumps
or the control valve. 1

Removal And Installation

WARNING
Put jackstands under the front axles and rear corners
1
of the frame before running the engine for service.
Failure to use jackstands can allow the machine to
fall or move and cause injury or death.
W-2017-0286
P-85879

Remove the three mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-101-1]


DANGER

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


that secure the controller.

Figure 50-101-2

1
1
1

2
1
P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop. 3
1 1
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
P-85881
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

Remove the 10 panel mount bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-


101-2].

WARNING Remove the lift arm bypass knob and rubber washer
(Item 2) [Figure 50-101-2].

Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless Remove the control panel (Item 3) [Figure 50-101-2].
the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.
W-2059-0598

625 of 1311 50-101-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

626 of 1311 50-101-2 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER Lever Removal And Installation

Description Figure 50-110-1

The control handles / levers are used to control the 2


forward and reverse travel. 3

The control handles / levers are mounted to the control


panel assembly.

P-85882

Remove the tie strap and disconnect the electrical


connectors (Item 1) [Figure 50-110-1] from the control
lever.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the four nuts (Item 2) and the plate (Item 3)
[Figure 50-110-1] used to mount the control lever.

Remove the control lever (Item 4) [Figure 50-110-1] by


sliding the lever through the control panel.

Installation: Tighten the four nuts to the plate so the


lever cannot be moved either right or left when seated in
the operator’s seat.

627 of 1311 50-110-1 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER (CONT’D)

Boot Removal And Installation

Remove the control handle / lever. (See Lever Removal


And Installation on Page 50-110-1.)

Figure 50-110-2

P-85883A

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the rubber boot (Item 1) [Figure 50-110-2].

Install the new boot and reinstall the steering lever.

628 of 1311 50-110-2 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER (ACS) Handle Sensor Removal And Installation

Description Figure 50-111-2

Figure 50-111-1 1

P-85882

P-21879
NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed
when replacing handle sensor, foot pedal
The control handles / levers are used to control the sensor, actuator or ACS Controller. (See Lift
forward and reverse travel and the lift and tilt And Tilt Calibration (ACS) on Page 60-160-11.)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


functions.The lift and tilt functions can be controlled by
handle sensors (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-1] that are Loosen the nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-2].
located in the base of the control handle / levers.
Installation: Tighten the nuts so the lever cannot be
The control handles / levers are mounted to the control moved either right or left when seated in the operator
panel. seat.

629 of 1311 50-111-1 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER (ACS) (CONT’D) Figure 50-111-5

Handle Sensor Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 50-111-3

1 P-21860

2 Remove the handle lock solenoid connector (Item 1)


P-21836 [Figure 50-111-5] from the clip.

NOTE: Pry out with a small screwdriver and push the


Disconnect the harness connector (Item 1) from the connector down.
handle sensor connector [Figure 50-111-3].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-111-6
Disconnect the harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 50-
111-3] from the handle lock solenoid connector. 1

Figure 50-111-4
5
1 2
4

1 P-21862

Remove one of the two mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure


P-21861 50-111-6] from the handle sensor.

Installation: Tighten screws to 3,6 - 4,3 N•m (32 - 38 in-


Remove the handle sensor connector (Item 1) [Figure lb) torque.
50-111-4] from the clip.
While removing the mounting pin (Item 2) from the
NOTE: Pry out with a small screwdriver and push the handle sensor, remove the plastic spacer (Item 3), the
connector down. spring (Item 4) and washer (Item 5) [Figure 50-111-6].

630 of 1311 50-111-2 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER (ACS) (CONT’D) Figure 50-111-9

Handle Sensor Removal And Installation (Cont'd)


3
Figure 50-111-7
2

P-21878

1 Figure 50-111-10
P-21880

2 3
Remove one of the two mounting screws (Item 1) [Figure
50-111-7] from the handle sensor.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten bolt to 3,6 - 4,3 N•m (32 - 38 in-lb)
torque.

Figure 50-111-8

7
8
1
P-21799

1
Installation: When installing the handle sensor into the
control handle, inspect the routing of the switch handle
4 wire harness (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-9] and [Figure 50-
3 111-10] to assure proper return of the control handle to
7 NEUTRAL and minimize harness movement.
6
5 NOTE: Route wires (Item 2) [Figure 50-111-9] and
2
P-21882 [Figure 50-111-10] as shown away from stop
strap (Item 3) [Figure 50-111-9] and [Figure 50-
111-10] to avoid wire damage.
Remove the handle sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-8]
from the handle assembly. NOTE: The calibration procedure must be followed
when replacing handle sensor, foot pedal
NOTE: The handle sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-8] sensor, actuator or ACS Controller. (See Lift
can only be replaced as a complete assembly. And Tilt Calibration (ACS) on Page 60-160-11.)

Inspect the spacer (Item 2), screws (Item 3), mounting


pins (Item 4), spring (Item 5), washer (Item 6), bolt / nut
(Item 7), and stop strap (Item 8) [Figure 50-111-8] and
replace as needed.

631 of 1311 50-111-3 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER (ACS) (CONT’D) Figure 50-111-13

Handle Removal And Installation

Figure 50-111-11
1

1
N-17384

Remove the rubber handle cover (Item 1) [Figure 50-


P-21879 111-13] from the handle.

Figure 50-111-14
Remove the handle sensor (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-11].
(See Handle Sensor Removal And Installation on Page

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


50-111-1.)

Figure 50-111-12 1

1 2

N-17385

Using a small screwdriver, hold the handle spacer (Item


1) and remove the Allen head screws (Item 2) [Figure
P16534 50-111-14] from the handle assembly.

Installation: Tighten the Allen head screws to 4 N•m (35


Remove the switch handle (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-12]. in-lb) torque.
(See Switch Handle Removal on Page 60-130-3.)

632 of 1311 50-111-4 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER (ACS) (CONT’D) Lever Removal And Installation

Handle Disassembly And Assembly Figure 50-111-17

Figure 50-111-15 2
3

4
2
1

2
P-85882
1
N-17394
Remove the tie strap and disconnect the electrical
connectors (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-17] from the control
Remove the handle sleeve (Item 1) and bushings (Item 2) lever.
[Figure 50-111-15] from the handle.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the four nuts (Item 2) and the plate (Item 3)
Inspect all parts for wear and replace as needed. [Figure 50-111-17] used to mount the control lever.

Figure 50-111-16 Remove the control lever (Item 4) [Figure 50-111-17] by


sliding the lever through the control panel.

Installation: Tighten the four nuts to the plate so the


lever cannot be moved either right or left when seated in
the operator’s seat.

N-22796

Inspect the mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-16]


that connects the handle to the handle sensor unit for
wear, replace as needed.

633 of 1311 50-111-5 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER (ACS) (CONT’D)

Boot Removal And Installation

Remove the control handle / lever. (See Lever Removal


And Installation on Page 50-111-5.)

Figure 50-111-18

P-85883A

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the rubber boot (Item 1) [Figure 50-111-18].

Install the new boot and reinstall the steering lever.

634 of 1311 50-111-6 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER (SJC) Joystick Testing

Description See Bobcat Advanced Troubleshooting System (B.A.T.S.)


or connect to service analyzer to test function.
The control panel has two electronic handles that control
the steering, lift, and tilt functions. There are no
mechanical connections to the hydrostatic pumps or the
control valve.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

635 of 1311 50-112-1 S650 Service Manual


CONTROL HANDLE / LEVER (SJC) (CONT'D) Figure 50-112-3

Joystick Removal And Installation

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.) 1

Figure 50-112-1

P-85891

1 Disconnect the joystick connector (Item 1) [Figure 50-


112-3] from the harness connector.

P-85890

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Lift the rubber boot (Item 1) [Figure 50-112-1].

Figure 50-112-2

1
1

P-85889

Remove the four screws (Item 1) [Figure 50-112-2] and


lift the joystick control from the base.

Installation: Tighten the four screws to 47,5 - 54,2 N•m


(35 - 40 in-lb) torque.

636 of 1311 50-112-2 S650 Service Manual


ACCESS PANEL (INSIDE) Removal And Installation (Right)

Removal And Installation (Left) Remove the control pedal. (See Pedal Removal And
Installation on Page 50-90-1.)
Remove the control pedal. (See Pedal Removal And
Installation on Page 50-90-1.) Figure 50-120-2

Figure 50-120-1

1 1
1
1
2
2
3

3
P-85677A

P-85677
Remove the top mounting screw (Item 1), washer (Item

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


2), and loosen the two bottom mounting screws (Item 3)
Remove the four mounting screws, (Item 1), washer (Item [Figure 50-120-2] from the front access panel.
2), and remove the left access panel (Item 3) [Figure 50-
120-1]. Remove the front access panel from the loader.

Remove the front access panel from the loader.

637 of 1311 50-120-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

638 of 1311 50-120-2 S650 Service Manual


ACCESS PANEL (INSIDE) (SJC) Removal And Installation (Right)

Removal And Installation (Left) Figure 50-121-3

Figure 50-121-1

2 1

2
P-90587

P100731
Remove the two mounting nuts (Item 1), and remove the
footrest (Item 2) [Figure 50-121-3].
Remove the two mounting nuts (Item 1), and remove the
footrest (Item 2) [Figure 50-121-1]. Figure 50-121-4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-121-2
2

3 2

2
1
1

1
2
P-90588

P100732
NOTE: Mark the location of the foot pedal before
removal for correct assembly.
Remove the mounting screws (Item 1), and remove the
inside left access panel (Item 2) [Figure 50-121-2]. Loosen the bolt, remove the engine speed control pedal
(Item 1), and remove the mounting screws (Item 2)
[Figure 50-121-4].

Remove the right inside access panel (Item 3) [Figure


50-121-4].

639 of 1311 50-121-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

640 of 1311 50-121-2 S650 Service Manual


WINDOW (REAR) Removal And Installation (Latches)

Rear Window Identification

Figure 50-130-1 WARNING


Latches Rubber Cord
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
2 • When fluids are under pressure.
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
1 • Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
P-85309B P-64994D W-2019-0907

There are two different procedures for removing the rear Figure 50-130-2
window from the machine:

1. This window is equipped with latches (Item 1) [Figure


50-130-1].

2. This window is equipped with a rubber cord and tag


(Item 2) [Figure 50-130-1]. 1 1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-85706

Remove the rear window assembly by turning the two


latches (Item 1) [Figure 50-130-2] in until they disengage
from the window frame.

Push the rear window out the rear of the operator cab.

NOTE: If rear window is broken, remove all glass


fragments from the rubber molding before
installing a new window.

Clean the area before installing the rear window


assembly.

Reverse the procedure to install the rear window.

641 of 1311 50-130-1 S650 Service Manual


WINDOW (REAR) (CONT’D) Figure 50-130-4

Disassembly And Assembly (Latches)


8
Figure 50-130-3 7
1

6
1

2
3
4
5
P-85704

Inspect and replace any damaged parts.


P-85705
The items listed below refer to [Figure 50-130-4].

Remove the screw (Item 1) from the latch [Figure 50- 1. Latch
130-3].
2. Spacer

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Installation: Tighten the screw (Item 1) [Figure 50-130- 3. Bushing
3] to 21 - 23 N•m (180 - 200 in-lb) torque.
4. O-ring (factory installed on later models)
5. Washer
6. Screw
7. Rear Window
8. Seal

642 of 1311 50-130-2 S650 Service Manual


WINDOW (REAR) (CONT’D)

Removal (Rubber Cord)

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure.
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
W-2019-0907

Figure 50-130-5

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-64994

Pull on the tag on the top of the rear window to remove


the rubber cord [Figure 50-130-5].

Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab.

NOTE: If rear window is broken, remove all glass


fragments from the rubber molding before
installing a new window.

643 of 1311 50-130-3 S650 Service Manual


WINDOW (REAR) (CONT’D) Figure 50-130-8

Installation (Rubber Cord)

Figure 50-130-6

1
P109581

Install the rear window assembly from the outside of the


P109560 operator cab into the window frame.

Install a lower corner of the rear window assembly into


Install the rubber molding (Item 1) [Figure 50-130-6] the corner of the window frame (Item 1) [Figure 50-130-
around the edge of the rear window. 8].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-130-7 Work the window assembly downward until the window is
fully seated in the lower portion of the window frame.

2 Figure 50-130-9

P-85228

Apply liquid soap to the rubber molding (Item 1) [Figure


P109582
50-130-7] for installation.

NOTE: Install the window assembly with the narrow Apply light pressure to the outside of the window
edge (Item 2) [Figure 50-130-7] towards the assembly holding it tight up against the window frame.
inside of the loader.
Use a multipurpose tool (Item 1) [Figure 50-130-9] under
the molding lip to guide the window assembly into the
window frame.

NOTE: Tapping the window with a rubber hammer will


help seat the window assembly in the window
frame.

644 of 1311 50-130-4 S650 Service Manual


WINDOW (REAR) (CONT’D)

Installation (Rubber Cord) (Cont’d)

Figure 50-130-10

P109583A

Apply liquid soap on the rubber cord to make installation


easier. Install the rubber cord (Item 1) [Figure 50-130-

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


10] with the safety tag into the molding on the outside of
the operator cab.

NOTE: Verify the safety tag is located in the top center


of the window.

645 of 1311 50-130-5 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

646 of 1311 50-130-6 S650 Service Manual


WINDOW (TOP) Figure 50-131-3

Removal And Installation

Figure 50-131-1

1 1

P107298A
1 1

To help control the amount of adhesive compression


P-85808 during installation and maintain the ideal adhesive
thickness to maintain the bond, bushing spacers (Item 1)
[Figure 50-131-3] have been added between the window
From inside the operator cab, remove the four nuts (Item and cab.
1) [Figure 50-131-1].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-131-4
Figure 50-131-2

1 1
1 1

P-85807
P-85807

Align the window and cab holes prior to placing window.


Remove the bolts (Item 1). Separate the window Install the bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-131-4] through the
adhesive [Figure 50-131-2] from the cab. window grommets, bushing spacers and cab.

Remove the existing adhesive from the mounting


surfaces.

Prime and paint any bare metal or scratches.

Clean the metal surfaces with general purpose adhesive


cleaner. Clean the glass surface with glass cleaner.

Approximately 10 mm (0.38 in) from the edge of the


window, apply a consistent and continuous 10 mm (0.38
in) bead of adhesive to the window.

647 of 1311 50-131-1 S650 Service Manual


WINDOW (TOP) (CONT’D)

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 50-131-5

1 1

1 1

P-85808

From inside the operator cab, install the four nuts (Item 1)
[Figure 50-131-1].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Tighten the nuts (Item 1) [Figure 50-131-1] to 9 - 10 N•m
(80 - 90 in-lb) torque.

NOTE: Allow two hours of cure time before exposing


to direct sunlight or significant temperature or
humidity changes.

648 of 1311 50-131-2 S650 Service Manual


WINDOW (SIDE) Figure 50-132-3

Removal And Installation

Raise the lift arms and install an approved lift arm


support device. (See Installing on Page 10-20-1.)
1 1
Figure 50-132-1
1
1
1
1
2

P-90586

Support the window assembly and remove the six bolts


(Item 1) [Figure 50-132-3] from the window frame and
the operator cab.

P-85821 Installation: Tighten the six bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-


132-3] to 9 - 10 N•m (80 - 90 in-lb) torque.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-132-2 Remove the window assembly.

NOTE: The window assembly can only be replaced


as a complete unit.

1 3 4 5
2

P-85819

From inside the operator cab, remove the plastic cap


(Item 1), nut (Item 2), spring (Item 3), knob (Item 4), and
sleeve (Item 5) [Figure 50-132-1] and [Figure 50-132-2]
from the window assembly.

Installation: Tighten the nut (Item 2) [Figure 50-132-1]


flush to the end of the bolt.

649 of 1311 50-132-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

650 of 1311 50-132-2 S650 Service Manual


CAB DOOR Removal And Installation

Description Figure 50-140-1

The standard cab door is available as an option or dealer 1


installed kit.

P-85781A

Open the cab door.

Disconnect electrical connector (Item 2) and washer fluid


hose (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-1].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-140-2

2
3

P-85588A P-85589A

Rotate and pull the clip (Item 1) out of the gas spring
socket. Pull the gas spring socket (Item 3) straight off the
ball stud fitting (Item 2) [Figure 50-140-2].

651 of 1311 50-140-1 S650 Service Manual


CAB DOOR (CONT’D) Installation: Install the hinges (Item 1) on the cab and
use the bolts and nuts (Item 2) [Figure 50-140-4] to
Removal And Installation secure the hinges. Tighten to 9,6 - 10,7 N•m (85 - 90 in-
lb) torque.
Figure 50-140-3

P-85828

Lift the door (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-3] off the hinges.

Figure 50-140-4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


2 1

2 1

P-85837

Remove the four bolts and nuts (Item 2) [Figure 50-140-


4] from the cab.

Remove the hinges (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-4] from the


cab.

652 of 1311 50-140-2 S650 Service Manual


CAB DOOR (CONT’D) Figure 50-140-7

Disassembly And Assembly


2
Figure 50-140-5

4
3

1
1
1

P-85834
1 2

Remove the three bolts (Item 1) and the wiper motor


P-85829 assembly (Item 2) [Figure 50-140-7].

Figure 50-140-8
Remove the nuts (Items 1 and 2) and the wiper arms
(Item 3) [Figure 50-140-5].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


2
Installation: Tighten the nut (Item 1) to 20 - 24 N•m (177
- 212 in-lb) torque and nut (Item 2) to 9 - 11 N•m (80 - 97 1
in-lb) torque.

Remove the wiper motor shaft nut (Item 4) [Figure 50-


140-5].

Installation: Tighten the nut (Item 4) to 9,9 - 14 N•m (88


4
- 124 in-lb) torque.
3
Remove the door from the loader. (See Removal And
4
Installation on Page 50-140-1.) P-85835

Figure 50-140-6
Remove the bolt (Item 1), the latch (Item 2), and spring
(Item 3) [Figure 50-140-8].
2
Remove the two nuts and bolts (Item 4) [Figure 50-140-
8].

1 Installation: Tighten the nuts (Item 4) to 31 - 34 N•m


(270 - 300 in-lb) torque.

1 1

P-85841

Remove the three tie straps (Item 1) and the wiper motor
assembly cover (Item 2) [Figure 50-140-6].

653 of 1311 50-140-3 S650 Service Manual


CAB DOOR (CONT’D) Aligning

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d) Figure 50-140-11

Figure 50-140-9 WRONG WRONG

4
P-85832A P-85839A
3
4
P-85836
Figure 50-140-12

Remove the bolt (Item 1), the latch (Item 2), and spring CORRECT CORRECT
(Item 3) [Figure 50-140-9].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the two nuts and bolts (Item 4) [Figure 50-140-
9].

Installation: Tighten the nuts (Item 4) to 31 - 34 N•m


(270 - 300 in-lb) torque.

Figure 50-140-10
1
1
3
P-85833A P-85838A

1
When the striker or latch is NOT adjusted properly there
will be a gap (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-11] between the
door and the cab or the striker and the latch.

If adjustment is needed. (See Adjusting on Page 50-140-


5.)

2 2
When the striker or latch is adjusted properly there will be
P-85830A no gap (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-12] between the door
and the cab or the striker and the latch.

Disconnect the harness (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-10]. After verifying alignment check for proper operation. (See
Checking Operation on Page 50-140-5.)
Remove the two bolts (Item 2), and the latch assembly
(Item 3) from the cab door [Figure 50-140-10].

Remove the glass from the frame.

654 of 1311 50-140-4 S650 Service Manual


CAB DOOR (CONT’D) Checking Operation

Adjusting Figure 50-140-15

Figure 50-140-13
2

1
1

P-85413F

P-85830
Sit in operator’s seat. Turn key ON, lower seat bar and
close the door. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE
Loosen the two bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-13] and LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 50-140-15].
adjust the latch as needed.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Open the door. The LIFT & TILT VALVE light (Item 2)
Figure 50-140-14 [Figure 50-140-15] will flash, an audible tone will sound,
and the message [DOOR] will appear in the display.

Close the door and the LIFT & TILT VALVE light (Item 2)
[Figure 50-140-15] will go out and the display will return
to machine hours.

P-85831

Loosen the striker and adjust as needed (Item 1) [Figure


50-140-14].

After adjusting the striker and latch recheck the alignment


of the door sensor. (See Aligning on Page 50-140-4.)

655 of 1311 50-140-5 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

656 of 1311 50-140-6 S650 Service Manual


ARMREST

Description

The armrests are located on each side of the seat. They


are adjustable for comfort.

Figure 50-150-1

P-90837

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Adjustable armrests (Item 1) [Figure 50-150-1].

657 of 1311 50-150-1 S650 Service Manual


ARMREST (CONT’D) Figure 50-150-4

Removal And Installation

Slide the seat and the backrest all the way forward.
1
Remove the seat belt. (See Seat Belt Removal And
Installation on Page 50-30-2.)

Figure 50-150-2

P-90845

Remove the top spacer (Item 1) and the bottom spacer


(Item 2) [Figure 50-150-4] from the seat.
1 Repeat for the other side.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


P-90835

Remove the two nuts and bolts (Item 1) [Figure 50-150-


2].

Figure 50-150-3

P-90836

Remove the tie strap (Item 1) and disconnect the wire


harness connector (Item 2) [Figure 50-150-3].

Remove the nut (Item 3) [Figure 50-150-3].

Remove the armrest (Item 4) [Figure 50-150-3] from the


seat.

658 of 1311 50-150-2 S650 Service Manual


ARMREST (CONT’D) Figure 50-150-7

Disassembly And Assembly

Remove the joystick. (See Joystick Removal And


Installation on Page 50-112-2.)

Remove the armrest. (See Removal And Installation on


Page 50-150-2.)

Figure 50-150-5

1
1

P-90840

Remove the two washers (Item 1) [Figure 50-150-7].

Figure 50-150-8

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1
P-90838

2
Lift up on one edge and remove armrest cover (Item 1)
[Figure 50-150-5].

Figure 50-150-6

1 P-90841

2
Remove the two nuts and bolts (Item 1) and the support
tube (Item 2) [Figure 50-150-8].

1 1

P-90839

Remove the two bolts and washers (Item 1) and the


armrest shell (Item 2) [Figure 50-150-6].

659 of 1311 50-150-3 S650 Service Manual


ARMREST (CONT’D) Figure 50-150-11

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d) Later Models

Figure 50-150-9

Earlier Models

1
3
2
P100825
1

Figure 50-150-12
P-90842
Later Models

Figure 50-150-10
Earlier Models

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


7 4
6 3
5 2

3
6 1
5 2 P100824
4 1
Remove the nut (Item 1), washer (Item 2), spring (Item 3)
P-90843 [Figure 50-150-11] and [Figure 50-150-12].

Remove the spacer (Item 4), washer (Item 5), plastic


Remove the nut (Item 1), washer (Item 2), and the plastic washer (Item 6) and the bolt (Item 7) [Figure 50-150-12].
washer (Item 3) [Figure 50-150-9] and [Figure 50-150-
10]. Installation: Tighten the nut to 21 - 23 N•m (80 - 200 in-
lb) torque.
Remove the spacer (Item 4), plastic washer (Item 5), and
the bolt (Item 6) [Figure 50-150-10].

Installation: Tighten the nut to 21 - 23 N•m (180 - 200 in-


lb) torque.

660 of 1311 50-150-4 S650 Service Manual


ARMREST (CONT’D)

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d)

Figure 50-150-13

All Models

1 1
2

P-90844

Remove the two nuts and bolts (Item 1) and the slide rail
(Item 2) [Figure 50-150-13] from the armrest mount.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Repeat for the other side.

661 of 1311 50-150-5 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

662 of 1311 50-150-6 S650 Service Manual


LEFT SIDE LOWER PANEL Figure 50-160-3

Removal And Installation

Raise the operator’s cab.

Figure 50-160-1

1
1

1 1
P-90863 P-90856
1

Disconnect the wiper washer pump (Item 1) (if equipped)


1
[Figure 50-160-3] from the left side lower panel.

P-90897 Figure 50-160-4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the five plastic rivets (Item 1) [Figure 50-160-1].

Remove the seat. (See Removal And Installation on


Page 50-30-1.)
1
Remove the 3-Point seat belt retractor (if equipped). (See
3-Point Seat Belt Removal And Installation on Page 50- 1
30-4.)

Lower the operator’s cab. 1

NOTE: With the seat removed, the cab may raise.

Figure 50-160-2 P-90856

Remove three plastic screws and the anchors (Item 1)


[Figure 50-160-4] from the left side lower panel.

P-90867

Remove the storage compartment (Item 1) (if equipped)


[Figure 50-160-2] from the left side lower panel.

663 of 1311 50-160-1 S650 Service Manual


LEFT SIDE LOWER PANEL (CONT’D) Figure 50-160-7

Removal And Installation (Cont’d)

Figure 50-160-5

2
1 1

P-90858

1 Disconnect the hose (if equipped) (Item 1) and remove


P-90855 the hose (Item 2) [Figure 50-160-7] from the panel.

Figure 50-160-8
Remove the three plastic rivets and anchors (Item 1) and
the screw (Item 2) [Figure 50-160-5].

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-160-6

2 1

1
P-90852

Pull the left side lower panel (Item 1) [Figure 50-160-8]


P-90857 rear out and away from the side of the cab.

NOTE: Pull the left side lower panel away from the
Remove the two screws (Item 1) and the plastic rivet side of the cab far enough to access the wire
(Item 2) [Figure 50-160-6]. harness.

664 of 1311 50-160-2 S650 Service Manual


LEFT SIDE LOWER PANEL (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly

Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 50-160-10

Figure 50-160-9 1

1 1

1 1
1

1
P-90860

P-90859
Press the four tabs (Item 1) [Figure 50-160-10] and
remove the HVAC control out of the left side lower panel.
Disconnect the HVAC or radio wire harnesses (Item 1)
[Figure 50-160-9] (if equipped). Figure 50-160-11

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


1

P-90865

NOTE: If the three clips (Item 1) [Figure 50-160-11] are


removed the cup holder will need to be
replaced.

665 of 1311 50-160-3 S650 Service Manual


LEFT SIDE LOWER PANEL (CONT’D)

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d)

Figure 50-160-12

1 1

1
1

P-90866

Remove the four screws (Item 1) [Figure 50-160-12] and


remove the speaker from the left side lower panel.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Figure 50-160-13

P-90864

Remove the three screws (Item 1) [Figure 50-160-13]


and remove the washer tank from the left side lower
panel.

666 of 1311 50-160-4 S650 Service Manual


RIGHT SIDE LOWER PANEL Figure 50-170-3

Removal And Installation 2

Raise the operator’s cab.


1
Figure 50-170-1
1

1 1

1
P-90870

1
Remove the three plastic rivets and anchors (Item 1) and
1 the screw (Item 2) [Figure 50-170-3].

P-90897 Figure 50-170-4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the five plastic rivets (Item 1) [Figure 50-170-1].

Remove the seat. (See Removal And Installation on


Page 50-30-1.)
2
1
Lower the operator’s cab.

NOTE: With the seat removed, the cab may raise.

Figure 50-170-2 1

1
1 P-90871

1
Remove the two screws (Item 1) and the plastic rivet
(Item 2) [Figure 50-170-4].

P-90869

Remove the three plastic screws and the anchors (Item


1) [Figure 50-170-2] from the right side lower panel.

667 of 1311 50-170-1 S650 Service Manual


RIGHT SIDE LOWER PANEL (CONT’D) Disassembly And Assembly

Removal And Installation (Cont’d) Figure 50-170-7

Figure 50-170-5

P-90879

P-90872
Remove the plastic nut and the lockwasher (Item 1)
[Figure 50-170-7] from power port and remove the
Pull the right side lower panel (Item 1) [Figure 50-170-5] power port from the right side lower panel.
rear out and away from the side of the cab.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


NOTE: The power port lockwasher must be replaced
NOTE: Pull the right side lower panel away from the with a new lockwasher when it has been
side of the cab far enough to access the wire removed.
harness.
Figure 50-170-8
Figure 50-170-6

2 1
1

2 P-90877

1
P-90881
P-90873

Depress the tab (Item 1) [Figure 50-170-8] and remove


Disconnect the wire harnesses (Item 1) and the antenna the radio from the right side lower panel.
(Item 2) [Figure 50-170-6] (if equipped with radio).
Installation: Insert a screwdriver into the slot (Item 2)
NOTE: Install the right side lower panel with the radio [Figure 50-170-8] to lock the tab into place.
removed to assist in connecting the power
port wire.

668 of 1311 50-170-2 S650 Service Manual


RIGHT SIDE LOWER PANEL (CONT’D)

Disassembly And Assembly (Cont’d)

Figure 50-170-9

P-90875

Remove the nut, washer, and cover, (Item 1) [Figure 50-


170-9] from the input.

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Remove the input from the right side lower panel.

Figure 50-170-10

1
1

1
1

P-90876

Remove the four screws (Item 1) [Figure 50-170-10] and


remove the speaker from the right side lower panel.

669 of 1311 50-170-3 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

670 of 1311 50-170-4 S650 Service Manual


HEADLINER Figure 50-180-3

Removal And Installation

Figure 50-180-1

1 1
1

P-90895
2

Remove the air duct (Item 1) [Figure 50-180-3] (if


P-90893 equipped).

Remove the cab light (if equipped). (See Cab Light


Remove the two screws (Item 1) and the rear shelf (Item Removal And Installation (Earlier Models) on Page 60-
2) [Figure 50-180-1] (if equipped). 60-2.) or (See Cab Light Removal And Installation (Later

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Models) on Page 60-60-3.)
NOTE: The rear shelf has two panel clips on the
underneath side, lift vertically to disengage. Figure 50-180-4

Installation: Tighten the screws to 2,3 N•m (20 in-lb)


torque.

Figure 50-180-2
1
1

1
1

1 2
P-90896

Remove the four retainers (Item 1) and remove the


headliner (Item 2) [Figure 50-180-4].
P-90894
Installation: Route the cab light wire harness in the
groove on the topside of the headliner (if equipped with
Remove the air duct (Item 1) [Figure 50-180-2] (if HVAC).
equipped).
NOTE: Replace the retainers if needed.

671 of 1311 50-180-1 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

672 of 1311 50-180-2 S650 Service Manual


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-10-1


Glossary Of Electrical Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-10-1
Standard Cab Harness Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-10-4
Deluxe Cab Harness Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-10-5
Mainframe Harness Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-10-6
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-10-7
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-10-8
Fuse And Relay Location / Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-10-9
Solenoid Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-10-13

BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-20-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-20-1
Battery Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-20-2
Maintaining Battery Charge Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-20-2
Battery Service During Machine Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-20-2
Battery Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-20-3
Battery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-20-3
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-20-4

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


ALTERNATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-1
Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-1
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-1
Charging System Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-3
Alternator Voltage Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-4
Low Voltage Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-4
High Voltage Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-5
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-6
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-30-8

STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-1
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-1
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-40-2

673 of 1311 60-01 S650 Service Manual


INSTRUMENT PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-1
Left Panel (Earlier Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-1
Left Panel (Later Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-3
Display Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-5
Right Panel (Standard Key Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-6
Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-7
Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-8
Left Side Lower Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-11
Right Side Lower Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-11
Left Panel Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-12
Right Panel (Standard Key Panel) Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-12
Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel) Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-13
Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-13
Key Switch Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-14
Alarm Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-14
Left Switch Panel Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-15
Right Switch Panel Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-50-15

LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-60-1
Front Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-60-1
Rear Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-60-2

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Cab Light Removal And Installation (Earlier Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-60-2
Cab Light Removal And Installation (Later Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-60-3

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (GATEWAY AND AUXILIARY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-70-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-70-1
Connector Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-70-2
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-70-8

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-71-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-71-1
Connector And Wire Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-71-2
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-71-3

BOBCAT CONTROLLER (SJC) (DRIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-72-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-72-1
Connector Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-72-2
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-72-4

SPEED SENSORS (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-80-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-80-1
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-80-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-80-3

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-90-1


Viewing Service Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-90-1
Service Codes List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-90-2

674 of 1311 60-02 S650 Service Manual


BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-1
Inspecting The BICS™ (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-2
Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics System
(Engine STOPPED - Key ON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-2
Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-2
Inspecting The Traction Lock And Parking Brake (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-2
Inspecting The Lift Arm Bypass Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-2
Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions (ACS And SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-2
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-100-3

SEAT BAR SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-110-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-110-1
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-110-1
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-110-2
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-110-3
Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) Circuit Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-110-6

TRACTION LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-120-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-120-1
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-120-2

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-120-3

CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-1
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-1
Handle Sensor Connector Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-2
Switch Handle Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-3
Switch Handle Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-6
Actuator Connector Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-9
Handle Lock Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-9
Handle Lock Solenoid Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-10
Foot Sensor Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-11
Foot Sensor Disassembly And Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-12
Foot Sensor Lock Solenoid Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-130-12

ELECTRICAL / HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-140-1


Identification Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-140-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-140-2
Identification Chart ACD Group 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-140-3
Identification Chart ACD Group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-140-4
Identification Chart ACD Group 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-140-5
Identification Chart ACD Group 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-140-6

675 of 1311 60-03 S650 Service Manual


ELECTRICAL / HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-141-1
Identification Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-141-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-141-2
Identification Chart ACD Group 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-141-3
Identification Chart ACD Group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-141-4
Identification Chart ACD Group 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-141-5
Identification Chart ACD Group 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-141-6

ELECTRICAL / HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-142-1


Identification Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-142-1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-142-2
Identification Chart ACD Group 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-142-3
Identification Chart ACD Group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-142-4
Identification Chart ACD Group 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-142-5
Identification Chart ACD Group 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-142-6

SERVICE PC (LAPTOP COMPUTER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-150-1


Connecting Remote Start Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-150-1
Connecting Remote Start Tool (Service Tool) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-150-1

CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-160-1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-160-1
Actuator Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-160-1
Lift And Tilt Calibration (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-160-4
Hydrostatic Pump Calibration (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-160-6
Lift And Tilt Calibration (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-160-11

STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION (OPERATOR MODE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-170-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-170-1
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-170-1

STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION (SERVICE MODE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-171-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-171-1
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-171-1

FLYWHEEL RPM SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-180-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-180-1
Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-180-2

CONTROL PANEL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-190-1


Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-190-1

PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-200-1


Password Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-200-1
Changing The Owner Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-200-1
Changing The User Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-200-2
Password Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-200-2

676 of 1311 60-04 S650 Service Manual


PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-201-1
Password Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-201-1
Changing The Owner Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-201-1
Password Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-201-1

MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-210-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-210-1
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-210-1
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-210-5

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-220-1


Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-220-1
Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-220-1
Adjusting Switch Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-220-2
Troubleshooting (Standard And ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-220-3
Troubleshooting (Joystick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-220-4
Alarm Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-220-5
Switch Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-220-5

FRONT HORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-230-1


Removal And Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-230-1

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-230-2
Troubleshooting (Joystick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-230-3

677 of 1311 60-05 S650 Service Manual


Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

678 of 1311 60-06 S650 Service Manual


CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS
NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
PINS PINS PINS
C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID 3 6 C421 TILT SPOOL LOCK 3 10 FC1 FUSE CENTER 1 3
C103 TAILGATE 8 4,10,11,13 C422 LIFT SPOOL LOCK 3 10 FC2 FUSE CENTER 2 3
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2 6 C423 BUCKET POSITION 2 13 FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER 3,6,7,11,12
C105 HYD CHARGE PRESSURE 3 7 C425 BRAKE SOLENOID 3 7
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 2 6 C426 CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD) 7 5
C107 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 3 6 C434-1 LEFT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11
C108 HYD TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 7 C434-2 LEFT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 T1 BATT GROUND 4
C109 S/R ADAPTER HARNESS 2 6 C435-1 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 T2 BUZZER GROUND 8
C110 ALTERNATOR 2 6 C435-2 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 T3 FLASHER 13
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH 2 7 C437 TWO SPEED MAKEUP 2 7 T6 BATT GROUND 4
C126 HORN 2 13 C441 TWO SPEED 2 7 T8 BATT GROUND 4
C129 ACCESSORY 3 9 C446 HYDRAULIC FAN 2 7 T13 BUZZER POWER 8
C209 DOME LIGHT 3 9 C449 LEFT JOYSTICK 4 5 T14 PRE HEATER 6
C212 POWER SOCKET 2 9 C450 RIGHT JOYSTICK 4 5 T15 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(+) 11
C250 DOOR SENSOR 2 9 C479 LEFT PANEL(BLACK) 12 5,8 T16 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(-) 11
C251 WIPER 5 9 C480 LEFT PANEL(GRAY) 12 8 T17 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (+) 11
C252 WASHER 2 9 C482 SEATBAR SENSOR 3 9 T18 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (-) 11
C277 AIR RIDE SEAT 6 9 C483 TEMP CONTROL SWITCH 3 12 T19 BACKUP ALARM 10
C278 RIGHT SPEAKER 2 9 C486 AC COMPRESSOR 2 12 T20 BACKUP ALARM (GND) 10
C279 LEFT SPEAKER 2 9 C489 ACCESSORY 2 3,4
C308 BRAKE SOLENOID 2 7 C499 PTOL 4 8
C350 AC EVAPORATOR SWITCH 2 12 C500 RH KEY SWITCH 6 8
C355 DLX or STD FUEL HARNESS 6 6,12,13 C503 RH DLX PANEL 6 5,8
C362 REAR AUX SOLENOID 8 7 C602 LEFT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11
C404 BACKUP ALARM 2 3,10 C603 RIGHT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH 2 6 C606 POWER BOBTACH OPEN 2 13
C406 FUEL SENDER 2 6 C607 POWER BOBTACH CLOSE 2 13
C408 CAB CONNECTOR 48 3-5, 8-13 C611 BLOWER MOTOR 4
Dealer 12
Copy -- Not for Resale
C409 RIGHT HANDLE 10 10 C630 THERMOSTAT 3 12 SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 9
C410 LEFT HANDLE 10 10 C635 HEATER VALVE 6 12 SW2 BEACON SWITCH 13
C411 LEFT HANDLE 5 WAY 5 10,13 C667 DOOR KIT 6 9 SW3 HAZARD SWITCH 13
C412 HANDLE(HORN) 2 10,13 C670 EXTERIOR BEACON 6 13 SW4 HAND/FOOT, H/ISO SWITCH 9
C413 REAR ROD 2 7 C676 RADIO 6 9 SW5 POWER BOBTACH SWITCH 13
C414 REAR BASE 2 7 SW6 BUCKET POSITION SWITCH 13
C415 HIGH FLOW SOLENOID 2 7 SW8 FRONT WIPER SWITCH 9
C416 DIVERTER SOLENOID 2 7 SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH 8
C417 REAR AUX RELIEF 2 7 J1A GATEWAY COTROLLER 34 SW10 BLOWER SWITCH 12
C418 FRONT ROD 2 7 J1B GATEWAY CONTOLLER 26 SW11 AC SWITCH 12
C419 FRONT BASE 2 7 J2A AUX CONTROLLER 34
C420 HYD LOCK 2 7 J2B AUX CONTROLLER 26

WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX


Printable Version Click Here
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4 WIRING SCHEMATIC
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 (STANDARD MACHINE)
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8 S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 (S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12 Sheet 1 of 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
7175752
Printed In U.S.A.
679 of 1311
J1 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(GATEWAY CONTROLLER) J2 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(AUXILLIARY CONTROLLER)
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A-1 HYDRAULIC LOCK RETURN B-1 HYD CHARGE PRESS A-1 FRONT AUX (F) RETURN B-1
A-2 LIFT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT A-2 REAR AUX (F) RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT
A-3 FUEL PULL RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT A-3 LEFT BLINKER RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT
A-4 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY B-4 FUEL HOLD A-4 RIGHT BLINKER RELAY B-4 DIVERTED SOLENOID
A-5 LIGHT 1 RELAY B-5 LIFT SPOOL LOCK A-5 HORN RELAY B-5 REAR AUX (F)
A-6 GLOW PLUG RELAY B-6 TRACTION LOCK HOLD A-6 B-6 RELIEF SOLENOID
A-7 STARTER RELAY B-7 TILT SPOOL LOCK A-7 OUTPUT SPARE B-7 REAR AUX (M)
A-8 TRACTION PULL RELAY B-8 CAN LO 1 A-8 B-8 CAN LO 1
A-9 FAN 1 RELAY B-9 CAN HI 1 A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1
A-10 TILT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-10 SPOOL LOCK SENSOR 2 A-10 REAR AUX (M) RETURN B-10
A-11 SPARE DIGITAL, ECU SINKS B-11 SEAT BAR A-11 LH PADDLE RIGHT B-11
A-12 SPARE DIGITAL, ECU SOURCES B-12 FUEL LEVEL A-12 LH PADDLE LEFT B-12
A-13 TRACTION PULL RELAY FDBK B-13 BICS HYD LOCK HOLD A-13 RH RIGHT BUTTON UP B-13 FRONT AUX (F)
A-14 GLOW PLUG RELAY FDBK B-14 CAN HI 2 A-14 DIGITAL INPUT SPARE B-14 CAN HI 2
A-15 ENGINE SPEED B-15 GROUND P1 A-15 B-15 GROUND
A-16 AIR FILTER SWITCH B-16 GROUND P2 A-16 B-16 GROUND
A-17 LIGHT 2 RELAY B-17 GROUND P3, SENSOR A-17 B-17 HANDLE POT GND
A-18 FAN 2 RELAY B-18 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP A-18 FRONT AUX (M) RETURN B-18 RH PVM POT SIGNAL
A-19 PTOL LED B-19 FAN 2 OUTPUT A-19 B-19 FRONT AUX (M)
A-20 PTOL SWITCH B-20 CAN LO 2 A-20 LH FLOAT BUTTON B-20 CAN LO 2
A-21 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY FDBK B-21 REMOTE KEY A-21 HYDRAULIC DETENT B-21 RH TRIGGER
A-22 STATER RELAY FDBK B-22 RUN/ENTER A-22 LH RIGHT BUTTON DOWN B-22 SWITCHED POWER
A-23 HYD OIL FILTER SW2 B-23 SENSOR SUPPLY 8V A-23 RH CENTER BUTTON B-23 HANDLE POT POWER
A-24 START ENGINE B-24 SENSOR SUPPLY 5V A-24 DIGITAL INPUT SPARE B-24
A-25 ENGINE OIL PRESS B-25 TWO SPEED MAKEUP A-25 B-25 BUCKET POSITION (SPARE)
A-26 SPARE B-26 TWO SPEED COIL A-26 Dealer Copy
HIGH -- Not RETURN
FLOW for Resale B-26 HIGH FLOW
A-27 SPARE A-27 BUCKET POSITION(SPARE) RETURN
A-28 LIGHT 2 RELAY FDBK A-28 LH RIGHT BUTTON
A-29 FAN 1 RELAY FDBK A-29 RH RIGHT BUTTON DOWN
A-30 FUEL PULL RELAY FDBK A-30 RH LEFT UP
A-31 LIGHT 1 RELAY FDBK A-31 RH LEFT DOWN
A-32 HYD OIL TEMP A-32
A-33 SPARE ANALOG A-33
A-34 HYD OIL FILTER SW1 A-34 DIGITAL INPUT SPARE

HARNESS PART NUMBER


MAIN FRAME 7174782
Printable Version Click Here
STD CAB 7165991
DLX CAB 7176098
DLX FUEL 7175293 WIRING SCHEMATIC
STD FUEL 7149219
DOOR 7155024 (STANDARD MACHINE)
S/R 6733370
TAILGATE DOM 7175271 S650 (S/N A3NV1100 1 - A3NV13098)
TAILGATE EUR 7175287
2 SPD ADP 7159366 (S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
BACKUP ALARM 7175017
BRAKE ADAPTER 7165061 Sheet 2 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
7175752
Printed In U.S.A.

680 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3

POWER
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

BATTERY MEGAFUSE
FC1 FUSE 2
100.0 Amps 1180 RED/WHT
BATT_CABLE 25 A J2B 2
1025 RED 1160 RED/WHT 1150 RED/WHT
J2B 3
1240 RED/WHT
FC1 FUSE 1 SHEET 8
1400 RED/WHT
25 A C408 17 SHEET 9
1070 RED 1120 RED/WHT 1450 RED/WHT 1450 RED/WHT 1420 RED/WHT
SHEET 8
1110 RED/WHT 1440 RED/WHT
SHEET 6 FC2 FUSE 4 J1B 2 SHEET 8
1130 RED/WHT
15 A J1B 3
1290 RED 1370 RED/WHT
SHEET 9
FC2 FUSE 2 1460 RED/WHT
25 A SHEET 13
1040 RED 1490 RED/WHT 1410 RED/WHT
SHEET 13
FC2 FUSE 1
25 A
1190 RED 1165 RED/WHT
SHEET 5
1010 RED
FRC 1 FUSE 6
30 A
1310 RED 1360 RED/WHT
SHEET 7

1050 RED FRC1 FUSE 5


30 A
1350 RED/WHT
SHEET 6
FRC1 FUSE 11
25 A
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1300 RED 1140 RED/WHT
SHEET 12
FRC1 FUSE 10
20 A
1340 RED 1330 RED/WHT
SHEET 11
1620 RNG/WHT
FRC1 FUSE 9 SHEET 8
1940 RNG/WHT
15 A SHEET 8
1320 RED/WHT 1930 RNG/WHT
SHEET 11 SHEET 8
1060 RED 1775 RNG/WHT
SHEET 6 SHEET 9
1030 RED 1960 RNG/WHT
SHEET 6 SHEET 8
1785 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
1950 RNG/WHT
FRC1 FUSE 4 C408 43 SHEET 8
1660 RNG/WHT 1660 RNG/WHT 1590 RNG/WHT
5A SHEET 8
1570 RNG/WHT
SHEET 10
FRC1 FUSE 2
25 A
1760 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
FRC1 FUSE 3
15 A
1550 RNG/WHT Printable Version Click Here
SHEET 13
FRC1 FUSE1
25 A 1750 RNG/WHT 1780 RNG/WHT
C489 A
WIRING SCHEMATIC
SWITCHED
POWER
1720 RNG/WHT
C404 B (STANDARD MACHINE)
1050 RED 30
1765 RNG/WHT 1790 RNG/WHT
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
87 SHEET 12

SHEET 6
2055 BLK 85 86 FRC1 FUSE 7
25 A
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
2030 BLK 1795 RNG/WHT 1730 RNG/WHT
SHEET 12
FRC1 FUSE 8
SHEET 5
Sheet 3 of 13
25 A
1580 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
8000 TAN
J1A 4 (PRINTED MARCH 2011)
1920 RNG/WHT 1920 RNG/WHT 1840 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
C408 6
1830 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
7175752
Printed In U.S.A.
681 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

GROUND
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

2080 BLK
SHEET 5
2070 BLK
SHEET 5 C408 32
2940 BLK 2950 BLK 2950 BLK
SHEET 8
2960 BLK 2510 BLK
SHEET 8 J1B 16
2920 BLK 2500 BLK 2110 BLK T6
SHEET 8 J1B 15 BATT GND
2250 BLK 2540 BLK
SHEET 8 J2B 16
2550 BLK 2090 BLK
J2B 15

2765 BLK
SHEET 11
2745 BLK
SHEET 12
2790 BLK T8
SHEET 9 BATT GND
2780 BLK
SHEET 13
2730 BLK
SHEET 9
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2620 BLK
SHEET 11
2630 BLK 2720 BLK
SHEET 11 C103 B C489 B
2650 BLK 2600 BLK 2600 BLK
SHEET 10
2640 BLK 2810 BLK 2390 BLK
SHEET 11 SHEET6
2610 BLK
SHEET 11
2200 BLK
SHEET 7
2751/BLK OR 2770/BLK
SHEET 13
2450 BLK
SHEET 7
2741 BLK
SHEET 13
2785 BLK 2710 BLK 2300 BLK T1
SHEET 13 SHEET 5 BATT GND
2930 BLK 2480 BLK
SHEET 9 C408 42 SHEET 7
2830 BLK 2900 BLK 2900 BLK
SHEET 13
2700 BLK 2000 BLK
SHEET 8 SHEET 11

Printable Version Click Here


3530 LBL
SHEET 7
SHEET 6
3800 LBL WIRING SCHEMATIC
2370/BRN OR 3910 LBL
SHEET 9
SHEET 7 3310/LBL OR 2180/BRN
3410 LBL
3010 LBL
J1B 17 (STANDARD MACHINE)
SHEET 7
SHEET 6
SHEET 6
3110/LBL OR 2180/BRN
3510 LBL S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
3710 LBL
SHEET 6
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Sheet 4 of 13
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED MARCH 2011)
7175752
682 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

CAN BUS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

9160 PUR/WHT
C503 2
9260 PUR RH DLX PANEL
C503 4

9200 PUR 9270 PUR 9230 PUR C408 8 9230 PUR 9240 PUR 9250 PUR 9650 PUR 9630 PUR
GWY CTRLR J1B 8 C479 4
9100 PUR/WHT 9170 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 9140 PUR/WHT 9150 PUR/WHT 9550 PUR/WHT 9530 PUR/WHT LEFT PANEL
J1B 9 C479 3
120 OHM C408 7 120 OHM
RESISTOR RESISTOR C450
1830 RNG/WHT 1
#
SHEET 3
2070 BLK 2
SHEET 4 RIGHT
9560 PUR/WHT 3
JOYSTICK
9660 PUR 4
9220 PUR
J2B 8 C449
9120 PUR/WHT Dealer
AUX CTRLRCopy -- Not for Resale #
J2B 9 1840 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3
2080 BLK 2
SHEET 4
9540 PUR/WHT 3 LEFT
9640 PUR 4 JOYSTICK

C426
9500 PUR/WHT A
J1B 14
9600 PUR B
J1B 20
9400 PUR D
J1B 21
C CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD)
1730 RNG/WHT E
SHEET 3
1165 RED/WHT F
SHEET 3
SHEET 4
2710 BLK G
# CONNECTOR DOES NOT EXIST IN 7165991
Printable Version Click Here

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV1100 1 - A3NV13098)
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Sheet 5 of 13
(PRINTED MARCH 2011)
Printed In U.S.A.
7175752
683 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

ENGINE
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

STARTER
STARTER C109

1030 RED 30 J1A 22


8250 TAN B 8250 TAN R M
B SHEET 3
SHEET 3 87 8200 TAN A 8200 TAN S 1015 RED
C110
2005 BLK 85 86 8210 TAN B
SHEET 12 J1A 7 S 1020 RED FRC1 FUSE 12
ALTERNATOR G 15 A
L 1800 RNG/WHT 1815 RNG/WHT
SHEET 12
EXCITATION

2015 BLK
FUEL SHUTOFF
FUEL SOLENOID
C101
PULL
8120 TAN
Dealer Copy -- Not
D5 for Resale 8100 TAN B 8100 TAN PULL 24.5 OHM
1350 RED/WHT 30 0.33 OHM
SHEET 3 87 8150 TAN J1B 4 8800 TAN A 8800 TAN HOLD
J1A 30
2810 BLK 2800 BLK C 2800 BLK
85 86 SHEET4
2025 BLK 8110 TAN
SHEET 7 J1A 3

C106 GLOW
3600 LBL A SIG PLUG
J1A 15 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 30 8550 TAN
3610 LBL B GND 1060 RED J1A 14
SHEET 3 87 8500 TAN
3800 LBL T14 PRE HEATER
SHEET 4
3210 LBL B SIG 85 86
ENGINE COOLANT 2016 BLK 8510 TAN
3200 LBL A GND J1A 6
J1B 18 SENSOR (500-3000 OHM) 2055 BLK
SHEET 3
C104

Printable Version Click Here


C107
3500 LBL B +5V PWR
SHEET 9
J1A 25
3520 LBL C SIG ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WIRING SCHEMATIC
3510 LBL A GND SENDER (0.5 ~ 4.5V)
SHEET 4
(STANDARD MACHINE)
C355 C
C406 S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
3100/LBL OR 3180/LBL 3100/LBL OR 3180/LBL A SIG FUEL
J1B 12
SHEET 4
3110/LBL OR 2180/BRN 3110/LBL OR 2180/BRN B GND
SENDER
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
C355 D
C405
Sheet 6 of 13
3710 LBL B GND
SHEET 4 AIR FILTER
Printed In U.S.A. J1A 16
3700 LBL A SIG
SWITCH
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
7175752
684 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3

HYDRAULICS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

TRACTION
LOCK C425 TRACK MACHINES
30 4150 LGN
1360 RED/WHT J1A 13
SHEET 3 87 4100 LGN B C308
BRAKE
2025 BLK 4200 LGN A 4200 RED A SOLENOID
SHEET 6 85 86 J1B 6
2035 BLK 4110 LGN 2200 BLK C 2200 BLK B 9.8 OHM
SHEET 11 J1A 8 SHEET 4
12 V
HARN BRAKE ADAPTER 7165061
C425 WHEEL MACHINES
B PULL 0.3 OHM TRACTION
A HOLD 10.9 OHM LOCK
C
C362 C414
OPTIONAL REAR AUX
4440 LGN A 4440 LGN 1 SIG DIRECTIONAL SOLENOID
J2B 5
2440 BLK B 2440 BLK 2 GND FEMALE COUPLER
J2A 2
7.5 OHM 12V C420
C413 2410 BLK B
4430 LGN C 4430 LGN 1 SIG OPTIONAL REAR AUX J1A 1 HYD LOCK SOLENOID
J2B 7 4410 LGN A
2430 BLK D 2430 BLK 2 GND DIRECTIONAL SOLENOID J1B 13 9.8 OHM 12V
J2A 10 MALE COUPLER
7.5 OHM 12V C105
HYDRAULIC
C416 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 3410 LBL B CHARGE
4450 LGN E 4450 LGN 1 SIG OPTIONAL REAR AUX 3420 LBL C
J2B 4 J1B 1 PRESSURE
2450 BLK F 2450 BLK 2 GND BLEED / LOCK VALVE
SHEET 4 SOLENOID MALE COUPLER 3400 LBL A 0.5-7.5V
J1B 23
7.5 OHM 12 V +8V
C417 C108
4480 LGN G 4480 LGN 1 SIG OPTIONAL REAR AUX HYDRAULIC
J2B 6 3310/LBL OR 2180/BRN B TEMPERATURE
2480 BLK H 2480 BLK 2 GND BLEED / LOCK VALVE SHEET 4
SHEET 4 3300 LBL A SENDER
SOLENOID FEMALE COUPLER J1A 32
500 - 3000 OHM
C112
C415
OPTIONAL HIGH FLOW 3430 LBL A HYDRAULIC
2460 BLK B GND J1A 34
J2A 26 SOLENOID 3530 LBL B FILTER SWITCH
4460 LGN A SIG SHEET 4
J2B 26 7.5 OHM
12 V
C418
2330 BLK 2 GND FRONT ROD SOLENOID (MALE)
J2A 18
4330 LGN 1 SIG 3.3 OHM PWM
J2B 19

C419
2340 BLK 2 GND FRONT BASE SOLENOID (FEMALE)
J2A 1
J2B 13
4340 LGN 1 SIG 3.3 OHM PWM Printable Version Click Here

C437

J1A 27
2360 BLK 2 GND
TWO SPEED
WIRING SCHEMATIC
4360 LGN 1 SIG MAKEUP SOLENOID
J1B 25
C441
(STANDARD MACHINE)
J1A 26
2350 BLK
4350 LGN
2
1
GND
SIG TWO SPEED SOLENOID
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
J1B 26
C446 (S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
2910 BLK 2 GND HYDRAULIC
J1A 18
J1B 19
4010 LGN 1 SIG
FAN SOLENOID
7.2 OHM Sheet 7 of 13
12 V
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
Printed In U.S.A. 7175752
685 of 1311
CAB
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9

DISPLAY
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

T13
BUZZER (+)
1940 RNG/WHT
SHEET 3

T2
BUZZER (-)

C500
LEFT PANEL (BLACK) C408 4 RH KEY SWITCH
9360/PUR OR 8130/TAN 9360/PUR OR 8130/TAN 2
J1A 24 START
9320/PUR OR 7040/WHT C479 10 9350/PUR OR 3040/LBL 9350/PUR OR 3040/LBL 4
BUZZER J1B 22 RUN/ENTER SW

2920 BLK C479 2 C408 40


SHEET 4 GROUND 1950 RNG/WHT 5
SHEET 3 Switched Power
1440 RED/WHT C479 1 1420 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 Dealer
Battery (+) Copy -- Not for Resale SHEET 3
2960 BLK 3
Battery (+)

1960 RNG/WHT 1620 RNG/WHT C479 5 SHEET 4 GROUND


SHEET 3 SHEET 3 Switched Power 6
SW9 6450 PNK C479 11
SHEET 13 Left Blinker Input
TRAVEL CONTROL C479 8
SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 6550 PNK
SHEET 13 Right Blinker Input

5 6 4500/LGN OR 3600/LBL C479 9


SHEET 9 Park Break Input
4 C479 7
2700 BLK 2 3 4730 LGN
SHEET 4 Travel Control Input RH DLX PANEL
1

1590 RNG/WHT C503 5


C480 SHEET 3 Switched Power
LEFT PANEL (GRAY) C503 1
1240 RED/WHT
4750 LGN 12 SHEET 3 Battery (+)
SHEET 9 Reserved Output 5 C503 3
9310/PUR OR 3610/LBL 2 2250 BLK
SHEET 9 Park Break Output SHEET 4 GROUND

PTOL
C499 (Press To Operate Loader)
Printable Version Click Here
C408 1
9380/PUR OR 3030/LBL 9380/PUR OR 3030/LBL 2
J1A 20 PTOL OUTPUT
J1A 19
9370/PUR OR 2380/BRN
C408 37
9370/PUR OR 2380/BRN 4
PTOL LED WIRING SCHEMATIC
1930 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3
SHEET 4
2940 BLK 3
SWITCH POWER
GROUND
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Printed In U.S.A. Sheet 8 of 13
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
7175752
686 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION
BATT FEED, GENERAL
BATT FEED, FUSED
BATT FEED, SWITCHED
GROUP NUMBER RANGE
1000 THROUGH 1499
1000 THROUGH 1499
1500 THROUGH 1999
WIRE COLOR
RED
RED/WHITE
ORANGE/WHITE
COLOR CODE
RED
RED/WHT
RNG/WHT
OVERVIEW
POWER
GROUND
CAN BUS
PAGE 1,2
PAGE 3
PAGE 4
PAGE 5
7176098 ONLY SW4
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 HAND/FOOT
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7 (ACS)
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8 H/ISO
4550 LGN C408 5
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9 (SJC, AWS)
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
SWITCH
1785 RNG/WHT 2 1 4275 LGN C408 3
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11 SHEET 3 3
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12 2060 BLK 5 6 4235 LGN C408 2
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 4
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

C212
2795 BLK 1
+ POWER SOCKET
1375 RED/WHT 2
-

C209
2790 BLK C408 24 2790 BLK 2010 BLK B
C408 23 SHEET 4
1370 RED/WHT 1370 RED/WHT 1390 RED/WHT A DOME LIGHT
SHEET 3
4760 LGN C
*
C676
1885 RNG/WHT 1
2885 BLK 2

C129 C279
1210 RED/WHT A
SHEET 3
1580 RNG/WHT C408 16 1580 RNG/WHT * 1865 RNG/WHT B LEFT SPEAKER
1
2
+ 7820 WHT
7830 WHT
3
4 RADIO CONN
2820 BLK C -
ACCESSORY
CONN C278
2 - 7810 WHT 6
RIGHT SPEAKER 1 7800 WHT 5
+
2730 BLK C408 33 2730 BLK
SHEET 4
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale C277
1510 RNG/WHT 4
2210 BLK 5 AIR RIDE
SEAT SOLENOID
C482 SEATBAR
SENSOR C667 C250 SENSOR SHOWN
2370/BRN OR 3910 LBL C408 45 2370/BRN OR 3910 LBL A GND
SHEET 4 4750 LGN 4740 LGN 4 4740 LGN 1 WITH DOOR OPEN
SHEET 8 DOOR SENSOR
1400 RED/WHT 5 1400 RED/WHT 2 C251
3920/LBL OR 3370/LBL C408 46 3920/LBL OR 3370/LBL B SIG SHEET 3
J1B 11 1860 RNG/WHT D SW PWR
6 7330 WHT C PARK WIPER
3930 LBL 3900/LBL OR 5370/YEL 3900/LBL OR 5370/YEL C PWR
J1B 24 1570 RNG/WHT 7300 WHT A LOW MOTOR
3500 LBL
+5V SHEET 6 C408 44 B GND
1850 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT 1 1850 RNG/WHT 3 E
SHEET 3
C408 27 1 2
3 7310 WHT 6
SW1 4 5
BRAKE SWITCH SW8
4500/LGN OR 3600/LBL 3 2 FRONT WIPER
SHEET 8 1 2840 BLK 2 2840 BLK SWITCH C252
9310/PUR OR 3610/LBL 4 5
SHEET 8 7310 WHT L
1775 RNG/WHT 6
SHEET 3 WASHER
2930 BLK
SHEET 4 2845 BLK X MOTOR

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
7165991Standard Cab Harness S650 (S/N A3NV1100 1 - A3NV13098)
7176098 Deluxe Cab Harness (S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Sheet 9 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTEDNOVEMBER 2010)
Printed
687 of 1311 In U.S.A. * SPLICE DOES NOT EXIST IN 7165991 7175752
MANUAL
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8

CONTROLS
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

C409
K
G RIGHT HANDLE
1590 RNG/WHT A
4940 LGN H
J2A 30
4930 LGN J SKI CTRL
J2A 31
4920 LGN E DETENT FLOW
J2B 21
4910 LGN F
J2A 13 TWO SPD
4310 LGN C -
J2B 17
4320 LGN D
J2B 18 PWM
4300 LGN B +
J2B 23

C410
K
D LEFT HANDLE
4840 LGN C
J2A 28
4830 LGN B SKI CTRL
Dealer J2A 22
Copy -- Not for Resale
4820 LGN G
J2A 12
4810 LGN F SIDE SHIFT
J2A 11
1570 RNG/WHT 1710 RNG/WHT A
SHEET 3
1560 RNG/WHT J
J2B 22
H
E

C411
E
C
A
D TURN SIGNAL
B

C412
C404 A C103 C T19 1
7100 WHT 7100 WHT B
+
BACKUP ALARM
2650 BLK 7001923 A HORN
SHEET 4 -

T20 1

C421 Printable Version Click Here


2370 BLK 3
J1A 10
J1B 7
4370 LGN 1
2
TILT SPOOL LOCK SOLENOID WIRING SCHEMATIC
C422 (STANDARD MACHINE)
2380 BLK 3
J1A 2
J1B 5
4380 LGN 1 LIFT SPOOL LOCK SOLENOID S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
2
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Sheet 10 of 13
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
Printed In U.S.A. 7175752
688 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

LIGHTS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
C434-1
2735 BLK B LEFT FRONT
6100 PNK A WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts
C434-2
2765 BLK C408 28 2765 BLK 2750 BLK B
SHEET 4 LEFT FRONT
6110 PNK A WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

C435-1
6000 PNK C408 25 6000 PNK 6120 PNK A RIGHT FRONT
2760 BLK B WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts
C435-2
6130 PNK A
RIGHT FRONT
2705 BLK B WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts
FRONT
WORK
LIGHTS C603
SHEET 4
2610 BLK 2
1330 RED/WHT 30 Dealer Copy -- Not forC103
Resale
A 6310 PNK RIGHT REAR
SHEET 3 87 6340 PNK 6310 PNK 6320 PNK 1 TAIL LIGHT

2000 BLK 85 86 C602


SHEET 4
2045 BLK 6330 PNK 1 LEFT REAR
6320 PNK 2640 BLK 2 TAIL LIGHT
J1A 5 SHEET 4
6330 PNK
J1A 31

2620 BLK T16 1


SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
6210 PNK WORK LIGHT
REAR
LIGHT T15 1
1320 RED/WHT 30 C103 H
SHEET 3 6200 PNK 6200 PNK T17 1
87
2630 BLK LEFT REAR
85 86 SHEET 4 WORK LIGHT
2045 BLK T18 1
2035 BLK
SHEET 7
6210 PNK
J1A 17
6230 PNK
J1A 28
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Printed In U.S.A. Sheet 11 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED NOVEMBER 2010)
7175752
689 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

HVAC
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

C630
7021 WHT 7020 WHT C408 34 7020 WHT B
J1A 11
7023 WHT 2570 BLK C
3320 LBL A
THERMOSTAT
C350
B C483
7024 WHT A EVAPORATOR 2560 BLK C BLK
(AC PRESS SWITCH) POTENTIOMETER
1980 RNG/WHT A DBL
C486 7220 WHT B WHT (TEMP CONTROL
C355 A SWITCH)
7024 WHT 7025 WHT 1
2 MAGNET CLUTCH C635
(COMPRESSOR)
2290 BLK 2280 BLK D SIG
SHEET 13
D4 2130 BLK C GND HEATER
1900 RNG/WHT 1910 RNG/WHT A 12V VALVE
SW10 B
BLOWER E
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale SWITCH F
HVAC
1140 RED/WHT 30 OFF
SHEET 3 87 1500 RNG/WHT C408 21 1500 RNG/WHT 5 2
1
2030 BLK 85 86 4
SHEET 3 6 C611
2005 BLK
SHEET 6 3 1970 RNG/WHT A 14.00 Amps High
1790 RNG/WHT
SHEET 3 1520 RNG/WHT B 7.50 Amps Med BLOWER
1815 RNG/WHT
SHEET 6 7320 WHT C 5.00 Amps Low MOTOR
8020 TAN
J1A 21 2580 BLK D
2745 BLK 2745 BLK
SHEET 4
C408 22

7040 WHT
SW11
AC SWITCH
1 C
2100 BLK Printable Version Click Here
3

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Sheet 12 of 13
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTEDNOVEMBER 2010)
7175752
690 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

OPTIONS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

SW5
POWER
BOBTACH
SWITCH
C411 1410 RED/WHT
C408 26
1410 RED/WHT 1380 RED/WHT 2 1 7000/WHT OR 4480/LGN C408 97000/WHT OR 4480/LGN
C408 15 SHEET 3
B 6010 PNK 6010 PNK 1430 RED/WHT 1200 RED/WHT 3 C408 10
C 6550 PNK 5 4 7010/WHT OR 4470/LGN 7010/WHT OR 4470/LGN
LEFT C408 36 SHEET 8 D1 X T3 6
HANDLE A 6515 PNK 6500 PNK 6500 PNK 6530 PNK FLASHER CONN SW2
5 PIN E 6540 PNK L BEACON
C408 29 D2 SWITCH PWR BOB CLOSE
D 6415 PNK 6400 PNK 6400 PNK 6430 PNK 6570 PNK
2725 BLK C607
6450 PNK 6 C355 E
SHEET 8 5 A 7010/WHT OR 4470/LGN
SW3 1 4
C103 E HAZARD SWITCH 2 C670 STROBE 1 2 B 2770 BLK OR 2470/BLK 2751/BLK OR 2770/BLK
6410 PNK (PINS 3 & 6 3 BEACON
4 6700 PNK E 3 2751/BLK OR 2770/BLK
6510 PNK INTERNALLY 5 SHEET 12 2290 BLK SHEET 4
2850 BLK 2420 BLK D C355 B
INSULATED) 6
C103 D C
LEFT C606
A
BLINKER B 2775/BLK OR 2480/BLK
F
2780 BLK C408 30 2780 BLK A 7000 WHT C355 F
SHEET 4 B
6440 PNK
6540 PNK RIGHT PWR BOB OPEN
Dealer Copy -- Not for ResaleBLINKER

1550 RNG/WHT C408 13


1550 RNG/WHT
SHEET 3
SW6
3 2 BUCKET
7022 WHT 1 POSITION
C126
SHEET 4 SHEET 4 4 SWITCH
C412 2785 BLK B 2830 BLK 5
C408 38 C423
LEFT HANDLE B 7210 WHT 7210 WHT A 6 OPTIONAL
C408 35 D3 A
2 PIN A 1460 RED/WHT 7022 WHT 7030 WHT BUCKET
SHEET 3
POSITION
2741 BLK 2740 BLK B SOLENOID
SHEET 4 9.8 OHM

Printable Version Click Here

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Sheet 13 of 13
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTEDNOVEMBER 2010)
7175752
691 of 1311
CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS
NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
PINS PINS PINS
C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID 3 6 C423 BUCKET POSITION 2 13 FC1 FUSE CENTER 1 8 3
C103 TAILGATE 8 4,10,11,13 C425 BRAKE SOLENOID 3 7 FC2 FUSE CENTER 2 8 3
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2 6 C426 CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD) 7 5 FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER 64 3,6,7,11,12
C105 HYD CHARGE PRESSURE 3 7 C434-1 LEFT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 2 6 C434-2 LEFT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 J1A GATEWAY CONTROLLER 34 3,6-8,10-13
C107 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 3 6 C435-1 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 J1B GATEWAY CONTOLLER 26 3-10,13
C108 HYD TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 7 C435-2 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 J2A AUX CONTROLLER 34 7,10,13
C109 S/R ADAPTER HARNESS 2 6 C437 TWO SPEED MAKEUP 2 13 J2B AUX CONTROLLER 26 3,4,5,7,10,13
C110 ALTERNATOR 2 6 C441 TWO SPEED 2 13
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH 2 7 C446 HYDRAULIC FAN 2 7 SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 6 8
C126 HORN 2 13 C449 LEFT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 SW2 BEACON SWITCH 6 13
C129 CAB ACCESSORY 3 9 C450 RIGHT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 SW3 HAZARD SWITCH 6 13
C209 DOME LIGHT 3 9 C479 LEFT PANEL(BLACK) 12 5,8 SW4 HAND/FOOT, H/ISO SWITCH 6 9
C212 POWER SOCKET 2 9 C480 LEFT PANEL(GRAY) 12 8 SW5 POWER BOBTACH SWITCH 6 13
C252 WASHER 2 9 C482 SEATBAR SENSOR 3 9 SW6 BUCKET POSITION SWITCH 6 13
C277 AIR RIDE SEAT 6 13 C483 TEMP CONTROL SWITCH 3 12 SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH 6 8
C278 RIGHT SPEAKER 2 13 C486 AC COMPRESSOR 2 12 SW10 BLOWER SWITCH 5 12
C279 LEFT SPEAKER 2 13 C489 MFR ACCESSORY 2 3,4 SW11 AC SWITCH 3 12
C308 BRAKE SOLENOID 2 7 C499 PTOL 4 8
C350 AC EVAPORATOR SWITCH 2 12 C500 RH KEY SWITCH 6 8 T1 BATT GROUND 1 4
C355 DLX or STD FUEL HARNESS 6 6,12,13 C503 RH DLX PANEL 6 5,8 T2 BUZZER GROUND 1 8
C404 BU ALARM-MFR HARN 2 3,10 C602 LEFT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T3 FLASHER 2 13
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH 2 6 C603 RIGHT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T6 BATT GROUND 1 4
C406 FUEL SENDER 2 6 C606 POWER BOBTACH OPEN 2 13 T8 BATT GROUND 1 4
C408 CAB - MFR HARN CONNECTOR 48 3-5,8,9,11-13 C607 POWER BOBTACH CLOSE 2 13 T13 BUZZER POWER 1 8
C409 RIGHT HANDLE 10 10 C610 HVAC DUCT FAN 2 12 T14 PRE HEATER 1 6
C410 LEFT HANDLE 10 10 C611 BLOWER MOTOR 4 12 T15 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(+) 1 11
C411 LEFT HANDLE 5 WAY (FLSHR) 5 13 C630 THERMOSTAT 3 12 T16 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(-) 1 11
C412 LEFT HANDLE 2 WAY (HORN) 2 13 C635 HEATER VALVE 6 12 T17 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (+) 1 11
C415 HIGH FLOW SOLENOID 2 13 C667 DOOR 6 9 T18 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (-) 1 11
C418 FRONT ROD (MALE) 2 7 C670 EXTERIOR BEACON Dealer
6 Copy --
13 Not for Resale
T19 BACKUP ALARM 1 10
C419 FRONT BASE (FEMALE) 2 7 C676 RADIO 6 13 T20 BACKUP ALARM (GND) 1 10
C420 HYD LOCK 2 7
C421 TILT SPOOL LOCK 3 10
C422 TILT SPOOL LCOK 3 10

WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX


GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4 Printable Version Click Here
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN
2000 THROUGH 2999
2000 THROUGH 2999
BLACK
BROWN
BLK
BRN
ENGINE
HYDRAULICS
PAGE 6
PAGE 7
WIRING SCHEMATIC
MONITORING
HYDRAULIC
3000 THROUGH 3999
4000 THROUGH 4999
LIGHT BLUE
LIGHT GREEN
LBL
LGN
CAB DISPLAY
CAB
PAGE 8
PAGE 9
(STANDARD MACHINE)
CONTROLLER SUPPLY
LIGHTS
5000 THROUGH 5999
6000 THROUGH 6999
YELLOW
PINK
YEL
PNK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
HVAC
OPTIONS
PAGE 12
PAGE 13
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION
9000 THROUGH 9999
9000 THROUGH 9999
PURPLE
PURPLE/WHITE
PUR
PUR/WHT
Sheet 1 of 13
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
692 of 1311
J1 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(GATEWAY CONTROLLER) J2 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(AUXILLIARY CONTROLLER)
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A-1 HYDRAULIC LOCK RETURN B-1 HYD CHARGE PRESS A-1 FRONT AUX (F) RETURN B-1
A-2 LIFT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT A-2 REAR AUX (F) RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT
A-3 FUEL PULL RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT A-3 B-3 UNSW BATT
A-4 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY B-4 FUEL HOLD A-4 B-4 DIVERTED SOLENOID
A-5 LIGHT 1 RELAY B-5 LIFT SPOOL LOCK A-5 B-5 REAR AUX (F)
A-6 GLOW PLUG RELAY B-6 TRACTION LOCK HOLD A-6 B-6 RELIEF SOLENOID
A-7 STARTER RELAY B-7 TILT SPOOL LOCK A-7 B-7 REAR AUX (M)
A-8 TRACTION PULL RELAY B-8 CAN LO 1 A-8 B-8 CAN LO 1
A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1 A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1
A-10 TILT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-10 A-10 REAR AUX (M) RETURN B-10
A-11 SPARE DIGITAL, ECU SINKS B-11 SEAT BAR A-11 LH PADDLE RIGHT B-11
A-12 B-12 FUEL LEVEL A-12 LH PADDLE LEFT B-12
A-13 TRACTION PULL RELAY FDBK B-13 BICS HYD LOCK HOLD A-13 RH RIGHT BUTTON UP B-13 FRONT AUX (F)
A-14 GLOW PLUG RELAY FDBK B-14 CAN HI 2 A-14 B-14
A-15 ENGINE SPEED B-15 GROUND P1 A-15 B-15 GROUND
A-16 AIR FILTER SWITCH B-16 GROUND P2 A-16 B-16 GROUND
A-17 LIGHT 2 RELAY B-17 GROUND P3, SENSOR A-17 B-17 HANDLE POT GND
A-18 FAN 2 RELAY B-18 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP (8 VOLT) A-18 FRONT AUX (M) RETURN B-18 RH PWM POT SIGNAL
A-19 PTOL LED B-19 FAN 2 OUTPUT A-19 B-19 FRONT AUX (M)
A-20 PTOL SWITCH B-20 CAN LO 2 A-20 B-20
A-21 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY FDBK B-21 REMOTE KEY A-21 B-21 RH TRIGGER
A-22 STATER RELAY FDBK B-22 RUN/ENTER A-22 LH RIGHT BUTTON DOWN B-22 SWITCHED POWER
A-23 B-23 SENSOR SUPPLY 8V A-23 B-23 HANDLE POT POWER (8 VOLT)
A-24 START ENGINE B-24 SENSOR SUPPLY 5V A-24 B-24
A-25 ENGINE OIL PRESS B-25 TWO SPEED MAKEUP A-25 B-25
A-26 SPARE B-26 TWO SPEED COIL A-26 HIGH FLOW RETURN B-26 HIGH FLOW
A-27 SPARE A-27
A-28 LIGHT 2 RELAY FDBK A-28 LH RIGHT BUTTON
A-29 A-29
A-30 FUEL PULL RELAY FDBK A-30 RH LEFT UP
A-31 LIGHT 1 RELAY FDBK A-31 RH LEFT DOWN
A-32 HYD OIL TEMP (8 VOLT)
Dealer
A-32
Copy -- Not for Resale
A-33 A-33
A-34 HYD OIL FILTER SW1 A-34

HARNESS PART NUMBER


S630, S650, T630, T650
7199263
MAINFRAME
A770
7196824
MAINFRAME
S750, S770, T750, T770
7196823
MAINFRAME
DLX CAB 7196753
STD CAB 7195991
DLX FUEL 7184255
STD FUEL 7149219
S/R 6733370
TAILGATE DOM 7175271
TRK BRAKE ADP 7165061
Printable Version Click Here
WHL 2 SPD ADP 7159366

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 2 of 13
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
693 of 1311
1240 RED/WHT WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
SHEET 8 GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE

POWER
C503 RH DLX PANEL
C408 BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
1400 RED/WHT BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
CAB-MFR HARN SHEET 9
C667 DOOR HARNESS BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
1450 RED/WHT 17 1450 RED/WHT 1420 RED/WHT BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
SHEET 8
C500 RH KEY SWITCH CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
FC1 FUSE CENTER 1440 RED/WHT MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
2 SHEET 8
FUSE 1 25 A 1110 RED/WHT J1B HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
C479 LH PANEL
1070 RED 1120 RED/WHT 1130 RED/WHT 3 GWY CTRLR CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
+12V 1025 RED
FUSE 2 25 A
1160 RED/WHT 1150 RED/WHT 3
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
J2B
BATTERY MEGAFUSE 1180 RED/WHT 2 AUX CTRLR COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
100.0 Amps FUSE 3 OPEN COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
BATT_CABLE
LEGEND
SCHEMATIC INDEX
FUSE 4 OPEN PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
POWER PAGE 3
GROUND PAGE 4

1010 RED
SHEET 6 CAN BUS PAGE 5
STARTER FC2 FUSE CENTER ENGINE PAGE 6
CONNECTOR
FUSE 1 25 A HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
1190 RED 1165 RED/WHT CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
SHEET 5
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD CAB PAGE 9
FUSE 2 25 A MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
1040 RED 1490 RED/WHT 1410 RED/WHT WIRE BREAK
SHEET 13
(TWO WIRE BREAKS LIGHTS PAGE 11
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
FUSE 3 OPEN JOIN ONE WIRE) HVAC PAGE 12
1460 RED/WHT
SHEET 13 SHEET # OPTIONS PAGE 13
C412 LH HANDLE HORN
FUSE 4 15 A ACS PAGE 14
1290 RED 1370 RED/WHT
SHEET 9 SJC PAGE 15
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER
1050 RED
FUSE 5 30 A
1350 RED/WHT
SHEET 6
SHEET 6 1060 RED FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF RELAY
FUSE 6 30 A
FRC1 PRE HEATER RELAY 1310 RED 1360 RED/WHT
SHEET 7
1030 RED FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY
SHEET 6
FUSE 9 15 A 1320 RED/WHT
FRC1 STARTER RELAY
SHEET 11
FRC1 REAR LIGH RELAY
FUSE 10 20 A 1330 RED/WHT
1340 RED Dealer
SHEET 11
Copy -- Not for Resale
FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
C404
FUSE 11 25 A BU ALARM-MFR HARN
1620 RNG/WHT
1300 RED 1140 RED/WHT 1720 RNG/WHT B SHEET 8
SHEET 12 (SEE ADDITIONAL C479 LH PANEL
FUSE1 25 A FRC1 HVAC RELAY OPTIONS SHEET)
1750 RNG/WHT 1940 RNG/WHT
SHEET 8
A T13 LH PANEL BUZZER
1760 RNG/WHT FUSE 2 25 A 1850 RNG/WHT 1780 RNG/WHT C489
SHEET 9 MFR ACCESSORY 1930 RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR WIPER) SHEET 8
FUSE 3 15 A C499 RH PANEL PTOL
1550 RNG/WHT C408
SHEET 13 1775 RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (BKT POSITION) CAB-MFR HARN SHEET 8
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH
FUSE4 5 A 1660 RNG/WHT 1660 RNG/WHT 1590 RNG/WHT
43
SHEET 8
1530 RNG/WHT SHEET 10 C503 RH DELUXE PANEL
C410 LEFT HANDLE
1570 RNG/WHT 1520 RNG/WHT 1950 RNG/WHT
SHEET 10 SHEET 8
C409 RIGHT HANDLE J2B C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH
FUSE 7 25 A 1560 RNG/WHT 22
1795 RNG/WHT 1730 RNG/WHT AUX CTRLR
SHEET 5 1785 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD SW4 H/ISO SWITCH
FUSE 8 25 A
FRC1 1580 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9 1960 RNG/WHT
SWITCHED C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES, OPTIONS) SHEET 8
POWER RELAY FUSE 12 15 A SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH
1765 RNG/WHT 1815 RNG/WHT 1800 RNG/WHT
SHEET 6
1050 RED 30 J1A C110 ALT EXCITATION
87 GWY CTRLR 1790 RNG/WHT
SHEET 12 WIRING SCHEMATIC
2055 BLK 85 86 3380 LBL 4 C408 FRC1 HVAC RELAY
SHEET 6
SHEET 12
2030 BLK
1920 RNG/WHT
CAB-MFR HARN

6 1840 RNG/WHT
(STANDARD MACHINE)
1920 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
1830 RNG/WHT
C449 LH JOYSTICK S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 3 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
694 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

GROUND
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK (TWO WIRE BREAKS
LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN SHEET #
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15

2080 BLK
SHEET 5
C449 LH JOYSTICK
2070 BLK
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK
2920 BLK C408
SHEET 8 CAB-MFR HARN
C479 LH PANEL
2940 BLK 2950 BLK 32 2950 BLK
SHEET 8
C499 PTOL
2960 BLK 16 2510 BLK 2110 BLK T6
SHEET 8 J1B BATT GND
C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH GWY CTRLR 15 2500 BLK
2250 BLK
SHEET 8 2765 BLK
C503 RH DELUXE PANEL SHEET 11
16 2540 BLK C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR LIGHTS) T8
J2B 15 2745 BLK BATT GND
2930 BLK AUX CTRLR 2550 BLK 2090 BLK SHEET 12
SHEET 8 C408 CAB-MFR CONN (HVAC)
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 2790 BLK
2830 BLK 2900 BLK 42 2900 BLK SHEET 9
SHEET 13 C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
SW6 BKT POSITION SWITCH
2780 BLK
SHEET 8 2700 BLK SHEET 13
SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)

SHEET 13 2785 BLK Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale SHEET 9


2730 BLK
C126 HORN C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES,OPTIONS)
SHEET 11 2105 BLK
FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
2620 BLK
SHEET 11 T1
T16 RH REAR LIGHT
C103 BATT GND
2630 BLK C489
SHEET 11 TAILGATE HARN B 2720 BLK
T18 LH REAR LIGHT MFR ACCESSORY
2650 BLK 2600 BLK B 2600 BLK
SHEET 10
T20 BU ALARM 2400 BLK 2390 BLK
SHEET 6
2640 BLK C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
SHEET 11 2200 BLK
C602 LH REAR LIGHT SHEET 7
2610 BLK C425 BRAKE
SHEET 11 2770 BLK
C603 RH REAR LIGHT SHEET 13
C355 FUEL HARN (PWR BOB/AC)
2455 BLK
2170 BRN SHEET 13
SHEET 6 C423 BKT POSITION SOLENOID
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2710 BLK 2300 BLK
2160 BRN SHEET 5
SHEET 6 C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
2320 BRN
SHEET 7
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH
2370 BRN J1B
SHEET 9 Printable Version Click Here
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (SEATBAR SENSOR) GWY CTRLR

SHEET 7
2220 BRN
C108 HYD TEMP SENDER
2230 BRN 17
WIRING SCHEMATIC
SHEET 7 2190 BRN
C105 HYD CHG PRESSURE SENDER
(STANDARD MACHINE)
SHEET 6
2180 BRN S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
C355 FUEL HARN (FUEL SENDER)

SHEET 6
2140 BRN (S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
C107 ENG OIL PRESS SENDER

2150 BRN
Sheet 4 of 13
SHEET 6
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH (PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
695 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

CAN BUS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7 CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
* DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS PAGE 13
JOIN ONE WIRE)
SHEET #
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15

J1B C408
GWY CTRLR CAB-MFR HARN

8 9200 PUR 9270 PUR 9230 PUR 8 9230 PUR 9240 PUR 9250 PUR 9650 PUR 9630 PUR 4
CAN LO C479
9 9100 PUR/WHT 9170 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 7 9130 PUR/WHT 9140 PUR/WHT 9150 PUR/WHT 9550 PUR/WHT 9530 PUR/WHT 3 LEFT PANEL (BLACK)
CAN HI
120 OHM 120 OHM
RESISTOR RESISTOR

C426 9260 PUR 4


C503
Remote Run Tool, ACD Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 9160 PUR/WHT 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
14 9500 PUR/WHT A
CAN HI
20 9600 PUR B
CAN LO
21 3090 LBL D REMOTE RUN KEY 1830 RNG/WHT 1
C SHEET 3
SHEET 3
1730 RNG/WHT E SWITCHED POWER SHEET 4
2070 BLK
9560 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C450
RIGHT JOYSTICK
1165 RED/WHT F (SJC/AWS ONLY)
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER 9660 PUR 4
2710 BLK G GROUND 9220 PUR 8
SHEET 4 J2B
9120 PUR/WHT 9 AUX CTRLR
1840 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3
SHEET 4
2080 BLK
9540 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C449
LEFT JOYSTICK
(SJC/AWS ONLY)
9640 PUR 4

Printable Version Click Here

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 5 of 13
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
696 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

ENGINE
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7 CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT (TWO WIRE BREAKS
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN JOIN ONE WIRE)
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR SHEET #
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
FRC1
STARTER RELAY C109
30 S/R ADAPTER STARTER
1030 RED A
SHEET 3 87 8200 TAN TAN S M
B SHEET 3
3560 LBL B TAN R
85 86 1015 RED
2005 BLK 8210 TAN
SHEET 12 C110
B S 1020 RED
ALTERNATOR G
L 1800 RNG/WHT
SHEET 3
EXCITATION

2015 BLK

FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF


FUEL PULL SOLENOID
RELAY C101
D5 8100 TAN B
1350 RED/WHT 30 8120 TAN PULL 0.33 OHM
SHEET 3 87 3410 LBL
2400 BLK 2800 BLK C GND
85 86 SHEET 4
2025 BLK 8110 TAN
SHEET 7 8800 TAN A HOLD
24.5 OHM

FRC1 T14
GLOW PLUG PRE HEATER
RELAY 8500 TAN
1060 RED 30 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SHEET 3 87

2016 BLK 85 86
2055 BLK
SHEET 3

6 8510 TAN
14 3420 LBL
3 8110 TAN
30 3410 LBL
7 8210 TAN
22 3560 LBL

C107
5140 YEL B +5V PWR
J1A SHEET 9
GWY CTRLR 25 3140 LBL C SIG ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
2140 BRN A GND SENDER (0.5-4.5V)
SHEET 4
C405
2150 BRN B GND
SHEET 4 AIR FILTER
16 3150 LBL A SIG Printable Version Click Here
SWITCH (NC)
C106
15 3160 LBL A
B
SIG
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
WIRING SCHEMATIC
SHEET 4 2160 BRN GND
(163 OHM)

C104
(STANDARD MACHINE)
ENGINE COOLANT
18
SHEET 4 2170 BRN
3170 LBL
B
A
GND
SIG
SENSOR (500-3000 OHM)
(8 VOLT)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
4 8800 TAN
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
J1B C355
GWY CTRLR FUEL HARN
C406
Sheet 6 of 13
12 3180 LBL C 3180 LBL OR 3100, LBL A SIG
2180 BRN D 2180 BRN OR 3110, LBL B GND
FUEL SENDER (PRINTED APRIL 2014)
SHEET 4 (30 - 270 OHM)

Printed In U.S.A. 7197683


697 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT

HYDRAULICS
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7 CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT (TWO WIRE BREAKS
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN JOIN ONE WIRE)
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS PAGE 14 C425
SJC PAGE 15
FRC1 B C308
TRACTION LOCK BRAKE
4100 LGN 4200 LGN A 4200 LGN A SOLENOID
RELAY TRACK 2 SPEED
2200 BLK C 2200 BLK B 9.8 OHM ADAPTER (SEE
1360 RED/WHT 30 SHEET 4
SHEET 3 3430 LBL 12 V ADDITIONAL
87
2025 BLK WHEEL 2 SPD ADAPTER HARNESS 7159366 OPTIONS SHEET)
SHEET 6 85 86 TRACK SINGLE SPD BRAKE ADAPTER HARNESS 7165061
2035 BLK 4110 LGN
SHEET 11
C425

B PULL 0.3 OHM


A HOLD 10.9 OHM
C WHEEL SINGLE SPEED
8
TRACTION LOCK
13

C108
2220 BRN B HYDRAULIC
GND
SHEET 4 TEMPERATURE
32 3220 LBL A SIG SENDER
500 - 3000 OHM
C112 (8 VOLT)
J1A 34 3320 LBL A SIG HYDRAULIC OIL
GWY CTRLR 2320 BRN B GND FILTER SWITCH (NC)
SHEET 4
C446
18 2910 BRN 2 GND
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
HYDRAULIC
4010 LGN 1 SIG FAN SOLENOID
7.2 OHM 12 V
C420
1 2410 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC LOCK
4410 LGN A SIG SOLENOID
9.8 OHM 12 V
C105
2190 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC
SHEET 4
3190 LBL C SIG CHARGE
5190 YEL A +8V PWR PRESSURE
0.5-7.5V
4200 LGN

19 13 1 23 6
J1B +8V
GWY CTRLR

Printable Version Click Here


C418
J2A 18 2330 BRN 2 GND FRONT ROD
AUX CTRLR
4330 LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID (MALE)
3.3 OHM PWM
WIRING SCHEMATIC
1 2340 BRN
C419
2 GND
(STANDARD MACHINE)
FRONT BASE
4340 LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID (FEMALE)
3.3 OHM PWM S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
19 13
J2B
Sheet 7 of 13
AUX CTRLR
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
698 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED PARTIAL CONNECTOR

CAB DISPLAY
POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CAB
MANUAL CONTROLS
PAGE 9
PAGE 10
* DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
LIGHTS
HVAC
PAGE 11
PAGE 12
WIRE BREAK
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
SJC PAGE 15

T13
BUZZER (+)
SHEET 3 1940 RNG/WHT
C499
LEFT PANEL
Press To Operate Loader
7040 WHT OR 9320, PUR BUZZER
(PTOL)
C479
T2
LEFT PANEL (BLACK) 1930 RNG/WHT 1
BUZZER (-) SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
2940 BLK 3
7040 WHT OR 9320, PUR 10 SHEET 4 GROUND
BUZZER
C408
2920 BLK 2 CAB-MFR HARN
SHEET 4 GROUND
1960 RNG/WHT 1440 RED/WHT 1 20 3030 LBL 1 3030 LBL OR 9380, PUR 2
SHEET 3 SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER PTOL OUTPUT
*
SW9
TRAVEL CONTROL
SHEET 3
1620 RNG/WHT 5 SWITCHED POWER
J1A
19 2380 BRN 37 2380 BRN OR 9370, PUR 4
PTOL LED
SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 3400 LBL 11 LEFT BLINKER INPUT
SHEET 13 GWY CTRLR
C500
5 6 3500 LBL 8
4
SHEET 13 RIGHT BLINKER INPUT Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale RIGHT KEY SWITCH PANEL
2700 BLK 2 3 3650 LBL 7 24 8130 TAN 4 8130 TAN OR 9360, PUR 2
SHEET 4 TRAVEL CONTROL INPUT START
1 9
3600 LBL OR 4500, LGN
PARK BRAKE INPUT 6
SW1 6
3 2 BRAKE SWITCH 12
1 J1B 22 3040 LBL 40 4
3040 LBL OR 9350, PUR RUN/ENTER SWITCH
3610 LBL OR 9310, PUR 4 5 GWY CTRLR

SHEET 3 1775 RNG/WHT 6


2930 BLK 1950 RNG/WHT 5
SHEET 4 C480 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
LEFT PANEL (GRAY) 1420 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
3620 LBL 12 2960 BLK 3
SHEET 9 DOOR SIGNAL SHEET 4 GROUND
11
10
9 C503
3610 LBL OR 9310, PUR 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
PARK BRAKE OUTPUT
8 1590 RNG/WHT 5
7 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
6 1240 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
5 2250 BLK 3
4 SHEET 4 GROUND
6
3
1

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 8 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)

Printed In U.S.A. 7197683


699 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PAGE 1,2 LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT

CAB
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8 CONNECTOR
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY
LIGHTS
5000 THROUGH 5999
6000 THROUGH 6999
YELLOW
PINK
YEL
PNK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11
* DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT WIRE BREAK
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
HVAC
OPTIONS
PAGE 12
PAGE 13
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE)
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15

*
SW4
HAND/FOOT (ACS)
H/ISO (SJC, AWS)
SWITCH
1785 RNG/WHT 2 1
SHEET 3 3
SHEET 9 2060 BLK 5 6
4

C408
CAB-MFR HARN
2
3
4235 LGN
4275 LGN
*C212
POWER
SOCKET
5 4550 LGN 2795 BLK 1 GND
1375 RED/WHT 2 +12V PWR

2790 BLK 24 2790 BLK 2790 BLK 2010 BLK


* C209
B GND
SHEET 4
1370 RED/WHT 23 1370 RED/WHT 1390 RED/WHT A +12V PWR DOME
SHEET 3
3640 LBL C DOOR SIG LIGHT
C129
CAB ACCESSORY
1210 RED/WHT A +12V BATT PWR
1580 RNG/WHT 16 1580 RNG/WHT B
SHEET 3
1865 RNG/WHT Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
+12V SW PWR
2820 BLK C GND
1510 RNG/WHT
SHEET 13
1885 RNG/WHT SHEET 13
2210 BLK SHEET 13
2885 BLK SHEET 13
2060 BLK
SHEET 4
2730 BLK 33 2730 BLK
SHEET 9
*C667
DOOR HARNESS
(SEE ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS SHEET)

3620 LBL 3630 LBL 4


SHEET 8 DOOR SIGNAL
1400 RED/WHT 5 DOOR UNSW PWR
SHEET 3
6

1850 RNG/WHT 27 1850 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT 1


SHEET 3 WIPER SWITCH, MOTOR SWITCHED POWER
C482 SEATBAR 2840 BLK 2
WIPER MOTOR GROUND
J1B SENSOR 7310 WHT 3
2370 BRN 45 2370 BRN OR 3910, LBL A GND WASHER SIGNAL
GWY CTRLR SHEET 4
11 3370 LBL 46 3370 LBL OR 3920, LBL B SIG * C252
L SIG
WASHER
+5V
24 5100 YEL 5370 YEL 44 5370 YEL OR 3900, LBL C +5V PWR 2845 BLK X GND MOTOR WIRING SCHEMATIC
SHEET 6 5140 YEL
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 9 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTEDAPRIL 2014)
700 of 1311 Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL RED RED PARTIAL CONNECTOR
1000 THROUGH 1499 POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

MANUAL
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK

CONTROLS
LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN JOIN ONE WIRE)
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15

C409
RIGHT HANDLE

J2A
K
AUX CTRLR G
1520 RNG/WHT A
SHEET 3
30 4940 LGN H
C404 31 4930 LGN J SKI CTRL
C103
BU ALARM-MFR HARN 4920 LGN E
TAILGATE HARN DETENT FLOW
T19 TERMINAL (+) 13 4910 LGN F
(SEE ADDITIONAL A 7100 WHT C 7100 WHT TWO SPD
OPTIONS SHEET) 4310 LGN C
BACK UP
4320 LGN D PWM
2650 BLK ALARM
SHEET 4 4300 LGN B (8 VOLT)
T20 TERMINAL (-)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


21 17 18 23
C410
J2B LEFT HANDLE
C421 AUX CTRLR K
J1A 10 2670 BRN 3 GND D
GWY CTRLR 4670 LGN 1 SIG TILT SPOOL LOCK 28 4840 LGN C
2 7.8 OHM 12V 22 4830 LGN B SKI CTRL
12 4820 LGN G
C422 11 4810 LGN F SIDE SHIFT
2 2680 BRN 3 GND 1530 RNG/WHT A
LIFT SPOOL LOCK SHEET 3
4680 LGN 1 SIG J
7.8 OHM 12V
2 H
E

7 5
J1B
GWY CTRLR WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 10 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
701 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3

LIGHTS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN OPTIONS PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR SHEET #
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15 C434-1
2735 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
6100 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
C408
37.00 Watts
CAB-MFR HARN
C434-2
2765 BLK 28 2765 BLK 2750 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
SHEET 4
6110 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

C435-1
6000 PNK 25 6000 PNK 6120 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2760 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts
C435-2
6130 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2705 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

FRC1
FRONT WORK C103
LIGHTS RELAY TAILGATE HARN C603
2610 BLK 2
SHEET 3
1330 RED/WHT 30
6340 PNK
Dealer Copy -- Not forA Resale
6310 PNK 6310 PNK
SHEET 4
6320 PNK 1
GND
RIGHT REAR
87 SIG
TAIL LIGHT
2105 BLK 85 86 C602
SHEET 4
2045 BLK 6330 PNK 1 SIG
2640 BLK 2 LEFT REAR
GND
SHEET 4 TAIL LIGHT
5 6320 PNK
31 3460 LBL
J1A
17 6210 PNK
GWY CTRLR
28 3440 LBL

T16 TERMINAL (-)


2620 BLK GND
SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
6210 PNK SIG WORK LIGHT
FRC1
REAR LIGHT T15 TERMINAL (+)
RELAY
1320 RED/WHT 30 T17 TERMINAL (+)
SHEET 3 87 6200 PNK H 6200 PNK SIG LEFT REAR
2630 BLK GND WORK LIGHT
2045 BLK 85 86 SHEET 4
T18 TERMINAL (-)
2035 BLK
SHEET 7

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 11 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
702 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3

HVAC
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7 CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
* DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS PAGE 13
JOIN ONE WIRE)
SHEET #
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15

2440 BLK *
C610
2 GND
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
HVAC DUCT
7440 WHT 1 SIG FAN (NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
C483
2560 BLK * C BLK
7420 WHT A DBL POTENTIOMETER
7425 WHT B (TEMP CONTROL
WHT SWITCH)
C635
* D SIG
2130 BLK C GND HEATER
7430 WHT A +12V PWR VALVE
B
E
F

FRC1 C408
*BLOWER
SW10

HVAC RELAY SWITCH


CAB-MFR HARN
30 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale OFF
1140 RED/WHT
SHEET 3 87 1500 RNG/WHT 21 1500 RNG/WHT 5 2
1
2030 BLK 85 86 4
SHEET 3 6
SHEET 6
2005 BLK
1790 RNG/WHT 3 7530 WHT * C611
1 14.00 Amps High
SHEET 3 7410 WHT 7520 WHT 2 7.50 Amps Med BLOWER
SW11 7510 WHT 3 5.00 Amps Low MOTOR
21 3450 LBL
SHEET 4
2745 BLK 22 2745 BLK *
AC SWITCH 2580 BLK 4

J1A 7015 WHT 1 C 7400 WHT


GWY CTRLR 2100 BLK
3
11 7021 WHT 7020 WHT 34

* C630
3
THERMOSTAT

AC EVAPORATOR C350 2570 BLK 2


SWITCH B 7023 WHT 7020 WHT 1
A 7024 WHT Printable Version Click Here
C355
#
FUEL HARN
A 7024 WHT 7025 WHT
C486
1 SIG
WIRING SCHEMATIC
2 MAGNET CLUTCH
GND

SHEET 13
2290 BLK 2280 BLK
(COMPRESSOR)
(STANDARD MACHINE)
D4
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 12 of 13
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
703 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3 PARTIAL CONNECTOR

OPTIONS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK * DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE) (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
SJC PAGE 15

# C607
C355
FUEL HARN C408
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
POWER 10 CAB-MFR HARN
BOB-TACH
SIG
GND
1
2
4470 LGN OR 7010, WHT
2470 OR 2770, BLK 2770 OR 2751, BLK
E
B
4470 LGN
2770 BLK
4470 LGN
4480 LGN
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
CLOSE SHEET 4
SHEET 12 2290 BLK

#
*POWER
SW5 2 1
3
C606 BOBTACH
POWER 5 4
SIG 2 2480 OR 2775, BLK SWITCH 6
BOB-TACH 1 4480 LGN OR 7000, WHT F 4480 LGN 9
GND
OPEN
1380 RED/WHT
1410 RED/WHT 26 1410 RED/WHT 1200 RED/WHT
SHEET 3
X T3
C411
B 6010 PNK 15
1430 RED/WHT
6010 PNK L
* FLASHER CONN

C 3500 LBL
SHEET 8 D1
LEFT HANDLE A 6515 PNK 6500 PNK 36 6500 PNK 6530 PNK
*BEACON
SW2

6570 PNK
(BLINKER / FLASHER) E 6540 PNK
5 PIN D2 SWITCH
D 6415 PNK 6400 PNK 29 6400 PNK 6430 PNK
3400 LBL 2725 BLK 6

C103
SHEET 8
*SW3
HAZARD SWITCH
2
1
6700 PNK
4
1
5
2
(PINS 3 & 6 3
TAILGATE HARN
INTERNALLY 5 4 3
2850 BLK
INSULATED) 6
E 6410 PNK
EURO TAIL LIGHTS
(SEE ADDITIONAL D 6510 PNK Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale * C670
E
OPTIONS SHEET) 2780 BLK 30 D
2780 BLK 2420 BLK BEACON/FLASHER
SHEET 4
6440 PNK F EXTERIOR HARNESS
6540 PNK B (SEE ADDITIONAL
1550 RNG/WHT 13 1550 RNG/WHT C OPTIONS SHEET)

C423
SHEET 3
LEFT +
C279
1 7820 WHT
* C676
3
A
3
BUCKET
POSITION
SIG A 4450 LGN D3 4455 LGN 35 4455 LGN 1
4
2 *BUCKET
SW6 SPEAKER
-
2 7830 WHT 4
2830 BLK 5 POSITION C278 RADIO CONN
SOLENOID GND B 2450 BLK 2455 BLK SWITCH
9.8 OHM SHEET 4 SHEET 4 6 2 7810 WHT 6
RIGHT -
C126 SPEAKER 1 7800 WHT 5
SHEET 4 2785 BLK + 1885 RNG/WHT 1
C412 B GND SHEET 9 PWR
FRONT 2885 BLK 2
LEFT HANDLE B 7210 WHT 38 7210 WHT A SIG SHEET 9 GND
HORN
(HORN) A 1460 RED/WHT
2 PIN
SHEET 3 C277
* 1
2
3
C415 1510 RNG/WHT 4 PWR
J2A HIGH FLOW SHEET 9 AIR RIDE
26 2460 BRN B GND 2210 BLK 5 GND
AUX CTRLR SOLENOID SHEET 9 SEAT
4460 LGN A SIG 6
7.5 OHM 12 V
J2B
26
AUX CTRLR

C437 WIRING SCHEMATIC


27 2360 BRN 2 GND TWO SPEED

J1A
4360 LGN 1 SIG
MAKEUP SOLENOID
8.8 OHM 12V TRACK 2 SPEED
(STANDARD MACHINE)
ADAPTER (SEE
GWY CTRLR
26 2350 BRN
C441
2 GND TWO SPEED
ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS SHEET)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
SOLENOID
4350 LGN 1 SIG
5.1 OHM 12 V (S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
25 26
J1B
Sheet 13 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
GWY CTRLR
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
704 of 1311
Printed In U.S.A. 7197683
CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS
NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
PINS PINS PINS
C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID 3 6 C425 BRAKE SOLENOID 3 7 FC1 FUSE CENTER 1 8 3
C103 TAILGATE 8 4,10,11,13 C426 CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD) 7 5 FC2 FUSE CENTER 2 8 3
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2 6 C428 CAB-MFR HARN CONN (LT GRY) 14 3,4,9,13 FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER 64 3,6,7,11,12
C105 HYD CHARGE PRESSURE 3 7 C434-1 LEFT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 2 6 C434-2 LEFT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11
C107 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 3 6 C435-1 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 J1A GATEWAY CONTROLLER 34 3,6-8,10-13
C108 HYD TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 7 C435-2 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 J1B GATEWAY CONTOLLER 26 3-10,13
C109 S/R ADAPTER HARNESS 2 6 C437 TWO SPEED MAKEUP 2 13 J2A AUX CONTROLLER 34 7,10,13
C110 ALTERNATOR 2 6 C438 CAB-MFR HARN CONN (DK GRY) 14 9,12,13 J2B AUX CONTROLLER 26 3,4,5,7,10,13
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH 2 7 C441 TWO SPEED 2 13
C126 HORN 2 13 C446 HYDRAULIC FAN 2 7 SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 6 8
C129 CAB ACCESSORY 3 9 C449 LEFT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 SW2 BEACON SWITCH 6 13
C209 DOME LIGHT 3 9 C450 RIGHT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 SW3 HAZARD SWITCH 6 13
C212 POWER SOCKET 2 9 C479 LEFT PANEL(BLACK) 12 5,8 SW4 HAND/FOOT, H/ISO SWITCH 6 9
C252 WASHER 2 9 C480 LEFT PANEL(GRAY) 12 8 SW5 POWER BOBTACH SWITCH 6 13
C277 AIR RIDE SEAT 6 13 C482 SEATBAR SENSOR 3 9 SW6 BUCKET POSITION SWITCH 6 13
C278 RIGHT SPEAKER 2 13 C483 TEMP CONTROL SWITCH 3 12 SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH 6 8
C279 LEFT SPEAKER 2 13 C486 AC COMPRESSOR 2 12 SW10 BLOWER SWITCH 5 12
C308 BRAKE SOLENOID 2 7 C489 MFR ACCESSORY 2 3,4 SW11 AC SWITCH 3 12
C350 AC EVAPORATOR SWITCH 2 12 C499 PTOL 4 8
C355 DLX or STD FUEL HARNESS 6 6,12,13 C500 RH KEY SWITCH 6 8 T1 BATT GROUND 1 4
C404 BU ALARM-MFR HARN 2 3,10 C503 RH DLX PANEL 6 5,8 T2 BUZZER GROUND 1 8
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH 2 6 C602 LEFT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T3 FLASHER 2 13
C406 FUEL SENDER 2 6 C603 RIGHT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T6 BATT GROUND 1 4
C408 CAB-MFR HARN CONN (BLK) 14 3-5,8,9,11,13 C606 POWER BOBTACH OPEN 2 13 T8 BATT GROUND 1 4
C409 RIGHT HANDLE 10 10 C607 POWER BOBTACH CLOSE 2 13 T13 BUZZER POWER 1 8
C410 LEFT HANDLE 10 10 C610 HVAC DUCT FAN 2 12 T14 PRE HEATER 1 6
C411 LEFT HANDLE 5 WAY (FLSHR) 5 13 C611 BLOWER MOTOR 4 12 T15 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(+) 1 11
C412 LEFT HANDLE 2 WAY (HORN) 2 13 C630 THERMOSTAT 3 12 T16 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(-) 1 11
C415 HIGH FLOW SOLENOID 2 13 C635 HEATER VALVE 6
Dealer 12
Copy -- Not for ResaleLEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (+)
T17 1 11
C418 FRONT ROD 2 7 C667 DOOR 6 9 T18 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (-) 1 11
C419 FRONT BASE 2 7 C670 EXTERIOR BEACON 6 13 T19 BACKUP ALARM 1 10
C420 HYD LOCK 2 7 C676 RADIO 6 13 T20 BACKUP ALARM (GND) 1 10
C421 TILT SPOOL LOCK 3 10
C422 TILT SPOOL LCOK 3 10
C423 BUCKET POSITION 2 13

WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX


GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4 Printable Version Click Here
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN
2000 THROUGH 2999
2000 THROUGH 2999
BLACK
BROWN
BLK
BRN
ENGINE
HYDRAULICS
PAGE 6
PAGE 7
WIRING SCHEMATIC
MONITORING
HYDRAULIC
3000 THROUGH 3999
4000 THROUGH 4999
LIGHT BLUE
LIGHT GREEN
LBL
LGN
CAB DISPLAY
CAB
PAGE 8
PAGE 9
(STANDARD MACHINE)
CONTROLLER SUPPLY
LIGHTS
5000 THROUGH 5999
6000 THROUGH 6999
YELLOW
PINK
YEL
PNK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
HVAC
OPTIONS
PAGE 12
PAGE 13
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION
9000 THROUGH 9999
9000 THROUGH 9999
PURPLE
PURPLE/WHITE
PUR
PUR/WHT
Sheet 1 of 13
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)

Printed In U.S.A. 7210766 (A)


705 of 1311
J1 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(GATEWAY CONTROLLER) J2 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(AUXILLIARY CONTROLLER)
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A-1 HYDRAULIC LOCK RETURN B-1 HYD CHARGE PRESS A-1 FRONT AUX (F) RETURN B-1
A-2 LIFT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT A-2 REAR AUX (F) RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT
A-3 FUEL PULL RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT A-3 B-3 UNSW BATT
A-4 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY B-4 FUEL HOLD A-4 B-4 DIVERTED SOLENOID
A-5 LIGHT 1 RELAY B-5 LIFT SPOOL LOCK A-5 B-5 REAR AUX (F)
A-6 GLOW PLUG RELAY B-6 TRACTION LOCK HOLD A-6 B-6 RELIEF SOLENOID
A-7 STARTER RELAY B-7 TILT SPOOL LOCK A-7 B-7 REAR AUX (M)
A-8 TRACTION PULL RELAY B-8 CAN LO 1 A-8 B-8 CAN LO 1
A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1 A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1
A-10 TILT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-10 A-10 REAR AUX (M) RETURN B-10
A-11 SPARE DIGITAL, ECU SINKS B-11 SEAT BAR A-11 LH PADDLE RIGHT B-11
A-12 B-12 FUEL LEVEL A-12 LH PADDLE LEFT B-12
A-13 TRACTION PULL RELAY FDBK B-13 BICS HYD LOCK HOLD A-13 RH RIGHT BUTTON UP B-13 FRONT AUX (F)
A-14 GLOW PLUG RELAY FDBK B-14 CAN HI 2 A-14 B-14
A-15 ENGINE SPEED B-15 GROUND P1 A-15 B-15 GROUND
A-16 AIR FILTER SWITCH B-16 GROUND P2 A-16 B-16 GROUND
A-17 LIGHT 2 RELAY B-17 GROUND P3, SENSOR A-17 B-17 HANDLE POT GND
A-18 FAN 2 RELAY B-18 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP (8 VOLT) A-18 FRONT AUX (M) RETURN B-18 RH PVM POT SIGNAL
A-19 PTOL LED B-19 FAN 2 OUTPUT A-19 B-19 FRONT AUX (M)
A-20 PTOL SWITCH B-20 CAN LO 2 A-20 B-20
A-21 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY FDBK B-21 REMOTE KEY A-21 B-21 RH TRIGGER
A-22 STATER RELAY FDBK B-22 RUN/ENTER A-22 LH RIGHT BUTTON DOWN B-22 SWITCHED POWER
A-23 B-23 SENSOR SUPPLY 8V A-23 B-23 HANDLE POT POWER
A-24 START ENGINE B-24 SENSOR SUPPLY 5V A-24 B-24
A-25 ENGINE OIL PRESS B-25 TWO SPEED MAKEUP A-25 B-25
A-26 SPARE B-26 TWO SPEED COIL A-26 HIGH FLOW RETURN B-26 HIGH FLOW
A-27 SPARE A-27
A-28 LIGHT 2 RELAY FDBK A-28 LH RIGHT BUTTON
A-29 A-29
A-30 FUEL PULL RELAY FDBK A-30 RH LEFT UP
A-31 LIGHT 1 RELAY FDBK Dealer
A-31
Copy -- Not for Resale
RH LEFT DOWN
A-32 HYD OIL TEMP (8 VOLT) A-32
A-33 A-33
A-34 HYD OIL FILTER SW1 A-34

HARNESS PART NUMBER


S630, S650, T630, T650
7210764
MAINFRAME
A770
7210768
MAINFRAME
S750, S770, T750, T770
7210768
MAINFRAME
DLX CAB 7210556
STD CAB 7210577
DLX FUEL 7184255
STD FUEL 7149219
S/R 6733370
TAILGATE DOM 7217484 Printable Version Click Here
TRK BRAKE ADP 7165061
WHL 2 SPD ADP 7159366
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 2 of 13
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7210766 (A)
706 of 1311
1240 RED/WHT WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
SHEET 8 GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE
C408

POWER
C503 RH DLX PANEL
(BLACK) BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
1400 RED/WHT BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 SHEET 9
C667 DOOR HARNESS BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
1450 RED/WHT 6 1450 RED/WHT 1420 RED/WHT BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
SHEET 8
C500 RH KEY SWITCH CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
FC1 FUSE CENTER 1440 RED/WHT MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
2 SHEET 8
FUSE 1 25 A 1110 RED/WHT J1B HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
C479 LH PANEL
1070 RED 1120 RED/WHT 1130 RED/WHT 3 GWY CTRLR CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
+12V 1025 RED
FUSE 2 25 A
1160 RED/WHT 1150 RED/WHT 3
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
J2B
BATTERY MEGAFUSE 1180 RED/WHT 2 AUX CTRLR COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
100.0 Amps FUSE 3 OPEN COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
BATT_CABLE
LEGEND
SCHEMATIC INDEX
FUSE 4 OPEN PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
POWER PAGE 3
GROUND PAGE 4

1010 RED
SHEET 6 CAN BUS PAGE 5
STARTER FC2 FUSE CENTER ENGINE PAGE 6
CONNECTOR
FUSE 1 25 A HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
1190 RED 1165 RED/WHT CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
SHEET 5
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD CAB PAGE 9
FUSE 2 25 A MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
1040 RED 1490 RED/WHT 1410 RED/WHT WIRE BREAK
SHEET 13
(TWO WIRE BREAKS LIGHTS PAGE 11
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
FUSE 3 OPEN JOIN ONE WIRE) HVAC PAGE 12
1460 RED/WHT
SHEET 13 SHEET # OPTIONS PAGE 13
C412 LH HANDLE HORN
FUSE 4 15 A
1290 RED 1370 RED/WHT
SHEET 9
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER
1050 RED
FUSE 5 30 A
1350 RED/WHT
SHEET 6
SHEET 6 1060 RED FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF RELAY
FUSE 6 30 A
FRC1 PRE HEATER RELAY 1310 RED 1360 RED/WHT
SHEET 7
1030 RED FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY
SHEET 6
FUSE 9 15 A 1320 RED/WHT
FRC1 STARTER RELAY
Dealer
SHEET 11Copy -- Not for Resale
FRC1 REAR LIGH RELAY
FUSE 10 20 A 1330 RED/WHT
1340 RED SHEET 11
FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
C404
FUSE 11 25 A BU ALARM-MFR HARN 1620 RNG/WHT
1300 RED 1140 RED/WHT 1720 RNG/WHT B SHEET 8
SHEET 12 (SEE ADDITIONAL C479 LH PANEL
FUSE1 25 A FRC1 HVAC RELAY OPTIONS SHEET)
1750 RNG/WHT 1940 RNG/WHT
SHEET 8
A T13 LH PANEL BUZZER
1760 RNG/WHT FUSE 2 25 A 1850 RNG/WHT 1780 RNG/WHT C489
SHEET 9 MFR ACCESSORY 1930 RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR WIPER) SHEET 8
FUSE 3 15 A C428 C499 RH PANEL PTOL
1550 RNG/WHT
SHEET 13 (LT GRAY) 1775 RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (BKT POSITION) CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 SHEET 8
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH
FUSE4 5 A 1660 RNG/WHT 1660 RNG/WHT 1590 RNG/WHT
2
SHEET 8
1530 RNG/WHT SHEET 10 C503 RH DELUXE PANEL
C410 LEFT HANDLE
1570 RNG/WHT 1520 RNG/WHT 1950 RNG/WHT
SHEET 10 SHEET 8
C409 RIGHT HANDLE J2B C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH
FUSE 7 25 A 1560 RNG/WHT 22
1795 RNG/WHT 1730 RNG/WHT AUX CTRLR
SHEET 5 1785 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD SW4 H/ISO SWITCH
FRC1 FUSE 8 25 A
1580 RNG/WHT
SWITCHED SHEET 9 1960 RNG/WHT
POWER RELAY C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES, OPTIONS) SHEET 8
+12V
PWR
1765 RNG/WHT 1815 RNG/WHT
FUSE 12 15 A
1800 RNG/WHT
SHEET 6
WIRING SCHEMATIC SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH

1050 RED 30 J1A C110 ALT EXCITATION

85
87
86
GWY CTRLR
C428
1790 RNG/WHT
SHEET 12
FRC1 HVAC RELAY
(STANDARD MACHINE)
2055 BLK GND 3450 LBL 21
SHEET 4 (LT GRAY)
3380 LBL 4 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
1920 RNG/WHT 6 1920 RNG/WHT 1840 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
C449 LH JOYSTICK
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
1830 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK
Sheet 3 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7210766 (A)
707 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

GROUND
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK (TWO WIRE BREAKS
LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN SHEET #
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

2080 BLK
SHEET 5
C449 LH JOYSTICK
2070 BLK
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK C408
2920 BLK (BLACK)
SHEET 8 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1
C479 LH PANEL
2940 BLK 2950 BLK 10 2950 BLK
SHEET 8
C499 PTOL
2960 BLK 16 2510 BLK 2110 BLK T6
SHEET 8 J1B BATT GND
C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH GWY CTRLR 15 2500 BLK
2250 BLK
SHEET 8
C503 RH DELUXE PANEL
16 2540 BLK
C428 2765 BLK
J2B 15 SHEET 11
2930 BLK
(LT GRAY)
AUX CTRLR 2550 BLK 2090 BLK
SHEET 8 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR LIGHTS) T8
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 2745 BLK BATT GND
2830 BLK 2900 BLK 1 2900 BLK SHEET 12
SHEET 13 C408 CAB-MFR CONN (HVAC)
SW6 BKT POSITION SWITCH 2790 BLK
2455 BLK SHEET 9
SHEET 8 2700 BLK SHEET 13
C423 BKT POSITION SOLENOID C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH
2710 BLK 2300 BLK 2780 BLK
SHEET 13 2785 BLK SHEET 5 SHEET 13
C126 HORN C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
2770 BLK 2730 BLK
2620 BLK SHEET 13 SHEET 9
SHEET 11 C355 FUEL HARN (PWR BOB/AC) C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES,OPTIONS)
T16 RH REAR LIGHT T1
2630 BLK C103 BATT GND
SHEET 11 C489 B
TAILGATE HARN 2720 BLK
T18 LH REAR LIGHT MFR ACCESSORY
2650 BLK 2600 BLK B 2600 BLK
SHEET 10
T20 BU ALARM 2390 BLK
2400 BLK
2640 BLK SHEET 6
SHEET 11 C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
C602 LH REAR LIGHT 2200 BLK
2610 BLK SHEET 7
SHEET 11 C425 BRAKE
C603 RH REAR LIGHT
2025 BLK
SHEET 6
FRC1 FUEL PULL RELAY
2035 BLK
2170 BRN SHEET 7
SHEET 6 FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR SHEET 11 2045 BLK
2160 BRN FRC1 REAR LIGHT RELAY
SHEET 6 2115 BLK 2105 BLK
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SHEET 11
FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
2320 BRN 2016 BLK
SHEET 7 SHEET 6
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH FRC1 GLOW PLUG RELAY
Printable Version Click Here
2370 BRN J1B 2055 BLK
SHEET 9 SHEET 3
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (SEATBAR SENSOR) GWY CTRLR FRC1 SWITCHED PWR RELAY
2220 BRN 2230 BRN 17 SHEET 12
2030 BLK WIRING SCHEMATIC
SHEET 7 FRC1 HVAC RELAY
C108 HYD TEMP SENDER

SHEET 7 2190 BRN


SHEET 6
FRC1 STARTER RELAY
2005 BLK
(STANDARD MACHINE)
C105 HYD CHG PRESSURE SENDER
2180 BRN
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
SHEET 6
C355 FUEL HARN (FUEL SENDER) (S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
2140 BRN
SHEET 6
C107 ENG OIL PRESS SENDER Sheet 4 of 13
2150 BRN
SHEET 6 (PRINTED APRIL 2014)
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH

Printed In U.S.A. 7210766 (A)


708 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

CAN BUS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE)
* DLX CAB HARN 7210556 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET # (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

C408
J1B (BLACK)
GWY CTRLR CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1

8 9200 PUR 9270 PUR 9230 PUR 4 9230 PUR 9240 PUR 9250 PUR 9650 PUR 9630 PUR 4
CAN LO C479
9 9100 PUR/WHT 9170 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 3 9130 PUR/WHT 9140 PUR/WHT 9150 PUR/WHT 9550 PUR/WHT 9530 PUR/WHT 3 LEFT PANEL (BLACK)
CAN HI
120 OHM 120 OHM
RESISTOR RESISTOR

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


C426 9260 PUR 4
Remote Run Tool, ACD C503
9160 PUR/WHT 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
14 9500 PUR/WHT A
CAN HI
20 9600 PUR B
CAN LO
21 3090 LBL D REMOTE RUN KEY 1830 RNG/WHT 1
C SHEET 3
SHEET 3
1730 RNG/WHT E SWITCHED POWER SHEET 4
2070 BLK
9560 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C450
RIGHT JOYSTICK
1165 RED/WHT F (SJC/AWS ONLY)
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER 9660 PUR 4
2710 BLK G GROUND 9220 PUR 8
SHEET 4 J2B
9120 PUR/WHT 9
AUX CTRLR
1840 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3
SHEET 4
2080 BLK
9540 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C449
LEFT JOYSTICK
(SJC/AWS ONLY)
9640 PUR 4

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 5 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7210766 (A)
709 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

ENGINE
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK (TWO WIRE BREAKS
LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN SHEET #
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

FRC1
+12V STARTER RELAY C109
30 S/R ADAPTER STARTER
1030 RED PWR
SHEET 3 87 8200 TAN A TAN S B
M SHEET 3
3560 LBL B TAN R
GND 85 86 8210 TAN 1015 RED
SHEET 4 2005 BLK
C110
B S 1020 RED
ALTERNATOR G
L 1800 RNG/WHT
SHEET 3
EXCITATION

2015 BLK

FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF


FUEL PULL SOLENOID
+12V RELAY C101
D5 8100 TAN B
1350 RED/WHT PWR 30 8120 TAN PULL 0.33 OHM
SHEET 3 87 3410 LBL
2400 BLK 2800 BLK C GND
GND 85 86 SHEET 4
2025 BLK 8110 TAN
SHEET 4 8800 TAN A HOLD
24.5 OHM

FRC1 T14
GLOW PLUG PRE HEATER
+12V RELAY 8500 TAN Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1060 RED PWR 30
SHEET 3 87

2016 BLK GND 85 86


SHEET 4

6 8510 TAN
14 3420 LBL
3 8110 TAN
30 3410 LBL
7 8210 TAN
22 3560 LBL

C107
5140 YEL B +5V PWR
J1A SHEET 9
GWY CTRLR 25 3140 LBL C SIG ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
2140 BRN A GND SENDER (0.5-4.5V)
SHEET 4
C405 Printable Version Click Here
2150 BRN B GND
SHEET 4 AIR FILTER
16 3150 LBL A SIG
SWITCH (NC) WIRING SCHEMATIC
C106
15 3160 LBL
2160 BRN
A
B
SIG
GND
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR (STANDARD MACHINE)
SHEET 4 (163 OHM)

C104
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
B ENGINE COOLANT
18
SHEET 4 2170 BRN
3170 LBL A
GND
SIG
SENSOR (500-3000 OHM)
(8 VOLT)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
4 8800 TAN
Sheet 6 of 13
J1B C355
GWY CTRLR FUEL HARN
C406
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
12 3180 LBL C A
Printed In U.S.A. 2180 BRN
3180 LBL
B
SIG
FUEL SENDER 7210766 (A)
D 2180 BRN GND (30 - 270 OHM)
SHEET 4
710 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT

HYDRAULICS
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT C425
FRC1 4100 LGN B C308
TRACTION LOCK BRAKE
4200 LGN A 4200 LGN A SOLENOID
+12V RELAY TRACK 2 SPEED
2200 BLK C 2200 BLK B 9.8 OHM
1360 RED/WHT PWR 30 SHEET 4
12 V
ADAPTER (SEE
SHEET 3 87 3430 LBL ADDITIONAL
WHEEL 2 SPD ADP HARNESS 7159366 OPTIONS SHEET)
GND 85 86 TRACK SINGLE SPD BRAKE ADP HARNESS 7165061
2035 BLK 4110 LGN
SHEET 4
C425

B PULL 0.3 OHM


A HOLD 10.9 OHM
C WHEEL SINGLE SPEED
8
TRACTION LOCK
13

C108 HYDRAULIC
TEMPERATURE
2220 BRN B GND
SHEET 4 SENDER
32 3220 LBL A SIG 500 - 3000 OHM
(8 VOLT)
C112
J1A 34 3320 LBL A SIG HYDRAULIC OIL
GWY CTRLR 2320 BRN B GND FILTER SWITCH (NC)
SHEET 4
C446
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
18 2910 BRN 2 GND HYDRAULIC
4010 LGN 1 SIG FAN SOLENOID
7.2 OHM 12 V
C420
1 2410 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC LOCK
4410 LGN A SIG SOLENOID
9.8 OHM 12 V
C105
2190 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC
SHEET 4
3190 LBL C SIG CHARGE
5190 YEL A +8V PWR PRESSURE
0.5-7.5V
4200 LGN

19 13 1 23 6
J1B +8V
GWY CTRLR Printable Version Click Here

C418 WIRING SCHEMATIC


J2A 18 2330 BRN 2 GND FRONT ROD
AUX CTRLR
4330 LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID (MALE)
3.3 OHM PWM
(STANDARD MACHINE)
1 2340 BRN
C419
2 GND FRONT BASE
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
1
4340 LGN SIG SOLENOID (FEMALE)
3.3 OHM PWM (S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 7 of 13
19 13
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
J2B
AUX CTRLR
Printed In U.S.A. 7210766 (A)
711 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED

CAB DISPLAY
POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
CAB
MANUAL CONTROLS
PAGE 9
PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
* DLX CAB HARN 7210556 ONLY
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
LIGHTS
HVAC
PAGE 11
PAGE 12
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE) (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

T13
BUZZER (+)
1940 RNG/WHT
SHEET 3 C499
LEFT PANEL
Press To Operate Loader
7040 WHT BUZZER
(PTOL)
C479
T2
LEFT PANEL (BLACK) 1930 RNG/WHT 1
BUZZER (-) SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
C408
2940 BLK 3
7040 WHT 10 SHEET 4 GROUND
BUZZER (BLACK)
2920 BLK 2 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1
SHEET 4 GROUND
1960 RNG/WHT 1440 RED/WHT 1 20 3030 LBL 1 3030 LBL 2
SHEET 3 SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER PTOL OUTPUT
*
SW9
TRAVEL CONTROL
SHEET 3
1620 RNG/WHT 5 SWITCHED POWER
J1A
19 2380 BRN 12 2380 BRN 4
PTOL LED
SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 3400 LBL 11 LEFT BLINKER INPUT
SHEET 13 GWY CTRLR
5 6
SHEET 13
3500 LBL 8
RIGHT BLINKER INPUT
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale C500
RIGHT KEY SWITCH PANEL
4
2700 BLK 2 3 3650 LBL 7 24 8130 TAN 2 8130 TAN 2
SHEET 4 TRAVEL CONTROL INPUT START
1 9
3600 LBL
PARK BRAKE INPUT 6
SW1 6
3 2 BRAKE SWITCH 12
1 J1B 22 3040 LBL 14 4
3040 LBL RUN/ENTER SWITCH
3610 LBL 4 5 GWY CTRLR

SHEET 3 1775 RNG/WHT 6


2930 BLK 1950 RNG/WHT 5
SHEET 4 C480 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
LEFT PANEL (GRAY) 1420 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
3620 LBL 12 2960 BLK 3
SHEET 9 DOOR SIGNAL SHEET 4 GROUND
11
10
9 C503
3610 LBL 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
PARK BRAKE OUTPUT
8 1590 RNG/WHT 5
7 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
6 1240 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
5 2250 BLK 3
4 SHEET 4 GROUND
6
3
1
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 8 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7210766 (A)
712 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT

CAB
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY
LIGHTS
5000 THROUGH 5999
6000 THROUGH 6999
YELLOW
PINK
YEL
PNK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11
WIRE BREAK
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
* DLX CAB HARN 7210556 ONLY
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
HVAC
OPTIONS
PAGE 12
PAGE 13
JOIN ONE WIRE)
SHEET #
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
*
SW4
HAND/FOOT
(ACS)
H/ISO
(SJC, AWS)
SWITCH
1785 RNG/WHT 2 1
SHEET 3 3
2060 BLK 5 6
C438 SHEET 9
(DK GRAY) 4
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3

4 4235 LGN
5 4275 LGN
6 4550 LGN
*C212
POWER
SOCKET
2795 BLK 1 GND
1375 RED/WHT 2 +12V PWR
C408
(BLACK)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1
2010 BLK
* C209
B GND
1370 RED/WHT 7 1370 RED/WHT 1390 RED/WHT A +12V PWR DOME
SHEET 3
3640 LBL C DOOR SIG LIGHT
C129
CAB ACCESSORY
1210 RED/WHT A +12V BATT PWR
1580 RNG/WHT 5 1580 RNG/WHT 1865 RNG/WHT B Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
+12V SW PWR
SHEET 3
2820 BLK C GND
1510 RNG/WHT
SHEET 13
1885 RNG/WHT SHEET 13
2730 BLK 11 2730 BLK 2210 BLK SHEET 13
SHEET 4
2885 BLK SHEET 13
2060 BLK SHEET 9

C428
(LT GRAY) *C667
DOOR HARNESS
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 (SEE ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS SHEET)
2790 BLK 11 2790 BLK 2790 BLK
SHEET 4
3620 LBL 3630 LBL 4
SHEET 8 DOOR SIGNAL
1400 RED/WHT 5 DOOR UNSW PWR
SHEET 3
6
1850 RNG/WHT 13 1850 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3 WIPER SWITCH, MOTOR SWITCHED POWER
C482 SEATBAR 2840 BLK 2
WIPER MOTOR GROUND
J1B SENSOR 7310 WHT 3
2370 BRN 4 2370 BRN A GND WASHER SIGNAL
GWY CTRLR SHEET 4
11 3370 LBL 5 3370 LBL B SIG * C252
L SIG

24 5100 YEL 5370 YEL 5370 YEL C


WASHER
MOTOR
WIRING SCHEMATIC
3 +5V PWR 2845 BLK X GND
+5V
SHEET 6 5140 YEL
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 9 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTEDMARCH 2011)
713 of 1311
Printed In U.S.A. 7210766 (A)
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

MANUAL
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK

CONTROLS
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

C409
RIGHT HANDLE

J2A K
AUX CTRLR G
1520 RNG/WHT A
SHEET 3
30 4940 LGN H
C404 31 4930 LGN J SKI CTRL
C103
BU ALARM-MFR HARN 4920 LGN E
TAILGATE HARN DETENT FLOW
T19 TERMINAL (+) 13 4910 LGN F
(SEE ADDITIONAL A 7100 WHT C 7100 WHT TWO SPD
OPTIONS SHEET) 4310 LGN C
BACK UP
4320 LGN D
2650 BLK ALARM PWM
SHEET 4 4300 LGN B
T20 TERMINAL (-)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
21 17 18 23
C410
J2B LEFT HANDLE
C421 AUX CTRLR K
J1A 10 2670 BRN 3 GND D
GWY CTRLR 4670 LGN 1 SIG TILT SPOOL LOCK 28 4840 LGN C
2 7.8 OHM 12V 22 4830 LGN B SKI CTRL
12 4820 LGN G
C422 11 4810 LGN F SIDE SHIFT
2 2680 BRN 3 GND 1530 RNG/WHT A
LIFT SPOOL LOCK SHEET 3
4680 LGN 1 SIG J
7.8 OHM 12V
2 H
E

7 5 WIRING SCHEMATIC
J1B
GWY CTRLR (STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 10 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7210766 (A)

714 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3

LIGHTS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT HVAC PAGE 12 JOIN ONE WIRE)
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
C434-1
2735 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
C408
6100 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
(BLACK)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 37.00 Watts
C434-2
2765 BLK 9 2765 BLK 2750 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
SHEET 4
6110 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

C435-1
6000 PNK 8 6000 PNK 6120 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2760 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts
C435-2
6130 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2705 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

FRC1
FRONT WORK
C103
LIGHTS RELAY
+12V Dealer Copy -- NotTAILGATE
for Resale
HARN C603
2610 BLK 2 GND
1330 RED/WHT PWR 30 SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
SHEET 3 87 6340 PNK 6310 PNK A 6310 PNK 6320 PNK 1 SIG
TAIL LIGHT
2115 BLK GND 85 86 C602
SHEET 4
6330 PNK 1 SIG
2640 BLK LEFT REAR
2 GND
SHEET 4 TAIL LIGHT
5 6320 PNK
31 3460 LBL
J1A
17 6210 PNK
GWY CTRLR
28 3440 LBL

T16 TERMINAL (-)


2620 BLK GND
SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
6210 PNK SIG WORK LIGHT
FRC1
REAR LIGHT T15 TERMINAL (+)
+12V RELAY
1320 RED/WHT PWR 30 T17 TERMINAL (+)
SHEET 3 87 6200 PNK H 6200 PNK 6220 PNK SIG LEFT REAR
2630 BLK GND WORK LIGHT
2045 BLK GND 85 86 SHEET 4
SHEET 4 T18 TERMINAL (-)
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 11 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7210766 (A)
715 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3

HVAC
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS * DLX CAB HARN 7210556 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12 JOIN ONE WIRE)
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET # (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

2440 BLK * C610


2 GND
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
HVAC DUCT
7440 WHT 1 SIG FAN (NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
C483
2560 BLK * C BLK
7420 WHT A DBL POTENTIOMETER
7425 WHT B (TEMP CONTROL
WHT SWITCH)
C635
* D SIG
2130 BLK C GND HEATER
7430 WHT A +12V PWR VALVE
B
E
F

C438
FRC1
(DK GRAY)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
*BLOWER
SW10

HVAC RELAY SWITCH


+12V
1140 RED/WHT PWR 30 OFF
SHEET 3 87 1500 RNG/WHT 7 1500 RNG/WHT 5 2
1
2030 BLK GND 85 86 4
SHEET 4 6
1790 RNG/WHT 3 *
7530 WHT
C611
1 14.00 Amps High
SHEET 3 7410 WHT 7520 WHT 2 7.50 Amps Med BLOWER
SW11 7510 WHT 3 5.00 Amps Low MOTOR

SHEET 4
2745 BLK 8 2745 BLK *AC SWITCH 2580 BLK 4

2100 BLK 3
C 7400 WHT
7015 WHT 1
J1A
GWY CTRLR 11 7021 WHT 7020 WHT 9

* C630
3
THERMOSTAT

AC EVAPORATOR C350 2570 BLK 2


SWITCH B 7023 WHT 7020 WHT 1
A 7024 WHT
C355
WIRING SCHEMATIC
FUEL HARN #
A 7024 WHT 7025 WHT
C486
1 SIG
(STANDARD MACHINE)
2 MAGNET CLUTCH
GND

SHEET 13
2290 BLK 2280 BLK
(COMPRESSOR)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
D4
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 12 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7210766 (A)
716 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3

OPTIONS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE)
* DLX CAB HARN 7210556 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET # (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
C428
C355
# C607
FUEL HARN
(LT GRAY)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
POWER BOB
SIG
GND
1
2
4470 LGN
2470 BLK 2770 BLK
E
B
4470 LGN
2770 BLK
8 4470 LGN
4480 LGN
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
CLOSE SHEET 4
SHEET 12 2290 BLK

#
*POWER
SW5 2 1
3
C606 BOBTACH
5 4
GND 2 2480 BLK SWITCH 6
POWER BOB 1 4480 LGN 4480 LGN
SIG F 7
OPEN
1380 RED/WHT
1410 RED/WHT 12 1410 RED/WHT 1200 RED/WHT
SHEET 3
X T3
C411
B 6010 PNK 10
1430 RED/WHT
6010 PNK L
* FLASHER CONN

C
D2
LEFT HANDLE D 6415 PNK 6400 PNK 14 6400 PNK 6430 PNK
*BEACON
SW2

6570 PNK
(BLINKER / FLASHER) E
SHEET 8 3400 LBL
5 PIN SWITCH
A 1550 RNG/WHT 9
6515 PNK
SHEET 3
1550 RNG/WHT
* SW3
HAZARD SWITCH
2
1 2725 BLK 6
5
(PINS 3 & 6 3 4
INTERNALLY 5 4 6700 PNK 1 2
C103
TAILGATE HARN INSULATED) 6 2850 BLK
C438
3
E 6410 PNK (DK GRAY)
EURO TAIL LIGHTS
(SEE ADDITIONAL
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3
SHEET 8
Dealer3500
CopyLBL -- Not for Resale
* C670E
OPTIONS SHEET) D 6500 PNK 3 D1 6530 PNK D
6510 PNK 6500 PNK 2420 BLK BEACON/FLASHER
6440 PNK F EXTERIOR HARNESS
6540 PNK B (SEE ADDITIONAL
C423 OPTIONS SHEET)
3 C
BUCKET
POSITION
SIG A 4450 LGN D3 4455 LGN 2 4455 LGN 1
4
2 *BUCKET
SW6
A
2830 BLK 5 POSITION
SOLENOID GND B 2450 BLK 2455 BLK SWITCH
9.8 OHM SHEET 4 SHEET 4 6
2780 BLK 1 2780 BLK
SHEET 4

C408
(BLACK) C279
* C676
RADIO CONN
C126
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 SHEET 4 LEFT + 1 7820 WHT 3
C412 2785 BLK B
LEFT HANDLE B 7210 WHT 13 7210 WHT A
GND
SIG
FRONT
HORN
SPEAKER
-
2 7830 WHT 4
* C2771
(HORN) A 1460 RED/WHT C278 2
SHEET 3 AIR RIDE
2 PIN 3
RIGHT - 2 7810 WHT 6 SEAT
C415 SPEAKER 1 7800 WHT 5 1510 RNG/WHT 4 PWR
J2A HIGH FLOW SHEET 9
26 2460 BRN B GND + 1 2210 BLK 5 GND
AUX CTRLR SOLENOID SHEET 9 1885 RNG/WHT SHEET 9
4460 LGN A SIG
2885 BLK 2 6
7.5 OHM 12 V SHEET 9
J2B
26
AUX CTRLR
WIRING SCHEMATIC
C437
TWO SPEED
27 2360 BRN
4360 LGN
2
1
GND
SIG MAKEUP SOLENOID (STANDARD MACHINE)
J1A
8.8 OHM 12V TRACK 2 SPEED
GWY CTRLR C441
ADAPTER (SEE
ADDITIONAL
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
26 2350 BRN 2 GND TWO SPEED OPTIONS SHEET)
4350 LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID
5.1 OHM 12 V
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
25 26 Sheet 13 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
J1B
GWY CTRLR (PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A.
7210766 (A)
717 of 1311
CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS
NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
PINS PINS PINS
C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID 3 6 C425 BRAKE SOLENOID 3 7 FC1 FUSE CENTER 1 8 3
C103 TAILGATE 8 4,10,11,13 C426 CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD) 7 5 FC2 FUSE CENTER 2 8 3
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2 6 C428 CAB-MFR HARN CONN (LT GRY) 14 3,4,9,13 FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER 64 3,6,7,11,12
C105 HYD CHARGE PRESSURE 3 7 C434-1 LEFT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 2 6 C434-2 LEFT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11
C107 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 3 6 C435-1 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 J1A GATEWAY CONTROLLER 34 3,6-8,10-13
C108 HYD TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 7 C435-2 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 J1B GATEWAY CONTOLLER 26 3-10,13
C109 S/R ADAPTER HARNESS 2 6 C437 TWO SPEED MAKEUP 2 13 J2A AUX CONTROLLER 34 7,10,13
C110 ALTERNATOR 2 6 C438 CAB-MFR HARN CONN (DK GRY) 14 9,12,13 J2B AUX CONTROLLER 26 3,4,5,7,10,13
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH 2 7 C441 TWO SPEED 2 13
C126 HORN 2 13 C446 HYDRAULIC FAN 2 7 SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 6 8
C129 CAB ACCESSORY 3 9 C449 LEFT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 SW2 BEACON SWITCH 6 13
C212 POWER SOCKET 2 9 C479 LEFT PANEL(BLACK) 12 5,8 SW4 HAND/FOOT, H/ISO SWITCH 6 9
C252 WASHER 2 9 C480 LEFT PANEL(GRAY) 12 8 SW5 POWER BOBTACH SWITCH 6 13
C277 AIR RIDE SEAT 6 13 C482 SEATBAR SENSOR 3 9 SW6 BUCKET POSITION SWITCH 6 13
C278 RIGHT SPEAKER 2 13 C483 TEMP CONTROL SWITCH 3 12 SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH 6 8
C279 LEFT SPEAKER 2 13 C486 AC COMPRESSOR 2 12 SW10 BLOWER SWITCH 5 12
C308 BRAKE SOLENOID 2 7 C489 MFR ACCESSORY 2 3,4 SW11 AC SWITCH 3 12
C350 AC EVAPORATOR SWITCH 2 12 C499 PTOL 4 8
C355 DLX or STD FUEL HARNESS 6 6,12,13 C500 RH KEY SWITCH 6 8 T1 BATT GROUND 1 4
C404 BU ALARM-MFR HARN 2 3,10 C503 RH DLX PANEL 6 5,8 T2 BUZZER GROUND 1 8
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH 2 6 C602 LEFT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T3 FLASHER 2 13
C406 FUEL SENDER 2 6 C603 RIGHT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T6 BATT GROUND 1 4
C408 CAB-MFR HARN CONN (BLK) 14 3-5,8,9,11,13 C606 POWER BOBTACH OPEN 2 13 T8 BATT GROUND 1 4
C409 RIGHT HANDLE 10 10 C607 POWER BOBTACH CLOSE 2 13 T13 BUZZER POWER 1 8
C410 LEFT HANDLE 10 10 C610 HVAC DUCT FAN 2 12 T14 PRE HEATER 1 6
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
C411 LEFT HANDLE 5 WAY (FLSHR) 5 13 C611 BLOWER MOTOR 4 12 T15 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(+) 1 11
C412 LEFT HANDLE 2 WAY (HORN) 2 13 C630 THERMOSTAT 3 12 T16 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(-) 1 11
C415 HIGH FLOW SOLENOID 2 13 C635 HEATER VALVE 6 12 T17 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (+) 1 11
C418 FRONT ROD 2 7 C667 DOOR 6 9 T18 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (-) 1 11
C419 FRONT BASE 2 7 C670 EXTERIOR BEACON 6 13 T19 BACKUP ALARM 1 10
C420 HYD LOCK 2 7 C676 RADIO 6 13 T20 BACKUP ALARM (GND) 1 10
C421 TILT SPOOL LOCK 3 10 T36 DOMELIGHT (-) 9
C422 TILT SPOOL LCOK 3 10 T37 DOMELIGHT (+) 9
C423 BUCKET POSITION 2 13

WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX


GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 WIRING SCHEMATIC
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4 (STANDARD MACHINE)
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8 (S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 (S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT HVAC PAGE 12 Sheet 1 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210766 (C)
Printed In U.S.A.
718 of 1311
J1 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(GATEWAY CONTROLLER) J2 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(AUXILLIARY CONTROLLER)
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A-1 HYDRAULIC LOCK RETURN B-1 HYD CHARGE PRESS A-1 FRONT AUX (F) RETURN B-1
A-2 LIFT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT A-2 REAR AUX (F) RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT
A-3 FUEL PULL RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT A-3 B-3 UNSW BATT
A-4 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY B-4 FUEL HOLD A-4 B-4 DIVERTED SOLENOID
A-5 LIGHT 1 RELAY B-5 LIFT SPOOL LOCK A-5 B-5 REAR AUX (F)
A-6 GLOW PLUG RELAY B-6 TRACTION LOCK HOLD A-6 B-6 RELIEF SOLENOID
A-7 STARTER RELAY B-7 TILT SPOOL LOCK A-7 B-7 REAR AUX (M)
A-8 TRACTION PULL RELAY B-8 CAN LO 1 A-8 B-8 CAN LO 1
A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1 A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1
A-10 TILT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-10 A-10 REAR AUX (M) RETURN B-10
A-11 SPARE DIGITAL, ECU SINKS B-11 SEAT BAR A-11 LH PADDLE RIGHT B-11
A-12 B-12 FUEL LEVEL A-12 LH PADDLE LEFT B-12
A-13 TRACTION PULL RELAY FDBK B-13 BICS HYD LOCK HOLD A-13 RH RIGHT BUTTON UP B-13 FRONT AUX (F)
A-14 GLOW PLUG RELAY FDBK B-14 CAN HI 2 A-14 B-14
A-15 ENGINE SPEED B-15 GROUND P1 A-15 B-15 GROUND
A-16 AIR FILTER SWITCH B-16 GROUND P2 A-16 B-16 GROUND
A-17 LIGHT 2 RELAY B-17 GROUND P3, SENSOR A-17 B-17 HANDLE POT GND
A-18 FAN 2 RELAY B-18 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP (8 VOLT) A-18 FRONT AUX (M) RETURN B-18 RH PVM POT SIGNAL
A-19 PTOL LED B-19 FAN 2 OUTPUT A-19 B-19 FRONT AUX (M)
A-20 PTOL SWITCH B-20 CAN LO 2 A-20 B-20
A-21 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY FDBK B-21 REMOTE KEY A-21 B-21 RH TRIGGER
A-22 STATER RELAY FDBK B-22 RUN/ENTER A-22 LH RIGHT BUTTON DOWN B-22 SWITCHED POWER
A-23 B-23 SENSOR SUPPLY 8V A-23 B-23 HANDLE POT POWER
A-24 START ENGINE B-24 SENSOR SUPPLY 5V A-24 B-24
A-25 ENGINE OIL PRESS B-25 TWO SPEED MAKEUP A-25 B-25
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
A-26 SPARE B-26 TWO SPEED COIL A-26 HIGH FLOW RETURN B-26 HIGH FLOW
A-27 SPARE A-27
A-28 LIGHT 2 RELAY FDBK A-28 LH RIGHT BUTTON
A-29 A-29
A-30 FUEL PULL RELAY FDBK A-30 RH LEFT UP
A-31 LIGHT 1 RELAY FDBK A-31 RH LEFT DOWN
A-32 HYD OIL TEMP (8 VOLT) A-32
A-33 A-33
A-34 HYD OIL FILTER SW1 A-34

Printable Version Click Here


HARNESS PART NUMBER
MAINFRAME
EXMF 7210764
LF 7210768
WIRING SCHEMATIC
DLX CAB 7234737
STD CAB 7210557 (STANDARD MACHINE)
DLX FUEL 7184255
STD FUEL 7149219 S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
S/R 6733370
TAILGATE DOM 7217484
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
TRK BRAKE ADP
WHL 2 SPD ADP
7165061
7159366
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Printed In U.S.A. Sheet 2 of 13
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210766 (C)
719 of 1311
1240 RED/WHT WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
SHEET 8

POWER
C408 GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE
C503 RH DLX PANEL
(BLACK) BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
1400 RED/WHT
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 SHEET 9 BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
C667 DOOR HARNESS BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
1450 RED/WHT 6 1450 RED/WHT 1420 RED/WHT BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
SHEET 8
C500 RH KEY SWITCH CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
FC1 FUSE CENTER 1440 RED/WHT MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
2 SHEET 8
FUSE 1 25 A 1110 RED/WHT J1B HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
C479 LH PANEL
1070 RED 1120 RED/WHT 1130 RED/WHT 3 GWY CTRLR CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
+12V 1025 RED
FUSE 2 25 A
1160 RED/WHT 1150 RED/WHT 3
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
J2B
BATTERY MEGAFUSE 1180 RED/WHT 2 AUX CTRLR COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
100.0 Amps FUSE 3 OPEN COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
BATT_CABLE
LEGEND
SCHEMATIC INDEX
FUSE 4 OPEN PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
POWER PAGE 3
GROUND PAGE 4

1010 RED
SHEET 6 CAN BUS PAGE 5
STARTER FC2 FUSE CENTER ENGINE PAGE 6
CONNECTOR
FUSE 1 25 A HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
1190 RED 1165 RED/WHT CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
SHEET 5
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD CAB PAGE 9
FUSE 2 25 A MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
1040 RED 1490 RED/WHT 1410 RED/WHT WIRE BREAK
SHEET 13
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS) (TWO WIRE BREAKS LIGHTS PAGE 11
FUSE 3 OPEN JOIN ONE WIRE) HVAC PAGE 12
1460 RED/WHT
SHEET 13 SHEET # OPTIONS PAGE 13
C412 LH HANDLE HORN
FUSE 4 15 A
1290 RED 1370 RED/WHT
SHEET 9
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)

FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER


1050 RED
FUSE 5 30 A 1350 RED/WHT
SHEET 6
SHEET 6 1060 RED FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF RELAY
FUSE 6 30 A
FRC1 PRE HEATER RELAY 1310 RED 1360 RED/WHT
SHEET 7
1030 RED FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY
SHEET 6
FUSE 9 15 A
FRC1 STARTER RELAY 1320 RED/WHT
SHEET 11
FRC1 REAR LIGH RELAY
1340 RED
FUSE 10 20 A 1330 RED/WHT Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SHEET 11
FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
C404
FUSE 11 25 A BU ALARM-MFR HARN 1620 RNG/WHT
1300 RED 1140 RED/WHT 1720 RNG/WHT B SHEET 8
SHEET 12 (SEE ADDITIONAL C479 LH PANEL
FUSE1 25 A FRC1 HVAC RELAY OPTIONS SHEET)
1750 RNG/WHT 1940 RNG/WHT
SHEET 8
A T13 LH PANEL BUZZER
FUSE 2 25 A 1780 RNG/WHT C489
1760 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT SHEET 9 1930 RNG/WHT
MFR ACCESSORY SHEET 8
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR WIPER) C499 RH PANEL PTOL
FUSE 3 15 A 1550 RNG/WHT C428
SHEET 13 (LT GRAY) 1775 RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (BKT POSITION) CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 SHEET 8
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH
FUSE4 5 A 1660 RNG/WHT 1660 RNG/WHT 1590 RNG/WHT
2
SHEET 8
1530 RNG/WHT SHEET 10 C503 RH DELUXE PANEL
C410 LEFT HANDLE
1570 RNG/WHT 1520 RNG/WHT 1950 RNG/WHT
SHEET 10 SHEET 8
C409 RIGHT HANDLE J2B C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH
FUSE 7 25 A 1560 RNG/WHT 22
1795 RNG/WHT 1730 RNG/WHT AUX CTRLR
SHEET 5 1785 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD SW4 H/ISO SWITCH
FRC1 FUSE 8 25 A
1580 RNG/WHT
SWITCHED SHEET 9 1960 RNG/WHT
POWER RELAY C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES, OPTIONS) SHEET 8
FUSE 12 15 A SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH
+12V 1765 RNG/WHT 1815 RNG/WHT 1800 RNG/WHT
PWR SHEET 6
1050 RED 30
87
J1A
GWY CTRLR 1790 RNG/WHT
C110 ALT EXCITATION
SHEET 12
WIRING SCHEMATIC
85 86 C428 FRC1 HVAC RELAY
2055 BLK GND
SHEET 4
3450 LBL
3380 LBL
21
4
(LT GRAY)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2
(STANDARD MACHINE)
1920 RNG/WHT 6 1920 RNG/WHT 1840 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
C449 LH JOYSTICK
1830 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5 (S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
C450 RH JOYSTICK
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 3 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210766 (C)
720 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT

GROUND
CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK (TWO WIRE BREAKS
LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN SHEET #
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

2080 BLK
SHEET 5
C449 LH JOYSTICK
2070 BLK
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK C408
2920 BLK (BLACK)
SHEET 8 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1
C479 LH PANEL
2940 BLK 2950 BLK 10 2950 BLK
SHEET 8
C499 PTOL
2960 BLK 16 2510 BLK 2110 BLK T6
SHEET 8 J1B BATT GND
C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH GWY CTRLR 15 2500 BLK
2250 BLK
SHEET 8
C503 RH DELUXE PANEL
16 2540 BLK
C428 2765 BLK
J2B 15 SHEET 11
(LT GRAY) 2550 BLK 2090 BLK
2930 BLK AUX CTRLR C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR LIGHTS)
SHEET 8 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 T8
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 2745 BLK BATT GND
2830 BLK 2900 BLK 1 2900 BLK SHEET 12
SHEET 13 C408 CAB-MFR CONN (HVAC)
SW6 BKT POSITION SWITCH 2790 BLK
2455 BLK SHEET 9
2700 BLK SHEET 13
SHEET 8 C423 BKT POSITION SOLENOID C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH
2710 BLK 2300 BLK 2780 BLK
SHEET 13 2785 BLK SHEET 5 SHEET 13
C126 HORN C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
2770 BLK 2730 BLK
2620 BLK SHEET 13 SHEET 9
SHEET 11 C355 FUEL HARN (PWR BOB/AC) C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES,OPTIONS)
T16 RH REAR LIGHT T1
2630 BLK C103 BATT GND
SHEET 11 C489 B
TAILGATE HARN 2720 BLK
T18 LH REAR LIGHT MFR ACCESSORY
2650 BLK 2600 BLK B 2600 BLK
SHEET 10
T20 BU ALARM 2390 BLK
SHEET 6 2400 BLK
2640 BLK
SHEET 11 C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
C602 LH REAR LIGHT 2200 BLK
2610 BLK SHEET 7
SHEET 11 C425 BRAKE
C603 RH REAR LIGHT
2025 BLK
SHEET 6
FRC1 FUEL PULL RELAY
2035 BLK
2170 BRN SHEET 7
SHEET 6 FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR SHEET 11 2045 BLK
2160 BRN FRC1 REAR LIGHT RELAY
SHEET 6 2115 BLK 2105 BLK
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SHEET 11 Printable Version Click Here
FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
SHEET 7 2320 BRN 2016 BLK
SHEET 6
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH

SHEET 9
2370 BRN J1B
FRC1 GLOW PLUG RELAY
SHEET 3 2055 BLK
WIRING SCHEMATIC
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (SEATBAR SENSOR) GWY CTRLR FRC1 SWITCHED PWR RELAY
2220 BRN 2230 BRN 17 SHEET 12
2030 BLK (STANDARD MACHINE)
SHEET 7 FRC1 HVAC RELAY
C108 HYD TEMP SENDER
2190 BRN
SHEET 6
FRC1 STARTER RELAY
2005 BLK S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
SHEET 7
C105 HYD CHG PRESSURE SENDER
2180 BRN
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
SHEET 6
C355 FUEL HARN (FUEL SENDER) (S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
2140 BRN
SHEET 6
C107 ENG OIL PRESS SENDER Sheet 4 of 13
2150 BRN
SHEET 6
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
Printed In U.S.A. 7210766 (C)
721 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

CAN BUS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE)
* DLX CAB HARN 7234737 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET # (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

C408
J1B (BLACK)
GWY CTRLR CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1

8 9200 PUR 9270 PUR 9230 PUR 4 9230 PUR 9240 PUR 9250 PUR 9650 PUR 9630 PUR 4
CAN LO C479
CAN HI 9 9100 PUR/WHT 9170 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 3 9130 PUR/WHT 9140 PUR/WHT 9150 PUR/WHT 9550 PUR/WHT 9530 PUR/WHT 3 LEFT PANEL (BLACK)
120 OHM 120 OHM
RESISTOR RESISTOR

C426 9260 PUR 4


Remote Run Tool, ACD C503
9160 PUR/WHT 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
14 9500 PUR/WHT A
CAN HI Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
20 9600 PUR B
CAN LO
21 3090 LBL D REMOTE RUN KEY 1830 RNG/WHT 1
C SHEET 3
SHEET 3
1730 RNG/WHT E SWITCHED POWER SHEET 4
2070 BLK
9560 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C450
RIGHT JOYSTICK
1165 RED/WHT F (SJC/AWS ONLY)
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER 9660 PUR 4
2710 BLK G GROUND 9220 PUR 8
SHEET 4 J2B
9120 PUR/WHT 9 AUX CTRLR
1840 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3
SHEET 4
2080 BLK
9540 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C449
LEFT JOYSTICK
(SJC/AWS ONLY)
9640 PUR 4

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Printed In U.S.A.
Sheet 5 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210766 (C)

722 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN
MONITORING
HYDRAULIC
CONTROLLER SUPPLY
LIGHTS
2000 THROUGH 2999
2000 THROUGH 2999
3000 THROUGH 3999
4000 THROUGH 4999
5000 THROUGH 5999
6000 THROUGH 6999
BLACK
BROWN
LIGHT BLUE
LIGHT GREEN
YELLOW
PINK
BLK
BRN
LBL
LGN
YEL
PNK
ENGINE
HYDRAULICS
CAB DISPLAY
CAB
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 6
PAGE 7
PAGE 8
PAGE 9
PAGE 10
PAGE 11
CONNECTOR

WIRE BREAK
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN SHEET #
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

FRC1
+12V STARTER RELAY C109
30 S/R ADAPTER STARTER
1030 RED PWR
SHEET 3 87 8200 TAN A TAN S B
M SHEET 3
3560 LBL B TAN R
GND 85 86 8210 TAN 1015 RED
2005 BLK
SHEET 4 C110
B S 1020 RED
ALTERNATOR G
L 1800 RNG/WHT
SHEET 3
EXCITATION

2015 BLK

FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF


FUEL PULL SOLENOID
+12V RELAY C101
D5 8100 TAN B
1350 RED/WHT PWR
30 8120 TAN PULL 0.33 OHM
SHEET 3 87 3410 LBL
2400 BLK 2800 BLK C GND
GND 85 86 SHEET 4
2025 BLK 8110 TAN
SHEET 4 8800 TAN A HOLD 24.5 OHM

FRC1 T14
GLOW PLUG PRE HEATER
RELAY 8500 TAN
+12V Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1060 RED PWR 30
SHEET 3 87

2016 BLK GND 85 86


SHEET 4

6 8510 TAN
14 3420 LBL
3 8110 TAN
30 3410 LBL
7 8210 TAN
22 3560 LBL

C107
5140 YEL B +5V PWR
J1A SHEET 9
GWY CTRLR 25 3140 LBL C SIG ENGINE OIL PRESSURE Printable Version Click Here
2140 BRN A GND SENDER (0.5-4.5V)
SHEET 4
C405 WIRING SCHEMATIC
2150 BRN B GND
SHEET 4
16 3150 LBL A SIG
AIR FILTER
SWITCH (NC) (STANDARD MACHINE)
15 3160 LBL
C106
A SIG
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
B ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
2160 BRN GND
SHEET 4 (163 OHM)
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
C104
SHEET 4 2170 BRN B GND ENGINE COOLANT
SENSOR (500-3000 OHM)
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
18 3170 LBL A SIG
(8 VOLT)
4 8800 TAN Sheet 6 of 13
J1B C355
GWY CTRLR FUEL HARN
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
C406
12 3180 LBL C 3180 LBL A SIG
FUEL SENDER
7210766 (C)
2180 BRN D 2180 BRN B GND (30 - 270 OHM)
SHEET 4
Printed In U.S.A.
723 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT

HYDRAULICS
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT C425
FRC1 4100 LGN B C308
TRACTION LOCK BRAKE
4200 LGN A 4200 LGN A SOLENOID
+12V RELAY TRACK 2 SPEED
2200 BLK C 2200 BLK B 9.8 OHM
1360 RED/WHT PWR 30 SHEET 4
12 V
ADAPTER (SEE
SHEET 3 87 3430 LBL ADDITIONAL
WHEEL 2 SPD ADP HARNESS 7159366 OPTIONS SHEET)
2035 BLK GND 85 86 TRACK SINGLE SPD BRAKE ADP HARNESS 7165061
4110 LGN
SHEET 4
C425

B PULL 0.3 OHM


A HOLD 10.9 OHM
C WHEEL SINGLE SPEED
8
TRACTION LOCK
13

C108 HYDRAULIC
TEMPERATURE
2220 BRN B GND
SHEET 4 SENDER
32 3220 LBL A SIG 500 - 3000 OHM
(8 VOLT)
C112
J1A
34 3320 LBL A SIG
HYDRAULIC OIL
GWY CTRLR SHEET 4
2320 BRN B GND Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
FILTER SWITCH (NC)

C446
18 2910 BRN 2 GND HYDRAULIC
4010 LGN 1 SIG FAN SOLENOID
7.2 OHM 12 V
C420
1 2410 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC LOCK
4410 LGN A SIG SOLENOID
9.8 OHM 12 V
C105
2190 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC
SHEET 4
3190 LBL C SIG CHARGE
5190 YEL A +8V PWR PRESSURE
0.5-7.5V
4200 LGN Printable Version Click Here

WIRING SCHEMATIC
19 13 1 23 6
J1B +8V (STANDARD MACHINE)
GWY CTRLR
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
C418
J2A
AUX CTRLR
18 2330 BRN 2 GND FRONT ROD (S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
4330 LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID (MALE)

C419
3.3 OHM PWM
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
1 2340 BRN
4340 LGN
2
1
GND
SIG
FRONT BASE
SOLENOID (FEMALE)
Sheet 7 of 13
3.3 OHM PWM
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210766 (C)
19 13

Printed
724 of 1311 In U.S.A. J2B
AUX CTRLR
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED

CAB DISPLAY
POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CAB
MANUAL CONTROLS
PAGE 9
PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
* DLX CAB HARN 7234737 ONLY
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
LIGHTS
HVAC
PAGE 11
PAGE 12
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE) (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

T13
BUZZER (+)
SHEET 3 1940 RNG/WHT
C499
LEFT PANEL
Press To Operate Loader
7040 WHT BUZZER
(PTOL)
C479
T2
LEFT PANEL (BLACK) 1930 RNG/WHT 1
BUZZER (-) SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
C408
2940 BLK 3
7040 WHT 10 SHEET 4 GROUND
BUZZER (BLACK)
2920 BLK 2 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1
SHEET 4 GROUND
1960 RNG/WHT 1440 RED/WHT 1 20 3030 LBL 1 3030 LBL 2
SHEET 3 SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER PTOL OUTPUT

*
SW9
TRAVEL CONTROL
SHEET 3
1620 RNG/WHT 5 SWITCHED POWER
J1A
19 2380 BRN 12 2380 BRN 4
PTOL LED
SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 3400 LBL 11 LEFT BLINKER INPUT
SHEET 13 GWY CTRLR
C500
5 6 3500 LBL 8
4 SHEET 13 RIGHT BLINKER INPUT RIGHT KEY SWITCH PANEL
2700 BLK 2 3 3650 LBL 7 24 8130 TAN 2 8130 TAN 2
SHEET 4 TRAVEL CONTROL INPUT START
1 9
3600 LBL
PARK BRAKE INPUT 6
SW1 6
3 2 BRAKE SWITCH 12
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1 J1B 22 3040 LBL 14 4
3040 LBL RUN/ENTER SWITCH
3610 LBL 4 5 GWY CTRLR

SHEET 3 1775 RNG/WHT 6


2930 BLK 1950 RNG/WHT 5
SHEET 4 C480 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
LEFT PANEL (GRAY) 1420 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
3630 LBL 12 2960 BLK 3
SHEET 9 DOOR SIGNAL SHEET 4 GROUND
11
10
9 C503
3610 LBL 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
PARK BRAKE OUTPUT
8 1590 RNG/WHT 5
7 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
6 1240 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
5 2250 BLK 3
4 SHEET 4 GROUND
6
3
1
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Printed In U.S.A. Sheet 8 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210766 (C)

725 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED
BATTERY GROUND
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN
MONITORING
HYDRAULIC
1500 THROUGH 1999
2000 THROUGH 2999
2000 THROUGH 2999
3000 THROUGH 3999
4000 THROUGH 4999
ORANGE/WHITE
BLACK
BROWN
LIGHT BLUE
LIGHT GREEN
RNG/WHT
BLK
BRN
LBL
LGN
CAN BUS
ENGINE
HYDRAULICS
CAB DISPLAY
CAB
PAGE 5
PAGE 6
PAGE 7
PAGE 8
PAGE 9
CONNECTOR
CAB
CONTROLLER SUPPLY
LIGHTS
5000 THROUGH 5999
6000 THROUGH 6999
YELLOW
PINK
YEL
PNK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11
WIRE BREAK
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
* DLX CAB HARN 7234737 ONLY
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
HVAC
OPTIONS
PAGE 12
PAGE 13
JOIN ONE WIRE)
SHEET #
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
*
SW4
HAND/FOOT
(ACS)
H/ISO
(SJC, AWS)
SWITCH
1785 RNG/WHT 2 1
SHEET 3 3
2060 BLK 5 6
C438 SHEET 9
(DK GRAY) 4
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3

4 4235 LGN
5 4275 LGN
6 4550 LGN
*C212
POWER
SOCKET
2795 BLK 1 GND
1375 RED/WHT 2 +12V PWR
C408
(BLACK)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1

SHEET 3
1370 RED/WHT 7 1370 RED/WHT 1390 RED/WHT
* T37
DOME LIGHT (+)
DOME
C129 2010 BLK LIGHT
CAB ACCESSORY
T38
1210 RED/WHT A +12V BATT PWR
SHEET 3
1580 RNG/WHT 5 1580 RNG/WHT 1865 RNG/WHT B
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
+12V SW PWR * DOME LIGHT (-)

2820 BLK C GND


1510 RNG/WHT
SHEET 13
1885 RNG/WHT SHEET 13
2730 BLK 11 2730 BLK 2210 BLK SHEET 13
SHEET 4
2885 BLK SHEET 13
2060 BLK SHEET 9

C428
(LT GRAY) * C667
DOOR HARNESS
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 (SEE ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS SHEET)
2790 BLK 11 2790 BLK 2790 BLK
SHEET 4
3630 LBL 4 DOOR SIGNAL
SHEET 8
1400 RED/WHT 5 DOOR UNSW PWR
SHEET 3
6
1850 RNG/WHT 13 1850 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3 WIPER SWITCH, MOTOR SWITCHED POWER
C482 SEATBAR 2840 BLK 2
WIPER MOTOR GROUND
J1B
2370 BRN 4 2370 BRN A GND SENSOR 7310 WHT 3
WASHER SIGNAL
GWY CTRLR SHEET 4

11 3370 LBL 5 3370 LBL B SIG * C252


L SIG WIRING SCHEMATIC
WASHER
24 5100 YEL 5370 YEL 3 5370 YEL C +5V PWR X MOTOR
+5V
SHEET 6 5140 YEL
2845 BLK GND
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Printed In U.S.A. Sheet 9 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210766 (C)
726 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2

MANUAL
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9

CONTROLS
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

C409
RIGHT HANDLE

J2A
K
AUX CTRLR G
1520 RNG/WHT A
SHEET 3
30 4940 LGN H
C404 31 4930 LGN J SKI CTRL
C103
BU ALARM-MFR HARN 4920 LGN E
TAILGATE HARN DETENT FLOW
T19 TERMINAL (+) 13 4910 LGN F
(SEE ADDITIONAL A 7100 WHT C 7100 WHT TWO SPD
OPTIONS SHEET)
4310 LGN C
BACK UP
4320 LGN D
2650 BLK ALARM PWM
SHEET 4 4300 LGN B
T20 TERMINAL (-)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
21 17 18 23
C410
J2B LEFT HANDLE
C421 AUX CTRLR K
J1A 10 2670 BRN 3 GND D
GWY CTRLR 4670 LGN 1 SIG TILT SPOOL LOCK 28 4840 LGN C
2 7.8 OHM 12V 22 4830 LGN B SKI CTRL
12 4820 LGN G
C422 11 4810 LGN F SIDE SHIFT
2 2680 BRN 3 GND 1530 RNG/WHT A
LIFT SPOOL LOCK SHEET 3
4680 LGN 1 SIG J
7.8 OHM 12V
2 H
E
WIRING SCHEMATIC
7 5
(STANDARD MACHINE)
J1B
GWY CTRLR
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 10 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210766 (C)
727 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3

LIGHTS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT HVAC PAGE 12 JOIN ONE WIRE)
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
C434-1
2735 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
C408
6100 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
(BLACK)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 37.00 Watts
C434-2
2765 BLK 9 2765 BLK 2750 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
SHEET 4
6110 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

C435-1
6000 PNK 8 6000 PNK 6120 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2760 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts

C435-2
6130 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2705 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

FRC1
FRONT WORK
C103
LIGHTS RELAY C603
TAILGATE HARN
+12V Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale SHEET 4
2610 BLK 2 GND
1330 RED/WHT PWR 30 RIGHT REAR
SHEET 3 87 6340 PNK 6310 PNK A 6310 PNK 6320 PNK 1 SIG
TAIL LIGHT
2115 BLK GND 85 86 C602
SHEET 4
6330 PNK 1 SIG
2640 BLK LEFT REAR
2 GND
SHEET 4 TAIL LIGHT
5 6320 PNK
31 3460 LBL
J1A
17 6210 PNK
GWY CTRLR
28 3440 LBL

T16 TERMINAL (-)


2620 BLK GND
SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
6210 PNK SIG WORK LIGHT
FRC1
REAR LIGHT T15 TERMINAL (+)
+12V RELAY
1320 RED/WHT PWR 30 T17 TERMINAL (+)
SHEET 3 87 6200 PNK H 6200 PNK 6220 PNK SIG LEFT REAR
2630 BLK GND WORK LIGHT
2045 BLK GND 85 86 SHEET 4
SHEET 4 T18 TERMINAL (-)
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Printed In U.S.A.
Sheet 11 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210766 (C)
728 of 1311
HVAC
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN
MONITORING
2000 THROUGH 2999
3000 THROUGH 3999
BROWN
LIGHT BLUE
BRN
LBL
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
CONNECTOR
* DLX CAB HARN 7234737 ONLY
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC
CONTROLLER SUPPLY
4000 THROUGH 4999
5000 THROUGH 5999
LIGHT GREEN
YELLOW
LGN
YEL
CAB
MANUAL CONTROLS
PAGE 9
PAGE 10
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
2440 BLK * C610
2 GND HVAC DUCT
7440 WHT 1 SIG FAN

C483
2560 BLK * C BLK
7420 WHT A DBL POTENTIOMETER
7425 WHT B (TEMP CONTROL
WHT SWITCH)
C635
* D SIG
2130 BLK C GND HEATER
7430 WHT A +12V PWR VALVE
B
E
F

C438
FRC1
(DK GRAY)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale *BLOWER
SW10

HVAC RELAY SWITCH


+12V
1140 RED/WHT PWR 30 OFF
SHEET 3 87 1500 RNG/WHT 7 1500 RNG/WHT 5 2
1
2030 BLK GND 85 86 4
SHEET 4 6 C611
1790 RNG/WHT 3 7530 WHT * 1 14.00 Amps High
SHEET 3 7410 WHT 7520 WHT 2 7.50 Amps Med BLOWER
SW11 7510 WHT 3 5.00 Amps Low MOTOR

SHEET 4
2745 BLK 8 2745 BLK *AC SWITCH 2580 BLK 4

2100 BLK 3
C 7400 WHT
7015 WHT 1
J1A
GWY CTRLR 11 7021 WHT 7020 WHT 9
Printable Version Click Here
* C630
3
THERMOSTAT

AC EVAPORATOR C350 2570 BLK 2 WIRING SCHEMATIC


SWITCH B 7023 WHT 7020 WHT 1
A 7024 WHT
C355
(STANDARD MACHINE)
FUEL HARN #
A 7024 WHT 7025 WHT
C486
1 SIG
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
2 MAGNET CLUTCH

SHEET 13
2290 BLK 2280 BLK
GND
(COMPRESSOR) (S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
D4
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Printed In U.S.A. Sheet 12 of 13
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210766 (C)
729 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3

OPTIONS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE)
* DLX CAB HARN 7234737 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET # (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
C428
C355 #
# C607
FUEL HARN
(LT GRAY)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
POWER BOB
SIG
GND
1
2
4470 LGN
2470 BLK 2770 BLK
E
B
4470 LGN
2770 BLK
8 4470 LGN
4480 LGN
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
CLOSE SHEET 4
2290 BLK
SHEET 12

#
*POWER
SW5 2 1
3
C606 BOBTACH
5 4
GND 2 2480 BLK SWITCH 6
POWER BOB 1 4480 LGN F 4480 LGN 7
SIG
OPEN
1380 RED/WHT
1410 RED/WHT 12 1410 RED/WHT 1200 RED/WHT
SHEET 3
X T3
C411
B 6010 PNK 10
1430 RED/WHT
6010 PNK L
* FLASHER CONN

C
D2
LEFT HANDLE D 6415 PNK 6400 PNK 14 6400 PNK 6430 PNK
*BEACON
SW2

6570 PNK
(BLINKER / FLASHER) E
SHEET 8 3400 LBL
5 PIN SWITCH
A 1550 RNG/WHT 9
6515 PNK
SHEET 3
1550 RNG/WHT
* SW3
HAZARD SWITCH
2
1 2725 BLK 6
5
(PINS 3 & 6 3 4
C103 INTERNALLY 5 4 6700 PNK 1 2
INSULATED) 2850 BLK
TAILGATE HARN 6 3
C438
E 6410 PNK (DK GRAY)
EURO TAIL LIGHTS
(SEE ADDITIONAL
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3
SHEET 8
3500 LBL
Dealer Copy -- NotD1for Resale
* C670
E
OPTIONS SHEET) D 6500 PNK 3 6530 PNK D
6510 PNK 6500 PNK 2420 BLK BEACON/FLASHER
6440 PNK F EXTERIOR HARNESS
6540 PNK B (SEE ADDITIONAL
C423 OPTIONS SHEET)
3 C
BUCKET
POSITION
SIG A 4450 LGN D3 4455 LGN 2 4455 LGN 1
4
2 *BUCKET
SW6
A
2830 BLK 5 POSITION
SOLENOID GND B 2450 BLK 2455 BLK SWITCH
9.8 OHM SHEET 4 SHEET 4 6

2780 BLK 1 2780 BLK


SHEET 4

C408
(BLACK) C279
*C676
RADIO CONN
C126
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 SHEET 2785
4 LEFT + 1 7820 WHT 3
C412 BLK B GND C277
LEFT HANDLE B 7210 WHT 13 7210 WHT A SIG
FRONT
HORN
SPEAKER
-
2 7830 WHT 4
* 1
(HORN) A 1460 RED/WHT C278 2
SHEET 3 AIR RIDE
2 PIN 3
RIGHT - 2 7810 WHT 6 SEAT
C415 SPEAKER 1 7800 WHT 5 1510 RNG/WHT 4 PWR
J2A HIGH FLOW SHEET 9
26 2460 BRN B GND + 1 2210 BLK 5 GND
AUX CTRLR SOLENOID 1885 RNG/WHT SHEET 9
4460 LGN A SIG SHEET 9 6
7.5 OHM 12 V 2885 BLK 2
SHEET 9
J2B
26
AUX CTRLR
WIRING SCHEMATIC
C437
27 2360 BRN 2 GND TWO SPEED
MAKEUP SOLENOID
(STANDARD MACHINE)
4360 LGN 1 SIG
8.8 OHM 12V
J1A
GWY CTRLR C441
TRACK 2 SPEED
ADAPTER (SEE S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
ADDITIONAL
26 2350 BRN
4350 LGN
2
1
GND
SIG
TWO SPEED
SOLENOID
OPTIONS SHEET) (S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
5.1 OHM 12 V

25 26
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
J1B
GWY CTRLR
Sheet 13 of 13 Printable Version Click Here
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210766 (C)
730 of 1311
CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS
NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
PINS PINS PINS
C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID 3 6 C423 BUCKET POSITION 2 13 FC1 FUSE CENTER 1 8 3
C103 TAILGATE 8 4,10,11,13 C425 BRAKE SOLENOID 3 7 FC2 FUSE CENTER 2 8 3
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2 6 C426 CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD) 7 5 FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER 64 3,6,7,11,12
C105 HYD CHARGE PRESSURE 3 7 C428 CAB-MFR HARN CONN (LT GRY) 14 3,4,9,13
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 2 6 C434-1 LEFT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11
C107 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 3 6 C434-2 LEFT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 J1A GATEWAY CONTROLLER 34 3,6-8,10-13
C108 HYD TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 7 C435-1 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 J1B GATEWAY CONTOLLER 26 3-10,13
C109 S/R ADAPTER HARNESS 2 6 C435-2 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 J2A AUX CONTROLLER 34 7,10,13
C110 ALTERNATOR 2 6 C437 TWO SPEED MAKEUP 2 13 J2B AUX CONTROLLER 26 3,4,5,7,10,13
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH 2 7 C438 CAB-MFR HARN CONN (DK GRY) 14 9,12,13
C126 HORN 2 13 C441 TWO SPEED 2 13 SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 6 8
C129 CAB ACCESSORY 3 9 C446 HYDRAULIC FAN 2 7 SW2 BEACON SWITCH 6 13
C212 POWER SOCKET 2 9 C449 LEFT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 SW4 HAND/FOOT, H/ISO SWITCH 6 9
C252 WASHER ADAPTER INTMD 2 9 C479 LEFT PANEL(BLACK) 12 5,8 SW5 POWER BOBTACH SWITCH 6 13
C253 WASHER PUMP 2 9 C480 LEFT PANEL(GRAY) 12 8 SW6 BUCKET POSITION SWITCH 6 13
C277 AIR RIDE SEAT 6 13 C482 SEATBAR SENSOR 3 9 SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH 6 8
C278 RIGHT SPEAKER 2 13 C483 TEMP CONTROL SWITCH 3 12 SW10 BLOWER SWITCH 5 12
C279 LEFT SPEAKER 2 13 C486 AC COMPRESSOR 2 12 SW11 AC SWITCH 3 12
C308 BRAKE SOLENOID 2 7 C489 MFR ACCESSORY 2 3,4
C350 AC EVAPORATOR SWITCH 2 12 C499 PTOL 4 8 T1 BATT GROUND 1 4
C355 DLX or STD FUEL HARNESS 6 6,12,13 C500 RH KEY SWITCH 6 8 T2 BUZZER GROUND 1 8
C404 BU ALARM-MFR HARN 2 3,10 C503 RH DLX PANEL 6 5,8 T3 FLASHER 2 13
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH 2 6 C602 LEFT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T6 BATT GROUND 1 4
C406 FUEL SENDER 2 6 C603 RIGHT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T8 BATT GROUND 1 4
C408 CAB-MFR HARN CONN (BLK) 14 3-5,8,9,11,13 C606 POWER BOBTACH Dealer
OPEN Copy 2-- Not 13
for Resale T13 BUZZER POWER 1 8
C409 RIGHT HANDLE 10 10 C607 POWER BOBTACH CLOSE 2 13 T14 PRE HEATER 1 6
C410 LEFT HANDLE 10 10 C610 HVAC DUCT FAN 2 12 T15 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(+) 1 11
C411 LEFT HANDLE 5 WAY (FLSHR) 5 13 C611 BLOWER MOTOR 4 12 T16 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(-) 1 11
C412 LEFT HANDLE 2 WAY (HORN) 2 13 C630 THERMOSTAT 3 12 T17 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (+) 1 11
C415 HIGH FLOW SOLENOID 2 13 C635 HEATER VALVE 6 12 T18 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (-) 1 11
C418 FRONT ROD 2 7 C667 DOOR 6 9 T19 BACKUP ALARM 1 10
C419 FRONT BASE 2 7 C670 EXTERIOR BEACON 6 13 T20 BACKUP ALARM (GND) 1 10
C420 HYD LOCK 2 7 C676 RADIO 6 13 T37 DOMELIGHT (+) 1 9
C421 TILT SPOOL LOCK 3 10 T38 DOMELIGHT (-) 1 9
C422 TILT SPOOL LCOK 3 10
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION
BATT FEED, GENERAL
GROUP NUMBER RANGE
1000 THROUGH 1499
WIRE COLOR
RED
COLOR CODE
RED
OVERVIEW
POWER
PAGE 1,2
PAGE 3
PARTIAL CONNECTOR WIRING SCHEMATIC
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
GROUND
CAN BUS
PAGE 4
PAGE 5 (STANDARD MACHINE)
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN
MONITORING
2000 THROUGH 2999
3000 THROUGH 3999
BROWN
LIGHT BLUE
BRN
LBL
HYDRAULICS
CAB DISPLAY
PAGE 7
PAGE 8
CONNECTOR S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
CAB
MANUAL CONTROLS
PAGE 9
PAGE 10
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT (TWO WIRE BREAKS Printable Version Click Here
HVAC PAGE 12 JOIN ONE WIRE)
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION
9000 THROUGH 9999
9000 THROUGH 9999
PURPLE
PURPLE/WHITE
PUR
PUR/WHT
SHEET #
Sheet 1 OF 13
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
Printed In U.S.A. 7254943 (0)
731 of 1311
J1 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(GATEWAY CONTROLLER) J2 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(AUXILLIARY CONTROLLER)
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A-1 HYDRAULIC LOCK RETURN B-1 HYD CHARGE PRESS A-1 FRONT AUX (F) RETURN B-1
A-2 LIFT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT A-2 B-2 UNSW BATT
A-3 FUEL PULL RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT A-3 B-3 UNSW BATT
A-4 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY B-4 FUEL HOLD A-4 B-4
A-5 LIGHT 1 RELAY B-5 LIFT SPOOL LOCK A-5 B-5
A-6 GLOW PLUG RELAY B-6 TRACTION LOCK HOLD A-6 B-6
A-7 STARTER RELAY B-7 TILT SPOOL LOCK A-7 B-7
A-8 TRACTION PULL RELAY B-8 CAN LO 1 A-8 B-8 CAN LO 1
A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1 A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1
A-10 TILT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-10 A-10 B-10
A-11 SPARE DIGITAL, ECU SINKS B-11 SEAT BAR A-11 LH PADDLE RIGHT B-11
A-12 B-12 FUEL LEVEL A-12 LH PADDLE LEFT B-12
A-13 TRACTION PULL RELAY FDBK B-13 BICS HYD LOCK HOLD A-13 RH RIGHT BUTTON UP B-13 FRONT AUX (F)
A-14 GLOW PLUG RELAY FDBK B-14 CAN HI 2 A-14 B-14
A-15 ENGINE SPEED B-15 GROUND P1 A-15 B-15 GROUND
A-16 AIR FILTER SWITCH B-16 GROUND P2 A-16 B-16 GROUND
A-17 LIGHT 2 RELAY B-17 GROUND P3, SENSOR A-17 B-17 HANDLE POT GND
A-18 HYD FAN RETURN B-18 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP (8 VOLT) A-18 FRONT AUX (M) RETURN B-18 RH PVM POT SIGNAL
A-19 PTOL LED B-19 HYD FAN OUTPUT A-19 B-19 FRONT AUX (M)
A-20 PTOL SWITCH B-20 CAN LO 2 A-20 B-20
A-21 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY FDBK B-21 REMOTE KEY A-21 B-21 RH TRIGGER
A-22 STATER RELAY FDBK B-22 RUN/ENTER A-22 LH RIGHT BUTTON DOWN B-22 SWITCHED POWER
A-23 B-23 SENSOR SUPPLY 8V A-23 B-23 HANDLE POT POWER
A-24 START ENGINE B-24 SENSOR SUPPLY 5V A-24 B-24
A-25 ENGINE OIL PRESS B-25 TWO SPEED MAKEUP Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
A-25 B-25
A-26 TWO SPEED MAKE UP GROUND B-26 TWO SPEED COIL A-26 HIGH FLOW RETURN B-26 HIGH FLOW
A-27 TWO SPEED GROUND A-27
A-28 LIGHT 2 RELAY FDBK A-28
A-29 A-29
A-30 FUEL PULL RELAY FDBK A-30 RH LEFT UP
A-31 LIGHT 1 RELAY FDBK A-31 RH LEFT DOWN
A-32 HYD OIL TEMP (8 VOLT) A-32
A-33 A-33
A-34 HYD OIL FILTER SW1 A-34

HARNESS PART NUMBER


MAINFRAME
EXMF 7265252
LF 7210768 WIRING SCHEMATIC
EXMF 7265252
MAINFRAME
LF 7210768 (STANDARD MACHINE)
DLX CAB 7253409
STD CAB 7210557 S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
DLX FUEL 7266824
STD FUEL 7149219 (S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
S/R (STARTER) 6733370
Printable Version Click Here
TAILGATE DOM 7217484
TRK BRAKE ADP 7234968
WHL 2 SPD ADP 7159366 Sheet 2 OF 13
Printed In U.S.A. TRK 2 SPD 7214626
(1PC) TRK 2 SPD 7243409 (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7254943 (0)
732 of 1311
1240 RED/WHT
SHEET 8

POWER
C408 C503 RH DLX PANEL
(BLACK)
1400 RED/WHT
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 SHEET 9
C667 DOOR HARNESS
1450 RED/WHT 6 1450 RED/WHT 1420 RED/WHT
SHEET 8
C500 RH KEY SWITCH
FC1 FUSE CENTER 1440 RED/WHT
2 SHEET 8
FUSE 1 25 A 1110 RED/WHT J1B C479 LH PANEL
1070 RED 1120 RED/WHT 1130 RED/WHT 3 GWY CTRLR

+12V 1025 RED


FUSE 2 25 A
1160 RED/WHT 1150 RED/WHT 3
J2B
BATTERY MEGAFUSE 1180 RED/WHT 2 AUX CTRLR
100.0 Amps FUSE 3 OPEN
BATT_CABLE

FUSE 4 OPEN

1010 RED
SHEET 6
STARTER FC2 FUSE CENTER
FUSE 1 25 A 1165 RED/WHT
1190 RED SHEET 5
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD
FUSE 2 25 A
1040 RED 1490 RED/WHT 1410 RED/WHT
SHEET 13
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
FUSE 3 OPEN
1460 RED/WHT
SHEET 13
C412 LH HANDLE HORN
FUSE 4 15 A
1290 RED 1370 RED/WHT
SHEET 9
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)

FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER


1050 RED
FUSE 5 30 A 1350 RED/WHT
SHEET 6
SHEET 6 1060 RED FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF RELAY
FUSE 6 30 A
FRC1 PRE HEATER RELAY 1310 RED 1360 RED/WHT
SHEET 7
1030 RED FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY
SHEET 6
FUSE 9 15 A 1320 RED/WHT
FRC1 STARTER RELAY
SHEET 11
FRC1 REAR LIGH RELAY
1340 RED
FUSE 10 20 A 1330 RED/WHT Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SHEET 11
FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
C404
FUSE 11 25 A BU ALARM-MFR HARN
1620 RNG/WHT
1300 RED 1140 RED/WHT 1720 RNG/WHT B SHEET 8
SHEET 12 (SEE ADDITIONAL C479 LH PANEL
FUSE1 25 A FRC1 HVAC RELAY OPTIONS DWG)
1750 RNG/WHT 1940 RNG/WHT
SHEET 8
A T13 LH PANEL BUZZER
FUSE 2 25 A 1780 RNG/WHT C489
1760 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT SHEET 9 1930 RNG/WHT
MFR ACCESSORY SHEET 8
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR WIPER) C499 RH PANEL PTOL
FUSE 3 15 A 1550 RNG/WHT C428
SHEET 13 (LT GRAY) 1775 RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (BKT POSITION) CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 SHEET 8
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH
FUSE4 5 A 1660 RNG/WHT 1660 RNG/WHT 1590 RNG/WHT
2
SHEET 8
1530 RNG/WHT SHEET 10 C503 RH DELUXE PANEL
C410 LEFT HANDLE
1570 RNG/WHT 1520 RNG/WHT 1950 RNG/WHT
SHEET 10 SHEET 8
C409 RIGHT HANDLE J2B C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH
FUSE 7 25 A 1560 RNG/WHT 22
1795 RNG/WHT 1730 RNG/WHT AUX CTRLR
SHEET 5 1785 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD SW4 H/ISO SWITCH
FRC1 FUSE 8 25 A
1580 RNG/WHT
SWITCHED SHEET 9 1960 RNG/WHT
POWER RELAY C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES, OPTIONS) SHEET 8
FUSE 12 15 A SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH
+12V 1765 RNG/WHT 1815 RNG/WHT 1800 RNG/WHT
PWR SHEET 6
1050 RED 30 J1A C110 ALT EXCITATION
87 GWY CTRLR 1790 RNG/WHT
SHEET 12
WIRING SCHEMATIC
85 86 C428 FRC1 HVAC RELAY
2055 BLK GND 3450 LBL 21
SHEET 4
3380 LBL 4
(LT GRAY)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 (STANDARD MACHINE)
1920 RNG/WHT 6 1920 RNG/WHT 1840 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5 S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
C449 LH JOYSTICK
1830 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
Printable Version Click Here

Sheet 3 OF 13
Printed In U.S.A.
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7254943 (0)
733 of 1311
2080 BLK
SHEET 5
C449 LH JOYSTICK
2070 BLK

GROUND
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK C408
2920 BLK (BLACK)
SHEET 8 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1
C479 LH PANEL
2940 BLK 2950 BLK 10 2950 BLK
SHEET 8
C499 PTOL
2960 BLK 16 2510 BLK 2110 BLK T6
SHEET 8 J1B BATT GND
C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH GWY CTRLR 15 2500 BLK
2250 BLK
SHEET 8
C503 RH DELUXE PANEL
16 2540 BLK
C428 2765 BLK
J2B 15 SHEET 11
(LT GRAY) 2550 BLK 2090 BLK
2930 BLK AUX CTRLR C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR LIGHTS)
SHEET 8 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 T8
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 2745 BLK BATT GND
2830 BLK 2900 BLK 1 2900 BLK SHEET 12
SHEET 13 C408 CAB-MFR CONN (HVAC)
SW6 BKT POSITION SWITCH 2790 BLK
2455 BLK SHEET 9
SHEET 8 2700 BLK SHEET 13
C423 BKT POSITION SOLENOID C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH
2710 BLK 2300 BLK 2780 BLK
SHEET 13 2785 BLK SHEET 5 SHEET 13
C126 HORN C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
2770 BLK 2730 BLK
2620 BLK SHEET 13 SHEET 9
SHEET 11 C355 FUEL HARN (PWR BOB/AC) C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES,OPTIONS)
T16 RH REAR LIGHT T1
2630 BLK C103 BATT GND
SHEET 11 C489 B
TAILGATE HARN 2720 BLK
T18 LH REAR LIGHT MFR ACCESSORY
2650 BLK 2600 BLK B 2600 BLK
SHEET 10
T20 BU ALARM 2390 BLK
2400 BLK
2640 BLK SHEET 6
SHEET 11 Dealer Copy
C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID -- Not for Resale
C602 LH REAR LIGHT 2200 BLK
2610 BLK SHEET 7
SHEET 11 C425 BRAKE
C603 RH REAR LIGHT
2025 BLK
SHEET 6
FRC1 FUEL PULL RELAY
2035 BLK
2170 BRN SHEET 7
SHEET 6 FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR SHEET 11 2045 BLK
2160 BRN FRC1 REAR LIGHT RELAY
SHEET 6 2115 BLK 2105 BLK
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SHEET 11
FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
SHEET 7
2320 BRN
SHEET 6 2016 BLK WIRING SCHEMATIC
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH FRC1 GLOW PLUG RELAY
SHEET 9
2370 BRN
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (SEATBAR SENSOR)
J1B
GWY CTRLR
SHEET 3
FRC1 SWITCHED PWR RELAY
2055 BLK (STANDARD MACHINE)
SHEET 7
2220 BRN 2230 BRN 17 SHEET 12
FRC1 HVAC RELAY
2030 BLK
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
C108 HYD TEMP SENDER 2005 BLK
SHEET 7 2190 BRN
SHEET 6
FRC1 STARTER RELAY (S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
C105 HYD CHG PRESSURE SENDER
Printable Version Click Here
2180 BRN
SHEET 6
C355 FUEL HARN (FUEL SENDER)
2140 BRN
Sheet 4 OF 13
SHEET 6
C107 ENG OIL PRESS SENDER
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
2150 BRN
SHEET 6
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH
7254943 (0)

Printed In U.S.A.
734 of 1311
CAN BUS
* DLX CAB HARN 7253409 ONLY
J1B
C408
(BLACK)
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
GWY CTRLR CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1

8 9200 PUR 9270 PUR 9230 PUR 4 9230 PUR 9240 PUR 9250 PUR 9650 PUR 9630 PUR 4
CAN LO C479
9 9100 PUR/WHT 9170 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 3 9130 PUR/WHT 9140 PUR/WHT 9150 PUR/WHT 9550 PUR/WHT 9530 PUR/WHT 3 LEFT PANEL (BLACK)
CAN HI
120 OHM 120 OHM
RESISTOR RESISTOR

C426 9260 PUR 4


C503
Remote Run Tool, ACD 9160 PUR/WHT 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
14 9500 PUR/WHT A
CAN HI
20 9600 PUR B
CAN LO
21 3090 LBL D REMOTE RUN KEY 1830 RNG/WHT 1
C SHEET 3
SHEET 3
1730 RNG/WHT E SWITCHED POWER SHEET 4
2070 BLK
9560 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C450
RIGHT JOYSTICK
1165 RED/WHT F (SJC/AWS ONLY)
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER 9660 PUR 4
2710 BLK G GROUND 9220 PUR 8
SHEET 4 J2B
9120 PUR/WHT 9 AUXDealer
CTRLR Copy -- Not for Resale
1840 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3
SHEET 4
2080 BLK
9540 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C449
LEFT JOYSTICK
(SJC/AWS ONLY)
9640 PUR 4

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
Printable Version Click Here

Sheet 5 OF 13
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7254943 (0)

735 of 1311
FRC1
+12V STARTER RELAY C109
30 S/R ADAPTER STARTER
1030 RED PWR
SHEET 3 87 8200 TAN A TAN S B
M SHEET 3
3560 LBL B TAN R
GND 85 86 8210 TAN 1015 RED
2005 BLK
SHEET 4 C110
B S 1020 RED
ALTERNATOR G
L 1800 RNG/WHT SHEET 3
EXCITATION

2015 BLK

FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF


FUEL PULL SOLENOID
+12V RELAY C101
D5 8100 TAN B
1350 RED/WHT PWR 30 8120 TAN PULL 0.33 OHM
SHEET 3 87 3410 LBL
2400 BLK 2800 BLK C GND
GND 85 86 SHEET 4
2025 BLK 8110 TAN
SHEET 4 8800 TAN A HOLD
24.5 OHM

FRC1 T14

ENGINE
GLOW PLUG PRE HEATER
+12V RELAY 8500 TAN
1060 RED PWR 30
SHEET 3 87

2016 BLK GND 85 86


SHEET 4

6 8510 TAN
14 3420 LBL Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
3 8110 TAN
30 3410 LBL
7 8210 TAN
22 3560 LBL

C107
5140 YEL B +5V PWR
J1A SHEET 9
GWY CTRLR 25 3140 LBL C SIG ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
2140 BRN A GND SENDER (0.5-4.5V)
SHEET 4
C405
2150 BRN B GND
SHEET 4
16 3150 LBL A SIG
AIR FILTER
SWITCH (NC) WIRING SCHEMATIC
C106
15 3160 LBL A SIG
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
(STANDARD MACHINE)
SHEET 4 2160 BRN B GND
(163 OHM)
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
C104

18
SHEET 4 2170 BRN B
A
GND ENGINE COOLANT
SENSOR (500-3000 OHM)
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
3170 LBL SIG
(8 VOLT)
4 8800 TAN Printable Version Click Here

J1B
GWY CTRLR
C355
FUEL HARN
Sheet 6 OF 13
C406
12 3180 LBL C 3180 LBL A SIG (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
FUEL SENDER
2180 BRN D 2180 BRN B GND (30 - 270 OHM)
SHEET 4 7254943 (0)
Printed In U.S.A.
736 of 1311
FRC1
TRACTION LOCK
HYDRAULICS
4100 LGN
C425

B C308
BRAKE
4200 LGN A 4200 LGN A SOLENOID
+12V RELAY TRACK 2 SPEED
2200 BLK C 2200 BLK B 9.8 OHM
1360 RED/WHT PWR 30 SHEET 4
12 V
ADAPTER (SEE
SHEET 3 87 3430 LBL ADDITIONAL
WHEEL 2 SPD ADP HARNESS 7159366 OPTIONS DWG)
GND 85 86 TRACK SINGLE SPD BRAKE ADP HARNESS 7165061
2035 BLK 4110 LGN
SHEET 4
C425

B PULL 0.3 OHM


A HOLD 10.9 OHM
C WHEEL SINGLE SPEED
8
TRACTION LOCK
13

C108 HYDRAULIC
TEMPERATURE
2220 BRN B GND
SHEET 4 SENDER
32 3220 LBL A SIG 500 - 3000 OHM
(8 VOLT)
C112
J1A
34 3320 LBL A SIG HYDRAULIC OIL
GWY CTRLR 2320 BRN B GND FILTER SWITCH (NC)
SHEET 4

C446
18 2910 BRN 2 GND HYDRAULIC
4010 LGN 1 SIG FAN SOLENOID
7.2 OHM 12 V
C420
1 2410 BRN B GND HYDRAULICDealer
LOCK
4410 LGN A SIG
Copy -- Not for Resale
SOLENOID
9.8 OHM 12 V
C105
2190 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC
SHEET 4
3190 LBL C SIG CHARGE
5190 YEL A +8V PWR PRESSURE
0.5-7.5V
4200 LGN

19 13 1 23 6
J1B +8V
GWY CTRLR

C418 WIRING SCHEMATIC


J2A 18 2330 BRN 2 GND FRONT ROD
AUX CTRLR
4330 LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID (MALE)
3.3 OHM PWM (STANDARD MACHINE)
1 2340 BRN
C419
2 GND FRONT BASE
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
4340 LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID (FEMALE)
3.3 OHM PWM (S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
Printable Version Click Here
19 13
J2B
Sheet 7 OF 13
AUX CTRLR
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7254943 (0)
737 of 1311
T13
BUZZER (+)
CAB DISPLAY
SHEET 3 1940 RNG/WHT
LEFT PANEL
* DLX CAB HARN 7253409 ONLY C499
Press To Operate Loader
7040 WHT
T2
BUZZER
C479 (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557) (PTOL)

LEFT PANEL (BLACK) 1930 RNG/WHT 1


BUZZER (-) SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
C408
2940 BLK 3
7040 WHT 10 SHEET 4 GROUND
BUZZER (BLACK)
2920 BLK 2 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1
SHEET 4 GROUND
1960 RNG/WHT 1440 RED/WHT 1 20 3030 LBL 1 3030 LBL 2
SHEET 3 SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER PTOL OUTPUT
*SW9
TRAVEL CONTROL
SHEET 3
1620 RNG/WHT 5 SWITCHED POWER
J1A
19 2380 BRN 12 2380 BRN 4
PTOL LED
SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 3400 LBL 11 LEFT BLINKER INPUT
SHEET 13 GWY CTRLR
C500
5 6 3500 LBL 8
SHEET 13 RIGHT BLINKER INPUT RIGHT KEY SWITCH PANEL
4
2700 BLK 2 3 3650 LBL 7 24 8130 TAN 2 8130 TAN 2
SHEET 4 TRAVEL CONTROL INPUT START
1 9
3600 LBL
PARK BRAKE INPUT 6
SW1 6
3 2 BRAKE SWITCH 12
1 J1B 22 3040 LBL 14 4
3040 LBL RUN/ENTER SWITCH
3610 LBL 4 5 GWY CTRLR

SHEET 3 1775 RNG/WHT 6


2930 BLK 1950 RNG/WHT 5
C480 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
SHEET 4 LEFT PANEL (GRAY) 1420 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
SHEET 9
3630 LBL 12
DOOR SIGNAL
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale SHEET 4
2960 BLK 3
GROUND
11
10
9 C503
3610 LBL 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
PARK BRAKE OUTPUT
8 1590 RNG/WHT 5
7 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
6 1240 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
5 2250 BLK 3
4 SHEET 4 GROUND
6
3
1

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
Printable Version Click Here

Sheet 8 OF 13
Printed In U.S.A.
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)

738 of 1311
SW4
*
HAND/FOOT

SHEET 3
1785 RNG/WHT
(ACS)
H/ISO
(SJC, AWS)
SWITCH
2 1
3
CAB
C438
(DK GRAY)
SHEET 9 2060 BLK 5 6
4
* DLX CAB HARN 7253409 ONLY
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
4 4235 LGN
5 4275 LGN
6 4550 LGN
* C212
POWER
SOCKET
2795 BLK 1 GND
1375 RED/WHT 2 +12V PWR
C408
(BLACK)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1

SHEET 3
1370 RED/WHT 7 1370 RED/WHT 1390 RED/WHT
* T37
DOME LIGHT (+)
DOME
C129 2010 BLK LIGHT
CAB ACCESSORY
T38
1210 RED/WHT A +12V BATT PWR

SHEET 3
1580 RNG/WHT 5 1580 RNG/WHT 1865 RNG/WHT B +12V SW PWR * DOME LIGHT (-)

2820 BLK C GND


1510 RNG/WHT
SHEET 13
1885 RNG/WHT SHEET 13
2730 BLK 11 2730 BLK 2210 BLK SHEET 13
SHEET 4
2885 BLK SHEET 13
2060Dealer
BLK Copy --SHEET
Not for
9 Resale

C428
(LT GRAY) * C667
DOOR HARNESS
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 (SEE ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS DWG)
2790 BLK 11 2790 BLK 2790 BLK
SHEET 4
3630 LBL 4 DOOR SIGNAL
SHEET 8
1400 RED/WHT 5 DOOR UNSW PWR
SHEET 3
6
1850 RNG/WHT 13 1850 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3 WIPER SWITCH, MOTOR SWITCHED POWER
C482 SEATBAR 2840 BLK 2
WIPER MOTOR GROUND
J1B 7310 WHT
GWY CTRLR SHEET 4
2370 BRN 4 2370 BRN A GND SENSOR 3
WASHER SIGNAL

11 3370 LBL 5 3370 LBL B SIG


WIRING SCHEMATIC
24 5100 YEL 5370 YEL 3 5370 YEL C +5V PWR
+5V
SHEET 6 5140 YEL
(STANDARD MACHINE)
HARNESS WASHER PUMP
7253378 S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
* C252
A
C253
1
PWR
WASHER
Printable Version Click Here
7310 WHT

2845 BLK B 2845 BLK 2 GND


MOTOR
Sheet 9 OF 13
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
Printed In U.S.A.
7254943 (0)
739 of 1311
MANUAL CONTROLS J2A
AUX CTRLR
C409
RIGHT HANDLE
K
G
1520 RNG/WHT A
SHEET 3
30 4940 LGN H
C404 31 4930 LGN J SKI CTRL
C103
BU ALARM-MFR HARN 4920 LGN E
TAILGATE HARN DETENT FLOW
T19 TERMINAL (+) 13 4910 LGN F
(SEE ADDITIONAL A 7100 WHT C 7100 WHT TWO SPD
OPTIONS SHEET)
4310 LGN C
BACK UP
4320 LGN D
2650 BLK ALARM PWM
SHEET 4 4300 LGN B
T20 TERMINAL (-)

21 17 18 23
C410
J2B LEFT HANDLE
C421 AUX CTRLR K
J1A 10 2670 BRN 3 GND D
GWY CTRLR 4670 LGN 1 SIG TILT SPOOL LOCK 28 4840 LGN C
2 7.8 OHM 12V 22 4830 LGN B SKI CTRL
12 4820 LGN G
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
C422 11 4810 LGN F SIDE SHIFT
2 2680 BRN 3 GND 1530 RNG/WHT A
LIFT SPOOL LOCK SHEET 3
4680 LGN 1 SIG J
7.8 OHM 12V
2 H
E

7 5 WIRING SCHEMATIC
J1B
GWY CTRLR
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
Printable Version Click Here

Sheet 10 OF 13
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7254943 (0)

740 of 1311
C434-1
2735 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
C408
6100 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
(BLACK)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 37.00 Watts
C434-2
2765 BLK 9 2765 BLK 2750 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
SHEET 4
6110 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

LIGHTS 6000 PNK 8 6000 PNK 6120 PNK


2760 BLK
C435-1
A
B
SIG
GND
RIGHT FRONT
WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts

C435-2
6130 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2705 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

FRC1
FRONT WORK
C103
LIGHTS RELAY C603
TAILGATE HARN
+12V
2610 BLK 2 GND
1330 RED/WHT PWR 30 SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
SHEET 3 87 6340 PNK 6310 PNK A 6310 PNK 6320 PNK 1 SIG
TAIL LIGHT

2115 BLK GND 85 86 C602


SHEET 4
6330 PNK 1 SIG
2640 BLK LEFT REAR
2 GND
SHEET 4 TAIL LIGHT
5 6320 PNK
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
31 3460 LBL
J1A
17 6210 PNK
GWY CTRLR
28 3440 LBL

T16 TERMINAL (-)


2620 BLK GND
SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
6210 PNK SIG WORK LIGHT
FRC1
REAR LIGHT T15 TERMINAL (+)
+12V RELAY
1320 RED/WHT PWR 30 T17 TERMINAL (+)
SHEET 3 87 6200 PNK H 6200 PNK 6220 PNK SIG LEFT REAR
2630 BLK GND WORK LIGHT
2045 BLK GND 85 86 SHEET 4
SHEET 4 T18 TERMINAL (-)

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(STANDARD MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
Printable Version Click Here

Printed In U.S.A. Sheet 11 OF 13


(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7254943 (0)
741 of 1311
HVAC 2440 BLK
7440 WHT
* C610

C483
2
1
GND
SIG
HVAC DUCT
FAN

* DLX CAB HARN 7253409 ONLY 2560 BLK* C BLK


7420 WHT A DBL POTENTIOMETER
(TEMP CONTROL
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557) 7425 WHT B WHT SWITCH)
C635

# DLX FUEL HARN 7266824 ONLY * D SIG


2130 BLK C GND HEATER
7430 WHT A +12V PWR VALVE
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219) B
E
F

C438
FRC1
(DK GRAY)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3
*BLOWER
SW10

HVAC RELAY SWITCH


+12V
1140 RED/WHT PWR 30 OFF
SHEET 3 87 1500 RNG/WHT 7 1500 RNG/WHT 5 2
1
2030 BLK GND 85 86 4
SHEET 4 6
1790 RNG/WHT 3 7530 WHT * C611
1 14.00 Amps High
SHEET 3 BLOWER
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 7410 WHT 7520 WHT 2 7.50 Amps Med
SW11 7510 WHT 3 5.00 Amps Low MOTOR

SHEET 4
2745 BLK 8 2745 BLK *AC SWITCH 2580 BLK 4

2100 BLK 3
C 7400 WHT
7015 WHT 1
J1A
GWY CTRLR 11 7021 WHT 7020 WHT 9

* C630
3
THERMOSTAT

AC EVAPORATOR C350 2570 BLK 2


SWITCH B 7023 WHT 7020 WHT 1
A 7024 WHT
C355
WIRING SCHEMATIC
FUEL HARN #
A 7024 WHT 7025 WHT
C486
1 SIG
(STANDARD MACHINE)
2 MAGNET CLUTCH
GND

SHEET 13
2290 BLK 2280 BLK
(COMPRESSOR)
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
D4
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
Printable Version Click Here

Sheet 12 OF 13
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7254943 (0)

742 of 1311
C355
C428
(LT GRAY)
OPTIONS
# C607
FUEL HARN CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2
* DLX CAB HARN 7253409 ONLY
SIG 1 4470 LGN E 4470 LGN 8 4470 LGN
POWER BOB
CLOSE GND 2 2470 BLK 2770 BLK B 2770 BLK
SHEET 4 4480 LGN (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
2290 BLK
SHEET 12

#
*POWER
SW5 2 1
3
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7266824 ONLY
C606 BOBTACH
5 4
2 2480 BLK SWITCH
POWER BOB
OPEN
GND
SIG 1 4480 LGN F 4480 LGN 7
6
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
1380 RED/WHT
1410 RED/WHT 12 1410 RED/WHT 1200 RED/WHT
SHEET 3
X T3
C411
B 6010 PNK 10
1430 RED/WHT
6010 PNK L
* FLASHER CONN

C
D2
LEFT HANDLE D 6415 PNK 6400 PNK 14 6400 PNK 6430 PNK
*BEACON
SW2

6570 PNK
(BLINKER / FLASHER) E
SHEET 8 3400 LBL
5 PIN SWITCH
A 1550 RNG/WHT 9
6515 PNK
SHEET 3
1550 RNG/WHT
* SW3
HAZARD SWITCH
2
1 2725 BLK 6
5
(PINS 3 & 6 3 4
INTERNALLY 5 4 6700 PNK 1 2
C103
TAILGATE HARN INSULATED) 6 2850 BLK
C438
3
E 6410 PNK (DK GRAY)
EURO TAIL LIGHTS
(SEE ADDITIONAL
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3
SHEET 8 3500 LBL
* C670
E
OPTIONS DWG) D 6500 PNK 3 D1 6530 PNK D
6510 PNK 6500 PNK 2420 BLK BEACON/FLASHER
6440 PNK F EXTERIOR HARNESS
6540 PNK B (SEE ADDITIONAL
C423 OPTIONS DWG)
3 C
BUCKET
POSITION
SIG A 4450 LGN D3 4455 LGN 2 4455 LGN Dealer Copy
1 2
4
*BUCKET
-- Not SW6
for Resale A
2830 BLK 5 POSITION
SOLENOID GND B 2450 BLK 2455 BLK SWITCH
9.8 OHM SHEET 4 SHEET 4 6

2780 BLK 1 2780 BLK


SHEET 4

C408
(BLACK) C279
* C676
RADIO CONN
C126
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 SHEET 2785
4 LEFT + 1 7820 WHT 3
C412 BLK B GND C277
LEFT HANDLE B 7210 WHT 13 7210 WHT A SIG
FRONT
HORN
SPEAKER
-
2 7830 WHT 4
* 1
(HORN) A 1460 RED/WHT C278 2
SHEET 3 AIR RIDE
2 PIN 3
RIGHT - 2 7810 WHT 6 SEAT
C415 SPEAKER 1 7800 WHT 5 1510 RNG/WHT 4 PWR
J2A HIGH FLOW SHEET 9
26 2460 BRN B GND + 1885 RNG/WHT 1 2210 BLK 5 GND
AUX CTRLR SOLENOID SHEET 9 SHEET 9
4460 LGN A SIG 2 6
7.5 OHM 12 V SHEET 9 2885 BLK
J2B
26
AUX CTRLR
WIRING SCHEMATIC
C437
TWO SPEED
27 2360 BRN
4360 LGN
2
1
GND
SIG
MAKEUP SOLENOID (STANDARD MACHINE)
J1A
8.8 OHM 12V TRACK 2 SPEED
GWY CTRLR C441
ADAPTER (SEE
ADDITIONAL
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
26 2350 BRN 2 GND TWO SPEED OPTIONS DWG)
4350 LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID
5.1 OHM 12 V
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
25 26 Printable Version Click Here
J1B

Printed In U.S.A.
GWY CTRLR Sheet 13 OF 13
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7254943 (0)
743 of 1311
Index Diagram
1 SH01 - INDEX
2 SH02 - UNSWITCHED BATT POWER
3 SH03 - SWITCHED POWER
4 SH04 - GROUND WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
5 SH05 - CAN BUS
6 SH06 - ENGINE
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE
7 SH07 - HYDRAULICS BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
8 SH08 - CAB DISPLAY
9 SH09 - CAB BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
10 SH10 - MANUAL CONTROLS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT LEGEND
11 SH11 - LIGHTS
12 SH12 - HVAC BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK CONNECTOR
13 SH13 - OPTIONS 1
14 SH14 - OPTIONS 2 CONTROLLER GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN 1 1

MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL


HARNESS PART NUMBER LGN
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN
EXMF MAN 7305441
LF MAN MFR 7304757 CONTROLLER SUPPLY (5V, 8V) 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL 1 1

DLX CAB 7304511 LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK


STD CAB 7210557 1 1
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
STD FUEL 7149219
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN WIRE BREAK
S/R (STARTER) 6733370 WIRE BREAK
SHT1/E2 SHT1/E2
7217484 COMMUNICATION CAN LO 90XX, 92XX, 94XX, 96XX, 98XX PURPLE PUR
TAILGATE DOM
WIRE BREAK
SHT1/F2 SHT1/F2
WHL 2 SPD ADP 7159366 COMMUNICATION CAN HI 91XX, 93XX, 95XX, 97XX, 99XX PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

(1 PC) TRK 2 SPD 7243409


SUSP JSTK 7163706

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 102712


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV25640 A3NV26199 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW13931


A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7305440_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 1 of 14


Click Here for Interactive PDF COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV DESCRIPTION
102712 MSE
CHG NOTICE DWN SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
14
7305440
SHT 1 /Printable Version Click Here
744 of 1311
UNSWITCHED
BATT POWER

1240 RED/WHT
SHT8/E3

1400 RED/WHT
SHT9/D3
C408
1450 RED/WHT 1450 RED/WHT SP7 1420 RED/WHT
6 6 SHT8/E3

1440 RED/WHT
SHT8/G8

FC1 FUSE CENTER 1110 RED/WHT


2
FUSE 1 25 A GWY CTRLR
1070 RED 1120 RED/WHT 1130 RED/WHT
1 2 SP2 3
J1B
1025 RED
FUSE 2 25 A 1160 RED/WHT SP36 1150 RED/WHT
3 4 3
+12V BATTERY MEGAFUSE AUX CTRLR
100.0 Amps 1180 RED/WHT
HW11 1 1 2

T5 T4 J2B

FUSE 3 25 A
7 8

FUSE 4 25 A
5 6
SHT6/G1
FC1 FC1

1010 RED
FC2 FUSE CENTER

1190 RED FUSE 1 25 A 1165 RED/WHT


1 2 SHT5/C8

1040 RED FUSE 2 25 A 1490 RED/WHT SP24 1410 RED/WHT


3 4 SHT13/G7
1460 RED/WHT

SP26 1290 RED FUSE 4 15 A


Dealer 1370
Copy -- Not for Resale
RED/WHT
SHT13/B7

5 6 SHT9/F8

FC2 FC2

FUSE RELAY CENTER

FUSE 5 30 A
1350 RED/WHT
5A 5B SHT6/D1

BUS BAR
1310 RED
FUSE 6 30 A
1360 RED/WHT
6A 6B SHT7/H8

FUSE 9 15 A
1320 RED/WHT
9A 9B SHT11/B8
BUS BAR

1340 RED
FUSE 10 20 A 1330 RED/WHT
10A 10B SHT11/D8

1300 RED
FUSE 11 25 A 1140 RED/WHT
11A 11B SHT12/F8

FRC1 FRC1

1030 RED
SHT6/H8
1050 RED
SHT3/E8
1060 RED
SHT6/E1

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 102712


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV25640 A3NV26199 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW13931


A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7305440_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 2 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712 MSE
CHG NOTICE DWN SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 2 /Printable
14
7305440
Version Click Here
745 of 1311
SWITCHED
POWER

C404
1720 RNG/WHT BU ALARM-MFR HARN
FUSE RELAY CENTER B B (SEE ADDITIONAL
OPTION DWG)
FUSE 1 25 A 1750 RNG/WHT SP52
1A 1B

BUS BAR
1780 RNG/WHT C489
A A MFR ACCESSORY
1760 RNG/WHT
FUSE 2 25 A 1850 RNG/WHT
2A 2B SHT9/D8

BUS BAR
1575 RNG/WHT
SHT14/G4
FUSE 3 15 A 1550 RNG/WHT
3A 3B SHT13/F7
1620 RNG/WHT
SHT8/G8
1940 RNG/WHT
SHT8/H8

BUS BAR
C428
MFR HARN CONN 2 1930 RNG/WHT
SHT8/H3
(LT GRAY) 1775 RNG/WHT
FUSE 4 5 A 1660 RNG/WHT 1660 RNG/WHT SHT8/D8
4A 4B 2 2 1590 RNG/WHT
SP42 SHT8/E3
1950 RNG/WHT
SHT8/F3
1785 RNG/WHT
SHT9/H6
1960 RNG/WHT
SHT8/E8
1565 RNG/WHT
FRC1 SHT14/E4
SWITCHED 1520 RNG/WHT
SHT10/G3
POWER
1570 RNG/WHT SP11 1530 RNG/WHT
RELAY - A SHT10/D3

1560 RNG/WHT
22 AUX CTRLR
1050 RED 30
SHT2/B1 G4 87
G1
1765 RNG/WHT 1795 RNG/WHT
7A
Dealer
FUSE 7Copy
25 A -- Not 7B
for Resale 1730 RNG/WHT J2B
SHT5/C8
SP25

BUS BAR
2055 BLK 86 85
SHT4/B8 G5 G2
FUSE 8 25 A 1580 RNG/WHT
FRC1 FRC1 8A 8B SHT9/F8

1815 RNG/WHT
FUSE 12 15 A 1800 RNG/WHT
12A 12B SHT6/G4

FRC1 FRC1
1790 RNG/WHT
SHT12/E8
GWY CTRLR
3450 LBL
21 SWITCHED POWER RELAY FEEDBACK

3380 LBL
4 SWITCHED POWER RELAY SIGNAL

J1A

C428 1830 RNG/WHT


MFR HARN CONN 2 (LT GRAY) SHT5/E3
1920 RNG/WHT 1920 RNG/WHT SP37
6 6
1840 RNG/WHT
SHT5/D3

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 102712


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV25640 A3NV26199 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW13931


A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
7305440_0
TITLE

SCHEM ELEC MAN


USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 3 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712 MSE
CHG NOTICE DWN SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
14
7305440
SHT 3 /Printable Version Click Here
746 of 1311
GROUND
2140 BRN
SHT6/E7
2150 BRN
SHT6/G7
2160 BRN
2080 BLK SHT6/F7 GWY CTRLR
SHT5/D3
2170 BRN
SHT6/B7
2070 BLK 2180 BRN SP12 2230 BRN
SHT5/E3 SHT6/B7 17 SENSOR GND
2190 BRN
2920 BLK SHT7/D7
SHT8/G8 C408 J1B
2220 BRN
MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK) SHT7/F7
2940 BLK SP4 2950 BLK 2950 BLK 2320 BRN
SHT8/G3 10 10 SHT7/F7
2370 BRN
2960 BLK SHT9/C8
SHT8/E3

2250 BLK 2510 BLK SP3 2110 BLK 1 T6


SHT8/D3 16 BATTERY GROUND

GWY CTRLR 2500 BLK


15

J1B

2540 BLK
16
2860 BLK AUX CTRLR
SHT14/D4 2550 BLK SP28 2090 BLK 2730 BLK
2915 BLK 15 SHT9/E8
SHT14/H4 2745 BLK
J2B SHT12/D8
2930 BLK
SHT8/E8 C428 2765 BLK 1 T8
2830 BLK MFR HARN CONN 2 (LT GRAY) SHT11/H8
BATTERY GROUND
SHT13/D5 2900 BLK 2900 BLK 2780 BLK
2700 BLK 1 1 SHT13/D8
SHT8/F8 SP47 2790 BLK
SHT9/D8
2785 BLK
SHT13/B7
2455 BLK
SP27 2300 BLK
SHT13/D6
2710 BLK
SHT5/B8

2770 BLK
SHT13/H6

2620 BLK C489 2720 BLK


SHT11/C4 MFR ACCESSORY B B Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2650 BLK
SHT10/F8 C103
TAILGATE HARN 2015 BLK 1
2600 BLK SP6 2390 BLK 1 T1 SHT6/G4
2640 BLK 2600 BLK
SHT11/C4 B B T10
BATTERY GROUND
SP51 ENGINE GROUND
2610 BLK
SHT11/E4

2630 BLK
SHT11/B4

2200 BLK
SHT7/H4 AUX CTRLR
2400 BLK
SHT6/C7 2185 BRN
SHT14/E7 SP58 2995 BRN
2195 BRN 17 SENSOR GND
SHT10/G3
2005 BLK J2B
SHT6/G8
2016 BLK
SHT6/E1
2025 BLK
SHT6/D1
2030 BLK
SHT12/E8 SP1 2105 BLK
2035 BLK
SHT7/H5
2045 BLK
SHT11/B8
2055 BLK
SHT3/D8
2115 BLK
SHT11/D8
2505 BLK
SHT14/G4
2155 BLK
SHT14/F5

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 102712


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV25640 A3NV26199 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW13931


A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7305440_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 4 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
14
7305440
SHT 4 /Printable Version Click Here
747 of 1311
CAN BUS
* DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)

RE016 RE019 C479


C408
120 OHM 0.5 W RESISTOR MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK) 120 OHM 0.5 W RESISTOR LEFT PANEL
GWY CTRLR R3-1 SP18 R1-1 (BLACK)
TP-09 TP-09 TP-10 TP-10 SP31 TP-16 TP-16 TP-01 9230 PUR TP-01 TP-03 TP-03
SP39 TP-05 TP-05 SP35 TP-07 TP-07 TP-08 9630 PUR TP-08
9200 PUR 9270 PUR 9230 PUR 9240 PUR 9250 PUR 9650 PUR
CAN LO 8 4 4 4 CAN LO

SP30 SP17 SP38 SP34


CAN HI 9100 PUR/WHT 9170 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 9140 PUR/WHT 9150 PUR/WHT 9550 PUR/WHT 9530 PUR/WHT
9 3 3 3 CAN HI
R3-2 TP-04
R1-2
TP-11 TP-02 TP-06
C479

C503
RH DLX PANEL
9260 PUR TP-06
4 CAN LO

9160 PUR/WHT
2 CAN HI

C503

AUX CTRLR * C450 C460


RIGHT JOYSTICK
RIGHT JOYSTICK CONN RIGHT JOYSTICK
9220 PUR TP-11 1830 RNG/WHT +12V PWR
1830 RNG/WHT
8 CAN LO SHT3/C1 1 1 1 1
2070 BLK 2070 BLK GND
9120 PUR/WHT SHT4/G8 2 2 2 2
9 CAN HI 9560 PUR/WHT TP-04 9560 PUR/WHT CAN HI
3 3 3 3
J2B 9660 PUR 9660 PUR CAN LO
4 4 4 4

C426
Remote Run Tool, ACD
CAN HI 14
TP-17 9500 PUR/WHT TP-17
Dealer
A A CAN HICopy -- Not for Resale * C449
LEFT JOYSTICK CONN
C459
LEFT JOYSTICK LEFT JOYSTICK
1840 RNG/WHT 1840 RNG/WHT +12V PWR
9600 PUR SHT3/B1 1 1 1 1
CAN LO 20 B B CAN LO
2080 BLK 2080 BLK GND
SHT4/H8 2 2 2 2
9540 PUR/WHT TP-02 9540 PUR/WHT CAN HI
3 3 3 3
9640 PUR 9640 PUR CAN LO
4 4 4 4

SUSP SEAT JOYSTICK HARNESS

3090 LBL SP93 3085 LBL


REMOTE RUN KEY 21 D D REMOTE RUN KEY

J1B

AUX CTRLR

3095 LBL
REMOTE RUN KEY 24
J2A

1730 RNG/WHT
SHT3/D1 E E SWITCHED POWER

1165 RED/WHT
SHT2/E1 F F UNSWITCHED POWER

2710 BLK
SHT4/E8 G G GROUND

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 102712


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV25640 A3NV26199 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW13931


A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
A3NW14199
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
7305440_0
TITLE

SCHEM ELEC MAN


USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 5 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 5 /Printable
14
7305440
Version Click Here
748 of 1311
T7 STARTER
FRC1 STARTER
RELAY - M
1
1
R ENGINE
C109
STARTER CONNECTOR T21 S
1030 RED
SHT2/B1 J4 87 8200 TAN 8220 TAN
30 J1 A A

8210 TAN 85 3560 LBL


J2 J5 B B T9 B
86
1
FRC1 FRC1
2005 BLK
SHT4/C8
SHT2/E6
C110 ALTERNATOR
1015 RED 1020 RED
GWY CTRLR S
1800 RNG/WHT
SHT3/D1 L
STARTER RELAY SIGNAL 7 2015 BLK 1
SHT4/D3
3560 LBL T11
STARTER RELAY FEEDBACK 22
2150 BRN GND GND 1
SHT4/H3 B AIR FILTER T12
3150 LBL SWITCH (NC)
AIR FILTER SENDER SIGNAL 16 A SIG
C405

3160 LBL
ENGINE SPEED SENDER SIGNAL 15 A
ENGINE SPEED
2160 BRN SENSOR (163 OHMS)
SHT4/H3 B
C106

5140 YEL
SHT9/B8 B

3140 LBL
ENGINE OIL PRESS SENDER SIGNAL 25 C
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
2140 BRN SENDER (0.5-4.5V) FRC1 GLOW PLUG
SHT4/H3 A
RELAY - F
C107

1 8500 TAN
1060 RED
T14 3420 LBL F4 SHT2/B1
GLOW PLUG RELAY FEEDBACK 14 F1

8510 TAN 2016 BLK


GLOW PLUG RELAY SIGNAL 6 F2 F5 SHT4/C8

FRC1 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


FRC1

FRC1 FUEL PULL


RELAY - E

1350 RED/WHT
3410 LBL E1 SHT2/D1
FUEL RELAY FEEDBACK 30 E4
8110 TAN 2025 BLK
FUEL RELAY SIGNAL 3 E5 E2 SHT4/C8

J1A FRC1 FRC1


C101
FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
8120 TAN 8100 TAN PULL
B B 0.33 OHM

D1
2400 BLK 2800 BLK GND
SHT4/C8 C C
8800 TAN HOLD
FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID HOLD 4 A A 24.5 OHM

C355
FUEL HARN
3180 LBL 3180 LBL
FUEL SENDER SIGNAL 12 C C A
FUEL SENDER
(30 - 270 OHM)
2180 BRN 2180 BRN
SHT4/G3 D D B
C406
3170 LBL
ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR SIGNAL 18 A
ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR
(500 - 3000 OHM) (8 VOLT)
2170 BRN
SHT4/G3 B
J1B C104

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 102712


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV25640 A3NV26199 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW13931


A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7305440_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 6 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 6 /Printable
14
7305440
Version Click Here
749 of 1311
FRC1
TRACTION LOCK RELAY - D
C425 HYDRAULICS
4100 LGN
1360 RED/WHT +12V PWR B B
SHT2/C1 D1 87 4200 LGN C308
30 D4 A A A
BRAKE
85 GND 2035 BLK SOLENOID 9.8
D5 D2 SHT4/C8 2200 BLK 2200 BLK
86 SHT4/D8 C C B OHM 12 V TRACK 2 SPEED ADAPTER
FRC1 FRC1 (SEE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS DWG)
C308

WHEEL 2 SPD ADP HARNESS 7159366


GWY CTRLR

TRACTION LOCK
4110 LGN
RELAY SIGNAL 8
3430 LBL
TRACTION LOCK 13 C425
RELAY FEEDBACK
PULL 0.3 OHMS
B B
2220 BRN GND
SHT4/G3 B 10.9 OHMS
HYDRAULIC TEMPERATURE SENDER HOLD
T A A
500 - 3000 OHM (8 VOLT)
3220 LBL SIG
HYD TEMP SIGNAL 32 A
C108 C C
WHEEL SINGLE SPEED
TRACTION LOCK
3320 LBL SIG
HYD FILTER DIFF PRESS 34 A
HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER SWITCH
2320 BRN GND
SHT4/G3 B (NC)
C112

4010 LGN SIG


1
HYDRAULIC FAN SOLENOID
2910 BRN GND 7.2 OHM 12 V
HYDRAULIC FAN GROUND 18 2
C446

HYD LOCK VALVE 2410 BRN GND


1 2
SOL GROUND
HYDRAULIC LOCK SOLENOID
4410 LGN SIG 9.8 OHM 12 V
1
J1A
C420 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2190 BRN GND
SHT4/G3 B
P HYDRAULIC CHARGE
3190 LBL SIG
C PRESSURE 0.5-7.5V
5190 YEL +8 PWR
A
C105
4200 LGN
J1B
19

13

23

6
HYD LOCK
SOLENOID SIGNAL

HYD CHARGE PRESS


SENDER POWER
HYD CHARGE PRESS
SENDER SIGNAL

TRACTION SOLENOID
OUTPUT
HYDRAULIC FAN
SIGNAL

4330 LGN GND


AUX CTRLR 1
FRONT ROD SOLENOID (MALE)
2330 BRN SIG 3.3 OHM PWM
FRONT ROD SOLENOID GROUND 18 2
C418
4340 LGN GND
GWY CTRLR 1
FRONT BASE SOLENOID (FEMALE)
2340 BRN SIG 3.3 OHM PWM
FRONT BASE SOLENOID GROUND 1 2
J2A C419

J2B
19

13
FRONT ROD
SOLENOID SIGNAL

FRONT BASE
SOLENOID SIGNAL
AUX CTRLR

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 102712


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV25640 A3NV26199 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW13931


A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
7305440_0
TITLE

SCHEM ELEC MAN


USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 7 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 7 /Printable
14
7305440
Version Click Here
750 of 1311
1940 RNG/WHT
T13 LEFT PANEL BUZZER CAB DISPLAY
SHT3/F1 1
7040 WHT
1 C499
T2 PTOL CONN

C479 1930 RNG/WHT SWITCHED POWER


LEFT PANEL (BLACK) SHT3/F1 1
2940 BLK GROUND
SHT4/G8 3
BUZZER GWY CTRLR
10 C408
MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK)
2920 BLK GROUND 3030 LBL 3030 LBL PTOL OUTPUT
SHT4/G8 2 PTOL SWITCH 20 1 1 2

1440 RED/WHT UNSWITCHED POWER 2380 BRN 2380 BRN PTOL LED
SHT2/G1 1 PTOL LED 19 12 12 4
1620 RNG/WHT SWITCHED POWER
SHT3/F1 5 C499
C500
3400 LBL LEFT BLINKER INPUT RH KEY SWITCH CONNECTOR
SHT13/F5 11
3500 LBL RIGHT BLINKER INPUT 8130 TAN 8130 TAN START
SHT13/F5 8 START ENGINE 24 2 2 2
J1A

SW9
3040 LBL 3040 LBL RUN/ENTER SWITCH
TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH(OPTIONAL) RUN/ENTER 22 14 14 4

2700 BLK 3650 LBL TRAVEL CONTROL INPUT J1B


SHT4/E8 2 3 7 1950 RNG/WHT SWITCHED POWER
SHT3/F1 5
6
1
1420 RED/WHT UNSWITCHED POWER
5 4 SHT2/G1 1
3600 LBL PARK BRAKE INPUT
SW9 SW9 9
1960 RNG/WHT 2960 BLK GROUND
SHT3/E1 SHT4/G8 3
SW1 C500
BRAKE SWITCH C503
RH DLX PANEL
2930 BLK C479 SHT5/G1
SHT4/F8 2 1
1590 RNG/WHT SWITCHED POWER
SHT3/F1 5
5 6
1240 RED/WHT UNSWITCHED POWER
4
3
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale SHT2/H1 1
SW1 C480 2250 BLK GROUND
SW1 SHT4/G8 3
1775 RNG/WHT LEFT PANEL CONN (GRAY)
SHT3/F1
3630 LBL DOOR SIGNAL
6
SHT9/D3 12
C503 SHT5/F1

3610 LBL PARK BRAKE OUTPUT


2

C480

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 102712


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV25640 A3NV26199 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW13931


A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7305440_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 8 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 8 /Printable
14
7305440
Version Click Here
751 of 1311
SW4
HAND/FOOT (ACS)
* H/ISO (SJC, AWS)

1785 RNG/WHT
SWITCH
CAB
SHT3/E1 2 1
6
* DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
2060 BLK (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
SHT9/E3 5
4
SW4 3
SW4
C438
MFR HARN CONN 3 (DK GRAY)
4235 LGN
HAND CONTROL LIGHT 4 4

4275 LGN
FOOT CONTROL LIGHT 5 5

FOOT CONTROL SIGNAL 6 6


4550 LGN *
C212
POWER SOCKET
2795 BLK GND
1
1375 RED/WHT +12V PWR
2
C212
C408
MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK) DOME LIGHT

SHT2/D1
1370 RED/WHT
7 7
1370 RED/WHT SP45 1390 RED/WHT * 1
C129 T37
CAB ACCESSORY
1210 RED/WHT SP41 2010 BLK
A A +12V BATT PWR 1
1580 RNG/WHT 1580 RNG/WHT SP8 1865 RNG/WHT
SHT3/D1 5 5 B B +12V SW PWR
* T38

2820 BLK
C C GND

1510 RNG/WHT
SHT13/C2

1885 RNG/WHT
SHT13/B3

2730 BLK 2730 BLK SP44 2060 BLK


SHT4/F3 11 11 SHT9/H6
2210 BLK
SHT13/C2
Dealer Copy -- Not for
2885Resale
BLK
C428
SHT13/B3
* C667
MFR HARN CONN 2 (LT GRAY) DOOR HARNESS
2790 BLK 2790 BLK
SHT4/E3 11 11 (SEE ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS DWG)
3630 LBL
SHT8/D8 4 4 DOOR SIGNAL
1400 RED/WHT
SHT2/G1 5 5 DOOR UNSW PWR
2840 BLK
2 2 WIPER MOTOR GROUND
1850 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT
SHT3/F1 13 13 1 1 WIPER SWITCH, MOTOR SWITCHED POWER

2370 BRN 2370 BRN 7310 WHT


SHT4/G3 4 4 SEATBAR 3 3 WASHER SIGNAL
SENSOR

GWY CTRLR GND


A
3370 LBL 3370 LBL SIG
SEATBAR SENSOR SIGNAL 11 5 5 B
+5V PWR
SP13 C
5100 YEL 5370 YEL 5370 YEL
5V CTRLR POWER 24 3 3 HARNESS WASHER PUMP
C482

J1B * C252 C253


7253378
5140 YEL 7310 WHT
SHT6/F7 A A PWR 1
WASHER
2845 BLK 2845 BLK
MOTOR
B B GND 2

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 102712


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV25640 A3NV26199 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW13931


A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
7305440_0
TITLE

SCHEM ELEC MAN


USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 9 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
14
7305440
SHT 9 /Printable Version Click Here
752 of 1311
MANUAL
CONTROLS

RIGHT HANDLE
AUX CTRLR
1520 RNG/WHT
SHT3/E1 A
RIGHT HANDLE LEFT
4930 LGN
ROCKER DOWN 31 J
4940 LGN
RIGHT HANDLE LEFT ROCKER UP 30 H LEFT POSITION SWITCH
2195 BRN
SHT4/C3 C
4320 LGN PADDLE
D
4300 LGN
B
C404
4910 LGN RIGHT POSITION SWITCH
BU ALARM-MFR HARN (SEE C103 RIGHT HANDLE RIGHT ROCKER UP 13 F
ADDITIONAL OPTION DWG) TAILGATE HARN 4920 LGN TRIGGER
7100 WHT 7100 WHT T19 E
A A C C
1 BACK UP ALARM HANDLE LOCK (ACS ONLY)
2650 BLK 1 K
SHT4/D8
T20 G
C409
TILT (ACS/AHC ONLY)

J2B
21

18

23
GWY CTRLR AUX CTRLR

TILT SPOOL LOCK 2670 BRN GND


10 3
SOLENOID GROUND LEFT HANDLE
TILT SPOOL LOCK
4670 LGN SIG
1
7.8 OHM 12V
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale LIFT (ACS/AHC ONLY)

C421

HANDLE LOCK (ACS ONLY)


H
LIFT SPOOL LOCK 2680 BRN GND
2 3 E
SOLENOID GROUND
LIFT SPOOL LOCK
J1A D FLOAT (ACS/AHC ONLY)
4680 LGN
7.8 OHM 12V
SIG 1530 RNG/WHT
1 SHT3/E1 A
LEFT HANDLE RIGHT ROCKER
C422 4830 LGN
DOWN 22 B
RIGHT POSTION SWITCH
LEFT HANDLE RIGHT ROCKER UP 4840 LGN
28 C
4810 LGN
LEFT HANDLE PADDEL RIGHT 11 F PADDLE
J1B

4820 LGN
7

LEFT HANDLE PADDEL LEFT 12 G


C410
TILT SPOOL LOCK
SOLENOID SIGNAL

LIFT SPOOL LOCK


SOLENOID SIGNAL

J2A LEFT POSITION SWITCH

TRIGGER

GWY CTRLR

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 102712


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV25640 A3NV26199 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW13931


A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7305440_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO.Sheet 10 of 14
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 10Printable
/ 14
7305440
Version Click Here
753 of 1311
6100 PNK
C434-1
A
LIGHTS
SIG

37 WATT

C408
2735 BLK GND
MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK) B LEFT FRONT
2765 BLK 2765 BLK SP14 2750 BLK WORKLIGHT
SHT4/E3 9 9 B
GND

50 WATT

6110 PNK SIG


A
C434-2

C435-1
6000 PNK 6000 PNK SP15 6120 PNK
8 8 SIG
A

37 WATT

2760 BLK GND


B RIGHT FRONT
6130 PNK WORK LIGHT
A
SIG

50 WATT

2705 BLK GND


B
C435-2

FRC1
2610 BLK GND
FRONT WORK
LIGHTS RELAY - B
Dealer Copy -- Not SHT4/D8
for Resale 2

C103 RIGHT REAR


TAIL LIGHT
1330 RED/WHT TAILGATE HARN
SHT2/C1 B1 6340 PNK SP10 6310 PNK 6310 PNK SP49 6320 PNK SIG
B4 A A 1

6320 PNK
C603
2115 BLK
SHT4/B8 B2 B5
FRC1 FRC1
6330 PNK SIG
1

LEFT REAR
GWY CTRLR TAIL LIGHT
2640 BLK GND
MRKR LIGHT PWR SHT4/D8 2
RELAY SIGNAL 5
C602
MRKR LIGHT PWR 3460 LBL
RELAY FEEDBACK
31

REAR LIGHT 6210 PNK


RELAY SIGNAL 17 T16 TERMINAL (-)
2620 BLK
3440 LBL SHT4/E8
REAR LIGHT GND 1
RELAY FEEDBACK
28
RIGHT REAR
FRC1 WORK LIGHT
J1A
REAR LIGHT 6210 PNK SIG 1
RELAY - C T15 TERMINAL (+)

1320 RED/WHT T17 TERMINAL (+)


SHT2/C1 C1 87 6200 PNK 6200 PNK SP96 6220 PNK
30 C4 H H SIG 1
2045 BLK 85 LEFT REAR
SHT4/C8 C2 C5 WORK LIGHT
86
FRC1 FRC1 2630 BLK GND 1
SHT4/D8
T18 TERMINAL (-)

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 102712


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV25640 A3NV26199 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW13931


A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7305440_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO.Sheet 11 of 14
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 11Printable
/ 14
7305440
Version Click Here
754 of 1311
2440 BLK GND
* HVAC
2
* DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
HVAC DUCT FAN
M (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
7440 WHT SIG

C610
1
* DLX FUEL HARN 7266824 ONLY
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)

2560 BLK
*
C
7420 WHT POTENTIOMETER (TEMP
A
CONTROL SWITCH)
7425 WHT
B
C483

*
7425 WHT
D
2130 BLK HEATER VALVE
C
SP48 7430 WHT
A
C635

BLOWER MOTOR
FRC1
HVAC RELAY-B C438
MFR HARN CONN 3 *
SW10
BLOWER SWITCH
* HIGH
7530 WHT
1140 RED/WHT (DK GRAY) 1
SHT2/C1 H4 87 1500 RNG/WHT 1500 RNG/WHT 2 7520 WHT
MED
30 H1 7 7 5 1 2
4 7510 WHT
LOW

2030 BLK 85 SW10 3


SHT4/C8 H5 H2 7400 WHT
86 3
FRC1 FRC1 M
SW10
1790 RNG/WHT 7410 WHT
SHT3/D1 4
C611

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

2745 BLK 2745 BLK 2580 BLK


SHT4/F3 8 8
SP16
2100 BLK

SW11
1
3

C
GWY CTRLR
SP40 * THERMOSTAT

AC SIGNAL MONITOR 11
7021 WHT 7020 WHT
9 9
7020 WHT
1 *
2570 BLK
J1A 2
7015 WHT
3
C630
SW11
AC SWITCH

7023 WHT C355


B FUEL HARN
AC EVAPORATOR
SWITCH 7024 WHT 7024 WHT 7025 WHT SIG
A A A 1
D4

C350 MAGNET CLUTCH


2290 BLK (COMPRESSOR)
2280 BLK GND
2
C486

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 102712


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV25640 A3NV26199 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW13931


A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7305440_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO.Sheet 12 of 14
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 12Printable
/ 14
7305440
Version Click Here
755 of 1311
C428
# C355
FUEL HARN MFR HARN CONN 2 (LT GRAY)

POWER BOB
1 SIG
4470 LGN
E E
4470 LGN
8 8
4470 LGN

4480 LGN
OPTIONS 1
CLOSE SP33
2470 BLK 2770 BLK 2770 BLK
2 GND SW5
C607
B B SHT4/E8
* POWER BOBTACH SWITCH # DLX FUEL HARN 7266824 ONLY
# 1380 RED/WHT 1
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
4480 LGN 4480 LGN
1 SIG F F 7 7 2
3 DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
POWER BOB
OPEN SW5
* (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
GND 2480 BLK
2 SW5
C606
LEFT HANDLE 6010 PNK 6010 PNK
10 10
LIFT (ACS/AHC ONLY) LEFT HANDLE (FLASHER) 5 WAY
1405 RED/WHT
SHT14/D6
(SEE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS DWG)
1410 RED/WHT 1410 RED/WHT 1430 RED/WHT
SHT2/E1 12 12 X T3
SP43 * FLASHER
1200 RED/WHT L
HANDLE LOCK (ACS ONLY)
3400 LBL
T3
SHT8/G8
SP22 D5
6400 PNK 6400 PNK 6430 PNK
14 14
FLOAT (ACS/AHC ONLY)
SHT3/F1
1550 RNG/WHT
9 9
1550 RNG/WHT * SW2
BEACON SWITCH
3500 LBL
SHT8/F8
D2 1
RIGHT POSTION SWITCH 6500 PNK 6530 PNK
2
SW3
PADDLE
* HAZARD SWITCH
6
1
B C438 2 SW2 SW2
6415 PNK MFR HARN CONN 3 (DK GRAY)
D 6500 PNK 3
LEFT POSITION SWITCH
6515 PNK SP21 3 3

6410 PNK

6510 PNK
A 4
C103 5 6
C411 TAILGATE HARN
TRIGGER
SW3 (PINS 3 & 6 SW3
E E INTERNALLY INSULATED)
EURO TAIL LIGHTS
(SEE ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS DWG) D D * SW6
BUCKET POSITION SWITCH
2850 BLK
SP46 2725 BLK

BUCKET
POSITION
A SIG
4450 LGN 4455 LGN
2 2
4455 LGN
1
2
6570 PNK
*
D3

2905 BLK
SOLENOID
2450 BLK
3 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale SHT14/F6
2455 BLK 2970 BLK
9.8 OHM B GND SHT4/E8 4 SHT14/F4 6700 PNK
2830 BLK 2810 BLK E E
C423 SHT4/E8 6 5 SHT14/D5 2420 BLK
D D C670
SW6 SW6 6540 PNK BEACON/FLASHER
2780 BLK 2780 BLK B B EXTERIOR HARNESS
SHT4/E3 1 1 6440 PNK
F F (SEE ADDITIONAL
LEFT HANDLE
OPTIONS DWG)
LIFT (ACS/AHC ONLY)
C C

LEFT HANDLE (HORN) 2 WAY A A


(SEE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS DWG) C676
LEFT SPEAKER
* * RADIO CONN
*
GWY CTRLR 7820 WHT LEFT 1
HANDLE LOCK (ACS ONLY) 1 3 SPEAKER (+)
TWO SPEED 2
MAKEUP GROUND 2360 BRN
27 2 7830 WHT LEFT L010
TWO SPEED 2 4 3
SPEAKER (-) AIR RIDE SEAT
TWO SPEED 26 MAKEUP SOLENOID 1510 RNG/WHT PWR
FLOAT (ACS/AHC ONLY) GROUND C279 SHT9/E3 4
4360 LGN 8.8 OHM 12V PWR
J1A 1 RIGHT SPEAKER
C437 * 7810 WHT RIGHT 2210 BLK GND GND
RIGHT POSTION SWITCH
2350 BRN GND
2 6 SPEAKER (-)
SHT9/E3 5
2
TWO SPEED TWO SPEED TRACK 2 SPEED 7800 WHT RIGHT 6
PADDLE MAKEUP 25 SOLENOID (SEE ADDITIONAL 1 5 SPEAKER (+)
OPTIONS DWG) C277
4350 LGN SIG 5.1 OHM 12 V C278
TWO SPEED SIGNAL 26 1 1885 RNG/WHT
SHT9/E3 1
J1B C441 AUX CTRLR
2885 BLK
LEFT POSITION SWITCH HIGH FLOW 2460 BRN
SHT9/D3 2
C408 26
SOLENOID GROUND C676
MFR HARN CONN 1 C126
1460 RED/WHT J2A GND
A SHT2/E1 (BLACK) HORN CONNECTOR B
TRIGGER
SIG
HIGH FLOW
7210 WHT 7210 WHT
B 13 13 A A _ SOLENOID
C412 SIG
A 7.5 OHM 12 V
HORN
GND + C415
2785 BLK HIGH FLOW 4460 LGN
SHT4/E8 B B SOLENOID SIGNAL
26
J2B

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 102712


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV25640 A3NV26199 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW13931


A3NU13060 through
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7305440_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO.Sheet 13 of 14
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 13Printable
/ 14
7305440
Version Click Here
756 of 1311
AUX CTRLR
C438
*SW7
RIDE CONTROL
OPTIONS 1
MFR HARN CONN 3 (DK GRAY)
RIDE CONTROL SW AUTO 23
3700 LBL
10 10
3700 LBL
1 2
2915 BLK
SHT4/F8
* DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
SW7 SW7

3480 LBL
RIDE CONTROL RELAY SIGNAL 7
RIDE CONTROL
RELAY - RC1

SP9 1575 RNG/WHT


3415 LBL 3425 LBL 30 SHT3/F1
RIDE CONTROL COIL SIGNAL 21 87
3435 LBL 3445 LBL 2505 BLK
1 1 85 86 SHT4/B8
RIDE CONTROL RIDE CONTROL RC1 RC1
COIL COIL
2040 BLK 2020 BLK
2 2
SP32
C439 C440
2155 BLK
SHT4/B8

C438 *
SW13
REVERSING FAN
MFR HARN CONN 3 (DK GRAY)
3475 LBL 3475 LBL
REVERSING FAN MANUAL SIGNAL 16 12 12 3

2905 BLK 2970 BLK


SHT13/E3 1 2 SHT13/D3
3470 LBL 3470 LBL
REVERSING FAN AUTO SIGNAL 29 11 11 6
1565 RNG/WHT
5 SHT3/E1
C443 4
2175 BRN 2 SW13 SW13
REVERSING FAN RETURN SIGNAL 27
J2A REVERSING
FAN COIL
REVERSING FAN SIGNAL 3485 LBL 1
25

C442

RIDE CONTROL PRESSURE


SHT4/C3
2185 BRN
A
RIDE CONTROL
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
3455 LBL
SENSOR SIGNAL 10 C PRESSURE SENSOR
5105 YEL
RIDE CONTROL SENSOR 24 B
+5V SUPPLY
J2B
*SIDELIGHT
SW8 C672
SIDELIGHT CONN
6710 PNK
1405 RED/WHT 1 1 1
SHT13/G3 2
2810 BLK
SHT13/D3 2 2

2860 BLK
6 SHT4/F8

SW8 SW8

PROPRIETARY NOTICE
Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV25640
WARNING
A3NV26199 TOLERANCES: ECN 102712
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT DATE WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA

Standard Machine S/N A3NW13931


A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305440_0
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DRAWN MSE SCHEM ELEC MAN
DWG. NO.Sheet 14 of 14
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV DESCRIPTION
102712 MSE
CHG NOTICE DWN SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 14 / 14
7305440
Printable Version Click Here
757 of 1311
Index Diagram
1 SH01 - INDEX
2 SH02 - UNSWITCHED BATT POWER
3 SH03 - SWITCHED POWER
4 SH04 - GROUND WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
5 SH05 - CAN BUS
6 SH06 - ENGINE
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE
7 SH07 - HYDRAULICS BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
8 SH08 - CAB DISPLAY
9 SH09 - CAB BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
10 SH10 - MANUAL CONTROLS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT LEGEND
11 SH11 - LIGHTS
12 SH12 - HVAC BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK CONNECTOR
13 SH13 - OPTIONS 1
14 SH14 - OPTIONS 2 CONTROLLER GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN 1 1

MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL


HARNESS PART NUMBER LGN
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN
EXMF MAN 7322221
LF MAN MFR 7322218 CONTROLLER SUPPLY (5V, 8V) 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL 1 1

DLX CAB 7304511 LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK


STD CAB 7210557 1 1
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
STD FUEL 7149219
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN WIRE BREAK
S/R (STARTER) 6733370 WIRE BREAK
SHT1/E2 SHT1/E2
7217484 COMMUNICATION CAN LO 90XX, 92XX, 94XX, 96XX, 98XX PURPLE PUR
TAILGATE DOM
WIRE BREAK
SHT1/F2 SHT1/F2
WHL 2 SPD ADP 7159366 COMMUNICATION CAN HI 91XX, 93XX, 95XX, 97XX, 99XX PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

(1 PC) TRK 2 SPD 7243409


SUSP JSTK 7163706

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 108481


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT19200 & Above
A3NV26200 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW14200


A3NU13300 && Above
Above
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7322217_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 1 of 14


Click Here for Interactive PDF COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV DESCRIPTION
108481 MMM
CHG NOTICE DWN SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
14
7322217
SHT 1 /Printable Version Click Here
758 of 1311
UNSWITCHED
BATT POWER

1240 RED/WHT
SHT8/E3

1400 RED/WHT
SHT9/D3
C408
1450 RED/WHT 1450 RED/WHT SP7 1420 RED/WHT
6 6 SHT8/E3

1440 RED/WHT
SHT8/G8

FC1 FUSE CENTER 1110 RED/WHT


2
FUSE 1 25 A GWY CTRLR
1070 RED 1120 RED/WHT 1130 RED/WHT
1 2 SP2 3
J1B
1025 RED
FUSE 2 25 A 1160 RED/WHT SP36 1150 RED/WHT
3 4 3
+12V BATTERY MEGAFUSE AUX CTRLR
100.0 Amps 1180 RED/WHT
HW11 1 1 2

T5 T4 J2B

FUSE 3 25 A
7 8

FUSE 4 25 A
5 6
SHT6/G1
FC1 FC1

1010 RED
FC2 FUSE CENTER

1190 RED FUSE 1 25 A 1165 RED/WHT


1 2 SHT5/C8

1040 RED FUSE 2 25 A 1490 RED/WHT SP24 1410 RED/WHT


3 4 SHT13/G7
1460 RED/WHT
SP26
1290 RED FUSE 4 15 A
Dealer 1370
Copy -- Not for Resale
RED/WHT
SHT13/B7

5 6 SHT9/F8

FC2 FC2

1325 RED FUSE RELAY CENTER

FUSE 5 30 A
1350 RED/WHT
SP1 5A 5B SHT6/D1

BUS BAR
1310 RED
FUSE 6 30 A
1360 RED/WHT
6A 6B SHT7/H8
1055 RED

FUSE 9 15 A
1320 RED/WHT
9A 9B SHT11/B8
BUS BAR

1340 RED
FUSE 10 20 A 1330 RED/WHT
10A 10B SHT11/D8

1300 RED
FUSE 11 25 A 1140 RED/WHT
11A 11B SHT12/F8

FRC1 FRC1

1030 RED
SHT6/H8
1050 RED
SHT3/E8
SP60
1060 RED
SHT6/E1
1205 RED
SHT3/D8

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 108481


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT19200 & Above
A3NV26200 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW14200


A3NU13300 && Above
Above
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7322217_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 2 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
108481 MMM
CHG NOTICE DWN SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 2 /Printable
14
7322217
Version Click Here
759 of 1311
SWITCHED
POWER

C404
1720 RNG/WHT BU ALARM-MFR HARN
FUSE RELAY CENTER B B (SEE ADDITIONAL
OPTION DWG)
FUSE 1 25 A 1750 RNG/WHT SP52
1A 1B

BUS BAR
1780 RNG/WHT C489
A A MFR ACCESSORY
1760 RNG/WHT
FUSE 2 25 A 1850 RNG/WHT
2A 2B SHT9/D8

BUS BAR
1575 RNG/WHT
SHT14/G4
FUSE 3 15 A 1550 RNG/WHT
3A 3B SHT13/F7
1620 RNG/WHT
SHT8/G8
1940 RNG/WHT
SHT8/H8

BUS BAR
C428
MFR HARN CONN 2 1930 RNG/WHT
SHT8/H3
(LT GRAY) 1775 RNG/WHT
FUSE 4 5 A 1660 RNG/WHT 1660 RNG/WHT SHT8/D8
4A 4B 2 2 1590 RNG/WHT
SP42 SHT8/E3
1950 RNG/WHT
SHT8/F3
1785 RNG/WHT
SHT9/H6
1960 RNG/WHT
SHT8/E8
1565 RNG/WHT
SHT14/E4
SWITCHED POWER
1520 RNG/WHT
RELAY-RC2 SHT10/G3
1570 RNG/WHT SP11 1530 RNG/WHT
SHT10/D3
1050 RED
SHT2/B1 30 1765 RNG/WHT 1560 RNG/WHT
87 22 AUX CTRLR
SP25
3390 LBL 2055 BLK
86 85 SHT4/B8 1795 RNG/WHT
7A
Dealer
FUSE 7Copy
25 A -- Not 7B
for Resale 1730 RNG/WHT J2B
SHT5/C8
RC2 RC2

1820 RNG/WHT FUSE 8 25 A 1580 RNG/WHT


8A 8B SHT9/F8

SWITCHED POWER FUSE 12 15 A


1815 RNG/WHT 1800 RNG/WHT
RELAY-RC1 12A 12B SHT6/G4

FRC1 FRC1
1205 RED
SHT2/B1 30 1820 RNG/WHT
87
SP100 3385 LBL 2065 BLK
86 85 SHT4/C8

RC1 RC1
1790 RNG/WHT
SHT12/E8

GWY CTRLR
3450 LBL
21 SWITCHED POWER RELAY FEEDBACK

3380 LBL
4 SWITCHED POWER RELAY SIGNAL

J1A
1830 RNG/WHT
SHT5/E3
C428
MFR HARN CONN 2 (LT GRAY)
1920 RNG/WHT 1920 RNG/WHT SP37
6 6
1840 RNG/WHT
SHT5/D3

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 108481


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT19200 & Above
A3NV26200 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW14200


A3NU13300 && Above
Above
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
7322217_0
TITLE

SCHEM ELEC MAN


USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 3 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
108481 MMM
CHG NOTICE DWN SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 3 /Printable
14
7322217
Version Click Here
760 of 1311
GROUND
2140 BRN
SHT6/E7
2150 BRN
SHT6/G7
2160 BRN
2080 BLK SHT6/F7 GWY CTRLR
SHT5/D3
2170 BRN
SHT6/B7
2070 BLK 2180 BRN SP12 2230 BRN
SHT5/E3 SHT6/B7 17 SENSOR GND
2190 BRN
2920 BLK SHT7/D7
SHT8/G8 C408 J1B
2220 BRN
MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK) SHT7/F7
2940 BLK SP4 2950 BLK 2950 BLK 2320 BRN
SHT8/G3 10 10 SHT7/F7
2370 BRN
2960 BLK SHT9/C8
SHT8/E3

2250 BLK 2510 BLK SP3 2110 BLK 1 T6


SHT8/D3 16 BATTERY GROUND

GWY CTRLR 2500 BLK


15

J1B

2540 BLK
16
2860 BLK AUX CTRLR
SHT14/D4 2550 BLK SP28 2090 BLK 2730 BLK
2915 BLK 15 SHT9/E8
SHT14/H4 2745 BLK
J2B SHT12/D8
2930 BLK
SHT8/E8 C428 2765 BLK 1 T8
2830 BLK MFR HARN CONN 2 (LT GRAY) SHT11/H8
BATTERY GROUND
SHT13/D5 2900 BLK 2900 BLK 2780 BLK
2700 BLK 1 1 SHT13/D8
SHT8/F8 SP47 2790 BLK
SHT9/D8
2785 BLK
SHT13/B7
2455 BLK
SP27 2300 BLK
SHT13/D6
2710 BLK
SHT5/B8

2770 BLK
SHT13/H6

2620 BLK C489 2720 BLK


SHT11/C4 MFR ACCESSORY B B Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2650 BLK
SHT10/F8 C103
TAILGATE HARN 2015 BLK 1
2600 BLK SP6 2390 BLK 1 T1 SHT6/G4
2640 BLK 2600 BLK
SHT11/C4 B B T10
BATTERY GROUND
SP51 ENGINE GROUND
2610 BLK
SHT11/E4

2630 BLK
SHT11/B4

2200 BLK
SHT7/H4 AUX CTRLR
2400 BLK
SHT6/C7 2185 BRN
SHT14/E7 SP58 2995 BRN
2065 BLK 2195 BRN 17 SENSOR GND
SHT3/C1 SHT10/G3
2005 BLK
SHT6/G8 J2B
2016 BLK
SHT6/E1
2025 BLK
SHT6/D1
2030 BLK
SHT12/E8 SP55 2105 BLK
2035 BLK
SHT7/H5
2045 BLK
SHT11/B8
2055 BLK
SHT3/E6
2115 BLK
SHT11/D8
2505 BLK
SHT14/G4
2155 BLK
SHT14/F4

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 108481


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT19200 & Above
A3NV26200 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW14200


A3NU13300 && Above
Above
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7322217_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 4 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
108481 MMM
CHG NOTICE DWN SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
14
7322217
SHT 4 /Printable Version Click Here
761 of 1311
CAN BUS
* DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)

GWY CTRLR C479


Z3 C408
MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK) Z1 LEFT PANEL
120 OHM 0.5 W RESISTOR SP18 120 OHM 0.5 W RESISTOR (BLACK)
SP31 SP39 SP35
9200 PUR 9270 PUR 9230 PUR 9230 PUR 9240 PUR 9250 PUR 9650 PUR 9630 PUR
CAN LO 8 4 4 4 CAN LO

SP30 SP17 SP38 SP34


CAN HI 9100 PUR/WHT 9170 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 9140 PUR/WHT 9150 PUR/WHT 9550 PUR/WHT 9530 PUR/WHT
9 3 3 3 CAN HI

C479

C503
RH DLX PANEL
9260 PUR
4 CAN LO

9160 PUR/WHT
2 CAN HI

C503

AUX CTRLR * C450 C460


RIGHT JOYSTICK
RIGHT JOYSTICK CONN RIGHT JOYSTICK
9220 PUR 1830 RNG/WHT 1830 RNG/WHT +12V PWR
8 CAN LO SHT3/B1 1 1 1 1
2070 BLK 2070 BLK GND
9120 PUR/WHT SHT4/G8 2 2 2 2
9 CAN HI 9560 PUR/WHT 9560 PUR/WHT CAN HI
3 3 3 3
J2B 9660 PUR 9660 PUR CAN LO
4 4 4 4

C426
Remote Run Tool, ACD
CAN HI 14
9500 PUR/WHT
Dealer
A A CAN HICopy -- Not for Resale * C449
LEFT JOYSTICK CONN
C459
LEFT JOYSTICK LEFT JOYSTICK
1840 RNG/WHT 1840 RNG/WHT +12V PWR
9600 PUR SHT3/B1 1 1 1 1
CAN LO 20 B B CAN LO
2080 BLK 2080 BLK GND
SHT4/H8 2 2 2 2
9540 PUR/WHT 9540 PUR/WHT CAN HI
3 3 3 3
9640 PUR 9640 PUR CAN LO
4 4 4 4

SUSP SEAT JOYSTICK HARNESS

3090 LBL SP93 3085 LBL


REMOTE RUN KEY 21 D D REMOTE RUN KEY

J1B

AUX CTRLR

3095 LBL
REMOTE RUN KEY 24
J2A

1730 RNG/WHT
SHT3/D1 E E SWITCHED POWER

1165 RED/WHT
SHT2/E1 F F UNSWITCHED POWER

2710 BLK
SHT4/E8 G G GROUND

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 108481


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT19200 & Above
A3NV26200 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW14200


A3NU13300 && Above
Above
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
7322217_0
TITLE

SCHEM ELEC MAN


USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 5 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
108481 MMM
CHG NOTICE DWN SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 5 /Printable
14
7322217
Version Click Here
762 of 1311
T7 STARTER
FRC1 STARTER
RELAY - M
1
1
R ENGINE
C109
STARTER CONNECTOR T21 S
1030 RED
SHT2/B1 J4 87 8200 TAN 8220 TAN
30 J1 A A

8210 TAN 85 3560 LBL


J2 J5 B B T9 B
86
1
FRC1 FRC1
2005 BLK
SHT4/C8
SHT2/E6
C110 ALTERNATOR
1015 RED 1020 RED
GWY CTRLR S
1800 RNG/WHT
SHT3/D1 L
STARTER RELAY SIGNAL 7 2015 BLK 1
SHT4/D3
3560 LBL T11
STARTER RELAY FEEDBACK 22
2150 BRN GND GND 1
SHT4/H3 B AIR FILTER T12
3150 LBL SWITCH (NC)
AIR FILTER SENDER SIGNAL 16 A SIG
C405

3160 LBL
ENGINE SPEED SENDER SIGNAL 15 A
ENGINE SPEED
2160 BRN SENSOR (163 OHMS)
SHT4/H3 B
C106

5140 YEL
SHT9/B8 B

3140 LBL
ENGINE OIL PRESS SENDER SIGNAL 25 C
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
2140 BRN SENDER (0.5-4.5V) FRC1 GLOW PLUG
SHT4/H3 A
RELAY - F
C107

1 8500 TAN
1060 RED
T14 3420 LBL F4 SHT2/B1
GLOW PLUG RELAY FEEDBACK 14 F1

8510 TAN 2016 BLK


GLOW PLUG RELAY SIGNAL 6 F2 F5 SHT4/C8

FRC1 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


FRC1

FRC1 FUEL PULL


RELAY - E

1350 RED/WHT
3410 LBL E1 SHT2/D1
FUEL RELAY FEEDBACK 30 E4
8110 TAN 2025 BLK
FUEL RELAY SIGNAL 3 E5 E2 SHT4/C8

J1A FRC1 FRC1


C101
FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
8120 TAN 8100 TAN PULL
B B 0.33 OHM

D1
2400 BLK 2800 BLK GND
SHT4/C8 C C
8800 TAN HOLD
FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID HOLD 4 A A 24.5 OHM

C355
FUEL HARN
3180 LBL 3180 LBL
FUEL SENDER SIGNAL 12 C C A
FUEL SENDER
(30 - 270 OHM)
2180 BRN 2180 BRN
SHT4/G3 D D B
C406
3170 LBL
ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR SIGNAL 18 A
ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR
(500 - 3000 OHM) (8 VOLT)
2170 BRN
SHT4/G3 B
J1B C104

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 108481


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT19200 & Above
A3NV26200 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW14200


A3NU13300 && Above
Above
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7322217_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 6 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
108481
CHG NOTICE DWN
MMM
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 6 /Printable
14
7322217
Version Click Here
763 of 1311
FRC1
TRACTION LOCK RELAY - D
C425 HYDRAULICS
4100 LGN
1360 RED/WHT +12V PWR B B
SHT2/C1 D1 87 4200 LGN C308
30 D4 A A A
BRAKE
85 GND 2035 BLK SOLENOID 9.8
D5 D2 SHT4/C8 2200 BLK 2200 BLK
86 SHT4/D8 C C B OHM 12 V TRACK 2 SPEED ADAPTER
FRC1 FRC1 (SEE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS DWG)
C308

WHEEL 2 SPD ADP HARNESS 7159366


GWY CTRLR

TRACTION LOCK
4110 LGN
RELAY SIGNAL 8
3430 LBL
TRACTION LOCK 13 C425
RELAY FEEDBACK
PULL 0.3 OHMS
B B
2220 BRN GND
SHT4/G3 B 10.9 OHMS
HYDRAULIC TEMPERATURE SENDER HOLD
T A A
500 - 3000 OHM (8 VOLT)
3220 LBL SIG
HYD TEMP SIGNAL 32 A
C108 C C
WHEEL SINGLE SPEED
TRACTION LOCK
3320 LBL SIG
HYD FILTER DIFF PRESS 34 A
HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER SWITCH
2320 BRN GND
SHT4/G3 B (NC)
C112

4010 LGN SIG


1
HYDRAULIC FAN SOLENOID
2910 BRN GND 7.2 OHM 12 V
HYDRAULIC FAN GROUND 18 2
C446

HYD LOCK VALVE 2410 BRN GND


1 2
SOL GROUND
HYDRAULIC LOCK SOLENOID
4410 LGN SIG 9.8 OHM 12 V
1
J1A
C420 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2190 BRN GND
SHT4/G3 A
SIG P HYDRAULIC CHARGE
3190 LBL
C PRESSURE 0.5-4.5V
5190 YEL +5V PWR
SHT9/B8 B
C105
4200 LGN
J1B
19

13

6
HYD LOCK
SOLENOID SIGNAL

HYD CHARGE PRESS


SENDER SIGNAL

TRACTION SOLENOID
OUTPUT
HYDRAULIC FAN
SIGNAL

4330 LGN GND


AUX CTRLR 1
FRONT ROD SOLENOID (MALE)
2330 BRN SIG 3.3 OHM PWM
FRONT ROD SOLENOID GROUND 18 2
C418
4340 LGN GND
GWY CTRLR 1
FRONT BASE SOLENOID (FEMALE)
2340 BRN SIG 3.3 OHM PWM
FRONT BASE SOLENOID GROUND 1 2
J2A C419

J2B
19

13
FRONT ROD
SOLENOID SIGNAL

FRONT BASE
SOLENOID SIGNAL
AUX CTRLR

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 108481


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT19200 & Above
A3NV26200 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW14200


A3NU13300 && Above
Above
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
7322217_0
TITLE

SCHEM ELEC MAN


USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 7 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
108481
CHG NOTICE DWN
MMM
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 7 /Printable
14
7322217
Version Click Here
764 of 1311
1940 RNG/WHT
T13 LEFT PANEL BUZZER CAB DISPLAY
SHT3/F1 1
7040 WHT
1 C499
T2 PTOL CONN

C479 1930 RNG/WHT SWITCHED POWER


LEFT PANEL (BLACK) SHT3/F1 1
2940 BLK GROUND
SHT4/G8 3
BUZZER GWY CTRLR
10 C408
MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK)
2920 BLK GROUND 3030 LBL 3030 LBL PTOL OUTPUT
SHT4/G8 2 PTOL SWITCH 20 1 1 2

1440 RED/WHT UNSWITCHED POWER 2380 BRN 2380 BRN PTOL LED
SHT2/G1 1 PTOL LED 19 12 12 4
1620 RNG/WHT SWITCHED POWER
SHT3/F1 5 C499
C500
3400 LBL LEFT BLINKER INPUT RH KEY SWITCH CONNECTOR
SHT13/F5 11
3500 LBL RIGHT BLINKER INPUT 8130 TAN 8130 TAN START
SHT13/F5 8 START ENGINE 24 2 2 2
J1A

SW9
3040 LBL 3040 LBL RUN/ENTER SWITCH
TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH(OPTIONAL) RUN/ENTER 22 14 14 4

2700 BLK 3650 LBL TRAVEL CONTROL INPUT J1B


SHT4/E8 2 3 7 1950 RNG/WHT SWITCHED POWER
SHT3/F1 5
6
1
1420 RED/WHT UNSWITCHED POWER
5 4 SHT2/G1 1
3600 LBL PARK BRAKE INPUT
SW9 SW9 9
1960 RNG/WHT 2960 BLK GROUND
SHT3/E1 SHT4/G8 3
SW1 C500
BRAKE SWITCH C503
RH DLX PANEL
2930 BLK C479 SHT5/G1
SHT4/F8 2 1
1590 RNG/WHT SWITCHED POWER
SHT3/F1 5
5 6
1240 RED/WHT UNSWITCHED POWER
4
3
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale SHT2/H1 1
SW1 C480 2250 BLK GROUND
SW1 SHT4/G8 3
1775 RNG/WHT LEFT PANEL CONN (GRAY)
SHT3/F1
3630 LBL DOOR SIGNAL
6
SHT9/D3 12
C503 SHT5/F1

3610 LBL PARK BRAKE OUTPUT


2

C480

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 108481


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT19200 & Above
A3NV26200 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW14200


A3NU13300 && Above
Above
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7322217_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 8 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
108481
CHG NOTICE DWN
MMM
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 8 /Printable
14
7322217
Version Click Here
765 of 1311
SW4
HAND/FOOT (ACS)
* H/ISO (SJC, AWS)

1785 RNG/WHT
SWITCH
CAB
SHT3/E1 2 1
6
* DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
2060 BLK (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
SHT9/E3 5
4
SW4 3
SW4
C438
MFR HARN CONN 3 (DK GRAY)
4235 LGN
HAND CONTROL LIGHT 4 4

4275 LGN
FOOT CONTROL LIGHT 5 5

FOOT CONTROL SIGNAL 6 6


4550 LGN *
C212
POWER SOCKET
2795 BLK GND
1
1375 RED/WHT +12V PWR
2
C212
C408
MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK) DOME LIGHT

SHT2/D1
1370 RED/WHT
7 7
1370 RED/WHT SP45 1390 RED/WHT * 1
C129 T37
CAB ACCESSORY
1210 RED/WHT SP41 2010 BLK
A A +12V BATT PWR 1
1580 RNG/WHT 1580 RNG/WHT SP8 1865 RNG/WHT
SHT3/D1 5 5 B B +12V SW PWR
* T38

2820 BLK
C C GND

1510 RNG/WHT
SHT13/C2

1885 RNG/WHT
SHT13/B3

2730 BLK 2730 BLK SP44 2060 BLK


SHT4/F3 11 11 SHT9/H6
2210 BLK
SHT13/C2
Dealer Copy -- Not for
2885Resale
BLK
C428
SHT13/B3
* C667
MFR HARN CONN 2 (LT GRAY) DOOR HARNESS
2790 BLK 2790 BLK
SHT4/E3 11 11 (SEE ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS DWG)
3630 LBL
SHT8/D8 4 4 DOOR SIGNAL
1400 RED/WHT
SHT2/G1 5 5 DOOR UNSW PWR
2840 BLK
2 2 WIPER MOTOR GROUND
1850 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT
SHT3/F1 13 13 1 1 WIPER SWITCH, MOTOR SWITCHED POWER

2370 BRN 2370 BRN 7310 WHT


SHT4/G3 4 4 SEATBAR 3 3 WASHER SIGNAL
SENSOR

GWY CTRLR GND


A
3370 LBL 3370 LBL SIG
SEATBAR SENSOR SIGNAL 11 5 5 B
+5V PWR
SP13 C
5100 YEL 5370 YEL 5370 YEL
5V CTRLR POWER 24 3 3 HARNESS WASHER PUMP
C482

J1B * C252 C253


7253378
5140 YEL 7310 WHT
SHT6/F7 A A PWR 1
WASHER
5190 YEL
SHT7/D7 2845 BLK 2845 BLK
MOTOR
B B GND 2

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 108481


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT19200 & Above
A3NV26200 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW14200


A3NU13300 && Above
Above
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
7322217_0
TITLE

SCHEM ELEC MAN


USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO. Sheet 9 of 14


COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
108481
CHG NOTICE DWN
MMM
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
14
7322217
SHT 9 /Printable Version Click Here
766 of 1311
MANUAL
CONTROLS

RIGHT HANDLE
AUX CTRLR
1520 RNG/WHT
SHT3/E1 A
RIGHT HANDLE LEFT
4930 LGN
ROCKER DOWN 31 J
4940 LGN
RIGHT HANDLE LEFT ROCKER UP 30 H LEFT POSITION SWITCH
2195 BRN
SHT4/C3 C
4320 LGN PADDLE
D
4300 LGN
B
C404
4910 LGN RIGHT POSITION SWITCH
BU ALARM-MFR HARN (SEE C103 RIGHT HANDLE RIGHT ROCKER UP 13 F
ADDITIONAL OPTION DWG) TAILGATE HARN 4920 LGN TRIGGER
7100 WHT 7100 WHT T19 E
A A C C
1 BACK UP ALARM HANDLE LOCK (ACS ONLY)
2650 BLK 1 K
SHT4/D8
T20 G
C409
TILT (ACS/AHC ONLY)

J2B
21

18

23
GWY CTRLR AUX CTRLR

TILT SPOOL LOCK 2670 BRN GND


10 3
SOLENOID GROUND LEFT HANDLE
TILT SPOOL LOCK
4670 LGN SIG
1
7.8 OHM 12V
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale LIFT (ACS/AHC ONLY)

C421

HANDLE LOCK (ACS ONLY)


H
LIFT SPOOL LOCK 2680 BRN GND
2 3 E
SOLENOID GROUND
LIFT SPOOL LOCK
J1A D FLOAT (ACS/AHC ONLY)
4680 LGN
7.8 OHM 12V
SIG 1530 RNG/WHT
1 SHT3/E1 A
LEFT HANDLE RIGHT ROCKER
C422 4830 LGN
DOWN 22 B
RIGHT POSTION SWITCH
LEFT HANDLE RIGHT ROCKER UP 4840 LGN
28 C
4810 LGN
LEFT HANDLE PADDEL RIGHT 11 F PADDLE
J1B

4820 LGN
7

LEFT HANDLE PADDEL LEFT 12 G


C410
TILT SPOOL LOCK
SOLENOID SIGNAL

LIFT SPOOL LOCK


SOLENOID SIGNAL

J2A LEFT POSITION SWITCH

TRIGGER

GWY CTRLR

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 108481


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT19200 & Above
A3NV26200 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW14200


A3NU13300 && Above
Above
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7322217_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO.Sheet 10 of 14
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
108481
CHG NOTICE DWN
MMM
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 10Printable
/ 14
7322217
Version Click Here
767 of 1311
6100 PNK
C434-1
A
LIGHTS
SIG

37 WATT

C408
2735 BLK GND
MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK) B LEFT FRONT
2765 BLK 2765 BLK SP14 2750 BLK WORKLIGHT
SHT4/E3 9 9 B
GND

50 WATT

6110 PNK SIG


A
C434-2

C435-1
6000 PNK 6000 PNK SP15 6120 PNK
8 8 SIG
A

37 WATT

2760 BLK GND


B RIGHT FRONT
6130 PNK WORK LIGHT
A
SIG

50 WATT

2705 BLK GND


B
C435-2

FRC1
2610 BLK GND
FRONT WORK
LIGHTS RELAY - B
Dealer Copy -- Not SHT4/D8
for Resale 2

C103 RIGHT REAR


TAIL LIGHT
1330 RED/WHT TAILGATE HARN
SHT2/C1 B1 6340 PNK SP10 6310 PNK 6310 PNK SP49 6320 PNK SIG
B4 A A 1

6320 PNK
C603
2115 BLK
SHT4/B8 B2 B5
FRC1 FRC1
6330 PNK SIG
1

LEFT REAR
GWY CTRLR TAIL LIGHT
2640 BLK GND
MRKR LIGHT PWR SHT4/D8 2
RELAY SIGNAL 5
C602
MRKR LIGHT PWR 3460 LBL
RELAY FEEDBACK
31

REAR LIGHT 6210 PNK


RELAY SIGNAL 17 T16 TERMINAL (-)
2620 BLK
3440 LBL SHT4/E8
REAR LIGHT GND 1
RELAY FEEDBACK
28
RIGHT REAR
FRC1 WORK LIGHT
J1A
REAR LIGHT 6210 PNK SIG 1
RELAY - C T15 TERMINAL (+)

1320 RED/WHT T17 TERMINAL (+)


SHT2/C1 C1 87 6200 PNK 6200 PNK SP96 6220 PNK
30 C4 H H SIG 1
2045 BLK 85 LEFT REAR
SHT4/C8 C2 C5 WORK LIGHT
86
FRC1 FRC1 2630 BLK GND 1
SHT4/D8
T18 TERMINAL (-)

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 108481


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT19200 & Above
A3NV26200 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW14200


A3NU13300 && Above
Above
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7322217_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO.Sheet 11 of 14
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
108481
CHG NOTICE DWN
MMM
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 11Printable
/ 14
7322217
Version Click Here
768 of 1311
2440 BLK GND
* HVAC
2
* DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
HVAC DUCT FAN
M (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
7440 WHT SIG

C610
1
* DLX FUEL HARN 7266824 ONLY
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)

2560 BLK
*
C
7420 WHT POTENTIOMETER (TEMP
A
CONTROL SWITCH)
7425 WHT
B
C483

*
7425 WHT
D
2130 BLK HEATER VALVE
C
SP48 7430 WHT
A
C635

BLOWER MOTOR
FRC1
HVAC RELAY-B C438
MFR HARN CONN 3 *
SW10
BLOWER SWITCH
* HIGH
7530 WHT
1140 RED/WHT (DK GRAY) 1
SHT2/C1 H4 87 1500 RNG/WHT 1500 RNG/WHT 2 7520 WHT
MED
30 H1 7 7 5 1 2
4 7510 WHT
LOW

2030 BLK 85 SW10 3


SHT4/C8 H5 H2 7400 WHT
86 3
FRC1 FRC1 M
SW10
1790 RNG/WHT 7410 WHT
SHT3/C1 4
C611

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

2745 BLK 2745 BLK 2580 BLK


SHT4/F3 8 8
SP16
2100 BLK

SW11
1
3

C
GWY CTRLR
SP40 * THERMOSTAT

AC SIGNAL MONITOR 11
7021 WHT 7020 WHT
9 9
7020 WHT
1 *
2570 BLK
J1A 2
7015 WHT
3
C630
SW11
AC SWITCH

7023 WHT C355


B FUEL HARN
AC EVAPORATOR
SWITCH 7024 WHT 7024 WHT 7025 WHT SIG
A A A 1
D4

C350 MAGNET CLUTCH


2290 BLK (COMPRESSOR)
2280 BLK GND
2
C486

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 108481


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT19200 & Above
A3NV26200 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW14200


A3NU13300 && Above
Above
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7322217_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO.Sheet 12 of 14
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
108481
CHG NOTICE DWN
MMM
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 12Printable
/ 14
7322217
Version Click Here
769 of 1311
C428
# C355
FUEL HARN MFR HARN CONN 2 (LT GRAY)

POWER BOB
1 SIG
4470 LGN
E E
4470 LGN
8 8
4470 LGN

4480 LGN
OPTIONS 1
CLOSE SP33
2470 BLK 2770 BLK 2770 BLK
2 GND SW5
C607
B B SHT4/E8
* POWER BOBTACH SWITCH # DLX FUEL HARN 7266824 ONLY
# 1380 RED/WHT 1
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
4480 LGN 4480 LGN
1 SIG F F 7 7 2
3 DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
POWER BOB
OPEN SW5
* (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
GND 2480 BLK
2 SW5
C606
LEFT HANDLE 6010 PNK 6010 PNK
10 10
LIFT (ACS/AHC ONLY) LEFT HANDLE (FLASHER) 5 WAY
1405 RED/WHT
SHT14/D6
(SEE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS DWG)
1410 RED/WHT 1410 RED/WHT 1430 RED/WHT
SHT2/E1 12 12 X T3
SP43 * FLASHER
1200 RED/WHT L
HANDLE LOCK (ACS ONLY)
3400 LBL
T3
SHT8/G8
SP22 D5
6400 PNK 6400 PNK 6430 PNK
14 14
FLOAT (ACS/AHC ONLY)
SHT3/F1
1550 RNG/WHT
9 9
1550 RNG/WHT * SW2
BEACON SWITCH
3500 LBL
SHT8/F8
D2 1
RIGHT POSTION SWITCH 6500 PNK 6530 PNK
2
SW3
PADDLE
* HAZARD SWITCH
6
1
B C438 2 SW2 SW2
6415 PNK MFR HARN CONN 3 (DK GRAY)
D 6500 PNK 3
LEFT POSITION SWITCH
6515 PNK SP21 3 3

6410 PNK

6510 PNK
A 4
C103 5 6
C411 TAILGATE HARN
TRIGGER
SW3 (PINS 3 & 6 SW3
E E INTERNALLY INSULATED)
EURO TAIL LIGHTS
(SEE ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS DWG) D D * SW6
BUCKET POSITION SWITCH
2850 BLK
SP46 2725 BLK

BUCKET
POSITION
A SIG
4450 LGN 4455 LGN
2 2
4455 LGN
1
2
6570 PNK
*
D3

2905 BLK
SOLENOID
2450 BLK
3 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale SHT14/F6
2455 BLK 2970 BLK
9.8 OHM B GND SHT4/E8 4 SHT14/F4 6700 PNK
2830 BLK 2810 BLK E E
C423 SHT4/E8 6 5 SHT14/D5 2420 BLK
D D C670
SW6 SW6 6540 PNK BEACON/FLASHER
2780 BLK 2780 BLK B B EXTERIOR HARNESS
SHT4/E3 1 1 6440 PNK
F F (SEE ADDITIONAL
LEFT HANDLE
OPTIONS DWG)
LIFT (ACS/AHC ONLY)

LEFT HANDLE (HORN) 2 WAY


(SEE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS DWG) C676
LEFT SPEAKER
* * RADIO CONN
* L010
HEATED SEAT
GWY CTRLR 7820 WHT LEFT 1510 RNG/WHT
HANDLE LOCK (ACS ONLY) 1 3 SPEAKER (+) SHT9/E3 4 PWR
TWO SPEED PWR
MAKEUP GROUND 2360 BRN
27 2 7830 WHT LEFT
TWO SPEED 2 4 SPEAKER (-)
TWO SPEED 26 MAKEUP SOLENOID 2210 BLK GND GND
FLOAT (ACS/AHC ONLY) GROUND C279 SHT9/E3 5
4360 LGN 8.8 OHM 12V
J1A 1 RIGHT SPEAKER C277
C437 * 7810 WHT RIGHT
SEE OPTION PAGES FOR HARNESSES
RIGHT POSTION SWITCH
2350 BRN GND
2 6 SPEAKER (-)
2
TWO SPEED TWO SPEED TRACK 2 SPEED 7800 WHT RIGHT
PADDLE MAKEUP 25 SOLENOID (SEE ADDITIONAL 1 5 SPEAKER (+)
4350 LGN OPTIONS DWG)
TWO SPEED SIGNAL 26 SIG
1 5.1 OHM 12 V C278 1885 RNG/WHT
SHT9/E3 1
J1B C441 AUX CTRLR
2885 BLK
LEFT POSITION SWITCH HIGH FLOW 2460 BRN
SHT9/D3 2
C408 26
SOLENOID GROUND C676
MFR HARN CONN 1 C126
1460 RED/WHT J2A GND
A SHT2/E1 (BLACK) HORN CONNECTOR B
TRIGGER
SIG
HIGH FLOW
7210 WHT 7210 WHT
B 13 13 A A SOLENOID
+
C412 SIG
A 7.5 OHM 12 V
HORN
GND
_ C415
2785 BLK HIGH FLOW 4460 LGN
SHT4/E8 B B SOLENOID SIGNAL
26
J2B

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 108481


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT19200 & Above
A3NV26200 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE

Standard Machine S/N A3NW14200


A3NU13300 && Above
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
Above DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
TITLE
7322217_0
SCHEM ELEC MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE

DWG. NO.Sheet 13 of 14
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
108481
CHG NOTICE DWN
MMM
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 13Printable
/ 14
7322217
Version Click Here
770 of 1311
AUX CTRLR
C438
*SW7
RIDE CONTROL
OPTIONS 1
MFR HARN CONN 3 (DK GRAY)
RIDE CONTROL SW AUTO 23
3700 LBL
10 10
3700 LBL
1 2
2915 BLK
SHT4/F8
* DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
SW7 SW7

3480 LBL
RIDE CONTROL RELAY SIGNAL 7 RIDE CONTROL
RELAY - G
FUSE RELAY CENTER

SP9 1575 RNG/WHT


3415 LBL 3425 LBL G4 G1 SHT3/F1
RIDE CONTROL COIL SIGNAL 21
3435 LBL 3445 LBL 2505 BLK
1 1 G5 G2 SHT4/B8
RIDE CONTROL RIDE CONTROL FRC1 FRC1
COIL COIL
2040 BLK 2020 BLK
2 2
SP32
C439 C440 2155 BLK
SHT4/B8

C438 *
SW13
REVERSING FAN
MFR HARN CONN 3 (DK GRAY)
3475 LBL 3475 LBL
REVERSING FAN MANUAL SIGNAL 16 12 12 3

2905 BLK 2970 BLK


SHT13/E3 1 2 SHT13/D3
3470 LBL 3470 LBL
REVERSING FAN AUTO SIGNAL 29 11 11 6
1565 RNG/WHT
5 SHT3/E1
C443 4
2175 BRN 2 SW13 SW13
REVERSING FAN RETURN SIGNAL 27
J2A REVERSING
FAN COIL
REVERSING FAN SIGNAL 3485 LBL 1
25

C442
2185 BRN
RIDE CONTROL PRESSURE
SHT4/C3 A
RIDE CONTROL
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
3455 LBL
SENSOR SIGNAL 10 C PRESSURE SENSOR
5105 YEL
RIDE CONTROL SENSOR 24 B
+5V SUPPLY
J2B
*SIDELIGHT
SW8 C672
SIDELIGHT CONN
6710 PNK
1405 RED/WHT 1 1 1
SHT13/G3 2
2810 BLK
SHT13/D3 2 2

2860 BLK
6 SHT4/F8

SW8 SW8

WARNING PROPRIETARY NOTICE ECN 108481


Wiring Schematic S630
S650 S/N A3NT19200 & Above
A3NV26200 TOLERANCES:
Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE DATE WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA

Standard Machine S/N A3NW14200


A3NU13300 && Above
Above
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS
OR REGULATIONS.
DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DRAWN MMM
TITLE

SCHEM ELEC7322217_0
MAN
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR X ± 13 MAT Sheet 14 of 14
DWG. NO.
0
REV DESCRIPTION
108481 MMM
CHG NOTICE DWN SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT Printable
14 / 14
7322217
Version Click Here
771 of 1311
CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS (ACS)
NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
PINS PINS PINS PINS
C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID 3 6 C421 TILT SPOOL LOCK 3 10 J1A GATEWAY COTROLLER 34 C428 TILT ACTUATOR 8 14
C103 TAILGATE 8 4,10,11,13 C422 LIFT SPOOL LOCK 3 10 J1B GATEWAY CONTOLLER 26 C429 LIFT ACTUATOR 8 14
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2 6 C423 BUCKET POSITION 2 13 J2A AUX CONTROLLER 34 C467 LIFT PEDAL LOCK 3 14
C105 HYD CHARGE PRESSURE 3 7 C425 BRAKE SOLENOID 3 7 J2B AUX CONTROLLER 26 C468 TILT PEDAL LOCK 3 14
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 2 6 C426 CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD) 7 5 J1-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 8 C469 TILT HANDLE 3 14
C107 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 3 6 C434-1 LEFT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 J2-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 10 C470 TILT PEDAL 3 14
C108 HYD TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 7 C434-2 LEFT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 J3-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 10 C471 LIFT PEDAL 3 14
C109 S/R ADAPTER HARNESS 2 6 C435-1 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 J5 DRIVE CONTROLLER 50 C472 LIFT HANDLE 3 14
C110 ALTERNATOR 2 6 C435-2 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH 2 7 C437 TWO SPEED MAKEUP 2 7
C126 HORN 2 13 C441 TWO SPEED 2 7 FC1 FUSE CENTER 1 3
C129 ACCESSORY 3 9 C446 HYDRAULIC FAN 2 7 FC2 FUSE CENTER 2 3
C209 DOME LIGHT 3 9 C449 LEFT JOYSTICK 4 5,15 FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER 3,6,7,11,12
C212 POWER SOCKET 2 9 C450 RIGHT JOYSTICK 4 5,15
C250 DOOR SENSOR 2 9 C459 LEFT JOYSTICK 4 15
C251 WIPER 5 9 C460 RIGHT JOYSTICK 4 15 T1 BATT GROUND 4
C252 WASHER 2 9 C479 LEFT PANEL(BLACK) 12 5,8 T2 BUZZER GROUND 8
C277 AIR RIDE SEAT 6 9 C480 LEFT PANEL(GRAY) 12 8 T3 FLASHER 13
C278 RIGHT SPEAKER 2 9 C482 SEATBAR SENSOR 3 9 T6 BATT GROUND 4
C279 LEFT SPEAKER 2 9 C483 TEMP CONTROL SWITCH 3 12 T8 BATT GROUND 4 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS (SJC)
C308 BRAKE SOLENOID 2 7 C486 AC COMPRESSOR 2 12 T13 BUZZER POWER 8 NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
C350 AC EVAPORATOR SWITCH 2 12 C489 ACCESSORY 2 3,4 T14 PRE HEATER 6 PINS
C355 DLX or STD FUEL HARNESS 6 6,12,13 C492 ACS/SJC/AWS 1 8 3,5,9,14,15 T15 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(+) C536 RIGHT SWASHPLATE 4 15
11
C362 REAR AUX SOLENOID 8 7 C493 ACS/SJC/AWS 2 4 3,4,14,15 T16 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(-) 11 C537 LEFT SWASHPLATE 4 15
C404 BACKUP ALARM 2 3,10 C497 SJC HORN/BLINKER 3 13 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (+) 11 C428 TILT ACTUATOR 8 15
T17
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH 2 6 C499 PTOL 4 8 T18 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (-) 11 C429 LIFT ACTUATOR 8 15
C406 FUEL SENDER 2 6 C500 RH KEY SWITCH 6 8 T19 10 C453 RIGHT QUAD A DRIVE 4 15
BACKUP ALARM
C408 CAB CONNECTOR 48 3-5, 8-13 C503 RH DLX PANEL 6 5,8 T20 BACKUP ALARM (GND) 10 C454 LEFT QUAD DIRVE 4 15
C409 RIGHT HANDLE 10 10 C602 LEFT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2
Dealer Copy
11
-- Not for Resale C474 BRAKE LIGHT 1 15
C410 LEFT HANDLE 10 10 C603 RIGHT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11
C411 LEFT HANDLE 5 WAY 5 10,13 C606 POWER BOBTACH OPEN 2 13 SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 9 C501 A22 PUMP HARNESS 8 15
C412 HANDLE(HORN) 2 10,13 C607 POWER BOBTACH CLOSE 2 13 SW2 BEACON SWITCH 13 C544 LEFT FORWARD DRIVE 2 15
C413 REAR ROD 2 7 C611 BLOWER MOTOR 4 12 SW3 HAZARD SWITCH 13 C545 LEFT REVERSE DRIVE 2 15
C414 REAR BASE 2 7 C630 THERMOSTAT 3 12 SW4 HAND/FOOT, H/ISO SWITCH 9 C546 RIGHT FORWARD DRIVE 2 15
C415 HIGH FLOW SOLENOID 2 7 C635 HEATER VALVE 6 12 SW5 POWER BOBTACH SWITCH 13 C547 RIGHT REVERSE DRIVE 2 15
C416 DIVERTER SOLENOID 2 7 C667 DOOR KIT 6 9 SW6 BUCKET POSITION SWITCH 13 C542 LEFT SWASHPLATE 3 15
C417 REAR AUX RELIEF 2 7 C670 EXTERIOR BEACON 6 13 SW8 FRONT WIPER SWITCH 9 C543 RIGHT SWASHPLATE 3 15
C418 FRONT ROD 2 7 C676 RADIO 6 9 SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH 8 C707 OBW STOP BRAKE LIGHT 3 15
C419 FRONT BASE 2 7 SW10 BLOWER SWITCH 12
C420 HYD LOCK 2 7 SW11 AC SWITCH 12

WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX


GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 Printable Version Click Here
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4 WIRING SCHEMATIC
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 (ACS & SJC MACHINE)
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8 S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 (S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12 Sheet 1 of 15
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14 (PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
Printed In U.S.A. 7171253
772 of 1311
J1 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(GATEWAY CONTROLLER) J2 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(AUXILLIARY CONTROLLER) J5 DRIVE CONTROLLER
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A-1 HYDRAULIC LOCK RETURN B-1 HYD CHARGE PRESS A-1 FRONT AUX (F) RETURN B-1 1 SAFETY IN
A-2 LIFT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT A-2 REAR AUX (F) RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT 2 TWO SPEED SWITCH
A-3 FUEL PULL RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT A-3 LEFT BLINKER RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT 3 SPARE DIGITAL INPUT 2
A-4 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY B-4 FUEL HOLD A-4 RIGHT BLINKER RELAY B-4 DIVERTED SOLENOID 4 H PAT SWITCH
A-5 LIGHT 1 RELAY B-5 LIFT SPOOL LOCK A-5 HORN RELAY B-5 REAR AUX (F) 5 ISO PAT SWITCH
A-6 GLOW PLUG RELAY B-6 TRACTION LOCK HOLD A-6 B-6 RELIEF SOLENOID 6 ISO LITE
A-7 STARTER RELAY B-7 TILT SPOOL LOCK A-7 OUTPUT SPARE B-7 REAR AUX (M) 7 L SWASH PLATE ANGLE
A-8 TRACTION PULL RELAY B-8 CAN LO 1 A-8 B-8 CAN LO 1 8 R SWASH PLATE ANGLE
A-9 FAN 1 RELAY B-9 CAN HI 1 A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1 9 SPARE ANALOG 4
A-10 TILT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-10 SPOOL LOCK SENSOR 2 A-10 REAR AUX (M) RETURN B-10 10 SPARE ANALOG 5
A-11 SPARE DIGITAL, ECU SINKS B-11 SEAT BAR A-11 LH PADDLE RIGHT B-11 11 L FWD RETURN
A-12 SPARE DIGITAL, ECU SOURCES B-12 FUEL LEVEL A-12 LH PADDLE LEFT B-12 12 CAN HIGH
A-13 TRACTION PULL RELAY FDBK B-13 BICS HYD LOCK HOLD A-13 RH RIGHT BUTTON UP B-13 FRONT AUX (F) 13 LF ANGLE
A-14 GLOW PLUG RELAY FDBK B-14 CAN HI 2 A-14 DIGITAL INPUT SPARE B-14 CAN HI 2 14 RF ANGLE
A-15 ENGINE SPEED B-15 GROUND P1 A-15 B-15 GROUND 15 LR ANGLE
A-16 AIR FILTER SWITCH B-16 GROUND P2 A-16 B-16 GROUND 16 H PAT LITE
A-17 LIGHT 2 RELAY B-17 GROUND P3, SENSOR A-17 B-17 HANDLE POT GND 17 RR ANGLE
A-18 FAN 2 RELAY B-18 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP A-18 FRONT AUX (M) RETURN B-18 RH PVM POT SIGNAL 18 L JOYSTICK X
A-19 PTOL LED B-19 FAN 2 OUTPUT A-19 B-19 FRONT AUX (M) 19 L JOYSTICK Y
A-20 PTOL SWITCH B-20 CAN LO 2 A-20 LH FLOAT BUTTON B-20 CAN LO 2 20 R JOYSTICK X
A-21 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY FDBK B-21 REMOTE KEY A-21 HYDRAULIC DETENT B-21 RH TRIGGER 21 L FWD DRIVE
A-22 STATER RELAY FDBK B-22 RUN/ENTER A-22 LH RIGHT BUTTON DOWN B-22 SWITCHED POWER 22 CAN LOW
A-23 HYD OIL FILTER SW2 B-23 SENSOR SUPPLY 8V A-23 RH CENTER BUTTON B-23 HANDLE POT POWER 23 R QUAD A DRIVE
A-24 START ENGINE B-24 SENSOR SUPPLY 5V A-24 DIGITAL INPUT SPARE B-24 24 R QUAD B DRIVE
A-25 ENGINE OIL PRESS B-25 TWO SPEED MAKEUP A-25 B-25 BUCKET POSITION (SPARE) 25 TWO SPEED 1
A-26 SPARE B-26 TWO SPEED COIL A-26 HIGH FLOW RETURN B-26 HIGH FLOW 26 BRAKE LIGHT OUTPUT
A-27 SPARE A-27 BUCKET POSITION(SPARE) RETURN 27 GROUND
A-28 LIGHT 2 RELAY FDBK A-28 LH RIGHT BUTTON 28 GROUND
A-29 FAN 1 RELAY FDBK A-29 RH RIGHT BUTTON DOWN 29 SENSOR GROUND
A-30 FUEL PULL RELAY FDBK A-30 RH LEFT UP 30 SENSOR SUPPLY 2 +5V
A-31 LIGHT 1 RELAY FDBK A-31 RH LEFT DOWN 31 L REV DRIVE
A-32 HYD OIL TEMP A-32 32 CAN SHIELD
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
A-33 SPARE ANALOG A-33 33 L QUAD A DRIVE
A-34 HYD OIL FILTER SW1 A-34 DIGITAL INPUT SPARE 34 L QUAD B DRIVE
35 SAFETY OUT
36 BACKUP ALARM
ACS CONTROLLER HARNESS PART NUMBER HARNESS PART NUMBER 37 R JOYSTICK Y
CONNECTOR J1-ACS CONNECTOR J2-ACS CONNECTOR J3-ACS MAINFRAME 7175625 A22 PUMP 7169309
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION 38 SPARE ANALOG 1
STD CAB 7165991 SUSP JSTK 7163706
A +5V TO SENSORS A LIFT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE A TILT MOTOR 1 39 SPARE PWM COIL 7
DLX CAB 7176098 BACKUP ALARM 7175017
B SWITCHED POWER B FLOAT-SPARE B UNSWITCHED POWER 40 SENSOR SUPPLY 1 +5V
DLX FUEL 7175293 BRAKE ADAPTER 7165061
C HAND/FOOT INPUT C RESPONSE SELECTOR-SPARE C UNSWITCHED POWER 41 L REV RETURN
STD FUEL 7149219
D CAN HIGH D TILT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE D LIFT MOTOR 2 42 R FWD RETURN
DOOR 7155024
E CAN LOW E TILT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK E HANDLE ENABLE 43 R FWD DRIVE
S/R 6733370
F F LIFT HANDLE F LIFT MOTOR 1 44 R REV DRIVE
TAILGATE DOM 7175271
G GROUND G TILT HANDLE G PEDAL ENABLE 45 R REV RETURN
TAILGATE EUR 7175287
H GROUND H LIFT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK H GROUND 46 TWO SPEED 2
2 SPD ADP 7159366
J LIFT PEDAL J GROUND 47 UNSWITCHED BATTERY
ACS 7164144
K TILT PEDAL K TILT MOTOR 2 48 UNSWITCHED BATTERY
7159325 S630, S650, WITH SPEED SENSORS
SJC WHEEL 49 SPARE PWN COIL 6
7210503 S750, S770 WITHOUT SPEED SENSORS 50 SWITCHED BATTERY
7159458 T630, T650, WITH SPEED SENSORS
SJC TRACK
7210504 T750, T770 WITHOUT SPEED SENSORS

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Sheet 2 of 15 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)
Printed In U.S.A.
7171253
773 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2

POWER
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
FC1 FUSE 3 ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
25 A COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
1270 RED 1170 RED/WHT
C493 1 COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
FC1 FUSE 4
25 A
1280 RED 1235 RED/WHT
C493 2
BATTERY MEGAFUSE
FC1 FUSE 2
100.0 Amps 1180 RED/WHT
BATT_CABLE 25 A J2B 2
1025 RED 1160 RED/WHT 1150 RED/WHT
J2B 3
1240 RED/WHT
FC1 FUSE 1 SHEET 8
1400 RED/WHT
25 A C408 17 SHEET 9
1070 RED 1120 RED/WHT 1450 RED/WHT 1450 RED/WHT 1420 RED/WHT
SHEET 8
1110 RED/WHT 1440 RED/WHT
SHEET 6 FC2 FUSE 4 J1B 2 SHEET 8
1130 RED/WHT
15 A J1B 3
1290 RED 1370 RED/WHT
SHEET 9
FC2 FUSE 2 1460 RED/WHT
25 A SHEET 13
1040 RED 1490 RED/WHT 1410 RED/WHT
SHEET 13
FC2 FUSE 1
1190 RED 25 A 1165 RED/WHT
SHEET 5
1010 RED
FRC 1 FUSE 6
1310 RED 30 A 1360 RED/WHT
SHEET 7
1050 RED FRC1 FUSE 5
30 A 1350 RED/WHT
SHEET 6
FRC1 FUSE 11 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1300 RED 25 A 1140 RED/WHT
SHEET 12
FRC1 FUSE 10
1340 RED 20 A 1330 RED/WHT
SHEET 11
1620 RNG/WHT
FRC1 FUSE 9 SHEET 8
1940 RNG/WHT
15 A SHEET 8
1320 RED/WHT 1930 RNG/WHT
SHEET 11 SHEET 8
1060 RED 1775 RNG/WHT
SHEET 6 SHEET 9
1030 RED 1960 RNG/WHT
SHEET 6 SHEET 8
1785 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
1950 RNG/WHT
FRC1 FUSE 4 C408 43 SHEET 8
1660 RNG/WHT 1660 RNG/WHT 1590 RNG/WHT
5A SHEET 8
1570 RNG/WHT
SHEET 10
FRC1 FUSE 2
1760 RNG/WHT 25 A 1850 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
FRC1 FUSE 3 Printable Version Click Here
15 A 1550 RNG/WHT

FRC1 FUSE1
SHEET 13
WIRING SCHEMATIC
25 A
1750 RNG/WHT 1780 RNG/WHT
C489 A (ACS & SJC MACHINE)
SWITCHED 1720 RNG/WHT
POWER
C404 B
S650 (S/N A3NV1100 1 - A3NV13098)
1050 RED 30
87
1765 RNG/WHT 1790 RNG/WHT
SHEET 12 (S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
SHEET 6
2055 BLK
2030 BLK
85 86
1795 RNG/WHT
FRC1 FUSE 7
25 A 1730 RNG/WHT
Sheet 3 of 15
SHEET 12 SHEET 5
FRC1 FUSE 8 (PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)
25 A
1740 RNG/WHT 1580 RNG/WHT 7171253
C492 6 SHEET 9
8000 TAN
J1A 4
1920 RNG/WHT 1920 RNG/WHT 1840 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
Printed In U.S.A. 1830 RNG/WHT
C408 6 SHEET 5

774 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

GROUND
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15

2080 BLK 2235 BLK


SHEET 5 C493 3
2070 BLK 2240 BLK
SHEET 5 C408 32 C493 4
2940 BLK 2950 BLK 2950 BLK
SHEET 8
2960 BLK 2510 BLK
SHEET 8 J1B 16
2920 BLK 2500 BLK 2110 BLK T6
SHEET 8 J1B 15 BATT GND
2250 BLK 2540 BLK
SHEET 8 J2B 16
2550 BLK 2090 BLK
J2B 15

2765 BLK
SHEET 11
2745 BLK
SHEET 12
2790 BLK T8
Dealer
SHEET 9 Copy -- Not
2780 BLK for Resale BATT GND
SHEET 13
2730 BLK
SHEET 9
2620 BLK
SHEET 11
2630 BLK 2720 BLK
SHEET 11 C103 B C489 B
2650 BLK 2600 BLK 2600 BLK
SHEET 10
2640 BLK 2810 BLK 2390 BLK
SHEET 11 SHEET 6
2610 BLK
SHEET 11
2200 BLK
SHEET 7
2751/BLK OR 2770/BLK
SHEET 13
2450 BLK
SHEET 7
2741 BLK
SHEET 13
2785 BLK 2710 BLK 2300 BLK T1
SHEET 13 SHEET 5 BATT GND
2930 BLK 2480 BLK
SHEET 9 C408 42 SHEET 7
2830 BLK 2900 BLK 2900 BLK
SHEET 13
2700 BLK 2105 BLK
SHEET 8 SHEET 11
2530 BLK 2000 BLK
SHEET 10
2520 BLK Printable Version Click Here
SHEET 10

SHEET 7
3530 LBL
3800 LBL
WIRING SCHEMATIC
SHEET 6
2370/BRN OR 3910 LBL
SHEET 9
SHEET 7
3310 LBL 3010 LBL
J1B 17
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
3410 LBL
SHEET 7
SHEET 6
3110/LBL OR 2189/BRN S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
3510 LBL
SHEET 6
SHEET 6
3710 LBL
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Sheet 4 of 15
(PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)
Printed In U.S.A.
775 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

CAN BUS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15

9160 PUR/WHT
C503 2
9260 PUR RH DLX PANEL
C503 4
9200 PUR 9270 PUR 9210 PUR 9280 PUR 9230 PUR C408 8 9230 PUR 9240 PUR 9250 PUR 9650 PUR 9630 PUR
J1B 8 C479 4
GWY CTRLR 9100 PUR/WHT 9170 PUR/WHT 9110 PUR/WHT 9180 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 9140 PUR/WHT 9150 PUR/WHT 9550 PUR/WHT 9530 PUR/WHT LEFT PANEL
J1B 9 C479 3
120 OHM C408 7 120 OHM
RESISTOR RESISTOR C450

SHEET 3
1830 RNG/WHT 1 #
2070 BLK 2
SHEET 4 RIGHT
9560 PUR/WHT 3 JOYSTICK
9660 PUR 4
9240 PUR
C492 1
9140 PUR/WHT ACS CTRLR C449
C492 4
9290 PUR 1840 RNG/WHT 1 #
C492Copy
Dealer 7 -- Not for Resale SHEET 3
9190 PUR/WHT DRIVE CTRLR 2080 BLK 2
C492 8 SHEET 4 LEFT
9540 PUR/WHT 3
JOYSTICK
9640 PUR 4
9220 PUR
J2B 8 AUX CTRLR
9120 PUR/WHT
J2B 9

C426
9500 PUR/WHT A
J1B 14
J1B 20
J1B 21
9600 PUR
9400 PUR
B
D # CONNECTOR DOES NOT EXIST IN 7165991
C CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD)
1730 RNG/WHT E Printable Version Click Here
SHEET 3
1165 RED/WHT F
SHEET 3
SHEET 4
2710 BLK G
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Sheet 5 of 15
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)
7171253
776 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

ENGINE
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15

STARTER C109 STARTER

30 J1A 22
8250 TAN B 8250 TAN R M
B SHEET 3
1030 RED A
SHEET 3 87 8200 TAN 8200 TAN S 1015 RED
C110
2005 BLK 85 86 8210 TAN B
SHEET 12 J1A 7 S 1020 RED FRC1 FUSE 12
ALTERNATOR G 15 A
L 1800 RNG/WHT 1815 RNG/WHT
SHEET 12
EXCITATION

2015 BLK
FUEL SHUTOFF
FUEL SOLENOID
PULL C101
8120 TAN D5
1350 RED/WHT 30 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale8100 TAN B 8100 TAN PULL 24.5 OHM
SHEET 3 87 8150 TAN J1B 4 8800 TAN A 8800 TAN HOLD 0.33 OHM
J1A 30
2810 BLK 2800 BLK C 2800 BLK
85 86 SHEET 4
2025 BLK 8110 TAN
SHEET 7 J1A 3

C106 GLOW
3600 LBL A SIG PLUG
J1A 15 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 30 8550 TAN
3610 LBL B GND 1060 RED J1A 14
SHEET 3 87 8500 TAN
3800 LBL T14 PRE HEATER
SHEET 4
3210 LBL B SIG 85 86
ENGINE COOLANT 2016 BLK 8510 TAN
3200 LBL A GND J1A 6
J1B 18 SENSOR (500-3000 OHM) 2055 BLK
SHEET 3
C104

C107
3500 LBL B +5V PWR
SHEET 9 Printable Version Click Here
3520 LBL C SIG ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
J1A 25
3510 LBL A GND SENDER (0.5-4.5V)
SHEET 4
WIRING SCHEMATIC
C355 C
3100/LBL OR 3180/LBL
C406
A
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
3100/LBL OR 3180/LBL SIG
J1B 12 FUEL
SHEET 4
3110/LBL OR 2189/BRN 3110/LBL OR 2180/BRN B GND SENDER S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
C355 D
C405 (S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
3710 LBL B GND
SHEET 4
J1A 16
3700 LBL A SIG AIR FILTER
SWITCH
Sheet 6 of 15
(PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)
Printed In U.S.A.
777 of 1311
HYDRAULIC
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15

TRACTION
LOCK C425 TRACK MACHINES
30 4150 LGN
1360 RED/WHT J1A 13
SHEET 3 87 4100 LGN B C308
BRAKE
2025 BLK 4200 LGN A 4200 RED A SOLENOID
SHEET 6 85 86 J1B 6
2035 BLK 4110 LGN 2200 BLK C 2200 BLK B 9.8 OHM
SHEET 11 J1A 8 SHEET 4
12 V
HARN BRAKE ADAPTER 7165061
C425 WHEEL MACHINES
B PULL 0.3 OHM TRACTION
A HOLD 10.9 OHM LOCK
C SOLENOID
C362 C414
OPTIONAL REAR AUX
4440 LGN A 4440 LGN 1 SIG DIRECTIONAL SOLENOID
J2B 5
2440 BLK B 2440 BLK 2 GND FEMALE COUPLER
J2A 2
7.5 OHM 12V C420
C413 2410 BLK B HYD LOCK
4430 LGN C 4430 LGN 1 SIG OPTIONAL REAR AUX J1A 1 SOLENOID
J2B 7 4410 LGN A
2430 BLK D 2430 BLK 2 GND
DIRECIONAL SOLENOID J1B 13 9.8 OHM 12V
J2A 10 MALE COUPLER Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale C105
7.5 OHM 12V HYDRAULIC
C416 3410 LBL B CHARGE
4450 LGN E 4450 LGN 1 SIG OPTIONAL REAR AUX 3420 LBL C
J2B 4 J1B 1 PRESSURE
2450 BLK F 2450 BLK 2 GND BLEED / LOCK VALVE 3400 LBL A 0.5-7.5V
SHEET 4 SOLENOID MALE COUPLER J1B 23
7.5 OHM 12 V +8V
C417 C108 HYDRAULIC
4480 LGN G 4480 LGN 1 SIG OPTIONAL REAR AUX 3310 LBL B TEMPERATURE
J2B 6 BLEED / LOCK VALVE SHEET 4
2480 BLK H 2480 BLK 2 GND 3300 LBL A SENDER
SHEET 4 SOLENOID FEMALE COUPLER J1A 32 500 - 3000 OHM
9.8 OHM 12 V
C112
C415 3430 LBL A HYDRAULIC OIL
2460 BLK B GND J1A 34
J2A 26 OPTIONAL HIGH FLOW 3530 LBL B FILTER SWITCH
4460 LGN A SIG SOLENOID SHEET 4
J2B 26 7.5 OHM 12 V
C418
2330 BLK 2 GND
J2A 18 FRONT ROD SOLENOID (MALE)
4330 LGN 1 SIG 3.3 OHM PWM
J2B 19
C419
2340 BLK 2 GND Printable Version Click Here
J2A 1 FRONT BASE SOLENOID (FEMALE)
4340 LGN 1 SIG 3.3 OHM PWM
J2B 13
C437
WIRING SCHEMATIC
2360 BLK 2 GND
J1A 27
J1B 25
4360 LGN 1 SIG
OPTIONAL TWO SPEED
MAKEUP SOLENOID
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
2350 BLK
C441
2 GND
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
J1A 26 TWO SPEED
J1B 26
4350 LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
C446

J1A 18
2910 BLK 2 GND HYDRAULIC
FAN SOLENOID
Sheet 7 of 15
4010 LGN 1 SIG
J1B 19 7.2 OHM
12 V
(PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)
Printed In U.S.A.
7171253
778 of 1311
CAB
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
YEL

DISPLAY
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15

C500 RH KEY SWITCH


T13 C408 4
BUZZER (+) 9360/PUR OR 8130/TAN 9360/PUR OR 8130/TAN 2
J1A 24
SHEET 3 1940 RNG/WHT 9350/PUR OR 3040/LBL 9350/PUR OR 3040/LBL 4
J1B 22
C408 40
1950 RNG/WHT 5
SHEET 3
T2 1420 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3
BUZZER (-) 2960 BLK 3
SHEET 4
6
LEFT PANEL (BLACK)
C479 10
9320/PUR OR 7040/WHT
RH DLX PANEL
2920 BLK C479 2
SHEET 4 1590 RNG/WHT C503 5
1440 RED/WHT C479 1 SHEET 3
SHEET 3 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 1240 RED/WHT C503 1
1620 RNG/WHT C479 5 SHEET 3
1960 RNG/WHT SHEET 3 C503 3
SHEET 3 2250 BLK
SW9 6450 PNK C479 11 SHEET 4
SHEET 13
TRAVEL CONTROL C479 8
SWITCH OPTIONAL 6550 PNK
SHEET 13
5 6 4500/LGN OR 3600/LBL C479 9
SHEET 9
4
4730 LGN C479 7
2700 BLK 2 3
SHEET 4 1

C480 LEFT PANEL (GRAY)


4750 LGN 12
SHEET 9
9310/PUR OR 3610/LBL 2
SHEET 9

Printable Version Click Here


PTOL
C408 1 C499 (Press To Operate Loader)
J1A 20
9380/PUR OR 3030/LBL 9380/PUR OR 3030/LBL 2 WIRING SCHEMATIC
9370/PUR OR 2380/BRN 9370/PUR OR 2380/BRN 4
J1A 19
C408 37
1930 RNG/WHT 1
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
SHEET 3
2940 BLK 3
SHEET 4 S650 (S/N A3NV1100 1 - A3NV13098)
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Sheet 8 of 15
Printed In U.S.A.
(PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)
7171253
779 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION
BATT FEED, GENERAL
BATT FEED, FUSED
BATT FEED, SWITCHED
GROUP NUMBER RANGE
1000 THROUGH 1499
1000 THROUGH 1499
1500 THROUGH 1999
WIRE COLOR
RED
RED/WHITE
ORANGE/WHITE
COLOR CODE
RED
RED/WHT
RNG/WHT
OVERVIEW
POWER
GROUND
CAN BUS
PAGE 1,2
PAGE 3
PAGE 4
PAGE 5
7176098 ONLY SW4
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 HAND/FOOT
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7 (ACS)
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8 H/ISO
4550 LGN C408 5 4550 LGN
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9 (SJC, AWS) C492 2
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
SWITCH
1785 RNG/WHT 2 1 4275 LGN C408 3 4275 LGN
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11 SHEET 3 C492 3
3
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12 2060 BLK 5 6 4235 LGN C408 2 4235 LGN 4230 LGN
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
4 SHEET 10
4220 LGN 4240 LGN
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14 C492 5 SHEET 10
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
C212
2795 BLK 1
+
1375 RED/WHT 2 POWER SOCKET
-

C209
C408 24
2790 BLK 2790 BLK 2010 BLK B
C408 23 SHEET 4
1370 RED/WHT 1370 RED/WHT 1390 RED/WHT A DOME LIGHT
SHEET 3
4760 LGN C
*
C676
1885 RNG/WHT 1
2885 BLK 2

C129 C279
1210 RED/WHT A
SHEET 3
1580 RNG/WHT
C408 16
1580 RNG/WHT * 1865 RNG/WHT B LEFT SPEAKER
1
2
+ 7820 WHT
7830 WHT
3
4 RADIO CONN
2820 BLK C -

ACCESSORY
CONN C278
2 - 7810 WHT 6
RIGHT SPEAKER 1 7800 WHT 5
+
2730 BLK C408 33 2730 BLK
SHEET 4
C277
Dealer Copy -- Not1510
forRNG/WHT
Resale 4
AIR RIDE
2210 BLK 5 SEAT SOLENOID
C482
SEATBAR
SENSOR C667 C250 SENSOR SHOWN
2370/BRN OR 3910 LBL C408 45 2370/BRN OR 3910 LBL A GND
SHEET 4 4750 LGN 4740 LGN 4 4740 LGN 1 WITH DOOR OPEN
SHEET 8
3920/LBL OR 3370/LBL 3920/LBL OR 3370/LBL 1400 RED/WHT 5 1400 RED/WHT 2 DOOR SENSOR C251
C408 46 B SIG SHEET 3
J1B 11 1860 RNG/WHT D SW PWR
3900/LBL OR 5370/YEL 3900/LBL OR 5370/YEL 6 7330 WHT C PARK
3930 LBL C PWR WIPER
J1B 24 1570 RNG/WHT 7300 WHT A LOW MOTOR
+5V 3500 LBL C408 44
SHEET 6 B GND
1850 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT 1 1850 RNG/WHT 3 E
SHEET 3
C408 27 1 2
3 7310 WHT 6
SW1 4 5
BRAKE SWITCH SW8
4500/LGN OR 3600/LBL 3 2 FRONT WIPER
SHEET 8 1 2840 BLK 2 2840 BLK SWITCH C252
9310/PUR OR 3610/LBL 4 5
SHEET 8 7310 WHT L
1775 RNG/WHT 6
SHEET 3 WASHER
2930 BLK
SHEET 4 2845 BLK X MOTOR

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
7165991 Standard Cab
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
7176098 Deluxe Cab (S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Sheet 9 of 15 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. * SPLICE DOES NOT EXIST IN 7165991 7171253
780 of 1311
MANUAL
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9

CONTROLS
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15

C409
RIGHT HANDLE
2530 BLK K
SHEET 4
4230 LGN G
SHEET 9
1590 RNG/WHT A
4940 LGN H
J2A 30
4930 LGN J SKI CTRL
J2A 31
4920 LGN E DETENT FLOW
J2B 21
4910 LGN F
J2A 13 TWO SPD
4310 LGN C -
J2B 17
4320 LGN D
J2B 18 PWM
4300 LGN B +
J2B 23

C410
LEFT HANDLE
K
4640 LGN D
J2A 20
4840 LGN C
J2A 28
4830 LGN B SKI CTRL
Dealer Copy --J2A
Not22 for Resale
4820 LGN G
J2A 12
4810 LGN F SIDE SHIFT
J2A 11
1570 RNG/WHT 1710 RNG/WHT A
SHEET 3
1560 RNG/WHT J
J2B 22
4240 LGN H
SHEET 9
2520 BLK E
SHEET 4
C411
E
C
A
D TURN SIGNAL
B

C412
C404 A C103 C T19 1
7100 WHT 7100 WHT B
+ BACKUP ALARM
2650 BLK 7001923 A HORN
SHEET 4 -

T20 1

C421 Printable Version Click Here


2370 BLK 3
J1A 10 TILT SPOOL LOCK SOLENOID
J1B 7
4370 LGN 1
2
(NOT USED WITH ACS) WIRING SCHEMATIC
C422 (ACS & SJC MACHINE)
2380 BLK 3
J1A 2 LIFT SPOOL LOCK SOLENOID
J1B 5
4380 LGN 1
2
(NOT USED WITH ACS) S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Sheet 10 of 15
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)
7171253
781 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

LIGHTS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15 C434-1
2735 BLK B LEFT FRONT
6100 PNK A WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts
C434-2
C408 28
2765 BLK 2765 BLK 2750 BLK B LEFT FRONT
SHEET 4
6110 PNK A WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

C435-1
6000 PNK C408 25 6000 PNK 6120 PNK A RIGHT FRONT
2760 BLK B WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts

C435-2
6130 PNK A
RIGHT FRONT
2705 BLK B WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts
FRONT
WORK
LIGHTS C603
SHEET 4
2610 BLK 2
1330 RED/WHT 30 C103 A 6310 PNK RIGHT REAR
SHEET 3 87 6340 PNK 6310 PNK 6320 PNK 1
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale TAIL LIGHT
2105 BLK 85 86 C602
SHEET 4
2045 BLK 6330 PNK 1
6320 PNK 2640 BLK LEFT REAR
2
J1A 5 SHEET 4 TAIL LIGHT
6330 PNK
J1A 31

2620 BLK T16 1 RIGHT REAR


SHEET 4
6210 PNK WORK LIGHT
REAR
LIGHT T15 1
1320 RED/WHT 30 C103 H
SHEET 3 6200 PNK 6200 PNK T17 1
87 LEFT REAR
2630 BLK WORK LIGHT
85 86 SHEET 4
2045 BLK T18 1
2035 BLK
SHEET 7
6210 PNK
J1A 17
6230 PNK Printable Version Click Here
J1A 28

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Printed In U.S.A. Sheet 11 of 15
(PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)

782 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

HVAC
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15

C630
7021 WHT 7020 WHT C408 34 7020 WHT B
J1A 11
7023 WHT 2570 BLK C
3320 LBL A
THERMOSTAT
C350
B C483
7024 WHT A EVAPORATOR 2560 BLK C BLK
(AC PRESS SWITCH) POTENTIOMETER
1980 RNG/WHT A DBL
C486 7220 WHT B WHT (TEMP CONTROL
C355 A 7024 WHT SWITCH)
7025 WHT 1
2 MAGNET CLUTCH C635
(COMPRESSOR)
2290 BLK 2280 BLK D SIG
SHEET 13
D4 2130 BLK C GND HEATER
1900 RNG/WHT 1910 RNG/WHT A 12V VALVE
SW10 B
BLOWER E
HVAC SWITCH F
1140 RED/WHT 30 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale OFF
SHEET 3 87 1500 RNG/WHT C408 211500 RNG/WHT 5 2
1
2030 BLK 85 86 4
SHEET 3 6 C611
2005 BLK
SHEET 6 3 1970 RNG/WHT A 14.00 Amps High
1790 RNG/WHT
SHEET 3 1520 RNG/WHT B 7.50 Amps Med BLOWER
1815 RNG/WHT
SHEET 6 7320 WHT C 5.00 Amps Low MOTOR
8020 TAN
J1A 21 2580 BLK D
2745 BLK 2745 BLK
SHEET 4

7040 WHT
C408 22

SW11
AC SWITCH
1 C
2100 BLK
3

Printable Version Click Here

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Sheet 12 of 15
(PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)
Printed In U.S.A.
7171253
783 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

OPTIONS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15

SW5
POWER
BOBTACH
SWITCH C408 9
C408 26 1 7000/WHT OR 4480/LGN 7000/WHT OR 4480/LGN
C411 1410 RED/WHT 1410 RED/WHT 1380 RED/WHT 2
C408 15 SHEET 3
B 6010 PNK 6010 PNK 1430 RED/WHT 3 C408 10
1200 RED/WHT 4 7010/WHT OR 4470/LGN 7010/WHT OR 4470/LGN
C 6550 PNK 5
LEFT C408 36 SHEET 8 D1 X T3 6
HANDLE A 6515 PNK 6500 PNK 6500 PNK 6530 PNK FLASHER CONN
5 PIN E 6540 PNK L BEACON
C408 29 D2 SWITCH PWR BOB CLOSE
D 6415 PNK 6400 PNK 6400 PNK 6430 PNK 6570 PNK
C607
6450 PNK 2725 BLK 6 C355 E
SHEET 8 SW3 5 A 7010/WHT OR 4470/LGN WHT
1 4
C103 E HAZARD SWITCH 2 C670 STROBE B 2770/BLK OR 2470/BLK BLK 2751/BLK OR 2770/BLK
6410 PNK 3 1 2
(PINS 3 & 6 6700 PNK E BEACON 2751/BLK OR 2770/BLK
6510 PNK 4 3 2290 BLK SHEET 4
INTERNALLY SHEET 12 C355 B
5 2850 BLK 2420 BLK D
INSULATED) 6
C103 D C
LEFT C606
A
BLINKER B 2775/BLK OR 2480/BLK
F
2780 BLK C408 302780 BLK A 7000 WHT C355 F
SHEET 4 B
6440 PNK
Dealer Copy
6540 PNK
-- Not for Resale RIGHT PWR BOB OPEN
BLINKER

SW6
BUCKET
POSITION
1550 RNG/WHT C408 13 1550 RNG/WHT SWITCH
SHEET 3

3 2
7022 WHT 1
C126
SHEET 4 SHEET 4 4
C412 2785 BLK B 2830 BLK 5
B 7210 WHT C408 38 7210 WHT A 6 C423
LEFT HANDLE C408 35 D3
2 PIN A 1460 RED/WHT 7022 WHT 7030 WHT A
SHEET 3

2741 BLK 2740 BLK B


SHEET 4
C497
7200 WHT C
J2A 5 SJC
6420 PNK A HORN/BLINKER
J2A 4
6520 PNK B Printable Version Click Here
J2A 3

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
Sheet 13 of 15
Printed In U.S.A.
(PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)
7171253
784 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX

ACS
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CABIN PAGE 9
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10

CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN HVAC PAGE 12
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
J1-ACS
H 2280 BLK
2670 BLK See manual controls for harness
2770/BLK OR 2470/BLK
2240 BLK
connection
HANDLE TILT
MAINFRAME HARNESS 1170 RED/WHT HALL SENSOR C409
C492 K A
G 2250 BLK 8 J3-ACS HANDLE
G B
7 B 1190 RED/WHT LOCK
A
C 4450 LGN 2 C 1180 RED/WHT H
4220 LGN 5 J SKI CTRL
4275 LGN 3 C429 LIFT ACTUATOR E DETENT
9240 PUR 1 D 4690 LGN 8 F FLOW
9140 PUR/WHT 4 7 C TWO SPD
1740 RNG/WHT 6 6 D
F 4680 LGN 5 PWM
B
C493 J 2260 BLK 4
A 4 H 2270 BLK 1 GND C410
E 3 4670 LGN 2 SIG
2 K
D 1530 RNG/WHT 3 PWR
1 D
B FLOAT
C
C428 TILT ACTUATOR
C472 B SKI CTRL
K 4790 LGN 8
J2-ACS G
2650 BLK B B GND 7 SIDE
F 4650 LGN C C SIG HANDLE LIFT Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 6
F
SHIFT
A
1510 RNG/WHT A A PWR HALL SENSOR A 4780 LGN 5
J
4
H A
1630 RNG/WHT 3 PWR HANDLE
E B
4770 LGN 2 SIG LOCK
H 2770/BLK OR 2470/BLK 1 GND
C411
E
C467 E
A 2 C
B 4280 LGN 1 A
C 2510 BLK 3 LIFT D TURN SIGNAL
D SOLENOID B
C468
2 C412
C469 G 4260 LGN 4270 LGN 1 B
2750 BLK B B GND E 4220 LGN 2500 BLK 3 TILT A HORN
SOLENOID
G 4750 LGN C C SIG HANDLE TILT
1610 RNG/WHT A A PWR HALL SENSOR

C471
1520 RNG/WHT 1 PWR
J 4660 LGN 3 SIG LIFT PEDAL
2660 BLK 2 GND HALL SENSOR Printable Version Click Here

1620 RNG/WHT
C470
1 PWR
WIRING SCHEMATIC
K 4760 LGN 3 SIG TILT PEDAL
2760 BLK 2 GND HALL SENSOR (ACS & SJC MACHINE)
1610 RNG/WHT
1510 RNG/WHT
1500 RNG/WHT
1530 RNG/WHT
1630 RNG/WHT
S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
4275 LGN
4220 LGN
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
4670 LGN
4770 LGN Sheet 14 of 15
(PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)
Printed In U.S.A. 7171253
785 of 1311
HARNESS PART NUMBER
7159325 WITH SPEED SENSORS
SJC WHEEL S630, S650, S750, S770

SJC
7210503 WITHOUT SPEED SENSORS

J5 - DRIVE CONTROLLER C454


SJC TRACK
7159458
7210504
T630, T650, T750, T770
WITH SPEED SENSORS
WITHOUT SPEED SENSORS
LIFT
SUSP JSTK 7163706
S630, S650,S750, S770, C429 ACTUATOR
29 2510 BLK 2580 BLK 3 GND T630, T650, T750, T770
4680 LGN 5
1540 RNG/WHT 1 PWR 6
LEFT SPEED
33 3020 LBL 2 SIG SENSOR 4690 LGN 8
34 3080 LBL 4

CONTROLS
SIG 2630 BLK 1 GND
NOTE: SPEED SENSORS NO LONGER
40 1640 RNG/WHT C453 FACTORY INSTALLED. SEE SERVICE 4
1530 RNG/WHT 1 PWR LETTER SL5323 OR BTI 410 4670 LGN 2 SIG

2770/BLK OR 2470/BLK
2570 BLK 3 GND 7
23 3000 LBL 2 SIG
RIGHT SPEED 1610 RNG/WHT 3 PWR
SENSOR
24 3070 LBL 4 SIG

1500 RNG/WHT
C428 TILT ACTUATOR

2250 BLK
C536 1630 RNG/WHT 3 PWR SCHEMATIC INDEX
1810 RNG/WHT 2 C543 HARNESS, A22 PUMP 7169309 OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
4
2810 BLK 4 2810 BLK 1 GND POWER PAGE 3
4770 LGN 2 SIG
8 4720 LGN 3 4720 LGN 3 SIG RIGHT GROUND PAGE 4
6
1710 RNG/WHT 1 1770 RNG/WHT 2 PWR
SWASHPLATE CAN BUS PAGE 5
1 GND
ENGINE PAGE 6
C537
4780 LGN 5
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
1820 RNG/WHT 2 C542 7
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
2860 BLK 4 2860 BLK 1 GND 4790 LGN 8
CABIN PAGE 9
7 4950 LGN 3 4950 LGN 3 LEFT
SIG MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
SWASHPLATE
1770 RNG/WHT 1 1770 RNG/WHT 2 PWR K LIGHTS PAGE 11
HVAC PAGE 12

J2-ACS
C501 C546 J
E OPTIONS PAGE 13
43 4260 LGN 1 4260 LGN 1
RIGHT FORWARD DRIVE H ACS CONTROL PAGE 14
42 2660 BLK 2 2660 BLK 2
SJC CONTROL PAGE 15
F
C547
G
C WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
44 4250 LGN 3 4250 LGN 1
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE
45 2650 BLK 4 2650 BLK 2 RIGHT REVERSE DRIVE D
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
B
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
C545 A
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT

ACS CONTROLLER
31 4280 LGN 5 4280 LGN 1 GROUNDING 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
41 2680 BLK 6 2680 BLK 2 LEFT REVERSE DRIVE
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
C544 G ATTACHMENT CONTROLS 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL

J1-ACS
21 4270 LGN 7 4270 LGN 1 A LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
LEFT FORWARD DRIVE
11 2670 BLK 8 2670 BLK 2 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale F ACCESSORIES 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
E ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
D COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
C474 HARNESS, OBW STOP LTS 7151696 C707 B COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
26 4210 LGN A 1730 RNG/WHT A H
6600 PNK B C C460
87A 2730 BLK C
30 1 1830 RNG/WHT 1
C492
4210 LGN 85 86 SEE OPTIONS 2 2070 BLK 2
12 9190 PUR/WHT 8 RIGHT
HARNESS 7151691 4 9660 PUR 4
22 9290 PUR 7 BRAKE LIGHT RELAY JOYSTICK
4 4550 LGN 2
K 3 9560 PUR/WHT 3
6 4220 LGN 5
16 4275 LGN 3 A
D C459

J3-ACS
9140 PUR/WHT 4
9240 PUR 1 F 1 1840 RNG/WHT +12V PWR 1
MAINFRAME H
1740 RNG/WHT 6 2 2080 BLK GND 2
50 1750 RNG/WHT HARNESS J LEFT
47 1250 RED/WHT C 4 9640 PUR CAN LOW 4
C493 JOYSTICK
48 1260 RED/WHT 1235 RED/WHT 2 B
3 9540 PUR/WHT CAN HIGH 3
27 2470 BLK 2235 BLK 3 E
28 2490 BLK 1170 RED/WHT 1 G
2240 BLK 4

Printable Version Click Here

1760 RNG/WHT WIRING SCHEMATIC


2280 BLK
2270 BLK
2260 BLK
(ACS & SJC MACHINE)
1180 RED/WHT
1190 RED/WHT S650 (S/N A3NV11001 - A3NV13098)
C404
C103 C
(S/N A3NW11001 - A3NW11248)
36 7100 WHT A 7100 WHT +

B
SHEET4 - Sheet 15 of 15
BACKUP
(CONNECTS TO BACKUP ALARM
ALARM C404 ON MFR (PRINTED DECEMBER 2011)
HARNESS)
Printed In U.S.A. 7171253
786 of 1311
CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS
NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
PINS PINS PINS
C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID 3 6 C446 HYDRAULIC FAN 2 7 FC1 FUSE CENTER 1 8 3
C103 TAILGATE 8 4,10,11,13 C449 LEFT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 FC2 FUSE CENTER 2 8 3
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2 6 C450 RIGHT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER 64 3,6,7,11,12
C105 HYD CHARGE PRESSURE 3 7 C453 RIGHT QUAD A DRIVE 4 15
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 2 6 C454 LEFT QUAD DRIVE 4 15 J1A GATEWAY CONTROLLER 34 3,6-8,10-13
C107 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 3 6 C467 LIFT PEDAL LOCK 3 14 J1B GATEWAY CONTOLLER 26 3-10,13
C108 HYD TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 7 C468 TILT PEDAL LOCK 3 14 J2A AUX CONTROLLER 34 7,10,13
C109 S/R ADAPTER HARNESS 2 6 C469 TILT HANDLE 3 14 J2B AUX CONTROLLER 26 3-5,7,10,13
C110 ALTERNATOR 2 6 C470 TILT PEDAL 3 14
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH 2 7 C471 LIFT PEDAL 3 14 J1-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 8 14, 15
C126 HORN 2 13 C472 LIFT HANDLE 3 14 J2-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 10 14, 15
C129 CAB ACCESSORY 3 9 C474 BRAKE LIGHT 1 15 J3-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 10 14, 15
C209 DOME LIGHT 3 9 C479 LEFT PANEL(BLACK) 12 5,8 J5 DRIVE CONTROLLER 50 15
C212 POWER SOCKET 2 9 C480 LEFT PANEL(GRAY) 12 8
C252 WASHER 2 9 C482 SEATBAR SENSOR 3 9 SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 6 8
C277 AIR RIDE SEAT 6 13 C483 TEMP CONTROL SWITCH 3 12 SW2 BEACON SWITCH 6 13
C278 RIGHT SPEAKER 2 13 C486 AC COMPRESSOR 2 12 SW3 HAZARD SWITCH 6 13
C279 LEFT SPEAKER 2 13 C489 MFR ACCESSORY 2 3,4 SW4 HAND/FOOT, H/ISO SWITCH 6 9
C308 BRAKE SOLENOID 2 7 C492 ACS/SJC/AWS-MFR HARN 8 3,5,9 SW5 POWER BOBTACH SWITCH 6 13
C350 AC EVAPORATOR SWITCH 2 12 C493 ACS/SJC/AWS-MFR HARN 4, 15 3,4 SW6 BUCKET POSITION SWITCH 6 13
C355 DLX or STD FUEL HARNESS 6 6,12,13 C497 SJC HORN/BLINKER 3 13 SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH 6 8
C404 BU ALARM-MFR HARN 2 3,10 C499 PTOL 4 8 SW10 BLOWER SWITCH 5 12
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH 2 6 C500 RH KEY SWITCH 6 8 SW11 AC SWITCH 3 12
C406 FUEL SENDER 2 6 C501 A22 PUMP HARNESS 8 15
C408 CAB - MFR HARN CONNECTOR 48 3-5,8-9,11-13 C503 RH DLX PANEL 6 5,8 T1 BATT GROUND 1 4
C409 RIGHT HANDLE 10 10 C542 LEFT SWASHPLATE 3 15 T2 BUZZER GROUND 1 8
C410 LEFT HANDLE 10 10 C543 RIGHT SWASHPLATE 3 15 T3 FLASHER 2 13
C411 LEFT HANDLE 5 WAY (FLSHR) 5 13 C544 LEFT FORWARD DRIVE 2 15 T6 BATT GROUND 1 4
C412 LEFT HANDLE 2 WAY (HORN) 2 13 C545 LEFT REVERSE DRIVE 2 15 T8 BATT GROUND 1 4
C415 HIGH FLOW SOLENOID 2 13 C546 RIGHT FORWARD DRIVE 2 15 T13 BUZZER POWER 1 8
C418 FRONT ROD (MALE) 2 7 C547 RIGHT REVERSE DRIVE 2
Dealer 15 --
Copy Not forT14
Resale PRE HEATER 1 6
C419 FRONT BASE (FEMALE) 2 7 T15 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(+) 1 11
C420 HYD LOCK 2 7 T16 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(-) 1 11
C440 RF BASE 2 14 C602 LEFT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T17 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (+) 1 11
C422 TILT SPOOL LCOK 3 10 C603 RIGHT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T18 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (-) 1 11
C423 BUCKET POSITION 2 13 C606 POWER BOBTACH OPEN 2 13 T19 BACKUP ALARM 1 10
C425 BRAKE SOLENOID 3 7 C607 POWER BOBTACH CLOSE 2 13 T20 BACKUP ALARM (GND) 1 10
C426 CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD) 7 5 C610 HVAC DUCT FAN 2 12
C428 TILT ACTUATOR 8 14, 15 C611 BLOWER MOTOR 4 12
C429 LIFT ACTUATOR 8 14,15 C630 THERMOSTAT 3 12
C434-1 LEFT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 C635 HEATER VALVE 6 12
C434-2 LEFT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 C667 DOOR 6 9
C435-1 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 C670 EXTERIOR BEACON 6 13
C435-2 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 C676 RADIO 6 13
C437 TWO SPEED MAKEUP 2 13
C441 TWO SPEED 2 13 C707 OBW STOP BRAKE LIGHT 3 15

WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX


GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 Printable Version Click Here
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED
BATT FEED, SWITCHED
1000 THROUGH 1499
1500 THROUGH 1999
RED/WHITE
ORANGE/WHITE
RED/WHT
RNG/WHT
GROUND
CAN BUS
PAGE 4
PAGE 5
WIRING SCHEMATIC
BATTERY GROUND
move
2000 THROUGH 2999
2000 THROUGH 2999
BLACK
BROWN
BLK
BRN
ENGINE
HYDRAULICS
PAGE 6
PAGE 7
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
MONITORING
HYDRAULIC
3000 THROUGH 3999
4000 THROUGH 4999
LIGHT BLUE
LIGHT GREEN
LBL
LGN
CAB DISPLAY
CAB
PAGE 8
PAGE 9
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
CONTROLLER SUPPLY
LIGHTS
5000 THROUGH 5999
6000 THROUGH 6999
YELLOW
PINK
YEL
PNK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
HVAC
OPTIONS
PAGE 12
PAGE 13
Sheet 1 of 15
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR ACS PAGE 14 (PRINTED APRIL 2014)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT SJC PAGE 15

Printed In U.S.A. 7197682


787 of 1311
J1 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(GATEWAY CONTROLLER) J2 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(AUXILLIARY CONTROLLER)
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A-1 HYDRAULIC LOCK RETURN B-1 HYD CHARGE PRESS A-1 FRONT AUX (F) RETURN B-1
A-2 LIFT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT A-2 REAR AUX (F) RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT
A-3 FUEL PULL RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT A-3 LEFT BLINKER RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT
A-4 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY B-4 FUEL HOLD A-4 RIGHT BLINKER RELAY B-4 DIVERTED SOLENOID
A-5 LIGHT 1 RELAY B-5 LIFT SPOOL LOCK A-5 HORN RELAY B-5 REAR AUX (F)
A-6 GLOW PLUG RELAY B-6 TRACTION LOCK HOLD A-6 B-6 RELIEF SOLENOID
A-7 STARTER RELAY B-7 TILT SPOOL LOCK A-7 B-7 REAR AUX (M)
A-8 TRACTION PULL RELAY B-8 CAN LO 1 A-8 B-8 CAN LO 1
A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1 A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1
A-10 TILT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-10 A-10 REAR AUX (M) RETURN B-10
A-11 SPARE DIGITAL, ECU SINKS B-11 SEAT BAR A-11 LH PADDLE RIGHT B-11
A-12 B-12 FUEL LEVEL A-12 LH PADDLE LEFT B-12
A-13 TRACTION PULL RELAY FDBK B-13 BICS HYD LOCK HOLD A-13 RH RIGHT BUTTON UP B-13 FRONT AUX (F)
A-14 GLOW PLUG RELAY FDBK B-14 CAN HI 2 A-14 B-14
A-15 ENGINE SPEED B-15 GROUND P1 A-15 B-15 GROUND
A-16 AIR FILTER SWITCH B-16 GROUND P2 A-16 B-16 GROUND
A-17 LIGHT 2 RELAY B-17 GROUND P3, SENSOR A-17 B-17 HANDLE POT GND
A-18 FAN 2 RELAY B-18 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP (8 VOLT) A-18 FRONT AUX (M) RETURN B-18 RH PWM POT SIGNAL
A-19 PTOL LED B-19 FAN 2 OUTPUT A-19 B-19 FRONT AUX (M)
A-20 PTOL SWITCH B-20 CAN LO 2 A-20 LH FLOAT BUTTON B-20
A-21 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY FDBK B-21 REMOTE KEY A-21 B-21 RH TRIGGER
A-22 STATER RELAY FDBK B-22 RUN/ENTER A-22 LH RIGHT BUTTON DOWN B-22 SWITCHED POWER
A-23 B-23 SENSOR SUPPLY 8V A-23 B-23 HANDLE POT POWER (8 VOLT)
A-24 START ENGINE B-24 SENSOR SUPPLY 5V A-24 B-24
A-25 ENGINE OIL PRESS B-25 TWO SPEED MAKEUP A-25 B-25
A-26 SPARE B-26 TWO SPEED COIL A-26 HIGH FLOW RETURN B-26 HIGH FLOW
A-27 SPARE A-27
A-28 LIGHT 2 RELAY FDBK A-28 LH RIGHT BUTTON
A-29 A-29
A-30 FUEL PULL RELAY FDBK A-30 RH LEFT UP
A-31 LIGHT 1 RELAY FDBK A-31 RH LEFT DOWN
A-32 HYD OIL TEMP (8 VOLT) Dealer
A-32 Copy -- Not for Resale
A-33 A-33
A-34 HYD OIL FILTER SW1 A-34

HARNESS PART NUMBER


S630, S650, T630, T650
7199263
MAINFRAME
A770
7196824
MAINFRAME
S750, S770, T750, T770
7196823
MAINFRAME
DLX CAB 7196753
STD CAB 7195991
DLX FUEL 7184255
STD FUEL 7149219
S/R 6733370
TAILGATE DOM 7175271
Printable Version Click Here
TRK BRAKE ADP 7165061
WHL 2 SPD ADP 7159366
WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 2 of 15
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)

Printed In U.S.A. 7197682


788 of 1311
1240 RED/WHT WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
SHEET 8 GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE

POWER
C503 RH DLX PANEL
C408 BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
1400 RED/WHT BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
CAB-MFR HARN SHEET 9
C667 DOOR HARNESS BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
1450 RED/WHT 17 1450 RED/WHT 1420 RED/WHT BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
SHEET 8
C500 RH KEY SWITCH CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
FC1 FUSE CENTER 1440 RED/WHT MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
2 SHEET 8
FUSE 1 25 A 1110 RED/WHT J1B HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
C479 LH PANEL
1070 RED 1120 RED/WHT 1130 RED/WHT 3 GWY CTRLR CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
+12V 1025 RED
FUSE 2 25 A
1160 RED/WHT 1150 RED/WHT 3
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
J2B
BATTERY MEGAFUSE 1180 RED/WHT 2 AUX CTRLR COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION
9000 THROUGH 9999
9000 THROUGH 9999
PURPLE
PURPLE/WHITE
PUR
PUR/WHT
100.0 Amps
BATT_CABLE FUSE 3 25 A 1
1270 RED 1170 RED/WHT LEGEND
SCHEMATIC INDEX
C493 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
FUSE 4 25 A POWER PAGE 3
1280 RED 1235 RED/WHT 2 (4 PIN)
GROUND PAGE 4

1010 RED
SHEET 6 CAN BUS PAGE 5
STARTER FC2 FUSE CENTER ENGINE PAGE 6
CONNECTOR
FUSE 1 25 A HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
1190 RED 1165 RED/WHT CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
SHEET 5
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD CAB PAGE 9
FUSE 2 25 A MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
1040 RED 1490 RED/WHT 1410 RED/WHT WIRE BREAK
SHEET 13
(TWO WIRE BREAKS LIGHTS PAGE 11
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
FUSE 3 OPEN JOIN ONE WIRE) HVAC PAGE 12
1460 RED/WHT
SHEET 13 SHEET # OPTIONS PAGE 13
C412 LH HANDLE HORN
FUSE 4 15 A ACS PAGE 14
1290 RED 1370 RED/WHT
SHEET 9 SJC PAGE 15
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)

FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER


1050 RED
FUSE 5 30 A
1350 RED/WHT
SHEET 6
SHEET 6 1060 RED FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF RELAY
FUSE 6 30 A
FRC1 PRE HEATER RELAY 1310 RED 1360 RED/WHT
SHEET 7
1030 RED FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY
SHEET 6
FUSE 9 15 A 1320 RED/WHT
FRC1 STARTER RELAY
SHEET 11
Dealer
FRC1 REARCopy -- Not
LIGH RELAY for Resale
FUSE 10 20 A 1330 RED/WHT
1340 RED SHEET 11
FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
C404
FUSE 11 25 A BU ALARM-MFR HARN 1620 RNG/WHT
1300 RED 1140 RED/WHT 1720 RNG/WHT B SHEET 8
SHEET 12 (SEE ADDITIONAL C479 LH PANEL
FUSE1 25 A FRC1 HVAC RELAY OPTIONS SHEET)
1750 RNG/WHT 1940 RNG/WHT
SHEET 8
A T13 LH PANEL BUZZER
1760 RNG/WHT FUSE 2 25 A 1850 RNG/WHT 1780 RNG/WHT C489
SHEET 9 MFR ACCESSORY 1930 RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR WIPER) SHEET 8
FUSE 3 15 A C499 RH PANEL PTOL
1550 RNG/WHT C408
SHEET 13 1775 RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (BKT POSITION) CAB-MFR HARN SHEET 8
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH
FUSE4 5 A 1660 RNG/WHT 1660 RNG/WHT 1590 RNG/WHT
43
SHEET 8
1530 RNG/WHT SHEET 10 C503 RH DELUXE PANEL
C410 LEFT HANDLE
1570 RNG/WHT 1520 RNG/WHT 1950 RNG/WHT
SHEET 10 SHEET 8
C409 RIGHT HANDLE J2B C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH
FUSE 7 25 A 1560 RNG/WHT 22
1795 RNG/WHT 1730 RNG/WHT AUX CTRLR
SHEET 5 1785 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD SW4 H/ISO SWITCH
FUSE 8 25 A
FRC1 1580 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9 1960 RNG/WHT
SWITCHED C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES, OPTIONS) SHEET 8
POWER RELAY FUSE 12 15 A SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH
1765 RNG/WHT 1815 RNG/WHT 1800 RNG/WHT
SHEET 6
1050 RED 30
87
J1A
GWY CTRLR 1790 RNG/WHT
C110 ALT EXCITATION WIRING SCHEMATIC
SHEET 12
85 86 FRC1 HVAC RELAY
SHEET 6
2055 BLK
2030 BLK
3380 LBL 4 C408
CAB-MFR HARN (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
SHEET 12
1920 RNG/WHT 6 1840 RNG/WHT
1920 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
C449 LH JOYSTICK
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
C492 1830 RNG/WHT
1740 RNG/WHT 6
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK (S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
(8 PIN)
Sheet 3 of 15 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)

789 of 1311 Printed In U.S.A. 7197682


WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

GROUND
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7 CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT (TWO WIRE BREAKS
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN JOIN ONE WIRE)
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR SHEET #
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15

C493
2080 BLK
SHEET 5 SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
C449 LH JOYSTICK (4 PIN)
2070 BLK
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK 3 2235 BLK
2920 BLK C408 4 2240 BLK
SHEET 8 CAB-MFR HARN
C479 LH PANEL
2940 BLK 2950 BLK 32 2950 BLK
SHEET 8
C499 PTOL
2960 BLK 16 2510 BLK 2110 BLK T6
SHEET 8 J1B BATT GND
C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH GWY CTRLR 15 2500 BLK
2250 BLK
SHEET 8 2765 BLK
C503 RH DELUXE PANEL SHEET 11
16 2540 BLK C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR LIGHTS) T8
J2B 15 2745 BLK BATT GND
2550 BLK 2090 BLK SHEET 12
2930 BLK AUX CTRLR
SHEET 8 C408 CAB-MFR CONN (HVAC)
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 2790 BLK
2830 BLK 2900 BLK 42 2900 BLK SHEET 9
SHEET 13 C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
SW6 BKT POSITION SWITCH 2105 BLK
SHEET 11 2780 BLK
SHEET 8 2700 BLK FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY SHEET 13
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH
2785 BLK
SHEET 10 Dealer Copy -- Not 2000
2530 BLK
for Resale 2730 BLK
SHEET 13 C409 RIGHT HANDLE SHEET 9
C126 HORN C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES,OPTIONS)
2520 BLK
SHEET 10
2620 BLK C410 LEFT HANDLE
SHEET 11 T1
T16 RH REAR LIGHT
C103 BATT GND
2630 BLK C489
SHEET 11 TAILGATE HARN B 2720 BLK
T18 LH REAR LIGHT MFR ACCESSORY
2650 BLK 2600 BLK B 2600 BLK
SHEET 10
T20 BU ALARM 2400 BLK 2390 BLK
SHEET 6
2640 BLK C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
SHEET 11 2200 BLK
C602 LH REAR LIGHT SHEET 7
2610 BLK C425 BRAKE
SHEET 11 2770 BLK
C603 RH REAR LIGHT SHEET 13
C355 FUEL HARN (PWR BOB/AC)
2455 BLK
2170 BRN SHEET 13
SHEET 6 C423 BKT POSITION SOLENOID
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2710 BLK 2300 BLK
2160 BRN SHEET 5
SHEET 6 C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
2320 BRN
SHEET 7
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH
2370 BRN J1B Printable Version Click Here
SHEET 9
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (SEATBAR SENSOR) GWY CTRLR

SHEET 7
2220 BRN 2230 BRN 17 WIRING SCHEMATIC
C108 HYD TEMP SENDER

SHEET 7 2190 BRN (ACS / SJC MACHINE)


C105 HYD CHG PRESSURE SENDER

SHEET 6
2180 BRN S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
C355 FUEL HARN (FUEL SENDER)
2140 BRN
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
SHEET 6
C107 ENG OIL PRESS SENDER
Sheet 4 of 15
2150 BRN
SHEET 6
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH (PRINTED APRIL 2014)
790 of 1311
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

CAN BUS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7 CONNECTOR
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK * DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT (TWO WIRE BREAKS
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS PAGE 13
JOIN ONE WIRE)
SHEET #
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15

J1B C408
GWY CTRLR CAB-MFR HARN

8 9200 PUR 9270 PUR 9210 PUR 9280 PUR 9230 PUR 8 9230 PUR 9240 PUR 9250 PUR 9650 PUR 9630 PUR 4
CAN LO C479
9 9100 PUR/WHT 9170 PUR/WHT 9110 PUR/WHT 9180 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 7 9130 PUR/WHT 9140 PUR/WHT 9150 PUR/WHT 9550 PUR/WHT 9530 PUR/WHT 3 LEFT PANEL (BLACK)
CAN HI
120 OHM 120 OHM
RESISTOR C492 RESISTOR
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
(8 PIN)
C426 1 9260 PUR 4
9240 PUR C503
Remote Run Tool, ACD Dealer4Copy
9140 PUR/WHT ACS -- Not
CTRLR for Resale 9160 PUR/WHT 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
14 9500 PUR/WHT A
CAN HI
20 9600 PUR B
CAN LO
21 3090 LBL D REMOTE RUN KEY 9290 PUR 7
1830 RNG/WHT 1
C 9190 PUR/WHT 8 SHEET 3
SHEET 3
1730 RNG/WHT E SWITCHED POWER
DRIVE CTRLR
SHEET 4
2070 BLK
9560 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C450
RIGHT JOYSTICK
1165 RED/WHT F (SJC/AWS ONLY)
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER 9660 PUR 4
2710 BLK G GROUND 9220 PUR 8
SHEET 4 J2B
9120 PUR/WHT 9
AUX CTRLR
1840 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3
SHEET 4
2080 BLK
9540 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C449
LEFT JOYSTICK
(SJC/AWS ONLY)
9640 PUR 4

Printable Version Click Here

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 5 of 15
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
791 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

ENGINE
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN JOIN ONE WIRE)
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
FRC1
STARTER RELAY C109
30 S/R ADAPTER STARTER
1030 RED A
SHEET 3 87 8200 TAN TAN S M
B SHEET 3
3560 LBL B TAN R
85 86 8210 TAN 1015 RED
2005 BLK
SHEET 12 C110
B S 1020 RED
ALTERNATOR G
L 1800 RNG/WHT SHEET 3
EXCITATION

2015 BLK

FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF


FUEL PULL SOLENOID
RELAY C101
D5 8100 TAN B
1350 RED/WHT 30 8120 TAN PULL 0.33 OHM
SHEET 3 87 3410 LBL
2400 BLK 2800 BLK C GND
85 86 SHEET 4
2025 BLK 8110 TAN
SHEET 7 8800 TAN A HOLD
24.5 OHM

FRC1 T14
GLOW PLUG PRE HEATER
RELAY 8500 TAN

SHEET 3
1060 RED 30 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
87

2016 BLK 85 86
2055 BLK
SHEET 3

6 8510 TAN
14 3420 LBL
3 8110 TAN
30 3410 LBL
7 8210 TAN
22 3560 LBL

C107
5140 YEL B +5V PWR
J1A SHEET 9
GWY CTRLR 25 3140 LBL C SIG ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
2140 BRN A GND SENDER (0.5-4.5V)
SHEET 4
C405
2150 BRN B GND
SHEET 4 AIR FILTER
16 3150 LBL A SIG
SWITCH (NC) Printable Version Click Here
C106
15
SHEET 4
3160 LBL
2160 BRN
A
B
SIG
GND
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR WIRING SCHEMATIC
(163 OHM)

C104
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
2170 BRN B GND ENGINE COOLANT
18
SHEET 4
3170 LBL A SIG
SENSOR (500-3000 OHM)
(8 VOLT)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
4 8800 TAN

J1B
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
C355
GWY CTRLR FUEL HARN
C406 Sheet 6 of 15
12 3180 LBL C 3180 LBL OR 3100 LBL A SIG
FUEL SENDER
SHEET 4
2180 BRN D 2180 BRN OR 3110 LBL B GND (30 - 270 OHM) (PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
792 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT

HYDRAULICS
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
OPTIONS PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
ACS PAGE 14 SHEET # C425
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15
FRC1 B C308
TRACTION LOCK BRAKE
4100 LGN 4200 LGN A 4200 LGN A SOLENOID
RELAY TRACK 2 SPEED
2200 BLK C 2200 BLK B 9.8 OHM ADAPTER (SEE
1360 RED/WHT 30 SHEET 4
SHEET 3 3430 LBL 12 V ADDITIONAL
87
2025 BLK WHEEL 2 SPD ADP HARNESS 7159366 OPTIONS SHEET)
SHEET 6 85 86 TRACK SINGLE SPD BRAKE ADAPTER HARNESS 7165061
2035 BLK 4110 LGN
SHEET 11
C425

B PULL 0.3 OHM


A HOLD 10.9 OHM
C WHEEL SINGLE SPEED
8
TRACTION LOCK
13

C108
2220 BRN B HYDRAULIC
GND
SHEET 4 TEMPERATURE
32 3220 LBL A SIG SENDER
500 - 3000 OHM
C112 (8 VOLT)
J1A 34 3320 LBL A SIG HYDRAULIC OIL
GWY CTRLR 2320 BRN B GND FILTER SWITCH (NC)
SHEET 4
C446 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
18 2910 BRN 2 GND HYDRAULIC
4010 LGN 1 SIG FAN SOLENOID
7.2 OHM 12 V
C420
1 2410 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC LOCK
4410 LGN A SIG SOLENOID
9.8 OHM 12 V
C105
2190 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC
SHEET 4
3190 LBL C SIG CHARGE
5190 YEL A +8V PWR PRESSURE
0.5-7.5V
4200 LGN

19 13 1 23 6
J1B +8V
GWY CTRLR
Printable Version Click Here
C418
J2A
AUX CTRLR
18 2330 BRN 2 GND FRONT ROD WIRING SCHEMATIC
4330 LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID (MALE)

C419
3.3 OHM PWM
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
1 2340 BRN
4340 LGN
2
1
GND
SIG
FRONT BASE
SOLENOID (FEMALE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
3.3 OHM PWM
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
19 13 Sheet 7 of 15
J2B
AUX CTRLR
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
793 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE LEGEND
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED

CAB DISPLAY
POWER PAGE 3 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CAB
MANUAL CONTROLS
PAGE 9
PAGE 10
* DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
LIGHTS
HVAC
PAGE 11
PAGE 12
WIRE BREAK
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
SJC PAGE 15

T13
BUZZER (+)
1940 RNG/WHT
SHEET 3 C499
LEFT PANEL
Press To Operate Loader
7040 WHT OR 9320, PUR BUZZER
(PTOL)
C479
T2
LEFT PANEL (BLACK) 1930 RNG/WHT 1
BUZZER (-) SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
2940 BLK 3
7040 WHT OR 9320, PUR 10 SHEET 4 GROUND
BUZZER
C408
2920 BLK 2 CAB-MFR HARN
SHEET 4 GROUND
1960 RNG/WHT 1440 RED/WHT 1 20 3030 LBL 1 3030 LBL OR 9380, PUR 2
SHEET 3 SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER PTOL OUTPUT
*
SW9
TRAVEL CONTROL
SHEET 3
1620 RNG/WHT 5 SWITCHED POWER
J1A
19 2380 BRN 37 2380 BRN OR 9370, PUR 4
PTOL LED
SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 3400 LBL 11 LEFT BLINKER INPUT
SHEET 13 GWY CTRLR
C500
5 6 3500 LBL 8
SHEET 13 RIGHT BLINKER INPUT Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale RIGHT KEY SWITCH PANEL
4
2700 BLK 2 3 3650 LBL 7 24 8130 TAN 4 8130 TAN OR 9360, PUR 2
SHEET 4 TRAVEL CONTROL INPUT START
1 9
3600 LBL OR 4500, LGN
PARK BRAKE INPUT 6
SW1 6
3 2 BRAKE SWITCH 12
1 J1B 22 3040 LBL 40 4
3040 LBL OR 9350, PUR RUN/ENTER SWITCH
3610 LBL OR 9310, PUR 4 5 GWY CTRLR

SHEET 3 1775 RNG/WHT 6


1950 RNG/WHT 5
SHEET 4 2930 BLK C480 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
LEFT PANEL (GRAY) 1420 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
3620 LBL 12 2960 BLK 3
SHEET 9 DOOR SIGNAL SHEET 4 GROUND
11
10
9 C503
3610 LBL OR 9310, PUR 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
PARK BRAKE OUTPUT
8 1590 RNG/WHT 5
7 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
6 1240 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
5 2250 BLK 3
4 SHEET 4 GROUND
6
3
1

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 8 of 15 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
794 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT

CAB
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY
LIGHTS
5000 THROUGH 5999
6000 THROUGH 6999
YELLOW
PINK
YEL
PNK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
* DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
HVAC
OPTIONS
PAGE 12
PAGE 13
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE) (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15

SW4
*
HAND/FOOT (ACS)
H/ISO (SJC, AWS)
SWITCH
1785 RNG/WHT 2 1
SHEET 3 3
SHEET 9 2060 BLK 5 6
4
C492
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
SHEET 10 4230 LGN C408
(8 PIN) CAB-MFR HARN
SHEET 10 4240 LGN
5
3
4220 LGN
4275 LGN
4235 LGN 2
3
4235 LGN
4275 LGN
*C212
POWER
SOCKET
2 4550 LGN 5 4550 LGN 2795 BLK 1 GND
1375 RED/WHT 2 +12V PWR

2790 BLK 24 2790 BLK 2790 BLK 2010 BLK


* C209
B GND
SHEET 4
1370 RED/WHT 23 1370 RED/WHT 1390 RED/WHT A +12V PWR DOME
SHEET 3
3640 LBL C DOOR SIG LIGHT
C129
CAB ACCESSORY
1210 RED/WHT A +12V BATT PWR
1580 RNG/WHT 16 1580 RNG/WHT 1865 RNG/WHT B +12V SW PWR
SHEET 3
2820 BLK C GND Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1510 RNG/WHT
SHEET 13
1885 RNG/WHT SHEET 13
2210 BLK SHEET 13
2885 BLK SHEET 13
2060 BLK
SHEET 4
2730 BLK 33 2730 BLK
SHEET 9
*C667
DOOR HARNESS
(SEE ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS SHEET)

3620 LBL 3630 LBL 4


SHEET 8 DOOR SIGNAL
1400 RED/WHT 5 DOOR UNSW PWR
SHEET 3
6

1850 RNG/WHT 27 1850 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT 1


SHEET 3 WIPER SWITCH, MOTOR SWITCHED POWER
C482 SEATBAR 2840 BLK 2
WIPER MOTOR GROUND
J1B
GWY CTRLR SHEET 4
2370 BRN 45 2370 BRN OR 3910, LBL A GND SENSOR 7310 WHT 3
WASHER SIGNAL

11 3370 LBL 46 3370 LBL OR 3920, LBL B SIG * C252


L SIG
WASHER
24 5100 YEL 5370 YEL 44 5370 YEL OR 3900, LBL C +5V PWR X MOTOR
2845 BLK GND
+5V
SHEET 6 5140 YEL WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 9 of 15 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
795 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

MANUAL
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK

CONTROLS
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
ACS PAGE 14
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15

C409
RIGHT HANDLE
(MANUAL/ACS ONLY)

J2A
2530 BLK K
SHEET 4
AUX CTRLR 4230 LGN G
SHEET 9
1520 RNG/WHT A
SHEET 3
30 4940 LGN H
C404 31 4930 LGN J SKI CTRL
C103
BU ALARM-MFR HARN 4920 LGN E
TAILGATE HARN DETENT FLOW
T19 TERMINAL (+) 13 4910 LGN F
(SEE ADDITIONAL A 7100 WHT C 7100 WHT TWO SPD
OPTIONS SHEET)
4310 LGN C
BACK UP
4320 LGN D
2650 BLK ALARM PWM
SHEET 4 4300 LGN B (8 VOLT)
T20 TERMINAL (-)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
C410
21 17 18 23
LEFT HANDLE
J2B (MANUAL/ACS ONLY)
C421 AUX CTRLR K
J1A 10 2670 BRN 3 GND 20 4640 LGN D
GWY CTRLR 4670 LGN 1 SIG TILT SPOOL LOCK 28 4840 LGN C
2 7.8 OHM 12V 22 4830 LGN B SKI CTRL
12 4820 LGN G
C422 11 4810 LGN F SIDE SHIFT
2 2680 BRN 3 GND 1530 RNG/WHT A
LIFT SPOOL LOCK SHEET 3
4680 LGN 1 SIG J
7.8 OHM 12V
2 4240 LGN H
SHEET 9
2520 BLK E
SHEET 4

7 5 Printable Version Click Here

J1B
GWY CTRLR WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 10 of 15
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
796 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3 PARTIAL CONNECTOR

LIGHTS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8 CONNECTOR
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN OPTIONS PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT PAGE 15
SJC C434-1
2735 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
6100 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
C408
37.00 Watts
CAB-MFR HARN
C434-2
2765 BLK 28 2765 BLK 2750 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
SHEET 4
6110 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

C435-1
6000 PNK 25 6000 PNK 6120 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2760 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts
C435-2
6130 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2705 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

FRC1
FRONT WORK C103
LIGHTS RELAY TAILGATE HARN C603
Dealer Copy -- Not for ResaleSHEET 4 2610 BLK 2 GND
1330 RED/WHT 30 RIGHT REAR
SHEET 3 87 6340 PNK 6310 PNK A 6310 PNK 6320 PNK 1 SIG
TAIL LIGHT
2105 BLK 85 86 C602
SHEET 4
2045 BLK 6330 PNK 1 SIG
2640 BLK 2 LEFT REAR
GND
SHEET 4 TAIL LIGHT
5 6320 PNK
31 3460 LBL
J1A
17 6210 PNK
GWY CTRLR
28 3440 LBL

T16 TERMINAL (-)


2620 BLK GND
SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
6210 PNK SIG WORK LIGHT
FRC1
REAR LIGHT T15 TERMINAL (+)
RELAY
1320 RED/WHT 30 T17 TERMINAL (+)
SHEET 3 87 6200 PNK H 6200 PNK SIG LEFT REAR
2630 BLK GND WORK LIGHT
2045 BLK 85 86 SHEET 4
2035 BLK T18 TERMINAL (-)
SHEET 7

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 11 of 15 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
797 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3 PARTIAL CONNECTOR

HVAC
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK * DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS
ACS
PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE) (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
PAGE 14 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
SJC PAGE 15

2440 BLK *
C610
2
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
GND HVAC DUCT
7440 WHT 1 SIG FAN (NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
C483
2560 BLK * C BLK
7420 WHT A DBL POTENTIOMETER
7425 WHT B (TEMP CONTROL
WHT SWITCH)
C635
* D SIG
2130 BLK C GND HEATER
7430 WHT A +12V PWR VALVE
B
E
F

FRC1 C408
*BLOWER
SW10

HVAC RELAY SWITCH


CAB-MFR HARN
1140 RED/WHT 30 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale OFF
SHEET 3 87 1500 RNG/WHT 21 1500 RNG/WHT 5 2
1
2030 BLK 85 86 4
SHEET 3
SHEET 6
2005 BLK
1790 RNG/WHT
6
3 7530 WHT
* C611
1 14.00 Amps High
SHEET 3 7410 WHT 7520 WHT 2 7.50 Amps Med BLOWER
SW11 7510 WHT 3 5.00 Amps Low MOTOR
21 3450 LBL
SHEET 4
2745 BLK 22 2745 BLK *
AC SWITCH 2580 BLK 4

J1A 7015 WHT 1 C 7400 WHT


GWY CTRLR 2100 BLK 3
11 7021 WHT 7020 WHT 34

* C630
3
THERMOSTAT

AC EVAPORATOR C350 2570 BLK 2


SWITCH B 7023 WHT 7020 WHT 1
A 7024 WHT
C355
FUEL HARN # C486 Printable Version Click Here
A 7024 WHT 7025 WHT 1 SIG

2290 BLK 2280 BLK


2 GND
MAGNET CLUTCH
(COMPRESSOR) WIRING SCHEMATIC
SHEET 13
D4
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 12 of 15
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
798 of 1311
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED PARTIAL CONNECTOR
POWER PAGE 3

OPTIONS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CONNECTOR
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRE BREAK * DLX CAB HARN 7196753 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 JOIN ONE WIRE) (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7165991)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT ACS PAGE 14 SHEET #
SJC PAGE 15
C355

POWER
# C607
1
FUEL HARN

E
C408
10 CAB-MFR HARN
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
SIG 4470 LGN OR 7010, WHT 4470 LGN 4470 LGN
BOB-TACH
CLOSE
GND 2 2470 OR 2770, BLK 2770 OR 2751, BLK B 2770 BLK
SHEET 4 4480 LGN (NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
2290 BLK
SHEET 12
*POWER
SW5 2 1
# C606 BOBTACH 3
POWER 5 4
SIG 2 2480 OR 2775, BLK SWITCH 6
BOB-TACH 1 4480 LGN OR 7000, WHT F 4480 LGN 9
GND
OPEN
1380 RED/WHT
1410 RED/WHT 26 1410 RED/WHT 1200 RED/WHT
SHEET 3
X T3
C411
B 6010 PNK 15
1430 RED/WHT
6010 PNK L
* FLASHER CONN

C 3500 LBL
SHEET 8 D1
LEFT HANDLE A 6515 PNK 6500 PNK 36 6500 PNK 6530 PNK
*BEACON
SW2

6570 PNK
(BLINKER / FLASHER) E 6540 PNK
5 PIN D2 SWITCH
D 6415 PNK 6400 PNK 29 6400 PNK 6430 PNK
3400 LBL 2725 BLK 6

C103
SHEET 8
*SW3
HAZARD SWITCH
2
1
6700 PNK
4
1
5
2
(PINS 3 & 6 3
TAILGATE HARN
INTERNALLY 5 4 3
INSULATED)
2850 BLK
E 6410 PNK 6
EURO TAIL LIGHTS C670
(SEE ADDITIONAL D 6510 PNK * E
OPTIONS SHEET) 2780 BLK 30 D
2780 BLK 2420 BLK
SHEET 4 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 6440 PNK F
BEACON/FLASHER
EXTERIOR HARNESS
6540 PNK B (SEE ADDITIONAL
1550 RNG/WHT 13 1550 RNG/WHT C OPTIONS SHEET)

C423
SHEET 3
LEFT +
C279
1 7820 WHT
* C676
3
A
3
BUCKET
POSITION
SIG A 4450 LGN D3 4455 LGN 35 4455 LGN 1
4
2 *BUCKET
SW6 SPEAKER
-
2 7830 WHT 4
2830 BLK 5 POSITION C278 RADIO CONN
SOLENOID GND B 2450 BLK 2455 BLK SWITCH
9.8 OHM SHEET 4 SHEET 4 6 2 7810 WHT 6
RIGHT -
C126 SPEAKER 1 7800 WHT 5
SHEET 4 2785 BLK + 1885 RNG/WHT 1
C412 B GND SHEET 9 PWR
FRONT 2885 BLK 2
LEFT HANDLE B 7210 WHT 38 7210 WHT A SIG SHEET 9 GND
HORN
(HORN) A 1460 RED/WHT
2 PIN
SHEET 3 C277
* 1
2
C497 3
5 7200 WHT C SJC 4 PWR
SHEET 9 1510 RNG/WHT
HORN/BLINKER AIR RIDE
4 6420 PNK A 2210 BLK 5 GND
(SEE ADDITIONAL SHEET 9 SEAT
J2A 3 6520 PNK B OPTIONS SHEET) 6
AUX CTRLR
C415
26 2460 BRN B GND HIGH FLOW
A SOLENOID
4460 LGN SIG
7.5 OHM 12 V Printable Version Click Here
J2B
26
AUX CTRLR
WIRING SCHEMATIC
27 2360 BRN
C437
2 GND TWO SPEED (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
4360 LGN 1 SIG
MAKEUP SOLENOID
J1A
GWY CTRLR
8.8 OHM 12V TRACK 2 SPEED
ADAPTER (SEE
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
C441
26 2350 BRN
4350 LGN
2
1
GND
SIG
TWO SPEED
SOLENOID
ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS SHEET) (S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
5.1 OHM 12 V
Sheet 13 of 15
25 26
J1B (PRINTED APRIL 2014)
GWY CTRLR

Printed In U.S.A. 7197682


799 of 1311
ACS CONTROLLER

ACS
CONNECTOR J1-ACS CONNECTOR J2-ACS CONNECTOR J3-ACS
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A +5V TO SENSORS A LIFT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE A TILT MOTOR 1
B SWITCHED POWER B FLOAT-SPARE B UNSWITCHED POWER
C HAND/FOOT INPUT C RESPONSE SELECTOR-SPARE C UNSWITCHED POWER
D CAN HIGH D TILT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE D LIFT MOTOR 2
E
F
G
H
CAN LOW

GROUND
GROUND
E
F
G
H
J
TILT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK
LIFT HANDLE
TILT HANDLE
LIFT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK
LIFT PEDAL
E
F
G
H
J
HANDLE ENABLE
LIFT MOTOR 1
PEDAL ENABLE
GROUND
GROUND
CONTROLS
K TILT PEDAL K TILT MOTOR 2

ACS AND AHC HARNESS 7164144


J1-ACS
CONTROLLER
H 2280 BLK

2280 BLK
SEE MANUAL CONTROL
2240 BLK
PAGE FOR HARNESS CONN
MAINFRAME HARNESS 1170 RED/WHT C409 C466
C492 C493 J3-ACS K A

4275 LGN
4220 LGN 5 4 2240 BLK CONTROLLER
G B HANDLE
4275 LGN 3 3 B 1190 RED/WHT LOCK
A
C 4550 LGN 2 2 C 1180 RED/WHT H
7 1 1170 RED/WHT E J SKI CTRL
4220 LGN
8 J 2260 BLK C467 E DETENT
E 9240 PUR 1 H 3 F FLOW
2270 BLK 2510 BLK
D 9140 PUR/WHT 4 G 4260 LGN 4280 LGN 1 LIFT C TWO SPD
B 1740 RNG/WHT 6 2 SOLENOID D
A 2250 YEL PWM
+5V 13 OHM B
G 2250 BRN 12V
C468
FOOT PEDAL LOCK
2 C410
3 K
2500 BLK
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 4270 LGN 1 TILT D
FLOAT
SOLENOID C
B SKI CTRL
J2-ACS C472
CONTROLLER C429 G
2650 BRN B B GRD LIFT ACTUATOR SIDE
D 4610 LGN 8 F
F 4650 LGN C C SIG LIFT HANDLE SHIFT
7 A
5650 YEL A A +5V PWR HALL SENSOR
6 J
F 4600 LGN 5 H A
C469 HANDLE
4 E B
2750 BRN B B GND LOCK
G 4750 LGN C C 5980 YEL 3 +5V PWR
SIG TILT HANDLE
5750 YEL A A +5V PWR HALL SENSOR 2980 BRN 1 GND
3980 LBL 2 SIG
A C471
B 2660 BRN 2 GND C428 TILT ACTUATOR
C
J 3 K 4645 LGN 8
4660 LGN SIG LIFT PEDAL
D 1 HALL SENSOR 7
5660 YEL +5V PWR
2980 BRN
2990 BRN

6
C470 A 4645 LGN 5
2760 BRN 2 4
GND
K 4760 LGN 3 SIG 5990 YEL 3 +5V PWR
TILT PEDAL
5760 YEL 1 HALL SENSOR 2990 BRN 1 GND
+5V PWR
5750 YEL 3990 LBL 2 SIG
5650 YEL 5980 YEL
2250 YEL 5990 YEL
WIRING SCHEMATIC
H
E
3980 LBL
3990 LBL
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
(S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
Sheet 14 of 15 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
800 of 1311 Printed In U.S.A. 7197682
ACS CONTROLLER J5 DRIVE CONTROLLER
CONNECTOR J1-ACS CONNECTOR J2-ACS CONNECTOR J3-ACS PIN FUNCTION

SJC PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION 1 SAFETY IN


A +5V TO SENSORS A LIFT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE A TILT MOTOR 1 2 TWO SPEED SWITCH
B SWITCHED POWER B FLOAT-SPARE B UNSWITCHED POWER 3 SPARE DIGITAL INPUT 2
C HAND/FOOT INPUT C RESPONSE SELECTOR-SPARE C UNSWITCHED POWER 4 H PAT SWITCH
D CAN HIGH D TILT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE D LIFT MOTOR 2 5 ISO PAT SWITCH
6 ISO LITE

CONTROLS
E CAN LOW E TILT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK E HANDLE ENABLE
F F LIFT HANDLE F LIFT MOTOR 1 7 L SWASH PLATE ANGLE
G GROUND G TILT HANDLE G PEDAL ENABLE 8 R SWASH PLATE ANGLE
H GROUND H LIFT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK H GROUND 9 SPARE ANALOG 4
J LIFT PEDAL J GROUND 10 SPARE ANALOG 5
K TILT PEDAL K TILT MOTOR 2 11 L FWD RETURN
12 CAN HIGH
HARNESS PART NUMBER 13 LF ANGLE
7159325 WITH SPEED SENSORS LIFT 14 RF ANGLE
SJC WHEEL S630, S650, S750, S770 C429
7210503 WITHOUT SPEED SENSORS ACTUATOR 15 LR ANGLE
4600 LGN 5
7159458 WITH SPEED SENSORS 16 H PAT LITE
J5 - DRIVE SJC TRACK
7210504
T630, T650, T750, T770
WITHOUT SPEED SENSORS 4610 LGN
6
8 17 RR ANGLE
S630, S650,S750, S770,
CONTROLLER SUSP JSTK 7163706
T630, T650, T750, T770
2980 BRN 1
4
GND 18
19
L JOYSTICK X
L JOYSTICK Y
C454 3980 LBL 2 SIG 20 R JOYSTICK X
29 2890 BRN 2880 BRN 3 7
GND 21 L FWD DRIVE
5880 YEL 1 +5V PWR 5980 YEL 3 +5V PWR
LEFT SPEED 22 CAN LOW
33 3880 LBL 2 SIG SENSOR
C428 23 R QUAD A DRIVE
34 3885 LBL 4 SIG TILT ACTUATOR
NOTE: SPEED SENSORS NO LONGER 5990 YEL 3 +5V PWR 24 R QUAD B DRIVE
40 5890 YEL C453 FACTORY INSTALLED. SEE SERVICE 4 25 TWO SPEED 1
+5V

5970 YEL
5870 YEL 1 +5V PWR LETTER SL5323 OR BTI 410 3990 LBL 2 SIG 26 BRAKE LIGHT OUTPUT
2870 BRN 3 GND 6
23 3870 LBL 2 RIGHT SPEED 27 GROUND
SIG 2990 BRN 1 GND
SENSOR 28 GROUND
24 3875 LBL 4 SIG 4640 LGN 5
7 29 SENSOR GROUND
C536 A22 PUMP HARNESS (7169309 or 7188448) 30 SENSOR SUPPLY 2 +5V

2970 BRN
5810 YEL 2 C543 4650 LGN 8
2810/BRN OR BLK 4 2810 BRN or BLK 1 GND
31 L REV DRIVE
8 3810/LBL OR 4720/LGN 3 3810/LBL OR 4720/LGN 3 SIG 32 CAN SHIELD
1710 RNG/WHT 1 1710 RNG/WHT 2 +12V PWR K 33 L QUAD A DRIVE
J 34 L QUAD B DRIVE

J2-ACS
C537 RIGHT
E
5860 YEL 2 C542 SWASHPLATE 35 SAFETY OUT
H
2860/BRN OR BLK BRN 4 2860 BRN or BLK 1 GND 36 BACKUP ALARM
F
7 3860/LBL OR 4950/LGN 3 3860 LBL or 4950/LGN 3 SIG 37 R JOYSTICK Y
G
1770 RNG/WHT 1 1770 RNG/WHT 2 +12V PWR 38
C SPARE ANALOG 1
LEFT
C501 C546 SWASHPLATE D 39 SPARE PWM COIL 7
43 4260 LGN 1 4260 LGN 1 B 40 SENSOR SUPPLY 1 +5V
42 2660/BRN OR BLK 2 2660 BRN or BLK 2
RIGHT FORWARD DRIVE Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale A

ACS CONTROLLER
41 L REV RETURN
42 R FWD RETURN
C547
44 4250 LGN 3 4250 LGN 1 A 43 R FWD DRIVE
RIGHT REVERSE DRIVE +5V 44 R REV DRIVE
45 2650/BRN OR BLK 4 2650 BRN or BLK 2 G

J1-ACS
F 45 R REV RETURN
C545 9240 PUR E 46 TWO SPEED 2
31 4280 LGN 5 4280 LGN 1
9140 PUR/WHT D 47 UNSWITCHED BATTERY
41 2680/BRN OR BLK 6 2680 BRN or BLK 2 LEFT REVERSE DRIVE
1760 RNG/WHT B 48 UNSWITCHED BATTERY
2280 BLK H 49 SPARE PWN COIL 6
C544 C
21 4270 LGN 7 4270 LGN 1 50 SWITCHED BATTERY
11 2670/BRN OR BLK 8 2670 BRN or BLK 2 LEFT FORWARD DRIVE

K
C460
TO SJC BRAKE A 1 1
C474 1830 RNG/WHT +12V PWR
HARNESS D 2 2
26 4210 LGN A C450 2070 BLK GND

J3-ACS
(SEE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS F RIGHT
RIGHT JOYSTICK 4 9660 PUR 4 CAN LO
SHEET)
2270 BLK H (CONNECTS TO JOYSTICK
2260 BLK J DLX CAB HARNESS)
3 3
C492 9560 PUR/WHT CAN HI
1180 RED/WHT C
12 9190 PUR/WHT 8
1190 RED/WHT B
22 9290 PUR 7 C459
E
4 4550 LGN 2 1 1840 RNG/WHT 1 +12V PWR
G
6 4220 LGN 5
C449 2 2080 BLK 2 GND
16 4275 LGN 3 LEFT JOYSTICK
9140 PUR/WHT 4
LEFT
(CONNECTS TO 4 9640 PUR 4 CAN LO
9240 PUR 1 DLX CAB HARNESS) JOYSTICK
50 1750 RNG/WHT 1740 RNG/WHT 6
MAINFRAME 3 9540 PUR/WHT 3 CAN HI
HARNESS
27 2470 BLK C493
28 2490 BLK 2235 BLK 3
47 1250 RED/WHT 1235 RED/WHT 2
48 1260 RED/WHT 1170 RED/WHT 1
2240 BLK 4 WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
1760 RNG/WHT
2280 BLK
S650 (S/N A3NV13099 - A3NV18204)
2270 BLK
2260 BLK (S/N A3NW11249 - A3NW12733)
1180 RED/WHT
1190 RED/WHT Sheet 15 of 15 Printable Version Click Here
C404
36 7100 WHT A (CONNECTS TO BACKUP (PRINTED APRIL 2014)
B ALARM C404 ON MFR
HARNESS)
7197682
801 of 1311 Printed In U.S.A.
CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS
NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
PINS PINS PINS
C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID 3 6 C446 HYDRAULIC FAN 2 7 FC1 FUSE CENTER 1 8 3
C103 TAILGATE 8 4,10,11,13 C449 LEFT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 FC2 FUSE CENTER 2 8 3
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2 6 C450 RIGHT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER 64 3,6,7,11,12
C105 HYD CHARGE PRESSURE 3 7 C453 RIGHT QUAD A DRIVE 4 15
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 2 6 C454 LEFT QUAD DRIVE 4 15 J1A GATEWAY CONTROLLER 34 3,6-8,10-13
C107 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 3 6 C467 LIFT PEDAL LOCK 3 14 J1B GATEWAY CONTOLLER 26 3-10,13
C108 HYD TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 7 C468 TILT PEDAL LOCK 3 14 J2A AUX CONTROLLER 34 7,10,13
C109 S/R ADAPTER HARNESS 2 6 C469 TILT HANDLE 3 14 J2B AUX CONTROLLER 26 3-5,7,10,13
C110 ALTERNATOR 2 6 C470 TILT PEDAL 3 14
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH 2 7 C471 LIFT PEDAL 3 14 J1-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 8 14, 15
C126 HORN 2 13 C472 LIFT HANDLE 3 14 J2-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 10 14, 15
C129 CAB ACCESSORY 3 9 C474 BRAKE LIGHT 1 15 J3-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 10 14, 15
C209 DOME LIGHT 3 9 C479 LEFT PANEL(BLACK) 12 5,8 J5 DRIVE CONTROLLER 50 15
C212 POWER SOCKET 2 9 C480 LEFT PANEL(GRAY) 12 8
C252 WASHER 2 9 C482 SEATBAR SENSOR 3 9 SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 6 8
C277 AIR RIDE SEAT 6 13 C483 TEMP CONTROL SWITCH 3 12 SW2 BEACON SWITCH 6 13
C278 RIGHT SPEAKER 2 13 C486 AC COMPRESSOR 2 12 SW3 HAZARD SWITCH 6 13
C279 LEFT SPEAKER 2 13 C489 MFR ACCESSORY 2 3,4 SW4 HAND/FOOT, H/ISO SWITCH 6 9
C308 BRAKE SOLENOID 2 7 C492 ACS/SJC/AWS-MFR HARN 8 3,5,9 SW5 POWER BOBTACH SWITCH 6 13
C350 AC EVAPORATOR SWITCH 2 12 C493 ACS/SJC/AWS-MFR HARN 4, 15 3,4 SW6 BUCKET POSITION SWITCH 6 13
C355 DLX or STD FUEL HARNESS 6 6,12,13 C497 SJC HORN/BLINKER 3 13 SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH 6 8
C404 BU ALARM-MFR HARN 2 3,10 C499 PTOL 4 8 SW10 BLOWER SWITCH 5 12
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH 2 6 C500 RH KEY SWITCH 6 8 SW11 AC SWITCH 3 12
C406 FUEL SENDER 2 6 C501 A22 PUMP HARNESS 8 15
C408 CAB - MFR HARN CONNECTOR 48 3-5,8-9,11-13 C503 RH DLX PANEL 6 5,8 T1 BATT GROUND 1 4
C409 RIGHT HANDLE 10 10 C542 LEFT SWASHPLATE 3 15 T2 BUZZER GROUND 1 8
C410 LEFT HANDLE 10 10 C543 RIGHT SWASHPLATE 3 15 T3 FLASHER 2 13
C411 LEFT HANDLE 5 WAY (FLSHR) 5 13 C544 LEFT FORWARD DRIVE 2 15 T6 BATT GROUND 1 4
C412 LEFT HANDLE 2 WAY (HORN) 2 13 C545 LEFT REVERSE DRIVE 2 15 T8 BATT GROUND 1 4
C415 HIGH FLOW SOLENOID 2 13 C546 RIGHT FORWARD DRIVE 2 15 T13 BUZZER POWER 1 8
C418 FRONT ROD (MALE) 2 7 C547 RIGHT REVERSE DRIVE 2 15 T14 PRE HEATER 1 6
C419 FRONT BASE (FEMALE) 2 7 T15 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(+) 1 11
C420 HYD LOCK 2 7 T16 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(-) 1 11
C440 RF BASE 2 14 C602 LEFT REAR TAIL LIGHT Dealer
2 Copy11 -- Not forT17
Resale
LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (+) 1 11
C422 TILT SPOOL LCOK 3 10 C603 RIGHT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T18 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (-) 1 11
C423 BUCKET POSITION 2 13 C606 POWER BOBTACH OPEN 2 13 T19 BACKUP ALARM 1 10
C425 BRAKE SOLENOID 3 7 C607 POWER BOBTACH CLOSE 2 13 T20 BACKUP ALARM (GND) 1 10
C426 CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD) 7 5 C610 HVAC DUCT FAN 2 12
C428 TILT ACTUATOR 8 14, 15 C611 BLOWER MOTOR 4 12
C429 LIFT ACTUATOR 8 14,15 C630 THERMOSTAT 3 12
C434-1 LEFT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 C635 HEATER VALVE 6 12
C434-2 LEFT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 C667 DOOR 6 9
C435-1 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 C670 EXTERIOR BEACON 6 13
C435-2 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 C676 RADIO 6 13
C437 TWO SPEED MAKEUP 2 13
C441 TWO SPEED 2 13 C707 OBW STOP BRAKE LIGHT 3 15

WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX


GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9 Printable Version Click Here
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK LIGHTS PAGE 11 WIRING SCHEMATIC
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN OPTIONS PAGE 13 (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 1 of 15
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7210767
802 of 1311
J1 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(GATEWAY CONTROLLER) J2 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(AUXILLIARY CONTROLLER)
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A-1 HYDRAULIC LOCK RETURN B-1 HYD CHARGE PRESS A-1 FRONT AUX (F) RETURN B-1
A-2 LIFT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT A-2 REAR AUX (F) RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT
A-3 FUEL PULL RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT A-3 LEFT BLINKER RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT
A-4 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY B-4 FUEL HOLD A-4 RIGHT BLINKER RELAY B-4 DIVERTED SOLENOID
A-5 LIGHT 1 RELAY B-5 LIFT SPOOL LOCK A-5 HORN RELAY B-5 REAR AUX (F)
A-6 GLOW PLUG RELAY B-6 TRACTION LOCK HOLD A-6 B-6 RELIEF SOLENOID
A-7 STARTER RELAY B-7 TILT SPOOL LOCK A-7 B-7 REAR AUX (M)
A-8 TRACTION PULL RELAY B-8 CAN LO 1 A-8 B-8 CAN LO 1
A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1 A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1
A-10 TILT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-10 A-10 REAR AUX (M) RETURN B-10
A-11 SPARE DIGITAL, ECU SINKS B-11 SEAT BAR A-11 LH PADDLE RIGHT B-11
A-12 B-12 FUEL LEVEL A-12 LH PADDLE LEFT B-12
A-13 TRACTION PULL RELAY FDBK B-13 BICS HYD LOCK HOLD A-13 RH RIGHT BUTTON UP B-13 FRONT AUX (F)
A-14 GLOW PLUG RELAY FDBK B-14 CAN HI 2 A-14 B-14
A-15 ENGINE SPEED B-15 GROUND P1 A-15 B-15 GROUND
A-16 AIR FILTER SWITCH B-16 GROUND P2 A-16 B-16 GROUND
A-17 LIGHT 2 RELAY B-17 GROUND P3, SENSOR A-17 B-17 HANDLE POT GND
A-18 FAN 2 RELAY B-18 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP (8 VOLT) A-18 FRONT AUX (M) RETURN B-18 RH PVM POT SIGNAL
A-19 PTOL LED B-19 FAN 2 OUTPUT A-19 B-19 FRONT AUX (M)
A-20 PTOL SWITCH B-20 CAN LO 2 A-20 LH FLOAT BUTTON B-20
A-21 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY FDBK B-21 REMOTE KEY A-21 B-21 RH TRIGGER
A-22 STATER RELAY FDBK B-22 RUN/ENTER A-22 LH RIGHT BUTTON DOWN B-22 SWITCHED POWER
A-23 B-23 SENSOR SUPPLY 8V A-23 B-23 HANDLE POT POWER
A-24 START ENGINE B-24 SENSOR SUPPLY 5V A-24 B-24
A-25 ENGINE OIL PRESS B-25 TWO SPEED MAKEUP A-25 B-25
A-26 SPARE B-26 TWO SPEED COIL A-26 HIGH FLOW RETURN B-26 HIGH FLOW
A-27 SPARE A-27
A-28 LIGHT 2 RELAY FDBK A-28 LH RIGHT BUTTON
A-29 A-29
A-30 FUEL PULL RELAY FDBK A-30 RH LEFT UP
A-31 LIGHT 1 RELAY FDBK A-31 RH LEFT DOWN
A-32 HYD OIL TEMP (8 VOLT) Dealer
A-32 Copy -- Not for Resale
A-33 A-33
A-34 HYD OIL FILTER SW1 A-34

HARNESS PART NUMBER


S630, S650, T630, T650
7210765
MAINFRAME
A770, S750, S770, T750, T770
7210769
MAINFRAME
DLX CAB 7210556
STD CAB 7210557
DLX FUEL 7184255
STD FUEL 7149219
S/R 6733370
TAILGATE DOM 7207484
TRK BRAKE ADP 7165061
WHL 2 SPD ADP 7159366

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 2 of 15 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7210767
803 of 1311
1240 RED/WHT WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
SHEET 8 GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE
C408

POWER
C503 RH DLX PANEL
(BLACK) BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 1400 RED/WHT BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
SHEET 9
C667 DOOR HARNESS BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
1450 RED/WHT 6 1450 RED/WHT 1420 RED/WHT BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
SHEET 8
C500 RH KEY SWITCH CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
FC1 FUSE CENTER 1440 RED/WHT MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
2 SHEET 8
FUSE 1 25 A 1110 RED/WHT J1B HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
C479 LH PANEL
1070 RED 1120 RED/WHT 1130 RED/WHT 3 GWY CTRLR CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
+12V 1025 RED
FUSE 2 25 A
1160 RED/WHT 1150 RED/WHT 3
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
J2B
BATTERY MEGAFUSE 1180 RED/WHT 2 AUX CTRLR COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
100.0 Amps COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
BATT_CABLE FUSE 3 25 A 1
1270 RED 1170 RED/WHT LEGEND
SCHEMATIC INDEX
C493 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
FUSE 4 25 A POWER PAGE 3
1280 RED 1235 RED/WHT 2 (4 PIN)
GROUND PAGE 4

1010 RED
SHEET 6 CAN BUS PAGE 5
STARTER FC2 FUSE CENTER ENGINE PAGE 6
CONNECTOR
FUSE 1 25 A HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
1190 RED 1165 RED/WHT CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
SHEET 5
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD CAB PAGE 9
FUSE 2 25 A MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
1040 RED 1490 RED/WHT 1410 RED/WHT WIRE BREAK
SHEET 13
(TWO WIRE BREAKS LIGHTS PAGE 11
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
FUSE 3 OPEN JOIN ONE WIRE) HVAC PAGE 12
1460 RED/WHT
SHEET 13 SHEET # OPTIONS PAGE 13
C412 LH HANDLE HORN
FUSE 4 15 A
1290 RED 1370 RED/WHT
SHEET 9
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER
1050 RED
FUSE 5 30 A
1350 RED/WHT
SHEET 6
SHEET 6 1060 RED FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF RELAY
FUSE 6 30 A
FRC1 PRE HEATER RELAY 1310 RED 1360 RED/WHT
SHEET 7
1030 RED FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY
SHEET 6
FUSE 9 15 A 1320 RED/WHT
FRC1 STARTER RELAY
SHEET 11
FRC1 REAR LIGH RELAY
1340 RED
FUSE 10 20 A 1330 RED/WHT Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SHEET 11
FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
C404
FUSE 11 25 A BU ALARM-MFR HARN
1620 RNG/WHT
1300 RED 1140 RED/WHT 1720 RNG/WHT B SHEET 8
SHEET 12 (SEE ADDITIONAL C479 LH PANEL
FUSE1 25 A FRC1 HVAC RELAY OPTIONS SHEET)
1750 RNG/WHT 1940 RNG/WHT
SHEET 8
A T13 LH PANEL BUZZER
1760 RNG/WHT FUSE 2 25 A 1850 RNG/WHT 1780 RNG/WHT C489
SHEET 9 MFR ACCESSORY 1930 RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR WIPER) SHEET 8
FUSE 3 15 A C428 C499 RH PANEL PTOL
1550 RNG/WHT
SHEET 13 (LT GRAY) 1775 RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (BKT POSITION) CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 SHEET 8
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH
FUSE4 5 A 1660 RNG/WHT 1660 RNG/WHT 1590 RNG/WHT
2
SHEET 8
1530 RNG/WHT SHEET 10 C503 RH DELUXE PANEL
C410 LEFT HANDLE 1950 RNG/WHT
1570 RNG/WHT 1520 RNG/WHT SHEET 10 SHEET 8
C409 RIGHT HANDLE J2B C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH
FUSE 7 25 A 1560 RNG/WHT 22
1795 RNG/WHT 1730 RNG/WHT AUX CTRLR
SHEET 5 1785 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD SW4 H/ISO SWITCH
FRC1 FUSE 8 25 A
1580 RNG/WHT
SWITCHED SHEET 9 1960 RNG/WHT
POWER RELAY C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES, OPTIONS) SHEET 8
+12V FUSE 12 15 A SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH
1765 RNG/WHT 1815 RNG/WHT 1800 RNG/WHT
PWR SHEET 6
1050 RED 30 J1A C110 ALT EXCITATION
87 GWY CTRLR 1790 RNG/WHT

SHEET 4
2055 BLK
GND 85 86
3450 LBL 21 C428
SHEET 12
FRC1 HVAC RELAY WIRING SCHEMATIC
(LT GRAY)
3380 LBL 4 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
1920 RNG/WHT 6 1920 RNG/WHT 1840 RNG/WHT

1830 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
C449 LH JOYSTICK S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
6 C492 SHEET 5
1740 RNG/WHT
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
(8 PIN)
C450 RH JOYSTICK (S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 3 of 15 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
804 of 1311 Printed In U.S.A. 7210767
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

GROUND
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK (TWO WIRE BREAKS
LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN SHEET #
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

2080 BLK C493


SHEET 5 SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
C449 LH JOYSTICK (4 PIN)
2070 BLK
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK C408 3 2235 BLK
2920 BLK (BLACK) 4 2240 BLK
SHEET 8 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1
C479 LH PANEL
2940 BLK 2950 BLK 10 2950 BLK
SHEET 8
C499 PTOL
2960 BLK 16 2510 BLK 2110 BLK T6
SHEET 8 J1B BATT GND
C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH GWY CTRLR 15 2500 BLK
2250 BLK
SHEET 8
C503 RH DELUXE PANEL C428
(LT GRAY) 16 2540 BLK
2930 BLK CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 J2B 15 2765 BLK
SHEET 8 AUX CTRLR 2550 BLK 2090 BLK SHEET 11
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR LIGHTS)
2830 BLK 2900 BLK 1 2900 BLK T8
SHEET 13 2745 BLK BATT GND
SW6 BKT POSITION SWITCH SHEET 12
2455 BLK C408 CAB-MFR CONN (HVAC)
SHEET 8 2700 BLK SHEET 13 2790 BLK
SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH C423 BKT POSITION SOLENOID SHEET 9
2785 BLK 2710 BLK 2300 BLK C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
SHEET 13 SHEET 5
C126 HORN C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD 2780 BLK
SHEET 13
2770 BLK C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
2620 BLK SHEET 13 2730 BLK
SHEET 11
T16 RH REAR LIGHT Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
C355 FUEL HARN (PWR BOB/AC) SHEET 9
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES,OPTIONS)
2630 BLK C103 T1
SHEET 11 C489 B
TAILGATE HARN 2720 BLK BATT GND
T18 LH REAR LIGHT MFR ACCESSORY
2650 BLK 2600 BLK B 2600 BLK
SHEET 10
T20 BU ALARM
2640 BLK 2400 BLK 2390 BLK
SHEET 11 2016 BLK SHEET 6
C602 LH REAR LIGHT SHEET 6 C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
FRC1 GLOW PLUG RELAY 2200 BLK
2610 BLK 2025 BLK SHEET 7
SHEET 11 SHEET 6
C603 RH REAR LIGHT FRC1 FUEL PULL RELAY C425 BRAKE
SHEET 7 2035 BLK
FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY 2520 BLK
2045 BLK SHEET 10
SHEET 11 C410 LEFT HANDLE
FRC1 REAR LIGHT RELAY
2115 BLK 2105 BLK 2000
SHEET 11
2170 BRN FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
SHEET 6 2055 BLK 2530 BLK
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR SHEET 3 SHEET 10
FRC1 SWITCHED PWR RELAY
2160 BRN 2030 BLK C409 RIGHT HANDLE
SHEET 6 SHEET 12
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR FRC1 HVAC RELAY
SHEET 6 2005 BLK
2320 BRN
SHEET 7 FRC1 STARTER RELAY
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH
2370 BRN J1B
SHEET 9
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (SEATBAR SENSOR) GWY CTRLR

2220 BRN 2230 BRN 17 Printable Version Click Here


SHEET 7
C108 HYD TEMP SENDER

SHEET 7 2190 BRN


C105 HYD CHG PRESSURE SENDER
WIRING SCHEMATIC
SHEET 6
2180 BRN (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
C355 FUEL HARN (FUEL SENDER)

SHEET 6
2140 BRN S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
C107 ENG OIL PRESS SENDER

2150 BRN
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
SHEET 6
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH Sheet 4 of 15
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
805 of 1311 Printed In U.S.A. 7210767
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

CAN BUS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE)
* DLX CAB HARN 7210556 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET # (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

C408
J1B (BLACK)
GWY CTRLR CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1

8 9200 PUR 9270 PUR 9210 PUR 9280 PUR 9230 PUR 4 9230 PUR 9240 PUR 9250 PUR 9650 PUR 9630 PUR 4
CAN LO C479
9 9100 PUR/WHT 9170 PUR/WHT 9110 PUR/WHT 9180 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 3 9130 PUR/WHT 9140 PUR/WHT 9150 PUR/WHT 9550 PUR/WHT 9530 PUR/WHT 3 LEFT PANEL (BLACK)
CAN HI
120 OHM 120 OHM
RESISTOR C492 RESISTOR
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
(8 PIN)
C426 1 9260 PUR 4
9240 PUR C503
Remote Run Tool, ACD 9160 PUR/WHT 2
9140 PUR/WHT 4 ACS CTRLR RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
14 9500 PUR/WHT A Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
CAN HI
20 9600 PUR B
CAN LO
21 3090 LBL D REMOTE RUN KEY 9290 PUR 7
1830 RNG/WHT 1
C 9190 PUR/WHT 8 SHEET 3
SHEET 3
1730 RNG/WHT E SWITCHED POWER
DRIVE CTRLR
SHEET 4
2070 BLK
9560 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C450
RIGHT JOYSTICK
1165 RED/WHT F (SJC/AWS ONLY)
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER 9660 PUR 4
2710 BLK G GROUND 9220 PUR 8
SHEET 4 J2B
9120 PUR/WHT 9
AUX CTRLR
1840 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3
SHEET 4
2080 BLK
9540 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C449
LEFT JOYSTICK
(SJC/AWS ONLY)
9640 PUR 4

Printable Version Click Here

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 5 of 15
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7210767
806 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

ENGINE
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK (TWO WIRE BREAKS
LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN SHEET #
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
FRC1
+12V STARTER RELAY C109
PWR 30 S/R ADAPTER STARTER
1030 RED A
SHEET 3 87 8200 TAN TAN S M
B SHEET 3
3560 LBL B TAN R
GND 85 86 8210 TAN 1015 RED
SHEET 4 2005 BLK
C110
B S 1020 RED
ALTERNATOR G
L 1800 RNG/WHT SHEET 3
EXCITATION

2015 BLK

FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF


FUEL PULL SOLENOID
+12V RELAY C101
D5 8100 TAN B
1350 RED/WHT
PWR
30 8120 TAN PULL 0.33 OHM
SHEET 3 87 3410 LBL
2400 BLK 2800 BLK C GND
GND 85 86 SHEET 4
2025 BLK 8110 TAN
SHEET 4 8800 TAN A HOLD
24.5 OHM

FRC1 T14
GLOW PLUG PRE HEATER
+12V RELAY 8500 TAN
PWR 30
1060 RED
SHEET 3 87 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
GND 85 86
SHEET 4 2016 BLK

6 8510 TAN
14 3420 LBL
3 8110 TAN
30 3410 LBL
7 8210 TAN
22 3560 LBL

C107
5140 YEL B +5V PWR
J1A SHEET 9
GWY CTRLR 25 3140 LBL C SIG ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
2140 BRN A GND SENDER (0.5-4.5V)
SHEET 4
C405
2150 BRN B GND
SHEET 4 AIR FILTER
16 3150 LBL A SIG
SWITCH (NC)
C106
15
Printable Version Click Here
3160 LBL A SIG
B ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
SHEET 4 2160 BRN GND
(163 OHM)
WIRING SCHEMATIC
C104

18
SHEET 4 2170 BRN
3170 LBL
B
A
GND
SIG
ENGINE COOLANT
SENSOR (500-3000 OHM)
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
(8 VOLT)
4 8800 TAN S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
J1B
GWY CTRLR
C355
FUEL HARN
C406
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
12 3180 LBL
2180 BRN
C
D
3180 LBL
2180 BRN
A
B
SIG
GND
FUEL SENDER Sheet 6 of 15
SHEET 4 (30 - 270 OHM)
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
807 of 1311 Printed In U.S.A. 7210767
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT

HYDRAULICS
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
FRC1 C425 C308
TRACTION LOCK
+12V RELAY 4100 LGN B
BRAKE
PWR 30 4200 LGN A 4200 LGN A
1360 RED/WHT SOLENOID TRACK 2 SPEED
SHEET 3 87 3430 LBL 2200 BLK C 2200 BLK B 9.8 OHM
SHEET 4 ADAPTER (SEE
12 V ADDITIONAL
GND 85 86
2035 BLK 4110 LGN WHEEL 2 SPD ADP HARNESS 7159366 OPTIONS SHEET)
SHEET 4
TRACK SINGLE SPD BRAKE ADP HARNESS 7165061

C425 PULL 0.3 OHM


B HOLD 10.9 OHM
8 A WHEEL SINGLE SPEED
C TRACTION LOCK
13

C108 HYDRAULIC
2220 BRN B GND TEMPERATURE
SHEET 4 SENDER
32 3220 LBL A SIG
500 - 3000 OHM
(8 VOLT)
C112
J1A 34 3320 LBL A SIG HYDRAULIC OIL
GWY CTRLR 2320 BRN B GND FILTER SWITCH (NC)
SHEET 4
C446
18 2910 BRN 2 GND
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
HYDRAULIC
4010 LGN 1 SIG FAN SOLENOID
7.2 OHM 12 V
C420
1 2410 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC LOCK
4410 LGN A SIG SOLENOID
9.8 OHM 12 V
C105
2190 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC
SHEET 4
3190 LBL C SIG CHARGE
5190 YEL A +8V PWR PRESSURE
0.5-7.5V

4200 LGN

19 13 1 23 6
J1B +8V
GWY CTRLR

C418 Printable Version Click Here


J2A 18 2330 BRN 2 GND FRONT ROD
AUX CTRLR SOLENOID (MALE)
4330 LGN 1 SIG
3.3 OHM PWM WIRING SCHEMATIC
C419
1 2340 BRN 2 GND FRONT BASE (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
4340 LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID (FEMALE)
3.3 OHM PWM S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
19 13
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
J2B Sheet 7 of 15
AUX CTRLR
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7210767
808 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
RED RED

CAB DISPLAY
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499
POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL CAB
MANUAL CONTROLS
PAGE 9
PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
* DLX CAB HARN 7210556 ONLY
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
LIGHTS
HVAC
PAGE 11
PAGE 12
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE) (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

T13
BUZZER (+)
SHEET 3 1940 RNG/WHT
C499
LEFT PANEL
Press To Operate Loader
7040 WHT BUZZER
(PTOL)
C479
T2
LEFT PANEL (BLACK) 1930 RNG/WHT 1
BUZZER (-) SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
2940 BLK 3
7040 WHT 10 C408 SHEET 4 GROUND
BUZZER
(BLACK)
2920 BLK 2 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1
SHEET 4 GROUND
1960 RNG/WHT 1440 RED/WHT 1 20 3030 LBL 1 3030 LBL 2
SHEET 3 SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER PTOL OUTPUT
*
SW9
TRAVEL CONTROL
SHEET 3
1620 RNG/WHT 5 SWITCHED POWER
J1A
19 2380 BRN 12 2380 BRN 4
PTOL LED
SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 3400 LBL 11 LEFT BLINKER INPUT
SHEET 13 GWY CTRLR
C500
5 6 3500 LBL 8
SHEET 13 RIGHT BLINKER INPUT RIGHT KEY SWITCH PANEL
4
2700 BLK 2 3 3650 LBL 7 Dealer Copy --24 Not for Resale8130 TAN 2 8130 TAN 2
SHEET 4 TRAVEL CONTROL INPUT START
1 9
3600 LBL
PARK BRAKE INPUT 6
SW1 6
3 2 BRAKE SWITCH 12
1 J1B 22 3040 LBL 14 4
3040 LBL RUN/ENTER SWITCH
3610 LBL 4 5 GWY CTRLR

SHEET 3 1775 RNG/WHT 6


1950 RNG/WHT 5
SHEET 4 2930 BLK C480 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
LEFT PANEL (GRAY) 1420 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
3620 LBL 12 2960 BLK 3
SHEET 9 DOOR SIGNAL SHEET 4 GROUND
11
10
9 C503
3610 LBL 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
PARK BRAKE OUTPUT
8 1590 RNG/WHT 5
7 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
6 1240 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
5 2250 BLK 3
4 SHEET 4 GROUND
6
3
1

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 8 of 15 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
809 of 1311 Printed In U.S.A. 7210767
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3

CAB
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY
LIGHTS
5000 THROUGH 5999
6000 THROUGH 6999
YELLOW
PINK
YEL
PNK
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11
WIRE BREAK
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
* DLX CAB HARN 7210556 ONLY
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
HVAC
OPTIONS
PAGE 12
PAGE 13
JOIN ONE WIRE)
SHEET #
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

* SW4
HAND/FOOT (ACS)
H/ISO (SJC, AWS) SWITCH

C438 1785 RNG/WHT 2 1


C492 SHEET 3 3
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN 4230 LGN (DK GRAY) 6
SHEET 10 2060 BLK 5
(8 PIN) CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3 SHEET 9
SHEET 10 4240 LGN 4
5 4220 LGN 4235 LGN 4 4235 LGN
3 4275 LGN 5 4275 LGN
2 4550 LGN 6 4550 LGN
*C212
POWER
SOCKET
2795 BLK 1 GND
1375 RED/WHT 2 +12V PWR
C408
(BLACK)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1
2010 BLK
* C209
B GND
1370 RED/WHT 7 1370 RED/WHT 1390 RED/WHT A +12V PWR DOME
SHEET 3
3640 LBL C DOOR SIG LIGHT
C129
CAB ACCESSORY
1210 RED/WHT A +12V BATT PWR
1580 RNG/WHT 5 1580 RNG/WHT 1865 RNG/WHT B +12V SW PWR

2790 BLK
SHEET 3
2820 BLK C GND
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1510 RNG/WHT
SHEET 13
1885 RNG/WHT SHEET 13
2730 BLK 11 2730 BLK 2210 BLK SHEET 13
SHEET 4
2885 BLK SHEET 13
2060 BLK SHEET 9

C428
(LT GRAY)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2
*C667
DOOR HARNESS
2790 BLK 11 2790 BLK (SEE ADDITIONAL
SHEET 4 OPTIONS SHEET)

3620 LBL 3630 LBL 4


SHEET 8 DOOR SIGNAL
1400 RED/WHT 5
SHEET 3 DOOR UNSW PWR
6
1850 RNG/WHT 13 1850 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3 WIPER SWITCH, MOTOR SWITCHED POWER
C482 SEATBAR 2840 BLK 2
WIPER MOTOR GROUND
J1B
GWY CTRLR SHEET 4
2370 BRN 4 2370 BRN A GND SENSOR 7310 WHT 3
WASHER SIGNAL

11 3370 LBL 5 3370 LBL B SIG * C252


L SIG
WASHER
24 5100 YEL 5370 YEL 3 5370 YEL C +5V PWR X MOTOR Printable Version Click Here
+5V 2845 BLK GND
SHEET 6 5140 YEL

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 9 of 15
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
810 of 1311
Printed In U.S.A. 7210767
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

MANUAL
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK

CONTROLS
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

C409
RIGHT HANDLE
(MANUAL/ACS ONLY)

J2A
2530 BLK K
SHEET 4
AUX CTRLR 4230 LGN G
SHEET 9
1520 RNG/WHT A
SHEET 3
30 4940 LGN H
C404 31 4930 LGN J SKI CTRL
C103
BU ALARM-MFR HARN 4920 LGN E
TAILGATE HARN DETENT FLOW
T19 TERMINAL (+) 13 4910 LGN F
(SEE ADDITIONAL A 7100 WHT C 7100 WHT TWO SPD
OPTIONS SHEET)
4310 LGN C
BACK UP
4320 LGN D
2650 BLK ALARM PWM
SHEET 4 4300 LGN B
T20 TERMINAL (-)

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 21 17 18 23


C410
LEFT HANDLE
J2B (MANUAL/ACS ONLY)
C421 AUX CTRLR K
J1A 10 2670 BRN 3 GND 20 4640 LGN D
GWY CTRLR 4670 LGN 1 SIG TILT SPOOL LOCK 28 4840 LGN C
2 7.8 OHM 12V 22 4830 LGN B SKI CTRL
12 4820 LGN G
C422 11 4810 LGN F SIDE SHIFT
2 2680 BRN 3 GND 1530 RNG/WHT A
LIFT SPOOL LOCK SHEET 3
4680 LGN 1 SIG J
7.8 OHM 12V
2 4240 LGN H
SHEET 9
2520 BLK E
SHEET 4

7 5
J1B Printable Version Click Here
GWY CTRLR

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 10 of 15
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)

Printed In U.S.A. 7210767


811 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3

LIGHTS
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT HVAC PAGE 12 JOIN ONE WIRE)
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
C434-1
C408 2735 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
(BLACK) 6100 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 37.00 Watts
C434-2
2765 BLK 9 2765 BLK 2750 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
SHEET 4
6110 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

C435-1
6000 PNK 8 6000 PNK 6120 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2760 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts
C435-2
6130 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2705 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

FRC1
FRONT WORK
LIGHTS RELAY C103
TAILGATE HARN C603
+12V
PWR 30 2610 BLK 2 GND
Dealer Copy -- Not for SHEET 4
6310 Resale
1330 RED/WHT RIGHT REAR
SHEET 3 87 6340 PNK 6310 PNK A PNK 6320 PNK 1 SIG
TAIL LIGHT
2115 BLK GND 85 86 C602
SHEET 4
6330 PNK 1 SIG
2640 BLK LEFT REAR
2 GND
SHEET 4 TAIL LIGHT
5 6320 PNK
31 3460 LBL
J1A
17 6210 PNK
GWY CTRLR
28 3440 LBL

T16 TERMINAL (-)


2620 BLK GND
SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
6210 PNK SIG WORK LIGHT
FRC1
REAR LIGHT T15 TERMINAL (+)
+12V RELAY
1320 RED/WHT PWR 30 T17 TERMINAL (+)
SHEET 3 87 6200 PNK H 6200 PNK 6220 PNK SIG LEFT REAR
2630 BLK GND WORK LIGHT
2045 BLK GND 85 86 SHEET 4
SHEET 4 T18 TERMINAL (-)

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 11 of 15 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
812 of 1311 Printed In U.S.A. 7210767
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3

HVAC
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS * DLX CAB HARN 7210556 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12 JOIN ONE WIRE)
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET # (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

#
2440 BLK * C610
2
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
GND HVAC DUCT
7440 WHT 1 SIG FAN (NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
C483
2560 BLK * C BLK
7420 WHT A DBL POTENTIOMETER
7425 WHT B (TEMP CONTROL
WHT SWITCH)
C635
* D SIG
2130 BLK C GND HEATER
7430 WHT A +12V PWR VALVE
B
E
F

FRC1
C438
(DK GRAY)
*BLOWER
SW10

+12V HVAC RELAY CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3


SWITCH
PWR 30 OFF
1140 RED/WHT
SHEET 3 87 1500 RNG/WHT 7 Dealer
1500 RNG/WHT Copy -- Not for Resale 5 2
1
GND 85 86 4
2030 BLK
SHEET 4
1790 RNG/WHT
6
3 7530 WHT
* C611
1 14.00 Amps High
SHEET 3 7410 WHT 7520 WHT 2 7.50 Amps Med BLOWER
7510 WHT 3 5.00 Amps Low MOTOR

SHEET 4
2745 BLK 8 2745 BLK * SW11
AC SWITCH 2580 BLK 4

2100 BLK 3
C 7400 WHT
7015 WHT 1
J1A 11 7021 WHT 7020 WHT 9
GWY CTRLR
* C630
3
THERMOSTAT

AC EVAPORATOR C350 2570 BLK 2


SWITCH B 7023 WHT 7020 WHT 1
A 7024 WHT
C355
FUEL HARN # C486
A 7024 WHT 7025 WHT 1 SIG
2 MAGNET CLUTCH Printable Version Click Here
GND
(COMPRESSOR)
2290 BLK 2280 BLK
SHEET 13
D4 WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 12 of 15
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7210767
813 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6

OPTIONS
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
HVAC PAGE 12 JOIN ONE WIRE)
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION
9000 THROUGH 9999
9000 THROUGH 9999
PURPLE
PURPLE/WHITE
PUR
PUR/WHT
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
* DLX CAB HARN 7210556 ONLY
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
C428
C355 (LT GRAY)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2
# C607
1
FUEL HARN

E 8 4470 LGN
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
SIG 4470 LGN 4470 LGN
POWER BOB
CLOSE
GND 2 2470 BLK 2770 BLK B 2770 BLK
SHEET 4 4480 LGN (NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
2290 BLK
SHEET 12

#
*POWER
SW5 2 1
3
C606 BOBTACH
5 4
GND 2 2480 BLK SWITCH 6
POWER BOB 1 4480 LGN F 4480 LGN 7
SIG
OPEN
1380 RED/WHT
1410 RED/WHT 12 1410 RED/WHT 1200 RED/WHT
SHEET 3
X T3
C411
B 6010 PNK 10
1430 RED/WHT
6010 PNK L
* FLASHER CONN

C
D2
LEFT HANDLE D 6415 PNK 6400 PNK 14 6400 PNK 6430 PNK
6530 PNK
*BEACON
SW2

6570 PNK
(BLINKER / FLASHER) E
SHEET 8 3400 LBL
5 PIN SWITCH
A 6515 PNK 1550 RNG/WHT 9 1550 RNG/WHT
2725 BLK 6
SHEET 3
*SW3
HAZARD SWITCH
2
1
6700 PNK
4
1
5
2
(PINS 3 & 6 3
C103 C438 5 4 3
INTERNALLY
TAILGATE HARN (DK GRAY) 2850 BLK
INSULATED) 6
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3 C670
EURO TAIL LIGHTS
(SEE ADDITIONAL
E
D
6410 PNK
6510 PNK 6500 PNK 3
SHEET 8
6500 PNK
3500 LBL
D1
* E
OPTIONS SHEET) Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 2420 BLK D BEACON/FLASHER
6440 PNK F EXTERIOR HARNESS
C423 6540 PNK B (SEE ADDITIONAL
3 6540 PNK
BUCKET
POSITION
SIG A 4450 LGN D3 4455 LGN 2 4455 LGN 1
4
2 *BUCKET
SW6 C
A
OPTIONS SHEET)

2830 BLK 5 POSITION


SOLENOID GND B 2450 BLK 2455 BLK SWITCH
9.8 OHM SHEET 4 SHEET 4 6
2780 BLK 1 2780 BLK
SHEET 4

C408
(BLACK) C126
C412
B 7210 WHT
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1

13
SHEET 4 2785 BLK B
A
GND
FRONT C279 * C676
RADIO CONN
LEFT HANDLE 7210 WHT SIG HORN 1 7820 WHT 3
LEFT C277
(HORN)
2 PIN
A 1460 RED/WHT
SHEET 3 SPEAKER
+

-
2 7830 WHT 4 * 1
2 AIR RIDE
C497 C278 3 SEAT
5 7200 WHT C SJC RIGHT - 2 7810 WHT 6 1510 RNG/WHT 4 PWR
HORN/BLINKER SPEAKER 1 7800 WHT 5 SHEET 9
4 6420 PNK A 2210 BLK 5 GND
(SEE ADDITIONAL + 1 SHEET 9
3 6520 PNK B SHEET 9 1885 RNG/WHT 6
J2A OPTIONS SHEET)
2885 BLK 2
AUX CTRLR SHEET 9
C415
26 2460 BRN B GND HIGH FLOW
A SIG
SOLENOID
4460 LGN
7.5 OHM 12 V
J2B
26
Printable Version Click Here
AUX CTRLR

C437 WIRING SCHEMATIC


27 2360 BRN 2 GND TWO SPEED

J1A
4360 LGN 1 SIG
MAKEUP SOLENOID
8.8 OHM 12V TRACK 2 SPEED
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
GWY CTRLR ADAPTER (SEE

26 2350 BRN
C441
2 GND TWO SPEED
ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS SHEET)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
4350 LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID
5.1 OHM 12 V (S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
25 26
J1B
Sheet 13 of 15
GWY CTRLR
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)

Printed In U.S.A. 7210767


814 of 1311
ACS CONTROLLER

ACS
CONNECTOR J1-ACS CONNECTOR J2-ACS CONNECTOR J3-ACS
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A +5V TO SENSORS A LIFT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE A TILT MOTOR 1
B SWITCHED POWER B FLOAT-SPARE B UNSWITCHED POWER
C HAND/FOOT INPUT C RESPONSE SELECTOR-SPARE C UNSWITCHED POWER
D CAN HIGH D TILT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE D LIFT MOTOR 2
E
F
G
H
CAN LOW

GROUND
GROUND
E
F
G
H
J
TILT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK
LIFT HANDLE
TILT HANDLE
LIFT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK
LIFT PEDAL
E
F
G
H
J
HANDLE ENABLE
LIFT MOTOR 1
PEDAL ENABLE
GROUND
GROUND
CONTROLS
K TILT PEDAL K TILT MOTOR 2

ACS AND AHC HARNESS 7164144


J1-ACS
CONTROLLER
H 14 BLK

SEE MANUAL CONTROL

14 BLK
12 BLK
PAGE FOR HARNESS CONN
MAINFRAME HARNESS 8 RED/WHT C409 C466
C492 C493 J3-ACS K A
12 BLK CONTROLLER HANDLE

16 LGN
15 LGN 5 4 G B
16 LGN 3 3 B 6 RED/WHT LOCK
A
C 9 LGN 2 2 C 7 RED/WHT H
7 1 8 RED/WHT E J SKI CTRL
15 LGN
8 J 190 BLK C467 E DETENT
E 10 PUR 1 H 3 F FLOW
191 BLK 1 BLK
D 11 PUR/WHT 4 G 187 LGN 1 LIFT C TWO SPD
189 LGN
B 17 RNG/WHT 6 2 SOLENOID D
A 5 YEL PWM
+5V 13 OHM B
G 13 BRN 12V
C468
FOOT PEDAL LOCK
2 C410
3 K
2 BLK
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 188 LGN 1 TILT D
FLOAT
SOLENOID C
B SKI CTRL
J2-ACS C472
CONTROLLER C429 G
3 BRN B B GRD LIFT ACTUATOR SIDE
D 184 LGN 8 F
F 180 LGN C C TRAK131 LIFT HANDLE SHIFT
7 A
5650 YEL A A TRAK132 HALL SENSOR
6 J
F 183 LGN 5 H A
C469 HANDLE
4 E B
18 BRN B B TRAK147 LOCK
G 4750 LGN C C TRAK137 176 YEL 3 TRAK148
TILT HANDLE
5750 YEL A A HALL SENSOR 177 BRN 1 TRAK152
TRAK133
181 LBL 2 TRAK151
A C471
B 2 C428 TILT ACTUATOR
179 BRN TRAK130
C
J 3 TRAK129 K 186 LGN 8
4660 LGN LIFT PEDAL
D 1 TRAK128 HALL SENSOR 7
5660 YEL
6
177 BRN
178 BRN

C470 A 185 LGN 5


4 BRN 2 4
TRAK108
K 4760 LGN 3 TRAK107 175 YEL 3 TRAK99
TILT PEDAL
5760 YEL 1 TRAK246 HALL SENSOR 178 BRN 1 TRAK245
5750 YEL 182 LBL 2 TRAK100
5650 YEL 176 YEL
5 YEL 175 YEL
WIRING SCHEMATIC
H
E
181 LBL
182 LBL
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
(S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
Sheet 14 of 15 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED APRIL 2014)
Printed In U.S.A. 7210767
815 of 1311
ACS CONTROLLER J5 DRIVE CONTROLLER
CONNECTOR J1-ACS CONNECTOR J2-ACS CONNECTOR J3-ACS PIN FUNCTION

SJC PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION 1 SAFETY IN


A +5V TO SENSORS A LIFT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE A TILT MOTOR 1 2 TWO SPEED SWITCH
B SWITCHED POWER B FLOAT-SPARE B UNSWITCHED POWER 3 SPARE DIGITAL INPUT 2
C HAND/FOOT INPUT C RESPONSE SELECTOR-SPARE C UNSWITCHED POWER 4 H PAT SWITCH
D CAN HIGH D TILT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE D LIFT MOTOR 2 5 ISO PAT SWITCH
6 ISO LITE

CONTROLS
E CAN LOW E TILT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK E HANDLE ENABLE
F F LIFT HANDLE F LIFT MOTOR 1 7 L SWASH PLATE ANGLE
G GROUND G TILT HANDLE G PEDAL ENABLE 8 R SWASH PLATE ANGLE
H GROUND H LIFT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK H GROUND 9 SPARE ANALOG 4
J LIFT PEDAL J GROUND 10 SPARE ANALOG 5
K TILT PEDAL K TILT MOTOR 2 11 L FWD RETURN
12 CAN HIGH
HARNESS PART NUMBER 13 LF ANGLE
7159325 WITH SPEED SENSORS LIFT 14 RF ANGLE
SJC WHEEL S630, S650, S750, S770 C429
7210503 WITHOUT SPEED SENSORS ACTUATOR 15 LR ANGLE
153 LGN 5
7159458 WITH SPEED SENSORS 16 H PAT LITE
J5 - DRIVE SJC TRACK
7210504
T630, T650, T750, T770
WITHOUT SPEED SENSORS 152 LGN
6
8 17 RR ANGLE
S630, S650,S750, S770,
CONTROLLER SUSP JSTK 7163706
T630, T650, T750, T770
157 BRN 1
4
GND 18
19
L JOYSTICK X
L JOYSTICK Y
C454 149 LBL 2 SIG 20 R JOYSTICK X
29 174 BRN 171 BRN 3 7
GND 21 L FWD DRIVE
172 YEL 1 +5V PWR 161 YEL 3 +5V PWR
LEFT SPEED 22 CAN LOW
33 170 LBL 2 SIG SENSOR
C428 23 R QUAD A DRIVE
34 169 LBL 4 SIG TILT ACTUATOR
NOTE: SPEED SENSORS NO LONGER 158 YEL 3 +5V PWR 24 R QUAD B DRIVE
40 173 YEL C453 FACTORY INSTALLED. SEE SERVICE 4 25 TWO SPEED 1
+5V

160 YEL
168 YEL 1 +5V PWR LETTER SL5323 OR BTI 410 150 LBL 2 SIG 26 BRAKE LIGHT OUTPUT
167 BRN 3 GND 6
23 166 LBL 2 RIGHT SPEED 27 GROUND
SIG 156 BRN 1 GND
SENSOR 28 GROUND
24 165 LBL 4 SIG 25 LGN 5
7 29 SENSOR GROUND .
C536 A22 PUMP HARNESS (7169309 or 7188448) 151 LGN 8 30 SENSOR SUPPLY 2 +5V ..

159 BRN
112 YEL 2 C543
2810/BRN OR BLK 4 131 BRN or BLK 1 GND
31 L REV DRIVE
8 113 3 123 3 SIG 32 CAN SHIELD
114 RNG/WHT 1 130 RNG/WHT 2 +12V PWR K 33 L QUAD A DRIVE
J 34 L QUAD B DRIVE

J2-ACS
C537 RIGHT
E
129 YEL 2 C542 SWASHPLATE 35 SAFETY OUT
H
2860/BRN OR BLK BRN 4 122 BRN or BLK 1 GND 36 BACKUP ALARM
F
7 3860/LBL OR 4950/LGN 3 120 LBL or 4950/LGN 3 SIG 37 R JOYSTICK Y
G
128 RNG/WHT 1 121 RNG/WHT 2 +12V PWR
C 38 SPARE ANALOG 1
LEFT
C501 C546 SWASHPLATE D 39 SPARE PWM COIL 7
43 110 LGN 1 115 LGN 1 B 40 SENSOR SUPPLY 1 +5V
42 2660/BRN OR BLK 2 116 BRN or BLK 2
RIGHT FORWARD DRIVE Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale A

ACS CONTROLLER
41 L REV RETURN
42 R FWD RETURN
C547
44 109 LGN 3 117 LGN 1 A 43 R FWD DRIVE
RIGHT REVERSE DRIVE +5V 44 R REV DRIVE
45 2650/BRN OR BLK 4 35 BRN or BLK 2 G

J1-ACS
F 45 R REV RETURN
C545 33 PUR E 46 TWO SPEED 2
31 108 LGN 5 118 LGN 1
32 PUR/WHT D 47 UNSWITCHED BATTERY
41 2680/BRN OR BLK 6 36 BRN or BLK 2 LEFT REVERSE DRIVE
38 RNG/WHT B 48 UNSWITCHED BATTERY
28 BLK H 49 SPARE PWN COIL 6
C544 C
21 107 LGN 7 119 LGN 1 50 SWITCHED BATTERY
11 2670/BRN OR BLK 8 37 BRN or BLK 2 LEFT FORWARD DRIVE

K
C460
TO SJC BRAKE A 1 1
C474 46 RNG/WHT +12V PWR
HARNESS D 2 2
26 111 LGN A C450 49 BLK GND

J3-ACS
(SEE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS F RIGHT
RIGHT JOYSTICK 4 47 PUR 4 CAN LO
SHEET) H
154 BLK (CONNECTS TO JOYSTICK
155 BLK J DLX CAB HARNESS)
C492 3 48 PUR/WHT 3 CAN HI
26 RED/WHT C
12 41 PUR/WHT 8
27 RED/WHT B
22 40 PUR 7 C459
E
4 22 LGN 2 1 42 RNG/WHT 1 +12V PWR
G
6 20 LGN 5
C449 2 45 BLK 2 GND
16 21 LGN 3 LEFT JOYSTICK
32 PUR/WHT 4
LEFT
(CONNECTS TO 4 43 PUR 4 CAN LO
33 PUR 1 DLX CAB HARNESS)
JOYSTICK
50 34 RNG/WHT 19 RNG/WHT 6
MAINFRAME 3 44 PUR/WHT 3 CAN HI
HARNESS
27 30 BLK C493
28 162 BLK 29 BLK 3
47 163 RED/WHT 39 RED/WHT 2
48 164 RED/WHT 23 RED/WHT 1
24 BLK 4 WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
38 RNG/WHT
28 BLK
S650 (S/N A3NV18205 - A3NV21746)
154 BLK
155 BLK (S/N A3NW12734 - A3NW13097)
26 RED/WHT
27 RED/WHT Sheet 15 of 15 Printable Version Click Here
C404
36 31 WHT A (CONNECTS TO BACKUP (PRINTED APRIL 2014)
B ALARM C404 ON MFR
HARNESS)
7210767
816 of 1311 Printed In U.S.A.
CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS
NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
PINS PINS PINS
C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID 3 6 C446 HYDRAULIC FAN 2 7 FC1 FUSE CENTER 1 8 3
C103 TAILGATE 8 4,10,11,13 C449 LEFT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 FC2 FUSE CENTER 2 8 3
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2 6 C450 RIGHT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER 64 3,6,7,11,12
C105 HYD CHARGE PRESSURE 3 7 C453 RIGHT QUAD A DRIVE 4 15
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 2 6 C454 LEFT QUAD DRIVE 4 15 J1A GATEWAY CONTROLLER 34 3,6-8,10-13
C107 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 3 6 C467 LIFT PEDAL LOCK 3 14 J1B GATEWAY CONTOLLER 26 3-10,13
C108 HYD TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 7 C468 TILT PEDAL LOCK 3 14 J2A AUX CONTROLLER 34 7,10,13
C109 S/R ADAPTER HARNESS 2 6 C469 TILT HANDLE 3 14 J2B AUX CONTROLLER 26 3-5,7,10,13
C110 ALTERNATOR 2 6 C470 TILT PEDAL 3 14
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH 2 7 C471 LIFT PEDAL 3 14 J1-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 8 14, 15
C126 HORN 2 13 C472 LIFT HANDLE 3 14 J2-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 10 14, 15
C129 CAB ACCESSORY 3 9 C474 BRAKE LIGHT 1 15 J3-ACS ACS CONTROLLER 10 14, 15
C209 DOME LIGHT 3 9 C479 LEFT PANEL(BLACK) 12 5,8 J5 DRIVE CONTROLLER 50 15
C212 POWER SOCKET 2 9 C480 LEFT PANEL(GRAY) 12 8
C252 WASHER 2 9 C482 SEATBAR SENSOR 3 9 SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 6 8
C277 AIR RIDE SEAT 6 13 C483 TEMP CONTROL SWITCH 3 12 SW2 BEACON SWITCH 6 13
C278 RIGHT SPEAKER 2 13 C486 AC COMPRESSOR 2 12 SW3 HAZARD SWITCH 6 13
C279 LEFT SPEAKER 2 13 C489 MFR ACCESSORY 2 3,4 SW4 HAND/FOOT, H/ISO SWITCH 6 9
C308 BRAKE SOLENOID 2 7 C492 ACS/SJC/AWS-MFR HARN 8 3,5,9 SW5 POWER BOBTACH SWITCH 6 13
C350 AC EVAPORATOR SWITCH 2 12 C493 ACS/SJC/AWS-MFR HARN 4, 15 3,4 SW6 BUCKET POSITION SWITCH 6 13
C355 DLX or STD FUEL HARNESS 6 6,12,13 C497 SJC HORN/BLINKER 3 13 SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH 6 8
C404 BU ALARM-MFR HARN 2 3,10 C499 PTOL 4 8 SW10 BLOWER SWITCH 5 12
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH 2 6 C500 RH KEY SWITCH 6 8 SW11 AC SWITCH 3 12
C406 FUEL SENDER 2 6 C501 A22 PUMP HARNESS 8 15
C408 CAB - MFR HARN CONNECTOR 48 3-5,8-9,11-13 C503 RH DLX PANEL 6 5,8 T1 BATT GROUND 1 4
C409 RIGHT HANDLE 10 10 C542 LEFT SWASHPLATE 3 15 T2 BUZZER GROUND 1 8
C410 LEFT HANDLE 10 10 C543 RIGHT SWASHPLATE 3 15 T3 FLASHER 2 13
C411 LEFT HANDLE 5 WAY (FLSHR) 5 13 C544 LEFT FORWARD DRIVE 2 15 T6 BATT GROUND 1 4
C412 LEFT HANDLE 2 WAY (HORN) 2 13 C545 LEFT REVERSE DRIVE 2 15 T8 BATT GROUND 1 4
C415 HIGH FLOW SOLENOID 2 13 C546 RIGHT FORWARD DRIVE 2 15 T13 BUZZER POWER 1 8
C418 FRONT ROD (MALE) 2 7 C547 RIGHT REVERSE DRIVE 2 15 T14 PRE HEATER 1 6
C419 FRONT BASE (FEMALE) 2 7
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(+)
T15 1 11
C420 HYD LOCK 2 7 T16 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(-) 1 11
C440 RF BASE 2 14 C602 LEFT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T17 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (+) 1 11
C422 TILT SPOOL LCOK 3 10 C603 RIGHT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T18 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (-) 1 11
C423 BUCKET POSITION 2 13 C606 POWER BOBTACH OPEN 2 13 T19 BACKUP ALARM 1 10
C425 BRAKE SOLENOID 3 7 C607 POWER BOBTACH CLOSE 2 13 T20 BACKUP ALARM (GND) 1 10
C426 CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD) 7 5 C610 HVAC DUCT FAN 2 12
C428 TILT ACTUATOR 8 14, 15 C611 BLOWER MOTOR 4 12
C429 LIFT ACTUATOR 8 14,15 C630 THERMOSTAT 3 12
C434-1 LEFT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 C635 HEATER VALVE 6 12
C434-2 LEFT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 C667 DOOR 6 9
C435-1 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 C670 EXTERIOR BEACON 6 13
C435-2 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 C676 RADIO 6 13
C437 TWO SPEED MAKEUP 2 13
C441 TWO SPEED 2 13 C707 OBW STOP BRAKE LIGHT 3 15

WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX


GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2 WIRING SCHEMATIC
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4 (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8 (S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 (S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT HVAC PAGE 12 Sheet 1 OF 15 Printable Version Click Here
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR ACS PAGE 14 (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT SJC PAGE 15
7210767 (C)
Printed In U.S.A.
817 of 1311
J1 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(GATEWAY CONTROLLER) J2 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(AUXILLIARY CONTROLLER)
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A-1 HYDRAULIC LOCK RETURN B-1 HYD CHARGE PRESS A-1 FRONT AUX (F) RETURN B-1
A-2 LIFT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT A-2 REAR AUX (F) RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT
A-3 FUEL PULL RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT A-3 LEFT BLINKER RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT
A-4 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY B-4 FUEL HOLD A-4 RIGHT BLINKER RELAY B-4 DIVERTED SOLENOID
A-5 LIGHT 1 RELAY B-5 LIFT SPOOL LOCK A-5 HORN RELAY B-5 REAR AUX (F)
A-6 GLOW PLUG RELAY B-6 TRACTION LOCK HOLD A-6 B-6 RELIEF SOLENOID
A-7 STARTER RELAY B-7 TILT SPOOL LOCK A-7 B-7 REAR AUX (M)
A-8 TRACTION PULL RELAY B-8 CAN LO 1 A-8 B-8 CAN LO 1
A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1 A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1
A-10 TILT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-10 A-10 REAR AUX (M) RETURN B-10
A-11 SPARE DIGITAL, ECU SINKS B-11 SEAT BAR A-11 LH PADDLE RIGHT B-11
A-12 B-12 FUEL LEVEL A-12 LH PADDLE LEFT B-12
A-13 TRACTION PULL RELAY FDBK B-13 BICS HYD LOCK HOLD A-13 RH RIGHT BUTTON UP B-13 FRONT AUX (F)
A-14 GLOW PLUG RELAY FDBK B-14 CAN HI 2 A-14 B-14
A-15 ENGINE SPEED B-15 GROUND P1 A-15 B-15 GROUND
A-16 AIR FILTER SWITCH B-16 GROUND P2 A-16 B-16 GROUND
A-17 LIGHT 2 RELAY B-17 GROUND P3, SENSOR A-17 B-17 HANDLE POT GND
A-18 FAN 2 RELAY B-18 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP (8 VOLT) A-18 FRONT AUX (M) RETURN B-18 RH PVM POT SIGNAL
A-19 PTOL LED B-19 FAN 2 OUTPUT A-19 B-19 FRONT AUX (M)
A-20 PTOL SWITCH B-20 CAN LO 2 A-20 LH FLOAT BUTTON B-20
A-21 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY FDBK B-21 REMOTE KEY A-21 B-21 RH TRIGGER
A-22 STATER RELAY FDBK B-22 RUN/ENTER A-22 LH RIGHT BUTTON DOWN B-22 SWITCHED POWER
A-23 B-23 SENSOR SUPPLY 8V A-23 B-23 HANDLE POT POWER
A-24 START ENGINE B-24 SENSOR SUPPLY 5V A-24 B-24
A-25 ENGINE OIL PRESS B-25 TWO SPEED MAKEUP A-25 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale B-25
A-26 SPARE B-26 TWO SPEED COIL A-26 HIGH FLOW RETURN B-26 HIGH FLOW
A-27 SPARE A-27
A-28 LIGHT 2 RELAY FDBK A-28 LH RIGHT BUTTON
A-29 A-29
A-30 FUEL PULL RELAY FDBK A-30 RH LEFT UP
A-31 LIGHT 1 RELAY FDBK A-31 RH LEFT DOWN
A-32 HYD OIL TEMP (8 VOLT) A-32
A-33 A-33
A-34 HYD OIL FILTER SW1 A-34

HARNESS PART NUMBER


S630, S650, T630, T650, 7210765
WIRING SCHEMATIC
MAINFRAME
S750, S770, T750, T770, 7210769 (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
MAINFRAME
DLX CAB 7234737 S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
STD CAB 7210557
DLX FUEL 7184255 (S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
STD FUEL 7149219
S/R 6733370 (S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
TAILGATE DOM 7217484
TRK BRAKE ADP 7165061 Sheet 2 OF 15 Printable Version Click Here
Printed In U.S.A. WHL 2 SPD ADP 7159366
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210767 (C)

818 of 1311
1240 RED/WHT WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
SHEET 8 GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE
C408

POWER
C503 RH DLX PANEL
(BLACK) BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 1400 RED/WHT BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
SHEET 9
C667 DOOR HARNESS BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
1450 RED/WHT 6 1450 RED/WHT 1420 RED/WHT BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
SHEET 8
C500 RH KEY SWITCH CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
FC1 FUSE CENTER 1440 RED/WHT MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
2 SHEET 8
FUSE 1 25 A 1110 RED/WHT J1B HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
C479 LH PANEL
1070 RED 1120 RED/WHT 1130 RED/WHT 3 GWY CTRLR CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
+12V 1025 RED
FUSE 2 25 A
1160 RED/WHT 1150 RED/WHT 3
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
J2B
BATTERY MEGAFUSE 1180 RED/WHT 2 AUX CTRLR COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION
9000 THROUGH 9999
9000 THROUGH 9999
PURPLE
PURPLE/WHITE
PUR
PUR/WHT
100.0 Amps
BATT_CABLE FUSE 3 25 A 1
1270 RED 1170 RED/WHT LEGEND
SCHEMATIC INDEX
C493 PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
FUSE 4 25 A POWER PAGE 3
1280 RED 1235 RED/WHT 2 (4 PIN)
GROUND PAGE 4

1010 RED
SHEET 6 CAN BUS PAGE 5
STARTER FC2 FUSE CENTER ENGINE PAGE 6
CONNECTOR
FUSE 1 25 A HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
1190 RED 1165 RED/WHT CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
SHEET 5
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD CAB PAGE 9
FUSE 2 25 A MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10
1040 RED 1490 RED/WHT 1410 RED/WHT WIRE BREAK
SHEET 13
(TWO WIRE BREAKS LIGHTS PAGE 11
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
FUSE 3 OPEN JOIN ONE WIRE) HVAC PAGE 12
1460 RED/WHT
SHEET 13 SHEET # OPTIONS PAGE 13
C412 LH HANDLE HORN
FUSE 4 15 A
1290 RED 1370 RED/WHT
SHEET 9
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)

FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER


1050 RED
FUSE 5 30 A
1350 RED/WHT
SHEET 6
SHEET 6 1060 RED FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF RELAY
FUSE 6 30 A
FRC1 PRE HEATER RELAY 1310 RED 1360 RED/WHT
SHEET 7
1030 RED FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY
SHEET 6
FUSE 9 15 A 1320 RED/WHT
FRC1 STARTER RELAY
SHEET 11
FRC1 REAR LIGH RELAY
1340 RED
FUSE 10 20 A 1330 RED/WHT Dealer
SHEET 11
Copy -- Not for Resale
FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
C404
FUSE 11 25 A BU ALARM-MFR HARN 1620 RNG/WHT
1300 RED 1140 RED/WHT 1720 RNG/WHT B SHEET 8
SHEET 12 (SEE ADDITIONAL C479 LH PANEL
FRC1 HVAC RELAY
FUSE1 25 A OPTIONS SHEET) 1940 RNG/WHT
1750 RNG/WHT SHEET 8
A T13 LH PANEL BUZZER
FUSE 2 25 A 1780 RNG/WHT C489
1760 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT SHEET 9 1930 RNG/WHT
MFR ACCESSORY SHEET 8
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR WIPER) C499 RH PANEL PTOL
FUSE 3 15 A 1550 RNG/WHT C428
SHEET 13 (LT GRAY) 1775 RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (BKT POSITION) CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 SHEET 8
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH
FUSE4 5 A
1660 RNG/WHT 2 1660 RNG/WHT 1590 RNG/WHT
SHEET 8
1530 RNG/WHT SHEET 10 C503 RH DELUXE PANEL
C410 LEFT HANDLE
1570 RNG/WHT 1520 RNG/WHT 1950 RNG/WHT
SHEET 10 SHEET 8
C409 RIGHT HANDLE J2B C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH
FUSE 7 25 A 1560 RNG/WHT 22
1795 RNG/WHT 1730 RNG/WHT AUX CTRLR
SHEET 5 1785 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD SW4 H/ISO SWITCH
FRC1 FUSE 8 25 A
1580 RNG/WHT
SWITCHED SHEET 9 1960 RNG/WHT
POWER RELAY C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES, OPTIONS) SHEET 8
+12V FUSE 12 15 A SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH
1765 RNG/WHT 1815 RNG/WHT 1800 RNG/WHT
PWR SHEET 6
1050 RED 30
87
J1A
GWY CTRLR 1790 RNG/WHT
C110 ALT EXCITATION
SHEET 12
WIRING SCHEMATIC
GND 85 86 C428 FRC1 HVAC RELAY
21
SHEET 4
2055 BLK 3450 LBL
3380 LBL 4
(LT GRAY)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
1920 RNG/WHT 6 1920 RNG/WHT 1840 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
C449 LH JOYSTICK
1740 RNG/WHT 6 C492 1830 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN C450 RH JOYSTICK
(8 PIN) (S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 3 OF 15 Printable Version Click Here
Printed In U.S.A.
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210767 (C)
819 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN
MONITORING
HYDRAULIC
CONTROLLER SUPPLY
LIGHTS
2000 THROUGH 2999
2000 THROUGH 2999
3000 THROUGH 3999
4000 THROUGH 4999
5000 THROUGH 5999
6000 THROUGH 6999
BLACK
BROWN
LIGHT BLUE
LIGHT GREEN
YELLOW
PINK
BLK
BRN
LBL
LGN
YEL
PNK
ENGINE
HYDRAULICS
CAB DISPLAY
CAB
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 6
PAGE 7
PAGE 8
PAGE 9
PAGE 10
PAGE 11
CONNECTOR

WIRE BREAK
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
GROUND
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN SHEET #
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

2080 BLK C493


SHEET 5 SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
C449 LH JOYSTICK (4 PIN)
2070 BLK
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK C408 3 2235 BLK
2920 BLK (BLACK) 4 2240 BLK
SHEET 8 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1
C479 LH PANEL
2940 BLK 2950 BLK 10 2950 BLK
SHEET 8
C499 PTOL
2960 BLK 16 2510 BLK 2110 BLK T6
SHEET 8 J1B BATT GND
C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH GWY CTRLR 15 2500 BLK
2250 BLK
SHEET 8
C503 RH DELUXE PANEL C428
(LT GRAY) 16 2540 BLK
2930 BLK CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 J2B 15 2765 BLK
SHEET 8 2550 BLK 2090 BLK
AUX CTRLR SHEET 11
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR LIGHTS)
2830 BLK 2900 BLK 1 2900 BLK T8
SHEET 13 2745 BLK BATT GND
SW6 BKT POSITION SWITCH SHEET 12
2455 BLK C408 CAB-MFR CONN (HVAC)
2700 BLK
SHEET 8 SHEET 13 2790 BLK
SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH C423 BKT POSITION SOLENOID SHEET 9
2785 BLK 2710 BLK 2300 BLK C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
SHEET 13 SHEET 5
C126 HORN C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD 2780 BLK
SHEET 13
2770 BLK C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
SHEET 11
2620 BLK SHEET 13 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 2730 BLK
C355 FUEL HARN (PWR BOB/AC) SHEET 9
T16 RH REAR LIGHT C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES,OPTIONS)
2630 BLK C103 T1
SHEET 11 C489 B
TAILGATE HARN 2720 BLK BATT GND
T18 LH REAR LIGHT MFR ACCESSORY
2650 BLK 2600 BLK B 2600 BLK
SHEET 10
T20 BU ALARM
2640 BLK 2400 BLK 2390 BLK
SHEET 11 2016 BLK SHEET 6
C602 LH REAR LIGHT SHEET 6 C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
2610 BLK FRC1 GLOW PLUG RELAY 2200 BLK
SHEET 11 SHEET 6 2025 BLK SHEET 7
C603 RH REAR LIGHT FRC1 FUEL PULL RELAY C425 BRAKE
2035 BLK
SHEET 7
FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY 2520 BLK
2045 BLK SHEET 10
SHEET 11 C410 LEFT HANDLE
FRC1 REAR LIGHT RELAY
2115 BLK 2105 BLK 2000
SHEET 11
2170 BRN FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
SHEET 6 2055 BLK
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR SHEET 3 SHEET 10 2530 BLK Printable Version Click Here
FRC1 SWITCHED PWR RELAY
2160 BRN 2030 BLK C409 RIGHT HANDLE
SHEET 6 SHEET 12
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR FRC1 HVAC RELAY
2005 BLK
WIRING SCHEMATIC
2320 BRN SHEET 6
SHEET 7 FRC1 STARTER RELAY
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH
2370 BRN
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
SHEET 9 J1B
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (SEATBAR SENSOR) GWY CTRLR
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
2220 BRN 2230 BRN 17
SHEET 7
C108 HYD TEMP SENDER (S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
SHEET 7 2190 BRN
C105 HYD CHG PRESSURE SENDER (S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
2180 BRN
SHEET 6
C355 FUEL HARN (FUEL SENDER)
Sheet 4 OF 15
2140 BRN
SHEET 6 (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
C107 ENG OIL PRESS SENDER

2150 BRN
7210767 (C)
SHEET 6
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH

Printed In U.S.A.
820 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

CAN BUS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
6000 THROUGH 6999
7000 THROUGH 7999
PINK
WHITE
PNK
WHT
MANUAL CONTROLS
LIGHTS
PAGE 10
PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE)
* DLX CAB HARN 7234737 ONLY
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET # (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

C408
J1B (BLACK)
GWY CTRLR CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1

8 9200 PUR 9270 PUR 9210 PUR 9280 PUR 9230 PUR 4 9230 PUR 9240 PUR 9250 PUR 9650 PUR 9630 PUR 4
CAN LO C479
9 9100 PUR/WHT 9170 PUR/WHT 9110 PUR/WHT 9180 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 3 9130 PUR/WHT 9140 PUR/WHT 9150 PUR/WHT 9550 PUR/WHT 9530 PUR/WHT 3 LEFT PANEL (BLACK)
CAN HI
120 OHM 120 OHM
RESISTOR C492 RESISTOR
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
(8 PIN)
C426 1 9260 PUR 4
9240 PUR C503
Remote Run Tool, ACD 9160 PUR/WHT 2
9140 PUR/WHT 4 ACS CTRLR RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
14 9500 PUR/WHT A
CAN HI
20 9600 PUR B
CAN LO
21 3090 LBL D REMOTE RUN KEY 9290 PUR 7 Copy -- Not for Resale
Dealer 1830 RNG/WHT 1
C 9190 PUR/WHT 8 SHEET 3
SHEET 3
1730 RNG/WHT E SWITCHED POWER
DRIVE CTRLR
SHEET 4
2070 BLK
9560 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C450
RIGHT JOYSTICK
1165 RED/WHT F (SJC/AWS ONLY)
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER 9660 PUR 4
2710 BLK G GROUND 9220 PUR 8
SHEET 4 J2B
9120 PUR/WHT 9
AUX CTRLR
1840 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3
SHEET 4
2080 BLK
9540 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C449
LEFT JOYSTICK
(SJC/AWS ONLY)
9640 PUR 4

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 5 OF 15 Printable Version Click Here
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210767 (C)

821 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR

ENGINE
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK (TWO WIRE BREAKS
LIGHTS PAGE 11
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN SHEET #
OPTIONS PAGE 13
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
FRC1
+12V STARTER RELAY C109
PWR 30 S/R ADAPTER STARTER
1030 RED A
SHEET 3 87 8200 TAN TAN S M
B SHEET 3
3560 LBL B TAN R
GND 85 86 8210 TAN 1015 RED
SHEET 4 2005 BLK C110
B S 1020 RED
ALTERNATOR G
L 1800 RNG/WHT
SHEET 3
EXCITATION

2015 BLK

FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF


FUEL PULL SOLENOID
+12V RELAY C101
D5 8100 TAN B
1350 RED/WHT
PWR
30 8120 TAN PULL 0.33 OHM
SHEET 3 87 3410 LBL
2400 BLK 2800 BLK C GND
GND 85 86 SHEET 4
2025 BLK 8110 TAN
SHEET 4 8800 TAN A HOLD
24.5 OHM

FRC1 T14
GLOW PLUG PRE HEATER
+12V RELAY 8500 TAN
1060 RED PWR 30 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SHEET 3 87
GND 85 86
SHEET 4 2016 BLK

6 8510 TAN
14 3420 LBL
3 8110 TAN
30 3410 LBL
7 8210 TAN
22 3560 LBL

C107
5140 YEL B +5V PWR
J1A SHEET 9
GWY CTRLR 25 3140 LBL C SIG ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
2140 BRN A GND SENDER (0.5-4.5V)
SHEET 4
Printable Version Click Here
C405
2150 BRN B
16
SHEET 4
3150 LBL A
GND
SIG
AIR FILTER
SWITCH (NC)
WIRING SCHEMATIC
15 3160 LBL
C106
A SIG
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
SHEET 4 2160 BRN B GND
(163 OHM) S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
SHEET 4 2170 BRN
C104
B GND ENGINE COOLANT
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
18 3170 LBL A SIG SENSOR (500-3000 OHM)
4 8800 TAN
(8 VOLT) (S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
J1B
GWY CTRLR
C355 Sheet 6 OF 15
FUEL HARN
C406 (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
12 3180 LBL C 3180 LBL A SIG
FUEL SENDER
SHEET 4
2180 BRN D 2180 BRN B GND (30 - 270 OHM) 7210767 (C)

822 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT

HYDRAULICS
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT C425
FRC1 4100 LGN B C308
TRACTION LOCK BRAKE
4200 LGN A 4200 LGN A SOLENOID
+12V RELAY TRACK 2 SPEED
PWR 30
2200 BLK C 2200 BLK B 9.8 OHM ADAPTER (SEE
1360 RED/WHT SHEET 4
SHEET 3 3430 LBL 12 V ADDITIONAL
87
WHEEL 2 SPD ADP HARNESS 7159366 OPTIONS SHEET)
GND 85 86 TRACK SINGLE SPD BRAKE ADP HARNESS 7165061
2035 BLK 4110 LGN
SHEET 4

C425

B PULL 0.3 OHM


A HOLD 10.9 OHM
C WHEEL SINGLE SPEED
8
TRACTION LOCK
13

C108 HYDRAULIC
2220 BRN B GND TEMPERATURE
SHEET 4 SENDER
32 3220 LBL A SIG
500 - 3000 OHM
(8 VOLT)
C112
J1A 34 3320 LBL A SIG
HYDRAULIC OIL
GWY CTRLR 2320 BRN B GND
SHEET 4 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
FILTER SWITCH (NC)

C446
18 2910 BRN 2 GND HYDRAULIC
4010 LGN 1 SIG FAN SOLENOID
7.2 OHM 12 V
C420
1 2410 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC LOCK
4410 LGN A SIG SOLENOID
9.8 OHM 12 V
C105
2190 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC
SHEET 4
3190 LBL C SIG CHARGE
5190 YEL A +8V PWR PRESSURE
0.5-7.5V
4200 LGN

Printable Version Click Here


19 13 1 23 6
J1B
GWY CTRLR
+8V WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
C418
J2A
AUX CTRLR
18 2330 BRN 2
1
GND
SIG
FRONT ROD
SOLENOID (MALE)
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
4330 LGN
3.3 OHM PWM
C419
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
1 2340 BRN
4340 LGN
2
1
GND
SIG
FRONT BASE
SOLENOID (FEMALE)
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
3.3 OHM PWM
Sheet 7 OF 15
19 13 (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
Printed In U.S.A. J2B 7210767 (C)
AUX CTRLR
823 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED

CAB DISPLAY
POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT
CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6 CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
CAB
MANUAL CONTROLS
PAGE 9
PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
* DLX CAB HARN 7234737 ONLY
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
LIGHTS
HVAC
PAGE 11
PAGE 12
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE) (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

T13
BUZZER (+)
1940 RNG/WHT
SHEET 3 C499
LEFT PANEL
Press To Operate Loader
7040 WHT BUZZER
(PTOL)
C479
T2
LEFT PANEL (BLACK) 1930 RNG/WHT 1
BUZZER (-) SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
2940 BLK 3
7040 WHT 10 C408 SHEET 4 GROUND
BUZZER
(BLACK)
2920 BLK 2 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1
SHEET 4 GROUND
1960 RNG/WHT 1440 RED/WHT 1 20 3030 LBL 1 3030 LBL 2
SHEET 3 SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER PTOL OUTPUT
*
SW9
TRAVEL CONTROL
SHEET 3
1620 RNG/WHT 5 SWITCHED POWER
J1A
19 2380 BRN 12 2380 BRN 4
PTOL LED
SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 3400 LBL 11 LEFT BLINKER INPUT
SHEET 13 GWY CTRLR
C500
5 6 3500 LBL 8
4 SHEET 13 RIGHT BLINKER INPUT RIGHT KEY SWITCH PANEL
2700 BLK 2 3 3650 LBL 7 24 8130 TAN 2 8130 TAN 2
SHEET 4 TRAVEL CONTROL INPUT START
1 9
3600 LBL
PARK BRAKE INPUT 6
SW1 6
3 2 BRAKE SWITCH 12
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1 J1B 22 3040 LBL 14 4
3040 LBL RUN/ENTER SWITCH
3610 LBL 4 5 GWY CTRLR

SHEET 3 1775 RNG/WHT 6


1950 RNG/WHT 5
SHEET 4 2930 BLK C480 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
LEFT PANEL (GRAY) 1420 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
3630 LBL 12 2960 BLK 3
SHEET 9 DOOR SIGNAL SHEET 4 GROUND
11
10
9 C503
3610 LBL 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
PARK BRAKE OUTPUT
8 1590 RNG/WHT 5
7 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
6 1240 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
5 2250 BLK 3
4 SHEET 4 GROUND
6
3
1

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 8 OF 15 Printable Version Click Here
Printed In U.S.A.
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210767 (C)
824 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED
BATT FEED, SWITCHED
BATTERY GROUND
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN
MONITORING
HYDRAULIC
1000 THROUGH 1499
1500 THROUGH 1999
2000 THROUGH 2999
2000 THROUGH 2999
3000 THROUGH 3999
4000 THROUGH 4999
RED/WHITE
ORANGE/WHITE
BLACK
BROWN
LIGHT BLUE
LIGHT GREEN
RED/WHT
RNG/WHT
BLK
BRN
LBL
LGN
GROUND
CAN BUS
ENGINE
HYDRAULICS
CAB DISPLAY
PAGE 4
PAGE 5
PAGE 6
PAGE 7
PAGE 8
CONNECTOR CAB
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
CAB
MANUAL CONTROLS
PAGE 9
PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
* DLX CAB HARN 7234737 ONLY
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
LIGHTS
HVAC
PAGE 11
PAGE 12
(TWO WIRE BREAKS
JOIN ONE WIRE) (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

*SW4
HAND/FOOT
(ACS)
H/ISO
(SJC, AWS)
SWITCH
C438 1785 RNG/WHT 2 1
C492 SHEET 3 3
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN 4230 LGN (DK GRAY) 6
SHEET 10 SHEET 9 2060 BLK 5
(8 PIN) CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3
SHEET 10 4240 LGN 4
5 4220 LGN 4235 LGN 4 4235 LGN
3 4275 LGN 5 4275 LGN
2 4550 LGN 6 4550 LGN
*C212
POWER
SOCKET
2795 BLK 1 GND
1375 RED/WHT 2 +12V PWR
C408
(BLACK)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1

1370 RED/WHT 7 1370 RED/WHT 1390 RED/WHT


* T37
DOME LIGHT (+)
SHEET 3
DOME
C129 2010 BLK LIGHT
CAB ACCESSORY
T38
1210 RED/WHT A
1580 RNG/WHT 5 1580 RNG/WHT 1865 RNG/WHT B
+12V BATT PWR
+12V SW PWR
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
* DOME LIGHT (-)

2790 BLK
SHEET 3
2820 BLK C GND
1510 RNG/WHT
SHEET 13
1885 RNG/WHT SHEET 13
2730 BLK 11 2730 BLK 2210 BLK SHEET 13
SHEET 4
2885 BLK SHEET 13
2060 BLK SHEET 9

C428
(LT GRAY)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2
* C667
DOOR HARNESS
2790 BLK 11 2790 BLK (SEE ADDITIONAL
SHEET 4 OPTIONS SHEET)

3630 LBL 4
SHEET 8 DOOR SIGNAL
1400 RED/WHT 5
SHEET 3 DOOR UNSW PWR
6
1850 RNG/WHT 13 1850 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3 WIPER SWITCH, MOTOR SWITCHED POWER
C482 SEATBAR 2840 BLK 2
WIPER MOTOR GROUND
J1B
SHEET 4
2370 BRN 4 2370 BRN A GND SENSOR 7310 WHT 3
WASHER SIGNAL
GWY CTRLR

11 3370 LBL 5 3370 LBL B SIG * C252


L SIG WIRING SCHEMATIC
WASHER
24 5100 YEL 5370 YEL 3 5370 YEL C MOTOR
+5V
SHEET 6 5140 YEL
+5V PWR 2845 BLK X GND
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 9 OF 15 Printable Version Click Here
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210767 (C)
825 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

MANUAL
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK

CONTROLS
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

C409
RIGHT HANDLE
(MANUAL/ACS ONLY)

J2A
2530 BLK K
SHEET 4
AUX CTRLR 4230 LGN G
SHEET 9
1520 RNG/WHT A
SHEET 3
30 4940 LGN H
C404 31 4930 LGN J SKI CTRL
C103
BU ALARM-MFR HARN 4920 LGN E
TAILGATE HARN DETENT FLOW
T19 TERMINAL (+) 13 4910 LGN F
(SEE ADDITIONAL A 7100 WHT C 7100 WHT TWO SPD
OPTIONS SHEET)
4310 LGN C
BACK UP
4320 LGN D
2650 BLK ALARM PWM
SHEET 4 4300 LGN B
T20 TERMINAL (-)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
C410
21 17 18 23
LEFT HANDLE
J2B (MANUAL/ACS ONLY)
C421 AUX CTRLR K
J1A 10 2670 BRN 3 GND 20 4640 LGN D
GWY CTRLR 4670 LGN 1 SIG TILT SPOOL LOCK 28 4840 LGN C
2 7.8 OHM 12V 22 4830 LGN B SKI CTRL
12 4820 LGN G
C422 11 4810 LGN F SIDE SHIFT
2 2680 BRN 3 GND 1530 RNG/WHT A
LIFT SPOOL LOCK SHEET 3
4680 LGN 1 SIG J
7.8 OHM 12V
2 4240 LGN H
SHEET 9
2520 BLK E
SHEET 4

7 5
WIRING SCHEMATIC
J1B
GWY CTRLR
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 10 OF 15 Printable Version Click Here
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210767 (C)
826 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

LIGHTS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT HVAC PAGE 12 JOIN ONE WIRE)
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE PUR
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
C434-1
C408 2735 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
(BLACK) 6100 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 37.00 Watts
C434-2
2765 BLK 9 2765 BLK 2750 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
SHEET 4
6110 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

C435-1
6000 PNK 8 6000 PNK 6120 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2760 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts

C435-2
6130 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2705 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

FRC1
FRONT WORK
LIGHTS RELAY C103
TAILGATE HARN C603
+12V
2610 BLK 2 GND
SHEET 3
1330 RED/WHT PWR 30
6340 PNK
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
6310 PNK A 6310 PNK
SHEET 4
6320 PNK 1 SIG
RIGHT REAR
87 TAIL LIGHT

2115 BLK GND 85 86 C602


SHEET 4
6330 PNK 1 SIG
2640 BLK LEFT REAR
2 GND
SHEET 4 TAIL LIGHT
5 6320 PNK
31 3460 LBL
J1A
17 6210 PNK
GWY CTRLR
28 3440 LBL

T16 TERMINAL (-)


2620 BLK GND
SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
6210 PNK SIG WORK LIGHT
FRC1
REAR LIGHT T15 TERMINAL (+)
+12V RELAY
1320 RED/WHT PWR 30 T17 TERMINAL (+)
SHEET 3 87 6200 PNK H 6200 PNK 6220 PNK SIG LEFT REAR
2630 BLK GND WORK LIGHT
2045 BLK GND 85 86 SHEET 4
SHEET 4 T18 TERMINAL (-)

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Printed In U.S.A. Sheet 11 OF 15 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210767 (C)
827 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
PARTIAL CONNECTOR

HVAC
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN
MONITORING
2000 THROUGH 2999
3000 THROUGH 3999
BROWN
LIGHT BLUE
BRN
LBL
HYDRAULICS
CAB DISPLAY
PAGE 7
PAGE 8
* DLX CAB HARN 7234737 ONLY
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
CAB
MANUAL CONTROLS
PAGE 9
PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT JOIN ONE WIRE)
HVAC PAGE 12
ENGINE
COMMUNICATION
8000 THROUGH 8999
9000 THROUGH 9999
TAN
PURPLE
TAN
PUR
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
COMMUNICATION 9000 THROUGH 9999 PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
2440 BLK * C610
2 GND HVAC DUCT
7440 WHT 1 SIG FAN

C483
2560 BLK * C BLK
7420 WHT A DBL POTENTIOMETER
7425 WHT B (TEMP CONTROL
WHT
SWITCH)

C635
* D SIG
2130 BLK C GND HEATER
7430 WHT A +12V PWR VALVE
B
E
F

FRC1
C438
(DK GRAY)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale *BLOWER
SW10

+12V HVAC RELAY CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3


SWITCH
PWR 30 OFF
1140 RED/WHT
SHEET 3 87 1500 RNG/WHT 7 1500 RNG/WHT 5 2
1
GND 85 86 4
2030 BLK
SHEET 4

1790 RNG/WHT
6
3 7530 WHT
* C611
1 14.00 Amps High
SHEET 3 7410 WHT 7520 WHT 2 7.50 Amps Med BLOWER
7510 WHT 3 5.00 Amps Low MOTOR
SW11
SHEET 4
2745 BLK 8 2745 BLK *
AC SWITCH 2580 BLK 4

2100 BLK 3
C 7400 WHT
7015 WHT 1
J1A 11 7021 WHT 7020 WHT 9 Printable Version Click Here
GWY CTRLR
* C630
3
THERMOSTAT
WIRING SCHEMATIC
AC EVAPORATOR C350 2570 BLK 2
SWITCH B
A
7023 WHT
7024 WHT
7020 WHT 1
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
C355
FUEL HARN # C486 S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
A 7024 WHT 7025 WHT 1 SIG

2290 BLK 2280 BLK


2 GND
MAGNET CLUTCH
(COMPRESSOR) (S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
SHEET 13
D4 (S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 12 OF 15
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7210767 (C)
828 of 1311
LEGEND
WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE SCHEMATIC INDEX
GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE PARTIAL CONNECTOR
OVERVIEW PAGE 1,2
BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED POWER PAGE 3
BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT GROUND PAGE 4

OPTIONS
BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK
ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN CONNECTOR
HYDRAULICS PAGE 7
MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
CAB DISPLAY PAGE 8
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
CAB PAGE 9
CONTROLLER SUPPLY 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
MANUAL CONTROLS PAGE 10 WIRE BREAK
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS
OTHER FUNCTIONS
ENGINE
7000 THROUGH 7999
8000 THROUGH 8999
WHITE
TAN
WHT
TAN
HVAC PAGE 12 JOIN ONE WIRE) * DLX CAB HARN 7234737 ONLY
OPTIONS PAGE 13 SHEET #
COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION
9000 THROUGH 9999
9000 THROUGH 9999
PURPLE
PURPLE/WHITE
PUR
PUR/WHT (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
C428
C355 (LT GRAY)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2
# C607
1 4470 LGN
FUEL HARN

E 8 4470 LGN
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7184255 ONLY
SIG 4470 LGN
POWER BOB
CLOSE
GND 2 2470 BLK 2770 BLK B 2770 BLK
SHEET 4 4480 LGN (NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
2290 BLK
SHEET 12
*POWER
SW5 2 1
# C606 BOBTACH 3
5 4
GND 2 2480 BLK SWITCH 6
POWER BOB 1 4480 LGN F 4480 LGN 7
SIG
OPEN
1380 RED/WHT
1410 RED/WHT 12 1410 RED/WHT 1200 RED/WHT
SHEET 3
X T3
C411
B 6010 PNK 10 6010 PNK
1430 RED/WHT
L
* FLASHER CONN

C
D2
LEFT HANDLE D 6415 PNK 6400 PNK 14 6400 PNK 6430 PNK
6530 PNK
*BEACON
SW2

6570 PNK
(BLINKER / FLASHER) E
SHEET 8 3400 LBL
5 PIN SWITCH
A 6515 PNK 1550 RNG/WHT 9 1550 RNG/WHT
2725 BLK 6
SHEET 3
*SW3
HAZARD SWITCH
2
1
6700 PNK
4
1
5
2
(PINS 3 & 6 3
C103 C438 5 4 3
INTERNALLY
TAILGATE HARN (DK GRAY) 2850 BLK
INSULATED) 6
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3 C670
EURO TAIL LIGHTS
E 6410 PNK
SHEET 8
3500 LBL
D1
* E
(SEE ADDITIONAL D 6510 PNK 6500 PNK 3 6500 PNK Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 2420 BLK D BEACON/FLASHER
OPTIONS SHEET)
6440 PNK F EXTERIOR HARNESS
C423 6540 PNK B (SEE ADDITIONAL
3 6540 PNK
BUCKET
POSITION
SIG A 4450 LGN D3 4455 LGN 2 4455 LGN 1
4
2 *BUCKET
SW6 C
A
OPTIONS SHEET)

2830 BLK 5 POSITION


SOLENOID GND B 2450 BLK 2455 BLK SWITCH
9.8 OHM SHEET 4 SHEET 4 6

2780 BLK 1 2780 BLK


SHEET 4

C408
(BLACK)
C126
C412
B 7210 WHT
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1

13
SHEET 4 2785 BLK B
A
GND
FRONT C279 * C676
RADIO CONN
LEFT HANDLE 7210 WHT SIG HORN 1 7820 WHT 3
LEFT C277
(HORN)
2 PIN
A 1460 RED/WHT
SHEET 3 SPEAKER
+

-
2 7830 WHT 4 * 1
2 AIR RIDE
C497 C278 3 SEAT
5 7200 WHT C SJC RIGHT - 2 7810 WHT 6 1510 RNG/WHT 4 PWR
HORN/BLINKER SPEAKER 1 7800 WHT 5 SHEET 9
4 6420 PNK A 2210 BLK 5 GND
(SEE ADDITIONAL + 1 SHEET 9
3 6520 PNK B SHEET 9 1885 RNG/WHT 6
J2A OPTIONS SHEET)
2885 BLK 2
AUX CTRLR SHEET 9
C415
26 2460 BRN
4460 LGN
B
A
GND
SIG
HIGH FLOW
SOLENOID WIRING SCHEMATIC
7.5 OHM 12 V
J2B
AUX CTRLR
26 (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
C437
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
27 2360 BRN 2 GND TWO SPEED
4360 LGN 1 SIG
MAKEUP SOLENOID
8.8 OHM 12V
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
J1A TRACK 2 SPEED
GWY CTRLR C441
ADAPTER (SEE
ADDITIONAL (S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
26 2350 BRN 2 GND TWO SPEED OPTIONS SHEET)
4350 LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID
5.1 OHM 12 V Sheet 13 OF 15 Printable Version Click Here
25 26
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
Printed In U.S.A.
J1B 7210767 (C)
GWY CTRLR

829 of 1311
ACS CONTROLLER

ACS
CONNECTOR J1-ACS CONNECTOR J2-ACS CONNECTOR J3-ACS
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A +5V TO SENSORS A LIFT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE A TILT MOTOR 1
B SWITCHED POWER B FLOAT-SPARE B UNSWITCHED POWER
C HAND/FOOT INPUT C RESPONSE SELECTOR-SPARE C UNSWITCHED POWER
D CAN HIGH D TILT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE D LIFT MOTOR 2
E
F
G
H
CAN LOW

GROUND
GROUND
E
F
G
H
J
TILT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK
LIFT HANDLE
TILT HANDLE
LIFT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK
LIFT PEDAL
E
F
G
H
J
HANDLE ENABLE
LIFT MOTOR 1
PEDAL ENABLE
GROUND
GROUND
CONTROLS
K TILT PEDAL K TILT MOTOR 2

ACS AND AHC HARNESS 7164144


J1-ACS
CONTROLLER
H 2280 BLK

2280 BLK
SEE MANUAL CONTROL
2240 BLK
PAGE FOR HARNESS CONN
MAINFRAME HARNESS 1170 RED/WHT C409 C466
C492 C493 J3-ACS K A

4275 LGN
4220 LGN 5 4 2240 BLK CONTROLLER
G B HANDLE
3 3 B 1190 RED/WHT LOCK
4275 LGN A
C 4550 LGN 2 2 C 1180 RED/WHT H
7 1 1170 RED/WHT E J SKI CTRL
4220 LGN
8 J C467 E DETENT
2260 BLK
E 9240 PUR 1 H 3 F FLOW
2270 BLK 2510 BLK
D 9140 PUR/WHT 4 G 4260 LGN 4280 LGN 1 LIFT C TWO SPD
B 1740 RNG/WHT 6 2 SOLENOID D
A PWM
+5V
5970 YEL 13 OHM B
G 2250 BRN 12V
C468
FOOT PEDAL LOCK
2 C410
3 K
2500 BLK
TILT D
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 4270 LGN 1
SOLENOID C
FLOAT
B SKI CTRL
J2-ACS C472
CONTROLLER C429 G
2650 BRN B B GND LIFT ACTUATOR SIDE
D 4610 LGN 8 F
F 4650 LGN C C SIG LIFT HANDLE SHIFT
7 A
5650 YEL A A +5V PWR HALL SENSOR
6 J
F 4600 LGN 5 H A
C469 HANDLE
4 E B
2750 BRN B B GND LOCK
G 4750 LGN C C SIG 5980 YEL 3 +5V PWR
TILT HANDLE
5750 YEL A A HALL SENSOR 2980 BRN 1 GND
+5V PWR
3980 LBL 2 SIG
A C471
B 2 C428 TILT ACTUATOR
2660 BRN GND
C
J 3 K 4645 LGN 8
4660 LGN SIG LIFT PEDAL
D 1 HALL SENSOR 7
5660 YEL +5V PWR
2980 BRN
2990 BRN

6
C470 A 4640 LGN 5
2760 BRN 2 4
GND
K 4760 LGN 3 5990 YEL 3 +5V PWR
SIG TILT PEDAL
1 HALL SENSOR 2990 BRN 1 GND
5760 YEL +5V PWR
5750 YEL 3990 LBL 2 SIG
5650 YEL 5980 YEL
5970 YEL 5990 YEL
WIRING SCHEMATIC
H
E
3980 LBL
3990 LBL
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
Printed In U.S.A. (S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
(S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
Sheet 14 OF 15 Printable Version Click Here
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
830 of 1311 7210767 (C)
ACS CONTROLLER J5 DRIVE CONTROLLER
CONNECTOR J1-ACS CONNECTOR J2-ACS CONNECTOR J3-ACS PIN FUNCTION

SJC PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION 1 SAFETY IN


A +5V TO SENSORS A LIFT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE A TILT MOTOR 1 2 TWO SPEED SWITCH
B SWITCHED POWER B FLOAT-SPARE B UNSWITCHED POWER 3 SPARE DIGITAL INPUT 2
C HAND/FOOT INPUT C RESPONSE SELECTOR-SPARE C UNSWITCHED POWER 4 H PAT SWITCH
D CAN HIGH D TILT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE D LIFT MOTOR 2 5 ISO PAT SWITCH
6 ISO LITE

CONTROLS
E CAN LOW E TILT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK E HANDLE ENABLE
F F LIFT HANDLE F LIFT MOTOR 1 7 L SWASH PLATE ANGLE
G GROUND G TILT HANDLE G PEDAL ENABLE 8 R SWASH PLATE ANGLE
H GROUND H LIFT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK H GROUND 9 SPARE ANALOG 4
J LIFT PEDAL J GROUND 10 SPARE ANALOG 5
K TILT PEDAL K TILT MOTOR 2 11 L FWD RETURN
12 CAN HIGH
HARNESS PART NUMBER 13 LF ANGLE
7159325 WITH SPEED SENSORS LIFT 14 RF ANGLE
SJC WHEEL S630, S650, S750, S770 C429
7210503 WITHOUT SPEED SENSORS ACTUATOR 15 LR ANGLE
4600 LGN 5
7159458 WITH SPEED SENSORS 16 H PAT LITE
J5 - DRIVE SJC TRACK
7210504
T630, T650, T750, T770
WITHOUT SPEED SENSORS 4610 LGN
6
8 17 RR ANGLE
S630, S650,S750, S770,
CONTROLLER SUSP JSTK 7163706
T630, T650, T750, T770
2980 BRN 1
4
GND 18
19
L JOYSTICK X
L JOYSTICK Y
C454 3980 LBL 2 SIG 20 R JOYSTICK X
29 2890 BRN 2880 BRN 3 7
GND 21 L FWD DRIVE
5880 YEL 1 +5V PWR 5980 YEL 3 +5V PWR
LEFT SPEED 22 CAN LOW
33 3880 LBL 2 SIG SENSOR
C428 23 R QUAD A DRIVE
34 3885 LBL 4 SIG TILT ACTUATOR
NOTE: SPEED SENSORS NO LONGER 5990 YEL 3 +5V PWR 24 R QUAD B DRIVE
40 5890 YEL C453 FACTORY INSTALLED. SEE SERVICE 4 25 TWO SPEED 1
+5V

5970 YEL
5870 YEL 1 +5V PWR LETTER SL5323 OR BTI 410 3990 LBL 2 SIG 26 BRAKE LIGHT OUTPUT
2870 BRN 3 GND 6
23 3870 LBL 2 RIGHT SPEED 27 GROUND
SIG 2990 BRN 1 GND
SENSOR 28 GROUND
24 3875 LBL 4 SIG 4640 LGN 5
7 29 SENSOR GROUND
C536 A22 PUMP HARNESS (7169309 or 7188448) 30 SENSOR SUPPLY 2 +5V

2970 BRN
5810 YEL 2 C543 4650 LGN 8
2810/BRN OR BLK 4 2810 BRN or BLK 1 GND
31 L REV DRIVE
8 3810 LBL 3 3810 LBL 3 SIG 32 CAN SHIELD
1710 RNG/WHT 1 1710 RNG/WHT 2 +12V PWR K 33 L QUAD A DRIVE
J 34 L QUAD B DRIVE

J2-ACS
C537 RIGHT
E
5860 YEL 2 C542 SWASHPLATE 35 SAFETY OUT
H
2860/BRN OR BLK BRN 4 2860 BRN or BLK 1 GND 36 BACKUP ALARM
F
7 3860/LBL OR 4950/LGN 3 3860 LBL or 4950/LGN 3 SIG 37 R JOYSTICK Y
G
1770 RNG/WHT 1 1770 RNG/WHT 2 +12V PWR
C 38 SPARE ANALOG 1
LEFT
C501 C546 SWASHPLATE D 39 SPARE PWM COIL 7
43 4260 LGN 1 4260 LGN 1 B
42 2660/BRN OR BLK 2 2660 BRN or BLK 2
RIGHT FORWARD DRIVE Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale A
40 SENSOR SUPPLY 1 +5V

ACS CONTROLLER
41 L REV RETURN
42 R FWD RETURN
C547
44 4250 LGN 3 4250 LGN 1 A 43 R FWD DRIVE
RIGHT REVERSE DRIVE +5V 44 R REV DRIVE
45 2650/BRN OR BLK 4 2650 BRN or BLK 2 G

J1-ACS
F 45 R REV RETURN
C545 9240 PUR E 46 TWO SPEED 2
31 4280 LGN 5 4280 LGN 1
9140 PUR/WHT D 47 UNSWITCHED BATTERY
41 2680/BRN OR BLK 6 2680 BRN or BLK 2 LEFT REVERSE DRIVE
1760 RNG/WHT B 48 UNSWITCHED BATTERY
2280 BLK H 49 SPARE PWN COIL 6
C544 C
21 4270 LGN 7 4270 LGN 1 50 SWITCHED BATTERY
11 2670/BRN OR BLK 8 2670 BRN or BLK 2 LEFT FORWARD DRIVE

K
C460
TO SJC BRAKE A 1 1
C474 1830 RNG/WHT +12V PWR
HARNESS D 2 2
26 4210 LGN A C450 2070 BLK GND

J3-ACS
(SEE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS
SHEET)
F RIGHT JOYSTICK 4 9660 PUR 4 CAN LO RIGHT
2270 BLK H (CONNECTS TO JOYSTICK
2260 BLK J DLX CAB HARNESS)
C492 3 9560 PUR/WHT 3 CAN HI
1180 RED/WHT C
12 9190 PUR/WHT 8
1190 RED/WHT B
22 9290 PUR 7 C459
E
4 4550 LGN 2 1 1840 RNG/WHT 1 +12V PWR
G
6 4220 LGN 5
C449 2 2080 BLK 2 GND
16 4275 LGN 3 LEFT JOYSTICK
9140 PUR/WHT 4
LEFT
(CONNECTS TO 4 9640 PUR 4 CAN LO
9240 PUR 1 DLX CAB HARNESS) JOYSTICK
MAINFRAME 3 9540 PUR/WHT 3 CAN HI
50 1750 RNG/WHT 1740 RNG/WHT 6
HARNESS SUSP SEAT JOYSTICK HARNESS
27 2470 BLK C493
28 2490 BLK 2235 BLK 3
47 1250 RED/WHT 1235 RED/WHT 2 WIRING SCHEMATIC
48 1260 RED/WHT 1170 RED/WHT 1
2240 BLK 4 (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV21747 - A3NV25155)
1760 RNG/WHT
2280 BLK
(S/N A3NW13098 - A3NW13766)
2270 BLK
2260 BLK (S/N 1MLS11001 AND ABOVE)
1180 RED/WHT
1190 RED/WHT Sheet 15 OF 15 Printable Version Click Here
C404
36 7100 WHT A (CONNECTS TO BACKUP (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
B ALARM C404 ON MFR
HARNESS)
7210767 (C)
831 of 1311 Printed In U.S.A.
CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS
NUM OF NUM OF NUM OF
CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET CONN DESCRIPTION SHEET
PINS PINS PINS
C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID 3 6 C425 BRAKE SOLENOID 3 7 FC1 FUSE CENTER 1 8 3
C103 TAILGATE 8 4,10,11,13 C426 CAN (Remote Start Tool, ACD) 7 5 FC2 FUSE CENTER 2 8 3
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR 2 6 C428 CAB-MFR HARN CONN (LT GRY) 14 3,4,9,13 FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER 64 3,6,7,11,12
C105 HYD CHARGE PRESSURE 3 7 C434-1 LEFT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 2 6 C434-2 LEFT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11
C107 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 3 6 C435-1 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 1 2 11 J1A GATEWAY CONTROLLER 34 3,6-8,10-13
C108 HYD TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 7 C435-2 RIGHT WORKLIGHT 2 2 11 J1B GATEWAY CONTOLLER 26 3-10,13
C109 S/R ADAPTER HARNESS 2 6 C437 TWO SPEED MAKEUP 2 13 J2A AUX CONTROLLER 34 7,10,13
C110 ALTERNATOR 2 6 C438 CAB-MFR HARN CONN (DK GRY) 14 9,12,13 J2B AUX CONTROLLER 26 3-5,7,10,13
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH 2 7 C441 TWO SPEED 2 13
C126 HORN 2 13 C446 HYDRAULIC FAN 2 7 SW1 BRAKE SWITCH 6 8
C129 CAB ACCESSORY 3 9 C449 LEFT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 SW2 BEACON SWITCH 6 13
C212 POWER SOCKET 2 9 C450 RIGHT JOYSTICK (CAB HARN) 4 5 SW3 HAZARD SWITCH 6 13
C252 WASHER ADAPTER INTMD 2 9 C479 LEFT PANEL(BLACK) 12 5,8 SW4 HAND/FOOT, H/ISO SWITCH 6 9
C253 WASHER PUMP 2 9 C480 LEFT PANEL(GRAY) 12 8 SW5 POWER BOBTACH SWITCH 6 13
C277 AIR RIDE SEAT 6 13 C482 SEATBAR SENSOR 3 9 SW6 BUCKET POSITION SWITCH 6 13
C278 RIGHT SPEAKER 2 13 C483 TEMP CONTROL SWITCH 3 12 SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH 6 8
C279 LEFT SPEAKER 2 13 C486 AC COMPRESSOR 2 12 SW10 BLOWER SWITCH 5 12
C308 BRAKE SOLENOID 2 7 C489 MFR ACCESSORY 2 3,4 SW11 AC SWITCH 3 12
C350 AC EVAPORATOR SWITCH 2 12 C492 ACS/SJC/AWS-MFR HARN 8 3,5,9
C355 DLX or STD FUEL HARNESS 6 6,12,13 C493 ACS/SJC/AWS-MFR HARN 4 3,4 T1 BATT GROUND 1 4
C404 BU ALARM-MFR HARN 2 3,10 C497 SJC HORN/BLINKER 3 13 T2 BUZZER GROUND 1 8
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH 2 6 C499 PTOL 4 8 T3 FLASHER 2 13
C406 FUEL SENDER 2 6 C500 RH KEY SWITCH 6 8 T6 BATT GROUND 1 4
C408 CAB-MFR HARN CONN (BLK) 14 3-5,8,9,11,13 C503 RH DLX PANEL 6 5,8 T8 BATT GROUND 1 4
C409 RIGHT HANDLE 10 10 C602 Dealer
LEFT REAR TAIL LIGHT Copy --
2 Not for11Resale T13 BUZZER POWER 1 8
C410 LEFT HANDLE 10 10 C603 RIGHT REAR TAIL LIGHT 2 11 T14 PRE HEATER 1 6
C411 LEFT HANDLE 5 WAY (FLSHR) 5 13 C606 POWER BOBTACH OPEN 2 13 T15 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(+) 1 11
C412 LEFT HANDLE 2 WAY (HORN) 2 13 C607 POWER BOBTACH CLOSE 2 13 T16 RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHT(-) 1 11
C415 HIGH FLOW SOLENOID 2 13 C610 HVAC DUCT FAN 2 12 T17 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (+) 1 11
C418 FRONT ROD 2 7 C611 BLOWER MOTOR 4 12 T18 LEFT REAR WORK LIGHT (-) 1 11
C419 FRONT BASE 2 7 C630 THERMOSTAT 3 12 T19 BACKUP ALARM 1 10
C420 HYD LOCK 2 7 C635 HEATER VALVE 6 12 T20 BACKUP ALARM (GND) 1 10
C421 TILT SPOOL LOCK 3 10 C667 DOOR 6 9 T37 DOMELIGHT (+) 1 9
C422 TILT SPOOL LCOK 3 10 C670 EXTERIOR BEACON 6 13 T38 DOMELIGHT (-) 1 9
C423 BUCKET POSITION 2 13 C676 RADIO 6 13

SCHEMATIC INDEX LEGEND


WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
GROUP DESCRIPTION
BATT FEED, GENERAL
GROUP NUMBER RANGE
1000 THROUGH 1499
WIRE COLOR
RED
COLOR CODE
RED
OVERVIEW
POWER
PAGE 1,2
PAGE 3
PARTIAL CONNECTOR WIRING SCHEMATIC
GROUND PAGE 4
BATT FEED, FUSED
BATT FEED, SWITCHED
1000 THROUGH 1499
1500 THROUGH 1999
RED/WHITE
ORANGE/WHITE
RED/WHT
RNG/WHT CAN BUS PAGE 5 (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BLACK BLK ENGINE PAGE 6
CONTROLLER GROUND/RETURN
MONITORING
2000 THROUGH 2999
3000 THROUGH 3999
BROWN
LIGHT BLUE
BRN
LBL
HYDRAULICS
CAB DISPLAY
PAGE 7
PAGE 8
CONNECTOR S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
HYDRAULIC
CONTROLLER SUPPLY
4000 THROUGH 4999
5000 THROUGH 5999
LIGHT GREEN
YELLOW
LGN
YEL
CAB
MANUAL
PAGE 9
PAGE 10 (S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK CONTROLS WIRE BREAK
OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT LIGHTS PAGE 11 (TWO WIRE BREAKS Printable Version Click Here
HVAC PAGE 12 JOIN ONE WIRE)
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
SHEET #
COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION
9000 THROUGH 9999
9000 THROUGH 9999
PURPLE
PURPLE/WHITE
PUR
PUR/WHT
OPTIONS
ACS
PAGE 13
PAGE 14 Sheet 1 OF 15
SJC PAGE15
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7253421 (0)
Printed In U.S.A.
832 of 1311
J1 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(GATEWAY CONTROLLER) J2 CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS(AUXILLIARY CONTROLLER)
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A-1 HYDRAULIC LOCK RETURN B-1 HYD CHARGE PRESS A-1 FRONT AUX (F) RETURN B-1
A-2 LIFT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-2 UNSW BATT A-2 B-2 UNSW BATT
A-3 FUEL PULL RELAY B-3 UNSW BATT A-3 B-3 UNSW BATT
A-4 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY B-4 FUEL HOLD A-4 RIGHT BLINKER RELAY B-4
A-5 LIGHT 1 RELAY B-5 LIFT SPOOL LOCK A-5 HORN RELAY B-5
A-6 GLOW PLUG RELAY B-6 TRACTION LOCK HOLD A-6 B-6
A-7 STARTER RELAY B-7 TILT SPOOL LOCK A-7 B-7
A-8 TRACTION PULL RELAY B-8 CAN LO 1 A-8 B-8 CAN LO 1
A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1 A-9 B-9 CAN HI 1
A-10 TILT SPOOL LOCK RETURN B-10 A-10 B-10
A-11 SPARE DIGITAL, ECU SINKS B-11 SEAT BAR A-11 LH PADDLE RIGHT B-11
A-12 B-12 FUEL LEVEL A-12 LH PADDLE LEFT B-12
A-13 TRACTION PULL RELAY FDBK B-13 BICS HYD LOCK HOLD A-13 RH RIGHT BUTTON UP B-13 FRONT AUX (F)
A-14 GLOW PLUG RELAY FDBK B-14 CAN HI 2 A-14 B-14
A-15 ENGINE SPEED B-15 GROUND P1 A-15 B-15 GROUND
A-16 AIR FILTER SWITCH B-16 GROUND P2 A-16 B-16 GROUND
A-17 LIGHT 2 RELAY B-17 GROUND P3, SENSOR A-17 B-17 HANDLE POT GND
A-18 HYD FAN B-18 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP (8 VOLT) A-18 FRONT AUX (M) RETURN B-18 RH PVM POT SIGNAL
A-19 PTOL LED B-19 HYD FAN OUTPUT A-19 B-19 FRONT AUX (M)
A-20 PTOL SWITCH B-20 CAN LO 2 A-20 LH FLOAT BUTTON B-20
A-21 SWITCHED POWER OUT RELAY FDBK B-21 REMOTE KEY A-21 B-21 RH TRIGGER
A-22 STATER RELAY FDBK B-22 RUN/ENTER A-22 LH RIGHT BUTTON DOWN B-22 SWITCHED POWER
A-23 B-23 SENSOR SUPPLY 8V A-23 B-23 HANDLE POT POWER
A-24 START ENGINE B-24 SENSOR SUPPLY 5V A-24 B-24
A-25 ENGINE OIL PRESS B-25 TWO SPEED MAKEUP Dealer
A-25 Copy -- Not for Resale B-25
A-26 TWO SPEED MAKE UP GROUND B-26 TWO SPEED COIL A-26 HIGH FLOW RETURN B-26 HIGH FLOW
A-27 TWO SPEED GROUND A-27
A-28 LIGHT 2 RELAY FDBK A-28 LH RIGHT BUTTON
A-29 A-29
A-30 FUEL PULL RELAY FDBK A-30 RH LEFT UP
A-31 LIGHT 1 RELAY FDBK A-31 RH LEFT DOWN
A-32 HYD OIL TEMP (8 VOLT) A-32
A-33 A-33
A-34 HYD OIL FILTER SW1 A-34

HARNESS PART NUMBER


EXMF7265253
WIRING SCHEMATIC
MAINFRAME
LF 7210769
DLX CAB 7253409 (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
STD CAB 7210557
DLX FUEL 7266824
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
STD FUEL 7149219
S/R (STARTER) 6733370
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
TAILGATE DOM 7217484 Printable Version Click Here
TRK BRAKE ADP 7234968
WHL 2 SPD ADP
TRK 2 SPD
7159366
7214626
Sheet 2 OF 15
Printed In U.S.A. (1PC) TRK 2 SPD 7243409
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7253421 (0)

833 of 1311
1240 RED/WHT

POWER
C408
SHEET 8
C503 RH DLX PANEL
(BLACK)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 1400 RED/WHT
SHEET 9
C667 DOOR HARNESS
1450 RED/WHT 6 1450 RED/WHT 1420 RED/WHT
SHEET 8
C500 RH KEY SWITCH
FC1 FUSE CENTER 1440 RED/WHT
2 SHEET 8
FUSE 1 25 A 1110 RED/WHT J1B C479 LH PANEL
1070 RED 1120 RED/WHT 1130 RED/WHT 3 GWY CTRLR

+12V 1025 RED


FUSE 2 25 A
1160 RED/WHT 1150 RED/WHT 3
J2B
BATTERY MEGAFUSE 1180 RED/WHT 2 AUX CTRLR
100.0 Amps
BATT_CABLE FUSE 3 25 A 1
1270 RED 1170 RED/WHT
C493
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
FUSE 4 25 A 2 (4 PIN)
1280 RED 1235 RED/WHT

1010 RED
SHEET 6
STARTER FC2 FUSE CENTER
FUSE 1 25 A 1165 RED/WHT
1190 RED SHEET 5
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD
FUSE 2 25 A
1040 RED 1490 RED/WHT 1410 RED/WHT
SHEET 13
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
FUSE 3 OPEN
1460 RED/WHT
SHEET 13
C412 LH HANDLE HORN
FUSE 4 15 A
1290 RED 1370 RED/WHT
SHEET 9
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
FRC1 FUSE RELAY CENTER
1050 RED
FUSE 5 30 A
1350 RED/WHT
SHEET 6
SHEET 6 1060 RED FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF RELAY
FUSE 6 30 A
FRC1 PRE HEATER RELAY 1310 RED 1360 RED/WHT
SHEET 7
1030 RED FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY
SHEET 6
FUSE 9 15 A 1320 RED/WHT
FRC1 STARTER RELAY
SHEET 11
FRC1 REAR LIGH RELAY
1340 RED
FUSE 10 20 A 1330 RED/WHT Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SHEET 11
FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
C404
FUSE 11 25 A BU ALARM-MFR HARN
1620 RNG/WHT
1300 RED 1140 RED/WHT 1720 RNG/WHT B SHEET 8
SHEET 12 (SEE ADDITIONAL C479 LH PANEL
FUSE1 25 A FRC1 HVAC RELAY OPTIONS DWG)
1750 RNG/WHT 1940 RNG/WHT
SHEET 8
A T13 LH PANEL BUZZER
1760 RNG/WHT FUSE 2 25 A 1850 RNG/WHT 1780 RNG/WHT C489
SHEET 9 MFR ACCESSORY 1930 RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR WIPER) SHEET 8
FUSE 3 15 A C428 C499 RH PANEL PTOL
1550 RNG/WHT
SHEET 13 (LT GRAY) 1775 RNG/WHT
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (BKT POSITION) CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 SHEET 8
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH
FUSE4 5 A
1660 RNG/WHT 2 1660 RNG/WHT 1590 RNG/WHT
SHEET 8
1530 RNG/WHT SHEET 10 C503 RH DELUXE PANEL
C410 LEFT HANDLE 1950 RNG/WHT
1570 RNG/WHT 1520 RNG/WHT SHEET 10 SHEET 8
C409 RIGHT HANDLE J2B C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH
FUSE 7 25 A 1560 RNG/WHT 22
1795 RNG/WHT 1730 RNG/WHT AUX CTRLR
SHEET 5 1785 RNG/WHT
SHEET 9
C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD SW4 H/ISO SWITCH
FRC1 FUSE 8 25 A
1580 RNG/WHT
SWITCHED SHEET 9 1960 RNG/WHT
POWER RELAY C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES, OPTIONS) SHEET 8
+12V FUSE 12 15 A SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH
1765 RNG/WHT 1815 RNG/WHT 1800 RNG/WHT
1050 RED
PWR
30 J1A
SHEET 6
C110 ALT EXCITATION WIRING SCHEMATIC
87 GWY CTRLR 1790 RNG/WHT
SHEET 12
SHEET 4
2055 BLK
GND 85 86
3450 LBL 21 C428
(LT GRAY)
FRC1 HVAC RELAY (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
3380 LBL 4 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
1920 RNG/WHT 6 1920 RNG/WHT 1840 RNG/WHT
SHEET 5
1830 RNG/WHT
C449 LH JOYSTICK (S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
6 C492 SHEET 5
1740 RNG/WHT
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN C450 RH JOYSTICK Printable Version Click Here
(8 PIN)

Sheet 3 OF 15
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7253421 (0)
834 of 1311
2080 BLK C493
SHEET 5 SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN

GROUND
C449 LH JOYSTICK (4 PIN)
2070 BLK
SHEET 5
C450 RH JOYSTICK C408 3 2235 BLK
2920 BLK (BLACK) 4 2240 BLK
SHEET 8 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1
C479 LH PANEL
2940 BLK 2950 BLK 10 2950 BLK
SHEET 8
C499 PTOL
2960 BLK 16 2510 BLK 2110 BLK T6
SHEET 8 J1B BATT GND
C500 RH PANEL KEY SWITCH GWY CTRLR 15 2500 BLK
2250 BLK
SHEET 8
C503 RH DELUXE PANEL C428
(LT GRAY) 16 2540 BLK
2930 BLK CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2 J2B 15 2765 BLK
SHEET 8 2550 BLK 2090 BLK
AUX CTRLR SHEET 11
SW1 BRAKE SWITCH C408 CAB-MFR CONN (FR LIGHTS)
2830 BLK 2900 BLK 1 2900 BLK T8
SHEET 13 2745 BLK BATT GND
SW6 BKT POSITION SWITCH SHEET 12
2455 BLK C408 CAB-MFR CONN (HVAC)
SHEET 8 2700 BLK SHEET 13
C423 BKT POSITION SOLENOID 2790 BLK
SW9 TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH SHEET 9
2785 BLK 2710 BLK 2300 BLK C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES)
SHEET 13 SHEET 5
C126 HORN C426 REMOTE RUN, ACD 2780 BLK
SHEET 13
2770 BLK C408 CAB-MFR CONN (OPTIONS)
2620 BLK SHEET 13 2730 BLK
SHEET 11 C355 FUEL HARN (PWR BOB/AC) SHEET 9
T16 RH REAR LIGHT C408 CAB-MFR CONN (ACCESSORIES,OPTIONS)
2630 BLK C103 T1
SHEET 11 C489 B
TAILGATE HARN 2720 BLK BATT GND
T18 LH REAR LIGHT MFR ACCESSORY
2650 BLK 2600 BLK B 2600 BLK
SHEET 10
T20 BU ALARM
2640 BLK 2400 BLK 2390 BLK
SHEET 11 SHEET 6
SHEET 6 2016 BLK C101 FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
C602 LH REAR LIGHT
2610 BLK FRC1 GLOW PLUG RELAY
2025 BLK SHEET 7
Dealer Copy
2200 BLK -- Not for Resale
SHEET 11 SHEET 6
C603 RH REAR LIGHT FRC1 FUEL PULL RELAY C425 BRAKE
SHEET 7 2035 BLK
FRC1 TRACTION LOCK RELAY 2520 BLK
2045 BLK SHEET 10
SHEET 11 C410 LEFT HANDLE
FRC1 REAR LIGHT RELAY
2115 BLK 2105 BLK 2000
SHEET 11
2170 BRN FRC1 FRONT LIGHT RELAY
SHEET 6 2055 BLK 2530 BLK
C104 ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR SHEET 3 SHEET 10
FRC1 SWITCHED PWR RELAY
2160 BRN 2030 BLK C409 RIGHT HANDLE
SHEET 6 SHEET 12
C106 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR FRC1 HVAC RELAY

SHEET 7
2320 BRN SHEET 6 2005 BLK WIRING SCHEMATIC
FRC1 STARTER RELAY
C112 HYD OIL FILTER SWITCH

SHEET 9
2370 BRN J1B (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
C408 CAB-MFR CONN (SEATBAR SENSOR) GWY CTRLR

SHEET 7
2220 BRN 2230 BRN 17 S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
C108 HYD TEMP SENDER

SHEET 7 2190 BRN


(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
C105 HYD CHG PRESSURE SENDER
Printable Version Click Here
2180 BRN
SHEET 6
C355 FUEL HARN (FUEL SENDER) Sheet 4 OF 15
2140 BRN
SHEET 6
C107 ENG OIL PRESS SENDER (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
SHEET 6
2150 BRN 7253421 (0)
C405 AIR FILTER SWITCH

Printed In U.S.A.

835 of 1311
CAN BUS
* DLX CAB HARN 7253409 ONLY
C408
J1B
GWY CTRLR
(BLACK)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
8 9200 PUR 9270 PUR 9210 PUR 9280 PUR 9230 PUR 4 9230 PUR 9240 PUR 9250 PUR 9650 PUR 9630 PUR 4
CAN LO C479
9 9100 PUR/WHT 9170 PUR/WHT 9110 PUR/WHT 9180 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 3 9130 PUR/WHT 9140 PUR/WHT 9150 PUR/WHT 9550 PUR/WHT 9530 PUR/WHT 3 LEFT PANEL (BLACK)
CAN HI
120 OHM 120 OHM
RESISTOR C492 RESISTOR
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
(8 PIN)
C426 1 9260 PUR 4
9240 PUR C503
Remote Run Tool, ACD 9160 PUR/WHT 2
9140 PUR/WHT 4 ACS CTRLR RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
14 9500 PUR/WHT A
CAN HI
20 9600 PUR B
CAN LO
21 3090 LBL D REMOTE RUN KEY 9290 PUR 7
1830 RNG/WHT 1
C 9190 PUR/WHT 8 SHEET 3
SHEET 3
1730 RNG/WHT E SWITCHED POWER
DRIVE CTRLR
SHEET 4
2070 BLK
9560 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C450
RIGHT JOYSTICK
1165 RED/WHT F (SJC/AWS ONLY)
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER 9660 PUR 4
2710 BLK G GROUND 9220 PUR 8
SHEET 4 J2B
9120 PUR/WHT 9 AUX CTRLR
1840 RNG/WHT 1
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale SHEET 3
SHEET 4
2080 BLK
9540 PUR/WHT
2
3
* C449
LEFT JOYSTICK
(SJC/AWS ONLY)
9640 PUR 4

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
Printable Version Click Here

Sheet 5 OF 15
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
Printed In U.S.A.
7253421 (0)

836 of 1311
SHEET 3
1030 RED
PWR 30
FRC1
+12V STARTER RELAY

87 8200 TAN
C109
S/R ADAPTER
A
B
TAN S
STARTER

M
B
ENGINE SHEET 3
GND 85 86
3560 LBL TAN R 1015 RED
2005 BLK 8210 TAN
SHEET 4 C110
B S 1020 RED
ALTERNATOR G
L 1800 RNG/WHT SHEET 3
EXCITATION

2015 BLK

FRC1 FUEL SHUTOFF


FUEL PULL SOLENOID
+12V RELAY C101
D5 8100 TAN B
1350 RED/WHT
PWR
30 8120 TAN PULL 0.33 OHM
SHEET 3 87 3410 LBL
2400 BLK 2800 BLK C GND
GND 85 86 SHEET 4
2025 BLK 8110 TAN
SHEET 4 8800 TAN A HOLD 24.5 OHM

FRC1 T14
GLOW PLUG PRE HEATER
+12V RELAY 8500 TAN
PWR 30
1060 RED
SHEET 3 87
GND 85 86
SHEET 4 2016 BLK

6 8510 TAN Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


14 3420 LBL
3 8110 TAN
30 3410 LBL
7 8210 TAN
22 3560 LBL

C107
5140 YEL B +5V PWR
J1A SHEET 9
GWY CTRLR 25 3140 LBL C SIG ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
2140 BRN A GND SENDER (0.5-4.5V)
SHEET 4

2150 BRN
C405
B GND
WIRING SCHEMATIC
SHEET 4 AIR FILTER
16 3150 LBL A SIG

C106
SWITCH (NC)
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
15
SHEET 4
3160 LBL
2160 BRN
A
B
SIG
GND
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
(163 OHM)

C104
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
2170 BRN B GND ENGINE COOLANT
SHEET 4 Printable Version Click Here
18 3170 LBL A SIG SENSOR (500-3000 OHM)
(8 VOLT)
4 8800 TAN
Sheet 6 OF 15
J1B C355
GWY CTRLR FUEL HARN (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
C406
12 3180 LBL C 3180 LBL A SIG
FUEL SENDER 7253421 (0)
2180 BRN D 2180 BRN B GND
SHEET 4 (30 - 270 OHM)

Printed In U.S.A.
837 of 1311
FRC1
HYDRAULICS
4100 LGN
C425

B C308
TRACTION LOCK BRAKE
4200 LGN A 4200 LGN A SOLENOID
+12V RELAY TRACK 2 SPEED
PWR 30
2200 BLK C 2200 BLK B 9.8 OHM ADAPTER (SEE
1360 RED/WHT SHEET 4
SHEET 3 3430 LBL 12 V ADDITIONAL
87
WHEEL 2 SPD ADP HARNESS 7159366 OPTIONS DWG)
GND 85 86 TRACK SINGLE SPD BRAKE ADP HARNESS 7234968
2035 BLK 4110 LGN
SHEET 4

C425

B PULL 0.3 OHM


A HOLD 10.9 OHM
C WHEEL SINGLE SPEED
8
TRACTION LOCK
13

C108 HYDRAULIC
2220 BRN B GND TEMPERATURE
SHEET 4 SENDER
32 3220 LBL A SIG
500 - 3000 OHM
(8 VOLT)
C112
J1A 34 3320 LBL A SIG HYDRAULIC OIL
GWY CTRLR 2320 BRN B GND FILTER SWITCH (NC)
SHEET 4

C446
18 2910 BRN 2 GND HYDRAULIC
4010 LGN 1 SIG FAN SOLENOID
7.2 OHM 12 V
C420 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1 2410 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC LOCK
4410 LGN A SIG SOLENOID
9.8 OHM 12 V
C105
2190 BRN B GND HYDRAULIC
SHEET 4
3190 LBL C SIG CHARGE
5190 YEL A +8V PWR PRESSURE
0.5-7.5V
4200 LGN

WIRING SCHEMATIC
19 13 1 23 6
J1B +8V (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
GWY CTRLR
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
J2A 18 2330 BRN
C418
2 GND FRONT ROD (S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
AUX CTRLR 1 SIG SOLENOID (MALE)
4330 LGN
3.3 OHM PWM Printable Version Click Here
C419
1 2340 BRN
4340 LGN
2
1
GND
SIG
FRONT BASE Sheet 7 OF 15
SOLENOID (FEMALE)
3.3 OHM PWM
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7253421 (0)
19 13
J2B
AUX CTRLR
Printed In U.S.A.
838 of 1311
T13
BUZZER (+)
CAB DISPLAY
SHEET 3 1940 RNG/WHT
LEFT PANEL
* DLX CAB HARN 7253409 ONLY C499
Press To Operate Loader
7040 WHT
T2
BUZZER
C479 (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557) (PTOL)

LEFT PANEL (BLACK) 1930 RNG/WHT 1


BUZZER (-) SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
2940 BLK 3
7040 WHT 10 C408 SHEET 4 GROUND
BUZZER
(BLACK)
2920 BLK 2 CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1
SHEET 4 GROUND
1960 RNG/WHT 1440 RED/WHT 1 20 3030 LBL 1 3030 LBL 2
SHEET 3 SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER PTOL OUTPUT
*SW9
TRAVEL CONTROL
SHEET 3
1620 RNG/WHT 5 SWITCHED POWER
J1A
19 2380 BRN 12 2380 BRN 4
PTOL LED
SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 3400 LBL 11 LEFT BLINKER INPUT
SHEET 13 GWY CTRLR
C500
5 6 3500 LBL 8
SHEET 13 RIGHT BLINKER INPUT RIGHT KEY SWITCH PANEL
4
2700 BLK 2 3 3650 LBL 7 24 8130 TAN 2 8130 TAN 2
SHEET 4 TRAVEL CONTROL INPUT START
1 9
3600 LBL
PARK BRAKE INPUT 6
SW1 6
3 2 BRAKE SWITCH 12
1 J1B 22 3040 LBL 14 4
3040 LBL RUN/ENTER SWITCH
3610 LBL 4 5 GWY CTRLR

SHEET 3 1775 RNG/WHT 6


1950 RNG/WHT 5
SHEET 4 2930 BLK C480 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
LEFT PANEL (GRAY) 1420 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
3630 LBL 12 2960 BLK 3
SHEET 9 DOOR SIGNAL Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale SHEET 4 GROUND
11
10
9 C503
3610 LBL 2 RIGHT DELUXE PANEL
PARK BRAKE OUTPUT
8 1590 RNG/WHT 5
7 SHEET 3 SWITCHED POWER
6 1240 RED/WHT 1
SHEET 3 UNSWITCHED POWER
5 2250 BLK 3
4 SHEET 4 GROUND
6
3
1

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
Printable Version Click Here

Sheet 8 OF 15
Printed In U.S.A.
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7253421 (0)

839 of 1311
SW4
*
HAND/FOOT
(ACS)

C492
SJC/ACS/AWS-MFR HARN
SHEET 10 4230 LGN
C438
(DK GRAY)
SHEET 3
2060 BLK
H/ISO
(SJC, AWS)
SWITCH
1785 RNG/WHT 2 1

5 6
3
CAB
(8 PIN)
SHEET 10 4240 LGN
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3 SHEET 9
4 * DLX CAB HARN 7253409 ONLY
5 4220 LGN 4235 LGN 4 4235 LGN
3 4275 LGN 5 4275 LGN (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
2 4550 LGN 6 4550 LGN
*C212
POWER
SOCKET
2795 BLK 1 GND
1375 RED/WHT 2 +12V PWR
C408
(BLACK)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1

1370 RED/WHT 7 1370 RED/WHT 1390 RED/WHT


* T37
DOME LIGHT (+)
SHEET 3
DOME
C129 2010 BLK LIGHT
CAB ACCESSORY
T38
1210 RED/WHT A
1580 RNG/WHT 5 1580 RNG/WHT 1865 RNG/WHT B
+12V BATT PWR
+12V SW PWR * DOME LIGHT (-)

2790 BLK
SHEET 3
2820 BLK C GND
1510 RNG/WHT
SHEET 13
1885 RNG/WHT SHEET 13
2730 BLK 11 2730 BLK 2210 BLK SHEET 13
SHEET 4
2885 BLK SHEET 13
2060 BLK SHEET 9
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
C428
(LT GRAY)
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2
* C667
DOOR HARNESS
2790 BLK 11 2790 BLK (SEE ADDITIONAL
SHEET 4 OPTIONS DWG)

3630 LBL 4
SHEET 8 DOOR SIGNAL
1400 RED/WHT 5
SHEET 3 DOOR UNSW PWR
6
1850 RNG/WHT 13 1850 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT 1
SHEET 3 WIPER SWITCH, MOTOR SWITCHED POWER
C482 SEATBAR 2840 BLK 2
WIPER MOTOR GROUND
J1B
GWY CTRLR SHEET 4
2370 BRN 4 2370 BRN A GND SENSOR 7310 WHT 3
WASHER SIGNAL

11 3370 LBL 5 3370 LBL B SIG

24 5100 YEL 5370 YEL 3 5370 YEL C +5V PWR


+5V
SHEET 6 5140 YEL WIRING SCHEMATIC
HARNESS WASHER PUMP
7253378 (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
* C252 C253
PWR (S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
A 7310 WHT 1 WASHER
MOTOR Printable Version Click Here
2845 BLK B 2845 BLK 2 GND
Sheet 9 OF 15
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7253421 (0)
840 of 1311
MANUAL CONTROLS 2530 BLK
C409
RIGHT HANDLE
(MANUAL/ACS ONLY)
K
J2A SHEET 4
AUX CTRLR 4230 LGN G
SHEET 9
1520 RNG/WHT A
SHEET 3
30 4940 LGN H
C404 31 4930 LGN J SKI CTRL
C103
BU ALARM-MFR HARN 4920 LGN E
TAILGATE HARN DETENT FLOW
T19 TERMINAL (+) 13 4910 LGN F
(SEE ADDITIONAL A 7100 WHT C 7100 WHT TWO SPD
OPTIONS SHEET)
4310 LGN C
BACK UP
4320 LGN D
2650 BLK ALARM PWM
SHEET 4 4300 LGN B
T20 TERMINAL (-)

C410
21 17 18 23
LEFT HANDLE
J2B (MANUAL/ACS ONLY)
C421 AUX CTRLR K
J1A 10 2670 BRN 3 GND 20 4640 LGN D
GWY CTRLR 4670 LGN 1 SIG TILT SPOOL LOCK 28 4840 LGN C
2 7.8 OHM 12V 22 4830 LGN B SKI CTRL
12 4820 LGN G
C422 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 11 4810 LGN F SIDE SHIFT
2 2680 BRN 3 GND 1530 RNG/WHT A
LIFT SPOOL LOCK SHEET 3
4680 LGN 1 SIG J
7.8 OHM 12V
2 4240 LGN H
SHEET 9
2520 BLK E
SHEET 4

7 5
J1B WIRING SCHEMATIC
GWY CTRLR

(ACS / SJC MACHINE)


S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
Printable Version Click Here

Sheet 10 OF 15
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
Printed In U.S.A.
7253421 (0)

841 of 1311
C434-1
C408 2735 BLK B GND LEFT FRONT
(BLACK) 6100 PNK A SIG WORK LIGHT
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1 37.00 Watts

LIGHTS SHEET 4
2765 BLK 9 2765 BLK 2750 BLK
6110 PNK
C434-2
B
A
GND
SIG
LEFT FRONT
WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

C435-1
6000 PNK 8 6000 PNK 6120 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2760 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
37.00 Watts
C435-2
6130 PNK A SIG RIGHT FRONT
2705 BLK B GND WORK LIGHT
50.00 Watts

FRC1
FRONT WORK
LIGHTS RELAY C103
+12V TAILGATE HARN C603
PWR 30 2610 BLK 2 GND
1330 RED/WHT SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
SHEET 3 87 6340 PNK 6310 PNK A 6310 PNK 6320 PNK 1 SIG
TAIL LIGHT

2115 BLK GND 85 86 C602


SHEET 4
6330 PNK 1 SIG
2640 BLK 2 LEFT REAR
GND
SHEET 4 TAIL LIGHT
5 6320 PNK
31 3460 LBL Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
J1A
17 6210 PNK
GWY CTRLR
28 3440 LBL

T16 TERMINAL (-)


2620 BLK GND
SHEET 4 RIGHT REAR
6210 PNK SIG WORK LIGHT
FRC1
REAR LIGHT T15 TERMINAL (+)
+12V RELAY
1320 RED/WHT PWR 30 T17 TERMINAL (+)
SHEET 3 87 6200 PNK H 6200 PNK 6220 PNK SIG LEFT REAR
2630 BLK GND WORK LIGHT
GND 85 86 SHEET 4
2045 BLK
SHEET 4 T18 TERMINAL (-)

WIRING SCHEMATIC
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
Printable Version Click Here
Printed In U.S.A.
Sheet 11 OF 15
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7253421 (0)
842 of 1311
2440 BLK * C610
2

HVAC
GND HVAC DUCT
7440 WHT 1 SIG FAN

2560 BLK * C483C BLK


7420 WHT A DBL POTENTIOMETER
7425 WHT B (TEMP CONTROL
WHT
* DLX CAB HARN 7253409 ONLY SWITCH)

(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557) * C635D SIG


2130 BLK C GND HEATER
7430 WHT A +12V PWR VALVE
# DLX FUEL HARN 7266824 ONLY B
E
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219) F

FRC1
C438
(DK GRAY)
*BLOWER
SW10

+12V HVAC RELAY CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3


SWITCH
PWR 30 OFF
1140 RED/WHT
SHEET 3 87 1500 RNG/WHT 7 1500 RNG/WHT 5 2
1
GND 85 86 4
2030 BLK
SHEET 4
1790 RNG/WHT
6
3 7530 WHT
* C6111 14.00 Amps High
SHEET 3 7410 WHT 7520 WHT 2 7.50 Amps Med BLOWER
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale MOTOR
7510 WHT 3 5.00 Amps Low
SHEET 4
2745 BLK 8 2745 BLK *ACSW11
SWITCH 2580 BLK 4

2100 BLK 3
C 7400 WHT
7015 WHT 1
J1A 11 7021 WHT 7020 WHT 9
GWY CTRLR
* C6303 THERMOSTAT
2
AC EVAPORATOR
SWITCH
C350
B 7023 WHT
2570 BLK
7020 WHT 1 WIRING SCHEMATIC
A 7024 WHT
C355
FUEL HARN # C486
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
A 7024 WHT 7025 WHT 1
2
SIG
GND
MAGNET CLUTCH S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
(COMPRESSOR)
2290 BLK 2280 BLK
SHEET 13
D4
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
Printable Version Click Here

Sheet 12 OF 15
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7253421 (0)

843 of 1311
C428
OPTIONS
* DLX CAB HARN 7253409 ONLY
C355 (LT GRAY)

# C607
FUEL HARN CAB-MFR HARN CONN 2
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
SIG 1 4470 LGN E 4470 LGN 8 4470 LGN
POWER BOB 2
GND 2470 BLK 2770 BLK B 2770 BLK 4480 LGN
CLOSE SHEET 4
SHEET 12 2290 BLK
*POWER
SW5 2 1
#
DLX FUEL HARN 7266824 ONLY
GND
# C606
2 2480 BLK
BOBTACH
SWITCH 5
3
4 (NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
POWER BOB 6
SIG 1 4480 LGN F 4480 LGN 7
OPEN
1380 RED/WHT
1410 RED/WHT 12 1410 RED/WHT 1200 RED/WHT
SHEET 3
X T3
C411
B 6010 PNK 10 6010 PNK
1430 RED/WHT
L
* FLASHER CONN

C
D2
LEFT HANDLE D 6415 PNK 6400 PNK 14 6400 PNK 6430 PNK
*BEACON
SW2

6570 PNK
(BLINKER / FLASHER) E
SHEET 8 3400 LBL
5 PIN SWITCH
A 6515 PNK 1550 RNG/WHT 9 1550 RNG/WHT
2725 BLK 6
SHEET 3
* SW3SWITCH
HAZARD
2
1
6700 PNK
4
1
5
2
(PINS 3 & 6 3
C103 C438 5 4 3
INTERNALLY
TAILGATE HARN (DK GRAY) 2850 BLK
INSULATED) 6
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 3 C670
EURO TAIL LIGHTS
(SEE ADDITIONAL
E
D
6410 PNK
6510 PNK 6500 PNK 3
SHEET 8
6500 PNK
3500 LBL
D1 6530 PNK
* E
2420 BLK D BEACON/FLASHER
OPTIONS DWG)
6440 PNK F EXTERIOR HARNESS
C423 6540 PNK B (SEE ADDITIONAL
3 6540 PNK
BUCKET SIG A 4450 LGN D3 4455 LGN 2 4455 LGN 1 2 * SW6
BUCKET
C OPTIONS DWG)

2830Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


POSITION 4 A
BLK 5 POSITION
SOLENOID GND B 2450 BLK 2455 BLK SWITCH
SHEET 4 SHEET 4 6
9.8 OHM
2780 BLK 1 2780 BLK
SHEET 4

C408
(BLACK) C126
C412
B 7210 WHT
CAB-MFR HARN CONN 1

13
SHEET 4 2785 BLK B
A
GND
FRONT C279 * C676
RADIO CONN
LEFT HANDLE 7210 WHT SIG HORN 1 7820 WHT 3
LEFT C277
(HORN)
2 PIN
A 1460 RED/WHT
SHEET 3 SPEAKER
+

-
2 7830 WHT 4 * 1
2 AIR RIDE
C497 C278 3 SEAT
5 7200 WHT C SJC RIGHT - 2 7810 WHT 6 1510 RNG/WHT 4 PWR
HORN/BLINKER SPEAKER 1 7800 WHT 5 SHEET 9
4 6420 PNK A 2210 BLK 5 GND
(SEE ADDITIONAL + 1 SHEET 9
3 6520 PNK B 1885 RNG/WHT 6
J2A OPTIONS DWG) SHEET 9
2885 BLK 2
AUX CTRLR SHEET 9
C415
26 2460 BRN B GND HIGH FLOW
4460 LGN A SIG
SOLENOID
7.5 OHM 12 V WIRING SCHEMATIC
J2B
26
AUX CTRLR
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
27 2360 BRN
C437
2 GND TWO SPEED S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
4360 LGN 1 SIG
MAKEUP SOLENOID
J1A
8.8 OHM 12V TRACK 2 SPEED
ADAPTER (SEE
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
GWY CTRLR C441
ADDITIONAL
26 2350 BRN 2 GND TWO SPEED OPTIONS DWG) Printable Version Click Here
4350 LGN 1 SIG SOLENOID
5.1 OHM 12 V
Sheet 13 OF 15
25 26
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
J1B
GWY CTRLR 7253421 (0)
844 of 1311
ACS CONTROLLER

ACS
CONNECTOR J1-ACS CONNECTOR J2-ACS CONNECTOR J3-ACS
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A +5V TO SENSORS A LIFT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE A TILT MOTOR 1
B SWITCHED POWER B FLOAT-SPARE B UNSWITCHED POWER
C HAND/FOOT INPUT C RESPONSE SELECTOR-SPARE C UNSWITCHED POWER
D CAN HIGH D TILT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE D LIFT MOTOR 2
E
F
G
H
CAN LOW

GROUND
GROUND
E
F
G
H
J
TILT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK
LIFT HANDLE
TILT HANDLE
LIFT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK
LIFT PEDAL
E
F
G
H
J
HANDLE ENABLE
LIFT MOTOR 1
PEDAL ENABLE
GROUND
GROUND
CONTROLS
K TILT PEDAL K TILT MOTOR 2

ACS AND AHC HARNESS 7164144


J1-ACS
CONTROLLER
H 2280 BLK

2280 BLK
SEE MANUAL CONTROL
2240 BLK
PAGE FOR HARNESS CONN
MAINFRAME HARNESS 1170 RED/WHT C409 C466
C492 C493 J3-ACS K A

4275 LGN
4220 LGN 5 4 2240 BLK CONTROLLER
G B HANDLE
4275 LGN 3 3 B 1190 RED/WHT LOCK
A
C 4550 LGN 2 2 C 1180 RED/WHT H
7 1 1170 RED/WHT E J SKI CTRL
4220 LGN
8 J C467 E DETENT
2260 BLK
E 9240 PUR 1 H 3 F FLOW
2270 BLK 2510 BLK
D 9140 PUR/WHT 4 G 4280 LGN 1 LIFT C TWO SPD
4260 LGN
B 1740 RNG/WHT 6 2 SOLENOID D
A 5970 YEL PWM
+5V 13 OHM B
G 2250 BRN 12V
C468
FOOT PEDAL LOCK
2 C410
3 K
2500 BLK
1 TILT D
4270 LGN FLOAT
SOLENOID C
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale B SKI CTRL
J2-ACS C472
CONTROLLER C429 G
2650 BRN B B GND LIFT ACTUATOR SIDE
D 4610 LGN 8 F
F 4650 LGN C C SIG LIFT HANDLE SHIFT
7 A
5650 YEL A A +5V PWR HALL SENSOR
6 J
F 4600 LGN 5 H A
C469 HANDLE
4 E B
2750 BRN B B GND LOCK
G 4750 LGN C C SIG 5980 YEL 3 +5V PWR
TILT HANDLE
5750 YEL A A +5V PWR HALL SENSOR 2980 BRN 1 GND
3980 LBL 2 SIG
A C471
B 2 C428 TILT ACTUATOR
2760 BRN GND
C
J 3 SIG K 4645 LGN 8
4660 LGN LIFT PEDAL
D 1 HALL SENSOR 7
5660 YEL +5V PWR
2980 BRN
2990 BRN

6
C470 A 4640 LGN 5
2760 BRN 2 4
GND
K 4760 LGN 3 SIG 5990 YEL 3 +5V PWR
TILT PEDAL
5760 YEL 1 HALL SENSOR 2990 BRN 1 GND
+5V PWR
5750 YEL 3990 LBL 2 SIG
5650 YEL 5980 YEL
5970 YEL 5990 YEL
WIRING SCHEMATIC
H
E
3980 LBL
3990 LBL (ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
Printable Version Click Here

Sheet 14 OF 15
Printed In U.S.A. (PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
7253421 (0)
845 of 1311
ACS CONTROLLER J5 DRIVE CONTROLLER
CONNECTOR J1-ACS CONNECTOR J2-ACS CONNECTOR J3-ACS PIN FUNCTION

SJC PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION 1 SAFETY IN


A +5V TO SENSORS A LIFT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE A TILT MOTOR 1 2 TWO SPEED SWITCH
B SWITCHED POWER B FLOAT-SPARE B UNSWITCHED POWER 3 SPARE DIGITAL INPUT 2
C HAND/FOOT INPUT C RESPONSE SELECTOR-SPARE C UNSWITCHED POWER 4 H PAT SWITCH
D CAN HIGH D TILT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE D LIFT MOTOR 2 5 ISO PAT SWITCH
6 ISO LITE

CONTROLS
E CAN LOW E TILT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK E HANDLE ENABLE
F F LIFT HANDLE F LIFT MOTOR 1 7 L SWASH PLATE ANGLE
G GROUND G TILT HANDLE G PEDAL ENABLE 8 R SWASH PLATE ANGLE
H GROUND H LIFT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK H GROUND 9 SPARE ANALOG 4
J LIFT PEDAL J GROUND 10 SPARE ANALOG 5
K TILT PEDAL K TILT MOTOR 2 11 L FWD RETURN
12 CAN HIGH
HARNESS PART NUMBER 13 LF ANGLE
LIFT 14 RF ANGLE
SJC TRACK 7210504 C429 ACTUATOR 15 LR ANGLE
4600 LGN 5
16 H PAT LITE
J5 - DRIVE SUSP JSTK 7163706
4610 LGN
6
8 17 RR ANGLE

CONTROLLER 2980 BRN 1


4
GND 18
19
L JOYSTICK X
L JOYSTICK Y
C454 3980 LBL 2 SIG 20 R JOYSTICK X
29 2890 BRN 2880 BRN 3 7
21 L FWD DRIVE
5880 YEL 1 5980 YEL 3 +5V PWR
22 CAN LOW
33 3880 LBL 2
C428 23 R QUAD A DRIVE
34 3885 LBL 4 TILT ACTUATOR
5990 YEL 3 +5V PWR 24 R QUAD B DRIVE
40 5890 YEL C453 4 25 TWO SPEED 1
+5V

5970 YEL
5870 YEL 1 3990 LBL 2 SIG 26 BRAKE LIGHT OUTPUT
2870 BRN 3 6
23 3870 LBL 2
27 GROUND
2990 BRN 1 GND
24 3875 LBL 4 28 GROUND
4640 LGN 5
7 29 SENSOR GROUND
C536 A22 PUMP HARNESS (7169309 or 7188448) 30 SENSOR SUPPLY 2 +5V

2970 BRN
5810 YEL 2 C543 4650 LGN 8
2810/BRN OR BLK 4 2810 BRNor BLK 1 GND
31 L REV DRIVE
8 3810/LBL OR 4720/LGN 3 3810/LBL OR 4270/LGN 3 SIG 32 CAN SHIELD
1710 RNG/WHT 1 1710 RNG/WHT 2 +12V PWR K 33 L QUAD A DRIVE
J 34 L QUAD B DRIVE

J2-ACS
C537 RIGHT
E 35
5860 YEL 2 C542 SWASHPLATE SAFETY OUT
H
2860/BRN OR BLK BRN 4 2860 BRN or BLK 1 GND 36 BACKUP ALARM
F
7 3860/LBL OR 4950/LGN 3 3860 LBL or 4950/LGN 3 SIG 37 R JOYSTICK Y
G
1770 RNG/WHT 1 1770 RNG/WHT 2 +12V PWR
C 38 SPARE ANALOG 1
LEFT
C501 C546 SWASHPLATE D 39 SPARE PWM COIL 7
43 4260 LGN 1 4260 LGN 1 B 40 SENSOR SUPPLY 1 +5V
42 2660/BRN OR BLK 2 2660 BRN or BLK 2
RIGHT FORWARD DRIVE
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale A

ACS CONTROLLER
41 L REV RETURN
42 R FWD RETURN
C547
44 4250 LGN 3 4250 LGN 1 A 43 R FWD DRIVE
RIGHT REVERSE DRIVE +5V 44 R REV DRIVE
45 2650/BRN OR BLK 4 2650 BRN or BLK 2 G

J1-ACS
F 45 R REV RETURN
C545 9240 PUR E 46 TWO SPEED 2
31 4280 LGN 5 4280 LGN 1
9140 PUR/WHT D 47 UNSWITCHED BATTERY
41 2680/BRN OR BLK 6 2680 BRN or BLK 2 LEFT REVERSE DRIVE
1760 RNG/WHT B 48 UNSWITCHED BATTERY
2280 BLK H 49 SPARE PWN COIL 6
C544 C
21 4270 LGN 7 4270 LGN 1 50 SWITCHED BATTERY
11 2670/BRN OR BLK 8 2670 BRN or BLK 2 LEFT FORWARD DRIVE

K
C460
TO SJC BRAKE A 1 1
C474 1830 RNG/WHT +12V PWR
HARNESS D
26 4210 LGN A C450 2 2070 BLK 2 GND

J3-ACS
(SEE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS F RIGHT JOYSTICK 4 9660 PUR 4 CAN LO RIGHT
SHEET)
2270 BLK H (CONNECTS TO JOYSTICK
2260 BLK J DLX CAB HARNESS)
C492 3 9560 PUR/WHT 3 CAN HI
1180 RED/WHT C
12 9190 PUR/WHT 8
1190 RED/WHT B
22 9290 PUR 7 C459
E
4 4550 LGN 2 1 1840 RNG/WHT 1 +12V PWR
G
6 4220 LGN 5
C449 2 2080 BLK 2 GND
16 4275 LGN 3 LEFT JOYSTICK
9140 PUR/WHT 4
LEFT
(CONNECTS TO 4 9640 PUR 4 CAN LO
9240 PUR 1 DLX CAB HARNESS)
JOYSTICK
50 1750 RNG/WHT 1740 RNG/WHT 6
MAINFRAME 3 9540 PUR/WHT 3 CAN HI
HARNESS
27 2470 BLK C493
28 2490 BLK 2235 BLK 3
47 1250 RED/WHT 1235 RED/WHT 2 WIRING SCHEMATIC
48 1260 RED/WHT 1170 RED/WHT 1
2240 BLK 4
(ACS / SJC MACHINE)
S650 (S/N A3NV25156 - A3NV25639)
1760 RNG/WHT
2280 BLK
(S/N A3NW13767 - A3NW13930)
2270 BLK
2260 BLK
Printable Version Click Here
1180 RED/WHT
1190 RED/WHT Sheet 15 OF 15
C404
36 7100 WHT A (CONNECTS TO BACKUP
(PRINTED JANUARY 2017)
B ALARM C404 ON MFR
HARNESS)
7253421 (0)
Printed In U.S.A.
846 of 1311
Index Diagram
1 SH01 - INDEX
2 SH02 - UNSWITCHED BATT POWER
3 SH03 - SWITCHED POWER WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
4 SH04 - GROUND
5 SH05 - CAN BUS GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE
6 SH06 - ENGINE
7 SH07 - HYDRAULICS BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
8 SH08 - CAB DISPLAY
9 SH09 - CAB BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT LEGEND
10 SH10 - MANUAL CONTROLS
11 SH11 - LIGHTS BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CONNECTOR
12 SH12 - HVAC
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 1 1
13 SH13 - OPTIONS 1 BLACK BLK
14 SH14 - OPTIONS 2
CONTROLLER GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN PARTIAL CONNECTOR

HARNESS PART NUMBER MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
1 1
EXMF 7305834
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
LF MFR 7304712
1 1
DLX CAB 7304511 CONTROLLER SUPPLY (5V, 8V) 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
STD CAB 7210557 WIRE BREAK
STD FUEL LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
7149219 WIRE BREAK
SHT1/F2 SHT1/F2
S/R (STARTER) 6733370 OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
WIRE BREAK
TAILGATE DOM 7217484 SHT1/F2 SHT1/F2
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
WHL 2 SPD ADP 7159366
(1 PC) TRK 2 SPD 7243409 COMMUNICATION CAN LO 90XX, 92XX, 94XX, 96XX, 98XX PURPLE PUR
SUSP JSTK 7163706 COMMUNICATION CAN HI 91XX, 93XX, 95XX, 97XX, 99XX PURPLE/WHITE PUR/WHT

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
WARNING A3NV26199
PROPRIETARY NOTICE TOLERANCES: ECN 102712 Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
SCHEM ELEC CTRL
Sheet 1 of 16
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
Click Here for Interactive PDF COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR DWG. NO.
0
REV DESCRIPTION
102712 MSE
CHG NOTICE DWN SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 1 / 14
7305835
Printable Version Click Here
847 of 1311
UNSWITCHED
BATT POWER

1240 RED/WHT
SHT8/E3

1400 RED/WHT
SHT9/D3
C408
1450 RED/WHT 1450 RED/WHT SP7 1420 RED/WHT
6 6 SHT8/E3

1440 RED/WHT
SHT8/G8

FC1 FUSE CENTER 1110 RED/WHT


2
FUSE 1 25 A GWY CTRLR
1070 RED 1120 RED/WHT 1130 RED/WHT
1 2 SP2 3
J1B
1025 RED
FUSE 2 25 A 1160 RED/WHT SP36 1150 RED/WHT
3 4 3
+12V BATTERY MEGAFUSE AUX CTRLR
100.0 Amps 1180 RED/WHT
HW11 1 1 2

T5 T4 J2B
C493
1270 RED
FUSE 3 25 A 1170 RED/WHT
7 8 1 1

1280 RED
FUSE 4 25 A 1235 RED/WHT
5 6 2 2
SHT6/G1
FC1 FC1

1010 RED
FC2 FUSE CENTER

1190 RED FUSE 1 25 A 1165 RED/WHT


1 2 SHT5/C8

1040 RED FUSE 2 25 A 1490 RED/WHT SP24 1410 RED/WHT


3 4 SHT13/G7
1460 RED/WHT

SP26 1290 RED FUSE 4 15 A


Dealer 1370
Copy -- Not for Resale
RED/WHT
SHT13/B7

5 6 SHT9/F8

FC2 FC2

FUSE RELAY CENTER

FUSE 5 30 A
1350 RED/WHT
5A 5B SHT6/D1

BUS BAR
1310 RED
FUSE 6 30 A
1360 RED/WHT
6A 6B SHT7/H8

FUSE 9 15 A
1320 RED/WHT
9A 9B SHT11/B8
BUS BAR

1340 RED
FUSE 10 20 A 1330 RED/WHT
10A 10B SHT11/D8

1300 RED
FUSE 11 25 A 1140 RED/WHT
11A 11B SHT12/F8

FRC1 FRC1

1030 RED
SHT6/H8
1050 RED
SHT3/E8
1060 RED
SHT6/E1

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
WARNING A3NV26199
PROPRIETARY NOTICE TOLERANCES: ECN 102712 Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
SCHEM ELEC CTRL
Sheet 2 of 16
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR DWG. NO.
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712 MSE
CHG NOTICE DWN SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 2 / 14
7305835
Printable Version Click Here
848 of 1311
SWITCHED
POWER

C404
1720 RNG/WHT
FUSE RELAY CENTER B B BU ALARM-MFR HARN
(SEE ADDITIONAL
FUSE 1 25 A 1750 RNG/WHT SP52 OPTION DWG)
1A 1B

BUS BAR
1780 RNG/WHT C489
A A MFR ACCESSORY
1760 RNG/WHT
FUSE 2 25 A 1850 RNG/WHT
2A 2B SHT9/D8

BUS BAR
1575 RNG/WHT
SHT14/G4
FUSE 3 15 A 1550 RNG/WHT
3A 3B SHT13/F7
1620 RNG/WHT
SHT8/G8
1940 RNG/WHT
SHT8/H8

BUS BAR
C428
MFR HARN CONN 2 1930 RNG/WHT
SHT8/H3
(LT GRAY) 1775 RNG/WHT
FUSE 4 5 A 1660 RNG/WHT 1660 RNG/WHT SHT8/D8
4A 4B 2 2 1590 RNG/WHT
SP42 SHT8/E3
1950 RNG/WHT
SHT8/F3
1785 RNG/WHT
SHT9/H6
1960 RNG/WHT
SHT8/E8
1565 RNG/WHT
FRC1 SHT14/E4
SWITCHED 1520 RNG/WHT
SHT10/G3
POWER
1570 RNG/WHT SP11 1530 RNG/WHT
RELAY - A SHT10/D3

1560 RNG/WHT
22 AUX CTRLR
1050 RED 30
SHT2/B1 G4 87
G1
1765 RNG/WHT 1795 RNG/WHT
7A
Dealer
FUSE 7Copy
25 A -- Not for
7B
Resale 1730 RNG/WHT J2B
SHT5/C8
SP25

BUS BAR
2055 BLK 86 85
SHT4/B8 G5 G2
FUSE 8 25 A 1580 RNG/WHT
FRC1 FRC1 8A 8B SHT9/F8

1815 RNG/WHT
FUSE 12 15 A 1800 RNG/WHT
12A 12B SHT6/G4

FRC1 FRC1
1790 RNG/WHT
SHT12/E8
GWY CTRLR
3450 LBL
21 SWITCHED POWER RELAY FEEDBACK

3380 LBL
4 SWITCHED POWER RELAY SIGNAL

J1A

C428 1830 RNG/WHT


MFR HARN CONN 2 (LT GRAY) SHT5/E3
1920 RNG/WHT 1920 RNG/WHT SP37
6 6
1840 RNG/WHT
C492 SHT5/E3
ACS/SJC/AWS-MFR HARN (8 PIN)
1740 RNG/WHT
6 6

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
WARNING A3NV26199
PROPRIETARY NOTICE TOLERANCES: ECN 102712 Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
SCHEM ELEC CTRL
Sheet 3 of 16
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR DWG. NO.
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712 MSE
CHG NOTICE DWN SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 3 / 14
7305835
Printable Version Click Here
849 of 1311
GROUND
2140 BRN
SHT6/E7
C493
2150 BRN
ACS/SJC/AWS CONN 2 SHT6/G7
2235 BLK 2160 BRN
2080 BLK 3 3 SHT6/F7 GWY CTRLR
SHT5/D3
2170 BRN
2240 BLK SHT6/B7
2070 BLK 4 4 2180 BRN SP12 2230 BRN
SHT5/E3 SHT6/B7 17 SENSOR GND
C493
2190 BRN
2920 BLK SHT7/D7
SHT8/G8 C408 J1B
2220 BRN
MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK) SHT7/F7
2940 BLK SP4 2950 BLK 2950 BLK 2320 BRN
SHT8/G3 10 10 SHT7/F7
2370 BRN
2960 BLK SHT9/C8
SHT8/E3

2250 BLK 2510 BLK SP3 2110 BLK 1 T6


SHT8/D3 16 BATTERY GROUND

GWY CTRLR 2500 BLK


15

J1B

2540 BLK
16
2860 BLK AUX CTRLR
SHT14/D4 2550 BLK SP28 2090 BLK 2730 BLK
2915 BLK 15 SHT9/E8
SHT14/H4 2745 BLK
J2B SHT12/D8
2930 BLK
SHT8/E8 C428 2765 BLK 1 T8
2830 BLK MFR HARN CONN 2 (LT GRAY) SHT11/H8
BATTERY GROUND
SHT13/D5 2900 BLK 2900 BLK 2780 BLK
2700 BLK 1 1 SHT13/D8
SHT8/F8 SP47 2790 BLK
SHT9/D8
2785 BLK
SHT13/B7
2455 BLK
SP27 2300 BLK
SHT13/D6
2710 BLK
SHT5/C8

2770 BLK
SHT13/H6

2620 BLK C489 2720 BLK


SHT11/C4 MFR ACCESSORY B B Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2650 BLK
SHT10/F8 C103
TAILGATE HARN 2015 BLK 1
2600 BLK SP6 2390 BLK 1 T1 SHT6/G4
2640 BLK 2600 BLK
SHT11/C4 B B T10
BATTERY GROUND
SP51 ENGINE GROUND
2610 BLK
SHT11/E4

2630 BLK
SHT11/B4

2200 BLK
SHT7/H4 AUX CTRLR
2400 BLK
SHT6/C7 2185 BRN
SHT14/E7 SP58 2995 BRN
2520 BLK 2195 BRN 17 SENSOR GND
SHT10/D3 SHT10/G3
2005 BLK J2B
SHT6/G8
2016 BLK
SHT6/E1
2025 BLK
SHT6/D1
2030 BLK
SHT12/E8 SP1 2105 BLK SP5 2000 BLK
2035 BLK
SHT7/H5
2045 BLK
SHT11/B8
2055 BLK
SHT3/D8
2115 BLK
SHT11/D8
2505 BLK
SHT14/G4
2530 BLK
SHT10/F3
2155 BLK
SHT14/F4

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
WARNING A3NV26199
PROPRIETARY NOTICE TOLERANCES: ECN 102712 Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
SCHEM ELEC CTRL
Sheet 4 of 16
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR DWG. NO.
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 4 / 14
7305835
Printable Version Click Here
850 of 1311
CAN BUS
* DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)

RE016 RE019 C479


C408
GWY CTRLR 120 OHM 0.5 W RESISTOR MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK) 120 OHM 0.5 W RESISTOR LEFT PANEL
R3-1 SP19 SP18 R1-1 (BLACK)
TP-09 9200 PUR TP-09 SP31 TP-12 TP-12 SP79 SP39 SP35 TP-07 TP-07
TP-10 9270 PUR TP-10 9210 PUR TP-14 9280 PUR TP-14 TP-16 9230 PUR TP-16 TP-01 9230 PUR TP-01 TP-03 9240 PUR TP-03 TP-05 9250 PUR TP-05 9650 PUR TP-08 9630 PUR TP-08
CAN LO 8 4 4 4

SP30 SP80 SP17 SP38 SP34


9100 PUR/WHT 9170 PUR/WHT 9110 PUR/WHT 9180 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 9130 PUR/WHT 9140 PUR/WHT 9150 PUR/WHT 9550 PUR/WHT 9530 PUR/WHT
CAN HI 9 3 3 3
R3-2 TP-11 TP-13 SP20 TP-15 R1-2
TP-02 TP-04 TP-06
C479
C492
ACS/SJC/AWS-MFR HARN (8 PIN)
9240 PUR TP-15
1 1 CAN LO C503
RH DLX PANEL
9140 PUR/WHT
4 4 CAN HI 9260 PUR TP-06
4
9290 PUR TP-13
7 7 CAN LO 9160 PUR/WHT
2
9190 PUR/WHT
8 8 CAN HI
C503

AUX CTRLR *C450


RIGHT JOYSTICK CONN
C460
RIGHT JOYSTICK RIGHT JOYSTICK
TP-11 1830 RNG/WHT
9220 PUR 1830 RNG/WHT +12V PWR
8 CAN LO SHT3/C1 1 1 1 1
2070 BLK 2070 BLK GND
9120 PUR/WHT SHT4/G8 2 2 2 2
9 CAN HI 9560 PUR/WHT TP-04 9560 PUR/WHT CAN HI
3 3 3 3
J2B 9660 PUR 9660 PUR CAN LO
4 4 4 4

C426
Remote Run Tool, ACD
CAN HI 14
TP-17 9500 PUR/WHT TP-17
A A CAN HI *C449
LEFT JOYSTICK CONN
C459
LEFT JOYSTICK
C449
LEFT JOYSTICK
1840 RNG/WHT 1840 RNG/WHT +12V PWR
CAN LO 20
9600 PUR Dealer
B B CAN LO
Copy -- Not for Resale SHT3/B1
2080 BLK
1 1
2080 BLK
1 1
GND
SHT4/H8 2 2 2 2
9540 PUR/WHT TP-02 9540 PUR/WHT CAN HI
3 3 3 3
9640 PUR 9640 PUR CAN LO
4 4 4 4
SUSP SEAT JOYSTICK HARNESS

3090 LBL SP93 3085 LBL


REMOTE RUN KEY 21 D D REMOTE RUN KEY

J1B
AUX CTRLR

3095 LBL
REMOTE RUN KEY 24
J2A

1730 RNG/WHT SWITCHED POWER


SHT3/D1 E E

1165 RED/WHT UNSWITCHED POWER


SHT2/E1 F F

2710 BLK GROUND


SHT4/E8 G G

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
WARNING A3NV26199
PROPRIETARY NOTICE TOLERANCES: ECN 102712 Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
SCHEM ELEC CTRL
Sheet 5 of 16
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR DWG. NO.
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712 MSE
CHG NOTICE DWN SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 5 / 14
7305835
Printable Version Click Here
851 of 1311
T7 STARTER
FRC1 STARTER
RELAY - M
1
1
R ENGINE
C109
STARTER CONNECTOR T21 S
1030 RED
SHT2/B1 J4 87 8200 TAN 8220 TAN
30 J1 A A

8210 TAN 85 3560 LBL


J2 J5 B B T9 B
86
1
FRC1 FRC1
2005 BLK
SHT4/C8
SHT2/E6
C110 ALTERNATOR
1015 RED 1020 RED
GWY CTRLR S
1800 RNG/WHT
SHT3/D1 L
STARTER RELAY SIGNAL 7 2015 BLK 1
SHT4/D3
3560 LBL T11
STARTER RELAY FEEDBACK 22
2150 BRN GND GND 1
SHT4/H3 B AIR FILTER T12
3150 LBL SWITCH (NC)
AIR FILTER SENDER SIGNAL 16 A SIG
C405

3160 LBL
ENGINE SPEED SENDER SIGNAL 15 A
ENGINE SPEED
2160 BRN SENSOR (163 OHMS)
SHT4/H3 B
C106

5140 YEL
SHT9/B8 B

3140 LBL
ENGINE OIL PRESS SENDER SIGNAL 25 C
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
2140 BRN SENDER (0.5-4.5V) FRC1 GLOW PLUG
SHT4/H3 A
RELAY - F
C107

1 8500 TAN
1060 RED
T14 3420 LBL F4 SHT2/B1
GLOW PLUG RELAY FEEDBACK 14 F1

8510 TAN 2016 BLK


GLOW PLUG RELAY SIGNAL 6 F2 F5 SHT4/C8

FRC1 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


FRC1

FRC1 FUEL PULL


RELAY - E

1350 RED/WHT
3410 LBL E1 SHT2/D1
FUEL RELAY FEEDBACK 30 E4
8110 TAN 2025 BLK
FUEL RELAY SIGNAL 3 E5 E2 SHT4/C8

J1A FRC1 FRC1


C101
FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID
8120 TAN 8100 TAN PULL
B B 0.33 OHM

D1
2400 BLK 2800 BLK GND
SHT4/C8 C C
8800 TAN HOLD
FUEL SHUTOFF SOLENOID HOLD 4 A A 24.5 OHM

C355
FUEL HARN
3180 LBL 3180 LBL
FUEL SENDER SIGNAL 12 C C A
FUEL SENDER
(30 - 270 OHM)
2180 BRN 2180 BRN
SHT4/G3 D D B
C406
3170 LBL
ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR SIGNAL 18 A
ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR
(500 - 3000 OHM) (8 VOLT)
2170 BRN
SHT4/G3 B
J1B C104

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
WARNING A3NV26199
PROPRIETARY NOTICE TOLERANCES: ECN 102712 Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
SCHEM ELEC CTRL
Sheet 6 of 16
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR DWG. NO.
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 6 / 14
7305835
Printable Version Click Here
852 of 1311
FRC1
TRACTION LOCK RELAY - D
C425 HYDRAULICS
4100 LGN
1360 RED/WHT +12V PWR B B
SHT2/C1 D1 87 4200 LGN C308
30 D4 A A A
BRAKE
85 GND 2035 BLK SOLENOID 9.8
D5 D2 SHT4/C8 2200 BLK 2200 BLK
86 SHT4/D8 C C B OHM 12 V TRACK 2 SPEED ADAPTER
FRC1 FRC1 (SEE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS DWG)
C308

WHEEL 2 SPD ADP HARNESS 7159366


GWY CTRLR

TRACTION LOCK
4110 LGN
RELAY SIGNAL 8
3430 LBL
TRACTION LOCK 13 C425
RELAY FEEDBACK
PULL 0.3 OHMS
B B
2220 BRN GND
SHT4/G3 B 10.9 OHMS
HYDRAULIC TEMPERATURE SENDER HOLD
T A A
500 - 3000 OHM (8 VOLT)
3220 LBL SIG
HYD TEMP SIGNAL 32 A
C108 C C
WHEEL SINGLE SPEED
TRACTION LOCK
3320 LBL SIG
HYD FILTER DIFF PRESS 34 A
HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER SWITCH
2320 BRN GND
SHT4/G3 B (NC)
C112

4010 LGN SIG


1
HYDRAULIC FAN SOLENOID
2910 BRN GND 7.2 OHM 12 V
HYDRAULIC FAN GROUND 18 2
C446

2410 BRN GND


HYD LOCK VALVE SOL GROUND 1 2
HYDRAULIC LOCK SOLENOID
4410 LGN SIG 9.8 OHM 12 V
1
J1A
C420 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2190 BRN GND
SHT4/G3 B
P HYDRAULIC CHARGE
3190 LBL SIG
C PRESSURE 0.5-7.5V
5190 YEL +8 PWR
A
C105
4200 LGN
J1B
19

13

23

4330 LGN GND


AUX CTRLR 1
TRACTION
SOLENOID OUTPUT
HYD CHARGE PRESS
SENDER SIGNAL

HYD CHARGE PRESS


SENDER POWER
HYD LOCK
SOLENOID SIGNAL
HYDRAULIC FAN
SIGNAL

FRONT ROD SOLENOID (MALE)


FRONT ROD SIG 3.3 OHM PWM
2330 BRN
SOLENOID GROUND 18 2
C418
4340 LGN GND
1
FRONT BASE SOLENOID (FEMALE)
GWY CTRLR 3.3 OHM PWM
2340 BRN SIG
FRONT BASE 1 2
SOLENOID GROUND
J2A J2B C419
19

13
FRONT ROD
SOLENOID SIGNAL

FRONT BASE
SOLENOID SIGNAL

AUX CTRLR

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
WARNING A3NV26199
PROPRIETARY NOTICE TOLERANCES: ECN 102712 Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
SCHEM ELEC CTRL
Sheet 7 of 16
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR DWG. NO.
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 7 / 14
7305835
Printable Version Click Here
853 of 1311
1940 RNG/WHT
LEFT PANEL BUZZER CAB DISPLAY
SHT3/F1 1
T13
7040 WHT 1
C499
T2 PTOL CONN

C479 1930 RNG/WHT SWITCHED POWER


LEFT PANEL (BLACK) SHT3/F1 1
2940 BLK GROUND
SHT4/G8 3
BUZZER GWY CTRLR
10 C408
MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK)
2920 BLK GROUND 3030 LBL 3030 LBL PTOL OUTPUT
SHT4/G8 2 PTOL SWITCH 20 1 1 2

1440 RED/WHT UNSWITCHED POWER 2380 BRN 2380 BRN PTOL LED
SHT2/G1 1 PTOL LED 19 12 12 4
1620 RNG/WHT SWITCHED POWER
SHT3/F1 5 C499
C500
3400 LBL LEFT BLINKER INPUT RH KEY SWITCH CONNECTOR
SHT13/F5 11
3500 LBL RIGHT BLINKER INPUT 8130 TAN 8130 TAN START
SHT13/F5 8 START ENGINE 24 2 2 2
J1A

SW9
3040 LBL 3040 LBL RUN/ENTER SWITCH
TRAVEL CONTROL SWITCH(OPTIONAL) RUN/ENTER 22 14 14 4

2700 BLK 3650 LBL TRAVEL CONTROL INPUT J1B


SHT4/E8 2 3 7 1950 RNG/WHT SWITCHED POWER
SHT3/F1 5
6
1
1420 RED/WHT UNSWITCHED POWER
5 4 SHT2/G1 1
3600 LBL PARK BRAKE INPUT
SW9 SW9 9
1960 RNG/WHT 2960 BLK GROUND
SHT3/E1 SHT4/G8 3
SW1 C500
BRAKE SWITCH C503
RH DLX PANEL
2930 BLK C479 SHT5/G1
SHT4/F8 2 1
1590 RNG/WHT SWITCHED POWER
SHT3/F1 5
5 6
1240 RED/WHT UNSWITCHED POWER
4
3
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale SHT2/H1 1
SW1 C480 2250 BLK GROUND
SW1 SHT4/G8 3
1775 RNG/WHT LEFT PANEL CONN (GRAY)
SHT3/F1
3630 LBL DOOR SIGNAL
6
SHT9/D3 12
C503 SHT5/F1

3610 LBL PARK BRAKE OUTPUT


2

C480

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
WARNING A3NV26199
PROPRIETARY NOTICE TOLERANCES: ECN 102712 Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
SCHEM ELEC CTRL
Sheet 8 of 16
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR DWG. NO.
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 8 / 14
7305835
Printable Version Click Here
854 of 1311
SW4
HAND/FOOT (ACS)
* H/ISO (SJC, AWS)

1785 RNG/WHT
SWITCH
CAB
SHT3/E1 2 1
6
* DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
2060 BLK (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
SHT9/E3 5
4230 LGN 4
SHT10/F3
4240 LGN SW4 3
SHT10/D3
SW4
C492
ACS/SJC/AWS-MFR HARN (8 PIN) C438
MFR HARN CONN 3 (DK GRAY)
4220 LGN SP29 4235 LGN 4235 LGN
HAND CONTROL LIGHT 5 5 4 4

FOOT CONTROL LIGHT 4275 LGN 4275 LGN


3 3 5 5

FOOT CONTROL SIGNAL 2 2


4550 LGN
6 6
4550 LGN *
C212
POWER SOCKET
2795 BLK GND
1
1375 RED/WHT +12V PWR
2
C212
C408
MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK) DOME LIGHT

SHT2/D1
1370 RED/WHT
7 7
1370 RED/WHT SP45 1390 RED/WHT * 1
C129 T37
CAB ACCESSORY
1210 RED/WHT SP41 2010 BLK
A A +12V BATT PWR 1
1580 RNG/WHT 1580 RNG/WHT SP8 1865 RNG/WHT
SHT3/D1 5 5 B B +12V SW PWR
* T38

2820 BLK
C C GND

1510 RNG/WHT
SHT13/C2

1885 RNG/WHT
SHT13/C3

2730 BLK 2730 BLK SP44 2060 BLK


SHT4/F3 11 11 SHT9/H6
2210 BLK
SHT13/C2
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2885 BLK
C428
MFR HARN CONN 2 (LT GRAY)
SHT13/B3
* C667
DOOR HARNESS
2790 BLK 2790 BLK
SHT4/E3 11 11 (SEE ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS DWG)
3630 LBL
SHT8/D8 4 4 DOOR SIGNAL
1400 RED/WHT
SHT2/G1 5 5 DOOR UNSW PWR
2840 BLK
2 2 WIPER MOTOR GROUND
1850 RNG/WHT 1850 RNG/WHT
SHT3/F1 13 13 1 1 WIPER SWITCH, MOTOR SWITCHED POWER

6 6
2370 BRN 2370 BRN 7310 WHT
SHT4/G3 4 4 SEATBAR 3 3 WASHER SIGNAL
SENSOR

GWY CTRLR GND


A
3370 LBL 3370 LBL SIG
SEATBAR SENSOR SIGNAL 11 5 5 B
+5V PWR
SP13 C
5100 YEL 5370 YEL 5370 YEL
5V CTRLR POWER 24 3 3 HARNESS WASHER PUMP
C482

J1B * C252 C253


7253378
5140 YEL 7310 WHT
SHT6/F7 A A PWR 1
WASHER
2845 BLK 2845 BLK
MOTOR
B B GND 2

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
WARNING A3NV26199
PROPRIETARY NOTICE TOLERANCES: ECN 102712 Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
SCHEM ELEC CTRL
Sheet 9 of 16
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR DWG. NO.
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 9 / 14
7305835
Printable Version Click Here
855 of 1311
MANUAL
CONTROLS

RIGHT HANDLE
AUX CTRLR
1520 RNG/WHT
SHT3/E1 A
RIGHT HANDLE LEFT
4930 LGN
ROCKER DOWN 31 J
4940 LGN
RIGHT HANDLE 30 H LEFT POSITION SWITCH
LEFT ROCKER UP 2195 BRN
SHT4/C3 C
4320 LGN PADDLE
D
4300 LGN
B
C404
4910 LGN RIGHT POSITION SWITCH
BU ALARM-MFR HARN (SEE C103 RIGHT HANDLE RIGHT 13 F
ADDITIONAL OPTION DWG) TAILGATE HARN ROCKER UP 4920 LGN TRIGGER
7100 WHT 7100 WHT T19 E
A A C C
1 BACK UP ALARM 2530 BLK HANDLE LOCK (ACS ONLY)
2650 BLK 1 SHT4/B8 K
SHT4/D8 4230 LGN
T20 SHT9/H8 G
C409
TILT (ACS/AHC ONLY)

J2B
21

18

23
RIGHT HANDLE
PWM SIGNAL
RIGHT HANDLE
TRIGGER RETURN

RIGHT HANDLE
PWM HIGH
GWY CTRLR

TILT SPOOL LOCK 2670 BRN GND


SOLENOID GROUND 10 3
LEFT HANDLE
TILT SPOOL LOCK
7.8 OHM 12V
4670 LGN SIG
1
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale AUX CTRLR
LIFT (ACS/AHC ONLY)

C421

4240 LGN HANDLE LOCK (ACS ONLY)


SHT9/G8 H
LIFT SPOOL LOCK 2680 BRN GND 2520 BLK
SOLENOID GROUND
2 3 SHT4/C8 E
LIFT SPOOL LOCK 4640 LGN
J1A FLOAT SIGNAL 20 D FLOAT (ACS/AHC ONLY)
4680 LGN
7.8 OHM 12V
SIG 1530 RNG/WHT
1 SHT3/E1 A
LEFT HANDLE RIGHT
C422 ROCKER DOWN 4830 LGN
22 B RIGHT POSTION SWITCH
LEFT HANDLE RIGHT 4840 LGN
ROCKER UP
28 C
4810 LGN
LEFT HANDLE PADDEL RIGHT 11 F PADDLE
J1B

4820 LGN
7

LEFT HANDLE PADDEL LEFT 12 G


SOLENOID SIGNAL

C410
TILT SPOOL LOCK

LIFT SPOOL LOCK


SOLENOID SIGNAL

J2A LEFT POSITION SWITCH

TRIGGER

GWY CTRLR

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
WARNING A3NV26199
PROPRIETARY NOTICE TOLERANCES: ECN 102712 Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
SCHEM ELEC CTRL
Sheet 10 of 16
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR DWG. NO.
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 10 / 14
7305835
Printable Version Click Here
856 of 1311
6100 PNK
C434-1
A
LIGHTS
SIG

37 WATT

C408
2735 BLK GND
MFR HARN CONN 1 (BLACK) B LEFT FRONT
2765 BLK 2765 BLK SP14 2750 BLK WORKLIGHT
SHT4/E3 9 9 B
GND

50 WATT

6110 PNK SIG


A
C434-2

C435-1
6000 PNK 6000 PNK SP15 6120 PNK
8 8 SIG
A

37 WATT

2760 BLK GND


B RIGHT FRONT
6130 PNK WORK LIGHT
A
SIG

50 WATT

2705 BLK GND


B
C435-2

FRC1
2610 BLK GND
FRONT WORK
LIGHTS RELAY - B
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SHT4/D8 2

C103 RIGHT REAR


TAIL LIGHT
1330 RED/WHT TAILGATE HARN
SHT2/C1 B1 6340 PNK SP10 6310 PNK 6310 PNK SP49 6320 PNK SIG
B4 A A 1

6320 PNK
C603
2115 BLK
SHT4/B8 B2 B5
FRC1 FRC1
6330 PNK SIG
1

LEFT REAR
GWY CTRLR TAIL LIGHT
MRKR LIGHT PWR 2640 BLK GND
SHT4/D8 2
RELAY SIGNAL 5
C602
MRKR LIGHT PWR 3460 LBL
RELAY FEEDBACK 31

REAR LIGHT RELAY 6210 PNK


SIGNAL
17 T16 TERMINAL (-)
2620 BLK
3440 LBL SHT4/E8
GND 1
REAR LIGHT 28
RELAY FEEDBACK RIGHT REAR
FRC1 WORK LIGHT
J1A
REAR LIGHT 6210 PNK SIG 1
RELAY - C T15 TERMINAL (+)

1320 RED/WHT T17 TERMINAL (+)


SHT2/C1 C1 87 6200 PNK 6200 PNK SP96 6220 PNK
30 C4 H H SIG 1
2045 BLK 85 LEFT REAR
SHT4/C8 C2 C5 WORK LIGHT
86
FRC1 FRC1 2630 BLK GND 1
SHT4/D8
T18 TERMINAL (-)

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
WARNING A3NV26199
PROPRIETARY NOTICE TOLERANCES: ECN 102712 Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
SCHEM ELEC CTRL
Sheet 11 of 16
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR DWG. NO.
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 11 / 14
7305835
Printable Version Click Here
857 of 1311
2440 BLK GND
* HVAC
2
* DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
HVAC DUCT FAN
M (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
7440 WHT SIG

C610
1
* DLX FUEL HARN 7266824 ONLY
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
2560 BLK
*
C
7420 WHT POTENTIOMETER (TEMP
A
CONTROL SWITCH)
7425 WHT
B
C483

*
7425 WHT
D
2130 BLK HEATER VALVE
C
SP48 7430 WHT
A
C635

BLOWER MOTOR
FRC1
HVAC RELAY-B C438
MFR HARN CONN 3 *
SW10
BLOWER SWITCH
* HIGH
7530 WHT
1140 RED/WHT (DK GRAY) 1
SHT2/C1 H4 87 1500 RNG/WHT 1500 RNG/WHT 2 7520 WHT
MED
30 H1 7 7 5 1 2
4 7510 WHT
LOW

2030 BLK 85 SW10 3


SHT4/C8 H5 H2 7400 WHT
86 3
FRC1 FRC1 M
SW10
1790 RNG/WHT 7410 WHT
SHT3/D1 4
C611

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

2745 BLK 2745 BLK 2580 BLK


SHT4/F3 8 8
SP16
2100 BLK

SW11
1
3

C
GWY CTRLR
SP40 * THERMOSTAT

AC SIGNAL MONITOR 11
7021 WHT 7020 WHT
9 9
7020 WHT
1 *
2570 BLK
J1A 2
7015 WHT
3
C630
SW11
AC SWITCH

7023 WHT C355


B FUEL HARN
AC EVAPORATOR
SWITCH 7024 WHT 7024 WHT 7025 WHT SIG
A A A 1
D4

C350 MAGNET CLUTCH


2290 BLK (COMPRESSOR)
SHT13/H7 2280 BLK GND
2
C486

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
WARNING A3NV26199
PROPRIETARY NOTICE TOLERANCES: ECN 102712 Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
SCHEM ELEC CTRL
Sheet 12 of 16
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR DWG. NO.
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 12 / 14
7305835
Printable Version Click Here
858 of 1311
C428
# C355
FUEL HARN MFR HARN CONN 2 (LT GRAY)

POWER BOB
1 SIG
4470 LGN
E E
4470 LGN
8 8
4470 LGN

4480 LGN
OPTIONS 1
CLOSE SP33
2470 BLK 2770 BLK 2770 BLK
2 GND SW5
C607
B B SHT4/E8
* POWER BOBTACH SWITCH # DLX FUEL HARN 7266824 ONLY
# SHT12/B8
2290 BLK

1380 RED/WHT 1
(NOT IN STD FUEL HARN 7149219)
4480 LGN 4480 LGN
1 SIG F F 7 7 2
3 DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
POWER BOB
OPEN SW5
* (NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
GND 2480 BLK
2 SW5
C606
LEFT HANDLE 6010 PNK 6010 PNK
10 10
LIFT (ACS/AHC ONLY) LEFT HANDLE (FLASHER) 5 WAY 1405 RED/WHT
SHT14/D6
(SEE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS DWG)
1410 RED/WHT 1410 RED/WHT 1430 RED/WHT
SHT2/E1 12 12 X T3
SP43 * FLASHER
1200 RED/WHT L
HANDLE LOCK (ACS ONLY)
3400 LBL
T3
SHT8/G8
SP22 D5
6400 PNK 6400 PNK 6430 PNK
14 14
FLOAT (ACS/AHC ONLY)
SHT3/F1
1550 RNG/WHT
9 9
1550 RNG/WHT *SW2
BEACON SWITCH
3500 LBL
SHT8/F8
D2 1
RIGHT POSTION SWITCH 6500 PNK 6530 PNK
2
SW3
PADDLE
* HAZARD SWITCH
6
1
B C438 2 SW2 SW2
6415 PNK MFR HARN CONN 3 (DK GRAY)
D 6500 PNK 3
LEFT POSITION SWITCH
6515 PNK SP21 3 3

6410 PNK

6510 PNK
A 4
C103 5 6
C411 TAILGATE HARN
TRIGGER
SW3 (PINS 3 & 6 SW3
E E INTERNALLY INSULATED)
EURO TAIL LIGHTS
(SEE ADDITIONAL
OPTIONS DWG) D D * SW6
BUCKET POSITION SWITCH
2850 BLK
SP46 2725 BLK

SIG 4450 LGN 4455 LGN 4455 LGN 6570 PNK 6700 PNK
BUCKET A 2 2 1
POSITION 2
D3

2905 BLK
SOLENOID
2450 BLK
3 Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale SHT14/F6 *
GND 2455 BLK 2970 BLK
9.8 OHM B SHT4/E8 4 SHT14/F4
2830 BLK 2810 BLK E E
C423 SHT4/E8 6 5 SHT14/D5 2420 BLK
D D C670
SW6 SW6 6540 PNK BEACON/FLASHER
2780 BLK 2780 BLK B B EXTERIOR HARNESS
SHT4/E3 1 1 6440 PNK
AUX CTRLR F F (SEE ADDITIONAL
LEFT HANDLE C676 OPTIONS DWG)
C C
LIFT (ACS/AHC ONLY)

7200 WHT
C497
LEFT SPEAKER
* * RADIO CONN
A A
LEFT HANDLE (HORN) 2 WAY
(SEE ADDITIONAL OPTIONS DWG) HORN SIGNAL 5 C C 7820 WHT
SJC HORN/BLINKER 1 3
RIGHT BLINKER
SIGNAL 4
6420 PNK
A A (SEE ADDITIONAL
7830 WHT
*
OPTIONS DWG) 2 4 1
HANDLE LOCK (ACS ONLY) LEFT BLINKER 6520 PNK
3 B B C279 2
SIGNAL
RIGHT SPEAKER L010
3
FLOAT (ACS/AHC ONLY)
HIGH FLOW
SOLENOID GROUND
26
2460 BRN
* 7810 WHT SHT9/E3
1510 RNG/WHT PWR
4
AIR RIDE SEAT
PWR
J2A GND
2 6
B
HIGH FLOW
7800 WHT
RIGHT POSTION SWITCH
SOLENOID 1 5 2210 BLK GND GND
SIG 7.5 OHM 12 V
SHT9/E3 5
A C278 1885 RNG/WHT
SHT9/E3 1 6
PADDLE C415
HIGH FLOW 4460 LGN C277
SOLENOID SIGNAL
26 GWY CTRLR 2885 BLK
SHT9/D3 2
J2B TWO SPEED
2360 BRN C676
MAKEUP GROUND 27 2
TWO SPEED
LEFT POSITION SWITCH
TWO SPEED GROUND 26 MAKEUP SOLENOID
C408 4360 LGN 8.8 OHM 12V
MFR HARN CONN 1 C126 J1A 1
1460 RED/WHT HORN CONNECTOR
A SHT2/E1 (BLACK) C437
TRIGGER
7210 WHT 7210 WHT SIG
B 13 13 A A _ 2350 BRN GND
2
C412 TWO SPEED TRACK 2 SPEED
HORN
TWO SPEED MAKEUP 25 SOLENOID (SEE ADDITIONAL
2785 BLK GND + 4350 LGN SIG 5.1 OHM 12 V OPTIONS DWG)
SHT4/E8 B B TWO SPEED SIGNAL 26 1
J1B C441

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
WARNING A3NV26199
PROPRIETARY NOTICE TOLERANCES: ECN 102712 Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
SCHEM ELEC CTRL
Sheet 13 of 16
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR DWG. NO.
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 13 / 14
7305835
Printable Version Click Here
859 of 1311
* SW7
AUX CTRLR C438
MFR HARN CONN 3 (DK GRAY)
RIDE CONTROL
OPTIONS 2
RIDE CONTROL SW AUTO 23
3700 LBL
10 10
3700 LBL
1 2
2915 BLK
SHT4/F8 * DLX CAB HARN 7304511 ONLY
(NOT IN STD CAB HARN 7210557)
SW7 SW7

3480 LBL
RIDE CONTROL RELAY SIGNAL 7
RIDE CONTROL
RELAY - RC1

1575 RNG/WHT
3415 LBL SP9 3425 LBL 30 SHT3/F1
RIDE CONTROL COIL SIGNAL 21 87
3445 LBL 2505 BLK
1 3435 LBL
1 85 86 SHT4/B8
RIDE CONTROL RIDE CONTROL RC1 RC1
COIL COIL
2040 BLK 2020 BLK
2 2
SP32
C439 C440
2155 BLK
SHT4/B8

C438
MFR HARN CONN 3 (DK GRAY)
* SW13
REVERSING FAN
3475 LBL 3475 LBL
REVERSING FAN MANUAL SIGNAL 16 12 12 3

2905 BLK 2970 BLK


SHT13/E3 1 2 SHT13/D3
3470 LBL 3470 LBL
REVERSING FAN AUTO SIGNAL 29 11 11 6
1565 RNG/WHT
5 SHT3/E1
C443 4
2175 BRN
REVERSING FAN RETURN SIGNAL 27 2 SW13 SW13
J2A REVERSING
FAN COIL
3485 LBL
REVERSING FAN SIGNAL 25 1

C442
2185 BRN
SHT4/C3 A
RIDE CONTROL PRESSURE 3455 LBL RIDE CONTROL
SENSOR SIGNAL 10
5105 YEL
C
PRESSURE SENSOR Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
RIDE CONTROL SENSOR +5V SUPPLY 24 B
J2B
SW8 C672
SIDELIGHT SIDELIGHT CONN
6710 PNK
1405 RED/WHT 1 1 1
SHT13/G3 2
2810 BLK
SHT13/D3 2 2
2860 BLK
6 SHT4/F8

SW8 SW8

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
WARNING A3NV26199
PROPRIETARY NOTICE TOLERANCES: ECN 102712 Printed On December 2018
csf

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION,


THE EXPORT OR REEXPORT OF THIS DRAWING OR A IS THE PROPERTY OF BOBCAT COMPANY, AND IS GIVEN TO THE RECEIVER IN
WEST FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA, USA
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
PRODUCT PRODUCED BY THIS DRAWING IS SUBJECT CONFIDENCE. THE RECEIVER, BY RECEPTION AND RETENTION OF THE
TO U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS TITLE
AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS DOCUEMENT, ACCEPTS THE DOCUMENTS IN CONFIDENCE AND AGREES THAT,
OR REGULATIONS. EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY BOBCAT COMPANY, IT WILL (1) NOT
SCHEM ELEC CTRL
Sheet 14 of 16
USE THE DOCUMENT OR ANY COPY THEREOF OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR TRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
COPYRIGHT C SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; (2) NOT COPY THE DOCUMENT, (3) NOT
X ± 13 MAT
DISCLOSE TO OTHERS EITHER THE DOCUMENT OR THE CONFIDENTIAL OR DWG. NO.
0
REV
SEE SHEET 1
DESCRIPTION
102712
CHG NOTICE DWN
MSE
SHEET
ORIGINALLY CREATED AND REVISED IN THE YEARS AS
IDENTIFIED IN THE RELEASING ECN. BOBCAT COMPANY
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS.
TRADE SECRET INFORMATION THEREIN; AND (4) UPON COMPLETION OF THE
NEED TO RETAIN THE DOCUMENT, OR UPON DEMAND, RETURN THE DOCUMENT,
ALL COPIES THEREOF, AND ALL MATERIALS COPIED THEREFROM.
SHT 14 / 14
7305835
Printable Version Click Here
860 of 1311
ACS CONTROLLER
CONNECTOR J1-ACS CONNECTOR J2-ACS CONNECTOR J3-ACS
PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION PIN FUNCTION
A +5V TO SENSORS A LIFT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE A TILT MOTOR 1
B SWITCHED POWER B FLOAT-SPARE B UNSWITCHED POWER
C HAND/FOOT INPUT C RESPONSE SELECTOR-SPARE C UNSWITCHED POWER
D CAN HIGH D TILT CYLINDER SENSOR-SPARE D LIFT MOTOR 2
E CAN LOW E TILT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK E HANDLE ENABLE
F F LIFT HANDLE F LIFT MOTOR 1
G GROUND G TILT HANDLE G PEDAL ENABLE
H GROUND H LIFT ACTUATOR FEEDBACK H GROUND
J LIFT PEDAL J GROUND
K TILT PEDAL K TILT MOTOR 2

HARNESS PART NUMBER


J1-ACS
CONTROLLER
ACS 7164144 EXMF, LF
H 2280/BLK
ACS 7190593 MF

2280/BLK
SEE MANUAL CONTROL
2240/BLK
PAGE FOR HARNESS CONN
MAINFRAME HARNESS 1170/RED/WHT C409 C466
C492 C493 J3-ACS K A

4275/LGN
4220/LGN 5 4 2240/BLK CONTROLLER
G B HANDLE
4275/LGN 3 3 B 1190/RED/WHT LOCK
A
C 4550/LGN 2 2 C 1180/RED/WHT H
7 1 1170/RED/WHT E J SKI CTRL
4220/LGN
8 J 2260/BLK C467 E DETENT
E 9240/PUR 1 FLOW

Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale


H 2270/BLK 2510/BLK 3 F
D 9140/PUR/WHT 4 G 4260/LGN 4280/LGN 1 LIFT C TWO SPD
B 1740/RNG/WHT 6 2 SOLENOID D
A 5970/YEL PWM
+5V 13 OHM B
G 2250/BRN 12V
C468
FOOT PEDAL LOCK
2 C410
3 K
2500/BLK
1 TILT D
4270/LGN FLOAT
SOLENOID C
B SKI CTRL
J2-ACS C472
CONTROLLER C429 G
2650/BRN B B GND LIFT ACTUATOR SIDE
D 4610/LGN 8 F
F 4650/LGN C C SIG LIFT HANDLE SHIFT
7 A
5650/YEL A A +5V PWR HALL SENSOR
6 J
F 4600/LGN 5 H A
C469 HANDLE
4 E B
2750/BRN B B GND LOCK
G 4750/LGN C C SIG 5980/YEL 3 +5V PWR
TILT HANDLE
5750/YEL A A +5V PWR HALL SENSOR 2980/BRN 1 GND
3980/LBL 2 SIG
A C471
B 2660/BRN 2 GND C428 TILT ACTUATOR
C
J 4660/LGN 3 SIG K 4645/LGN 8
LIFT PEDAL
D 1 +5V PWR HALL SENSOR 7
5660/YEL
2980/BRN
2990/BRN

6
C470 A 4640/LGN 5
2760/BRN 2 GND 4
K 4760/LGN 3 SIG 5990/YEL 3 +5V PWR
TILT PEDAL
5760/YEL 1 +5V PWR HALL SENSOR 2990/BRN 1 GND
5750/YEL 3990/LBL 2 SIG
5650/YEL 5980/YEL
5970/YEL 5990/YEL

H 3980/LBL
E 3990/LBL

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV26199 Printed On December 2018
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
Sheet 15 of 16
Printable Version Click Here
861 of 1311
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale

Wiring Schematic S630


S650 S/N A3NV25640
A3NT18589 through A3NT19199
A3NV26199 Printed On December 2018
ACS / SJC Machine S/N A3NW13931
A3NU13060 through
through A3NU13299
A3NW14199 7305835_0
Sheet 16 of 16
Printable Version Click Here
862 of 1311
Index Diagram
1 SH01 - INDEX
2 SH02 - UNSWITCHED BATT POWER
3 SH03 - SWITCHED POWER WIRE CATEGORIES FOR COLORS AND NUMBER RANGE
4 SH04 - GROUND
5 SH05 - CAN BUS GROUP DESCRIPTION GROUP NUMBER RANGE WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE
6 SH06 - ENGINE
7 SH07 - HYDRAULICS BATT FEED, GENERAL 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED RED
8 SH08 - CAB DISPLAY
9 SH09 - CAB BATT FEED, FUSED 1000 THROUGH 1499 RED/WHITE RED/WHT LEGEND
10 SH10 - MANUAL CONTROLS
11 SH11 - LIGHTS BATT FEED, SWITCHED 1500 THROUGH 1999 ORANGE/WHITE RNG/WHT CONNECTOR
12 SH12 - HVAC
BATTERY GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 1 1
13 SH13 - OPTIONS 1 BLACK BLK
14 SH14 - OPTIONS 2
CONTROLLER GROUND 2000 THROUGH 2999 BROWN BRN PARTIAL CONNECTOR

HARNESS PART NUMBER MONITORING 3000 THROUGH 3999 LIGHT BLUE LBL
1 1
EXMF 7322222
HYDRAULIC 4000 THROUGH 4999 LIGHT GREEN LGN
LF MFR 7322220
1 1
DLX CAB 7304511 CONTROLLER SUPPLY (5V, 8V) 5000 THROUGH 5999 YELLOW YEL
STD CAB 7210557 WIRE BREAK
STD FUEL LIGHTS 6000 THROUGH 6999 PINK PNK
7149219 WIRE BREAK
SHT1/F2 SHT1/F2
S/R (STARTER) 6733370 OTHER FUNCTIONS 7000 THROUGH 7999 WHITE WHT
WIRE BREAK
TAILGATE DOM 7217484 SHT1/F2 SHT1/F2
ENGINE 8000 THROUGH 8999 TAN TAN
WHL 2 SPD ADP 7159366
(1 PC) TRK 2 SPD 7243409 COMMUNICATION CAN LO 90XX, 92XX, 94XX, 96XX, 98XX PURPLE PUR
SUSP JSTK 7163706 COMMUNICATION CAN HI

You might also like